SpyBara
Go Premium Account
2026
11 Jan 2026, 03:31
12 May 2026, 16:02 12 May 2026, 14:59 12 May 2026, 01:59 12 May 2026, 00:01 11 May 2026, 23:00 11 May 2026, 21:57 11 May 2026, 20:02 11 May 2026, 18:59 11 May 2026, 18:00 11 May 2026, 15:00 10 May 2026, 23:03 10 May 2026, 17:00 10 May 2026, 04:02 9 May 2026, 04:57 9 May 2026, 04:01 9 May 2026, 03:01 8 May 2026, 22:00 8 May 2026, 19:00 8 May 2026, 18:00 8 May 2026, 16:57 8 May 2026, 07:02 8 May 2026, 06:02 8 May 2026, 03:01 8 May 2026, 02:03 8 May 2026, 01:02 8 May 2026, 00:02 7 May 2026, 22:59 7 May 2026, 21:57 7 May 2026, 17:08 5 May 2026, 23:00 5 May 2026, 21:00 5 May 2026, 17:00 5 May 2026, 15:59 5 May 2026, 14:57 5 May 2026, 00:02 4 May 2026, 22:58 4 May 2026, 22:01 4 May 2026, 18:58 4 May 2026, 15:35 4 May 2026, 06:55 4 May 2026, 04:18 2 May 2026, 18:14 2 May 2026, 04:05 2 May 2026, 00:19 1 May 2026, 18:19 1 May 2026, 04:22 1 May 2026, 00:20 29 Apr 2026, 21:21 29 Apr 2026, 15:36 29 Apr 2026, 09:39 29 Apr 2026, 04:11 29 Apr 2026, 00:20 28 Apr 2026, 21:21 28 Apr 2026, 18:28 28 Apr 2026, 15:45 28 Apr 2026, 06:49 27 Apr 2026, 21:20 27 Apr 2026, 18:23 26 Apr 2026, 04:08 25 Apr 2026, 21:10 24 Apr 2026, 18:11 24 Apr 2026, 06:34 24 Apr 2026, 00:17 23 Apr 2026, 18:19 23 Apr 2026, 04:04 23 Apr 2026, 00:17 22 Apr 2026, 21:15 22 Apr 2026, 04:00 22 Apr 2026, 00:13 21 Apr 2026, 21:14 21 Apr 2026, 09:30 21 Apr 2026, 04:01 20 Apr 2026, 21:14 20 Apr 2026, 18:16 18 Apr 2026, 18:09 18 Apr 2026, 00:13 17 Apr 2026, 21:13 17 Apr 2026, 18:14 17 Apr 2026, 00:15 16 Apr 2026, 21:13 16 Apr 2026, 18:21 16 Apr 2026, 15:30 16 Apr 2026, 04:02 16 Apr 2026, 00:16 15 Apr 2026, 18:20 15 Apr 2026, 15:24 15 Apr 2026, 09:29 15 Apr 2026, 04:00 14 Apr 2026, 21:14 14 Apr 2026, 18:21 14 Apr 2026, 06:32 14 Apr 2026, 04:00 14 Apr 2026, 00:16 13 Apr 2026, 21:14 13 Apr 2026, 18:21 11 Apr 2026, 00:11 10 Apr 2026, 21:09 10 Apr 2026, 18:13 10 Apr 2026, 06:32 10 Apr 2026, 00:12 9 Apr 2026, 21:14 9 Apr 2026, 18:17 9 Apr 2026, 15:29 9 Apr 2026, 03:55 9 Apr 2026, 00:09 8 Apr 2026, 21:13 8 Apr 2026, 18:21 8 Apr 2026, 15:27 8 Apr 2026, 00:12 7 Apr 2026, 21:14 4 Apr 2026, 18:05 4 Apr 2026, 03:46 4 Apr 2026, 00:09 3 Apr 2026, 21:07 3 Apr 2026, 18:08 3 Apr 2026, 03:54 3 Apr 2026, 00:11 2 Apr 2026, 21:08 2 Apr 2026, 18:12 2 Apr 2026, 09:19 2 Apr 2026, 06:21 2 Apr 2026, 03:53 1 Apr 2026, 21:12 1 Apr 2026, 18:13 1 Apr 2026, 04:00 1 Apr 2026, 00:11 31 Mar 2026, 21:09 31 Mar 2026, 06:24 31 Mar 2026, 03:56 31 Mar 2026, 00:11 30 Mar 2026, 21:13 30 Mar 2026, 18:15 28 Mar 2026, 18:04 28 Mar 2026, 15:06 27 Mar 2026, 21:09 27 Mar 2026, 18:14 27 Mar 2026, 15:15 27 Mar 2026, 06:21 27 Mar 2026, 03:56 27 Mar 2026, 00:10 26 Mar 2026, 21:07 26 Mar 2026, 18:16 26 Mar 2026, 15:25 26 Mar 2026, 06:21 26 Mar 2026, 03:55 26 Mar 2026, 00:10 25 Mar 2026, 21:08 25 Mar 2026, 18:15 25 Mar 2026, 06:18 25 Mar 2026, 03:47 25 Mar 2026, 00:08 24 Mar 2026, 18:15 24 Mar 2026, 00:07 23 Mar 2026, 21:08 23 Mar 2026, 18:13 23 Mar 2026, 00:09 22 Mar 2026, 18:04 22 Mar 2026, 00:07 21 Mar 2026, 18:03 21 Mar 2026, 00:07 20 Mar 2026, 21:05 20 Mar 2026, 18:08 20 Mar 2026, 15:13 20 Mar 2026, 03:45 20 Mar 2026, 00:08 19 Mar 2026, 06:17 19 Mar 2026, 00:08 18 Mar 2026, 18:16 18 Mar 2026, 12:11 18 Mar 2026, 09:15 18 Mar 2026, 03:50 18 Mar 2026, 00:09 17 Mar 2026, 21:10 17 Mar 2026, 18:15 17 Mar 2026, 03:46 17 Mar 2026, 00:08 16 Mar 2026, 21:10 16 Mar 2026, 18:15 14 Mar 2026, 03:44 14 Mar 2026, 00:08 13 Mar 2026, 21:07 13 Mar 2026, 18:07 13 Mar 2026, 06:12 12 Mar 2026, 21:07 12 Mar 2026, 18:12 12 Mar 2026, 00:07 11 Mar 2026, 03:43 11 Mar 2026, 00:05 10 Mar 2026, 03:43 10 Mar 2026, 00:05 9 Mar 2026, 21:06 7 Mar 2026, 03:37 7 Mar 2026, 00:07 6 Mar 2026, 06:10 6 Mar 2026, 03:44 6 Mar 2026, 00:12 5 Mar 2026, 06:12 5 Mar 2026, 03:45 5 Mar 2026, 00:07 4 Mar 2026, 21:06 4 Mar 2026, 18:09 4 Mar 2026, 09:09 1 Mar 2026, 06:10 1 Mar 2026, 03:49 28 Feb 2026, 21:01 28 Feb 2026, 00:05 27 Feb 2026, 21:05 27 Feb 2026, 18:07 27 Feb 2026, 09:11 27 Feb 2026, 06:13 27 Feb 2026, 00:08 26 Feb 2026, 21:08 26 Feb 2026, 18:12 26 Feb 2026, 09:14 26 Feb 2026, 06:17 26 Feb 2026, 00:07 25 Feb 2026, 03:47 25 Feb 2026, 00:09 24 Feb 2026, 21:08 24 Feb 2026, 18:15 23 Feb 2026, 21:13 21 Feb 2026, 18:03 21 Feb 2026, 06:08 20 Feb 2026, 21:03 20 Feb 2026, 06:14 20 Feb 2026, 00:07 19 Feb 2026, 21:06 19 Feb 2026, 03:48 19 Feb 2026, 00:08 18 Feb 2026, 03:48 17 Feb 2026, 21:08 17 Feb 2026, 00:08 16 Feb 2026, 21:05 14 Feb 2026, 03:44 13 Feb 2026, 21:09 12 Feb 2026, 00:06 11 Feb 2026, 21:10 11 Feb 2026, 00:11 10 Feb 2026, 21:13 10 Feb 2026, 03:56 10 Feb 2026, 00:11 9 Feb 2026, 15:17 9 Feb 2026, 00:08 7 Feb 2026, 21:05 7 Feb 2026, 18:03 7 Feb 2026, 03:43 6 Feb 2026, 21:06 6 Feb 2026, 00:05 5 Feb 2026, 21:06 5 Feb 2026, 18:13 5 Feb 2026, 03:46 5 Feb 2026, 00:07 4 Feb 2026, 21:07 4 Feb 2026, 18:11 4 Feb 2026, 03:45 4 Feb 2026, 00:06 3 Feb 2026, 21:08 3 Feb 2026, 18:14 3 Feb 2026, 09:10 3 Feb 2026, 03:46 1 Feb 2026, 21:03 1 Feb 2026, 18:02 31 Jan 2026, 03:42 31 Jan 2026, 00:06 30 Jan 2026, 18:07 30 Jan 2026, 00:06 29 Jan 2026, 21:03 28 Jan 2026, 15:06 28 Jan 2026, 03:30 28 Jan 2026, 00:05 27 Jan 2026, 21:01 27 Jan 2026, 18:03 27 Jan 2026, 06:02 26 Jan 2026, 21:03 25 Jan 2026, 03:34 24 Jan 2026, 03:29 23 Jan 2026, 21:01 23 Jan 2026, 18:02 23 Jan 2026, 00:05 22 Jan 2026, 21:03 22 Jan 2026, 15:05 22 Jan 2026, 03:31 22 Jan 2026, 00:05 21 Jan 2026, 21:05 21 Jan 2026, 06:02 21 Jan 2026, 03:30 21 Jan 2026, 00:05 20 Jan 2026, 21:03 20 Jan 2026, 18:03 20 Jan 2026, 15:05 20 Jan 2026, 03:30 19 Jan 2026, 21:01 19 Jan 2026, 00:05 16 Jan 2026, 21:01 16 Jan 2026, 18:02 16 Jan 2026, 15:02 16 Jan 2026, 00:05 14 Jan 2026, 06:02 14 Jan 2026, 00:05 12 Jan 2026, 21:02 12 Jan 2026, 18:02 12 Jan 2026, 00:05 11 Jan 2026, 18:02 11 Jan 2026, 03:31 11 Jan 2026, 00:06 10 Jan 2026, 21:01 10 Jan 2026, 03:29 10 Jan 2026, 00:04 9 Jan 2026, 21:01 9 Jan 2026, 00:04 8 Jan 2026, 21:02 8 Jan 2026, 06:02 8 Jan 2026, 03:29 8 Jan 2026, 00:05 7 Jan 2026, 21:01 7 Jan 2026, 18:02 7 Jan 2026, 09:05 7 Jan 2026, 06:02 7 Jan 2026, 03:30 7 Jan 2026, 00:04 6 Jan 2026, 21:01 6 Jan 2026, 03:29 6 Jan 2026, 00:05 3 Jan 2026, 18:02 27 Dec 2025, 06:02 27 Dec 2025, 03:28 23 Dec 2025, 18:02 20 Dec 2025, 00:04 19 Dec 2025, 21:01 19 Dec 2025, 18:02 19 Dec 2025, 00:05 18 Dec 2025, 21:01 18 Dec 2025, 18:02 18 Dec 2025, 15:02 17 Dec 2025, 15:02 17 Dec 2025, 03:27 16 Dec 2025, 21:01 16 Dec 2025, 18:02 16 Dec 2025, 00:05 15 Dec 2025, 21:01 15 Dec 2025, 18:02 13 Dec 2025, 06:02 12 Dec 2025, 21:01 12 Dec 2025, 00:05 11 Dec 2025, 21:02 11 Dec 2025, 18:01 11 Dec 2025, 06:02 10 Dec 2025, 09:03 9 Dec 2025, 18:01 9 Dec 2025, 06:02 9 Dec 2025, 03:25 8 Dec 2025, 21:01 8 Dec 2025, 06:02 8 Dec 2025, 00:05 6 Dec 2025, 18:02 5 Dec 2025, 00:04 4 Dec 2025, 21:02 4 Dec 2025, 18:02 4 Dec 2025, 06:02 4 Dec 2025, 03:26 3 Dec 2025, 00:04 2 Dec 2025, 21:01 2 Dec 2025, 00:04 1 Dec 2025, 03:31 27 Nov 2025, 06:02 27 Nov 2025, 03:20 26 Nov 2025, 00:04 25 Nov 2025, 03:22 24 Nov 2025, 21:01 21 Nov 2025, 00:04 20 Nov 2025, 18:02 20 Nov 2025, 06:02 20 Nov 2025, 03:20 19 Nov 2025, 03:21 19 Nov 2025, 00:05 18 Nov 2025, 18:02 18 Nov 2025, 09:02 18 Nov 2025, 03:21 17 Nov 2025, 03:24 17 Nov 2025, 00:04 16 Nov 2025, 00:04 14 Nov 2025, 21:26 6 Nov 2025, 18:02 6 Nov 2025, 15:02 6 Nov 2025, 12:02 6 Nov 2025, 06:01 6 Nov 2025, 03:22 4 Nov 2025, 18:02 4 Nov 2025, 03:19 4 Nov 2025, 00:04 3 Nov 2025, 21:01 3 Nov 2025, 12:03 3 Nov 2025, 09:02 3 Nov 2025, 06:02 3 Nov 2025, 03:24 3 Nov 2025, 00:04 2 Nov 2025, 18:01 2 Nov 2025, 12:02 2 Nov 2025, 09:01 1 Nov 2025, 21:01 31 Oct 2025, 00:04 30 Oct 2025, 18:02 29 Oct 2025, 21:02 28 Oct 2025, 18:02 27 Oct 2025, 18:02 24 Oct 2025, 21:01 23 Oct 2025, 21:02 23 Oct 2025, 09:02 23 Oct 2025, 06:02 23 Oct 2025, 00:04 21 Oct 2025, 00:04 20 Oct 2025, 21:02 20 Oct 2025, 15:12 20 Oct 2025, 00:05 17 Oct 2025, 18:01 17 Oct 2025, 12:03 16 Oct 2025, 18:02 16 Oct 2025, 00:05 15 Oct 2025, 18:02 13 Oct 2025, 21:01 12 Oct 2025, 18:01
27 Mar 2026, 21:09
12 May 2026, 16:02 12 May 2026, 14:59 12 May 2026, 01:59 12 May 2026, 00:01 11 May 2026, 23:00 11 May 2026, 21:57 11 May 2026, 20:02 11 May 2026, 18:59 11 May 2026, 18:00 11 May 2026, 15:00 10 May 2026, 23:03 10 May 2026, 17:00 10 May 2026, 04:02 9 May 2026, 04:57 9 May 2026, 04:01 9 May 2026, 03:01 8 May 2026, 22:00 8 May 2026, 19:00 8 May 2026, 18:00 8 May 2026, 16:57 8 May 2026, 07:02 8 May 2026, 06:02 8 May 2026, 03:01 8 May 2026, 02:03 8 May 2026, 01:02 8 May 2026, 00:02 7 May 2026, 22:59 7 May 2026, 21:57 7 May 2026, 17:08 5 May 2026, 23:00 5 May 2026, 21:00 5 May 2026, 17:00 5 May 2026, 15:59 5 May 2026, 14:57 5 May 2026, 00:02 4 May 2026, 22:58 4 May 2026, 22:01 4 May 2026, 18:58 4 May 2026, 15:35 4 May 2026, 06:55 4 May 2026, 04:18 2 May 2026, 18:14 2 May 2026, 04:05 2 May 2026, 00:19 1 May 2026, 18:19 1 May 2026, 04:22 1 May 2026, 00:20 29 Apr 2026, 21:21 29 Apr 2026, 15:36 29 Apr 2026, 09:39 29 Apr 2026, 04:11 29 Apr 2026, 00:20 28 Apr 2026, 21:21 28 Apr 2026, 18:28 28 Apr 2026, 15:45 28 Apr 2026, 06:49 27 Apr 2026, 21:20 27 Apr 2026, 18:23 26 Apr 2026, 04:08 25 Apr 2026, 21:10 24 Apr 2026, 18:11 24 Apr 2026, 06:34 24 Apr 2026, 00:17 23 Apr 2026, 18:19 23 Apr 2026, 04:04 23 Apr 2026, 00:17 22 Apr 2026, 21:15 22 Apr 2026, 04:00 22 Apr 2026, 00:13 21 Apr 2026, 21:14 21 Apr 2026, 09:30 21 Apr 2026, 04:01 20 Apr 2026, 21:14 20 Apr 2026, 18:16 18 Apr 2026, 18:09 18 Apr 2026, 00:13 17 Apr 2026, 21:13 17 Apr 2026, 18:14 17 Apr 2026, 00:15 16 Apr 2026, 21:13 16 Apr 2026, 18:21 16 Apr 2026, 15:30 16 Apr 2026, 04:02 16 Apr 2026, 00:16 15 Apr 2026, 18:20 15 Apr 2026, 15:24 15 Apr 2026, 09:29 15 Apr 2026, 04:00 14 Apr 2026, 21:14 14 Apr 2026, 18:21 14 Apr 2026, 06:32 14 Apr 2026, 04:00 14 Apr 2026, 00:16 13 Apr 2026, 21:14 13 Apr 2026, 18:21 11 Apr 2026, 00:11 10 Apr 2026, 21:09 10 Apr 2026, 18:13 10 Apr 2026, 06:32 10 Apr 2026, 00:12 9 Apr 2026, 21:14 9 Apr 2026, 18:17 9 Apr 2026, 15:29 9 Apr 2026, 03:55 9 Apr 2026, 00:09 8 Apr 2026, 21:13 8 Apr 2026, 18:21 8 Apr 2026, 15:27 8 Apr 2026, 00:12 7 Apr 2026, 21:14 4 Apr 2026, 18:05 4 Apr 2026, 03:46 4 Apr 2026, 00:09 3 Apr 2026, 21:07 3 Apr 2026, 18:08 3 Apr 2026, 03:54 3 Apr 2026, 00:11 2 Apr 2026, 21:08 2 Apr 2026, 18:12 2 Apr 2026, 09:19 2 Apr 2026, 06:21 2 Apr 2026, 03:53 1 Apr 2026, 21:12 1 Apr 2026, 18:13 1 Apr 2026, 04:00 1 Apr 2026, 00:11 31 Mar 2026, 21:09 31 Mar 2026, 06:24 31 Mar 2026, 03:56 31 Mar 2026, 00:11 30 Mar 2026, 21:13 30 Mar 2026, 18:15 28 Mar 2026, 18:04 28 Mar 2026, 15:06 27 Mar 2026, 21:09 27 Mar 2026, 18:14 27 Mar 2026, 15:15 27 Mar 2026, 06:21 27 Mar 2026, 03:56 27 Mar 2026, 00:10 26 Mar 2026, 21:07 26 Mar 2026, 18:16 26 Mar 2026, 15:25 26 Mar 2026, 06:21 26 Mar 2026, 03:55 26 Mar 2026, 00:10 25 Mar 2026, 21:08 25 Mar 2026, 18:15 25 Mar 2026, 06:18 25 Mar 2026, 03:47 25 Mar 2026, 00:08 24 Mar 2026, 18:15 24 Mar 2026, 00:07 23 Mar 2026, 21:08 23 Mar 2026, 18:13 23 Mar 2026, 00:09 22 Mar 2026, 18:04 22 Mar 2026, 00:07 21 Mar 2026, 18:03 21 Mar 2026, 00:07 20 Mar 2026, 21:05 20 Mar 2026, 18:08 20 Mar 2026, 15:13 20 Mar 2026, 03:45 20 Mar 2026, 00:08 19 Mar 2026, 06:17 19 Mar 2026, 00:08 18 Mar 2026, 18:16 18 Mar 2026, 12:11 18 Mar 2026, 09:15 18 Mar 2026, 03:50 18 Mar 2026, 00:09 17 Mar 2026, 21:10 17 Mar 2026, 18:15 17 Mar 2026, 03:46 17 Mar 2026, 00:08 16 Mar 2026, 21:10 16 Mar 2026, 18:15 14 Mar 2026, 03:44 14 Mar 2026, 00:08 13 Mar 2026, 21:07 13 Mar 2026, 18:07 13 Mar 2026, 06:12 12 Mar 2026, 21:07 12 Mar 2026, 18:12 12 Mar 2026, 00:07 11 Mar 2026, 03:43 11 Mar 2026, 00:05 10 Mar 2026, 03:43 10 Mar 2026, 00:05 9 Mar 2026, 21:06 7 Mar 2026, 03:37 7 Mar 2026, 00:07 6 Mar 2026, 06:10 6 Mar 2026, 03:44 6 Mar 2026, 00:12 5 Mar 2026, 06:12 5 Mar 2026, 03:45 5 Mar 2026, 00:07 4 Mar 2026, 21:06 4 Mar 2026, 18:09 4 Mar 2026, 09:09 1 Mar 2026, 06:10 1 Mar 2026, 03:49 28 Feb 2026, 21:01 28 Feb 2026, 00:05 27 Feb 2026, 21:05 27 Feb 2026, 18:07 27 Feb 2026, 09:11 27 Feb 2026, 06:13 27 Feb 2026, 00:08 26 Feb 2026, 21:08 26 Feb 2026, 18:12 26 Feb 2026, 09:14 26 Feb 2026, 06:17 26 Feb 2026, 00:07 25 Feb 2026, 03:47 25 Feb 2026, 00:09 24 Feb 2026, 21:08 24 Feb 2026, 18:15 23 Feb 2026, 21:13 21 Feb 2026, 18:03 21 Feb 2026, 06:08 20 Feb 2026, 21:03 20 Feb 2026, 06:14 20 Feb 2026, 00:07 19 Feb 2026, 21:06 19 Feb 2026, 03:48 19 Feb 2026, 00:08 18 Feb 2026, 03:48 17 Feb 2026, 21:08 17 Feb 2026, 00:08 16 Feb 2026, 21:05 14 Feb 2026, 03:44 13 Feb 2026, 21:09 12 Feb 2026, 00:06 11 Feb 2026, 21:10 11 Feb 2026, 00:11 10 Feb 2026, 21:13 10 Feb 2026, 03:56 10 Feb 2026, 00:11 9 Feb 2026, 15:17 9 Feb 2026, 00:08 7 Feb 2026, 21:05 7 Feb 2026, 18:03 7 Feb 2026, 03:43 6 Feb 2026, 21:06 6 Feb 2026, 00:05 5 Feb 2026, 21:06 5 Feb 2026, 18:13 5 Feb 2026, 03:46 5 Feb 2026, 00:07 4 Feb 2026, 21:07 4 Feb 2026, 18:11 4 Feb 2026, 03:45 4 Feb 2026, 00:06 3 Feb 2026, 21:08 3 Feb 2026, 18:14 3 Feb 2026, 09:10 3 Feb 2026, 03:46 1 Feb 2026, 21:03 1 Feb 2026, 18:02 31 Jan 2026, 03:42 31 Jan 2026, 00:06 30 Jan 2026, 18:07 30 Jan 2026, 00:06 29 Jan 2026, 21:03 28 Jan 2026, 15:06 28 Jan 2026, 03:30 28 Jan 2026, 00:05 27 Jan 2026, 21:01 27 Jan 2026, 18:03 27 Jan 2026, 06:02 26 Jan 2026, 21:03 25 Jan 2026, 03:34 24 Jan 2026, 03:29 23 Jan 2026, 21:01 23 Jan 2026, 18:02 23 Jan 2026, 00:05 22 Jan 2026, 21:03 22 Jan 2026, 15:05 22 Jan 2026, 03:31 22 Jan 2026, 00:05 21 Jan 2026, 21:05 21 Jan 2026, 06:02 21 Jan 2026, 03:30 21 Jan 2026, 00:05 20 Jan 2026, 21:03 20 Jan 2026, 18:03 20 Jan 2026, 15:05 20 Jan 2026, 03:30 19 Jan 2026, 21:01 19 Jan 2026, 00:05 16 Jan 2026, 21:01 16 Jan 2026, 18:02 16 Jan 2026, 15:02 16 Jan 2026, 00:05 14 Jan 2026, 06:02 14 Jan 2026, 00:05 12 Jan 2026, 21:02 12 Jan 2026, 18:02 12 Jan 2026, 00:05 11 Jan 2026, 18:02 11 Jan 2026, 03:31 11 Jan 2026, 00:06 10 Jan 2026, 21:01 10 Jan 2026, 03:29 10 Jan 2026, 00:04 9 Jan 2026, 21:01 9 Jan 2026, 00:04 8 Jan 2026, 21:02 8 Jan 2026, 06:02 8 Jan 2026, 03:29 8 Jan 2026, 00:05 7 Jan 2026, 21:01 7 Jan 2026, 18:02 7 Jan 2026, 09:05 7 Jan 2026, 06:02 7 Jan 2026, 03:30 7 Jan 2026, 00:04 6 Jan 2026, 21:01 6 Jan 2026, 03:29 6 Jan 2026, 00:05 3 Jan 2026, 18:02 27 Dec 2025, 06:02 27 Dec 2025, 03:28 23 Dec 2025, 18:02 20 Dec 2025, 00:04 19 Dec 2025, 21:01 19 Dec 2025, 18:02 19 Dec 2025, 00:05 18 Dec 2025, 21:01 18 Dec 2025, 18:02 18 Dec 2025, 15:02 17 Dec 2025, 15:02 17 Dec 2025, 03:27 16 Dec 2025, 21:01 16 Dec 2025, 18:02 16 Dec 2025, 00:05 15 Dec 2025, 21:01 15 Dec 2025, 18:02 13 Dec 2025, 06:02 12 Dec 2025, 21:01 12 Dec 2025, 00:05 11 Dec 2025, 21:02 11 Dec 2025, 18:01 11 Dec 2025, 06:02 10 Dec 2025, 09:03 9 Dec 2025, 18:01 9 Dec 2025, 06:02 9 Dec 2025, 03:25 8 Dec 2025, 21:01 8 Dec 2025, 06:02 8 Dec 2025, 00:05 6 Dec 2025, 18:02 5 Dec 2025, 00:04 4 Dec 2025, 21:02 4 Dec 2025, 18:02 4 Dec 2025, 06:02 4 Dec 2025, 03:26 3 Dec 2025, 00:04 2 Dec 2025, 21:01 2 Dec 2025, 00:04 1 Dec 2025, 03:31 27 Nov 2025, 06:02 27 Nov 2025, 03:20 26 Nov 2025, 00:04 25 Nov 2025, 03:22 24 Nov 2025, 21:01 21 Nov 2025, 00:04 20 Nov 2025, 18:02 20 Nov 2025, 06:02 20 Nov 2025, 03:20 19 Nov 2025, 03:21 19 Nov 2025, 00:05 18 Nov 2025, 18:02 18 Nov 2025, 09:02 18 Nov 2025, 03:21 17 Nov 2025, 03:24 17 Nov 2025, 00:04 16 Nov 2025, 00:04 14 Nov 2025, 21:26 6 Nov 2025, 18:02 6 Nov 2025, 15:02 6 Nov 2025, 12:02 6 Nov 2025, 06:01 6 Nov 2025, 03:22 4 Nov 2025, 18:02 4 Nov 2025, 03:19 4 Nov 2025, 00:04 3 Nov 2025, 21:01 3 Nov 2025, 12:03 3 Nov 2025, 09:02 3 Nov 2025, 06:02 3 Nov 2025, 03:24 3 Nov 2025, 00:04 2 Nov 2025, 18:01 2 Nov 2025, 12:02 2 Nov 2025, 09:01 1 Nov 2025, 21:01 31 Oct 2025, 00:04 30 Oct 2025, 18:02 29 Oct 2025, 21:02 28 Oct 2025, 18:02 27 Oct 2025, 18:02 24 Oct 2025, 21:01 23 Oct 2025, 21:02 23 Oct 2025, 09:02 23 Oct 2025, 06:02 23 Oct 2025, 00:04 21 Oct 2025, 00:04 20 Oct 2025, 21:02 20 Oct 2025, 15:12 20 Oct 2025, 00:05 17 Oct 2025, 18:01 17 Oct 2025, 12:03 16 Oct 2025, 18:02 16 Oct 2025, 00:05 15 Oct 2025, 18:02 13 Oct 2025, 21:01 12 Oct 2025, 18:01
Sun 1 03:49 Sun 1 06:10 Wed 4 09:09 Wed 4 18:09 Wed 4 21:06 Thu 5 00:07 Thu 5 03:45 Thu 5 06:12 Fri 6 00:12 Fri 6 03:44 Fri 6 06:10 Sat 7 00:07 Sat 7 03:37 Mon 9 21:06 Tue 10 00:05 Tue 10 03:43 Wed 11 00:05 Wed 11 03:43 Thu 12 00:07 Thu 12 18:12 Thu 12 21:07 Fri 13 06:12 Fri 13 18:07 Fri 13 21:07 Sat 14 00:08 Sat 14 03:44 Mon 16 18:15 Mon 16 21:10 Tue 17 00:08 Tue 17 03:46 Tue 17 18:15 Tue 17 21:10 Wed 18 00:09 Wed 18 03:50 Wed 18 09:15 Wed 18 12:11 Wed 18 18:16 Thu 19 00:08 Thu 19 06:17 Fri 20 00:08 Fri 20 03:45 Fri 20 15:13 Fri 20 18:08 Fri 20 21:05 Sat 21 00:07 Sat 21 18:03 Sun 22 00:07 Sun 22 18:04 Mon 23 00:09 Mon 23 18:13 Mon 23 21:08 Tue 24 00:07 Tue 24 18:15 Wed 25 00:08 Wed 25 03:47 Wed 25 06:18 Wed 25 18:15 Wed 25 21:08 Thu 26 00:10 Thu 26 03:55 Thu 26 06:21 Thu 26 15:25 Thu 26 18:16 Thu 26 21:07 Fri 27 00:10 Fri 27 03:56 Fri 27 06:21 Fri 27 15:15 Fri 27 18:14 Fri 27 21:09 Sat 28 15:06 Sat 28 18:04 Mon 30 18:15 Mon 30 21:13 Tue 31 00:11 Tue 31 03:56 Tue 31 06:24 Tue 31 21:09

agent-teams.md +404 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Orchestrate teams of Claude Code sessions

6 

7> Coordinate multiple Claude Code instances working together as a team, with shared tasks, inter-agent messaging, and centralized management.

8 

9<Warning>

10 Agent teams are experimental and disabled by default. Enable them by adding `CLAUDE_CODE_EXPERIMENTAL_AGENT_TEAMS` to your [settings.json](/en/settings) or environment. Agent teams have [known limitations](#limitations) around session resumption, task coordination, and shutdown behavior.

11</Warning>

12 

13Agent teams let you coordinate multiple Claude Code instances working together. One session acts as the team lead, coordinating work, assigning tasks, and synthesizing results. Teammates work independently, each in its own context window, and communicate directly with each other.

14 

15Unlike [subagents](/en/sub-agents), which run within a single session and can only report back to the main agent, you can also interact with individual teammates directly without going through the lead.

16 

17<Note>

18 Agent teams require Claude Code v2.1.32 or later. Check your version with `claude --version`.

19</Note>

20 

21This page covers:

22 

23* [When to use agent teams](#when-to-use-agent-teams), including best use cases and how they compare with subagents

24* [Starting a team](#start-your-first-agent-team)

25* [Controlling teammates](#control-your-agent-team), including display modes, task assignment, and delegation

26* [Best practices for parallel work](#best-practices)

27 

28## When to use agent teams

29 

30Agent teams are most effective for tasks where parallel exploration adds real value. See [use case examples](#use-case-examples) for full scenarios. The strongest use cases are:

31 

32* **Research and review**: multiple teammates can investigate different aspects of a problem simultaneously, then share and challenge each other's findings

33* **New modules or features**: teammates can each own a separate piece without stepping on each other

34* **Debugging with competing hypotheses**: teammates test different theories in parallel and converge on the answer faster

35* **Cross-layer coordination**: changes that span frontend, backend, and tests, each owned by a different teammate

36 

37Agent teams add coordination overhead and use significantly more tokens than a single session. They work best when teammates can operate independently. For sequential tasks, same-file edits, or work with many dependencies, a single session or [subagents](/en/sub-agents) are more effective.

38 

39### Compare with subagents

40 

41Both agent teams and [subagents](/en/sub-agents) let you parallelize work, but they operate differently. Choose based on whether your workers need to communicate with each other:

42 

43<Frame caption="Subagents only report results back to the main agent and never talk to each other. In agent teams, teammates share a task list, claim work, and communicate directly with each other.">

44 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7/images/subagents-vs-agent-teams-light.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7&q=85&s=2f8db9b4f3705dd3ab931fbe2d96e42a" className="dark:hidden" alt="Diagram comparing subagent and agent team architectures. Subagents are spawned by the main agent, do work, and report results back. Agent teams coordinate through a shared task list, with teammates communicating directly with each other." width="4245" height="1615" data-path="images/subagents-vs-agent-teams-light.png" />

45 

46 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7/images/subagents-vs-agent-teams-dark.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=nsvRFSDNfpSU5nT7&q=85&s=d573a037540f2ada6a9ae7d8285b46fd" className="hidden dark:block" alt="Diagram comparing subagent and agent team architectures. Subagents are spawned by the main agent, do work, and report results back. Agent teams coordinate through a shared task list, with teammates communicating directly with each other." width="4245" height="1615" data-path="images/subagents-vs-agent-teams-dark.png" />

47</Frame>

48 

49| | Subagents | Agent teams |

50| :---------------- | :----------------------------------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------- |

51| **Context** | Own context window; results return to the caller | Own context window; fully independent |

52| **Communication** | Report results back to the main agent only | Teammates message each other directly |

53| **Coordination** | Main agent manages all work | Shared task list with self-coordination |

54| **Best for** | Focused tasks where only the result matters | Complex work requiring discussion and collaboration |

55| **Token cost** | Lower: results summarized back to main context | Higher: each teammate is a separate Claude instance |

56 

57Use subagents when you need quick, focused workers that report back. Use agent teams when teammates need to share findings, challenge each other, and coordinate on their own.

58 

59## Enable agent teams

60 

61Agent teams are disabled by default. Enable them by setting the `CLAUDE_CODE_EXPERIMENTAL_AGENT_TEAMS` environment variable to `1`, either in your shell environment or through [settings.json](/en/settings):

62 

63```json settings.json theme={null}

64{

65 "env": {

66 "CLAUDE_CODE_EXPERIMENTAL_AGENT_TEAMS": "1"

67 }

68}

69```

70 

71## Start your first agent team

72 

73After enabling agent teams, tell Claude to create an agent team and describe the task and the team structure you want in natural language. Claude creates the team, spawns teammates, and coordinates work based on your prompt.

74 

75This example works well because the three roles are independent and can explore the problem without waiting on each other:

76 

77```text theme={null}

78I'm designing a CLI tool that helps developers track TODO comments across

79their codebase. Create an agent team to explore this from different angles: one

80teammate on UX, one on technical architecture, one playing devil's advocate.

81```

82 

83From there, Claude creates a team with a [shared task list](/en/interactive-mode#task-list), spawns teammates for each perspective, has them explore the problem, synthesizes findings, and attempts to [clean up the team](#clean-up-the-team) when finished.

84 

85The lead's terminal lists all teammates and what they're working on. Use Shift+Down to cycle through teammates and message them directly. After the last teammate, Shift+Down wraps back to the lead.

86 

87If you want each teammate in its own split pane, see [Choose a display mode](#choose-a-display-mode).

88 

89## Control your agent team

90 

91Tell the lead what you want in natural language. It handles team coordination, task assignment, and delegation based on your instructions.

92 

93### Choose a display mode

94 

95Agent teams support two display modes:

96 

97* **In-process**: all teammates run inside your main terminal. Use Shift+Down to cycle through teammates and type to message them directly. Works in any terminal, no extra setup required.

98* **Split panes**: each teammate gets its own pane. You can see everyone's output at once and click into a pane to interact directly. Requires tmux, or iTerm2.

99 

100<Note>

101 `tmux` has known limitations on certain operating systems and traditionally works best on macOS. Using `tmux -CC` in iTerm2 is the suggested entrypoint into `tmux`.

102</Note>

103 

104The default is `"auto"`, which uses split panes if you're already running inside a tmux session, and in-process otherwise. The `"tmux"` setting enables split-pane mode and auto-detects whether to use tmux or iTerm2 based on your terminal. To override, set `teammateMode` in your [global config](/en/settings#global-config-settings) at `~/.claude.json`:

105 

106```json theme={null}

107{

108 "teammateMode": "in-process"

109}

110```

111 

112To force in-process mode for a single session, pass it as a flag:

113 

114```bash theme={null}

115claude --teammate-mode in-process

116```

117 

118Split-pane mode requires either [tmux](https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki) or iTerm2 with the [`it2` CLI](https://github.com/mkusaka/it2). To install manually:

119 

120* **tmux**: install through your system's package manager. See the [tmux wiki](https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/Installing) for platform-specific instructions.

121* **iTerm2**: install the [`it2` CLI](https://github.com/mkusaka/it2), then enable the Python API in **iTerm2 → Settings → General → Magic → Enable Python API**.

122 

123### Specify teammates and models

124 

125Claude decides the number of teammates to spawn based on your task, or you can specify exactly what you want:

126 

127```text theme={null}

128Create a team with 4 teammates to refactor these modules in parallel.

129Use Sonnet for each teammate.

130```

131 

132### Require plan approval for teammates

133 

134For complex or risky tasks, you can require teammates to plan before implementing. The teammate works in read-only plan mode until the lead approves their approach:

135 

136```text theme={null}

137Spawn an architect teammate to refactor the authentication module.

138Require plan approval before they make any changes.

139```

140 

141When a teammate finishes planning, it sends a plan approval request to the lead. The lead reviews the plan and either approves it or rejects it with feedback. If rejected, the teammate stays in plan mode, revises based on the feedback, and resubmits. Once approved, the teammate exits plan mode and begins implementation.

142 

143The lead makes approval decisions autonomously. To influence the lead's judgment, give it criteria in your prompt, such as "only approve plans that include test coverage" or "reject plans that modify the database schema."

144 

145### Talk to teammates directly

146 

147Each teammate is a full, independent Claude Code session. You can message any teammate directly to give additional instructions, ask follow-up questions, or redirect their approach.

148 

149* **In-process mode**: use Shift+Down to cycle through teammates, then type to send them a message. Press Enter to view a teammate's session, then Escape to interrupt their current turn. Press Ctrl+T to toggle the task list.

150* **Split-pane mode**: click into a teammate's pane to interact with their session directly. Each teammate has a full view of their own terminal.

151 

152### Assign and claim tasks

153 

154The shared task list coordinates work across the team. The lead creates tasks and teammates work through them. Tasks have three states: pending, in progress, and completed. Tasks can also depend on other tasks: a pending task with unresolved dependencies cannot be claimed until those dependencies are completed.

155 

156The lead can assign tasks explicitly, or teammates can self-claim:

157 

158* **Lead assigns**: tell the lead which task to give to which teammate

159* **Self-claim**: after finishing a task, a teammate picks up the next unassigned, unblocked task on its own

160 

161Task claiming uses file locking to prevent race conditions when multiple teammates try to claim the same task simultaneously.

162 

163### Shut down teammates

164 

165To gracefully end a teammate's session:

166 

167```text theme={null}

168Ask the researcher teammate to shut down

169```

170 

171The lead sends a shutdown request. The teammate can approve, exiting gracefully, or reject with an explanation.

172 

173### Clean up the team

174 

175When you're done, ask the lead to clean up:

176 

177```text theme={null}

178Clean up the team

179```

180 

181This removes the shared team resources. When the lead runs cleanup, it checks for active teammates and fails if any are still running, so shut them down first.

182 

183<Warning>

184 Always use the lead to clean up. Teammates should not run cleanup because their team context may not resolve correctly, potentially leaving resources in an inconsistent state.

185</Warning>

186 

187### Enforce quality gates with hooks

188 

189Use [hooks](/en/hooks) to enforce rules when teammates finish work or tasks are created or completed:

190 

191* [`TeammateIdle`](/en/hooks#teammateidle): runs when a teammate is about to go idle. Exit with code 2 to send feedback and keep the teammate working.

192* [`TaskCreated`](/en/hooks#taskcreated): runs when a task is being created. Exit with code 2 to prevent creation and send feedback.

193* [`TaskCompleted`](/en/hooks#taskcompleted): runs when a task is being marked complete. Exit with code 2 to prevent completion and send feedback.

194 

195## How agent teams work

196 

197This section covers the architecture and mechanics behind agent teams. If you want to start using them, see [Control your agent team](#control-your-agent-team) above.

198 

199### How Claude starts agent teams

200 

201There are two ways agent teams get started:

202 

203* **You request a team**: give Claude a task that benefits from parallel work and explicitly ask for an agent team. Claude creates one based on your instructions.

204* **Claude proposes a team**: if Claude determines your task would benefit from parallel work, it may suggest creating a team. You confirm before it proceeds.

205 

206In both cases, you stay in control. Claude won't create a team without your approval.

207 

208### Architecture

209 

210An agent team consists of:

211 

212| Component | Role |

213| :------------ | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

214| **Team lead** | The main Claude Code session that creates the team, spawns teammates, and coordinates work |

215| **Teammates** | Separate Claude Code instances that each work on assigned tasks |

216| **Task list** | Shared list of work items that teammates claim and complete |

217| **Mailbox** | Messaging system for communication between agents |

218 

219See [Choose a display mode](#choose-a-display-mode) for display configuration options. Teammate messages arrive at the lead automatically.

220 

221The system manages task dependencies automatically. When a teammate completes a task that other tasks depend on, blocked tasks unblock without manual intervention.

222 

223Teams and tasks are stored locally:

224 

225* **Team config**: `~/.claude/teams/{team-name}/config.json`

226* **Task list**: `~/.claude/tasks/{team-name}/`

227 

228The team config contains a `members` array with each teammate's name, agent ID, and agent type. Teammates can read this file to discover other team members.

229 

230### Permissions

231 

232Teammates start with the lead's permission settings. If the lead runs with `--dangerously-skip-permissions`, all teammates do too. After spawning, you can change individual teammate modes, but you can't set per-teammate modes at spawn time.

233 

234### Context and communication

235 

236Each teammate has its own context window. When spawned, a teammate loads the same project context as a regular session: CLAUDE.md, MCP servers, and skills. It also receives the spawn prompt from the lead. The lead's conversation history does not carry over.

237 

238**How teammates share information:**

239 

240* **Automatic message delivery**: when teammates send messages, they're delivered automatically to recipients. The lead doesn't need to poll for updates.

241* **Idle notifications**: when a teammate finishes and stops, they automatically notify the lead.

242* **Shared task list**: all agents can see task status and claim available work.

243 

244**Teammate messaging:**

245 

246* **message**: send a message to one specific teammate

247* **broadcast**: send to all teammates simultaneously. Use sparingly, as costs scale with team size.

248 

249### Token usage

250 

251Agent teams use significantly more tokens than a single session. Each teammate has its own context window, and token usage scales with the number of active teammates. For research, review, and new feature work, the extra tokens are usually worthwhile. For routine tasks, a single session is more cost-effective. See [agent team token costs](/en/costs#agent-team-token-costs) for usage guidance.

252 

253## Use case examples

254 

255These examples show how agent teams handle tasks where parallel exploration adds value.

256 

257### Run a parallel code review

258 

259A single reviewer tends to gravitate toward one type of issue at a time. Splitting review criteria into independent domains means security, performance, and test coverage all get thorough attention simultaneously. The prompt assigns each teammate a distinct lens so they don't overlap:

260 

261```text theme={null}

262Create an agent team to review PR #142. Spawn three reviewers:

263- One focused on security implications

264- One checking performance impact

265- One validating test coverage

266Have them each review and report findings.

267```

268 

269Each reviewer works from the same PR but applies a different filter. The lead synthesizes findings across all three after they finish.

270 

271### Investigate with competing hypotheses

272 

273When the root cause is unclear, a single agent tends to find one plausible explanation and stop looking. The prompt fights this by making teammates explicitly adversarial: each one's job is not only to investigate its own theory but to challenge the others'.

274 

275```text theme={null}

276Users report the app exits after one message instead of staying connected.

277Spawn 5 agent teammates to investigate different hypotheses. Have them talk to

278each other to try to disprove each other's theories, like a scientific

279debate. Update the findings doc with whatever consensus emerges.

280```

281 

282The debate structure is the key mechanism here. Sequential investigation suffers from anchoring: once one theory is explored, subsequent investigation is biased toward it.

283 

284With multiple independent investigators actively trying to disprove each other, the theory that survives is much more likely to be the actual root cause.

285 

286## Best practices

287 

288### Give teammates enough context

289 

290Teammates load project context automatically, including CLAUDE.md, MCP servers, and skills, but they don't inherit the lead's conversation history. See [Context and communication](#context-and-communication) for details. Include task-specific details in the spawn prompt:

291 

292```text theme={null}

293Spawn a security reviewer teammate with the prompt: "Review the authentication module

294at src/auth/ for security vulnerabilities. Focus on token handling, session

295management, and input validation. The app uses JWT tokens stored in

296httpOnly cookies. Report any issues with severity ratings."

297```

298 

299### Choose an appropriate team size

300 

301There's no hard limit on the number of teammates, but practical constraints apply:

302 

303* **Token costs scale linearly**: each teammate has its own context window and consumes tokens independently. See [agent team token costs](/en/costs#agent-team-token-costs) for details.

304* **Coordination overhead increases**: more teammates means more communication, task coordination, and potential for conflicts

305* **Diminishing returns**: beyond a certain point, additional teammates don't speed up work proportionally

306 

307Start with 3-5 teammates for most workflows. This balances parallel work with manageable coordination. The examples in this guide use 3-5 teammates because that range works well across different task types.

308 

309Having 5-6 [tasks](/en/agent-teams#architecture) per teammate keeps everyone productive without excessive context switching. If you have 15 independent tasks, 3 teammates is a good starting point.

310 

311Scale up only when the work genuinely benefits from having teammates work simultaneously. Three focused teammates often outperform five scattered ones.

312 

313### Size tasks appropriately

314 

315* **Too small**: coordination overhead exceeds the benefit

316* **Too large**: teammates work too long without check-ins, increasing risk of wasted effort

317* **Just right**: self-contained units that produce a clear deliverable, such as a function, a test file, or a review

318 

319<Tip>

320 The lead breaks work into tasks and assigns them to teammates automatically. If it isn't creating enough tasks, ask it to split the work into smaller pieces. Having 5-6 tasks per teammate keeps everyone productive and lets the lead reassign work if someone gets stuck.

321</Tip>

322 

323### Wait for teammates to finish

324 

325Sometimes the lead starts implementing tasks itself instead of waiting for teammates. If you notice this:

326 

327```text theme={null}

328Wait for your teammates to complete their tasks before proceeding

329```

330 

331### Start with research and review

332 

333If you're new to agent teams, start with tasks that have clear boundaries and don't require writing code: reviewing a PR, researching a library, or investigating a bug. These tasks show the value of parallel exploration without the coordination challenges that come with parallel implementation.

334 

335### Avoid file conflicts

336 

337Two teammates editing the same file leads to overwrites. Break the work so each teammate owns a different set of files.

338 

339### Monitor and steer

340 

341Check in on teammates' progress, redirect approaches that aren't working, and synthesize findings as they come in. Letting a team run unattended for too long increases the risk of wasted effort.

342 

343## Troubleshooting

344 

345### Teammates not appearing

346 

347If teammates aren't appearing after you ask Claude to create a team:

348 

349* In in-process mode, teammates may already be running but not visible. Press Shift+Down to cycle through active teammates.

350* Check that the task you gave Claude was complex enough to warrant a team. Claude decides whether to spawn teammates based on the task.

351* If you explicitly requested split panes, ensure tmux is installed and available in your PATH:

352 ```bash theme={null}

353 which tmux

354 ```

355* For iTerm2, verify the `it2` CLI is installed and the Python API is enabled in iTerm2 preferences.

356 

357### Too many permission prompts

358 

359Teammate permission requests bubble up to the lead, which can create friction. Pre-approve common operations in your [permission settings](/en/permissions) before spawning teammates to reduce interruptions.

360 

361### Teammates stopping on errors

362 

363Teammates may stop after encountering errors instead of recovering. Check their output using Shift+Down in in-process mode or by clicking the pane in split mode, then either:

364 

365* Give them additional instructions directly

366* Spawn a replacement teammate to continue the work

367 

368### Lead shuts down before work is done

369 

370The lead may decide the team is finished before all tasks are actually complete. If this happens, tell it to keep going. You can also tell the lead to wait for teammates to finish before proceeding if it starts doing work instead of delegating.

371 

372### Orphaned tmux sessions

373 

374If a tmux session persists after the team ends, it may not have been fully cleaned up. List sessions and kill the one created by the team:

375 

376```bash theme={null}

377tmux ls

378tmux kill-session -t <session-name>

379```

380 

381## Limitations

382 

383Agent teams are experimental. Current limitations to be aware of:

384 

385* **No session resumption with in-process teammates**: `/resume` and `/rewind` do not restore in-process teammates. After resuming a session, the lead may attempt to message teammates that no longer exist. If this happens, tell the lead to spawn new teammates.

386* **Task status can lag**: teammates sometimes fail to mark tasks as completed, which blocks dependent tasks. If a task appears stuck, check whether the work is actually done and update the task status manually or tell the lead to nudge the teammate.

387* **Shutdown can be slow**: teammates finish their current request or tool call before shutting down, which can take time.

388* **One team per session**: a lead can only manage one team at a time. Clean up the current team before starting a new one.

389* **No nested teams**: teammates cannot spawn their own teams or teammates. Only the lead can manage the team.

390* **Lead is fixed**: the session that creates the team is the lead for its lifetime. You can't promote a teammate to lead or transfer leadership.

391* **Permissions set at spawn**: all teammates start with the lead's permission mode. You can change individual teammate modes after spawning, but you can't set per-teammate modes at spawn time.

392* **Split panes require tmux or iTerm2**: the default in-process mode works in any terminal. Split-pane mode isn't supported in VS Code's integrated terminal, Windows Terminal, or Ghostty.

393 

394<Tip>

395 **`CLAUDE.md` works normally**: teammates read `CLAUDE.md` files from their working directory. Use this to provide project-specific guidance to all teammates.

396</Tip>

397 

398## Next steps

399 

400Explore related approaches for parallel work and delegation:

401 

402* **Lightweight delegation**: [subagents](/en/sub-agents) spawn helper agents for research or verification within your session, better for tasks that don't need inter-agent coordination

403* **Manual parallel sessions**: [Git worktrees](/en/common-workflows#run-parallel-claude-code-sessions-with-git-worktrees) let you run multiple Claude Code sessions yourself without automated team coordination

404* **Compare approaches**: see the [subagent vs agent team](/en/features-overview#compare-similar-features) comparison for a side-by-side breakdown

amazon-bedrock.md +59 −29

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Claude Code on Amazon Bedrock5# Claude Code on Amazon Bedrock

2 6 

3> Learn about configuring Claude Code through Amazon Bedrock, including setup, IAM configuration, and troubleshooting.7> Learn about configuring Claude Code through Amazon Bedrock, including setup, IAM configuration, and troubleshooting.


7Before configuring Claude Code with Bedrock, ensure you have:11Before configuring Claude Code with Bedrock, ensure you have:

8 12 

9* An AWS account with Bedrock access enabled13* An AWS account with Bedrock access enabled

10* Access to desired Claude models (for example, Claude Sonnet 4.5) in Bedrock14* Access to desired Claude models (for example, Claude Sonnet 4.6) in Bedrock

11* AWS CLI installed and configured (optional - only needed if you don't have another mechanism for getting credentials)15* AWS CLI installed and configured (optional - only needed if you don't have another mechanism for getting credentials)

12* Appropriate IAM permissions16* Appropriate IAM permissions

13 17 

18<Note>

19 If you are deploying Claude Code to multiple users, [pin your model versions](#4-pin-model-versions) to prevent breakage when Anthropic releases new models.

20</Note>

21 

14## Setup22## Setup

15 23 

16### 1. Submit use case details24### 1. Submit use case details


116* When using Bedrock, the `/login` and `/logout` commands are disabled since authentication is handled through AWS credentials.124* When using Bedrock, the `/login` and `/logout` commands are disabled since authentication is handled through AWS credentials.

117* You can use settings files for environment variables like `AWS_PROFILE` that you don't want to leak to other processes. See [Settings](/en/settings) for more information.125* You can use settings files for environment variables like `AWS_PROFILE` that you don't want to leak to other processes. See [Settings](/en/settings) for more information.

118 126 

119### 4. Model configuration127### 4. Pin model versions

128 

129<Warning>

130 Pin specific model versions for every deployment. If you use model aliases (`sonnet`, `opus`, `haiku`) without pinning, Claude Code may attempt to use a newer model version that isn't available in your Bedrock account, breaking existing users when Anthropic releases updates.

131</Warning>

132 

133Set these environment variables to specific Bedrock model IDs:

134 

135```bash theme={null}

136export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL='us.anthropic.claude-opus-4-6-v1'

137export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL='us.anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-6'

138export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL='us.anthropic.claude-haiku-4-5-20251001-v1:0'

139```

120 140 

121Claude Code uses these default models for Bedrock:141These variables use cross-region inference profile IDs (with the `us.` prefix). If you use a different region prefix or application inference profiles, adjust accordingly. For current and legacy model IDs, see [Models overview](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/about-claude/models/overview). See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#pin-models-for-third-party-deployments) for the full list of environment variables.

142 

143Claude Code uses these default models when no pinning variables are set:

122 144 

123| Model type | Default value |145| Model type | Default value |

124| :--------------- | :------------------------------------------------- |146| :--------------- | :-------------------------------------------- |

125| Primary model | `global.anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929-v1:0` |147| Primary model | `global.anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-6` |

126| Small/fast model | `us.anthropic.claude-haiku-4-5-20251001-v1:0` |148| Small/fast model | `us.anthropic.claude-haiku-4-5-20251001-v1:0` |

127 149 

128<Note>150To customize models further, use one of these methods:

129 For Bedrock users, Claude Code won't automatically upgrade from Haiku 3.5 to Haiku 4.5. To manually switch to a newer Haiku model, set the `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL` environment variable to the full model name (for example, `us.anthropic.claude-haiku-4-5-20251001-v1:0`).

130</Note>

131 

132To customize models, use one of these methods:

133 151 

134```bash theme={null}152```bash theme={null}

135# Using inference profile ID153# Using inference profile ID

136export ANTHROPIC_MODEL='global.anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929-v1:0'154export ANTHROPIC_MODEL='global.anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-6'

137export ANTHROPIC_SMALL_FAST_MODEL='us.anthropic.claude-haiku-4-5-20251001-v1:0'155export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL='us.anthropic.claude-haiku-4-5-20251001-v1:0'

138 156 

139# Using application inference profile ARN157# Using application inference profile ARN

140export ANTHROPIC_MODEL='arn:aws:bedrock:us-east-2:your-account-id:application-inference-profile/your-model-id'158export ANTHROPIC_MODEL='arn:aws:bedrock:us-east-2:your-account-id:application-inference-profile/your-model-id'


143export DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING=1161export DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING=1

144```162```

145 163 

146<Note>[Prompt caching](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/build-with-claude/prompt-caching) may not be available in all regions.</Note>164<Note>[Prompt caching](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/prompt-caching) may not be available in all regions.</Note>

147 165 

148### 5. Output token configuration166#### Map each model version to an inference profile

149 167 

150These are the recommended token settings for Claude Code with Amazon Bedrock:168The `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_*_MODEL` environment variables configure one inference profile per model family. If your organization needs to expose several versions of the same family in the `/model` picker, each routed to its own application inference profile ARN, use the `modelOverrides` setting in your [settings file](/en/settings#settings-files) instead.

151 169 

152```bash theme={null}170This example maps three Opus versions to distinct ARNs so users can switch between them without bypassing your organization's inference profiles:

153# Recommended output token settings for Bedrock

154export CLAUDE_CODE_MAX_OUTPUT_TOKENS=4096

155export MAX_THINKING_TOKENS=1024

156```

157 171 

158**Why these values:**172```json theme={null}

159 173{

160* **`CLAUDE_CODE_MAX_OUTPUT_TOKENS=4096`**: Bedrock's burndown throttling logic sets a minimum of 4096 tokens as the `max_token` penalty. Setting this lower won't reduce costs but may cut off long tool uses, causing the Claude Code agent loop to fail persistently. Claude Code typically uses less than 4096 output tokens without extended thinking, but may need this headroom for tasks involving significant file creation or Write tool usage.174 "modelOverrides": {

175 "claude-opus-4-6": "arn:aws:bedrock:us-east-2:123456789012:application-inference-profile/opus-46-prod",

176 "claude-opus-4-5-20251101": "arn:aws:bedrock:us-east-2:123456789012:application-inference-profile/opus-45-prod",

177 "claude-opus-4-1-20250805": "arn:aws:bedrock:us-east-2:123456789012:application-inference-profile/opus-41-prod"

178 }

179}

180```

161 181 

162* **`MAX_THINKING_TOKENS=1024`**: This provides space for extended thinking without cutting off tool use responses, while still maintaining focused reasoning chains. This balance helps prevent trajectory changes that aren't always helpful for coding tasks specifically.182When a user selects one of these versions in `/model`, Claude Code calls Bedrock with the mapped ARN. Versions without an override fall back to the built-in Bedrock model ID or any matching inference profile discovered at startup. See [Override model IDs per version](/en/model-config#override-model-ids-per-version) for details on how overrides interact with `availableModels` and other model settings.

163 183 

164## IAM configuration184## IAM configuration

165 185 


206For details, see [Bedrock IAM documentation](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/userguide/security-iam.html).226For details, see [Bedrock IAM documentation](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/userguide/security-iam.html).

207 227 

208<Note>228<Note>

209 We recommend creating a dedicated AWS account for Claude Code to simplify cost tracking and access control.229 Create a dedicated AWS account for Claude Code to simplify cost tracking and access control.

210</Note>230</Note>

211 231 

232## AWS Guardrails

233 

234[Amazon Bedrock Guardrails](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/userguide/guardrails.html) let you implement content filtering for Claude Code. Create a Guardrail in the [Amazon Bedrock console](https://console.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/), publish a version, then add the Guardrail headers to your [settings file](/en/settings). Enable Cross-Region inference on your Guardrail if you're using cross-region inference profiles.

235 

236Example configuration:

237 

238```json theme={null}

239{

240 "env": {

241 "ANTHROPIC_CUSTOM_HEADERS": "X-Amzn-Bedrock-GuardrailIdentifier: your-guardrail-id\nX-Amzn-Bedrock-GuardrailVersion: 1"

242 }

243}

244```

245 

212## Troubleshooting246## Troubleshooting

213 247 

214If you encounter region issues:248If you encounter region issues:


229* [Bedrock pricing](https://aws.amazon.com/bedrock/pricing/)263* [Bedrock pricing](https://aws.amazon.com/bedrock/pricing/)

230* [Bedrock inference profiles](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/userguide/inference-profiles-support.html)264* [Bedrock inference profiles](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/bedrock/latest/userguide/inference-profiles-support.html)

231* [Claude Code on Amazon Bedrock: Quick Setup Guide](https://community.aws/content/2tXkZKrZzlrlu0KfH8gST5Dkppq/claude-code-on-amazon-bedrock-quick-setup-guide)- [Claude Code Monitoring Implementation (Bedrock)](https://github.com/aws-solutions-library-samples/guidance-for-claude-code-with-amazon-bedrock/blob/main/assets/docs/MONITORING.md)265* [Claude Code on Amazon Bedrock: Quick Setup Guide](https://community.aws/content/2tXkZKrZzlrlu0KfH8gST5Dkppq/claude-code-on-amazon-bedrock-quick-setup-guide)- [Claude Code Monitoring Implementation (Bedrock)](https://github.com/aws-solutions-library-samples/guidance-for-claude-code-with-amazon-bedrock/blob/main/assets/docs/MONITORING.md)

232 

233 

234 

235> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

analytics.md +180 −47

Details

1# Analytics1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

2 4 

3> View detailed usage insights and productivity metrics for your organization's Claude Code deployment.5# Track team usage with analytics

4 6 

5Claude Code provides an analytics dashboard that helps organizations understand developer usage patterns, track productivity metrics, and optimize their Claude Code adoption.7> View Claude Code usage metrics, track adoption, and measure engineering velocity in the analytics dashboard.

8 

9Claude Code provides analytics dashboards to help organizations understand developer usage patterns, track contribution metrics, and measure how Claude Code impacts engineering velocity. Access the dashboard for your plan:

10 

11| Plan | Dashboard URL | Includes | Read more |

12| ----------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------- |

13| Claude for Teams / Enterprise | [claude.ai/analytics/claude-code](https://claude.ai/analytics/claude-code) | Usage metrics, contribution metrics with GitHub integration, leaderboard, data export | [Details](#access-analytics-for-teams-and-enterprise) |

14| API (Claude Console) | [platform.claude.com/claude-code](https://platform.claude.com/claude-code) | Usage metrics, spend tracking, team insights | [Details](#access-analytics-for-api-customers) |

15 

16## Access analytics for Teams and Enterprise

17 

18Navigate to [claude.ai/analytics/claude-code](https://claude.ai/analytics/claude-code). Admins and Owners can view the dashboard.

19 

20The Teams and Enterprise dashboard includes:

21 

22* **Usage metrics**: lines of code accepted, suggestion accept rate, daily active users and sessions

23* **Contribution metrics**: PRs and lines of code shipped with Claude Code assistance, with [GitHub integration](#enable-contribution-metrics)

24* **Leaderboard**: top contributors ranked by Claude Code usage

25* **Data export**: download contribution data as CSV for custom reporting

26 

27### Enable contribution metrics

6 28 

7<Note>29<Note>

8 Analytics are currently available only for organizations using Claude Code with the Claude API through the Claude Console.30 Contribution metrics are in public beta and available on Claude for Teams and Claude for Enterprise plans. These metrics only cover users within your claude.ai organization. Usage through the Claude Console API or third-party integrations is not included.

9</Note>31</Note>

10 32 

11## Access analytics33Usage and adoption data is available for all Claude for Teams and Claude for Enterprise accounts. Contribution metrics require additional setup to connect your GitHub organization.

34 

35You need the Owner role to configure analytics settings. A GitHub admin must install the GitHub app.

36 

37<Warning>

38 Contribution metrics are not available for organizations with [Zero Data Retention](/en/zero-data-retention) enabled. The analytics dashboard will show usage metrics only.

39</Warning>

40 

41<Steps>

42 <Step title="Install the GitHub app">

43 A GitHub admin installs the Claude GitHub app on your organization's GitHub account at [github.com/apps/claude](https://github.com/apps/claude).

44 </Step>

45 

46 <Step title="Enable Claude Code analytics">

47 A Claude Owner navigates to [claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code) and enables the Claude Code analytics feature.

48 </Step>

49 

50 <Step title="Enable GitHub analytics">

51 On the same page, enable the "GitHub analytics" toggle.

52 </Step>

53 

54 <Step title="Authenticate with GitHub">

55 Complete the GitHub authentication flow and select which GitHub organizations to include in the analysis.

56 </Step>

57</Steps>

12 58 

13Navigate to the analytics dashboard at [console.anthropic.com/claude-code](https://console.anthropic.com/claude-code).59Data typically appears within 24 hours after enabling, with daily updates. If no data appears, you may see one of these messages:

14 60 

15### Required roles61* **"GitHub app required"**: install the GitHub app to view contribution metrics

62* **"Data processing in progress"**: check back in a few days and confirm the GitHub app is installed if data doesn't appear

16 63 

17* **Primary Owner**64Contribution metrics support GitHub Cloud and GitHub Enterprise Server.

18* **Owner**65 

19* **Billing**66### Review summary metrics

20* **Admin**

21* **Developer**

22 67 

23<Note>68<Note>

24 Users with **User**, **Claude Code User** or **Membership Admin** roles cannot access analytics.69 These metrics are deliberately conservative and represent an underestimate of Claude Code's actual impact. Only lines and PRs where there is high confidence in Claude Code's involvement are counted.

25</Note>70</Note>

26 71 

27## Available metrics72The dashboard displays these summary metrics at the top:

73 

74* **PRs with CC**: total count of merged pull requests that contain at least one line of code written with Claude Code

75* **Lines of code with CC**: total lines of code across all merged PRs that were written with Claude Code assistance. Only "effective lines" are counted: lines with more than 3 characters after normalization, excluding empty lines and lines with only brackets or trivial punctuation.

76* **PRs with Claude Code (%)**: percentage of all merged PRs that contain Claude Code-assisted code

77* **Suggestion accept rate**: percentage of times users accept Claude Code's code editing suggestions, including Edit, Write, and NotebookEdit tool usage

78* **Lines of code accepted**: total lines of code written by Claude Code that users have accepted in their sessions. This excludes rejected suggestions and does not track subsequent deletions.

79 

80### Explore the charts

81 

82The dashboard includes several charts to visualize trends over time.

83 

84#### Track adoption

85 

86The Adoption chart shows daily usage trends:

87 

88* **users**: daily active users

89* **sessions**: number of active Claude Code sessions per day

90 

91#### Measure PRs per user

92 

93This chart displays individual developer activity over time:

94 

95* **PRs per user**: total number of PRs merged per day divided by daily active users

96* **users**: daily active users

97 

98Use this to understand how individual productivity changes as Claude Code adoption increases.

99 

100#### View pull requests breakdown

28 101 

29### Lines of code accepted102The Pull requests chart shows a daily breakdown of merged PRs:

30 103 

31Total lines of code written by Claude Code that users have accepted in their sessions.104* **PRs with CC**: pull requests containing Claude Code-assisted code

105* **PRs without CC**: pull requests without Claude Code-assisted code

32 106 

33* Excludes rejected code suggestions107Toggle to **Lines of code** view to see the same breakdown by lines of code rather than PR count.

34* Doesn't track subsequent deletions

35 108 

36### Suggestion accept rate109#### Find top contributors

37 110 

38Percentage of times users accept code editing tool usage, including:111The Leaderboard shows the top 10 users ranked by contribution volume. Toggle between:

39 112 

40* Edit113* **Pull requests**: shows PRs with Claude Code vs All PRs for each user

41* Write114* **Lines of code**: shows lines with Claude Code vs All lines for each user

42* NotebookEdit

43 115 

44### Activity116Click **Export all users** to download complete contribution data for all users as a CSV file. The export includes all users, not just the top 10 displayed.

45 117 

46**users**: Number of active users in a given day (number on left Y-axis)118### PR attribution

47 119 

48**sessions**: Number of active sessions in a given day (number on right Y-axis)120When contribution metrics are enabled, Claude Code analyzes merged pull requests to determine which code was written with Claude Code assistance. This is done by matching Claude Code session activity against the code in each PR.

49 121 

50### Spend122#### Tagging criteria

51 123 

52**users**: Number of active users in a given day (number on left Y-axis)124PRs are tagged as "with Claude Code" if they contain at least one line of code written during a Claude Code session. The system uses conservative matching: only code where there is high confidence in Claude Code's involvement is counted as assisted.

53 125 

54**spend**: Total dollars spent in a given day (number on right Y-axis)126#### Attribution process

55 127 

56### Team insights128When a pull request is merged:

57 129 

58**Members**: All users who have authenticated to Claude Code1301. Added lines are extracted from the PR diff

1312. Claude Code sessions that edited matching files within a time window are identified

1323. PR lines are matched against Claude Code output using multiple strategies

1334. Metrics are calculated for AI-assisted lines and total lines

59 134 

60* API key users are displayed by **API key identifier**135Before comparison, lines are normalized: whitespace is trimmed, multiple spaces are collapsed, quotes are standardized, and text is converted to lowercase.

61* OAuth users are displayed by **email address**

62 136 

63**Spend this month:** Per-user total spend for the current month.137Merged pull requests containing Claude Code-assisted lines are labeled as `claude-code-assisted` in GitHub.

64 138 

65**Lines this month:** Per-user total of accepted code lines for the current month.139#### Time window

66 140 

67## Using analytics effectively141Sessions from 21 days before to 2 days after the PR merge date are considered for attribution matching.

68 142 

69### Monitor adoption143#### Excluded files

70 144 

71Track team member status to identify:145Certain files are automatically excluded from analysis because they are auto-generated:

146 

147* Lock files: package-lock.json, yarn.lock, Cargo.lock, and similar

148* Generated code: Protobuf outputs, build artifacts, minified files

149* Build directories: dist/, build/, node\_modules/, target/

150* Test fixtures: snapshots, cassettes, mock data

151* Lines over 1,000 characters, which are likely minified or generated

152 

153#### Attribution notes

154 

155Keep these additional details in mind when interpreting attribution data:

156 

157* Code substantially rewritten by developers, with more than 20% difference, is not attributed to Claude Code

158* Sessions outside the 21-day window are not considered

159* The algorithm does not consider the PR source or destination branch when performing attribution

160 

161### Get the most from analytics

162 

163Use contribution metrics to demonstrate ROI, identify adoption patterns, and find team members who can help others get started.

164 

165#### Monitor adoption

166 

167Track the Adoption chart and user counts to identify:

72 168 

73* Active users who can share best practices169* Active users who can share best practices

74* Overall adoption trends across your organization170* Overall adoption trends across your organization

171* Dips in usage that may indicate friction or issues

75 172 

76### Measure productivity173#### Measure ROI

77 174 

78Tool acceptance rates and code metrics help you:175Contribution metrics help answer "Is this tool worth the investment?" with data from your own codebase:

79 176 

80* Understand developer satisfaction with Claude Code suggestions177* Track changes in PRs per user over time as adoption increases

81* Track code generation effectiveness178* Compare PRs and lines of code shipped with vs. without Claude Code

82* Identify opportunities for training or process improvements179* Use alongside [DORA metrics](https://dora.dev/), sprint velocity, or other engineering KPIs to understand changes from adopting Claude Code

83 180 

84## Related resources181#### Identify power users

182 

183The Leaderboard helps you find team members with high Claude Code adoption who can:

184 

185* Share prompting techniques and workflows with the team

186* Provide feedback on what's working well

187* Help onboard new users

188 

189#### Access data programmatically

190 

191To query this data through GitHub, search for PRs labeled with `claude-code-assisted`.

85 192 

86* [Monitoring usage with OpenTelemetry](/en/monitoring-usage) for custom metrics and alerting193## Access analytics for API customers

87* [Identity and access management](/en/iam) for role configuration

88 194 

195API customers using the Claude Console can access analytics at [platform.claude.com/claude-code](https://platform.claude.com/claude-code). You need the UsageView permission to access the dashboard, which is granted to Developer, Billing, Admin, Owner, and Primary Owner roles.

89 196 

197<Note>

198 Contribution metrics with GitHub integration are not currently available for API customers. The Console dashboard shows usage and spend metrics only.

199</Note>

200 

201The Console dashboard displays:

202 

203* **Lines of code accepted**: total lines of code written by Claude Code that users have accepted in their sessions. This excludes rejected suggestions and does not track subsequent deletions.

204* **Suggestion accept rate**: percentage of times users accept code editing tool usage, including Edit, Write, and NotebookEdit tools.

205* **Activity**: daily active users and sessions shown on a chart.

206* **Spend**: daily API costs in dollars alongside user count.

207 

208### View team insights

209 

210The team insights table shows per-user metrics:

211 

212* **Members**: all users who have authenticated to Claude Code. API key users display by key identifier, OAuth users display by email address.

213* **Spend this month**: per-user total API costs for the current month.

214* **Lines this month**: per-user total of accepted code lines for the current month.

215 

216<Note>

217 Spend figures in the Console dashboard are estimates for analytics purposes. For actual costs, refer to your billing page.

218</Note>

219 

220## Related resources

90 221 

91> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt222* [Monitoring with OpenTelemetry](/en/monitoring-usage): export real-time metrics and events to your observability stack

223* [Manage costs effectively](/en/costs): set spend limits and optimize token usage

224* [Permissions](/en/permissions): configure roles and permissions

authentication.md +134 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Authentication

6 

7> Log in to Claude Code and configure authentication for individuals, teams, and organizations.

8 

9Claude Code supports multiple authentication methods depending on your setup. Individual users can log in with a Claude.ai account, while teams can use Claude for Teams or Enterprise, the Claude Console, or a cloud provider like Amazon Bedrock, Google Vertex AI, or Microsoft Foundry.

10 

11## Log in to Claude Code

12 

13After [installing Claude Code](/en/setup#install-claude-code), run `claude` in your terminal. On first launch, Claude Code opens a browser window for you to log in.

14 

15If the browser doesn't open automatically, press `c` to copy the login URL to your clipboard, then paste it into your browser.

16 

17You can authenticate with any of these account types:

18 

19* **Claude Pro or Max subscription**: log in with your Claude.ai account. Subscribe at [claude.com/pricing](https://claude.com/pricing?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs\&utm_content=authentication_pro_max).

20* **Claude for Teams or Enterprise**: log in with the Claude.ai account your team admin invited you to.

21* **Claude Console**: log in with your Console credentials. Your admin must have [invited you](#claude-console-authentication) first.

22* **Cloud providers**: if your organization uses [Amazon Bedrock](/en/amazon-bedrock), [Google Vertex AI](/en/google-vertex-ai), or [Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry), set the required environment variables before running `claude`. No browser login is needed.

23 

24To log out and re-authenticate, type `/logout` at the Claude Code prompt.

25 

26If you're having trouble logging in, see [authentication troubleshooting](/en/troubleshooting#authentication-issues).

27 

28## Set up team authentication

29 

30For teams and organizations, you can configure Claude Code access in one of these ways:

31 

32* [Claude for Teams or Enterprise](#claude-for-teams-or-enterprise), recommended for most teams

33* [Claude Console](#claude-console-authentication)

34* [Amazon Bedrock](/en/amazon-bedrock)

35* [Google Vertex AI](/en/google-vertex-ai)

36* [Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry)

37 

38### Claude for Teams or Enterprise

39 

40[Claude for Teams](https://claude.com/pricing?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs\&utm_content=authentication_teams#team-&-enterprise) and [Claude for Enterprise](https://anthropic.com/contact-sales?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs\&utm_content=authentication_enterprise) provide the best experience for organizations using Claude Code. Team members get access to both Claude Code and Claude on the web with centralized billing and team management.

41 

42* **Claude for Teams**: self-service plan with collaboration features, admin tools, and billing management. Best for smaller teams.

43* **Claude for Enterprise**: adds SSO, domain capture, role-based permissions, compliance API, and managed policy settings for organization-wide Claude Code configurations. Best for larger organizations with security and compliance requirements.

44 

45<Steps>

46 <Step title="Subscribe">

47 Subscribe to [Claude for Teams](https://claude.com/pricing?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs\&utm_content=authentication_teams_step#team-&-enterprise) or contact sales for [Claude for Enterprise](https://anthropic.com/contact-sales?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs\&utm_content=authentication_enterprise_step).

48 </Step>

49 

50 <Step title="Invite team members">

51 Invite team members from the admin dashboard.

52 </Step>

53 

54 <Step title="Install and log in">

55 Team members install Claude Code and log in with their Claude.ai accounts.

56 </Step>

57</Steps>

58 

59### Claude Console authentication

60 

61For organizations that prefer API-based billing, you can set up access through the Claude Console.

62 

63<Steps>

64 <Step title="Create or use a Console account">

65 Use your existing Claude Console account or create a new one.

66 </Step>

67 

68 <Step title="Add users">

69 You can add users through either method:

70 

71 * Bulk invite users from within the Console: Settings -> Members -> Invite

72 * [Set up SSO](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/13132885-setting-up-single-sign-on-sso)

73 </Step>

74 

75 <Step title="Assign roles">

76 When inviting users, assign one of:

77 

78 * **Claude Code** role: users can only create Claude Code API keys

79 * **Developer** role: users can create any kind of API key

80 </Step>

81 

82 <Step title="Users complete setup">

83 Each invited user needs to:

84 

85 * Accept the Console invite

86 * [Check system requirements](/en/setup#system-requirements)

87 * [Install Claude Code](/en/setup#install-claude-code)

88 * Log in with Console account credentials

89 </Step>

90</Steps>

91 

92### Cloud provider authentication

93 

94For teams using Amazon Bedrock, Google Vertex AI, or Microsoft Foundry:

95 

96<Steps>

97 <Step title="Follow provider setup">

98 Follow the [Bedrock docs](/en/amazon-bedrock), [Vertex docs](/en/google-vertex-ai), or [Microsoft Foundry docs](/en/microsoft-foundry).

99 </Step>

100 

101 <Step title="Distribute configuration">

102 Distribute the environment variables and instructions for generating cloud credentials to your users. Read more about how to [manage configuration here](/en/settings).

103 </Step>

104 

105 <Step title="Install Claude Code">

106 Users can [install Claude Code](/en/setup#install-claude-code).

107 </Step>

108</Steps>

109 

110## Credential management

111 

112Claude Code securely manages your authentication credentials:

113 

114* **Storage location**: on macOS, credentials are stored in the encrypted macOS Keychain. On Linux and Windows, credentials are stored in `~/.claude/.credentials.json`, or under `$CLAUDE_CONFIG_DIR` if that variable is set. On Linux, the file is written with mode `0600`; on Windows, it inherits the access controls of your user profile directory.

115* **Supported authentication types**: Claude.ai credentials, Claude API credentials, Azure Auth, Bedrock Auth, and Vertex Auth.

116* **Custom credential scripts**: the [`apiKeyHelper`](/en/settings#available-settings) setting can be configured to run a shell script that returns an API key.

117* **Refresh intervals**: by default, `apiKeyHelper` is called after 5 minutes or on HTTP 401 response. Set `CLAUDE_CODE_API_KEY_HELPER_TTL_MS` environment variable for custom refresh intervals.

118* **Slow helper notice**: if `apiKeyHelper` takes longer than 10 seconds to return a key, Claude Code displays a warning notice in the prompt bar showing the elapsed time. If you see this notice regularly, check whether your credential script can be optimized.

119 

120`apiKeyHelper`, `ANTHROPIC_API_KEY`, and `ANTHROPIC_AUTH_TOKEN` apply to terminal CLI sessions only. Claude Desktop and remote sessions use OAuth exclusively and do not call `apiKeyHelper` or read API key environment variables.

121 

122### Authentication precedence

123 

124When multiple credentials are present, Claude Code chooses one in this order:

125 

1261. Cloud provider credentials, when `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK`, `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX`, or `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_FOUNDRY` is set. See [third-party integrations](/en/third-party-integrations) for setup.

1272. `ANTHROPIC_AUTH_TOKEN` environment variable. Sent as the `Authorization: Bearer` header. Use this when routing through an [LLM gateway or proxy](/en/llm-gateway) that authenticates with bearer tokens rather than Anthropic API keys.

1283. `ANTHROPIC_API_KEY` environment variable. Sent as the `X-Api-Key` header. Use this for direct Anthropic API access with a key from the [Claude Console](https://platform.claude.com). In interactive mode, you are prompted once to approve or decline the key, and your choice is remembered. To change it later, use the "Use custom API key" toggle in `/config`. In non-interactive mode (`-p`), the key is always used when present.

1294. [`apiKeyHelper`](/en/settings#available-settings) script output. Use this for dynamic or rotating credentials, such as short-lived tokens fetched from a vault.

1305. Subscription OAuth credentials from `/login`. This is the default for Claude Pro, Max, Team, and Enterprise users.

131 

132If you have an active Claude subscription but also have `ANTHROPIC_API_KEY` set in your environment, the API key takes precedence once approved. This can cause authentication failures if the key belongs to a disabled or expired organization. Run `unset ANTHROPIC_API_KEY` to fall back to your subscription, and check `/status` to confirm which method is active.

133 

134[Claude Code on the Web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) always uses your subscription credentials. `ANTHROPIC_API_KEY` and `ANTHROPIC_AUTH_TOKEN` in the sandbox environment do not override them.

best-practices.md +582 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Best Practices for Claude Code

6 

7> Tips and patterns for getting the most out of Claude Code, from configuring your environment to scaling across parallel sessions.

8 

9Claude Code is an agentic coding environment. Unlike a chatbot that answers questions and waits, Claude Code can read your files, run commands, make changes, and autonomously work through problems while you watch, redirect, or step away entirely.

10 

11This changes how you work. Instead of writing code yourself and asking Claude to review it, you describe what you want and Claude figures out how to build it. Claude explores, plans, and implements.

12 

13But this autonomy still comes with a learning curve. Claude works within certain constraints you need to understand.

14 

15This guide covers patterns that have proven effective across Anthropic's internal teams and for engineers using Claude Code across various codebases, languages, and environments. For how the agentic loop works under the hood, see [How Claude Code works](/en/how-claude-code-works).

16 

17***

18 

19Most best practices are based on one constraint: Claude's context window fills up fast, and performance degrades as it fills.

20 

21Claude's context window holds your entire conversation, including every message, every file Claude reads, and every command output. However, this can fill up fast. A single debugging session or codebase exploration might generate and consume tens of thousands of tokens.

22 

23This matters since LLM performance degrades as context fills. When the context window is getting full, Claude may start "forgetting" earlier instructions or making more mistakes. The context window is the most important resource to manage. To see how a session fills up in practice, [watch an interactive walkthrough](/en/context-window) of what loads at startup and what each file read costs. Track context usage continuously with a [custom status line](/en/statusline), and see [Reduce token usage](/en/costs#reduce-token-usage) for strategies on reducing token usage.

24 

25***

26 

27## Give Claude a way to verify its work

28 

29<Tip>

30 Include tests, screenshots, or expected outputs so Claude can check itself. This is the single highest-leverage thing you can do.

31</Tip>

32 

33Claude performs dramatically better when it can verify its own work, like run tests, compare screenshots, and validate outputs.

34 

35Without clear success criteria, it might produce something that looks right but actually doesn't work. You become the only feedback loop, and every mistake requires your attention.

36 

37| Strategy | Before | After |

38| ------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

39| **Provide verification criteria** | *"implement a function that validates email addresses"* | *"write a validateEmail function. example test cases: [user@example.com](mailto:user@example.com) is true, invalid is false, [user@.com](mailto:user@.com) is false. run the tests after implementing"* |

40| **Verify UI changes visually** | *"make the dashboard look better"* | *"\[paste screenshot] implement this design. take a screenshot of the result and compare it to the original. list differences and fix them"* |

41| **Address root causes, not symptoms** | *"the build is failing"* | *"the build fails with this error: \[paste error]. fix it and verify the build succeeds. address the root cause, don't suppress the error"* |

42 

43UI changes can be verified using the [Claude in Chrome extension](/en/chrome). It opens new tabs in your browser, tests the UI, and iterates until the code works.

44 

45Your verification can also be a test suite, a linter, or a Bash command that checks output. Invest in making your verification rock-solid.

46 

47***

48 

49## Explore first, then plan, then code

50 

51<Tip>

52 Separate research and planning from implementation to avoid solving the wrong problem.

53</Tip>

54 

55Letting Claude jump straight to coding can produce code that solves the wrong problem. Use [Plan Mode](/en/common-workflows#use-plan-mode-for-safe-code-analysis) to separate exploration from execution.

56 

57The recommended workflow has four phases:

58 

59<Steps>

60 <Step title="Explore">

61 Enter Plan Mode. Claude reads files and answers questions without making changes.

62 

63 ```txt claude (Plan Mode) theme={null}

64 read /src/auth and understand how we handle sessions and login.

65 also look at how we manage environment variables for secrets.

66 ```

67 </Step>

68 

69 <Step title="Plan">

70 Ask Claude to create a detailed implementation plan.

71 

72 ```txt claude (Plan Mode) theme={null}

73 I want to add Google OAuth. What files need to change?

74 What's the session flow? Create a plan.

75 ```

76 

77 Press `Ctrl+G` to open the plan in your text editor for direct editing before Claude proceeds.

78 </Step>

79 

80 <Step title="Implement">

81 Switch back to Normal Mode and let Claude code, verifying against its plan.

82 

83 ```txt claude (Normal Mode) theme={null}

84 implement the OAuth flow from your plan. write tests for the

85 callback handler, run the test suite and fix any failures.

86 ```

87 </Step>

88 

89 <Step title="Commit">

90 Ask Claude to commit with a descriptive message and create a PR.

91 

92 ```txt claude (Normal Mode) theme={null}

93 commit with a descriptive message and open a PR

94 ```

95 </Step>

96</Steps>

97 

98<Callout>

99 Plan Mode is useful, but also adds overhead.

100 

101 For tasks where the scope is clear and the fix is small (like fixing a typo, adding a log line, or renaming a variable) ask Claude to do it directly.

102 

103 Planning is most useful when you're uncertain about the approach, when the change modifies multiple files, or when you're unfamiliar with the code being modified. If you could describe the diff in one sentence, skip the plan.

104</Callout>

105 

106***

107 

108## Provide specific context in your prompts

109 

110<Tip>

111 The more precise your instructions, the fewer corrections you'll need.

112</Tip>

113 

114Claude can infer intent, but it can't read your mind. Reference specific files, mention constraints, and point to example patterns.

115 

116| Strategy | Before | After |

117| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

118| **Scope the task.** Specify which file, what scenario, and testing preferences. | *"add tests for foo.py"* | *"write a test for foo.py covering the edge case where the user is logged out. avoid mocks."* |

119| **Point to sources.** Direct Claude to the source that can answer a question. | *"why does ExecutionFactory have such a weird api?"* | *"look through ExecutionFactory's git history and summarize how its api came to be"* |

120| **Reference existing patterns.** Point Claude to patterns in your codebase. | *"add a calendar widget"* | *"look at how existing widgets are implemented on the home page to understand the patterns. HotDogWidget.php is a good example. follow the pattern to implement a new calendar widget that lets the user select a month and paginate forwards/backwards to pick a year. build from scratch without libraries other than the ones already used in the codebase."* |

121| **Describe the symptom.** Provide the symptom, the likely location, and what "fixed" looks like. | *"fix the login bug"* | *"users report that login fails after session timeout. check the auth flow in src/auth/, especially token refresh. write a failing test that reproduces the issue, then fix it"* |

122 

123Vague prompts can be useful when you're exploring and can afford to course-correct. A prompt like `"what would you improve in this file?"` can surface things you wouldn't have thought to ask about.

124 

125### Provide rich content

126 

127<Tip>

128 Use `@` to reference files, paste screenshots/images, or pipe data directly.

129</Tip>

130 

131You can provide rich data to Claude in several ways:

132 

133* **Reference files with `@`** instead of describing where code lives. Claude reads the file before responding.

134* **Paste images directly**. Copy/paste or drag and drop images into the prompt.

135* **Give URLs** for documentation and API references. Use `/permissions` to allowlist frequently-used domains.

136* **Pipe in data** by running `cat error.log | claude` to send file contents directly.

137* **Let Claude fetch what it needs**. Tell Claude to pull context itself using Bash commands, MCP tools, or by reading files.

138 

139***

140 

141## Configure your environment

142 

143A few setup steps make Claude Code significantly more effective across all your sessions. For a full overview of extension features and when to use each one, see [Extend Claude Code](/en/features-overview).

144 

145### Write an effective CLAUDE.md

146 

147<Tip>

148 Run `/init` to generate a starter CLAUDE.md file based on your current project structure, then refine over time.

149</Tip>

150 

151CLAUDE.md is a special file that Claude reads at the start of every conversation. Include Bash commands, code style, and workflow rules. This gives Claude persistent context it can't infer from code alone.

152 

153The `/init` command analyzes your codebase to detect build systems, test frameworks, and code patterns, giving you a solid foundation to refine.

154 

155There's no required format for CLAUDE.md files, but keep it short and human-readable. For example:

156 

157```markdown CLAUDE.md theme={null}

158# Code style

159- Use ES modules (import/export) syntax, not CommonJS (require)

160- Destructure imports when possible (eg. import { foo } from 'bar')

161 

162# Workflow

163- Be sure to typecheck when you're done making a series of code changes

164- Prefer running single tests, and not the whole test suite, for performance

165```

166 

167CLAUDE.md is loaded every session, so only include things that apply broadly. For domain knowledge or workflows that are only relevant sometimes, use [skills](/en/skills) instead. Claude loads them on demand without bloating every conversation.

168 

169Keep it concise. For each line, ask: *"Would removing this cause Claude to make mistakes?"* If not, cut it. Bloated CLAUDE.md files cause Claude to ignore your actual instructions!

170 

171| ✅ Include | ❌ Exclude |

172| ---------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------- |

173| Bash commands Claude can't guess | Anything Claude can figure out by reading code |

174| Code style rules that differ from defaults | Standard language conventions Claude already knows |

175| Testing instructions and preferred test runners | Detailed API documentation (link to docs instead) |

176| Repository etiquette (branch naming, PR conventions) | Information that changes frequently |

177| Architectural decisions specific to your project | Long explanations or tutorials |

178| Developer environment quirks (required env vars) | File-by-file descriptions of the codebase |

179| Common gotchas or non-obvious behaviors | Self-evident practices like "write clean code" |

180 

181If Claude keeps doing something you don't want despite having a rule against it, the file is probably too long and the rule is getting lost. If Claude asks you questions that are answered in CLAUDE.md, the phrasing might be ambiguous. Treat CLAUDE.md like code: review it when things go wrong, prune it regularly, and test changes by observing whether Claude's behavior actually shifts.

182 

183You can tune instructions by adding emphasis (e.g., "IMPORTANT" or "YOU MUST") to improve adherence. Check CLAUDE.md into git so your team can contribute. The file compounds in value over time.

184 

185CLAUDE.md files can import additional files using `@path/to/import` syntax:

186 

187```markdown CLAUDE.md theme={null}

188See @README.md for project overview and @package.json for available npm commands.

189 

190# Additional Instructions

191- Git workflow: @docs/git-instructions.md

192- Personal overrides: @~/.claude/my-project-instructions.md

193```

194 

195You can place CLAUDE.md files in several locations:

196 

197* **Home folder (`~/.claude/CLAUDE.md`)**: applies to all Claude sessions

198* **Project root (`./CLAUDE.md`)**: check into git to share with your team

199* **Parent directories**: useful for monorepos where both `root/CLAUDE.md` and `root/foo/CLAUDE.md` are pulled in automatically

200* **Child directories**: Claude pulls in child CLAUDE.md files on demand when working with files in those directories

201 

202### Configure permissions

203 

204<Tip>

205 Use [auto mode](/en/permission-modes#eliminate-prompts-with-auto-mode) to let a classifier handle approvals, `/permissions` to allowlist specific commands, or `/sandbox` for OS-level isolation. Each reduces interruptions while keeping you in control.

206</Tip>

207 

208By default, Claude Code requests permission for actions that might modify your system: file writes, Bash commands, MCP tools, etc. This is safe but tedious. After the tenth approval you're not really reviewing anymore, you're just clicking through. There are three ways to reduce these interruptions:

209 

210* **Auto mode**: a separate classifier model reviews commands and blocks only what looks risky: scope escalation, unknown infrastructure, or hostile-content-driven actions. Best when you trust the general direction of a task but don't want to click through every step

211* **Permission allowlists**: permit specific tools you know are safe, like `npm run lint` or `git commit`

212* **Sandboxing**: enable OS-level isolation that restricts filesystem and network access, allowing Claude to work more freely within defined boundaries

213 

214Read more about [permission modes](/en/permission-modes), [permission rules](/en/permissions), and [sandboxing](/en/sandboxing).

215 

216### Use CLI tools

217 

218<Tip>

219 Tell Claude Code to use CLI tools like `gh`, `aws`, `gcloud`, and `sentry-cli` when interacting with external services.

220</Tip>

221 

222CLI tools are the most context-efficient way to interact with external services. If you use GitHub, install the `gh` CLI. Claude knows how to use it for creating issues, opening pull requests, and reading comments. Without `gh`, Claude can still use the GitHub API, but unauthenticated requests often hit rate limits.

223 

224Claude is also effective at learning CLI tools it doesn't already know. Try prompts like `Use 'foo-cli-tool --help' to learn about foo tool, then use it to solve A, B, C.`

225 

226### Connect MCP servers

227 

228<Tip>

229 Run `claude mcp add` to connect external tools like Notion, Figma, or your database.

230</Tip>

231 

232With [MCP servers](/en/mcp), you can ask Claude to implement features from issue trackers, query databases, analyze monitoring data, integrate designs from Figma, and automate workflows.

233 

234### Set up hooks

235 

236<Tip>

237 Use hooks for actions that must happen every time with zero exceptions.

238</Tip>

239 

240[Hooks](/en/hooks-guide) run scripts automatically at specific points in Claude's workflow. Unlike CLAUDE.md instructions which are advisory, hooks are deterministic and guarantee the action happens.

241 

242Claude can write hooks for you. Try prompts like *"Write a hook that runs eslint after every file edit"* or *"Write a hook that blocks writes to the migrations folder."* Edit `.claude/settings.json` directly to configure hooks by hand, and run `/hooks` to browse what's configured.

243 

244### Create skills

245 

246<Tip>

247 Create `SKILL.md` files in `.claude/skills/` to give Claude domain knowledge and reusable workflows.

248</Tip>

249 

250[Skills](/en/skills) extend Claude's knowledge with information specific to your project, team, or domain. Claude applies them automatically when relevant, or you can invoke them directly with `/skill-name`.

251 

252Create a skill by adding a directory with a `SKILL.md` to `.claude/skills/`:

253 

254```markdown .claude/skills/api-conventions/SKILL.md theme={null}

255---

256name: api-conventions

257description: REST API design conventions for our services

258---

259# API Conventions

260- Use kebab-case for URL paths

261- Use camelCase for JSON properties

262- Always include pagination for list endpoints

263- Version APIs in the URL path (/v1/, /v2/)

264```

265 

266Skills can also define repeatable workflows you invoke directly:

267 

268```markdown .claude/skills/fix-issue/SKILL.md theme={null}

269---

270name: fix-issue

271description: Fix a GitHub issue

272disable-model-invocation: true

273---

274Analyze and fix the GitHub issue: $ARGUMENTS.

275 

2761. Use `gh issue view` to get the issue details

2772. Understand the problem described in the issue

2783. Search the codebase for relevant files

2794. Implement the necessary changes to fix the issue

2805. Write and run tests to verify the fix

2816. Ensure code passes linting and type checking

2827. Create a descriptive commit message

2838. Push and create a PR

284```

285 

286Run `/fix-issue 1234` to invoke it. Use `disable-model-invocation: true` for workflows with side effects that you want to trigger manually.

287 

288### Create custom subagents

289 

290<Tip>

291 Define specialized assistants in `.claude/agents/` that Claude can delegate to for isolated tasks.

292</Tip>

293 

294[Subagents](/en/sub-agents) run in their own context with their own set of allowed tools. They're useful for tasks that read many files or need specialized focus without cluttering your main conversation.

295 

296```markdown .claude/agents/security-reviewer.md theme={null}

297---

298name: security-reviewer

299description: Reviews code for security vulnerabilities

300tools: Read, Grep, Glob, Bash

301model: opus

302---

303You are a senior security engineer. Review code for:

304- Injection vulnerabilities (SQL, XSS, command injection)

305- Authentication and authorization flaws

306- Secrets or credentials in code

307- Insecure data handling

308 

309Provide specific line references and suggested fixes.

310```

311 

312Tell Claude to use subagents explicitly: *"Use a subagent to review this code for security issues."*

313 

314### Install plugins

315 

316<Tip>

317 Run `/plugin` to browse the marketplace. Plugins add skills, tools, and integrations without configuration.

318</Tip>

319 

320[Plugins](/en/plugins) bundle skills, hooks, subagents, and MCP servers into a single installable unit from the community and Anthropic. If you work with a typed language, install a [code intelligence plugin](/en/discover-plugins#code-intelligence) to give Claude precise symbol navigation and automatic error detection after edits.

321 

322For guidance on choosing between skills, subagents, hooks, and MCP, see [Extend Claude Code](/en/features-overview#match-features-to-your-goal).

323 

324***

325 

326## Communicate effectively

327 

328The way you communicate with Claude Code significantly impacts the quality of results.

329 

330### Ask codebase questions

331 

332<Tip>

333 Ask Claude questions you'd ask a senior engineer.

334</Tip>

335 

336When onboarding to a new codebase, use Claude Code for learning and exploration. You can ask Claude the same sorts of questions you would ask another engineer:

337 

338* How does logging work?

339* How do I make a new API endpoint?

340* What does `async move { ... }` do on line 134 of `foo.rs`?

341* What edge cases does `CustomerOnboardingFlowImpl` handle?

342* Why does this code call `foo()` instead of `bar()` on line 333?

343 

344Using Claude Code this way is an effective onboarding workflow, improving ramp-up time and reducing load on other engineers. No special prompting required: ask questions directly.

345 

346### Let Claude interview you

347 

348<Tip>

349 For larger features, have Claude interview you first. Start with a minimal prompt and ask Claude to interview you using the `AskUserQuestion` tool.

350</Tip>

351 

352Claude asks about things you might not have considered yet, including technical implementation, UI/UX, edge cases, and tradeoffs.

353 

354```text theme={null}

355I want to build [brief description]. Interview me in detail using the AskUserQuestion tool.

356 

357Ask about technical implementation, UI/UX, edge cases, concerns, and tradeoffs. Don't ask obvious questions, dig into the hard parts I might not have considered.

358 

359Keep interviewing until we've covered everything, then write a complete spec to SPEC.md.

360```

361 

362Once the spec is complete, start a fresh session to execute it. The new session has clean context focused entirely on implementation, and you have a written spec to reference.

363 

364***

365 

366## Manage your session

367 

368Conversations are persistent and reversible. Use this to your advantage!

369 

370### Course-correct early and often

371 

372<Tip>

373 Correct Claude as soon as you notice it going off track.

374</Tip>

375 

376The best results come from tight feedback loops. Though Claude occasionally solves problems perfectly on the first attempt, correcting it quickly generally produces better solutions faster.

377 

378* **`Esc`**: stop Claude mid-action with the `Esc` key. Context is preserved, so you can redirect.

379* **`Esc + Esc` or `/rewind`**: press `Esc` twice or run `/rewind` to open the rewind menu and restore previous conversation and code state, or summarize from a selected message.

380* **`"Undo that"`**: have Claude revert its changes.

381* **`/clear`**: reset context between unrelated tasks. Long sessions with irrelevant context can reduce performance.

382 

383If you've corrected Claude more than twice on the same issue in one session, the context is cluttered with failed approaches. Run `/clear` and start fresh with a more specific prompt that incorporates what you learned. A clean session with a better prompt almost always outperforms a long session with accumulated corrections.

384 

385### Manage context aggressively

386 

387<Tip>

388 Run `/clear` between unrelated tasks to reset context.

389</Tip>

390 

391Claude Code automatically compacts conversation history when you approach context limits, which preserves important code and decisions while freeing space.

392 

393During long sessions, Claude's context window can fill with irrelevant conversation, file contents, and commands. This can reduce performance and sometimes distract Claude.

394 

395* Use `/clear` frequently between tasks to reset the context window entirely

396* When auto compaction triggers, Claude summarizes what matters most, including code patterns, file states, and key decisions

397* For more control, run `/compact <instructions>`, like `/compact Focus on the API changes`

398* To compact only part of the conversation, use `Esc + Esc` or `/rewind`, select a message checkpoint, and choose **Summarize from here**. This condenses messages from that point forward while keeping earlier context intact.

399* Customize compaction behavior in CLAUDE.md with instructions like `"When compacting, always preserve the full list of modified files and any test commands"` to ensure critical context survives summarization

400* For quick questions that don't need to stay in context, use [`/btw`](/en/interactive-mode#side-questions-with-btw). The answer appears in a dismissible overlay and never enters conversation history, so you can check a detail without growing context.

401 

402### Use subagents for investigation

403 

404<Tip>

405 Delegate research with `"use subagents to investigate X"`. They explore in a separate context, keeping your main conversation clean for implementation.

406</Tip>

407 

408Since context is your fundamental constraint, subagents are one of the most powerful tools available. When Claude researches a codebase it reads lots of files, all of which consume your context. Subagents run in separate context windows and report back summaries:

409 

410```text theme={null}

411Use subagents to investigate how our authentication system handles token

412refresh, and whether we have any existing OAuth utilities I should reuse.

413```

414 

415The subagent explores the codebase, reads relevant files, and reports back with findings, all without cluttering your main conversation.

416 

417You can also use subagents for verification after Claude implements something:

418 

419```text theme={null}

420use a subagent to review this code for edge cases

421```

422 

423### Rewind with checkpoints

424 

425<Tip>

426 Every action Claude makes creates a checkpoint. You can restore conversation, code, or both to any previous checkpoint.

427</Tip>

428 

429Claude automatically checkpoints before changes. Double-tap `Escape` or run `/rewind` to open the rewind menu. You can restore conversation only, restore code only, restore both, or summarize from a selected message. See [Checkpointing](/en/checkpointing) for details.

430 

431Instead of carefully planning every move, you can tell Claude to try something risky. If it doesn't work, rewind and try a different approach. Checkpoints persist across sessions, so you can close your terminal and still rewind later.

432 

433<Warning>

434 Checkpoints only track changes made *by Claude*, not external processes. This isn't a replacement for git.

435</Warning>

436 

437### Resume conversations

438 

439<Tip>

440 Run `claude --continue` to pick up where you left off, or `--resume` to choose from recent sessions.

441</Tip>

442 

443Claude Code saves conversations locally. When a task spans multiple sessions, you don't have to re-explain the context:

444 

445```bash theme={null}

446claude --continue # Resume the most recent conversation

447claude --resume # Select from recent conversations

448```

449 

450Use `/rename` to give sessions descriptive names like `"oauth-migration"` or `"debugging-memory-leak"` so you can find them later. Treat sessions like branches: different workstreams can have separate, persistent contexts.

451 

452***

453 

454## Automate and scale

455 

456Once you're effective with one Claude, multiply your output with parallel sessions, non-interactive mode, and fan-out patterns.

457 

458Everything so far assumes one human, one Claude, and one conversation. But Claude Code scales horizontally. The techniques in this section show how you can get more done.

459 

460### Run non-interactive mode

461 

462<Tip>

463 Use `claude -p "prompt"` in CI, pre-commit hooks, or scripts. Add `--output-format stream-json` for streaming JSON output.

464</Tip>

465 

466With `claude -p "your prompt"`, you can run Claude non-interactively, without a session. Non-interactive mode is how you integrate Claude into CI pipelines, pre-commit hooks, or any automated workflow. The output formats let you parse results programmatically: plain text, JSON, or streaming JSON.

467 

468```bash theme={null}

469# One-off queries

470claude -p "Explain what this project does"

471 

472# Structured output for scripts

473claude -p "List all API endpoints" --output-format json

474 

475# Streaming for real-time processing

476claude -p "Analyze this log file" --output-format stream-json

477```

478 

479### Run multiple Claude sessions

480 

481<Tip>

482 Run multiple Claude sessions in parallel to speed up development, run isolated experiments, or start complex workflows.

483</Tip>

484 

485There are three main ways to run parallel sessions:

486 

487* [Claude Code desktop app](/en/desktop#work-in-parallel-with-sessions): Manage multiple local sessions visually. Each session gets its own isolated worktree.

488* [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web): Run on Anthropic's secure cloud infrastructure in isolated VMs.

489* [Agent teams](/en/agent-teams): Automated coordination of multiple sessions with shared tasks, messaging, and a team lead.

490 

491Beyond parallelizing work, multiple sessions enable quality-focused workflows. A fresh context improves code review since Claude won't be biased toward code it just wrote.

492 

493For example, use a Writer/Reviewer pattern:

494 

495| Session A (Writer) | Session B (Reviewer) |

496| ----------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

497| `Implement a rate limiter for our API endpoints` | |

498| | `Review the rate limiter implementation in @src/middleware/rateLimiter.ts. Look for edge cases, race conditions, and consistency with our existing middleware patterns.` |

499| `Here's the review feedback: [Session B output]. Address these issues.` | |

500 

501You can do something similar with tests: have one Claude write tests, then another write code to pass them.

502 

503### Fan out across files

504 

505<Tip>

506 Loop through tasks calling `claude -p` for each. Use `--allowedTools` to scope permissions for batch operations.

507</Tip>

508 

509For large migrations or analyses, you can distribute work across many parallel Claude invocations:

510 

511<Steps>

512 <Step title="Generate a task list">

513 Have Claude list all files that need migrating (e.g., `list all 2,000 Python files that need migrating`)

514 </Step>

515 

516 <Step title="Write a script to loop through the list">

517 ```bash theme={null}

518 for file in $(cat files.txt); do

519 claude -p "Migrate $file from React to Vue. Return OK or FAIL." \

520 --allowedTools "Edit,Bash(git commit *)"

521 done

522 ```

523 </Step>

524 

525 <Step title="Test on a few files, then run at scale">

526 Refine your prompt based on what goes wrong with the first 2-3 files, then run on the full set. The `--allowedTools` flag restricts what Claude can do, which matters when you're running unattended.

527 </Step>

528</Steps>

529 

530You can also integrate Claude into existing data/processing pipelines:

531 

532```bash theme={null}

533claude -p "<your prompt>" --output-format json | your_command

534```

535 

536Use `--verbose` for debugging during development, and turn it off in production.

537 

538### Run autonomously with auto mode

539 

540For uninterrupted execution with background safety checks, use [auto mode](/en/permission-modes#eliminate-prompts-with-auto-mode). A classifier model reviews commands before they run, blocking scope escalation, unknown infrastructure, and hostile-content-driven actions while letting routine work proceed without prompts.

541 

542```bash theme={null}

543claude --permission-mode auto -p "fix all lint errors"

544```

545 

546For non-interactive runs with the `-p` flag, auto mode aborts if the classifier repeatedly blocks actions, since there is no user to fall back to. See [when auto mode falls back](/en/permission-modes#when-auto-mode-falls-back) for thresholds.

547 

548***

549 

550## Avoid common failure patterns

551 

552These are common mistakes. Recognizing them early saves time:

553 

554* **The kitchen sink session.** You start with one task, then ask Claude something unrelated, then go back to the first task. Context is full of irrelevant information.

555 > **Fix**: `/clear` between unrelated tasks.

556* **Correcting over and over.** Claude does something wrong, you correct it, it's still wrong, you correct again. Context is polluted with failed approaches.

557 > **Fix**: After two failed corrections, `/clear` and write a better initial prompt incorporating what you learned.

558* **The over-specified CLAUDE.md.** If your CLAUDE.md is too long, Claude ignores half of it because important rules get lost in the noise.

559 > **Fix**: Ruthlessly prune. If Claude already does something correctly without the instruction, delete it or convert it to a hook.

560* **The trust-then-verify gap.** Claude produces a plausible-looking implementation that doesn't handle edge cases.

561 > **Fix**: Always provide verification (tests, scripts, screenshots). If you can't verify it, don't ship it.

562* **The infinite exploration.** You ask Claude to "investigate" something without scoping it. Claude reads hundreds of files, filling the context.

563 > **Fix**: Scope investigations narrowly or use subagents so the exploration doesn't consume your main context.

564 

565***

566 

567## Develop your intuition

568 

569The patterns in this guide aren't set in stone. They're starting points that work well in general, but might not be optimal for every situation.

570 

571Sometimes you *should* let context accumulate because you're deep in one complex problem and the history is valuable. Sometimes you should skip planning and let Claude figure it out because the task is exploratory. Sometimes a vague prompt is exactly right because you want to see how Claude interprets the problem before constraining it.

572 

573Pay attention to what works. When Claude produces great output, notice what you did: the prompt structure, the context you provided, the mode you were in. When Claude struggles, ask why. Was the context too noisy? The prompt too vague? The task too big for one pass?

574 

575Over time, you'll develop intuition that no guide can capture. You'll know when to be specific and when to be open-ended, when to plan and when to explore, when to clear context and when to let it accumulate.

576 

577## Related resources

578 

579* [How Claude Code works](/en/how-claude-code-works): the agentic loop, tools, and context management

580* [Extend Claude Code](/en/features-overview): skills, hooks, MCP, subagents, and plugins

581* [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows): step-by-step recipes for debugging, testing, PRs, and more

582* [CLAUDE.md](/en/memory): store project conventions and persistent context

channels.md +357 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Push events into a running session with channels

6 

7> Use channels to push messages, alerts, and webhooks into your Claude Code session from an MCP server. Forward CI results, chat messages, and monitoring events so Claude can react while you're away.

8 

9<Note>

10 Channels are in [research preview](#research-preview) and require Claude Code v2.1.80 or later. They require claude.ai login. Console and API key authentication is not supported. Team and Enterprise organizations must [explicitly enable them](#enterprise-controls).

11</Note>

12 

13A channel is an MCP server that pushes events into your running Claude Code session, so Claude can react to things that happen while you're not at the terminal. Channels can be two-way: Claude reads the event and replies back through the same channel, like a chat bridge. Events only arrive while the session is open, so for an always-on setup you run Claude in a background process or persistent terminal.

14 

15Unlike integrations that spawn a fresh cloud session or wait to be polled, the event arrives in the session you already have open: see [how channels compare](#how-channels-compare).

16 

17You install a channel as a plugin and configure it with your own credentials. Telegram, Discord, and iMessage are included in the research preview.

18 

19When Claude replies through a channel, you see the inbound message in your terminal but not the reply text. The terminal shows the tool call and a confirmation (like "sent"), and the actual reply appears on the other platform.

20 

21This page covers:

22 

23* [Supported channels](#supported-channels): Telegram, Discord, and iMessage setup

24* [Install and run a channel](#quickstart) with fakechat, a localhost demo

25* [Who can push messages](#security): sender allowlists and how you pair

26* [Enable channels for your organization](#enterprise-controls) on Team and Enterprise

27* [How channels compare](#how-channels-compare) to web sessions, Slack, MCP, and Remote Control

28 

29To build your own channel, see the [Channels reference](/en/channels-reference).

30 

31## Supported channels

32 

33Each supported channel is a plugin that requires [Bun](https://bun.sh). For a hands-on demo of the plugin flow before connecting a real platform, try the [fakechat quickstart](#quickstart).

34 

35<Tabs>

36 <Tab title="Telegram">

37 View the full [Telegram plugin source](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-plugins-official/tree/main/external_plugins/telegram).

38 

39 <Steps>

40 <Step title="Create a Telegram bot">

41 Open [BotFather](https://t.me/BotFather) in Telegram and send `/newbot`. Give it a display name and a unique username ending in `bot`. Copy the token BotFather returns.

42 </Step>

43 

44 <Step title="Install the plugin">

45 In Claude Code, run:

46 

47 ```

48 /plugin install telegram@claude-plugins-official

49 ```

50 

51 If Claude Code reports that the plugin is not found in any marketplace, your marketplace is either missing or outdated. Run `/plugin marketplace update claude-plugins-official` to refresh it, or `/plugin marketplace add anthropics/claude-plugins-official` if you haven't added it before. Then retry the install.

52 

53 After installing, run `/reload-plugins` to activate the plugin's configure command.

54 </Step>

55 

56 <Step title="Configure your token">

57 Run the configure command with the token from BotFather:

58 

59 ```

60 /telegram:configure <token>

61 ```

62 

63 This saves it to `~/.claude/channels/telegram/.env`. You can also set `TELEGRAM_BOT_TOKEN` in your shell environment before launching Claude Code.

64 </Step>

65 

66 <Step title="Restart with channels enabled">

67 Exit Claude Code and restart with the channel flag. This starts the Telegram plugin, which begins polling for messages from your bot:

68 

69 ```bash theme={null}

70 claude --channels plugin:telegram@claude-plugins-official

71 ```

72 </Step>

73 

74 <Step title="Pair your account">

75 Open Telegram and send any message to your bot. The bot replies with a pairing code.

76 

77 <Note>If your bot doesn't respond, make sure Claude Code is running with `--channels` from the previous step. The bot can only reply while the channel is active.</Note>

78 

79 Back in Claude Code, run:

80 

81 ```

82 /telegram:access pair <code>

83 ```

84 

85 Then lock down access so only your account can send messages:

86 

87 ```

88 /telegram:access policy allowlist

89 ```

90 </Step>

91 </Steps>

92 </Tab>

93 

94 <Tab title="Discord">

95 View the full [Discord plugin source](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-plugins-official/tree/main/external_plugins/discord).

96 

97 <Steps>

98 <Step title="Create a Discord bot">

99 Go to the [Discord Developer Portal](https://discord.com/developers/applications), click **New Application**, and name it. In the **Bot** section, create a username, then click **Reset Token** and copy the token.

100 </Step>

101 

102 <Step title="Enable Message Content Intent">

103 In your bot's settings, scroll to **Privileged Gateway Intents** and enable **Message Content Intent**.

104 </Step>

105 

106 <Step title="Invite the bot to your server">

107 Go to **OAuth2 > URL Generator**. Select the `bot` scope and enable these permissions:

108 

109 * View Channels

110 * Send Messages

111 * Send Messages in Threads

112 * Read Message History

113 * Attach Files

114 * Add Reactions

115 

116 Open the generated URL to add the bot to your server.

117 </Step>

118 

119 <Step title="Install the plugin">

120 In Claude Code, run:

121 

122 ```

123 /plugin install discord@claude-plugins-official

124 ```

125 

126 If Claude Code reports that the plugin is not found in any marketplace, your marketplace is either missing or outdated. Run `/plugin marketplace update claude-plugins-official` to refresh it, or `/plugin marketplace add anthropics/claude-plugins-official` if you haven't added it before. Then retry the install.

127 

128 After installing, run `/reload-plugins` to activate the plugin's configure command.

129 </Step>

130 

131 <Step title="Configure your token">

132 Run the configure command with the bot token you copied:

133 

134 ```

135 /discord:configure <token>

136 ```

137 

138 This saves it to `~/.claude/channels/discord/.env`. You can also set `DISCORD_BOT_TOKEN` in your shell environment before launching Claude Code.

139 </Step>

140 

141 <Step title="Restart with channels enabled">

142 Exit Claude Code and restart with the channel flag. This connects the Discord plugin so your bot can receive and respond to messages:

143 

144 ```bash theme={null}

145 claude --channels plugin:discord@claude-plugins-official

146 ```

147 </Step>

148 

149 <Step title="Pair your account">

150 DM your bot on Discord. The bot replies with a pairing code.

151 

152 <Note>If your bot doesn't respond, make sure Claude Code is running with `--channels` from the previous step. The bot can only reply while the channel is active.</Note>

153 

154 Back in Claude Code, run:

155 

156 ```

157 /discord:access pair <code>

158 ```

159 

160 Then lock down access so only your account can send messages:

161 

162 ```

163 /discord:access policy allowlist

164 ```

165 </Step>

166 </Steps>

167 </Tab>

168 

169 <Tab title="iMessage">

170 View the full [iMessage plugin source](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-plugins-official/tree/main/external_plugins/imessage).

171 

172 The iMessage channel reads your Messages database directly and sends replies through AppleScript. It requires macOS and needs no bot token or external service.

173 

174 <Steps>

175 <Step title="Grant Full Disk Access">

176 The Messages database at `~/Library/Messages/chat.db` is protected by macOS. The first time the server reads it, macOS prompts for access: click **Allow**. The prompt names whichever app launched Bun, such as Terminal, iTerm, or your IDE.

177 

178 If the prompt doesn't appear or you clicked Don't Allow, grant access manually under **System Settings > Privacy & Security > Full Disk Access** and add your terminal. Without this, the server exits immediately with `authorization denied`.

179 </Step>

180 

181 <Step title="Install the plugin">

182 In Claude Code, run:

183 

184 ```

185 /plugin install imessage@claude-plugins-official

186 ```

187 

188 If Claude Code reports that the plugin is not found in any marketplace, your marketplace is either missing or outdated. Run `/plugin marketplace update claude-plugins-official` to refresh it, or `/plugin marketplace add anthropics/claude-plugins-official` if you haven't added it before. Then retry the install.

189 </Step>

190 

191 <Step title="Restart with channels enabled">

192 Exit Claude Code and restart with the channel flag:

193 

194 ```bash theme={null}

195 claude --channels plugin:imessage@claude-plugins-official

196 ```

197 </Step>

198 

199 <Step title="Text yourself">

200 Open Messages on any device signed into your Apple ID and send a message to yourself. It reaches Claude immediately: self-chat bypasses access control with no setup.

201 

202 <Note>The first reply Claude sends triggers a macOS Automation prompt asking if your terminal can control Messages. Click **OK**.</Note>

203 </Step>

204 

205 <Step title="Allow other senders">

206 By default, only your own messages pass through. To let another contact reach Claude, add their handle:

207 

208 ```

209 /imessage:access allow +15551234567

210 ```

211 

212 Handles are phone numbers in `+country` format or Apple ID emails like `user@example.com`.

213 </Step>

214 </Steps>

215 </Tab>

216</Tabs>

217 

218You can also [build your own channel](/en/channels-reference) for systems that don't have a plugin yet.

219 

220## Quickstart

221 

222Fakechat is an officially supported demo channel that runs a chat UI on localhost, with nothing to authenticate and no external service to configure.

223 

224Once you install and enable fakechat, you can type in the browser and the message arrives in your Claude Code session. Claude replies, and the reply shows up back in the browser. After you've tested the fakechat interface, try out [Telegram](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-plugins-official/tree/main/external_plugins/telegram), [Discord](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-plugins-official/tree/main/external_plugins/discord), or [iMessage](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-plugins-official/tree/main/external_plugins/imessage).

225 

226To try the fakechat demo, you'll need:

227 

228* Claude Code [installed and authenticated](/en/quickstart#step-1-install-claude-code) with a claude.ai account

229* [Bun](https://bun.sh) installed. The pre-built channel plugins are Bun scripts. Check with `bun --version`; if that fails, [install Bun](https://bun.sh/docs/installation).

230* **Team/Enterprise users**: your organization admin must [enable channels](#enterprise-controls) in managed settings

231 

232<Steps>

233 <Step title="Install the fakechat channel plugin">

234 Start a Claude Code session and run the install command:

235 

236 ```text theme={null}

237 /plugin install fakechat@claude-plugins-official

238 ```

239 

240 If Claude Code reports that the plugin is not found in any marketplace, your marketplace is either missing or outdated. Run `/plugin marketplace update claude-plugins-official` to refresh it, or `/plugin marketplace add anthropics/claude-plugins-official` if you haven't added it before. Then retry the install.

241 </Step>

242 

243 <Step title="Restart with the channel enabled">

244 Exit Claude Code, then restart with `--channels` and pass the fakechat plugin you installed:

245 

246 ```bash theme={null}

247 claude --channels plugin:fakechat@claude-plugins-official

248 ```

249 

250 The fakechat server starts automatically.

251 

252 <Tip>

253 You can pass several plugins to `--channels`, space-separated.

254 </Tip>

255 </Step>

256 

257 <Step title="Push a message in">

258 Open the fakechat UI at [http://localhost:8787](http://localhost:8787) and type a message:

259 

260 ```text theme={null}

261 hey, what's in my working directory?

262 ```

263 

264 The message arrives in your Claude Code session as a `<channel source="fakechat">` event. Claude reads it, does the work, and calls fakechat's `reply` tool. The answer shows up in the chat UI.

265 </Step>

266</Steps>

267 

268If Claude hits a permission prompt while you're away from the terminal, the session pauses until you respond. Channel servers that declare the [permission relay capability](/en/channels-reference#relay-permission-prompts) can forward these prompts to you so you can approve or deny remotely. For unattended use, [`--dangerously-skip-permissions`](/en/permission-modes#skip-all-checks-with-bypasspermissions-mode) bypasses prompts entirely, but only use it in environments you trust.

269 

270## Security

271 

272Every approved channel plugin maintains a sender allowlist: only IDs you've added can push messages, and everyone else is silently dropped.

273 

274Telegram and Discord bootstrap the list by pairing:

275 

2761. Find your bot in Telegram or Discord and send it any message

2772. The bot replies with a pairing code

2783. In your Claude Code session, approve the code when prompted

2794. Your sender ID is added to the allowlist

280 

281iMessage works differently: texting yourself bypasses the gate automatically, and you add other contacts by handle with `/imessage:access allow`.

282 

283On top of that, you control which servers are enabled each session with `--channels`, and on Team and Enterprise plans your organization controls availability with [`channelsEnabled`](#enterprise-controls).

284 

285Being in `.mcp.json` isn't enough to push messages: a server also has to be named in `--channels`.

286 

287The allowlist also gates [permission relay](/en/channels-reference#relay-permission-prompts) if the channel declares it. Anyone who can reply through the channel can approve or deny tool use in your session, so only allowlist senders you trust with that authority.

288 

289## Enterprise controls

290 

291On Team and Enterprise plans, channels are off by default. Admins control availability through two [managed settings](/en/settings) that users cannot override:

292 

293| Setting | Purpose | When not configured |

294| :---------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :----------------------------- |

295| `channelsEnabled` | Master switch. Must be `true` for any channel to deliver messages. Set via the [claude.ai Admin console](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code) toggle or directly in managed settings. Blocks all channels including the development flag when off. | Channels blocked |

296| `allowedChannelPlugins` | Which plugins can register once channels are enabled. Replaces the Anthropic-maintained list when set. Only applies when `channelsEnabled` is `true`. | Anthropic default list applies |

297 

298Pro and Max users without an organization skip these checks entirely: channels are available and users opt in per session with `--channels`.

299 

300### Enable channels for your organization

301 

302Admins can enable channels from [**claude.ai → Admin settings → Claude Code → Channels**](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code), or by setting `channelsEnabled` to `true` in managed settings.

303 

304Once enabled, users in your organization can use `--channels` to opt channel servers into individual sessions. If the setting is disabled or unset, the MCP server still connects and its tools work, but channel messages won't arrive. A startup warning tells the user to have an admin enable the setting.

305 

306### Restrict which channel plugins can run

307 

308By default, any plugin on the Anthropic-maintained allowlist can register as a channel. Admins on Team and Enterprise plans can replace that allowlist with their own by setting `allowedChannelPlugins` in managed settings. Use this to restrict which official plugins are allowed, approve channels from your own internal marketplace, or both. Each entry names a plugin and the marketplace it comes from:

309 

310```json theme={null}

311{

312 "channelsEnabled": true,

313 "allowedChannelPlugins": [

314 { "marketplace": "claude-plugins-official", "plugin": "telegram" },

315 { "marketplace": "claude-plugins-official", "plugin": "discord" },

316 { "marketplace": "acme-corp-plugins", "plugin": "internal-alerts" }

317 ]

318}

319```

320 

321When `allowedChannelPlugins` is set, it replaces the Anthropic allowlist entirely: only the listed plugins can register. Leave it unset to fall back to the default Anthropic allowlist. An empty array blocks all channel plugins from the allowlist, but `--dangerously-load-development-channels` can still bypass it for local testing. To block channels entirely including the development flag, leave `channelsEnabled` unset instead.

322 

323This setting requires `channelsEnabled: true`. If a user passes a plugin to `--channels` that isn't on your list, Claude Code starts normally but the channel doesn't register, and the startup notice explains that the plugin isn't on the organization's approved list.

324 

325## Research preview

326 

327Channels are a research preview feature. Availability is rolling out gradually, and the `--channels` flag syntax and protocol contract may change based on feedback.

328 

329During the preview, `--channels` only accepts plugins from an Anthropic-maintained allowlist, or from your organization's allowlist if an admin has set [`allowedChannelPlugins`](#restrict-which-channel-plugins-can-run). The channel plugins in [claude-plugins-official](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-plugins-official/tree/main/external_plugins) are the default approved set. If you pass something that isn't on the effective allowlist, Claude Code starts normally but the channel doesn't register, and the startup notice tells you why.

330 

331To test a channel you're building, use `--dangerously-load-development-channels`. See [Test during the research preview](/en/channels-reference#test-during-the-research-preview) for information about testing custom channels that you build.

332 

333Report issues or feedback on the [Claude Code GitHub repository](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/issues).

334 

335## How channels compare

336 

337Several Claude Code features connect to systems outside the terminal, each suited to a different kind of work:

338 

339| Feature | What it does | Good for |

340| ---------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------- |

341| [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) | Runs tasks in a fresh cloud sandbox, cloned from GitHub | Delegating self-contained async work you check on later |

342| [Claude in Slack](/en/slack) | Spawns a web session from an `@Claude` mention in a channel or thread | Starting tasks directly from team conversation context |

343| Standard [MCP server](/en/mcp) | Claude queries it during a task; nothing is pushed to the session | Giving Claude on-demand access to read or query a system |

344| [Remote Control](/en/remote-control) | You drive your local session from claude.ai or the Claude mobile app | Steering an in-progress session while away from your desk |

345 

346Channels fill the gap in that list by pushing events from non-Claude sources into your already-running local session.

347 

348* **Chat bridge**: ask Claude something from your phone via Telegram, Discord, or iMessage, and the answer comes back in the same chat while the work runs on your machine against your real files.

349* **[Webhook receiver](/en/channels-reference#example-build-a-webhook-receiver)**: a webhook from CI, your error tracker, a deploy pipeline, or other external service arrives where Claude already has your files open and remembers what you were debugging.

350 

351## Next steps

352 

353Once you have a channel running, explore these related features:

354 

355* [Build your own channel](/en/channels-reference) for systems that don't have plugins yet

356* [Remote Control](/en/remote-control) to drive a local session from your phone instead of forwarding events into it

357* [Scheduled tasks](/en/scheduled-tasks) to poll on a timer instead of reacting to pushed events

channels-reference.md +749 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Channels reference

6 

7> Build an MCP server that pushes webhooks, alerts, and chat messages into a Claude Code session. Reference for the channel contract: capability declaration, notification events, reply tools, sender gating, and permission relay.

8 

9<Note>

10 Channels are in [research preview](/en/channels#research-preview) and require Claude Code v2.1.80 or later. They require claude.ai login. Console and API key authentication is not supported. Team and Enterprise organizations must [explicitly enable them](/en/channels#enterprise-controls).

11</Note>

12 

13A channel is an MCP server that pushes events into a Claude Code session so Claude can react to things happening outside the terminal.

14 

15You can build a one-way or two-way channel. One-way channels forward alerts, webhooks, or monitoring events for Claude to act on. Two-way channels like chat bridges also [expose a reply tool](#expose-a-reply-tool) so Claude can send messages back. A channel with a trusted sender path can also opt in to [relay permission prompts](#relay-permission-prompts) so you can approve or deny tool use remotely.

16 

17This page covers:

18 

19* [Overview](#overview): how channels work

20* [What you need](#what-you-need): requirements and general steps

21* [Example: build a webhook receiver](#example-build-a-webhook-receiver): a minimal one-way walkthrough

22* [Server options](#server-options): the constructor fields

23* [Notification format](#notification-format): the event payload

24* [Expose a reply tool](#expose-a-reply-tool): let Claude send messages back

25* [Gate inbound messages](#gate-inbound-messages): sender checks to prevent prompt injection

26* [Relay permission prompts](#relay-permission-prompts): forward tool approval prompts to remote channels

27 

28To use an existing channel instead of building one, see [Channels](/en/channels). Telegram, Discord, iMessage, and fakechat are included in the research preview.

29 

30## Overview

31 

32A channel is an [MCP](https://modelcontextprotocol.io) server that runs on the same machine as Claude Code. Claude Code spawns it as a subprocess and communicates over stdio. Your channel server is the bridge between external systems and the Claude Code session:

33 

34* **Chat platforms** (Telegram, Discord): your plugin runs locally and polls the platform's API for new messages. When someone DMs your bot, the plugin receives the message and forwards it to Claude. No URL to expose.

35* **Webhooks** (CI, monitoring): your server listens on a local HTTP port. External systems POST to that port, and your server pushes the payload to Claude.

36 

37<img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/zbUxPYi8065L3Y_P/en/images/channel-architecture.svg?fit=max&auto=format&n=zbUxPYi8065L3Y_P&q=85&s=fd6b6b949eab38264043d2a96285a57c" alt="Architecture diagram showing external systems connecting to your local channel server, which communicates with Claude Code over stdio" width="600" height="220" data-path="en/images/channel-architecture.svg" />

38 

39## What you need

40 

41The only hard requirement is the [`@modelcontextprotocol/sdk`](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@modelcontextprotocol/sdk) package and a Node.js-compatible runtime. [Bun](https://bun.sh), [Node](https://nodejs.org), and [Deno](https://deno.com) all work. The pre-built plugins in the research preview use Bun, but your channel doesn't have to.

42 

43Your server needs to:

44 

451. Declare the `claude/channel` capability so Claude Code registers a notification listener

462. Emit `notifications/claude/channel` events when something happens

473. Connect over [stdio transport](https://modelcontextprotocol.io/docs/concepts/transports#standard-io) (Claude Code spawns your server as a subprocess)

48 

49The [Server options](#server-options) and [Notification format](#notification-format) sections cover each of these in detail. See [Example: build a webhook receiver](#example-build-a-webhook-receiver) for a full walkthrough.

50 

51During the research preview, custom channels aren't on the [approved allowlist](/en/channels#supported-channels). Use `--dangerously-load-development-channels` to test locally. See [Test during the research preview](#test-during-the-research-preview) for details.

52 

53## Example: build a webhook receiver

54 

55This walkthrough builds a single-file server that listens for HTTP requests and forwards them into your Claude Code session. By the end, anything that can send an HTTP POST, like a CI pipeline, a monitoring alert, or a `curl` command, can push events to Claude.

56 

57This example uses [Bun](https://bun.sh) as the runtime for its built-in HTTP server and TypeScript support. You can use [Node](https://nodejs.org) or [Deno](https://deno.com) instead; the only requirement is the [MCP SDK](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@modelcontextprotocol/sdk).

58 

59<Steps>

60 <Step title="Create the project">

61 Create a new directory and install the MCP SDK:

62 

63 ```bash theme={null}

64 mkdir webhook-channel && cd webhook-channel

65 bun add @modelcontextprotocol/sdk

66 ```

67 </Step>

68 

69 <Step title="Write the channel server">

70 Create a file called `webhook.ts`. This is your entire channel server: it connects to Claude Code over stdio, and it listens for HTTP POSTs on port 8788. When a request arrives, it pushes the body to Claude as a channel event.

71 

72 ```ts title="webhook.ts" theme={null}

73 #!/usr/bin/env bun

74 import { Server } from '@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/server/index.js'

75 import { StdioServerTransport } from '@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/server/stdio.js'

76 

77 // Create the MCP server and declare it as a channel

78 const mcp = new Server(

79 { name: 'webhook', version: '0.0.1' },

80 {

81 // this key is what makes it a channel — Claude Code registers a listener for it

82 capabilities: { experimental: { 'claude/channel': {} } },

83 // added to Claude's system prompt so it knows how to handle these events

84 instructions: 'Events from the webhook channel arrive as <channel source="webhook" ...>. They are one-way: read them and act, no reply expected.',

85 },

86 )

87 

88 // Connect to Claude Code over stdio (Claude Code spawns this process)

89 await mcp.connect(new StdioServerTransport())

90 

91 // Start an HTTP server that forwards every POST to Claude

92 Bun.serve({

93 port: 8788, // any open port works

94 // localhost-only: nothing outside this machine can POST

95 hostname: '127.0.0.1',

96 async fetch(req) {

97 const body = await req.text()

98 await mcp.notification({

99 method: 'notifications/claude/channel',

100 params: {

101 content: body, // becomes the body of the <channel> tag

102 // each key becomes a tag attribute, e.g. <channel path="/" method="POST">

103 meta: { path: new URL(req.url).pathname, method: req.method },

104 },

105 })

106 return new Response('ok')

107 },

108 })

109 ```

110 

111 The file does three things in order:

112 

113 * **Server configuration**: creates the MCP server with `claude/channel` in its capabilities, which is what tells Claude Code this is a channel. The [`instructions`](#server-options) string goes into Claude's system prompt: tell Claude what events to expect, whether to reply, and how to route replies if it should.

114 * **Stdio connection**: connects to Claude Code over stdin/stdout. This is standard for any [MCP server](https://modelcontextprotocol.io/docs/concepts/transports#standard-io): Claude Code spawns it as a subprocess.

115 * **HTTP listener**: starts a local web server on port 8788. Every POST body gets forwarded to Claude as a channel event via `mcp.notification()`. The `content` becomes the event body, and each `meta` entry becomes an attribute on the `<channel>` tag. The listener needs access to the `mcp` instance, so it runs in the same process. You could split it into separate modules for a larger project.

116 </Step>

117 

118 <Step title="Register your server with Claude Code">

119 Add the server to your MCP config so Claude Code knows how to start it. For a project-level `.mcp.json` in the same directory, use a relative path. For user-level config in `~/.claude.json`, use the full absolute path so the server can be found from any project:

120 

121 ```json title=".mcp.json" theme={null}

122 {

123 "mcpServers": {

124 "webhook": { "command": "bun", "args": ["./webhook.ts"] }

125 }

126 }

127 ```

128 

129 Claude Code reads your MCP config at startup and spawns each server as a subprocess.

130 </Step>

131 

132 <Step title="Test it">

133 During the research preview, custom channels aren't on the allowlist, so start Claude Code with the development flag:

134 

135 ```bash theme={null}

136 claude --dangerously-load-development-channels server:webhook

137 ```

138 

139 When Claude Code starts, it reads your MCP config, spawns your `webhook.ts` as a subprocess, and the HTTP listener starts automatically on the port you configured (8788 in this example). You don't need to run the server yourself.

140 

141 If you see "blocked by org policy," your Team or Enterprise admin needs to [enable channels](/en/channels#enterprise-controls) first.

142 

143 In a separate terminal, simulate a webhook by sending an HTTP POST with a message to your server. This example sends a CI failure alert to port 8788 (or whichever port you configured):

144 

145 ```bash theme={null}

146 curl -X POST localhost:8788 -d "build failed on main: https://ci.example.com/run/1234"

147 ```

148 

149 The payload arrives in your Claude Code session as a `<channel>` tag:

150 

151 ```text theme={null}

152 <channel source="webhook" path="/" method="POST">build failed on main: https://ci.example.com/run/1234</channel>

153 ```

154 

155 In your Claude Code terminal, you'll see Claude receive the message and start responding: reading files, running commands, or whatever the message calls for. This is a one-way channel, so Claude acts in your session but doesn't send anything back through the webhook. To add replies, see [Expose a reply tool](#expose-a-reply-tool).

156 

157 If the event doesn't arrive, the diagnosis depends on what `curl` returned:

158 

159 * **`curl` succeeds but nothing reaches Claude**: run `/mcp` in your session to check the server's status. "Failed to connect" usually means a dependency or import error in your server file; check the debug log at `~/.claude/debug/<session-id>.txt` for the stderr trace.

160 * **`curl` fails with "connection refused"**: the port is either not bound yet or a stale process from an earlier run is holding it. `lsof -i :<port>` shows what's listening; `kill` the stale process before restarting your session.

161 </Step>

162</Steps>

163 

164The [fakechat server](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-plugins-official/tree/main/external_plugins/fakechat) extends this pattern with a web UI, file attachments, and a reply tool for two-way chat.

165 

166## Test during the research preview

167 

168During the research preview, every channel must be on the [approved allowlist](/en/channels#research-preview) to register. The development flag bypasses the allowlist for specific entries after a confirmation prompt. This example shows both entry types:

169 

170```bash theme={null}

171# Testing a plugin you're developing

172claude --dangerously-load-development-channels plugin:yourplugin@yourmarketplace

173 

174# Testing a bare .mcp.json server (no plugin wrapper yet)

175claude --dangerously-load-development-channels server:webhook

176```

177 

178The bypass is per-entry. Combining this flag with `--channels` doesn't extend the bypass to the `--channels` entries. During the research preview, the approved allowlist is Anthropic-curated, so your channel stays on the development flag while you build and test.

179 

180<Note>

181 This flag skips the allowlist only. The `channelsEnabled` organization policy still applies. Don't use it to run channels from untrusted sources.

182</Note>

183 

184## Server options

185 

186A channel sets these options in the [`Server`](https://modelcontextprotocol.io/docs/concepts/servers) constructor. The `instructions` and `capabilities.tools` fields are [standard MCP](https://modelcontextprotocol.io/docs/concepts/servers); `capabilities.experimental['claude/channel']` and `capabilities.experimental['claude/channel/permission']` are the channel-specific additions:

187 

188| Field | Type | Description |

189| :------------------------------------------------------- | :------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

190| `capabilities.experimental['claude/channel']` | `object` | Required. Always `{}`. Presence registers the notification listener. |

191| `capabilities.experimental['claude/channel/permission']` | `object` | Optional. Always `{}`. Declares that this channel can receive permission relay requests. When declared, Claude Code forwards tool approval prompts to your channel so you can approve or deny them remotely. See [Relay permission prompts](#relay-permission-prompts). |

192| `capabilities.tools` | `object` | Two-way only. Always `{}`. Standard MCP tool capability. See [Expose a reply tool](#expose-a-reply-tool). |

193| `instructions` | `string` | Recommended. Added to Claude's system prompt. Tell Claude what events to expect, what the `<channel>` tag attributes mean, whether to reply, and if so which tool to use and which attribute to pass back (like `chat_id`). |

194 

195To create a one-way channel, omit `capabilities.tools`. This example shows a two-way setup with the channel capability, tools, and instructions set:

196 

197```ts theme={null}

198import { Server } from '@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/server/index.js'

199 

200const mcp = new Server(

201 { name: 'your-channel', version: '0.0.1' },

202 {

203 capabilities: {

204 experimental: { 'claude/channel': {} }, // registers the channel listener

205 tools: {}, // omit for one-way channels

206 },

207 // added to Claude's system prompt so it knows how to handle your events

208 instructions: 'Messages arrive as <channel source="your-channel" ...>. Reply with the reply tool.',

209 },

210)

211```

212 

213To push an event, call `mcp.notification()` with method `notifications/claude/channel`. The params are in the next section.

214 

215## Notification format

216 

217Your server emits `notifications/claude/channel` with two params:

218 

219| Field | Type | Description |

220| :-------- | :----------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

221| `content` | `string` | The event body. Delivered as the body of the `<channel>` tag. |

222| `meta` | `Record<string, string>` | Optional. Each entry becomes an attribute on the `<channel>` tag for routing context like chat ID, sender name, or alert severity. Keys must be identifiers: letters, digits, and underscores only. Keys containing hyphens or other characters are silently dropped. |

223 

224Your server pushes events by calling `mcp.notification()` on the `Server` instance. This example pushes a CI failure alert with two meta keys:

225 

226```ts theme={null}

227await mcp.notification({

228 method: 'notifications/claude/channel',

229 params: {

230 content: 'build failed on main: https://ci.example.com/run/1234',

231 meta: { severity: 'high', run_id: '1234' },

232 },

233})

234```

235 

236The event arrives in Claude's context wrapped in a `<channel>` tag. The `source` attribute is set automatically from your server's configured name:

237 

238```text theme={null}

239<channel source="your-channel" severity="high" run_id="1234">

240build failed on main: https://ci.example.com/run/1234

241</channel>

242```

243 

244## Expose a reply tool

245 

246If your channel is two-way, like a chat bridge rather than an alert forwarder, expose a standard [MCP tool](https://modelcontextprotocol.io/docs/concepts/tools) that Claude can call to send messages back. Nothing about the tool registration is channel-specific. A reply tool has three components:

247 

2481. A `tools: {}` entry in your `Server` constructor capabilities so Claude Code discovers the tool

2492. Tool handlers that define the tool's schema and implement the send logic

2503. An `instructions` string in your `Server` constructor that tells Claude when and how to call the tool

251 

252To add these to the [webhook receiver above](#example-build-a-webhook-receiver):

253 

254<Steps>

255 <Step title="Enable tool discovery">

256 In your `Server` constructor in `webhook.ts`, add `tools: {}` to the capabilities so Claude Code knows your server offers tools:

257 

258 ```ts theme={null}

259 capabilities: {

260 experimental: { 'claude/channel': {} },

261 tools: {}, // enables tool discovery

262 },

263 ```

264 </Step>

265 

266 <Step title="Register the reply tool">

267 Add the following to `webhook.ts`. The `import` goes at the top of the file with your other imports; the two handlers go between the `Server` constructor and `mcp.connect()`. This registers a `reply` tool that Claude can call with a `chat_id` and `text`:

268 

269 ```ts theme={null}

270 // Add this import at the top of webhook.ts

271 import { ListToolsRequestSchema, CallToolRequestSchema } from '@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/types.js'

272 

273 // Claude queries this at startup to discover what tools your server offers

274 mcp.setRequestHandler(ListToolsRequestSchema, async () => ({

275 tools: [{

276 name: 'reply',

277 description: 'Send a message back over this channel',

278 // inputSchema tells Claude what arguments to pass

279 inputSchema: {

280 type: 'object',

281 properties: {

282 chat_id: { type: 'string', description: 'The conversation to reply in' },

283 text: { type: 'string', description: 'The message to send' },

284 },

285 required: ['chat_id', 'text'],

286 },

287 }],

288 }))

289 

290 // Claude calls this when it wants to invoke a tool

291 mcp.setRequestHandler(CallToolRequestSchema, async req => {

292 if (req.params.name === 'reply') {

293 const { chat_id, text } = req.params.arguments as { chat_id: string; text: string }

294 // send() is your outbound: POST to your chat platform, or for local

295 // testing the SSE broadcast shown in the full example below.

296 send(`Reply to ${chat_id}: ${text}`)

297 return { content: [{ type: 'text', text: 'sent' }] }

298 }

299 throw new Error(`unknown tool: ${req.params.name}`)

300 })

301 ```

302 </Step>

303 

304 <Step title="Update the instructions">

305 Update the `instructions` string in your `Server` constructor so Claude knows to route replies back through the tool. This example tells Claude to pass `chat_id` from the inbound tag:

306 

307 ```ts theme={null}

308 instructions: 'Messages arrive as <channel source="webhook" chat_id="...">. Reply with the reply tool, passing the chat_id from the tag.'

309 ```

310 </Step>

311</Steps>

312 

313Here's the complete `webhook.ts` with two-way support. Outbound replies stream over `GET /events` using [Server-Sent Events](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Server-sent_events) (SSE), so `curl -N localhost:8788/events` can watch them live; inbound chat arrives on `POST /`:

314 

315```ts title="Full webhook.ts with reply tool" expandable theme={null}

316#!/usr/bin/env bun

317import { Server } from '@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/server/index.js'

318import { StdioServerTransport } from '@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/server/stdio.js'

319import { ListToolsRequestSchema, CallToolRequestSchema } from '@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/types.js'

320 

321// --- Outbound: write to any curl -N listeners on /events --------------------

322// A real bridge would POST to your chat platform instead.

323const listeners = new Set<(chunk: string) => void>()

324function send(text: string) {

325 const chunk = text.split('\n').map(l => `data: ${l}\n`).join('') + '\n'

326 for (const emit of listeners) emit(chunk)

327}

328 

329const mcp = new Server(

330 { name: 'webhook', version: '0.0.1' },

331 {

332 capabilities: {

333 experimental: { 'claude/channel': {} },

334 tools: {},

335 },

336 instructions: 'Messages arrive as <channel source="webhook" chat_id="...">. Reply with the reply tool, passing the chat_id from the tag.',

337 },

338)

339 

340mcp.setRequestHandler(ListToolsRequestSchema, async () => ({

341 tools: [{

342 name: 'reply',

343 description: 'Send a message back over this channel',

344 inputSchema: {

345 type: 'object',

346 properties: {

347 chat_id: { type: 'string', description: 'The conversation to reply in' },

348 text: { type: 'string', description: 'The message to send' },

349 },

350 required: ['chat_id', 'text'],

351 },

352 }],

353}))

354 

355mcp.setRequestHandler(CallToolRequestSchema, async req => {

356 if (req.params.name === 'reply') {

357 const { chat_id, text } = req.params.arguments as { chat_id: string; text: string }

358 send(`Reply to ${chat_id}: ${text}`)

359 return { content: [{ type: 'text', text: 'sent' }] }

360 }

361 throw new Error(`unknown tool: ${req.params.name}`)

362})

363 

364await mcp.connect(new StdioServerTransport())

365 

366let nextId = 1

367Bun.serve({

368 port: 8788,

369 hostname: '127.0.0.1',

370 idleTimeout: 0, // don't close idle SSE streams

371 async fetch(req) {

372 const url = new URL(req.url)

373 

374 // GET /events: SSE stream so curl -N can watch Claude's replies live

375 if (req.method === 'GET' && url.pathname === '/events') {

376 const stream = new ReadableStream({

377 start(ctrl) {

378 ctrl.enqueue(': connected\n\n') // so curl shows something immediately

379 const emit = (chunk: string) => ctrl.enqueue(chunk)

380 listeners.add(emit)

381 req.signal.addEventListener('abort', () => listeners.delete(emit))

382 },

383 })

384 return new Response(stream, {

385 headers: { 'Content-Type': 'text/event-stream', 'Cache-Control': 'no-cache' },

386 })

387 }

388 

389 // POST: forward to Claude as a channel event

390 const body = await req.text()

391 const chat_id = String(nextId++)

392 await mcp.notification({

393 method: 'notifications/claude/channel',

394 params: {

395 content: body,

396 meta: { chat_id, path: url.pathname, method: req.method },

397 },

398 })

399 return new Response('ok')

400 },

401})

402```

403 

404The [fakechat server](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-plugins-official/tree/main/external_plugins/fakechat) shows a more complete example with file attachments and message editing.

405 

406## Gate inbound messages

407 

408An ungated channel is a prompt injection vector. Anyone who can reach your endpoint can put text in front of Claude. A channel listening to a chat platform or a public endpoint needs a real sender check before it emits anything.

409 

410Check the sender against an allowlist before calling `mcp.notification()`. This example drops any message from a sender not in the set:

411 

412```ts theme={null}

413const allowed = new Set(loadAllowlist()) // from your access.json or equivalent

414 

415// inside your message handler, before emitting:

416if (!allowed.has(message.from.id)) { // sender, not room

417 return // drop silently

418}

419await mcp.notification({ ... })

420```

421 

422Gate on the sender's identity, not the chat or room identity: `message.from.id` in the example, not `message.chat.id`. In group chats, these differ, and gating on the room would let anyone in an allowlisted group inject messages into the session.

423 

424The [Telegram](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-plugins-official/tree/main/external_plugins/telegram) and [Discord](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-plugins-official/tree/main/external_plugins/discord) channels gate on a sender allowlist the same way. They bootstrap the list by pairing: the user DMs the bot, the bot replies with a pairing code, the user approves it in their Claude Code session, and their platform ID is added. See either implementation for the full pairing flow. The [iMessage](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-plugins-official/tree/main/external_plugins/imessage) channel takes a different approach: it detects the user's own addresses from the Messages database at startup and lets them through automatically, with other senders added by handle.

425 

426## Relay permission prompts

427 

428<Note>

429 Permission relay requires Claude Code v2.1.81 or later. Earlier versions ignore the `claude/channel/permission` capability.

430</Note>

431 

432When Claude calls a tool that needs approval, the local terminal dialog opens and the session waits. A two-way channel can opt in to receive the same prompt in parallel and relay it to you on another device. Both stay live: you can answer in the terminal or on your phone, and Claude Code applies whichever answer arrives first and closes the other.

433 

434Relay covers tool-use approvals like `Bash`, `Write`, and `Edit`. Project trust and MCP server consent dialogs don't relay; those only appear in the local terminal.

435 

436### How relay works

437 

438When a permission prompt opens, the relay loop has four steps:

439 

4401. Claude Code generates a short request ID and notifies your server

4412. Your server forwards the prompt and ID to your chat app

4423. The remote user replies with a yes or no and that ID

4434. Your inbound handler parses the reply into a verdict, and Claude Code applies it only if the ID matches an open request

444 

445The local terminal dialog stays open through all of this. If someone at the terminal answers before the remote verdict arrives, that answer is applied instead and the pending remote request is dropped.

446 

447<img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/DsZvsJII1OmzIjIs/en/images/channel-permission-relay.svg?fit=max&auto=format&n=DsZvsJII1OmzIjIs&q=85&s=c1d75f6ee34c2757983e2cca899b90d1" alt="Sequence diagram: Claude Code sends a permission_request notification to the channel server, the server formats and sends the prompt to the chat app, the human replies with a verdict, and the server parses that reply into a permission notification back to Claude Code" width="600" height="230" data-path="en/images/channel-permission-relay.svg" />

448 

449### Permission request fields

450 

451The outbound notification from Claude Code is `notifications/claude/channel/permission_request`. Like the [channel notification](#notification-format), the transport is standard MCP but the method and schema are Claude Code extensions. The `params` object has four string fields your server formats into the outgoing prompt:

452 

453| Field | Description |

454| --------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

455| `request_id` | Five lowercase letters drawn from `a`-`z` without `l`, so it never reads as a `1` or `I` when typed on a phone. Include it in your outgoing prompt so it can be echoed in the reply. Claude Code only accepts a verdict that carries an ID it issued. The local terminal dialog doesn't display this ID, so your outbound handler is the only way to learn it. |

456| `tool_name` | Name of the tool Claude wants to use, for example `Bash` or `Write`. |

457| `description` | Human-readable summary of what this specific tool call does, the same text the local terminal dialog shows. For a Bash call this is Claude's description of the command, or the command itself if none was given. |

458| `input_preview` | The tool's arguments as a JSON string, truncated to 200 characters. For Bash this is the command; for Write it's the file path and a prefix of the content. Omit it from your prompt if you only have room for a one-line message. Your server decides what to show. |

459 

460The verdict your server sends back is `notifications/claude/channel/permission` with two fields: `request_id` echoing the ID above, and `behavior` set to `'allow'` or `'deny'`. Allow lets the tool call proceed; deny rejects it, the same as answering No in the local dialog. Neither verdict affects future calls.

461 

462### Add relay to a chat bridge

463 

464Adding permission relay to a two-way channel takes three components:

465 

4661. A `claude/channel/permission: {}` entry under `experimental` capabilities in your `Server` constructor so Claude Code knows to forward prompts

4672. A notification handler for `notifications/claude/channel/permission_request` that formats the prompt and sends it out through your platform API

4683. A check in your inbound message handler that recognizes `yes <id>` or `no <id>` and emits a `notifications/claude/channel/permission` verdict instead of forwarding the text to Claude

469 

470Only declare the capability if your channel [authenticates the sender](#gate-inbound-messages), because anyone who can reply through your channel can approve or deny tool use in your session.

471 

472To add these to a two-way chat bridge like the one assembled in [Expose a reply tool](#expose-a-reply-tool):

473 

474<Steps>

475 <Step title="Declare the permission capability">

476 In your `Server` constructor, add `claude/channel/permission: {}` alongside `claude/channel` under `experimental`:

477 

478 ```ts theme={null}

479 capabilities: {

480 experimental: {

481 'claude/channel': {},

482 'claude/channel/permission': {}, // opt in to permission relay

483 },

484 tools: {},

485 },

486 ```

487 </Step>

488 

489 <Step title="Handle the incoming request">

490 Register a notification handler between your `Server` constructor and `mcp.connect()`. Claude Code calls it with the [four request fields](#permission-request-fields) when a permission dialog opens. Your handler formats the prompt for your platform and includes instructions for replying with the ID:

491 

492 ```ts theme={null}

493 import { z } from 'zod'

494 

495 // setNotificationHandler routes by z.literal on the method field,

496 // so this schema is both the validator and the dispatch key

497 const PermissionRequestSchema = z.object({

498 method: z.literal('notifications/claude/channel/permission_request'),

499 params: z.object({

500 request_id: z.string(), // five lowercase letters, include verbatim in your prompt

501 tool_name: z.string(), // e.g. "Bash", "Write"

502 description: z.string(), // human-readable summary of this call

503 input_preview: z.string(), // tool args as JSON, truncated to ~200 chars

504 }),

505 })

506 

507 mcp.setNotificationHandler(PermissionRequestSchema, async ({ params }) => {

508 // send() is your outbound: POST to your chat platform, or for local

509 // testing the SSE broadcast shown in the full example below.

510 send(

511 `Claude wants to run ${params.tool_name}: ${params.description}\n\n` +

512 // the ID in the instruction is what your inbound handler parses in Step 3

513 `Reply "yes ${params.request_id}" or "no ${params.request_id}"`,

514 )

515 })

516 ```

517 </Step>

518 

519 <Step title="Intercept the verdict in your inbound handler">

520 Your inbound handler is the loop or callback that receives messages from your platform: the same place you [gate on sender](#gate-inbound-messages) and emit `notifications/claude/channel` to forward chat to Claude. Add a check before the chat-forwarding call that recognizes the verdict format and emits the permission notification instead.

521 

522 The regex matches the ID format Claude Code generates: five letters, never `l`. The `/i` flag tolerates phone autocorrect capitalizing the reply; lowercase the captured ID before sending it back.

523 

524 ```ts theme={null}

525 // matches "y abcde", "yes abcde", "n abcde", "no abcde"

526 // [a-km-z] is the ID alphabet Claude Code uses (lowercase, skips 'l')

527 // /i tolerates phone autocorrect; lowercase the capture before sending

528 const PERMISSION_REPLY_RE = /^\s*(y|yes|n|no)\s+([a-km-z]{5})\s*$/i

529 

530 async function onInbound(message: PlatformMessage) {

531 if (!allowed.has(message.from.id)) return // gate on sender first

532 

533 const m = PERMISSION_REPLY_RE.exec(message.text)

534 if (m) {

535 // m[1] is the verdict word, m[2] is the request ID

536 // emit the verdict notification back to Claude Code instead of chat

537 await mcp.notification({

538 method: 'notifications/claude/channel/permission',

539 params: {

540 request_id: m[2].toLowerCase(), // normalize in case of autocorrect caps

541 behavior: m[1].toLowerCase().startsWith('y') ? 'allow' : 'deny',

542 },

543 })

544 return // handled as verdict, don't also forward as chat

545 }

546 

547 // didn't match verdict format: fall through to the normal chat path

548 await mcp.notification({

549 method: 'notifications/claude/channel',

550 params: { content: message.text, meta: { chat_id: String(message.chat.id) } },

551 })

552 }

553 ```

554 </Step>

555</Steps>

556 

557Claude Code also keeps the local terminal dialog open, so you can answer in either place, and the first answer to arrive is applied. A remote reply that doesn't exactly match the expected format fails in one of two ways, and in both cases the dialog stays open:

558 

559* **Different format**: your inbound handler's regex fails to match, so text like `approve it` or `yes` without an ID falls through as a normal message to Claude.

560* **Right format, wrong ID**: your server emits a verdict, but Claude Code finds no open request with that ID and drops it silently.

561 

562### Full example

563 

564The assembled `webhook.ts` below combines all three extensions from this page: the reply tool, sender gating, and permission relay. If you're starting here, you'll also need the [project setup and `.mcp.json` entry](#example-build-a-webhook-receiver) from the initial walkthrough.

565 

566To make both directions testable from curl, the HTTP listener serves two paths:

567 

568* **`GET /events`**: holds an SSE stream open and pushes each outbound message as a `data:` line, so `curl -N` can watch Claude's replies and permission prompts arrive live.

569* **`POST /`**: the inbound side, the same handler as earlier, now with the verdict-format check inserted before the chat-forward branch.

570 

571```ts title="Full webhook.ts with permission relay" expandable theme={null}

572#!/usr/bin/env bun

573import { Server } from '@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/server/index.js'

574import { StdioServerTransport } from '@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/server/stdio.js'

575import { ListToolsRequestSchema, CallToolRequestSchema } from '@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/types.js'

576import { z } from 'zod'

577 

578// --- Outbound: write to any curl -N listeners on /events --------------------

579// A real bridge would POST to your chat platform instead.

580const listeners = new Set<(chunk: string) => void>()

581function send(text: string) {

582 const chunk = text.split('\n').map(l => `data: ${l}\n`).join('') + '\n'

583 for (const emit of listeners) emit(chunk)

584}

585 

586// Sender allowlist. For the local walkthrough we trust the single X-Sender

587// header value "dev"; a real bridge would check the platform's user ID.

588const allowed = new Set(['dev'])

589 

590const mcp = new Server(

591 { name: 'webhook', version: '0.0.1' },

592 {

593 capabilities: {

594 experimental: {

595 'claude/channel': {},

596 'claude/channel/permission': {}, // opt in to permission relay

597 },

598 tools: {},

599 },

600 instructions:

601 'Messages arrive as <channel source="webhook" chat_id="...">. ' +

602 'Reply with the reply tool, passing the chat_id from the tag.',

603 },

604)

605 

606// --- reply tool: Claude calls this to send a message back -------------------

607mcp.setRequestHandler(ListToolsRequestSchema, async () => ({

608 tools: [{

609 name: 'reply',

610 description: 'Send a message back over this channel',

611 inputSchema: {

612 type: 'object',

613 properties: {

614 chat_id: { type: 'string', description: 'The conversation to reply in' },

615 text: { type: 'string', description: 'The message to send' },

616 },

617 required: ['chat_id', 'text'],

618 },

619 }],

620}))

621 

622mcp.setRequestHandler(CallToolRequestSchema, async req => {

623 if (req.params.name === 'reply') {

624 const { chat_id, text } = req.params.arguments as { chat_id: string; text: string }

625 send(`Reply to ${chat_id}: ${text}`)

626 return { content: [{ type: 'text', text: 'sent' }] }

627 }

628 throw new Error(`unknown tool: ${req.params.name}`)

629})

630 

631// --- permission relay: Claude Code (not Claude) calls this when a dialog opens

632const PermissionRequestSchema = z.object({

633 method: z.literal('notifications/claude/channel/permission_request'),

634 params: z.object({

635 request_id: z.string(),

636 tool_name: z.string(),

637 description: z.string(),

638 input_preview: z.string(),

639 }),

640})

641 

642mcp.setNotificationHandler(PermissionRequestSchema, async ({ params }) => {

643 send(

644 `Claude wants to run ${params.tool_name}: ${params.description}\n\n` +

645 `Reply "yes ${params.request_id}" or "no ${params.request_id}"`,

646 )

647})

648 

649await mcp.connect(new StdioServerTransport())

650 

651// --- HTTP on :8788: GET /events streams outbound, POST routes inbound -------

652const PERMISSION_REPLY_RE = /^\s*(y|yes|n|no)\s+([a-km-z]{5})\s*$/i

653let nextId = 1

654 

655Bun.serve({

656 port: 8788,

657 hostname: '127.0.0.1',

658 idleTimeout: 0, // don't close idle SSE streams

659 async fetch(req) {

660 const url = new URL(req.url)

661 

662 // GET /events: SSE stream so curl -N can watch replies and prompts live

663 if (req.method === 'GET' && url.pathname === '/events') {

664 const stream = new ReadableStream({

665 start(ctrl) {

666 ctrl.enqueue(': connected\n\n') // so curl shows something immediately

667 const emit = (chunk: string) => ctrl.enqueue(chunk)

668 listeners.add(emit)

669 req.signal.addEventListener('abort', () => listeners.delete(emit))

670 },

671 })

672 return new Response(stream, {

673 headers: { 'Content-Type': 'text/event-stream', 'Cache-Control': 'no-cache' },

674 })

675 }

676 

677 // everything else is inbound: gate on sender first

678 const body = await req.text()

679 const sender = req.headers.get('X-Sender') ?? ''

680 if (!allowed.has(sender)) return new Response('forbidden', { status: 403 })

681 

682 // check for verdict format before treating as chat

683 const m = PERMISSION_REPLY_RE.exec(body)

684 if (m) {

685 await mcp.notification({

686 method: 'notifications/claude/channel/permission',

687 params: {

688 request_id: m[2].toLowerCase(),

689 behavior: m[1].toLowerCase().startsWith('y') ? 'allow' : 'deny',

690 },

691 })

692 return new Response('verdict recorded')

693 }

694 

695 // normal chat: forward to Claude as a channel event

696 const chat_id = String(nextId++)

697 await mcp.notification({

698 method: 'notifications/claude/channel',

699 params: { content: body, meta: { chat_id, path: url.pathname } },

700 })

701 return new Response('ok')

702 },

703})

704```

705 

706Test the verdict path in three terminals. The first is your Claude Code session, started with the [development flag](#test-during-the-research-preview) so it spawns `webhook.ts`:

707 

708```bash theme={null}

709claude --dangerously-load-development-channels server:webhook

710```

711 

712In the second, stream the outbound side so you can see Claude's replies and any permission prompts as they fire:

713 

714```bash theme={null}

715curl -N localhost:8788/events

716```

717 

718In the third, send a message that will make Claude try to run a command:

719 

720```bash theme={null}

721curl -d "list the files in this directory" -H "X-Sender: dev" localhost:8788

722```

723 

724The local permission dialog opens in your Claude Code terminal. A moment later the prompt appears in the `/events` stream, including the five-letter ID. Approve it from the remote side:

725 

726```bash theme={null}

727curl -d "yes <id>" -H "X-Sender: dev" localhost:8788

728```

729 

730The local dialog closes and the tool runs. Claude's reply comes back through the `reply` tool and lands in the stream too.

731 

732The three channel-specific pieces in this file:

733 

734* **Capabilities** in the `Server` constructor: `claude/channel` registers the notification listener, `claude/channel/permission` opts in to permission relay, `tools` lets Claude discover the reply tool.

735* **Outbound paths**: the `reply` tool handler is what Claude calls for conversational responses; the `PermissionRequestSchema` notification handler is what Claude Code calls when a permission dialog opens. Both call `send()` to broadcast over `/events`, but they're triggered by different parts of the system.

736* **HTTP handler**: `GET /events` holds an SSE stream open so curl can watch outbound live; `POST` is inbound, gated on the `X-Sender` header. A `yes <id>` or `no <id>` body goes to Claude Code as a verdict notification and never reaches Claude; anything else is forwarded to Claude as a channel event.

737 

738## Package as a plugin

739 

740To make your channel installable and shareable, wrap it in a [plugin](/en/plugins) and publish it to a [marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces). Users install it with `/plugin install`, then enable it per session with `--channels plugin:<name>@<marketplace>`.

741 

742A channel published to your own marketplace still needs `--dangerously-load-development-channels` to run, since it isn't on the [approved allowlist](/en/channels#supported-channels). To get it added, [submit it to the official marketplace](/en/plugins#submit-your-plugin-to-the-official-marketplace). Channel plugins go through security review before being approved. On Team and Enterprise plans, an admin can instead include your plugin in the organization's own [`allowedChannelPlugins`](/en/channels#restrict-which-channel-plugins-can-run) list, which replaces the default Anthropic allowlist.

743 

744## See also

745 

746* [Channels](/en/channels) to install and use Telegram, Discord, iMessage, or the fakechat demo, and to enable channels for a Team or Enterprise org

747* [Working channel implementations](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-plugins-official/tree/main/external_plugins) for complete server code with pairing flows, reply tools, and file attachments

748* [MCP](/en/mcp) for the underlying protocol that channel servers implement

749* [Plugins](/en/plugins) to package your channel so users can install it with `/plugin install`

checkpointing.md +34 −14

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Checkpointing5# Checkpointing

2 6 

3> Automatically track and rewind Claude's edits to quickly recover from unwanted changes.7> Track, rewind, and summarize Claude's edits and conversation to manage session state.

4 8 

5Claude Code automatically tracks Claude's file edits as you work, allowing you to quickly undo changes and rewind to previous states if anything gets off track.9Claude Code automatically tracks Claude's file edits as you work, allowing you to quickly undo changes and rewind to previous states if anything gets off track.

6 10 


16* Checkpoints persist across sessions, so you can access them in resumed conversations20* Checkpoints persist across sessions, so you can access them in resumed conversations

17* Automatically cleaned up along with sessions after 30 days (configurable)21* Automatically cleaned up along with sessions after 30 days (configurable)

18 22 

19### Rewinding changes23### Rewind and summarize

24 

25Press `Esc` twice (`Esc` + `Esc`) or use the `/rewind` command to open the rewind menu. A scrollable list shows each of your prompts from the session. Select the point you want to act on, then choose an action:

26 

27* **Restore code and conversation**: revert both code and conversation to that point

28* **Restore conversation**: rewind to that message while keeping current code

29* **Restore code**: revert file changes while keeping the conversation

30* **Summarize from here**: compress the conversation from this point forward into a summary, freeing context window space

31* **Never mind**: return to the message list without making changes

32 

33After restoring the conversation or summarizing, the original prompt from the selected message is restored into the input field so you can re-send or edit it.

34 

35#### Restore vs. summarize

20 36 

21Press `Esc` twice (`Esc` + `Esc`) or use the `/rewind` command to open up the rewind menu. You can choose to restore:37The three restore options revert state: they undo code changes, conversation history, or both. "Summarize from here" works differently:

22 38 

23* **Conversation only**: Rewind to a user message while keeping code changes39* Messages before the selected message stay intact

24* **Code only**: Revert file changes while keeping the conversation40* The selected message and all subsequent messages get replaced with a compact AI-generated summary

25* **Both code and conversation**: Restore both to a prior point in the session41* No files on disk are changed

42* The original messages are preserved in the session transcript, so Claude can reference the details if needed

43 

44This is similar to `/compact`, but targeted: instead of summarizing the entire conversation, you keep early context in full detail and only compress the parts that are using up space. You can type optional instructions to guide what the summary focuses on.

45 

46<Note>

47 Summarize keeps you in the same session and compresses context. If you want to branch off and try a different approach while preserving the original session intact, use [fork](/en/how-claude-code-works#resume-or-fork-sessions) instead (`claude --continue --fork-session`).

48</Note>

26 49 

27## Common use cases50## Common use cases

28 51 

29Checkpoints are particularly useful when:52Checkpoints are particularly useful when:

30 53 

31* **Exploring alternatives**: Try different implementation approaches without losing your starting point54* **Exploring alternatives**: try different implementation approaches without losing your starting point

32* **Recovering from mistakes**: Quickly undo changes that introduced bugs or broke functionality55* **Recovering from mistakes**: quickly undo changes that introduced bugs or broke functionality

33* **Iterating on features**: Experiment with variations knowing you can revert to working states56* **Iterating on features**: experiment with variations knowing you can revert to working states

57* **Freeing context space**: summarize a verbose debugging session from the midpoint forward, keeping your initial instructions intact

34 58 

35## Limitations59## Limitations

36 60 


61## See also85## See also

62 86 

63* [Interactive mode](/en/interactive-mode) - Keyboard shortcuts and session controls87* [Interactive mode](/en/interactive-mode) - Keyboard shortcuts and session controls

64* [Slash commands](/en/slash-commands) - Accessing checkpoints using `/rewind`88* [Built-in commands](/en/commands) - Accessing checkpoints using `/rewind`

65* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) - Command-line options89* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) - Command-line options

66 

67 

68 

69> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

chrome.md +101 −89

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Use Claude Code with Chrome (beta)5# Use Claude Code with Chrome (beta)

2 6 

3> Connect Claude Code to your browser to test web apps, debug with console logs, and automate browser tasks.7> Connect Claude Code to your Chrome browser to test web apps, debug with console logs, automate form filling, and extract data from web pages.

4 8 

5<Note>9Claude Code integrates with the Claude in Chrome browser extension to give you browser automation capabilities from the CLI or the [VS Code extension](/en/vs-code#automate-browser-tasks-with-chrome). Build your code, then test and debug in the browser without switching contexts.

6 Chrome integration is in beta and currently works with Google Chrome only. It is not yet supported on Brave, Arc, or other Chromium-based browsers. WSL (Windows Subsystem for Linux) is also not supported.

7</Note>

8 10 

9Claude Code integrates with the Claude in Chrome browser extension to give you browser automation capabilities directly from your terminal. Build in your terminal, then test and debug in your browser without switching contexts.11Claude opens new tabs for browser tasks and shares your browser's login state, so it can access any site you're already signed into. Browser actions run in a visible Chrome window in real time. When Claude encounters a login page or CAPTCHA, it pauses and asks you to handle it manually.

10 12 

11## What the integration enables13<Note>

14 Chrome integration is in beta and currently works with Google Chrome and Microsoft Edge. It is not yet supported on Brave, Arc, or other Chromium-based browsers. WSL (Windows Subsystem for Linux) is also not supported.

15</Note>

12 16 

13With Chrome connected, you can chain browser actions with terminal commands in a single workflow. For example: scrape documentation from a website, analyze it, generate code based on what you learned, and commit the result.17## Capabilities

14 18 

15Key capabilities include:19With Chrome connected, you can chain browser actions with coding tasks in a single workflow:

16 20 

17* **Live debugging**: Claude reads console errors and DOM state directly, then fixes the code that caused them21* **Live debugging**: read console errors and DOM state directly, then fix the code that caused them

18* **Design verification**: Build a UI from a Figma mock, then have Claude open it in the browser and verify it matches22* **Design verification**: build a UI from a Figma mock, then open it in the browser to verify it matches

19* **Web app testing**: Test form validation, check for visual regressions, or verify user flows work correctly23* **Web app testing**: test form validation, check for visual regressions, or verify user flows

20* **Authenticated web apps**: Interact with Google Docs, Gmail, Notion, or any app you're logged into without needing API connectors24* **Authenticated web apps**: interact with Google Docs, Gmail, Notion, or any app you're logged into without API connectors

21* **Data extraction**: Pull structured information from web pages and save it locally25* **Data extraction**: pull structured information from web pages and save it locally

22* **Task automation**: Automate repetitive browser tasks like data entry, form filling, or multi-site workflows26* **Task automation**: automate repetitive browser tasks like data entry, form filling, or multi-site workflows

23* **Session recording**: Record browser interactions as GIFs to document or share what happened27* **Session recording**: record browser interactions as GIFs to document or share what happened

24 28 

25## Prerequisites29## Prerequisites

26 30 

27Before using Claude Code with Chrome, you need:31Before using Claude Code with Chrome, you need:

28 32 

29* [Google Chrome](https://www.google.com/chrome/) browser33* [Google Chrome](https://www.google.com/chrome/) or [Microsoft Edge](https://www.microsoft.com/edge) browser

30* [Claude in Chrome extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/claude/fcoeoabgfenejglbffodgkkbkcdhcgfn) version 1.0.36 or higher34* [Claude in Chrome extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/claude/fcoeoabgfenejglbffodgkkbkcdhcgfn) version 1.0.36 or higher, available in the Chrome Web Store for both browsers

31* [Claude Code CLI](/en/quickstart#step-1:-install-claude-code) version 2.0.73 or higher35* [Claude Code](/en/quickstart#step-1-install-claude-code) version 2.0.73 or higher

32* A paid Claude plan (Pro, Team, or Enterprise)36* A direct Anthropic plan (Pro, Max, Teams, or Enterprise)

33 

34## How the integration works

35 

36Claude Code communicates with Chrome through the Claude in Chrome browser extension. The extension uses Chrome's [Native Messaging API](https://developer.chrome.com/docs/extensions/develop/concepts/native-messaging) to receive commands from Claude Code and execute them in your browser. This architecture lets Claude Code control browser tabs, read page content, and perform actions while you continue working in your terminal.

37 

38When Claude encounters a login page, CAPTCHA, or other blocker, it pauses and asks you to handle it. You can provide credentials for Claude to enter, or log in manually in the browser. Once you're past the blocker, tell Claude to continue and it picks up where it left off.

39 

40Claude opens new tabs for browser tasks rather than taking over existing ones. However, it shares your browser's login state, so if you're already signed into a site in Chrome, Claude can access it without re-authenticating.

41 37 

42<Note>38<Note>

43 The Chrome integration requires a visible browser window. When Claude performs browser actions, you'll see Chrome open and navigate in real time. There's no headless mode since the integration relies on your actual browser session with its login state.39 Chrome integration is not available through third-party providers like Amazon Bedrock, Google Cloud Vertex AI, or Microsoft Foundry. If you access Claude exclusively through a third-party provider, you need a separate claude.ai account to use this feature.

44</Note>40</Note>

45 41 

46## Set up the integration42## Get started in the CLI

47 43 

48<Steps>44<Steps>

49 <Step title="Update Claude Code">45 <Step title="Launch Claude Code with Chrome">

50 Chrome integration requires a recent version of Claude Code. If you installed using the [native installer](/en/quickstart#step-1:-install-claude-code), updates happen automatically. Otherwise, run:46 Start Claude Code with the `--chrome` flag:

51 47 

52 ```bash theme={null}48 ```bash theme={null}

53 claude update49 claude --chrome

54 ```50 ```

51 

52 You can also enable Chrome from within an existing session by running `/chrome`.

55 </Step>53 </Step>

56 54 

57 <Step title="Start Claude Code with Chrome enabled">55 <Step title="Ask Claude to use the browser">

58 Launch Claude Code with the `--chrome` flag:56 This example navigates to a page, interacts with it, and reports what it finds, all from your terminal or editor:

59 57 

60 ```bash theme={null}58 ```text theme={null}

61 claude --chrome59 Go to code.claude.com/docs, click on the search box,

60 type "hooks", and tell me what results appear

62 ```61 ```

63 </Step>62 </Step>

64 

65 <Step title="Verify the connection">

66 Run `/chrome` to check the connection status and manage settings. If the extension isn't detected, you'll see a warning with a link to install it.

67 </Step>

68</Steps>63</Steps>

69 64 

70You can also enable Chrome integration from within an existing session using the `/chrome` slash command.65Run `/chrome` at any time to check the connection status, manage permissions, or reconnect the extension.

71 66 

72## Try it out67For VS Code, see [browser automation in VS Code](/en/vs-code#automate-browser-tasks-with-chrome).

73 68 

74Once connected, type this into Claude to see the integration in action:69### Enable Chrome by default

75 70 

76```71To avoid passing `--chrome` each session, run `/chrome` and select "Enabled by default".

77Go to code.claude.com/docs, click on the search box,

78type "hooks", and tell me what results appear

79```

80 72 

81Claude opens the page, clicks into the search field, types the query, and reports the autocomplete results. This shows navigation, clicking, and typing in a single workflow.73In the [VS Code extension](/en/vs-code#automate-browser-tasks-with-chrome), Chrome is available whenever the Chrome extension is installed. No additional flag is needed.

82 74 

83## Example workflows75<Note>

76 Enabling Chrome by default in the CLI increases context usage since browser tools are always loaded. If you notice increased context consumption, disable this setting and use `--chrome` only when needed.

77</Note>

78 

79### Manage site permissions

80 

81Site-level permissions are inherited from the Chrome extension. Manage permissions in the Chrome extension settings to control which sites Claude can browse, click, and type on.

84 82 

85Claude can navigate pages, click and type, fill forms, scroll, read console logs and network requests, manage tabs, resize windows, and record GIFs. Run `/mcp` and click into `claude-in-chrome` to see the full list of available tools.83## Example workflows

86 84 

87The following examples show common patterns for browser automation.85These examples show common ways to combine browser actions with coding tasks. Run `/mcp` and select `claude-in-chrome` to see the full list of available browser tools.

88 86 

89### Test a local web application87### Test a local web application

90 88 

91When developing a web app, ask Claude to verify your changes work correctly:89When developing a web app, ask Claude to verify your changes work correctly:

92 90 

93```91```text theme={null}

94I just updated the login form validation. Can you open localhost:3000,92I just updated the login form validation. Can you open localhost:3000,

95try submitting the form with invalid data, and check if the error93try submitting the form with invalid data, and check if the error

96messages appear correctly?94messages appear correctly?


100 98 

101### Debug with console logs99### Debug with console logs

102 100 

103If your app has issues, Claude can read console output to help diagnose problems:101Claude can read console output to help diagnose problems. Tell Claude what patterns to look for rather than asking for all console output, since logs can be verbose:

104 102 

105```103```text theme={null}

106Open the dashboard page and check the console for any errors when104Open the dashboard page and check the console for any errors when

107the page loads.105the page loads.

108```106```


113 111 

114Speed up repetitive data entry tasks:112Speed up repetitive data entry tasks:

115 113 

116```114```text theme={null}

117I have a spreadsheet of customer contacts in contacts.csv. For each row,115I have a spreadsheet of customer contacts in contacts.csv. For each row,

118go to our CRM at crm.example.com, click "Add Contact", and fill in the116go to the CRM at crm.example.com, click "Add Contact", and fill in the

119name, email, and phone fields.117name, email, and phone fields.

120```118```

121 119 


125 123 

126Use Claude to write directly in your documents without API setup:124Use Claude to write directly in your documents without API setup:

127 125 

128```126```text theme={null}

129Draft a project update based on our recent commits and add it to my127Draft a project update based on the recent commits and add it to my

130Google Doc at docs.google.com/document/d/abc123128Google Doc at docs.google.com/document/d/abc123

131```129```

132 130 


136 134 

137Pull structured information from websites:135Pull structured information from websites:

138 136 

139```137```text theme={null}

140Go to the product listings page and extract the name, price, and138Go to the product listings page and extract the name, price, and

141availability for each item. Save the results as a CSV file.139availability for each item. Save the results as a CSV file.

142```140```


147 145 

148Coordinate tasks across multiple websites:146Coordinate tasks across multiple websites:

149 147 

150```148```text theme={null}

151Check my calendar for meetings tomorrow, then for each meeting with149Check my calendar for meetings tomorrow, then for each meeting with

152an external attendee, look up their company on LinkedIn and add a150an external attendee, look up their company website and add a note

153note about what they do.151about what they do.

154```152```

155 153 

156Claude works across tabs to gather information and complete the workflow.154Claude works across tabs to gather information and complete the workflow.


159 157 

160Create shareable recordings of browser interactions:158Create shareable recordings of browser interactions:

161 159 

162```160```text theme={null}

163Record a GIF showing how to complete the checkout flow, from adding161Record a GIF showing how to complete the checkout flow, from adding

164an item to the cart through to the confirmation page.162an item to the cart through to the confirmation page.

165```163```

166 164 

167Claude records the interaction sequence and saves it as a GIF file.165Claude records the interaction sequence and saves it as a GIF file.

168 166 

169## Best practices

170 

171When using browser automation, keep these guidelines in mind:

172 

173* **Modal dialogs can interrupt the flow**: JavaScript alerts, confirms, and prompts block browser events and prevent Claude from receiving commands. If a dialog appears, dismiss it manually and tell Claude to continue.

174* **Use fresh tabs**: Claude creates new tabs for each session. If a tab becomes unresponsive, ask Claude to create a new one.

175* **Filter console output**: Console logs can be verbose. When debugging, tell Claude what patterns to look for rather than asking for all console output.

176 

177## Troubleshooting167## Troubleshooting

178 168 

179### Extension not detected169### Extension not detected

180 170 

181If Claude Code shows "Chrome extension not detected":171If Claude Code shows "Chrome extension not detected":

182 172 

1831. Verify the Chrome extension (version 1.0.36 or higher) is installed1731. Verify the Chrome extension is installed and enabled in `chrome://extensions`

1842. Verify Claude Code is version 2.0.73 or higher by running `claude --version`1742. Verify Claude Code is up to date by running `claude --version`

1853. Check that Chrome is running1753. Check that Chrome is running

1864. Run `/chrome` and select "Reconnect extension" to re-establish the connection1764. Run `/chrome` and select "Reconnect extension" to re-establish the connection

1875. If the issue persists, restart both Claude Code and Chrome1775. If the issue persists, restart both Claude Code and Chrome

188 178 

179The first time you enable Chrome integration, Claude Code installs a native messaging host configuration file. Chrome reads this file on startup, so if the extension isn't detected on your first attempt, restart Chrome to pick up the new configuration.

180 

181If the connection still fails, verify the host configuration file exists at:

182 

183For Chrome:

184 

185* **macOS**: `~/Library/Application Support/Google/Chrome/NativeMessagingHosts/com.anthropic.claude_code_browser_extension.json`

186* **Linux**: `~/.config/google-chrome/NativeMessagingHosts/com.anthropic.claude_code_browser_extension.json`

187* **Windows**: check `HKCU\Software\Google\Chrome\NativeMessagingHosts\` in the Windows Registry

188 

189For Edge:

190 

191* **macOS**: `~/Library/Application Support/Microsoft Edge/NativeMessagingHosts/com.anthropic.claude_code_browser_extension.json`

192* **Linux**: `~/.config/microsoft-edge/NativeMessagingHosts/com.anthropic.claude_code_browser_extension.json`

193* **Windows**: check `HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Edge\NativeMessagingHosts\` in the Windows Registry

194 

189### Browser not responding195### Browser not responding

190 196 

191If Claude's browser commands stop working:197If Claude's browser commands stop working:

192 198 

1931. Check if a modal dialog (alert, confirm, prompt) is blocking the page1991. Check if a modal dialog (alert, confirm, prompt) is blocking the page. JavaScript dialogs block browser events and prevent Claude from receiving commands. Dismiss the dialog manually, then tell Claude to continue.

1942. Ask Claude to create a new tab and try again2002. Ask Claude to create a new tab and try again

1953. Restart the Chrome extension by disabling and re-enabling it2013. Restart the Chrome extension by disabling and re-enabling it in `chrome://extensions`

196 202 

197### First-time setup203### Connection drops during long sessions

198 204 

199The first time you use the integration, Claude Code installs a native messaging host that allows communication between the CLI and Chrome. If you encounter permission errors, you may need to restart Chrome for the installation to take effect.205The Chrome extension's service worker can go idle during extended sessions, which breaks the connection. If browser tools stop working after a period of inactivity, run `/chrome` and select "Reconnect extension".

200 206 

201## Enable by default207### Windows-specific issues

202 208 

203Chrome integration requires the `--chrome` flag each time you start Claude Code. To enable it by default, run `/chrome` and select "Enabled by default".209On Windows, you may encounter:

204 210 

205<Note>211* **Named pipe conflicts (EADDRINUSE)**: if another process is using the same named pipe, restart Claude Code. Close any other Claude Code sessions that might be using Chrome.

206 Enabling Chrome by default increases context usage since browser tools are always loaded. If you notice increased context consumption, disable this setting and use `--chrome` only when needed.212* **Native messaging host errors**: if the native messaging host crashes on startup, try reinstalling Claude Code to regenerate the host configuration.

207</Note>

208 213 

209Site-level permissions are inherited from the Chrome extension. Manage permissions in the Chrome extension settings to control which sites Claude can browse, click, and type on. Run `/chrome` to see current permission settings.214### Common error messages

210 215 

211## See also216These are the most frequently encountered errors and how to resolve them:

212 217 

213* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) - Command-line flags including `--chrome`218| Error | Cause | Fix |

214* [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows) - More ways to use Claude Code219| ------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------- |

215* [Getting started with Claude for Chrome](https://support.anthropic.com/en/articles/12012173-getting-started-with-claude-for-chrome) - Full documentation for the Chrome extension, including shortcuts, scheduling, and permissions220| "Browser extension is not connected" | Native messaging host cannot reach the extension | Restart Chrome and Claude Code, then run `/chrome` to reconnect |

221| "Extension not detected" | Chrome extension is not installed or is disabled | Install or enable the extension in `chrome://extensions` |

222| "No tab available" | Claude tried to act before a tab was ready | Ask Claude to create a new tab and retry |

223| "Receiving end does not exist" | Extension service worker went idle | Run `/chrome` and select "Reconnect extension" |

216 224 

225## See also

217 226 

218 227* [Use Claude Code in VS Code](/en/vs-code#automate-browser-tasks-with-chrome): browser automation in the VS Code extension

219> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt228* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference): command-line flags including `--chrome`

229* [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows): more ways to use Claude Code

230* [Data and privacy](/en/data-usage): how Claude Code handles your data

231* [Getting started with Claude in Chrome](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/12012173-getting-started-with-claude-in-chrome): full documentation for the Chrome extension, including shortcuts, scheduling, and permissions

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Claude Code on the web5# Claude Code on the web

2 6 

3> Run Claude Code tasks asynchronously on secure cloud infrastructure7> Run Claude Code tasks asynchronously on secure cloud infrastructure


16* **Repositories not on your local machine**: Work on code you don't have checked out locally20* **Repositories not on your local machine**: Work on code you don't have checked out locally

17* **Backend changes**: Where Claude Code can write tests and then write code to pass those tests21* **Backend changes**: Where Claude Code can write tests and then write code to pass those tests

18 22 

19Claude Code is also available on the Claude iOS app for kicking off tasks on the go and monitoring work in progress.23Claude Code is also available on the Claude app for [iOS](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/claude-by-anthropic/id6473753684) and [Android](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.anthropic.claude) for kicking off tasks on the go and monitoring work in progress.

20 24 

21You can move between local and remote development: [send tasks from your terminal to run on the web](#from-terminal-to-web) with the `&` prefix, or [teleport web sessions back to your terminal](#from-web-to-terminal) to continue locally.25You can [kick off new tasks on the web from your terminal](#from-terminal-to-web) with `--remote`, or [teleport web sessions back to your terminal](#from-web-to-terminal) to continue locally. To use the web interface while running Claude Code on your own machine instead of cloud infrastructure, see [Remote Control](/en/remote-control).

22 26 

23## Who can use Claude Code on the web?27## Who can use Claude Code on the web?

24 28 


26 30 

27* **Pro users**31* **Pro users**

28* **Max users**32* **Max users**

29* **Team premium seat users**33* **Team users**

30* **Enterprise premium seat users**34* **Enterprise users** with premium seats or Chat + Claude Code seats

31 35 

32## Getting started36## Getting started

33 37 

341. Visit [claude.ai/code](https://claude.ai/code)381. Visit [claude.ai/code](https://claude.ai/code)

352. Connect your GitHub account392. Connect your GitHub account

363. Install the Claude GitHub app in your repositories403. Install the Claude GitHub App in your repositories

374. Select your default environment414. Select your default environment

385. Submit your coding task425. Submit your coding task

396. Review changes and create a pull request in GitHub436. Review changes in diff view, iterate with comments, then create a pull request

40 44 

41## How it works45## How it works

42 46 

43When you start a task on Claude Code on the web:47When you start a task on Claude Code on the web:

44 48 

451. **Repository cloning**: Your repository is cloned to an Anthropic-managed virtual machine491. **Repository cloning**: Your repository is cloned to an Anthropic-managed virtual machine

462. **Environment setup**: Claude prepares a secure cloud environment with your code502. **Environment setup**: Claude prepares a secure cloud environment with your code, then runs your [setup script](#setup-scripts) if configured

473. **Network configuration**: Internet access is configured based on your settings513. **Network configuration**: Internet access is configured based on your settings

484. **Task execution**: Claude analyzes code, makes changes, runs tests, and checks its work524. **Task execution**: Claude analyzes code, makes changes, runs tests, and checks its work

495. **Completion**: You're notified when finished and can create a PR with the changes535. **Completion**: You're notified when finished and can create a PR with the changes

506. **Results**: Changes are pushed to a branch, ready for pull request creation546. **Results**: Changes are pushed to a branch, ready for pull request creation

51 55 

52## Moving tasks between web and terminal56## Review changes with diff view

57 

58Diff view lets you see exactly what Claude changed before creating a pull request. Instead of clicking "Create PR" to review changes in GitHub, view the diff directly in the app and iterate with Claude until the changes are ready.

59 

60When Claude makes changes to files, a diff stats indicator appears showing the number of lines added and removed (for example, `+12 -1`). Select this indicator to open the diff viewer, which displays a file list on the left and the changes for each file on the right.

61 

62From the diff view, you can:

63 

64* Review changes file by file

65* Comment on specific changes to request modifications

66* Continue iterating with Claude based on what you see

53 67 

54You can start tasks on the web and continue them in your terminal, or send tasks from your terminal to run on the web. Web sessions persist even if you close your laptop, and you can monitor them from anywhere including the Claude iOS app.68This lets you refine changes through multiple rounds of feedback without creating draft PRs or switching to GitHub.

69 

70## Auto-fix pull requests

71 

72Claude can watch a pull request and automatically respond to CI failures and review comments. Claude subscribes to GitHub activity on the PR, and when a check fails or a reviewer leaves a comment, Claude investigates and pushes a fix if one is clear.

55 73 

56<Note>74<Note>

57 Session handoff is one-way: you can pull web sessions into your terminal, but you can't push an existing terminal session to the web. The [`&` prefix](#from-terminal-to-web) creates a *new* web session with your current conversation context.75 Auto-fix requires the Claude GitHub App to be installed on your repository. If you haven't already, install it from the [GitHub App page](https://github.com/apps/claude) or when prompted during [setup](#getting-started).

58</Note>76</Note>

59 77 

60### From terminal to web78There are a few ways to turn on auto-fix depending on where the PR came from and what device you're using:

61 79 

62Start a message with `&` inside Claude Code to send a task to run on the web:80* **PRs created in Claude Code on the web**: open the CI status bar and select **Auto-fix**

81* **From the mobile app**: tell Claude to auto-fix the PR, for example "watch this PR and fix any CI failures or review comments"

82* **Any existing PR**: paste the PR URL into a session and tell Claude to auto-fix it

63 83 

64```84### How Claude responds to PR activity

65& Fix the authentication bug in src/auth/login.ts85 

66```86When auto-fix is active, Claude receives GitHub events for the PR including new review comments and CI check failures. For each event, Claude investigates and decides how to proceed:

67 87 

68This creates a new web session on claude.ai with your current conversation context. The task runs in the cloud while you continue working locally. Use `/tasks` to check progress, or open the session on claude.ai or the Claude iOS app to interact directly. From there you can steer Claude, provide feedback, or answer questions just like any other conversation.88* **Clear fixes**: if Claude is confident in a fix and it doesn't conflict with earlier instructions, Claude makes the change, pushes it, and explains what was done in the session

89* **Ambiguous requests**: if a reviewer's comment could be interpreted multiple ways or involves something architecturally significant, Claude asks you before acting

90* **Duplicate or no-action events**: if an event is a duplicate or requires no change, Claude notes it in the session and moves on

69 91 

70You can also start a web session directly from the command line:92Claude may reply to review comment threads on GitHub as part of resolving them. These replies are posted using your GitHub account, so they appear under your username, but each reply is labeled as coming from Claude Code so reviewers know it was written by the agent and not by you directly.

93 

94## Moving tasks between web and terminal

95 

96You can start new tasks on the web from your terminal, or pull web sessions into your terminal to continue locally. Web sessions persist even if you close your laptop, and you can monitor them from anywhere including the Claude mobile app.

97 

98<Note>

99 Session handoff is one-way: you can pull web sessions into your terminal, but you can't push an existing terminal session to the web. The `--remote` flag creates a *new* web session for your current repository.

100</Note>

101 

102### From terminal to web

103 

104Start a web session from the command line with the `--remote` flag:

71 105 

72```bash theme={null}106```bash theme={null}

73claude --remote "Fix the authentication bug in src/auth/login.ts"107claude --remote "Fix the authentication bug in src/auth/login.ts"

74```108```

75 109 

76#### Tips for background tasks110This creates a new web session on claude.ai. The task runs in the cloud while you continue working locally. Use `/tasks` to check progress, or open the session on claude.ai or the Claude mobile app to interact directly. From there you can steer Claude, provide feedback, or answer questions just like any other conversation.

77 111 

78**Plan locally, execute remotely**: For complex tasks, start Claude in plan mode to collaborate on the approach before sending work to the web:112#### Tips for remote tasks

113 

114**Plan locally, execute remotely**: For complex tasks, start Claude in plan mode to collaborate on the approach, then send work to the web:

79 115 

80```bash theme={null}116```bash theme={null}

81claude --permission-mode plan117claude --permission-mode plan

82```118```

83 119 

84In plan mode, Claude can only read files and explore the codebase. Once you're satisfied with the plan, send it to the web for autonomous execution:120In plan mode, Claude can only read files and explore the codebase. Once you're satisfied with the plan, start a remote session for autonomous execution:

85 121 

86```122```bash theme={null}

87& Execute the migration plan we discussed123claude --remote "Execute the migration plan in docs/migration-plan.md"

88```124```

89 125 

90This pattern gives you control over the strategy while letting Claude execute autonomously in the cloud.126This pattern gives you control over the strategy while letting Claude execute autonomously in the cloud.

91 127 

92**Run tasks in parallel**: Each `&` command creates its own web session that runs independently. You can kick off multiple tasks and they'll all run simultaneously in separate sessions:128**Run tasks in parallel**: Each `--remote` command creates its own web session that runs independently. You can kick off multiple tasks and they'll all run simultaneously in separate sessions:

93 129 

94```130```bash theme={null}

95& Fix the flaky test in auth.spec.ts131claude --remote "Fix the flaky test in auth.spec.ts"

96& Update the API documentation132claude --remote "Update the API documentation"

97& Refactor the logger to use structured output133claude --remote "Refactor the logger to use structured output"

98```134```

99 135 

100Monitor all sessions with `/tasks`. When a session completes, you can create a PR from the web interface or [teleport](#from-web-to-terminal) the session to your terminal to continue working.136Monitor all sessions with `/tasks`. When a session completes, you can create a PR from the web interface or [teleport](#from-web-to-terminal) the session to your terminal to continue working.


121| Branch available | The branch from the web session must have been pushed to the remote. Teleport automatically fetches and checks it out. |157| Branch available | The branch from the web session must have been pushed to the remote. Teleport automatically fetches and checks it out. |

122| Same account | You must be authenticated to the same Claude.ai account used in the web session. |158| Same account | You must be authenticated to the same Claude.ai account used in the web session. |

123 159 

160### Sharing sessions

161 

162To share a session, toggle its visibility according to the account

163types below. After that, share the session link as-is. Recipients who open your

164shared session will see the latest state of the session upon load, but the

165recipient's page will not update in real time.

166 

167#### Sharing from an Enterprise or Teams account

168 

169For Enterprise and Teams accounts, the two visibility options are **Private**

170and **Team**. Team visibility makes the session visible to other members of your

171Claude.ai organization. Repository access verification is enabled by default,

172based on the GitHub account connected to the recipient's account. Your account's

173display name is visible to all recipients with access. [Claude in Slack](/en/slack)

174sessions are automatically shared with Team visibility.

175 

176#### Sharing from a Max or Pro account

177 

178For Max and Pro accounts, the two visibility options are **Private**

179and **Public**. Public visibility makes the session visible to any user logged

180into claude.ai.

181 

182Check your session for sensitive content before sharing. Sessions may contain

183code and credentials from private GitHub repositories. Repository access

184verification is not enabled by default.

185 

186Enable repository access verification and/or withhold your name from your shared

187sessions by going to Settings > Claude Code > Sharing settings.

188 

189## Schedule recurring tasks

190 

191Run Claude on a recurring schedule to automate work like daily PR reviews, dependency audits, and CI failure analysis. See [Schedule tasks on the web](/en/web-scheduled-tasks) for the full guide.

192 

193## Managing sessions

194 

195### Archiving sessions

196 

197You can archive sessions to keep your session list organized. Archived sessions are hidden from the default session list but can be viewed by filtering for archived sessions.

198 

199To archive a session, hover over the session in the sidebar and click the archive icon.

200 

201### Deleting sessions

202 

203Deleting a session permanently removes the session and its data. This action cannot be undone. You can delete a session in two ways:

204 

205* **From the sidebar**: Filter for archived sessions, then hover over the session you want to delete and click the delete icon

206* **From the session menu**: Open a session, click the dropdown next to the session title, and select **Delete**

207 

208You will be asked to confirm before a session is deleted.

209 

124## Cloud environment210## Cloud environment

125 211 

126### Default image212### Default image


169 255 

170When you start a session in Claude Code on the web, here's what happens under the hood:256When you start a session in Claude Code on the web, here's what happens under the hood:

171 257 

1721. **Environment preparation**: We clone your repository and run any configured Claude hooks for initialization. The repo will be cloned with the default branch on your GitHub repo. If you would like to check out a specific branch, you can specify that in the prompt.2581. **Environment preparation**: We clone your repository and run any configured [setup script](#setup-scripts). The repo will be cloned with the default branch on your GitHub repo. If you would like to check out a specific branch, you can specify that in the prompt.

173 259 

1742. **Network configuration**: We configure internet access for the agent. Internet access is limited by default, but you can configure the environment to have no internet or full internet access based on your needs.2602. **Network configuration**: We configure internet access for the agent. Internet access is limited by default, but you can configure the environment to have no internet or full internet access based on your needs.

175 261 


181 Claude operates entirely through the terminal and CLI tools available in the environment. It uses the pre-installed tools in the universal image and any additional tools you install through hooks or dependency management.267 Claude operates entirely through the terminal and CLI tools available in the environment. It uses the pre-installed tools in the universal image and any additional tools you install through hooks or dependency management.

182</Note>268</Note>

183 269 

184**To add a new environment:** Select the current environment to open the environment selector, and then select "Add environment". This will open a dialog where you can specify the environment name, network access level, and any environment variables you want to set.270**To add a new environment:** Select the current environment to open the environment selector, and then select "Add environment". This will open a dialog where you can specify the environment name, network access level, environment variables, and a [setup script](#setup-scripts).

185 271 

186**To update an existing environment:** Select the current environment, to the right of the environment name, and select the settings button. This will open a dialog where you can update the environment name, network access, and environment variables.272**To update an existing environment:** Select the current environment, to the right of the environment name, and select the settings button. This will open a dialog where you can update the environment name, network access, environment variables, and setup script.

187 273 

188**To select your default environment from the terminal:** If you have multiple environments configured, run `/remote-env` to choose which one to use when starting web sessions from your terminal with `&` or `--remote`. With a single environment, this command shows your current configuration.274**To select your default environment from the terminal:** If you have multiple environments configured, run `/remote-env` to choose which one to use when starting web sessions from your terminal with `--remote`. With a single environment, this command shows your current configuration.

189 275 

190<Note>276<Note>

191 Environment variables must be specified as key-value pairs, in [`.env` format](https://www.dotenv.org/). For example:277 Environment variables must be specified as key-value pairs, in [`.env` format](https://www.dotenv.org/). For example:

192 278 

193 ```279 ```text theme={null}

194 API_KEY=your_api_key280 API_KEY=your_api_key

195 DEBUG=true281 DEBUG=true

196 ```282 ```

197</Note>283</Note>

198 284 

285### Setup scripts

286 

287A setup script is a Bash script that runs when a new cloud session starts, before Claude Code launches. Use setup scripts to install dependencies, configure tools, or prepare anything the cloud environment needs that isn't in the [default image](#default-image).

288 

289Scripts run as root on Ubuntu 24.04, so `apt install` and most language package managers work.

290 

291<Tip>

292 To check what's already installed before adding it to your script, ask Claude to run `check-tools` in a cloud session.

293</Tip>

294 

295To add a setup script, open the environment settings dialog and enter your script in the **Setup script** field.

296 

297This example installs the `gh` CLI, which isn't in the default image:

298 

299```bash theme={null}

300#!/bin/bash

301apt update && apt install -y gh

302```

303 

304Setup scripts run only when creating a new session. They are skipped when resuming an existing session.

305 

306If the script exits non-zero, the session fails to start. Append `|| true` to non-critical commands to avoid blocking the session on a flaky install.

307 

308<Note>

309 Setup scripts that install packages need network access to reach registries. The default network access allows connections to [common package registries](#default-allowed-domains) including npm, PyPI, RubyGems, and crates.io. Scripts will fail to install packages if your environment has network access disabled.

310</Note>

311 

312#### Setup scripts vs. SessionStart hooks

313 

314Use a setup script to install things the cloud needs but your laptop already has, like a language runtime or CLI tool. Use a [SessionStart hook](/en/hooks#sessionstart) for project setup that should run everywhere, cloud and local, like `npm install`.

315 

316Both run at the start of a session, but they belong to different places:

317 

318| | Setup scripts | SessionStart hooks |

319| ------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- |

320| Attached to | The cloud environment | Your repository |

321| Configured in | Cloud environment UI | `.claude/settings.json` in your repo |

322| Runs | Before Claude Code launches, on new sessions only | After Claude Code launches, on every session including resumed |

323| Scope | Cloud environments only | Both local and cloud |

324 

325SessionStart hooks can also be defined in your user-level `~/.claude/settings.json` locally, but user-level settings don't carry over to cloud sessions. In the cloud, only hooks committed to the repo run.

326 

199### Dependency management327### Dependency management

200 328 

201Configure automatic dependency installation using [SessionStart hooks](/en/hooks#sessionstart). This can be configured in your repository's `.claude/settings.json` file:329Custom environment images and snapshots are not yet supported. Use [setup scripts](#setup-scripts) to install packages when a session starts, or [SessionStart hooks](/en/hooks#sessionstart) for dependency installation that should also run in local environments. SessionStart hooks have [known limitations](#dependency-management-limitations).

330 

331To configure automatic dependency installation with a setup script, open your environment settings and add a script:

332 

333```bash theme={null}

334#!/bin/bash

335npm install

336pip install -r requirements.txt

337```

338 

339Alternatively, you can use SessionStart hooks in your repository's `.claude/settings.json` file for dependency installation that should also run in local environments:

202 340 

203```json theme={null}341```json theme={null}

204{342{


222 360 

223```bash theme={null}361```bash theme={null}

224#!/bin/bash362#!/bin/bash

225npm install

226pip install -r requirements.txt

227exit 0

228```

229 363 

230Make it executable: `chmod +x scripts/install_pkgs.sh`364# Only run in remote environments

231 

232#### Local vs remote execution

233 

234By default, all hooks execute both locally and in remote (web) environments. To run a hook only in one environment, check the `CLAUDE_CODE_REMOTE` environment variable in your hook script.

235 

236```bash theme={null}

237#!/bin/bash

238 

239# Example: Only run in remote environments

240if [ "$CLAUDE_CODE_REMOTE" != "true" ]; then365if [ "$CLAUDE_CODE_REMOTE" != "true" ]; then

241 exit 0366 exit 0

242fi367fi

243 368 

244npm install369npm install

245pip install -r requirements.txt370pip install -r requirements.txt

371exit 0

246```372```

247 373 

248#### Persisting environment variables374Make it executable: `chmod +x scripts/install_pkgs.sh`

375 

376#### Persist environment variables

377 

378SessionStart hooks can persist environment variables for subsequent Bash commands by writing to the file specified in the `CLAUDE_ENV_FILE` environment variable. For details, see [SessionStart hooks](/en/hooks#sessionstart) in the hooks reference.

379 

380#### Dependency management limitations

249 381 

250SessionStart hooks can persist environment variables for subsequent bash commands by writing to the file specified in the `CLAUDE_ENV_FILE` environment variable. For details, see [SessionStart hooks](/en/hooks#sessionstart) in the hooks reference.382* **Hooks fire for all sessions**: SessionStart hooks run in both local and remote environments. There is no hook configuration to scope a hook to remote sessions only. To skip local execution, check the `CLAUDE_CODE_REMOTE` environment variable in your script as shown above.

383* **Requires network access**: Install commands need network access to reach package registries. If your environment is configured with "No internet" access, these hooks will fail. Use "Limited" (the default) or "Full" network access. The [default allowlist](#default-allowed-domains) includes common registries like npm, PyPI, RubyGems, and crates.io.

384* **Proxy compatibility**: All outbound traffic in remote environments passes through a [security proxy](#security-proxy). Some package managers do not work correctly with this proxy. Bun is a known example.

385* **Runs on every session start**: Hooks run each time a session starts or resumes, adding startup latency. Keep install scripts fast by checking whether dependencies are already present before reinstalling.

251 386 

252## Network access and security387## Network access and security

253 388 


283 418 

284* api.anthropic.com419* api.anthropic.com

285* statsig.anthropic.com420* statsig.anthropic.com

421* platform.claude.com

422* code.claude.com

286* claude.ai423* claude.ai

287 424 

288#### Version Control425#### Version Control


290* github.com427* github.com

291* [www.github.com](http://www.github.com)428* [www.github.com](http://www.github.com)

292* api.github.com429* api.github.com

430* npm.pkg.github.com

293* raw\.githubusercontent.com431* raw\.githubusercontent.com

432* pkg-npm.githubusercontent.com

294* objects.githubusercontent.com433* objects.githubusercontent.com

295* codeload.github.com434* codeload.github.com

296* avatars.githubusercontent.com435* avatars.githubusercontent.com


312* [www.docker.com](http://www.docker.com)451* [www.docker.com](http://www.docker.com)

313* production.cloudflare.docker.com452* production.cloudflare.docker.com

314* download.docker.com453* download.docker.com

454* gcr.io

315* \*.gcr.io455* \*.gcr.io

316* ghcr.io456* ghcr.io

317* mcr.microsoft.com457* mcr.microsoft.com

318* \*.data.mcr.microsoft.com458* \*.data.mcr.microsoft.com

459* public.ecr.aws

319 460 

320#### Cloud Platforms461#### Cloud Platforms

321 462 


336* dot.net477* dot.net

337* visualstudio.com478* visualstudio.com

338* dev.azure.com479* dev.azure.com

480* \*.amazonaws.com

481* \*.api.aws

339* oracle.com482* oracle.com

340* [www.oracle.com](http://www.oracle.com)483* [www.oracle.com](http://www.oracle.com)

341* java.com484* java.com


385 528 

386* crates.io529* crates.io

387* [www.crates.io](http://www.crates.io)530* [www.crates.io](http://www.crates.io)

531* index.crates.io

388* static.crates.io532* static.crates.io

389* rustup.rs533* rustup.rs

390* static.rust-lang.org534* static.rust-lang.org


410* gradle.org554* gradle.org

411* [www.gradle.org](http://www.gradle.org)555* [www.gradle.org](http://www.gradle.org)

412* services.gradle.org556* services.gradle.org

557* plugins.gradle.org

558* kotlin.org

559* [www.kotlin.org](http://www.kotlin.org)

413* spring.io560* spring.io

414* repo.spring.io561* repo.spring.io

415 562 


483* statsig.com630* statsig.com

484* [www.statsig.com](http://www.statsig.com)631* [www.statsig.com](http://www.statsig.com)

485* api.statsig.com632* api.statsig.com

633* sentry.io

486* \*.sentry.io634* \*.sentry.io

635* http-intake.logs.datadoghq.com

636* \*.datadoghq.com

637* \*.datadoghq.eu

487 638 

488#### Content Delivery & Mirrors639#### Content Delivery & Mirrors

489 640 

641* sourceforge.net

490* \*.sourceforge.net642* \*.sourceforge.net

491* packagecloud.io643* packagecloud.io

492* \*.packagecloud.io644* \*.packagecloud.io


498* json.schemastore.org650* json.schemastore.org

499* [www.schemastore.org](http://www.schemastore.org)651* [www.schemastore.org](http://www.schemastore.org)

500 652 

653#### Model Context Protocol

654 

655* \*.modelcontextprotocol.io

656 

501<Note>657<Note>

502 Domains marked with `*` indicate wildcard subdomain matching. For example, `*.gcr.io` allows access to any subdomain of `gcr.io`.658 Domains marked with `*` indicate wildcard subdomain matching. For example, `*.gcr.io` allows access to any subdomain of `gcr.io`.

503</Note>659</Note>


533 689 

534## Best practices690## Best practices

535 691 

5361. **Use Claude Code hooks**: Configure [SessionStart hooks](/en/hooks#sessionstart) to automate environment setup and dependency installation.6921. **Automate environment setup**: Use [setup scripts](#setup-scripts) to install dependencies and configure tools before Claude Code launches. For more advanced scenarios, configure [SessionStart hooks](/en/hooks#sessionstart).

5372. **Document requirements**: Clearly specify dependencies and commands in your `CLAUDE.md` file. If you have an `AGENTS.md` file, you can source it in your `CLAUDE.md` using `@AGENTS.md` to maintain a single source of truth.6932. **Document requirements**: Clearly specify dependencies and commands in your `CLAUDE.md` file. If you have an `AGENTS.md` file, you can source it in your `CLAUDE.md` using `@AGENTS.md` to maintain a single source of truth.

538 694 

539## Related resources695## Related resources


542* [Settings reference](/en/settings)698* [Settings reference](/en/settings)

543* [Security](/en/security)699* [Security](/en/security)

544* [Data usage](/en/data-usage)700* [Data usage](/en/data-usage)

545 

546 

547 

548> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

claude-directory.md +82 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Explore the .claude directory

6 

7> Where Claude Code reads CLAUDE.md, settings.json, hooks, skills, commands, subagents, rules, and auto memory. Explore the .claude directory in your project and ~/.claude in your home directory.

8 

9 

10Claude Code reads instructions, settings, skills, subagents, and memory from your project directory and from `~/.claude` in your home directory. Commit project files to git to share them with your team; files in `~/.claude` are personal configuration that applies across all your projects.

11 

12Most users only edit `CLAUDE.md` and `settings.json`. The rest of the directory is optional: add skills, rules, or subagents as you need them.

13 

14This page is an interactive explorer: click files in the tree to see what each one does, when it loads, and an example. For a quick reference, see the [file reference table](#file-reference) below.

15 

16<ClaudeExplorer />

17 

18## What's not shown

19 

20The explorer covers the files you'll interact with most. A few things live elsewhere:

21 

22| File | Location | Purpose |

23| ----------------------- | -------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

24| `managed-settings.json` | System-level, varies by OS | Enterprise-enforced settings that you can't override. See [server-managed settings](/en/server-managed-settings). |

25| `CLAUDE.local.md` | Project root | Your private preferences for this project, loaded alongside CLAUDE.md. Create it manually and add it to `.gitignore`. |

26 

27## File reference

28 

29This table lists every file the explorer covers. Project-scope files live in your repo under `.claude/` (or at the root for `CLAUDE.md`, `.mcp.json`, and `.worktreeinclude`). Global-scope files live in `~/.claude/` and apply across all projects.

30 

31<Note>

32 Several things can override what you put in these files:

33 

34 * [Managed settings](/en/server-managed-settings) deployed by your organization take precedence over everything

35 * CLI flags like `--permission-mode` or `--settings` override `settings.json` for that session

36 * Some environment variables take precedence over their equivalent setting, but this varies: check the [environment variables reference](/en/env-vars) for each one

37 

38 See [settings precedence](/en/settings#settings-precedence) for the full order.

39</Note>

40 

41Click a filename to open that node in the explorer above.

42 

43| File | Scope | Commit | What it does | Reference |

44| --------------------------------------------------- | ------------------ | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- |

45| [`CLAUDE.md`](#ce-claude-md) | Project and global | ✓ | Instructions loaded every session | [Memory](/en/memory) |

46| [`rules/*.md`](#ce-rules) | Project and global | ✓ | Topic-scoped instructions, optionally path-gated | [Rules](/en/memory#organize-rules-with-claude/rules/) |

47| [`settings.json`](#ce-settings-json) | Project and global | ✓ | Permissions, hooks, env vars, model defaults | [Settings](/en/settings) |

48| [`settings.local.json`](#ce-settings-local-json) | Project only | | Your personal overrides, auto-gitignored | [Settings scopes](/en/settings#settings-files) |

49| [`.mcp.json`](#ce-mcp-json) | Project only | ✓ | Team-shared MCP servers | [MCP scopes](/en/mcp#mcp-installation-scopes) |

50| [`.worktreeinclude`](#ce-worktreeinclude) | Project only | ✓ | Gitignored files to copy into new worktrees | [Worktrees](/en/common-workflows#copy-gitignored-files-to-worktrees) |

51| [`skills/<name>/SKILL.md`](#ce-skills) | Project and global | ✓ | Reusable prompts invoked with `/name` or auto-invoked | [Skills](/en/skills) |

52| [`commands/*.md`](#ce-commands) | Project and global | ✓ | Single-file prompts; same mechanism as skills | [Skills](/en/skills) |

53| [`output-styles/*.md`](#ce-output-styles) | Project and global | ✓ | Custom system-prompt sections | [Output styles](/en/output-styles) |

54| [`agents/*.md`](#ce-agents) | Project and global | ✓ | Subagent definitions with their own prompt and tools | [Subagents](/en/sub-agents) |

55| [`agent-memory/<name>/`](#ce-agent-memory) | Project and global | ✓ | Persistent memory for subagents | [Persistent memory](/en/sub-agents#enable-persistent-memory) |

56| [`~/.claude.json`](#ce-claude-json) | Global only | | App state, OAuth, UI toggles, personal MCP servers | [Global config](/en/settings#global-config-settings) |

57| [`projects/<project>/memory/`](#ce-global-projects) | Global only | | Auto memory: Claude's notes to itself across sessions | [Auto memory](/en/memory#auto-memory) |

58| [`keybindings.json`](#ce-keybindings) | Global only | | Custom keyboard shortcuts | [Keybindings](/en/keybindings) |

59 

60## Check what loaded

61 

62The explorer shows what files can exist. To see what actually loaded in your current session, use these commands:

63 

64| Command | Shows |

65| -------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

66| `/context` | Token usage by category: system prompt, memory files, skills, MCP tools, and messages |

67| `/memory` | Which CLAUDE.md and rules files loaded, plus auto-memory entries |

68| `/agents` | Configured subagents and their settings |

69| `/hooks` | Active hook configurations |

70| `/mcp` | Connected MCP servers and their status |

71| `/skills` | Available skills from project, user, and plugin sources |

72| `/permissions` | Current allow and deny rules |

73| `/doctor` | Installation and configuration diagnostics |

74 

75Run `/context` first for the overview, then the specific command for the area you want to investigate.

76 

77## Related resources

78 

79* [Manage Claude's memory](/en/memory): write and organize CLAUDE.md, rules, and auto memory

80* [Configure settings](/en/settings): set permissions, hooks, environment variables, and model defaults

81* [Create skills](/en/skills): build reusable prompts and workflows

82* [Configure subagents](/en/sub-agents): define specialized agents with their own context

cli-reference.md +62 −92

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# CLI reference5# CLI reference

2 6 

3> Complete reference for Claude Code command-line interface, including commands and flags.7> Complete reference for Claude Code command-line interface, including commands and flags.

4 8 

5## CLI commands9## CLI commands

6 10 

11You can start sessions, pipe content, resume conversations, and manage updates with these commands:

12 

7| Command | Description | Example |13| Command | Description | Example |

8| :------------------------------ | :----------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------ |14| :------------------------------ | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------- |

9| `claude` | Start interactive REPL | `claude` |15| `claude` | Start interactive session | `claude` |

10| `claude "query"` | Start REPL with initial prompt | `claude "explain this project"` |16| `claude "query"` | Start interactive session with initial prompt | `claude "explain this project"` |

11| `claude -p "query"` | Query via SDK, then exit | `claude -p "explain this function"` |17| `claude -p "query"` | Query via SDK, then exit | `claude -p "explain this function"` |

12| `cat file \| claude -p "query"` | Process piped content | `cat logs.txt \| claude -p "explain"` |18| `cat file \| claude -p "query"` | Process piped content | `cat logs.txt \| claude -p "explain"` |

13| `claude -c` | Continue most recent conversation in current directory | `claude -c` |19| `claude -c` | Continue most recent conversation in current directory | `claude -c` |

14| `claude -c -p "query"` | Continue via SDK | `claude -c -p "Check for type errors"` |20| `claude -c -p "query"` | Continue via SDK | `claude -c -p "Check for type errors"` |

15| `claude -r "<session>" "query"` | Resume session by ID or name | `claude -r "auth-refactor" "Finish this PR"` |21| `claude -r "<session>" "query"` | Resume session by ID or name | `claude -r "auth-refactor" "Finish this PR"` |

16| `claude update` | Update to latest version | `claude update` |22| `claude update` | Update to latest version | `claude update` |

23| `claude auth login` | Sign in to your Anthropic account. Use `--email` to pre-fill your email address, `--sso` to force SSO authentication, and `--console` to sign in with Anthropic Console for API usage billing instead of a Claude subscription | `claude auth login --console` |

24| `claude auth logout` | Log out from your Anthropic account | `claude auth logout` |

25| `claude auth status` | Show authentication status as JSON. Use `--text` for human-readable output. Exits with code 0 if logged in, 1 if not | `claude auth status` |

26| `claude agents` | List all configured [subagents](/en/sub-agents), grouped by source | `claude agents` |

27| `claude auto-mode defaults` | Print the built-in [auto mode](/en/permission-modes#eliminate-prompts-with-auto-mode) classifier rules as JSON. Use `claude auto-mode config` to see your effective config with settings applied | `claude auto-mode defaults > rules.json` |

17| `claude mcp` | Configure Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers | See the [Claude Code MCP documentation](/en/mcp). |28| `claude mcp` | Configure Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers | See the [Claude Code MCP documentation](/en/mcp). |

29| `claude plugin` | Manage Claude Code [plugins](/en/plugins). Alias: `claude plugins`. See [plugin reference](/en/plugins-reference#cli-commands-reference) for subcommands | `claude plugin install code-review@claude-plugins-official` |

30| `claude remote-control` | Start a [Remote Control](/en/remote-control) server to control Claude Code from Claude.ai or the Claude app. Runs in server mode (no local interactive session). See [Server mode flags](/en/remote-control#server-mode) | `claude remote-control --name "My Project"` |

18 31 

19## CLI flags32## CLI flags

20 33 

21Customize Claude Code's behavior with these command-line flags:34Customize Claude Code's behavior with these command-line flags:

22 35 

23| Flag | Description | Example |36| Flag | Description | Example |

24| :------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |37| :---------------------------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

25| `--add-dir` | Add additional working directories for Claude to access (validates each path exists as a directory) | `claude --add-dir ../apps ../lib` |38| `--add-dir` | Add additional working directories for Claude to access (validates each path exists as a directory) | `claude --add-dir ../apps ../lib` |

26| `--agent` | Specify an agent for the current session (overrides the `agent` setting) | `claude --agent my-custom-agent` |39| `--agent` | Specify an agent for the current session (overrides the `agent` setting) | `claude --agent my-custom-agent` |

27| `--agents` | Define custom [subagents](/en/sub-agents) dynamically via JSON (see below for format) | `claude --agents '{"reviewer":{"description":"Reviews code","prompt":"You are a code reviewer"}}'` |40| `--agents` | Define custom subagents dynamically via JSON. Uses the same field names as subagent [frontmatter](/en/sub-agents#supported-frontmatter-fields), plus a `prompt` field for the agent's instructions | `claude --agents '{"reviewer":{"description":"Reviews code","prompt":"You are a code reviewer"}}'` |

28| `--allowedTools` | Tools that execute without prompting for permission. To restrict which tools are available, use `--tools` instead | `"Bash(git log:*)" "Bash(git diff:*)" "Read"` |41| `--allow-dangerously-skip-permissions` | Enable permission bypassing as an option without immediately activating it. Allows composing with `--permission-mode` (use with caution) | `claude --permission-mode plan --allow-dangerously-skip-permissions` |

29| `--append-system-prompt` | Append custom text to the end of the default system prompt (works in both interactive and print modes) | `claude --append-system-prompt "Always use TypeScript"` |42| `--allowedTools` | Tools that execute without prompting for permission. See [permission rule syntax](/en/settings#permission-rule-syntax) for pattern matching. To restrict which tools are available, use `--tools` instead | `"Bash(git log *)" "Bash(git diff *)" "Read"` |

43| `--append-system-prompt` | Append custom text to the end of the default system prompt | `claude --append-system-prompt "Always use TypeScript"` |

44| `--append-system-prompt-file` | Load additional system prompt text from a file and append to the default prompt | `claude --append-system-prompt-file ./extra-rules.txt` |

45| `--bare` | Minimal mode: skip auto-discovery of hooks, skills, plugins, MCP servers, auto memory, and CLAUDE.md so scripted calls start faster. Claude has access to Bash, file read, and file edit tools. Sets [`CLAUDE_CODE_SIMPLE`](/en/env-vars). See [bare mode](/en/headless#start-faster-with-bare-mode) | `claude --bare -p "query"` |

30| `--betas` | Beta headers to include in API requests (API key users only) | `claude --betas interleaved-thinking` |46| `--betas` | Beta headers to include in API requests (API key users only) | `claude --betas interleaved-thinking` |

47| `--channels` | (Research preview) MCP servers whose [channel](/en/channels) notifications Claude should listen for in this session. Space-separated list of `plugin:<name>@<marketplace>` entries. Requires Claude.ai authentication | `claude --channels plugin:my-notifier@my-marketplace` |

31| `--chrome` | Enable [Chrome browser integration](/en/chrome) for web automation and testing | `claude --chrome` |48| `--chrome` | Enable [Chrome browser integration](/en/chrome) for web automation and testing | `claude --chrome` |

32| `--continue`, `-c` | Load the most recent conversation in the current directory | `claude --continue` |49| `--continue`, `-c` | Load the most recent conversation in the current directory | `claude --continue` |

33| `--dangerously-skip-permissions` | Skip permission prompts (use with caution) | `claude --dangerously-skip-permissions` |50| `--dangerously-load-development-channels` | Enable [channels](/en/channels-reference#test-during-the-research-preview) that are not on the approved allowlist, for local development. Accepts `plugin:<name>@<marketplace>` and `server:<name>` entries. Prompts for confirmation | `claude --dangerously-load-development-channels server:webhook` |

51| `--dangerously-skip-permissions` | Skip permission prompts (use with caution). See [permission modes](/en/permission-modes#skip-all-checks-with-bypasspermissions-mode) for what this does and does not skip | `claude --dangerously-skip-permissions` |

34| `--debug` | Enable debug mode with optional category filtering (for example, `"api,hooks"` or `"!statsig,!file"`) | `claude --debug "api,mcp"` |52| `--debug` | Enable debug mode with optional category filtering (for example, `"api,hooks"` or `"!statsig,!file"`) | `claude --debug "api,mcp"` |

35| `--disallowedTools` | Tools that are removed from the model's context and cannot be used | `"Bash(git log:*)" "Bash(git diff:*)" "Edit"` |53| `--disable-slash-commands` | Disable all skills and commands for this session | `claude --disable-slash-commands` |

54| `--disallowedTools` | Tools that are removed from the model's context and cannot be used | `"Bash(git log *)" "Bash(git diff *)" "Edit"` |

55| `--effort` | Set the [effort level](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level) for the current session. Options: `low`, `medium`, `high`, `max` (Opus 4.6 only). Session-scoped and does not persist to settings | `claude --effort high` |

36| `--fallback-model` | Enable automatic fallback to specified model when default model is overloaded (print mode only) | `claude -p --fallback-model sonnet "query"` |56| `--fallback-model` | Enable automatic fallback to specified model when default model is overloaded (print mode only) | `claude -p --fallback-model sonnet "query"` |

37| `--fork-session` | When resuming, create a new session ID instead of reusing the original (use with `--resume` or `--continue`) | `claude --resume abc123 --fork-session` |57| `--fork-session` | When resuming, create a new session ID instead of reusing the original (use with `--resume` or `--continue`) | `claude --resume abc123 --fork-session` |

58| `--from-pr` | Resume sessions linked to a specific GitHub PR. Accepts a PR number or URL. Sessions are automatically linked when created via `gh pr create` | `claude --from-pr 123` |

38| `--ide` | Automatically connect to IDE on startup if exactly one valid IDE is available | `claude --ide` |59| `--ide` | Automatically connect to IDE on startup if exactly one valid IDE is available | `claude --ide` |

60| `--init` | Run initialization hooks and start interactive mode | `claude --init` |

61| `--init-only` | Run initialization hooks and exit (no interactive session) | `claude --init-only` |

39| `--include-partial-messages` | Include partial streaming events in output (requires `--print` and `--output-format=stream-json`) | `claude -p --output-format stream-json --include-partial-messages "query"` |62| `--include-partial-messages` | Include partial streaming events in output (requires `--print` and `--output-format=stream-json`) | `claude -p --output-format stream-json --include-partial-messages "query"` |

40| `--input-format` | Specify input format for print mode (options: `text`, `stream-json`) | `claude -p --output-format json --input-format stream-json` |63| `--input-format` | Specify input format for print mode (options: `text`, `stream-json`) | `claude -p --output-format json --input-format stream-json` |

41| `--json-schema` | Get validated JSON output matching a JSON Schema after agent completes its workflow (print mode only, see [Agent SDK Structured Outputs](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agent-sdk/structured-outputs)) | `claude -p --json-schema '{"type":"object","properties":{...}}' "query"` |64| `--json-schema` | Get validated JSON output matching a JSON Schema after agent completes its workflow (print mode only, see [structured outputs](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/agent-sdk/structured-outputs)) | `claude -p --json-schema '{"type":"object","properties":{...}}' "query"` |

65| `--maintenance` | Run maintenance hooks and exit | `claude --maintenance` |

66| `--max-budget-usd` | Maximum dollar amount to spend on API calls before stopping (print mode only) | `claude -p --max-budget-usd 5.00 "query"` |

42| `--max-turns` | Limit the number of agentic turns (print mode only). Exits with an error when the limit is reached. No limit by default | `claude -p --max-turns 3 "query"` |67| `--max-turns` | Limit the number of agentic turns (print mode only). Exits with an error when the limit is reached. No limit by default | `claude -p --max-turns 3 "query"` |

43| `--mcp-config` | Load MCP servers from JSON files or strings (space-separated) | `claude --mcp-config ./mcp.json` |68| `--mcp-config` | Load MCP servers from JSON files or strings (space-separated) | `claude --mcp-config ./mcp.json` |

44| `--model` | Sets the model for the current session with an alias for the latest model (`sonnet` or `opus`) or a model's full name | `claude --model claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929` |69| `--model` | Sets the model for the current session with an alias for the latest model (`sonnet` or `opus`) or a model's full name | `claude --model claude-sonnet-4-6` |

70| `--name`, `-n` | Set a display name for the session, shown in `/resume` and the terminal title. You can resume a named session with `claude --resume <name>`. <br /><br />[`/rename`](/en/commands) changes the name mid-session and also shows it on the prompt bar | `claude -n "my-feature-work"` |

45| `--no-chrome` | Disable [Chrome browser integration](/en/chrome) for this session | `claude --no-chrome` |71| `--no-chrome` | Disable [Chrome browser integration](/en/chrome) for this session | `claude --no-chrome` |

72| `--no-session-persistence` | Disable session persistence so sessions are not saved to disk and cannot be resumed (print mode only) | `claude -p --no-session-persistence "query"` |

46| `--output-format` | Specify output format for print mode (options: `text`, `json`, `stream-json`) | `claude -p "query" --output-format json` |73| `--output-format` | Specify output format for print mode (options: `text`, `json`, `stream-json`) | `claude -p "query" --output-format json` |

47| `--permission-mode` | Begin in a specified [permission mode](/en/iam#permission-modes) | `claude --permission-mode plan` |74| `--enable-auto-mode` | Unlock [auto mode](/en/permission-modes#eliminate-prompts-with-auto-mode) in the `Shift+Tab` cycle. Requires a Team plan (Enterprise and API support rolling out shortly) and Claude Sonnet 4.6 or Opus 4.6 | `claude --enable-auto-mode` |

75| `--permission-mode` | Begin in a specified [permission mode](/en/permission-modes) | `claude --permission-mode plan` |

48| `--permission-prompt-tool` | Specify an MCP tool to handle permission prompts in non-interactive mode | `claude -p --permission-prompt-tool mcp_auth_tool "query"` |76| `--permission-prompt-tool` | Specify an MCP tool to handle permission prompts in non-interactive mode | `claude -p --permission-prompt-tool mcp_auth_tool "query"` |

49| `--plugin-dir` | Load plugins from directories for this session only (repeatable) | `claude --plugin-dir ./my-plugins` |77| `--plugin-dir` | Load plugins from a directory for this session only. Each flag takes one path. Repeat the flag for multiple directories: `--plugin-dir A --plugin-dir B` | `claude --plugin-dir ./my-plugins` |

50| `--print`, `-p` | Print response without interactive mode (see [SDK documentation](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agent-sdk) for programmatic usage details) | `claude -p "query"` |78| `--print`, `-p` | Print response without interactive mode (see [Agent SDK documentation](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/agent-sdk/overview) for programmatic usage details) | `claude -p "query"` |

79| `--remote` | Create a new [web session](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) on claude.ai with the provided task description | `claude --remote "Fix the login bug"` |

80| `--remote-control`, `--rc` | Start an interactive session with [Remote Control](/en/remote-control#interactive-session) enabled so you can also control it from claude.ai or the Claude app. Optionally pass a name for the session | `claude --remote-control "My Project"` |

51| `--resume`, `-r` | Resume a specific session by ID or name, or show an interactive picker to choose a session | `claude --resume auth-refactor` |81| `--resume`, `-r` | Resume a specific session by ID or name, or show an interactive picker to choose a session | `claude --resume auth-refactor` |

52| `--session-id` | Use a specific session ID for the conversation (must be a valid UUID) | `claude --session-id "550e8400-e29b-41d4-a716-446655440000"` |82| `--session-id` | Use a specific session ID for the conversation (must be a valid UUID) | `claude --session-id "550e8400-e29b-41d4-a716-446655440000"` |

53| `--setting-sources` | Comma-separated list of setting sources to load (`user`, `project`, `local`) | `claude --setting-sources user,project` |83| `--setting-sources` | Comma-separated list of setting sources to load (`user`, `project`, `local`) | `claude --setting-sources user,project` |

54| `--settings` | Path to a settings JSON file or a JSON string to load additional settings from | `claude --settings ./settings.json` |84| `--settings` | Path to a settings JSON file or a JSON string to load additional settings from | `claude --settings ./settings.json` |

55| `--strict-mcp-config` | Only use MCP servers from `--mcp-config`, ignoring all other MCP configurations | `claude --strict-mcp-config --mcp-config ./mcp.json` |85| `--strict-mcp-config` | Only use MCP servers from `--mcp-config`, ignoring all other MCP configurations | `claude --strict-mcp-config --mcp-config ./mcp.json` |

56| `--system-prompt` | Replace the entire system prompt with custom text (works in both interactive and print modes) | `claude --system-prompt "You are a Python expert"` |86| `--system-prompt` | Replace the entire system prompt with custom text | `claude --system-prompt "You are a Python expert"` |

57| `--system-prompt-file` | Load system prompt from a file, replacing the default prompt (print mode only) | `claude -p --system-prompt-file ./custom-prompt.txt "query"` |87| `--system-prompt-file` | Load system prompt from a file, replacing the default prompt | `claude --system-prompt-file ./custom-prompt.txt` |

58| `--tools` | Restrict which built-in tools Claude can use (works in both interactive and print modes). Use `""` to disable all, `"default"` for all, or tool names like `"Bash,Edit,Read"` | `claude --tools "Bash,Edit,Read"` |88| `--teleport` | Resume a [web session](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) in your local terminal | `claude --teleport` |

59| `--verbose` | Enable verbose logging, shows full turn-by-turn output (helpful for debugging in both print and interactive modes) | `claude --verbose` |89| `--teammate-mode` | Set how [agent team](/en/agent-teams) teammates display: `auto` (default), `in-process`, or `tmux`. See [set up agent teams](/en/agent-teams#set-up-agent-teams) | `claude --teammate-mode in-process` |

90| `--tools` | Restrict which built-in tools Claude can use. Use `""` to disable all, `"default"` for all, or tool names like `"Bash,Edit,Read"` | `claude --tools "Bash,Edit,Read"` |

91| `--verbose` | Enable verbose logging, shows full turn-by-turn output | `claude --verbose` |

60| `--version`, `-v` | Output the version number | `claude -v` |92| `--version`, `-v` | Output the version number | `claude -v` |

61 93| `--worktree`, `-w` | Start Claude in an isolated [git worktree](/en/common-workflows#run-parallel-claude-code-sessions-with-git-worktrees) at `<repo>/.claude/worktrees/<name>`. If no name is given, one is auto-generated | `claude -w feature-auth` |

62<Tip>94| `--tmux` | Create a tmux session for the worktree. Requires `--worktree`. Uses iTerm2 native panes when available; pass `--tmux=classic` for traditional tmux | `claude -w feature-auth --tmux` |

63 The `--output-format json` flag is particularly useful for scripting and

64 automation, allowing you to parse Claude's responses programmatically.

65</Tip>

66 

67### Agents flag format

68 

69The `--agents` flag accepts a JSON object that defines one or more custom subagents. Each subagent requires a unique name (as the key) and a definition object with the following fields:

70 

71| Field | Required | Description |

72| :------------ | :------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

73| `description` | Yes | Natural language description of when the subagent should be invoked |

74| `prompt` | Yes | The system prompt that guides the subagent's behavior |

75| `tools` | No | Array of specific tools the subagent can use (for example, `["Read", "Edit", "Bash"]`). If omitted, inherits all tools |

76| `model` | No | Model alias to use: `sonnet`, `opus`, or `haiku`. If omitted, uses the default subagent model |

77 

78Example:

79 

80```bash theme={null}

81claude --agents '{

82 "code-reviewer": {

83 "description": "Expert code reviewer. Use proactively after code changes.",

84 "prompt": "You are a senior code reviewer. Focus on code quality, security, and best practices.",

85 "tools": ["Read", "Grep", "Glob", "Bash"],

86 "model": "sonnet"

87 },

88 "debugger": {

89 "description": "Debugging specialist for errors and test failures.",

90 "prompt": "You are an expert debugger. Analyze errors, identify root causes, and provide fixes."

91 }

92}'

93```

94 

95For more details on creating and using subagents, see the [subagents documentation](/en/sub-agents).

96 95 

97### System prompt flags96### System prompt flags

98 97 

99Claude Code provides three flags for customizing the system prompt, each serving a different purpose:98Claude Code provides four flags for customizing the system prompt. All four work in both interactive and non-interactive modes.

100 99 

101| Flag | Behavior | Modes | Use Case |100| Flag | Behavior | Example |

102| :----------------------- | :--------------------------------- | :------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------- |101| :---------------------------- | :------------------------------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------ |

103| `--system-prompt` | **Replaces** entire default prompt | Interactive + Print | Complete control over Claude's behavior and instructions |102| `--system-prompt` | Replaces the entire default prompt | `claude --system-prompt "You are a Python expert"` |

104| `--system-prompt-file` | **Replaces** with file contents | Print only | Load prompts from files for reproducibility and version control |103| `--system-prompt-file` | Replaces with file contents | `claude --system-prompt-file ./prompts/review.txt` |

105| `--append-system-prompt` | **Appends** to default prompt | Interactive + Print | Add specific instructions while keeping default Claude Code behavior |104| `--append-system-prompt` | Appends to the default prompt | `claude --append-system-prompt "Always use TypeScript"` |

105| `--append-system-prompt-file` | Appends file contents to the default prompt | `claude --append-system-prompt-file ./style-rules.txt` |

106 106 

107**When to use each:**107`--system-prompt` and `--system-prompt-file` are mutually exclusive. The append flags can be combined with either replacement flag.

108 108 

109* **`--system-prompt`**: Use when you need complete control over Claude's system prompt. This removes all default Claude Code instructions, giving you a blank slate.109For most use cases, use an append flag. Appending preserves Claude Code's built-in capabilities while adding your requirements. Use a replacement flag only when you need complete control over the system prompt.

110 ```bash theme={null}

111 claude --system-prompt "You are a Python expert who only writes type-annotated code"

112 ```

113 

114* **`--system-prompt-file`**: Use when you want to load a custom prompt from a file, useful for team consistency or version-controlled prompt templates.

115 ```bash theme={null}

116 claude -p --system-prompt-file ./prompts/code-review.txt "Review this PR"

117 ```

118 

119* **`--append-system-prompt`**: Use when you want to add specific instructions while keeping Claude Code's default capabilities intact. This is the safest option for most use cases.

120 ```bash theme={null}

121 claude --append-system-prompt "Always use TypeScript and include JSDoc comments"

122 ```

123 

124<Note>

125 `--system-prompt` and `--system-prompt-file` are mutually exclusive. You cannot use both flags simultaneously.

126</Note>

127 

128<Tip>

129 For most use cases, `--append-system-prompt` is recommended as it preserves Claude Code's built-in capabilities while adding your custom requirements. Use `--system-prompt` or `--system-prompt-file` only when you need complete control over the system prompt.

130</Tip>

131 

132For detailed information about print mode (`-p`) including output formats,

133streaming, verbose logging, and programmatic usage, see the

134[SDK documentation](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agent-sdk).

135 110 

136## See also111## See also

137 112 

138* [Chrome extension](/en/chrome) - Browser automation and web testing113* [Chrome extension](/en/chrome) - Browser automation and web testing

139* [Interactive mode](/en/interactive-mode) - Shortcuts, input modes, and interactive features114* [Interactive mode](/en/interactive-mode) - Shortcuts, input modes, and interactive features

140* [Slash commands](/en/slash-commands) - Interactive session commands

141* [Quickstart guide](/en/quickstart) - Getting started with Claude Code115* [Quickstart guide](/en/quickstart) - Getting started with Claude Code

142* [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows) - Advanced workflows and patterns116* [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows) - Advanced workflows and patterns

143* [Settings](/en/settings) - Configuration options117* [Settings](/en/settings) - Configuration options

144* [SDK documentation](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agent-sdk) - Programmatic usage and integrations118* [Agent SDK documentation](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/agent-sdk/overview) - Programmatic usage and integrations

145 

146 

147 

148> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

code-review.md +217 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Code Review

6 

7> Set up automated PR reviews that catch logic errors, security vulnerabilities, and regressions using multi-agent analysis of your full codebase

8 

9<Note>

10 Code Review is in research preview, available for [Teams and Enterprise](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code) subscriptions. It is not available for organizations with [Zero Data Retention](/en/zero-data-retention) enabled.

11</Note>

12 

13Code Review analyzes your GitHub pull requests and posts findings as inline comments on the lines of code where it found issues. A fleet of specialized agents examine the code changes in the context of your full codebase, looking for logic errors, security vulnerabilities, broken edge cases, and subtle regressions.

14 

15Findings are tagged by severity and don't approve or block your PR, so existing review workflows stay intact. You can tune what Claude flags by adding a `CLAUDE.md` or `REVIEW.md` file to your repository.

16 

17To run Claude in your own CI infrastructure instead of this managed service, see [GitHub Actions](/en/github-actions) or [GitLab CI/CD](/en/gitlab-ci-cd).

18 

19This page covers:

20 

21* [How reviews work](#how-reviews-work)

22* [Setup](#set-up-code-review)

23* [Triggering reviews manually](#manually-trigger-reviews) with `@claude review` and `@claude review once`

24* [Customizing reviews](#customize-reviews) with `CLAUDE.md` and `REVIEW.md`

25* [Pricing](#pricing)

26 

27## How reviews work

28 

29Once an admin [enables Code Review](#set-up-code-review) for your organization, reviews trigger when a PR opens, on every push, or when manually requested, depending on the repository's configured behavior. Commenting `@claude review` [starts reviews on a PR](#manually-trigger-reviews) in any mode.

30 

31When a review runs, multiple agents analyze the diff and surrounding code in parallel on Anthropic infrastructure. Each agent looks for a different class of issue, then a verification step checks candidates against actual code behavior to filter out false positives. The results are deduplicated, ranked by severity, and posted as inline comments on the specific lines where issues were found. If no issues are found, Claude posts a short confirmation comment on the PR.

32 

33Reviews scale in cost with PR size and complexity, completing in 20 minutes on average. Admins can monitor review activity and spend via the [analytics dashboard](#view-usage).

34 

35### Severity levels

36 

37Each finding is tagged with a severity level:

38 

39| Marker | Severity | Meaning |

40| :----- | :----------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------ |

41| 🔴 | Important | A bug that should be fixed before merging |

42| 🟡 | Nit | A minor issue, worth fixing but not blocking |

43| 🟣 | Pre-existing | A bug that exists in the codebase but was not introduced by this PR |

44 

45Findings include a collapsible extended reasoning section you can expand to understand why Claude flagged the issue and how it verified the problem.

46 

47### Check run output

48 

49Beyond the inline review comments, each review populates the **Claude Code Review** check run that appears alongside your CI checks. Expand its **Details** link to see a summary of every finding in one place, sorted by severity:

50 

51| Severity | File:Line | Issue |

52| ------------ | ------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- |

53| 🔴 Important | `src/auth/session.ts:142` | Token refresh races with logout, leaving stale sessions active |

54| 🟡 Nit | `src/auth/session.ts:88` | `parseExpiry` silently returns 0 on malformed input |

55 

56Each finding also appears as an annotation in the **Files changed** tab, marked directly on the relevant diff lines. Important findings render with a red marker, nits with a yellow warning, and pre-existing bugs with a gray notice.

57 

58The check run always completes with a neutral conclusion so it never blocks merging through branch protection rules. If you want to gate merges on Code Review findings, read the severity breakdown from the check run output in your own CI. The last line of the Details text is a machine-readable comment your workflow can parse with `gh` and jq:

59 

60```bash theme={null}

61gh api repos/OWNER/REPO/check-runs/CHECK_RUN_ID \

62 --jq '.output.text | split("bughunter-severity: ")[1] | split(" -->")[0] | fromjson'

63```

64 

65This returns a JSON object with counts per severity, for example `{"normal": 2, "nit": 1, "pre_existing": 0}`. The `normal` key holds the count of Important findings; a non-zero value means Claude found at least one bug worth fixing before merge.

66 

67### What Code Review checks

68 

69By default, Code Review focuses on correctness: bugs that would break production, not formatting preferences or missing test coverage. You can expand what it checks by [adding guidance files](#customize-reviews) to your repository.

70 

71## Set up Code Review

72 

73An admin enables Code Review once for the organization and selects which repositories to include.

74 

75<Steps>

76 <Step title="Open Claude Code admin settings">

77 Go to [claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code) and find the Code Review section. You need admin access to your Claude organization and permission to install GitHub Apps in your GitHub organization.

78 </Step>

79 

80 <Step title="Start setup">

81 Click **Setup**. This begins the GitHub App installation flow.

82 </Step>

83 

84 <Step title="Install the Claude GitHub App">

85 Follow the prompts to install the Claude GitHub App to your GitHub organization. The app requests these repository permissions:

86 

87 * **Contents**: read and write

88 * **Issues**: read and write

89 * **Pull requests**: read and write

90 

91 Code Review uses read access to contents and write access to pull requests. The broader permission set also supports [GitHub Actions](/en/github-actions) if you enable that later.

92 </Step>

93 

94 <Step title="Select repositories">

95 Choose which repositories to enable for Code Review. If you don't see a repository, make sure you gave the Claude GitHub App access to it during installation. You can add more repositories later.

96 </Step>

97 

98 <Step title="Set review triggers per repo">

99 After setup completes, the Code Review section shows your repositories in a table. For each repository, use the **Review Behavior** dropdown to choose when reviews run:

100 

101 * **Once after PR creation**: review runs once when a PR is opened or marked ready for review

102 * **After every push**: review runs on every push to the PR branch, catching new issues as the PR evolves and auto-resolving threads when you fix flagged issues

103 * **Manual**: reviews start only when someone [comments `@claude review` or `@claude review once` on a PR](#manually-trigger-reviews); `@claude review` also subscribes the PR to reviews on subsequent pushes

104 

105 Reviewing on every push runs the most reviews and costs the most. Manual mode is useful for high-traffic repos where you want to opt specific PRs into review, or to only start reviewing your PRs once they're ready.

106 </Step>

107</Steps>

108 

109The repositories table also shows the average cost per review for each repo based on recent activity. Use the row actions menu to turn Code Review on or off per repository, or to remove a repository entirely.

110 

111To verify setup, open a test PR. If you chose an automatic trigger, a check run named **Claude Code Review** appears within a few minutes. If you chose Manual, comment `@claude review` on the PR to start the first review. If no check run appears, confirm the repository is listed in your admin settings and the Claude GitHub App has access to it.

112 

113## Manually trigger reviews

114 

115Two comment commands start a review on demand. Both work regardless of the repository's configured trigger, so you can use them to opt specific PRs into review in Manual mode or to get an immediate re-review in other modes.

116 

117| Command | What it does |

118| :-------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

119| `@claude review` | Starts a review and subscribes the PR to push-triggered reviews going forward |

120| `@claude review once` | Starts a single review without subscribing the PR to future pushes |

121 

122Use `@claude review once` when you want feedback on the current state of a PR but don't want every subsequent push to incur a review. This is useful for long-running PRs with frequent pushes, or when you want a one-off second opinion without changing the PR's review behavior.

123 

124For either command to trigger a review:

125 

126* Post it as a top-level PR comment, not an inline comment on a diff line

127* Put the command at the start of the comment, with `once` on the same line if you're using the one-shot form

128* You must have owner, member, or collaborator access to the repository

129* The PR must be open

130 

131Unlike automatic triggers, manual triggers run on draft PRs, since an explicit request signals you want the review now regardless of draft status.

132 

133If a review is already running on that PR, the request is queued until the in-progress review completes. You can monitor progress via the check run on the PR.

134 

135## Customize reviews

136 

137Code Review reads two files from your repository to guide what it flags. Both are additive on top of the default correctness checks:

138 

139* **`CLAUDE.md`**: shared project instructions that Claude Code uses for all tasks, not just reviews. Use it when guidance also applies to interactive Claude Code sessions.

140* **`REVIEW.md`**: review-only guidance, read exclusively during code reviews. Use it for rules that are strictly about what to flag or skip during review and would clutter your general `CLAUDE.md`.

141 

142### CLAUDE.md

143 

144Code Review reads your repository's `CLAUDE.md` files and treats newly-introduced violations as nit-level findings. This works bidirectionally: if your PR changes code in a way that makes a `CLAUDE.md` statement outdated, Claude flags that the docs need updating too.

145 

146Claude reads `CLAUDE.md` files at every level of your directory hierarchy, so rules in a subdirectory's `CLAUDE.md` apply only to files under that path. See the [memory documentation](/en/memory) for more on how `CLAUDE.md` works.

147 

148For review-specific guidance that you don't want applied to general Claude Code sessions, use [`REVIEW.md`](#review-md) instead.

149 

150### REVIEW\.md

151 

152Add a `REVIEW.md` file to your repository root for review-specific rules. Use it to encode:

153 

154* Company or team style guidelines: "prefer early returns over nested conditionals"

155* Language- or framework-specific conventions not covered by linters

156* Things Claude should always flag: "any new API route must have an integration test"

157* Things Claude should skip: "don't comment on formatting in generated code under `/gen/`"

158 

159Example `REVIEW.md`:

160 

161```markdown theme={null}

162# Code Review Guidelines

163 

164## Always check

165- New API endpoints have corresponding integration tests

166- Database migrations are backward-compatible

167- Error messages don't leak internal details to users

168 

169## Style

170- Prefer `match` statements over chained `isinstance` checks

171- Use structured logging, not f-string interpolation in log calls

172 

173## Skip

174- Generated files under `src/gen/`

175- Formatting-only changes in `*.lock` files

176```

177 

178Claude auto-discovers `REVIEW.md` at the repository root. No configuration needed.

179 

180## View usage

181 

182Go to [claude.ai/analytics/code-review](https://claude.ai/analytics/code-review) to see Code Review activity across your organization. The dashboard shows:

183 

184| Section | What it shows |

185| :------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

186| PRs reviewed | Daily count of pull requests reviewed over the selected time range |

187| Cost weekly | Weekly spend on Code Review |

188| Feedback | Count of review comments that were auto-resolved because a developer addressed the issue |

189| Repository breakdown | Per-repo counts of PRs reviewed and comments resolved |

190 

191The repositories table in admin settings also shows average cost per review for each repo.

192 

193## Pricing

194 

195Code Review is billed based on token usage. Each review averages \$15-25 in cost, scaling with PR size, codebase complexity, and how many issues require verification. Code Review usage is billed separately through [extra usage](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/12429409-extra-usage-for-paid-claude-plans) and does not count against your plan's included usage.

196 

197The review trigger you choose affects total cost:

198 

199* **Once after PR creation**: runs once per PR

200* **After every push**: runs on each push, multiplying cost by the number of pushes

201* **Manual**: no reviews until someone comments `@claude review` on a PR

202 

203In any mode, commenting `@claude review` [opts the PR into push-triggered reviews](#manually-trigger-reviews), so additional cost accrues per push after that comment. To run a single review without subscribing to future pushes, comment `@claude review once` instead.

204 

205Costs appear on your Anthropic bill regardless of whether your organization uses AWS Bedrock or Google Vertex AI for other Claude Code features. To set a monthly spend cap for Code Review, go to [claude.ai/admin-settings/usage](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/usage) and configure the limit for the Claude Code Review service.

206 

207Monitor spend via the weekly cost chart in [analytics](#view-usage) or the per-repo average cost column in admin settings.

208 

209## Related resources

210 

211Code Review is designed to work alongside the rest of Claude Code. If you want to run reviews locally before opening a PR, need a self-hosted setup, or want to go deeper on how `CLAUDE.md` shapes Claude's behavior across tools, these pages are good next stops:

212 

213* [Plugins](/en/discover-plugins): browse the plugin marketplace, including a `code-review` plugin for running on-demand reviews locally before pushing

214* [GitHub Actions](/en/github-actions): run Claude in your own GitHub Actions workflows for custom automation beyond code review

215* [GitLab CI/CD](/en/gitlab-ci-cd): self-hosted Claude integration for GitLab pipelines

216* [Memory](/en/memory): how `CLAUDE.md` files work across Claude Code

217* [Analytics](/en/analytics): track Claude Code usage beyond code review

commands.md +90 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Built-in commands

6 

7> Complete reference for built-in commands available in Claude Code.

8 

9Type `/` in Claude Code to see all available commands, or type `/` followed by any letters to filter. Not all commands are visible to every user. Some depend on your platform, plan, or environment. For example, `/desktop` only appears on macOS and Windows, `/upgrade` and `/privacy-settings` are only available on Pro and Max plans, and `/terminal-setup` is hidden when your terminal natively supports its keybindings.

10 

11Claude Code also includes [bundled skills](/en/skills#bundled-skills) like `/simplify`, `/batch`, `/debug`, and `/loop` that appear alongside built-in commands when you type `/`. To create your own commands, see [skills](/en/skills).

12 

13In the table below, `<arg>` indicates a required argument and `[arg]` indicates an optional one.

14 

15| Command | Purpose |

16| :--------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

17| `/add-dir <path>` | Add a new working directory to the current session |

18| `/agents` | Manage [agent](/en/sub-agents) configurations |

19| `/btw <question>` | Ask a quick [side question](/en/interactive-mode#side-questions-with-btw) without adding to the conversation |

20| `/chrome` | Configure [Claude in Chrome](/en/chrome) settings |

21| `/clear` | Clear conversation history and free up context. Aliases: `/reset`, `/new` |

22| `/color [color\|default]` | Set the prompt bar color for the current session. Available colors: `red`, `blue`, `green`, `yellow`, `purple`, `orange`, `pink`, `cyan`. Use `default` to reset |

23| `/compact [instructions]` | Compact conversation with optional focus instructions |

24| `/config` | Open the [Settings](/en/settings) interface to adjust theme, model, [output style](/en/output-styles), and other preferences. Alias: `/settings` |

25| `/context` | Visualize current context usage as a colored grid. Shows optimization suggestions for context-heavy tools, memory bloat, and capacity warnings |

26| `/copy [N]` | Copy the last assistant response to clipboard. Pass a number `N` to copy the Nth-latest response: `/copy 2` copies the second-to-last. When code blocks are present, shows an interactive picker to select individual blocks or the full response. Press `w` in the picker to write the selection to a file instead of the clipboard, which is useful over SSH |

27| `/cost` | Show token usage statistics. See [cost tracking guide](/en/costs#using-the-cost-command) for subscription-specific details |

28| `/desktop` | Continue the current session in the Claude Code Desktop app. macOS and Windows only. Alias: `/app` |

29| `/diff` | Open an interactive diff viewer showing uncommitted changes and per-turn diffs. Use left/right arrows to switch between the current git diff and individual Claude turns, and up/down to browse files |

30| `/doctor` | Diagnose and verify your Claude Code installation and settings |

31| `/effort [low\|medium\|high\|max\|auto]` | Set the model [effort level](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level). `low`, `medium`, and `high` persist across sessions. `max` applies to the current session only and requires Opus 4.6. `auto` resets to the model default. Without an argument, shows the current level. Takes effect immediately without waiting for the current response to finish |

32| `/exit` | Exit the CLI. Alias: `/quit` |

33| `/export [filename]` | Export the current conversation as plain text. With a filename, writes directly to that file. Without, opens a dialog to copy to clipboard or save to a file |

34| `/extra-usage` | Configure extra usage to keep working when rate limits are hit |

35| `/fast [on\|off]` | Toggle [fast mode](/en/fast-mode) on or off |

36| `/feedback [report]` | Submit feedback about Claude Code. Alias: `/bug` |

37| `/branch [name]` | Create a branch of the current conversation at this point. Alias: `/fork` |

38| `/help` | Show help and available commands |

39| `/hooks` | View [hook](/en/hooks) configurations for tool events |

40| `/ide` | Manage IDE integrations and show status |

41| `/init` | Initialize project with a `CLAUDE.md` guide. Set `CLAUDE_CODE_NEW_INIT=true` for an interactive flow that also walks through skills, hooks, and personal memory files |

42| `/insights` | Generate a report analyzing your Claude Code sessions, including project areas, interaction patterns, and friction points |

43| `/install-github-app` | Set up the [Claude GitHub Actions](/en/github-actions) app for a repository. Walks you through selecting a repo and configuring the integration |

44| `/install-slack-app` | Install the Claude Slack app. Opens a browser to complete the OAuth flow |

45| `/keybindings` | Open or create your keybindings configuration file |

46| `/login` | Sign in to your Anthropic account |

47| `/logout` | Sign out from your Anthropic account |

48| `/mcp` | Manage MCP server connections and OAuth authentication |

49| `/memory` | Edit `CLAUDE.md` memory files, enable or disable [auto-memory](/en/memory#auto-memory), and view auto-memory entries |

50| `/mobile` | Show QR code to download the Claude mobile app. Aliases: `/ios`, `/android` |

51| `/model [model]` | Select or change the AI model. For models that support it, use left/right arrows to [adjust effort level](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level). The change takes effect immediately without waiting for the current response to finish |

52| `/passes` | Share a free week of Claude Code with friends. Only visible if your account is eligible |

53| `/permissions` | View or update [permissions](/en/permissions#manage-permissions). Alias: `/allowed-tools` |

54| `/plan [description]` | Enter plan mode directly from the prompt. Pass an optional description to enter plan mode and immediately start with that task, for example `/plan fix the auth bug` |

55| `/plugin` | Manage Claude Code [plugins](/en/plugins) |

56| `/pr-comments [PR]` | Fetch and display comments from a GitHub pull request. Automatically detects the PR for the current branch, or pass a PR URL or number. Requires the `gh` CLI |

57| `/privacy-settings` | View and update your privacy settings. Only available for Pro and Max plan subscribers |

58| `/release-notes` | View the full changelog, with the most recent version closest to your prompt |

59| `/reload-plugins` | Reload all active [plugins](/en/plugins) to apply pending changes without restarting. Reports counts for each reloaded component and flags any load errors |

60| `/remote-control` | Make this session available for [remote control](/en/remote-control) from claude.ai. Alias: `/rc` |

61| `/remote-env` | Configure the default remote environment for [web sessions started with `--remote`](/en/claude-code-on-the-web#environment-configuration) |

62| `/rename [name]` | Rename the current session and show the name on the prompt bar. Without a name, auto-generates one from conversation history |

63| `/resume [session]` | Resume a conversation by ID or name, or open the session picker. Alias: `/continue` |

64| `/review` | Deprecated. Install the [`code-review` plugin](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-plugins-official/tree/main/plugins/code-review) instead: `claude plugin install code-review@claude-plugins-official` |

65| `/rewind` | Rewind the conversation and/or code to a previous point, or summarize from a selected message. See [checkpointing](/en/checkpointing). Alias: `/checkpoint` |

66| `/sandbox` | Toggle [sandbox mode](/en/sandboxing). Available on supported platforms only |

67| `/schedule [description]` | Create, update, list, or run [Cloud scheduled tasks](/en/web-scheduled-tasks). Claude walks you through the setup conversationally |

68| `/security-review` | Analyze pending changes on the current branch for security vulnerabilities. Reviews the git diff and identifies risks like injection, auth issues, and data exposure |

69| `/skills` | List available [skills](/en/skills) |

70| `/stats` | Visualize daily usage, session history, streaks, and model preferences |

71| `/status` | Open the Settings interface (Status tab) showing version, model, account, and connectivity. Works while Claude is responding, without waiting for the current response to finish |

72| `/statusline` | Configure Claude Code's [status line](/en/statusline). Describe what you want, or run without arguments to auto-configure from your shell prompt |

73| `/stickers` | Order Claude Code stickers |

74| `/tasks` | List and manage background tasks |

75| `/terminal-setup` | Configure terminal keybindings for Shift+Enter and other shortcuts. Only visible in terminals that need it, like VS Code, Alacritty, or Warp |

76| `/theme` | Change the color theme. Includes light and dark variants, colorblind-accessible (daltonized) themes, and ANSI themes that use your terminal's color palette |

77| `/upgrade` | Open the upgrade page to switch to a higher plan tier |

78| `/usage` | Show plan usage limits and rate limit status |

79| `/vim` | Toggle between Vim and Normal editing modes |

80| `/voice` | Toggle push-to-talk [voice dictation](/en/voice-dictation). Requires a Claude.ai account |

81 

82## MCP prompts

83 

84MCP servers can expose prompts that appear as commands. These use the format `/mcp__<server>__<prompt>` and are dynamically discovered from connected servers. See [MCP prompts](/en/mcp#use-mcp-prompts-as-commands) for details.

85 

86## See also

87 

88* [Skills](/en/skills): create your own commands

89* [Interactive mode](/en/interactive-mode): keyboard shortcuts, Vim mode, and command history

90* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference): launch-time flags

common-workflows.md +349 −315

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Common workflows5# Common workflows

2 6 

3> Learn about common workflows with Claude Code.7> Step-by-step guides for exploring codebases, fixing bugs, refactoring, testing, and other everyday tasks with Claude Code.

4 8 

5Each task in this document includes clear instructions, example commands, and best practices to help you get the most from Claude Code.9This page covers practical workflows for everyday development: exploring unfamiliar code, debugging, refactoring, writing tests, creating PRs, and managing sessions. Each section includes example prompts you can adapt to your own projects. For higher-level patterns and tips, see [Best practices](/en/best-practices).

6 10 

7## Understand new codebases11## Understand new codebases

8 12 


24 </Step>28 </Step>

25 29 

26 <Step title="Ask for a high-level overview">30 <Step title="Ask for a high-level overview">

27 ```31 ```text theme={null}

28 > give me an overview of this codebase 32 give me an overview of this codebase

29 ```33 ```

30 </Step>34 </Step>

31 35 

32 <Step title="Dive deeper into specific components">36 <Step title="Dive deeper into specific components">

33 ```37 ```text theme={null}

34 > explain the main architecture patterns used here 38 explain the main architecture patterns used here

35 ```39 ```

36 40 

37 ```41 ```text theme={null}

38 > what are the key data models?42 what are the key data models?

39 ```43 ```

40 44 

41 ```45 ```text theme={null}

42 > how is authentication handled?46 how is authentication handled?

43 ```47 ```

44 </Step>48 </Step>

45</Steps>49</Steps>


58 62 

59<Steps>63<Steps>

60 <Step title="Ask Claude to find relevant files">64 <Step title="Ask Claude to find relevant files">

61 ```65 ```text theme={null}

62 > find the files that handle user authentication 66 find the files that handle user authentication

63 ```67 ```

64 </Step>68 </Step>

65 69 

66 <Step title="Get context on how components interact">70 <Step title="Get context on how components interact">

67 ```71 ```text theme={null}

68 > how do these authentication files work together? 72 how do these authentication files work together?

69 ```73 ```

70 </Step>74 </Step>

71 75 

72 <Step title="Understand the execution flow">76 <Step title="Understand the execution flow">

73 ```77 ```text theme={null}

74 > trace the login process from front-end to database 78 trace the login process from front-end to database

75 ```79 ```

76 </Step>80 </Step>

77</Steps>81</Steps>


81 85 

82 * Be specific about what you're looking for86 * Be specific about what you're looking for

83 * Use domain language from the project87 * Use domain language from the project

88 * Install a [code intelligence plugin](/en/discover-plugins#code-intelligence) for your language to give Claude precise "go to definition" and "find references" navigation

84</Tip>89</Tip>

85 90 

86***91***


91 96 

92<Steps>97<Steps>

93 <Step title="Share the error with Claude">98 <Step title="Share the error with Claude">

94 ```99 ```text theme={null}

95 > I'm seeing an error when I run npm test 100 I'm seeing an error when I run npm test

96 ```101 ```

97 </Step>102 </Step>

98 103 

99 <Step title="Ask for fix recommendations">104 <Step title="Ask for fix recommendations">

100 ```105 ```text theme={null}

101 > suggest a few ways to fix the @ts-ignore in user.ts 106 suggest a few ways to fix the @ts-ignore in user.ts

102 ```107 ```

103 </Step>108 </Step>

104 109 

105 <Step title="Apply the fix">110 <Step title="Apply the fix">

106 ```111 ```text theme={null}

107 > update user.ts to add the null check you suggested 112 update user.ts to add the null check you suggested

108 ```113 ```

109 </Step>114 </Step>

110</Steps>115</Steps>


125 130 

126<Steps>131<Steps>

127 <Step title="Identify legacy code for refactoring">132 <Step title="Identify legacy code for refactoring">

128 ```133 ```text theme={null}

129 > find deprecated API usage in our codebase 134 find deprecated API usage in our codebase

130 ```135 ```

131 </Step>136 </Step>

132 137 

133 <Step title="Get refactoring recommendations">138 <Step title="Get refactoring recommendations">

134 ```139 ```text theme={null}

135 > suggest how to refactor utils.js to use modern JavaScript features 140 suggest how to refactor utils.js to use modern JavaScript features

136 ```141 ```

137 </Step>142 </Step>

138 143 

139 <Step title="Apply the changes safely">144 <Step title="Apply the changes safely">

140 ```145 ```text theme={null}

141 > refactor utils.js to use ES2024 features while maintaining the same behavior 146 refactor utils.js to use ES2024 features while maintaining the same behavior

142 ```147 ```

143 </Step>148 </Step>

144 149 

145 <Step title="Verify the refactoring">150 <Step title="Verify the refactoring">

146 ```151 ```text theme={null}

147 > run tests for the refactored code 152 run tests for the refactored code

148 ```153 ```

149 </Step>154 </Step>

150</Steps>155</Steps>


165 170 

166<Steps>171<Steps>

167 <Step title="View available subagents">172 <Step title="View available subagents">

168 ```173 ```text theme={null}

169 > /agents174 /agents

170 ```175 ```

171 176 

172 This shows all available subagents and lets you create new ones.177 This shows all available subagents and lets you create new ones.


175 <Step title="Use subagents automatically">180 <Step title="Use subagents automatically">

176 Claude Code automatically delegates appropriate tasks to specialized subagents:181 Claude Code automatically delegates appropriate tasks to specialized subagents:

177 182 

178 ```183 ```text theme={null}

179 > review my recent code changes for security issues184 review my recent code changes for security issues

180 ```185 ```

181 186 

182 ```187 ```text theme={null}

183 > run all tests and fix any failures188 run all tests and fix any failures

184 ```189 ```

185 </Step>190 </Step>

186 191 

187 <Step title="Explicitly request specific subagents">192 <Step title="Explicitly request specific subagents">

188 ```193 ```text theme={null}

189 > use the code-reviewer subagent to check the auth module194 use the code-reviewer subagent to check the auth module

190 ```195 ```

191 196 

192 ```197 ```text theme={null}

193 > have the debugger subagent investigate why users can't log in198 have the debugger subagent investigate why users can't log in

194 ```199 ```

195 </Step>200 </Step>

196 201 

197 <Step title="Create custom subagents for your workflow">202 <Step title="Create custom subagents for your workflow">

198 ```203 ```text theme={null}

199 > /agents204 /agents

200 ```205 ```

201 206 

202 Then select "Create New subagent" and follow the prompts to define:207 Then select "Create New subagent" and follow the prompts to define:


221 226 

222## Use Plan Mode for safe code analysis227## Use Plan Mode for safe code analysis

223 228 

224Plan Mode instructs Claude to create a plan by analyzing the codebase with read-only operations, perfect for exploring codebases, planning complex changes, or reviewing code safely.229Plan Mode instructs Claude to create a plan by analyzing the codebase with read-only operations, perfect for exploring codebases, planning complex changes, or reviewing code safely. In Plan Mode, Claude uses [`AskUserQuestion`](/en/tools-reference) to gather requirements and clarify your goals before proposing a plan.

225 230 

226### When to use Plan Mode231### When to use Plan Mode

227 232 


259claude --permission-mode plan264claude --permission-mode plan

260```265```

261 266 

262```267```text theme={null}

263> I need to refactor our authentication system to use OAuth2. Create a detailed migration plan.268I need to refactor our authentication system to use OAuth2. Create a detailed migration plan.

264```269```

265 270 

266Claude analyzes the current implementation and create a comprehensive plan. Refine with follow-ups:271Claude analyzes the current implementation and create a comprehensive plan. Refine with follow-ups:

267 272 

273```text theme={null}

274What about backward compatibility?

268```275```

269> What about backward compatibility?276 

270> How should we handle database migration?277```text theme={null}

278How should we handle database migration?

271```279```

272 280 

281<Tip>Press `Ctrl+G` to open the plan in your default text editor, where you can edit it directly before Claude proceeds.</Tip>

282 

283When you accept a plan, Claude automatically names the session from the plan content. The name appears on the prompt bar and in the session picker. If you've already set a name with `--name` or `/rename`, accepting a plan won't overwrite it.

284 

273### Configure Plan Mode as default285### Configure Plan Mode as default

274 286 

275```json theme={null}287```json theme={null}


291 303 

292<Steps>304<Steps>

293 <Step title="Identify untested code">305 <Step title="Identify untested code">

294 ```306 ```text theme={null}

295 > find functions in NotificationsService.swift that are not covered by tests 307 find functions in NotificationsService.swift that are not covered by tests

296 ```308 ```

297 </Step>309 </Step>

298 310 

299 <Step title="Generate test scaffolding">311 <Step title="Generate test scaffolding">

300 ```312 ```text theme={null}

301 > add tests for the notification service 313 add tests for the notification service

302 ```314 ```

303 </Step>315 </Step>

304 316 

305 <Step title="Add meaningful test cases">317 <Step title="Add meaningful test cases">

306 ```318 ```text theme={null}

307 > add test cases for edge conditions in the notification service 319 add test cases for edge conditions in the notification service

308 ```320 ```

309 </Step>321 </Step>

310 322 

311 <Step title="Run and verify tests">323 <Step title="Run and verify tests">

312 ```324 ```text theme={null}

313 > run the new tests and fix any failures 325 run the new tests and fix any failures

314 ```326 ```

315 </Step>327 </Step>

316</Steps>328</Steps>


323 335 

324## Create pull requests336## Create pull requests

325 337 

326Suppose you need to create a well-documented pull request for your changes.338You can create pull requests by asking Claude directly ("create a pr for my changes"), or guide Claude through it step-by-step:

327 339 

328<Steps>340<Steps>

329 <Step title="Summarize your changes">341 <Step title="Summarize your changes">

330 ```342 ```text theme={null}

331 > summarize the changes I've made to the authentication module 343 summarize the changes I've made to the authentication module

332 ```344 ```

333 </Step>345 </Step>

334 346 

335 <Step title="Generate a pull request with Claude">347 <Step title="Generate a pull request">

336 ```348 ```text theme={null}

337 > create a pr 349 create a pr

338 ```350 ```

339 </Step>351 </Step>

340 352 

341 <Step title="Review and refine">353 <Step title="Review and refine">

342 ```354 ```text theme={null}

343 > enhance the PR description with more context about the security improvements 355 enhance the PR description with more context about the security improvements

344 ```

345 </Step>

346 

347 <Step title="Add testing details">

348 ```

349 > add information about how these changes were tested

350 ```356 ```

351 </Step>357 </Step>

352</Steps>358</Steps>

353 359 

354<Tip>360When you create a PR using `gh pr create`, the session is automatically linked to that PR. You can resume it later with `claude --from-pr <number>`.

355 Tips:

356 361 

357 * Ask Claude directly to make a PR for you362<Tip>

358 * Review Claude's generated PR before submitting363 Review Claude's generated PR before submitting and ask Claude to highlight potential risks or considerations.

359 * Ask Claude to highlight potential risks or considerations

360</Tip>364</Tip>

361 365 

362## Handle documentation366## Handle documentation


365 369 

366<Steps>370<Steps>

367 <Step title="Identify undocumented code">371 <Step title="Identify undocumented code">

368 ```372 ```text theme={null}

369 > find functions without proper JSDoc comments in the auth module 373 find functions without proper JSDoc comments in the auth module

370 ```374 ```

371 </Step>375 </Step>

372 376 

373 <Step title="Generate documentation">377 <Step title="Generate documentation">

374 ```378 ```text theme={null}

375 > add JSDoc comments to the undocumented functions in auth.js 379 add JSDoc comments to the undocumented functions in auth.js

376 ```380 ```

377 </Step>381 </Step>

378 382 

379 <Step title="Review and enhance">383 <Step title="Review and enhance">

380 ```384 ```text theme={null}

381 > improve the generated documentation with more context and examples 385 improve the generated documentation with more context and examples

382 ```386 ```

383 </Step>387 </Step>

384 388 

385 <Step title="Verify documentation">389 <Step title="Verify documentation">

386 ```390 ```text theme={null}

387 > check if the documentation follows our project standards 391 check if the documentation follows our project standards

388 ```392 ```

389 </Step>393 </Step>

390</Steps>394</Steps>


413 </Step>417 </Step>

414 418 

415 <Step title="Ask Claude to analyze the image">419 <Step title="Ask Claude to analyze the image">

416 ```420 ```text theme={null}

417 > What does this image show?421 What does this image show?

418 ```422 ```

419 423 

420 ```424 ```text theme={null}

421 > Describe the UI elements in this screenshot425 Describe the UI elements in this screenshot

422 ```426 ```

423 427 

424 ```428 ```text theme={null}

425 > Are there any problematic elements in this diagram?429 Are there any problematic elements in this diagram?

426 ```430 ```

427 </Step>431 </Step>

428 432 

429 <Step title="Use images for context">433 <Step title="Use images for context">

430 ```434 ```text theme={null}

431 > Here's a screenshot of the error. What's causing it?435 Here's a screenshot of the error. What's causing it?

432 ```436 ```

433 437 

434 ```438 ```text theme={null}

435 > This is our current database schema. How should we modify it for the new feature?439 This is our current database schema. How should we modify it for the new feature?

436 ```440 ```

437 </Step>441 </Step>

438 442 

439 <Step title="Get code suggestions from visual content">443 <Step title="Get code suggestions from visual content">

440 ```444 ```text theme={null}

441 > Generate CSS to match this design mockup445 Generate CSS to match this design mockup

442 ```446 ```

443 447 

444 ```448 ```text theme={null}

445 > What HTML structure would recreate this component?449 What HTML structure would recreate this component?

446 ```450 ```

447 </Step>451 </Step>

448</Steps>452</Steps>


465 469 

466<Steps>470<Steps>

467 <Step title="Reference a single file">471 <Step title="Reference a single file">

468 ```472 ```text theme={null}

469 > Explain the logic in @src/utils/auth.js473 Explain the logic in @src/utils/auth.js

470 ```474 ```

471 475 

472 This includes the full content of the file in the conversation.476 This includes the full content of the file in the conversation.

473 </Step>477 </Step>

474 478 

475 <Step title="Reference a directory">479 <Step title="Reference a directory">

476 ```480 ```text theme={null}

477 > What's the structure of @src/components?481 What's the structure of @src/components?

478 ```482 ```

479 483 

480 This provides a directory listing with file information.484 This provides a directory listing with file information.

481 </Step>485 </Step>

482 486 

483 <Step title="Reference MCP resources">487 <Step title="Reference MCP resources">

484 ```488 ```text theme={null}

485 > Show me the data from @github:repos/owner/repo/issues489 Show me the data from @github:repos/owner/repo/issues

486 ```490 ```

487 491 

488 This fetches data from connected MCP servers using the format @server:resource. See [MCP resources](/en/mcp#use-mcp-resources) for details.492 This fetches data from connected MCP servers using the format @server:resource. See [MCP resources](/en/mcp#use-mcp-resources) for details.


502 506 

503## Use extended thinking (thinking mode)507## Use extended thinking (thinking mode)

504 508 

505[Extended thinking](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/build-with-claude/extended-thinking) reserves a portion of the total output token budget for Claude to reason through complex problems step-by-step. This reasoning is visible in verbose mode, which you can toggle on with `Ctrl+O`.509[Extended thinking](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/extended-thinking) is enabled by default, giving Claude space to reason through complex problems step-by-step before responding. This reasoning is visible in verbose mode, which you can toggle on with `Ctrl+O`.

506 510 

507Extended thinking is particularly valuable for complex architectural decisions, challenging bugs, multi-step implementation planning, and evaluating tradeoffs between different approaches. It provides more space for exploring multiple solutions, analyzing edge cases, and self-correcting mistakes.511Additionally, Opus 4.6 and Sonnet 4.6 support adaptive reasoning: instead of a fixed thinking token budget, the model dynamically allocates thinking based on your [effort level](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level) setting. Extended thinking and adaptive reasoning work together to give you control over how deeply Claude reasons before responding.

512 

513Extended thinking is particularly valuable for complex architectural decisions, challenging bugs, multi-step implementation planning, and evaluating tradeoffs between different approaches.

508 514 

509<Note>515<Note>

510 Sonnet 4.5 and Opus 4.5 have thinking enabled by default. All other models have thinking disabled by default. Use `/model` to view or switch your current model.516 Phrases like "think", "think hard", and "think more" are interpreted as regular prompt instructions and don't allocate thinking tokens.

511</Note>517</Note>

512 518 

513You can configure thinking mode for Claude Code in several ways:519### Configure thinking mode

514 

515| Scope | How to enable | Details |

516| --------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

517| **Toggle shortcut** | Press `Option+T` (macOS) or `Alt+T` (Windows/Linux) | Toggle thinking on/off. May require [terminal configuration](/en/terminal-config) to enable Option key shortcuts |

518| **Global default** | Use `/config` to toggle thinking mode on | Sets your default across all projects.<br />Saved as `alwaysThinkingEnabled` in `~/.claude/settings.json` |

519| **Environment variable override** | Set [`MAX_THINKING_TOKENS`](/en/settings#environment-variables) environment variable | When set, applies a custom token budget to all requests, overriding your thinking mode configuration. Example: `export MAX_THINKING_TOKENS=1024` |

520 

521### Per-request thinking with `ultrathink`

522 

523You can include `ultrathink` as a keyword in your message to enable thinking for a single request:

524 

525```

526> ultrathink: design a caching layer for our API

527```

528 

529Note that `ultrathink` both allocates the thinking budget AND semantically signals to Claude to reason more thoroughly, which may result in deeper thinking than necessary for your task.

530 520 

531The `ultrathink` keyword only works when `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS` is not set. When `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS` is configured, it takes priority and controls the thinking budget for all requests.521Thinking is enabled by default, but you can adjust or disable it.

532 522 

533Other phrases like "think", "think hard", and "think more" are interpreted as regular prompt instructions and don't allocate thinking tokens.523| Scope | How to configure | Details |

524| ------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

525| **Effort level** | Run `/effort`, adjust in `/model`, or set [`CLAUDE_CODE_EFFORT_LEVEL`](/en/env-vars) | Control thinking depth for Opus 4.6 and Sonnet 4.6. See [Adjust effort level](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level) |

526| **`ultrathink` keyword** | Include "ultrathink" anywhere in your prompt | Sets effort to high for that turn on Opus 4.6 and Sonnet 4.6. Useful for one-off tasks requiring deep reasoning without permanently changing your effort setting |

527| **Toggle shortcut** | Press `Option+T` (macOS) or `Alt+T` (Windows/Linux) | Toggle thinking on/off for the current session (all models). May require [terminal configuration](/en/terminal-config) to enable Option key shortcuts |

528| **Global default** | Use `/config` to toggle thinking mode | Sets your default across all projects (all models).<br />Saved as `alwaysThinkingEnabled` in `~/.claude/settings.json` |

529| **Limit token budget** | Set [`MAX_THINKING_TOKENS`](/en/env-vars) environment variable | Limit the thinking budget to a specific number of tokens. On Opus 4.6 and Sonnet 4.6, only `0` applies unless adaptive reasoning is disabled. Example: `export MAX_THINKING_TOKENS=10000` |

534 530 

535To view Claude's thinking process, press `Ctrl+O` to toggle verbose mode and see the internal reasoning displayed as gray italic text.531To view Claude's thinking process, press `Ctrl+O` to toggle verbose mode and see the internal reasoning displayed as gray italic text.

536 532 

537See the [token budget section below](#how-extended-thinking-token-budgets-work) for detailed budget information and cost implications.533### How extended thinking works

538 

539### How extended thinking token budgets work

540 

541Extended thinking uses a **token budget** that controls how much internal reasoning Claude can perform before responding.

542 

543A larger thinking token budget provides:

544 534 

545* More space to explore multiple solution approaches step-by-step535Extended thinking controls how much internal reasoning Claude performs before responding. More thinking provides more space to explore solutions, analyze edge cases, and self-correct mistakes.

546* Room to analyze edge cases and evaluate tradeoffs thoroughly

547* Ability to revise reasoning and self-correct mistakes

548 536 

549Token budgets for thinking mode:537**With Opus 4.6 and Sonnet 4.6**, thinking uses adaptive reasoning: the model dynamically allocates thinking tokens based on the [effort level](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level) you select. This is the recommended way to tune the tradeoff between speed and reasoning depth.

550 538 

551* When thinking is **enabled** (via `/config` or `ultrathink`), Claude can use up to **31,999 tokens** from your output budget for internal reasoning539**With older models**, thinking uses a fixed token budget drawn from your output allocation. The budget varies by model; see [`MAX_THINKING_TOKENS`](/en/env-vars) for per-model ceilings. You can limit the budget with that environment variable, or disable thinking entirely via `/config` or the `Option+T`/`Alt+T` toggle.

552* When thinking is **disabled**, Claude uses **0 tokens** for thinking

553 540 

554**Custom token budgets:**541On Opus 4.6 and Sonnet 4.6, [adaptive reasoning](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level) controls thinking depth, so `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS` only applies when set to `0` to disable thinking, or when `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_ADAPTIVE_THINKING=1` reverts these models to the fixed budget. See [environment variables](/en/env-vars).

555 

556* You can set a custom thinking token budget using the [`MAX_THINKING_TOKENS` environment variable](/en/settings#environment-variables)

557* This takes highest priority and overrides the default 31,999 token budget

558* See the [extended thinking documentation](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/build-with-claude/extended-thinking) for valid token ranges

559 542 

560<Warning>543<Warning>

561 You're charged for all thinking tokens used, even though Claude 4 models show summarized thinking544 You're charged for all thinking tokens used, even though Claude 4 models show summarized thinking


569 552 

570* `claude --continue` continues the most recent conversation in the current directory553* `claude --continue` continues the most recent conversation in the current directory

571* `claude --resume` opens a conversation picker or resumes by name554* `claude --resume` opens a conversation picker or resumes by name

555* `claude --from-pr 123` resumes sessions linked to a specific pull request

572 556 

573From inside an active session, use `/resume` to switch to a different conversation.557From inside an active session, use `/resume` to switch to a different conversation.

574 558 


579Give sessions descriptive names to find them later. This is a best practice when working on multiple tasks or features.563Give sessions descriptive names to find them later. This is a best practice when working on multiple tasks or features.

580 564 

581<Steps>565<Steps>

582 <Step title="Name the current session">566 <Step title="Name the session">

583 Use `/rename` during a session to give it a memorable name:567 Name a session at startup with `-n`:

584 568 

569 ```bash theme={null}

570 claude -n auth-refactor

585 ```571 ```

586 > /rename auth-refactor572 

573 Or use `/rename` during a session, which also shows the name on the prompt bar:

574 

575 ```text theme={null}

576 /rename auth-refactor

587 ```577 ```

588 578 

589 You can also rename any session from the picker: run `/resume`, navigate to a session, and press `R`.579 You can also rename any session from the picker: run `/resume`, navigate to a session, and press `R`.


598 588 

599 Or from inside an active session:589 Or from inside an active session:

600 590 

601 ```591 ```text theme={null}

602 > /resume auth-refactor592 /resume auth-refactor

603 ```593 ```

604 </Step>594 </Step>

605</Steps>595</Steps>


631* Message count621* Message count

632* Git branch (if applicable)622* Git branch (if applicable)

633 623 

634Forked sessions (created with `/rewind` or `--fork-session`) are grouped together under their root session, making it easier to find related conversations.624Forked sessions (created with `/branch`, `/rewind`, or `--fork-session`) are grouped together under their root session, making it easier to find related conversations.

635 625 

636<Tip>626<Tip>

637 Tips:627 Tips:

638 628 

639 * **Name sessions early**: Use `/rename` when starting work on a distinct taskit's much easier to find "payment-integration" than "explain this function" later629 * **Name sessions early**: Use `/rename` when starting work on a distinct task: it's much easier to find "payment-integration" than "explain this function" later

640 * Use `--continue` for quick access to your most recent conversation in the current directory630 * Use `--continue` for quick access to your most recent conversation in the current directory

641 * Use `--resume session-name` when you know which session you need631 * Use `--resume session-name` when you know which session you need

642 * Use `--resume` (without a name) when you need to browse and select632 * Use `--resume` (without a name) when you need to browse and select


656 646 

657## Run parallel Claude Code sessions with Git worktrees647## Run parallel Claude Code sessions with Git worktrees

658 648 

659Suppose you need to work on multiple tasks simultaneously with complete code isolation between Claude Code instances.649When working on multiple tasks at once, you need each Claude session to have its own copy of the codebase so changes don't collide. Git worktrees solve this by creating separate working directories that each have their own files and branch, while sharing the same repository history and remote connections. This means you can have Claude working on a feature in one worktree while fixing a bug in another, without either session interfering with the other.

660 650 

661<Steps>651Use the `--worktree` (`-w`) flag to create an isolated worktree and start Claude in it. The value you pass becomes the worktree directory name and branch name:

662 <Step title="Understand Git worktrees">

663 Git worktrees allow you to check out multiple branches from the same

664 repository into separate directories. Each worktree has its own working

665 directory with isolated files, while sharing the same Git history. Learn

666 more in the [official Git worktree

667 documentation](https://git-scm.com/docs/git-worktree).

668 </Step>

669 652 

670 <Step title="Create a new worktree">653```bash theme={null}

671 ```bash theme={null}654# Start Claude in a worktree named "feature-auth"

672 # Create a new worktree with a new branch 655# Creates .claude/worktrees/feature-auth/ with a new branch

673 git worktree add ../project-feature-a -b feature-a656claude --worktree feature-auth

674 657 

675 # Or create a worktree with an existing branch658# Start another session in a separate worktree

676 git worktree add ../project-bugfix bugfix-123659claude --worktree bugfix-123

677 ```660```

678 661 

679 This creates a new directory with a separate working copy of your repository.662If you omit the name, Claude generates a random one automatically:

680 </Step>

681 663 

682 <Step title="Run Claude Code in each worktree">664```bash theme={null}

683 ```bash theme={null}665# Auto-generates a name like "bright-running-fox"

684 # Navigate to your worktree 666claude --worktree

685 cd ../project-feature-a667```

686 668 

687 # Run Claude Code in this isolated environment669Worktrees are created at `<repo>/.claude/worktrees/<name>` and branch from the default remote branch, which is where `origin/HEAD` points. The worktree branch is named `worktree-<name>`.

688 claude

689 ```

690 </Step>

691 670 

692 <Step title="Run Claude in another worktree">671The base branch is not configurable through a Claude Code flag or setting. `origin/HEAD` is a reference stored in your local `.git` directory that Git set once when you cloned. If the repository's default branch later changes on GitHub or GitLab, your local `origin/HEAD` keeps pointing at the old one, and worktrees will branch from there. To re-sync your local reference with whatever the remote currently considers its default:

693 ```bash theme={null}672 

694 cd ../project-bugfix673```bash theme={null}

695 claude674git remote set-head origin -a

675```

676 

677This is a standard Git command that only updates your local `.git` directory. Nothing on the remote server changes. If you want worktrees to base off a specific branch rather than the remote's default, set it explicitly with `git remote set-head origin your-branch-name`.

678 

679For full control over how worktrees are created, including choosing a different base per invocation, configure a [WorktreeCreate hook](/en/hooks#worktreecreate). The hook replaces Claude Code's default `git worktree` logic entirely, so you can fetch and branch from whatever ref you need.

680 

681You can also ask Claude to "work in a worktree" or "start a worktree" during a session, and it will create one automatically.

682 

683### Subagent worktrees

684 

685Subagents can also use worktree isolation to work in parallel without conflicts. Ask Claude to "use worktrees for your agents" or configure it in a [custom subagent](/en/sub-agents#supported-frontmatter-fields) by adding `isolation: worktree` to the agent's frontmatter. Each subagent gets its own worktree that is automatically cleaned up when the subagent finishes without changes.

686 

687### Worktree cleanup

688 

689When you exit a worktree session, Claude handles cleanup based on whether you made changes:

690 

691* **No changes**: the worktree and its branch are removed automatically

692* **Changes or commits exist**: Claude prompts you to keep or remove the worktree. Keeping preserves the directory and branch so you can return later. Removing deletes the worktree directory and its branch, discarding all uncommitted changes and commits

693 

694To clean up worktrees outside of a Claude session, use [manual worktree management](#manage-worktrees-manually).

695 

696<Tip>

697 Add `.claude/worktrees/` to your `.gitignore` to prevent worktree contents from appearing as untracked files in your main repository.

698</Tip>

699 

700### Copy gitignored files to worktrees

701 

702Git worktrees are fresh checkouts, so they don't include untracked files like `.env` or `.env.local` from your main repository. To automatically copy these files when Claude creates a worktree, add a `.worktreeinclude` file to your project root.

703 

704The file uses `.gitignore` syntax to list which files to copy. Only files that match a pattern and are also gitignored get copied, so tracked files are never duplicated.

705 

706```text .worktreeinclude theme={null}

707.env

708.env.local

709config/secrets.json

710```

711 

712This applies to worktrees created with `--worktree`, subagent worktrees, and parallel sessions in the [desktop app](/en/desktop#work-in-parallel-with-sessions).

713 

714### Manage worktrees manually

715 

716For more control over worktree location and branch configuration, create worktrees with Git directly. This is useful when you need to check out a specific existing branch or place the worktree outside the repository.

717 

718```bash theme={null}

719# Create a worktree with a new branch

720git worktree add ../project-feature-a -b feature-a

721 

722# Create a worktree with an existing branch

723git worktree add ../project-bugfix bugfix-123

724 

725# Start Claude in the worktree

726cd ../project-feature-a && claude

727 

728# Clean up when done

729git worktree list

730git worktree remove ../project-feature-a

731```

732 

733Learn more in the [official Git worktree documentation](https://git-scm.com/docs/git-worktree).

734 

735<Tip>

736 Remember to initialize your development environment in each new worktree according to your project's setup. Depending on your stack, this might include running dependency installation (`npm install`, `yarn`), setting up virtual environments, or following your project's standard setup process.

737</Tip>

738 

739### Non-git version control

740 

741Worktree isolation works with git by default. For other version control systems like SVN, Perforce, or Mercurial, configure [WorktreeCreate and WorktreeRemove hooks](/en/hooks#worktreecreate) to provide custom worktree creation and cleanup logic. When configured, these hooks replace the default git behavior when you use `--worktree`, so [`.worktreeinclude`](#copy-gitignored-files-to-worktrees) is not processed. Copy any local configuration files inside your hook script instead.

742 

743For automated coordination of parallel sessions with shared tasks and messaging, see [agent teams](/en/agent-teams).

744 

745***

746 

747## Get notified when Claude needs your attention

748 

749When you kick off a long-running task and switch to another window, you can set up desktop notifications so you know when Claude finishes or needs your input. This uses the `Notification` [hook event](/en/hooks-guide#get-notified-when-claude-needs-input), which fires whenever Claude is waiting for permission, idle and ready for a new prompt, or completing authentication.

750 

751<Steps>

752 <Step title="Add the hook to your settings">

753 Open `~/.claude/settings.json` and add a `Notification` hook that calls your platform's native notification command:

754 

755 <Tabs>

756 <Tab title="macOS">

757 ```json theme={null}

758 {

759 "hooks": {

760 "Notification": [

761 {

762 "matcher": "",

763 "hooks": [

764 {

765 "type": "command",

766 "command": "osascript -e 'display notification \"Claude Code needs your attention\" with title \"Claude Code\"'"

767 }

768 ]

769 }

770 ]

771 }

772 }

696 ```773 ```

774 </Tab>

775 

776 <Tab title="Linux">

777 ```json theme={null}

778 {

779 "hooks": {

780 "Notification": [

781 {

782 "matcher": "",

783 "hooks": [

784 {

785 "type": "command",

786 "command": "notify-send 'Claude Code' 'Claude Code needs your attention'"

787 }

788 ]

789 }

790 ]

791 }

792 }

793 ```

794 </Tab>

795 

796 <Tab title="Windows">

797 ```json theme={null}

798 {

799 "hooks": {

800 "Notification": [

801 {

802 "matcher": "",

803 "hooks": [

804 {

805 "type": "command",

806 "command": "powershell.exe -Command \"[System.Reflection.Assembly]::LoadWithPartialName('System.Windows.Forms'); [System.Windows.Forms.MessageBox]::Show('Claude Code needs your attention', 'Claude Code')\""

807 }

808 ]

809 }

810 ]

811 }

812 }

813 ```

814 </Tab>

815 </Tabs>

816 

817 If your settings file already has a `hooks` key, merge the `Notification` entry into it rather than overwriting. You can also ask Claude to write the hook for you by describing what you want in the CLI.

697 </Step>818 </Step>

698 819 

699 <Step title="Manage your worktrees">820 <Step title="Optionally narrow the matcher">

700 ```bash theme={null}821 By default the hook fires on all notification types. To fire only for specific events, set the `matcher` field to one of these values:

701 # List all worktrees

702 git worktree list

703 822 

704 # Remove a worktree when done823 | Matcher | Fires when |

705 git worktree remove ../project-feature-a824 | :------------------- | :---------------------------------------------- |

706 ```825 | `permission_prompt` | Claude needs you to approve a tool use |

826 | `idle_prompt` | Claude is done and waiting for your next prompt |

827 | `auth_success` | Authentication completes |

828 | `elicitation_dialog` | Claude is asking you a question |

707 </Step>829 </Step>

708</Steps>

709 830 

710<Tip>831 <Step title="Verify the hook">

711 Tips:832 Type `/hooks` and select `Notification` to confirm the hook appears. Selecting it shows the command that will run. To test it end-to-end, ask Claude to run a command that requires permission and switch away from the terminal, or ask Claude to trigger a notification directly.

833 </Step>

834</Steps>

712 835 

713 * Each worktree has its own independent file state, making it perfect for parallel Claude Code sessions836For the complete event schema and notification types, see the [Notification reference](/en/hooks#notification).

714 * Changes made in one worktree won't affect others, preventing Claude instances from interfering with each other

715 * All worktrees share the same Git history and remote connections

716 * For long-running tasks, you can have Claude working in one worktree while you continue development in another

717 * Use descriptive directory names to easily identify which task each worktree is for

718 * Remember to initialize your development environment in each new worktree according to your project's setup. Depending on your stack, this might include:

719 * JavaScript projects: Running dependency installation (`npm install`, `yarn`)

720 * Python projects: Setting up virtual environments or installing with package managers

721 * Other languages: Following your project's standard setup process

722</Tip>

723 837 

724***838***

725 839 


808 922 

809***923***

810 924 

811## Create custom slash commands925## Run Claude on a schedule

812 

813Claude Code supports custom slash commands that you can create to quickly execute specific prompts or tasks.

814 

815For more details, see the [Slash commands](/en/slash-commands) reference page.

816 

817### Create project-specific commands

818 

819Suppose you want to create reusable slash commands for your project that all team members can use.

820 

821<Steps>

822 <Step title="Create a commands directory in your project">

823 ```bash theme={null}

824 mkdir -p .claude/commands

825 ```

826 </Step>

827 

828 <Step title="Create a Markdown file for each command">

829 ```bash theme={null}

830 echo "Analyze the performance of this code and suggest three specific optimizations:" > .claude/commands/optimize.md

831 ```

832 </Step>

833 

834 <Step title="Use your custom command in Claude Code">

835 ```

836 > /optimize

837 ```

838 </Step>

839</Steps>

840 926 

841<Tip>927Suppose you want Claude to handle a task automatically on a recurring basis, like reviewing open PRs every morning, auditing dependencies weekly, or checking for CI failures overnight.

842 Tips:

843 928 

844 * Command names are derived from the filename (for example, `optimize.md` becomes `/optimize`)929Pick a scheduling option based on where you want the task to run:

845 * You can organize commands in subdirectories (for example, `.claude/commands/frontend/component.md` creates `/component` with "(project:frontend)" shown in the description)

846 * Project commands are available to everyone who clones the repository

847 * The Markdown file content becomes the prompt sent to Claude when the command is invoked

848</Tip>

849 930 

850### Add command arguments with \$ARGUMENTS931| Option | Where it runs | Best for |

851 932| :-------------------------------------------------------------- | :-------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

852Suppose you want to create flexible slash commands that can accept additional input from users.933| [Cloud scheduled tasks](/en/web-scheduled-tasks) | Anthropic-managed infrastructure | Tasks that should run even when your computer is off. Configure at [claude.ai/code](https://claude.ai/code). |

853 934| [Desktop scheduled tasks](/en/desktop#schedule-recurring-tasks) | Your machine, via the desktop app | Tasks that need direct access to local files, tools, or uncommitted changes. |

854<Steps>935| [GitHub Actions](/en/github-actions) | Your CI pipeline | Tasks tied to repo events like opened PRs, or cron schedules that should live alongside your workflow config. |

855 <Step title="Create a command file with the $ARGUMENTS placeholder">936| [`/loop`](/en/scheduled-tasks) | The current CLI session | Quick polling while a session is open. Tasks are cancelled when you exit. |

856 ```bash theme={null}

857 echo 'Find and fix issue #$ARGUMENTS. Follow these steps: 1.

858 Understand the issue described in the ticket 2. Locate the relevant code in

859 our codebase 3. Implement a solution that addresses the root cause 4. Add

860 appropriate tests 5. Prepare a concise PR description' >

861 .claude/commands/fix-issue.md

862 ```

863 </Step>

864 

865 <Step title="Use the command with an issue number">

866 In your Claude session, use the command with arguments.

867 

868 ```

869 > /fix-issue 123

870 ```

871 

872 This replaces \$ARGUMENTS with "123" in the prompt.

873 </Step>

874</Steps>

875 937 

876<Tip>938<Tip>

877 Tips:939 When writing prompts for scheduled tasks, be explicit about what success looks like and what to do with results. The task runs autonomously, so it can't ask clarifying questions. For example: "Review open PRs labeled `needs-review`, leave inline comments on any issues, and post a summary in the `#eng-reviews` Slack channel."

878 

879 * The \$ARGUMENTS placeholder is replaced with any text that follows the command

880 * You can position \$ARGUMENTS anywhere in your command template

881 * Other useful applications: generating test cases for specific functions, creating documentation for components, reviewing code in particular files, or translating content to specified languages

882</Tip>

883 

884### Create personal slash commands

885 

886Suppose you want to create personal slash commands that work across all your projects.

887 

888<Steps>

889 <Step title="Create a commands directory in your home folder">

890 ```bash theme={null}

891 mkdir -p ~/.claude/commands

892 ```

893 </Step>

894 

895 <Step title="Create a Markdown file for each command">

896 ```bash theme={null}

897 echo "Review this code for security vulnerabilities, focusing on:" >

898 ~/.claude/commands/security-review.md

899 ```

900 </Step>

901 

902 <Step title="Use your personal custom command">

903 ```

904 > /security-review

905 ```

906 </Step>

907</Steps>

908 

909<Tip>

910 Tips:

911 

912 * Personal commands show "(user)" in their description when listed with `/help`

913 * Personal commands are only available to you and not shared with your team

914 * Personal commands work across all your projects

915 * You can use these for consistent workflows across different codebases

916</Tip>940</Tip>

917 941 

918***942***


923 947 

924### Example questions948### Example questions

925 949 

926```950```text theme={null}

927> can Claude Code create pull requests?951can Claude Code create pull requests?

928```952```

929 953 

930```954```text theme={null}

931> how does Claude Code handle permissions?955how does Claude Code handle permissions?

932```956```

933 957 

934```958```text theme={null}

935> what slash commands are available?959what skills are available?

936```960```

937 961 

938```962```text theme={null}

939> how do I use MCP with Claude Code?963how do I use MCP with Claude Code?

940```964```

941 965 

942```966```text theme={null}

943> how do I configure Claude Code for Amazon Bedrock?967how do I configure Claude Code for Amazon Bedrock?

944```968```

945 969 

946```970```text theme={null}

947> what are the limitations of Claude Code?971what are the limitations of Claude Code?

948```972```

949 973 

950<Note>974<Note>


963 987 

964## Next steps988## Next steps

965 989 

966<Card title="Claude Code reference implementation" icon="code" href="https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/tree/main/.devcontainer">990<CardGroup cols={2}>

967 Clone our development container reference implementation.991 <Card title="Best practices" icon="lightbulb" href="/en/best-practices">

968</Card>992 Patterns for getting the most out of Claude Code

993 </Card>

969 994 

995 <Card title="How Claude Code works" icon="gear" href="/en/how-claude-code-works">

996 Understand the agentic loop and context management

997 </Card>

970 998 

999 <Card title="Extend Claude Code" icon="puzzle-piece" href="/en/features-overview">

1000 Add skills, hooks, MCP, subagents, and plugins

1001 </Card>

971 1002 

972> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt1003 <Card title="Reference implementation" icon="code" href="https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/tree/main/.devcontainer">

1004 Clone the development container reference implementation

1005 </Card>

1006</CardGroup>

context-window.md +35 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Explore the context window

6 

7> An interactive simulation of how Claude Code's context window fills during a session. See what loads automatically, what each file read costs, and when rules and hooks fire.

8 

9 

10Claude Code's context window holds everything Claude knows about your session: your instructions, the files it reads, its own responses, and content that never appears in your terminal. The timeline below walks through what loads and when. See [the written breakdown](#what-the-timeline-shows) for the same content as a list.

11 

12<ContextWindow />

13 

14## What the timeline shows

15 

16The session walks through a realistic flow with representative token counts:

17 

18* **Before you type anything**: CLAUDE.md, auto memory, MCP tool names, and skill descriptions all load into context. Your own setup may add more here, like an [output style](/en/output-styles) or text from [`--append-system-prompt`](/en/cli-reference), which both go into the system prompt the same way.

19* **As Claude works**: each file read adds to context, [path-scoped rules](/en/memory#path-specific-rules) load automatically alongside matching files, and a [PostToolUse hook](/en/hooks-guide) fires after each edit.

20* **The follow-up prompt**: a [subagent](/en/sub-agents) handles the research in its own separate context window, so the large file reads stay out of yours. Only the summary and a small metadata trailer come back.

21* **At the end**: `/compact` replaces the conversation with a structured summary. Most startup content reloads automatically. The [skill](/en/skills) listing is the one exception.

22 

23## Check your own session

24 

25The visualization uses representative numbers. To see your actual context usage at any point, run `/context` for a live breakdown by category with optimization suggestions. Run `/memory` to check which CLAUDE.md and auto memory files loaded at startup.

26 

27## Related resources

28 

29For deeper coverage of the features shown in the timeline, see these pages:

30 

31* [Extend Claude Code](/en/features-overview): when to use CLAUDE.md vs skills vs rules vs hooks vs MCP

32* [Store instructions and memories](/en/memory): CLAUDE.md hierarchy and auto memory

33* [Subagents](/en/sub-agents): delegate research to a separate context window

34* [Best practices](/en/best-practices): managing context as your primary constraint

35* [Reduce token usage](/en/costs#reduce-token-usage): strategies for keeping context usage low

costs.md +126 −60

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Manage costs effectively5# Manage costs effectively

2 6 

3> Learn how to track and optimize token usage and costs when using Claude Code.7> Track token usage, set team spend limits, and reduce Claude Code costs with context management, model selection, extended thinking settings, and preprocessing hooks.

8 

9Claude Code consumes tokens for each interaction. Costs vary based on codebase size, query complexity, and conversation length. The average cost is \$6 per developer per day, with daily costs remaining below \$12 for 90% of users.

4 10 

5Claude Code consumes tokens for each interaction. The average cost is \$6 per developer per day, with daily costs remaining below \$12 for 90% of users.11For team usage, Claude Code charges by API token consumption. On average, Claude Code costs \~\$100-200/developer per month with Sonnet 4.6 though there is large variance depending on how many instances users are running and whether they're using it in automation.

6 12 

7For team usage, Claude Code charges by API token consumption. On average, Claude Code costs \~\$100-200/developer per month with Sonnet 4.5 though there is large variance depending on how many instances users are running and whether they're using it in automation.13This page covers how to [track your costs](#track-your-costs), [manage costs for teams](#managing-costs-for-teams), and [reduce token usage](#reduce-token-usage).

8 14 

9## Track your costs15## Track your costs

10 16 

11### Using the `/cost` command17### Using the `/cost` command

12 18 

13<Note>19<Note>

14 The `/cost` command is not intended for Claude Max and Pro subscribers.20 The `/cost` command shows API token usage and is intended for API users. Claude Max and Pro subscribers have usage included in their subscription, so `/cost` data isn't relevant for billing purposes. Subscribers can use `/stats` to view usage patterns.

15</Note>21</Note>

16 22 

17The `/cost` command provides detailed token usage statistics for your current session:23The `/cost` command provides detailed token usage statistics for your current session:

18 24 

19```25```text theme={null}

20Total cost: $0.5526Total cost: $0.55

21Total duration (API): 6m 19.7s27Total duration (API): 6m 19.7s

22Total duration (wall): 6h 33m 10.2s28Total duration (wall): 6h 33m 10.2s

23Total code changes: 0 lines added, 0 lines removed29Total code changes: 0 lines added, 0 lines removed

24```30```

25 31 

26### Additional tracking options32## Managing costs for teams

27 33 

28Check [historical usage](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/9534590-cost-and-usage-reporting-in-console) in the Claude Console (requires Admin or Billing role) and set [workspace spend limits](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/9796807-creating-and-managing-workspaces) for the Claude Code workspace (requires Admin role).34When using Claude API, you can [set workspace spend limits](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/workspaces#workspace-limits) on the total Claude Code workspace spend. Admins can [view cost and usage reporting](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/workspaces#usage-and-cost-tracking) in the Console.

29 35 

30<Note>36<Note>

31 When you first authenticate Claude Code with your Claude Console account, a workspace called "Claude Code" is automatically created for you. This workspace provides centralized cost tracking and management for all Claude Code usage in your organization. You cannot create API keys for this workspace - it is exclusively for Claude Code authentication and usage.37 When you first authenticate Claude Code with your Claude Console account, a workspace called "Claude Code" is automatically created for you. This workspace provides centralized cost tracking and management for all Claude Code usage in your organization. You cannot create API keys for this workspace; it is exclusively for Claude Code authentication and usage.

32</Note>38</Note>

33 39 

34## Managing costs for teams40On Bedrock, Vertex, and Foundry, Claude Code does not send metrics from your cloud. To get cost metrics, several large enterprises reported using [LiteLLM](/en/llm-gateway#litellm-configuration), which is an open-source tool that helps companies [track spend by key](https://docs.litellm.ai/docs/proxy/virtual_keys#tracking-spend). This project is unaffiliated with Anthropic and has not been audited for security.

35 

36When using Claude API, you can limit the total Claude Code workspace spend. To configure, [follow these instructions](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/9796807-creating-and-managing-workspaces). Admins can view cost and usage reporting by [following these instructions](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/9534590-cost-and-usage-reporting-in-console).

37 

38On Bedrock and Vertex, Claude Code does not send metrics from your cloud. In order to get cost metrics, several large enterprises reported using [LiteLLM](/en/third-party-integrations#litellm), which is an open-source tool that helps companies [track spend by key](https://docs.litellm.ai/docs/proxy/virtual_keys#tracking-spend). This project is unaffiliated with Anthropic and we have not audited its security.

39 41 

40### Rate limit recommendations42### Rate limit recommendations

41 43 


52 54 

53For example, if you have 200 users, you might request 20k TPM for each user, or 4 million total TPM (200\*20,000 = 4 million).55For example, if you have 200 users, you might request 20k TPM for each user, or 4 million total TPM (200\*20,000 = 4 million).

54 56 

55The TPM per user decreases as team size grows because we expect fewer users to use Claude Code concurrently in larger organizations. These rate limits apply at the organization level, not per individual user, which means individual users can temporarily consume more than their calculated share when others aren't actively using the service.57The TPM per user decreases as team size grows because fewer users tend to use Claude Code concurrently in larger organizations. These rate limits apply at the organization level, not per individual user, which means individual users can temporarily consume more than their calculated share when others aren't actively using the service.

56 58 

57<Note>59<Note>

58 If you anticipate scenarios with unusually high concurrent usage (such as live training sessions with large groups), you may need higher TPM allocations per user.60 If you anticipate scenarios with unusually high concurrent usage (such as live training sessions with large groups), you may need higher TPM allocations per user.

59</Note>61</Note>

60 62 

63### Agent team token costs

64 

65[Agent teams](/en/agent-teams) spawn multiple Claude Code instances, each with its own context window. Token usage scales with the number of active teammates and how long each one runs.

66 

67To keep agent team costs manageable:

68 

69* Use Sonnet for teammates. It balances capability and cost for coordination tasks.

70* Keep teams small. Each teammate runs its own context window, so token usage is roughly proportional to team size.

71* Keep spawn prompts focused. Teammates load CLAUDE.md, MCP servers, and skills automatically, but everything in the spawn prompt adds to their context from the start.

72* Clean up teams when work is done. Active teammates continue consuming tokens even if idle.

73* Agent teams are disabled by default. Set `CLAUDE_CODE_EXPERIMENTAL_AGENT_TEAMS=1` in your [settings.json](/en/settings) or environment to enable them. See [enable agent teams](/en/agent-teams#enable-agent-teams).

74 

61## Reduce token usage75## Reduce token usage

62 76 

63* **Compact conversations:**77Token costs scale with context size: the more context Claude processes, the more tokens you use. Claude Code automatically optimizes costs through prompt caching (which reduces costs for repeated content like system prompts) and auto-compaction (which summarizes conversation history when approaching context limits).

64 78 

65 * Claude uses auto-compact by default when context exceeds 95% capacity79The following strategies help you keep context small and reduce per-message costs.

66 * Toggle auto-compact: Run `/config` and navigate to "Auto-compact enabled"

67 * Use `/compact` manually when context gets large

68 * Add custom instructions: `/compact Focus on code samples and API usage`

69 * Customize compaction by adding to CLAUDE.md:

70 80 

71 ```markdown theme={null}81### Manage context proactively

72 # Summary instructions

73 82 

74 When you are using compact, please focus on test output and code changes83Use `/cost` to check your current token usage, or [configure your status line](/en/statusline#context-window-usage) to display it continuously.

75 ```

76 84 

77* **Write specific queries:** Avoid vague requests that trigger unnecessary scanning85* **Clear between tasks**: Use `/clear` to start fresh when switching to unrelated work. Stale context wastes tokens on every subsequent message. Use `/rename` before clearing so you can easily find the session later, then `/resume` to return to it.

86* **Add custom compaction instructions**: `/compact Focus on code samples and API usage` tells Claude what to preserve during summarization.

78 87 

79* **Break down complex tasks:** Split large tasks into focused interactions88You can also customize compaction behavior in your CLAUDE.md:

80 89 

81* **Clear history between tasks:** Use `/clear` to reset context90```markdown theme={null}

91# Compact instructions

82 92 

83Costs can vary significantly based on:93When you are using compact, please focus on test output and code changes

94```

84 95 

85* Size of codebase being analyzed96### Choose the right model

86* Complexity of queries

87* Number of files being searched or modified

88* Length of conversation history

89* Frequency of compacting conversations

90 97 

91## Background token usage98Sonnet handles most coding tasks well and costs less than Opus. Reserve Opus for complex architectural decisions or multi-step reasoning. Use `/model` to switch models mid-session, or set a default in `/config`. For simple subagent tasks, specify `model: haiku` in your [subagent configuration](/en/sub-agents#choose-a-model).

92 99 

93Claude Code uses tokens for some background functionality even when idle:100### Reduce MCP server overhead

94 101 

95* **Conversation summarization**: Background jobs that summarize previous conversations for the `claude --resume` feature102MCP tool definitions are [deferred by default](/en/mcp#scale-with-mcp-tool-search), so only tool names enter context until Claude uses a specific tool. Run `/context` to see what's consuming space.

96* **Command processing**: Some commands like `/cost` may generate requests to check status

97 103 

98These background processes consume a small amount of tokens (typically under \$0.04 per session) even without active interaction.104* **Prefer CLI tools when available**: Tools like `gh`, `aws`, `gcloud`, and `sentry-cli` are still more context-efficient than MCP servers because they don't add any per-tool listing. Claude can run CLI commands directly.

105* **Disable unused servers**: Run `/mcp` to see configured servers and disable any you're not actively using.

99 106 

100## Tracking version changes and updates107### Install code intelligence plugins for typed languages

101 108 

102### Current version information109[Code intelligence plugins](/en/discover-plugins#code-intelligence) give Claude precise symbol navigation instead of text-based search, reducing unnecessary file reads when exploring unfamiliar code. A single "go to definition" call replaces what might otherwise be a grep followed by reading multiple candidate files. Installed language servers also report type errors automatically after edits, so Claude catches mistakes without running a compiler.

103 110 

104To check your current Claude Code version and installation details:111### Offload processing to hooks and skills

105 112 

106```bash theme={null}113Custom [hooks](/en/hooks) can preprocess data before Claude sees it. Instead of Claude reading a 10,000-line log file to find errors, a hook can grep for `ERROR` and return only matching lines, reducing context from tens of thousands of tokens to hundreds.

107claude doctor114 

108```115A [skill](/en/skills) can give Claude domain knowledge so it doesn't have to explore. For example, a "codebase-overview" skill could describe your project's architecture, key directories, and naming conventions. When Claude invokes the skill, it gets this context immediately instead of spending tokens reading multiple files to understand the structure.

109 116 

110This command shows your version, installation type, and system information.117For example, this PreToolUse hook filters test output to show only failures:

111 118 

112### Understanding changes in Claude Code behavior119<Tabs>

120 <Tab title="settings.json">

121 Add this to your [settings.json](/en/settings#settings-files) to run the hook before every Bash command:

113 122 

114Claude Code regularly receives updates that may change how features work, including cost reporting:123 ```json theme={null}

124 {

125 "hooks": {

126 "PreToolUse": [

127 {

128 "matcher": "Bash",

129 "hooks": [

130 {

131 "type": "command",

132 "command": "~/.claude/hooks/filter-test-output.sh"

133 }

134 ]

135 }

136 ]

137 }

138 }

139 ```

140 </Tab>

141 

142 <Tab title="filter-test-output.sh">

143 The hook calls this script, which checks if the command is a test runner and modifies it to show only failures:

144 

145 ```bash theme={null}

146 #!/bin/bash

147 input=$(cat)

148 cmd=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.tool_input.command')

149 

150 # If running tests, filter to show only failures

151 if [[ "$cmd" =~ ^(npm test|pytest|go test) ]]; then

152 filtered_cmd="$cmd 2>&1 | grep -A 5 -E '(FAIL|ERROR|error:)' | head -100"

153 echo "{\"hookSpecificOutput\":{\"hookEventName\":\"PreToolUse\",\"permissionDecision\":\"allow\",\"updatedInput\":{\"command\":\"$filtered_cmd\"}}}"

154 else

155 echo "{}"

156 fi

157 ```

158 </Tab>

159</Tabs>

115 160 

116* **Version tracking**: Use `claude doctor` to see your current version161### Move instructions from CLAUDE.md to skills

117* **Behavior changes**: Features like `/cost` may display information differently across versions

118* **Documentation access**: Claude always has access to the latest documentation, which can help explain current feature behavior

119 162 

120### When cost reporting changes163Your [CLAUDE.md](/en/memory) file is loaded into context at session start. If it contains detailed instructions for specific workflows (like PR reviews or database migrations), those tokens are present even when you're doing unrelated work. [Skills](/en/skills) load on-demand only when invoked, so moving specialized instructions into skills keeps your base context smaller. Aim to keep CLAUDE.md under \~500 lines by including only essentials.

121 164 

122If you notice changes in how costs are displayed (such as the `/cost` command showing different information):165### Adjust extended thinking

123 166 

1241. **Verify your version**: Run `claude doctor` to confirm your current version167Extended thinking is enabled by default because it significantly improves performance on complex planning and reasoning tasks. Thinking tokens are billed as output tokens, and the default budget can be tens of thousands of tokens per request depending on the model. For simpler tasks where deep reasoning isn't needed, you can reduce costs by lowering the [effort level](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level) with `/effort` or in `/model`, disabling thinking in `/config`, or lowering the budget with `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS=8000`.

1252. **Consult documentation**: Ask Claude directly about current feature behavior, as it has access to up-to-date documentation

1263. **Contact support**: For specific billing questions, contact Anthropic support through your Console account

127 168 

128<Note>169### Delegate verbose operations to subagents

129 For team deployments, we recommend starting with a small pilot group to170 

130 establish usage patterns before wider rollout.171Running tests, fetching documentation, or processing log files can consume significant context. Delegate these to [subagents](/en/sub-agents#isolate-high-volume-operations) so the verbose output stays in the subagent's context while only a summary returns to your main conversation.

131</Note>172 

173### Manage agent team costs

174 

175Agent teams use approximately 7x more tokens than standard sessions when teammates run in plan mode, because each teammate maintains its own context window and runs as a separate Claude instance. Keep team tasks small and self-contained to limit per-teammate token usage. See [agent teams](/en/agent-teams) for details.

176 

177### Write specific prompts

178 

179Vague requests like "improve this codebase" trigger broad scanning. Specific requests like "add input validation to the login function in auth.ts" let Claude work efficiently with minimal file reads.

180 

181### Work efficiently on complex tasks

132 182 

183For longer or more complex work, these habits help avoid wasted tokens from going down the wrong path:

184 

185* **Use plan mode for complex tasks**: Press Shift+Tab to enter [plan mode](/en/common-workflows#use-plan-mode-for-safe-code-analysis) before implementation. Claude explores the codebase and proposes an approach for your approval, preventing expensive re-work when the initial direction is wrong.

186* **Course-correct early**: If Claude starts heading the wrong direction, press Escape to stop immediately. Use `/rewind` or double-tap Escape to restore conversation and code to a previous checkpoint.

187* **Give verification targets**: Include test cases, paste screenshots, or define expected output in your prompt. When Claude can verify its own work, it catches issues before you need to request fixes.

188* **Test incrementally**: Write one file, test it, then continue. This catches issues early when they're cheap to fix.

189 

190## Background token usage

191 

192Claude Code uses tokens for some background functionality even when idle:

193 

194* **Conversation summarization**: Background jobs that summarize previous conversations for the `claude --resume` feature

195* **Command processing**: Some commands like `/cost` may generate requests to check status

196 

197These background processes consume a small amount of tokens (typically under \$0.04 per session) even without active interaction.

133 198 

199## Understanding changes in Claude Code behavior

134 200 

135> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt201Claude Code regularly receives updates that may change how features work, including cost reporting. Run `claude --version` to check your current version. For specific billing questions, contact Anthropic support through your [Console account](https://platform.claude.com/login). For team deployments, start with a small pilot group to establish usage patterns before wider rollout.

data-usage.md +22 −17

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Data usage5# Data usage

2 6 

3> Learn about Anthropic's data usage policies for Claude7> Learn about Anthropic's data usage policies for Claude


15 19 

16If you explicitly opt in to methods to provide us with materials to train on, such as via the [Development Partner Program](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/11174108-about-the-development-partner-program), we may use those materials provided to train our models. An organization admin can expressly opt-in to the Development Partner Program for their organization. Note that this program is available only for Anthropic first-party API, and not for Bedrock or Vertex users.20If you explicitly opt in to methods to provide us with materials to train on, such as via the [Development Partner Program](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/11174108-about-the-development-partner-program), we may use those materials provided to train our models. An organization admin can expressly opt-in to the Development Partner Program for their organization. Note that this program is available only for Anthropic first-party API, and not for Bedrock or Vertex users.

17 21 

18### Feedback using the `/bug` command22### Feedback using the `/feedback` command

19 23 

20If you choose to send us feedback about Claude Code using the `/bug` command, we may use your feedback to improve our products and services. Transcripts shared via `/bug` are retained for 5 years.24If you choose to send us feedback about Claude Code using the `/feedback` command, we may use your feedback to improve our products and services. Transcripts shared via `/feedback` are retained for 5 years.

21 25 

22### Session quality surveys26### Session quality surveys

23 27 

24When you see the "How is Claude doing this session?" prompt in Claude Code, responding to this survey (including selecting "Dismiss"), only your numeric rating (1, 2, 3, or dismiss) is recorded. We do not collect or store any conversation transcripts, inputs, outputs, or other session data as part of this survey. Unlike thumbs up/down feedback or `/bug` reports, this session quality survey is a simple product satisfaction metric. Your responses to this survey do not impact your data training preferences and cannot be used to train our AI models.28When you see the "How is Claude doing this session?" prompt in Claude Code, responding to this survey (including selecting "Dismiss"), only your numeric rating (1, 2, 3, or dismiss) is recorded. We do not collect or store any conversation transcripts, inputs, outputs, or other session data as part of this survey. Unlike thumbs up/down feedback or `/feedback` reports, this session quality survey is a simple product satisfaction metric. Your responses to this survey do not impact your data training preferences and cannot be used to train our AI models.

29 

30To disable these surveys, set `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_FEEDBACK_SURVEY=1`. The survey is also disabled when `DISABLE_TELEMETRY` or `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_NONESSENTIAL_TRAFFIC` is set. To control frequency instead of disabling, set [`feedbackSurveyRate`](/en/settings#available-settings) in your settings file to a probability between `0` and `1`.

25 31 

26### Data retention32### Data retention

27 33 


36**Commercial users (Team, Enterprise, and API)**:42**Commercial users (Team, Enterprise, and API)**:

37 43 

38* Standard: 30-day retention period44* Standard: 30-day retention period

39* Zero data retention: Available with appropriately configured API keys - Claude Code will not retain chat transcripts on servers45* [Zero data retention](/en/zero-data-retention): available for Claude Code on Claude for Enterprise. ZDR is enabled on a per-organization basis; each new organization must have ZDR enabled separately by your account team

40* Local caching: Claude Code clients may store sessions locally for up to 30 days to enable session resumption (configurable)46* Local caching: Claude Code clients may store sessions locally for up to 30 days to enable session resumption (configurable)

41 47 

48You can delete individual Claude Code on the web sessions at any time. Deleting a session permanently removes the session's event data. For instructions on how to delete sessions, see [Managing sessions](/en/claude-code-on-the-web#managing-sessions).

49 

42Learn more about data retention practices in our [Privacy Center](https://privacy.anthropic.com/).50Learn more about data retention practices in our [Privacy Center](https://privacy.anthropic.com/).

43 51 

44For full details, please review our [Commercial Terms of Service](https://www.anthropic.com/legal/commercial-terms) (for Team, Enterprise, and API users) or [Consumer Terms](https://www.anthropic.com/legal/consumer-terms) (for Free, Pro, and Max users) and [Privacy Policy](https://www.anthropic.com/legal/privacy).52For full details, please review our [Commercial Terms of Service](https://www.anthropic.com/legal/commercial-terms) (for Team, Enterprise, and API users) or [Consumer Terms](https://www.anthropic.com/legal/consumer-terms) (for Free, Pro, and Max users) and [Privacy Policy](https://www.anthropic.com/legal/privacy).

45 53 

46## Data access54## Data access

47 55 

48For all first party users, you can learn more about what data is logged for [local Claude Code](#local-claude-code-data-flow-and-dependencies) and [remote Claude Code](#cloud-execution-data-flow-and-dependencies). Note for remote Claude Code, Claude accesses the repository where you initiate your Claude Code session. Claude does not access repositories that you have connected but have not started a session in.56For all first party users, you can learn more about what data is logged for [local Claude Code](#local-claude-code-data-flow-and-dependencies) and [remote Claude Code](#cloud-execution-data-flow-and-dependencies). [Remote Control](/en/remote-control) sessions follow the local data flow since all execution happens on your machine. Note for remote Claude Code, Claude accesses the repository where you initiate your Claude Code session. Claude does not access repositories that you have connected but have not started a session in.

49 57 

50## Local Claude Code: Data flow and dependencies58## Local Claude Code: Data flow and dependencies

51 59 

52The diagram below shows how Claude Code connects to external services during installation and normal operation. Solid lines indicate required connections, while dashed lines represent optional or user-initiated data flows.60The diagram below shows how Claude Code connects to external services during installation and normal operation. Solid lines indicate required connections, while dashed lines represent optional or user-initiated data flows.

53 61 

54<img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?fit=max&auto=format&n=I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX&q=85&s=9e77f476347e7c9983f6e211d27cf6a9" alt="Diagram showing Claude Code's external connections: install/update connects to NPM, and user requests connect to Anthropic services including Console auth, public-api, and optionally Statsig, Sentry, and bug reporting" data-og-width="720" width="720" data-og-height="520" height="520" data-path="images/claude-code-data-flow.svg" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX&q=85&s=94c033b9b6db3d10b9e2d7c6d681d9dc 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX&q=85&s=430aaaf77c28c501d5753ffa456ee227 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX&q=85&s=63c3c3f160b522220a8291fe2f93f970 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX&q=85&s=a7f6e838482f4a1a0a0b4683439369ea 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX&q=85&s=5fbf749c2f94babb3ef72edfb7aba1e9 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=I9Dpo7RZuIbc86cX&q=85&s=7a1babbdccc4986957698d9c5c30c4a8 2500w" />62<img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/c5r9_6tjPMzFdDDT/images/claude-code-data-flow.svg?fit=max&auto=format&n=c5r9_6tjPMzFdDDT&q=85&s=b3f71c69d743bff63343207dfb7ad6ce" alt="Diagram showing Claude Code's external connections: install/update connects to NPM, and user requests connect to Anthropic services including Console auth, public-api, and optionally Statsig, Sentry, and bug reporting" width="720" height="520" data-path="images/claude-code-data-flow.svg" />

55 63 

56Claude Code is installed from [NPM](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@anthropic-ai/claude-code). Claude Code runs locally. In order to interact with the LLM, Claude Code sends data over the network. This data includes all user prompts and model outputs. The data is encrypted in transit via TLS and is not encrypted at rest. Claude Code is compatible with most popular VPNs and LLM proxies.64Claude Code is installed from [NPM](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@anthropic-ai/claude-code). Claude Code runs locally. In order to interact with the LLM, Claude Code sends data over the network. This data includes all user prompts and model outputs. The data is encrypted in transit via TLS and is not encrypted at rest. Claude Code is compatible with most popular VPNs and LLM proxies.

57 65 


74 82 

75Claude Code connects from users' machines to Sentry for operational error logging. The data is encrypted in transit using TLS and at rest using 256-bit AES encryption. Read more in the [Sentry security documentation](https://sentry.io/security/). To opt out of error logging, set the `DISABLE_ERROR_REPORTING` environment variable.83Claude Code connects from users' machines to Sentry for operational error logging. The data is encrypted in transit using TLS and at rest using 256-bit AES encryption. Read more in the [Sentry security documentation](https://sentry.io/security/). To opt out of error logging, set the `DISABLE_ERROR_REPORTING` environment variable.

76 84 

77When users run the `/bug` command, a copy of their full conversation history including code is sent to Anthropic. The data is encrypted in transit and at rest. Optionally, a Github issue is created in our public repository. To opt out of bug reporting, set the `DISABLE_BUG_COMMAND` environment variable.85When users run the `/feedback` command, a copy of their full conversation history including code is sent to Anthropic. The data is encrypted in transit and at rest. Optionally, a Github issue is created in our public repository. To opt out, set the `DISABLE_FEEDBACK_COMMAND` environment variable.

78 86 

79## Default behaviors by API provider87## Default behaviors by API provider

80 88 

81By default, we disable all non-essential traffic (including error reporting, telemetry, and bug reporting functionality) when using Bedrock or Vertex. You can also opt out of all of these at once by setting the `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_NONESSENTIAL_TRAFFIC` environment variable. Here are the full default behaviors:89By default, error reporting, telemetry, and bug reporting are disabled when using Bedrock, Vertex, or Foundry. Session quality surveys are the exception and appear regardless of provider. You can opt out of all non-essential traffic, including surveys, at once by setting `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_NONESSENTIAL_TRAFFIC`. Here are the full default behaviors:

82 90 

83| Service | Claude API | Vertex API | Bedrock API |91| Service | Claude API | Vertex API | Bedrock API | Foundry API |

84| ------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ |92| ------------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- |

85| **Statsig (Metrics)** | Default on.<br />`DISABLE_TELEMETRY=1` to disable. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX` must be 1. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK` must be 1. |93| **Statsig (Metrics)** | Default on.<br />`DISABLE_TELEMETRY=1` to disable. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX` must be 1. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK` must be 1. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_FOUNDRY` must be 1. |

86| **Sentry (Errors)** | Default on.<br />`DISABLE_ERROR_REPORTING=1` to disable. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX` must be 1. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK` must be 1. |94| **Sentry (Errors)** | Default on.<br />`DISABLE_ERROR_REPORTING=1` to disable. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX` must be 1. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK` must be 1. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_FOUNDRY` must be 1. |

87| **Claude API (`/bug` reports)** | Default on.<br />`DISABLE_BUG_COMMAND=1` to disable. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX` must be 1. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK` must be 1. |95| **Claude API (`/feedback` reports)** | Default on.<br />`DISABLE_FEEDBACK_COMMAND=1` to disable. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX` must be 1. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK` must be 1. | Default off.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_USE_FOUNDRY` must be 1. |

96| **Session quality surveys** | Default on.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_FEEDBACK_SURVEY=1` to disable. | Default on.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_FEEDBACK_SURVEY=1` to disable. | Default on.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_FEEDBACK_SURVEY=1` to disable. | Default on.<br />`CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_FEEDBACK_SURVEY=1` to disable. |

88 97 

89All environment variables can be checked into `settings.json` ([read more](/en/settings)).98All environment variables can be checked into `settings.json` ([read more](/en/settings)).

90 

91 

92 

93> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

desktop.md +670 −56

Details

1# Claude Code on desktop1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

2 4 

3> Run Claude Code tasks locally or on secure cloud infrastructure with the Claude desktop app5# Use Claude Code Desktop

4 6 

5<img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw/images/desktop-interface.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw&q=85&s=c4e9dc9737b437d36ab253b75a1cc595" alt="Claude Code on desktop interface" data-og-width="4132" width="4132" data-og-height="2620" height="2620" data-path="images/desktop-interface.png" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw/images/desktop-interface.png?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw&q=85&s=b1a8421a544c3e8c78679fa1a7b56190 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw/images/desktop-interface.png?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw&q=85&s=79cf4ea0923098cc429198678ea50903 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw/images/desktop-interface.png?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw&q=85&s=14bcbcd569d179770fe656686ffbf6bf 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw/images/desktop-interface.png?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw&q=85&s=b873274db1e9ff8585ba545032aa24a5 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw/images/desktop-interface.png?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw&q=85&s=25553dced783c3a8c2a1134a53295f7e 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw/images/desktop-interface.png?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=zEGbGSbinVtT3BLw&q=85&s=9ad49e6468c2f87b1895093deeea7bb2 2500w" />7> Get more out of Claude Code Desktop: computer use, Dispatch sessions from your phone, parallel sessions with Git isolation, visual diff review, app previews, PR monitoring, connectors, and enterprise configuration.

6 8 

7## Claude Code on desktop (Preview)9The Code tab within the Claude Desktop app lets you use Claude Code through a graphical interface instead of the terminal.

8 10 

9The Claude desktop app provides a native interface for running multiple Claude Code sessions on your local machine and seamless integration with Claude Code on the web.11Desktop adds these capabilities on top of the standard Claude Code experience:

10 12 

11## Features13* [Visual diff review](#review-changes-with-diff-view) with inline comments

14* [Live app preview](#preview-your-app) with dev servers

15* [Computer use](#let-claude-use-your-computer) to open apps and control your screen on macOS

16* [GitHub PR monitoring](#monitor-pull-request-status) with auto-fix and auto-merge

17* [Parallel sessions](#work-in-parallel-with-sessions) with automatic Git worktree isolation

18* [Dispatch](#sessions-from-dispatch) integration: send a task from your phone, get a session here

19* [Scheduled tasks](#schedule-recurring-tasks) that run Claude on a recurring schedule

20* [Connectors](#connect-external-tools) for GitHub, Slack, Linear, and more

21* Local, [SSH](#ssh-sessions), and [cloud](#run-long-running-tasks-remotely) environments

12 22 

13Claude Code on desktop provides:23<Tip>

24 New to Desktop? Start with [Get started](/en/desktop-quickstart) to install the app and make your first edit.

25</Tip>

26 

27This page covers [working with code](#work-with-code), [computer use](#let-claude-use-your-computer), [managing sessions](#manage-sessions), [extending Claude Code](#extend-claude-code), [scheduled tasks](#schedule-recurring-tasks), and [configuration](#environment-configuration). It also includes a [CLI comparison](#coming-from-the-cli) and [troubleshooting](#troubleshooting).

28 

29## Start a session

30 

31Before you send your first message, configure four things in the prompt area:

32 

33* **Environment**: choose where Claude runs. Select **Local** for your machine, **Remote** for Anthropic-hosted cloud sessions, or an [**SSH connection**](#ssh-sessions) for a remote machine you manage. See [environment configuration](#environment-configuration).

34* **Project folder**: select the folder or repository Claude works in. For remote sessions, you can add [multiple repositories](#run-long-running-tasks-remotely).

35* **Model**: pick a [model](/en/model-config#available-models) from the dropdown next to the send button. The model is locked once the session starts.

36* **Permission mode**: choose how much autonomy Claude has from the [mode selector](#choose-a-permission-mode). You can change this during the session.

37 

38Type your task and press **Enter** to start. Each session tracks its own context and changes independently.

39 

40## Work with code

41 

42Give Claude the right context, control how much it does on its own, and review what it changed.

43 

44### Use the prompt box

45 

46Type what you want Claude to do and press **Enter** to send. Claude reads your project files, makes changes, and runs commands based on your [permission mode](#choose-a-permission-mode). You can interrupt Claude at any point: click the stop button or type your correction and press **Enter**. Claude stops what it's doing and adjusts based on your input.

47 

48The **+** button next to the prompt box gives you access to file attachments, [skills](#use-skills), [connectors](#connect-external-tools), and [plugins](#install-plugins).

49 

50### Add files and context to prompts

51 

52The prompt box supports two ways to bring in external context:

53 

54* **@mention files**: type `@` followed by a filename to add a file to the conversation context. Claude can then read and reference that file. @mention is not available in remote sessions.

55* **Attach files**: attach images, PDFs, and other files to your prompt using the attachment button, or drag and drop files directly into the prompt. This is useful for sharing screenshots of bugs, design mockups, or reference documents.

56 

57### Choose a permission mode

58 

59Permission modes control how much autonomy Claude has during a session: whether it asks before editing files, running commands, or both. You can switch modes at any time using the mode selector next to the send button. Start with Ask permissions to see exactly what Claude does, then move to Auto accept edits or Plan mode as you get comfortable.

60 

61| Mode | Settings key | Behavior |

62| ---------------------- | ------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

63| **Ask permissions** | `default` | Claude asks before editing files or running commands. You see a diff and can accept or reject each change. Recommended for new users. |

64| **Auto accept edits** | `acceptEdits` | Claude auto-accepts file edits but still asks before running terminal commands. Use this when you trust file changes and want faster iteration. |

65| **Plan mode** | `plan` | Claude analyzes your code and creates a plan without modifying files or running commands. Good for complex tasks where you want to review the approach first. |

66| **Auto** | `auto` | Claude executes all actions with background safety checks that verify alignment with your request. Reduces permission prompts while maintaining oversight. Currently a research preview. Available on Team plans (Enterprise rolling out shortly). Requires Claude Sonnet 4.6 or Opus 4.6. Enable in your Settings → Claude Code. |

67| **Bypass permissions** | `bypassPermissions` | Claude runs without any permission prompts, equivalent to `--dangerously-skip-permissions` in the CLI. Enable in your Settings → Claude Code under "Allow bypass permissions mode". Only use this in sandboxed containers or VMs. Enterprise admins can disable this option. |

68 

69The `dontAsk` permission mode is available only in the [CLI](/en/permission-modes#allow-only-pre-approved-tools-with-dontask-mode).

70 

71<Tip title="Best practice">

72 Start complex tasks in Plan mode so Claude maps out an approach before making changes. Once you approve the plan, switch to Auto accept edits or Ask permissions to execute it. See [explore first, then plan, then code](/en/best-practices#explore-first-then-plan-then-code) for more on this workflow.

73</Tip>

74 

75Remote sessions support Auto accept edits and Plan mode. Ask permissions is not available because remote sessions auto-accept file edits by default, and Bypass permissions is not available because the remote environment is already sandboxed.

76 

77Enterprise admins can restrict which permission modes are available. See [enterprise configuration](#enterprise-configuration) for details.

78 

79### Preview your app

80 

81Claude can start a dev server and open an embedded browser to verify its changes. This works for frontend web apps as well as backend servers: Claude can test API endpoints, view server logs, and iterate on issues it finds. In most cases, Claude starts the server automatically after editing project files. You can also ask Claude to preview at any time. By default, Claude [auto-verifies](#auto-verify-changes) changes after every edit.

82 

83From the preview panel, you can:

84 

85* Interact with your running app directly in the embedded browser

86* Watch Claude verify its own changes automatically: it takes screenshots, inspects the DOM, clicks elements, fills forms, and fixes issues it finds

87* Start or stop servers from the **Preview** dropdown in the session toolbar

88* Persist cookies and local storage across server restarts by selecting **Persist sessions** in the dropdown, so you don't have to re-login during development

89* Edit the server configuration or stop all servers at once

90 

91Claude creates the initial server configuration based on your project. If your app uses a custom dev command, edit `.claude/launch.json` to match your setup. See [Configure preview servers](#configure-preview-servers) for the full reference.

14 92 

15* **Parallel local sessions with `git` worktrees**: Run multiple Claude Code sessions simultaneously in the same repository, each with its own isolated `git` worktree93To clear saved session data, toggle **Persist preview sessions** off in Settings Claude Code. To disable preview entirely, toggle off **Preview** in Settings Claude Code.

16* **Include files listed in your `.gitignore` in your worktrees**: Automatically copy files in your `.gitignore`, like `.env`, to new worktrees using `.worktreeinclude`

17* **Launch Claude Code on the web**: Kick off secure cloud sessions directly from the desktop app

18 94 

19## Installation95### Review changes with diff view

20 96 

21Download and install the Claude Desktop app from [claude.ai/download](https://claude.ai/download)97After Claude makes changes to your code, the diff view lets you review modifications file by file before creating a pull request.

98 

99When Claude changes files, a diff stats indicator appears showing the number of lines added and removed, such as `+12 -1`. Click this indicator to open the diff viewer, which displays a file list on the left and the changes for each file on the right.

100 

101To comment on specific lines, click any line in the diff to open a comment box. Type your feedback and press **Enter** to add the comment. After adding comments to multiple lines, submit all comments at once:

102 

103* **macOS**: press **Cmd+Enter**

104* **Windows**: press **Ctrl+Enter**

105 

106Claude reads your comments and makes the requested changes, which appear as a new diff you can review.

107 

108### Review your code

109 

110In the diff view, click **Review code** in the top-right toolbar to ask Claude to evaluate the changes before you commit. Claude examines the current diffs and leaves comments directly in the diff view. You can respond to any comment or ask Claude to revise.

111 

112The review focuses on high-signal issues: compile errors, definite logic errors, security vulnerabilities, and obvious bugs. It does not flag style, formatting, pre-existing issues, or anything a linter would catch.

113 

114### Monitor pull request status

115 

116After you open a pull request, a CI status bar appears in the session. Claude Code uses the GitHub CLI to poll check results and surface failures.

117 

118* **Auto-fix**: when enabled, Claude automatically attempts to fix failing CI checks by reading the failure output and iterating.

119* **Auto-merge**: when enabled, Claude merges the PR once all checks pass. The merge method is squash. Auto-merge must be [enabled in your GitHub repository settings](https://docs.github.com/en/repositories/configuring-branches-and-merges-in-your-repository/configuring-pull-request-merges/managing-auto-merge-for-pull-requests-in-your-repository) for this to work.

120 

121Use the **Auto-fix** and **Auto-merge** toggles in the CI status bar to enable either option. Claude Code also sends a desktop notification when CI finishes.

122 

123<Note>

124 PR monitoring requires the [GitHub CLI (`gh`)](https://cli.github.com/) to be installed and authenticated on your machine. If `gh` is not installed, Desktop prompts you to install it the first time you try to create a PR.

125</Note>

126 

127## Let Claude use your computer

128 

129Computer use lets Claude open your apps, control your screen, and work directly on your machine the way you would. Ask Claude to test a native app in the iOS simulator, interact with a desktop tool that has no CLI, or automate something that only works through a GUI.

22 130 

23<Note>131<Note>

24 Local sessions are not available on Windows arm64 architectures.132 Computer use is a research preview on macOS that requires a Pro or Max plan. It is not available on Team or Enterprise plans. The Claude Desktop app must be running.

25</Note>133</Note>

26 134 

27## Using Git worktrees135Computer use is off by default. [Enable it in Settings](#enable-computer-use) and grant the required macOS permissions before Claude can control your screen.

136 

137<Warning>

138 Unlike the [sandboxed Bash tool](/en/sandboxing), computer use runs on your actual desktop with access to whatever you approve. Claude checks each action and flags potential prompt injection from on-screen content, but the trust boundary is different. See the [computer use safety guide](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/14128542) for best practices.

139</Warning>

140 

141### When computer use applies

142 

143Claude has several ways to interact with an app or service, and computer use is the broadest and slowest. It tries the most precise tool first:

144 

145* If you have a [connector](#connect-external-tools) for a service, Claude uses the connector.

146* If the task is a shell command, Claude uses Bash.

147* If the task is browser work and you have [Claude in Chrome](/en/chrome) set up, Claude uses that.

148* If none of those apply, Claude uses computer use.

149 

150The [per-app access tiers](#app-permissions) reinforce this: browsers are capped at view-only, and terminals and IDEs at click-only, steering Claude toward the dedicated tool even when computer use is active. Screen control is reserved for things nothing else can reach, like native apps, hardware control panels, the iOS simulator, or proprietary tools without an API.

151 

152### Enable computer use

153 

154Computer use is off by default. If you ask Claude to do something that needs it while it's off, Claude tells you it could do the task if you enable computer use in Settings. To enable it, open **Settings > Desktop app > General** and toggle **Computer use** on. Before the toggle takes effect, you need to grant two macOS system permissions:

155 

156* **Accessibility**: lets Claude click, type, and scroll

157* **Screen Recording**: lets Claude see what's on your screen

158 

159The Settings page shows the current status of each permission. If either is denied, click the badge to open the relevant System Settings pane.

160 

161### App permissions

162 

163The first time Claude needs to use an app, a prompt appears in your session. Click **Allow for this session** or **Deny**. Approvals last for the current session, or 30 minutes in [Dispatch-spawned sessions](#sessions-from-dispatch).

164 

165The prompt also shows what level of control Claude gets for that app. These tiers are fixed by app category and can't be changed:

28 166 

29Claude Code on desktop enables running multiple Claude Code sessions in the same repository using Git worktrees. Each session gets its own isolated worktree, allowing Claude to work on different tasks without conflicts. The default location for worktrees is `~/.claude-worktrees` but this can be configured in your settings on the Claude desktop app.167| Tier | What Claude can do | Applies to |

168| :----------- | :------------------------------------------------------- | :-------------------------- |

169| View only | See the app in screenshots | Browsers, trading platforms |

170| Click only | Click and scroll, but not type or use keyboard shortcuts | Terminals, IDEs |

171| Full control | Click, type, drag, and use keyboard shortcuts | Everything else |

172 

173Apps with broad reach like Terminal, Finder, and System Settings show an extra warning in the prompt so you know what approving them grants.

174 

175You can configure two settings in **Settings > Desktop app > General**:

176 

177* **Denied apps**: add apps here to reject them without prompting. Claude may still affect a denied app indirectly through actions in an allowed app, but it can't interact with the denied app directly.

178* **Unhide apps when Claude finishes**: while Claude is working, your other windows are hidden so it interacts with only the approved app. When Claude finishes, hidden windows are restored unless you turn this setting off.

179 

180## Manage sessions

181 

182Each session is an independent conversation with its own context and changes. You can run multiple sessions in parallel, send work to the cloud, or let Dispatch start sessions for you from your phone.

183 

184### Work in parallel with sessions

185 

186Click **+ New session** in the sidebar to work on multiple tasks in parallel. For Git repositories, each session gets its own isolated copy of your project using [Git worktrees](/en/common-workflows#run-parallel-claude-code-sessions-with-git-worktrees), so changes in one session don't affect other sessions until you commit them.

187 

188Worktrees are stored in `<project-root>/.claude/worktrees/` by default. You can change this to a custom directory in Settings → Claude Code under "Worktree location". You can also set a branch prefix that gets prepended to every worktree branch name, which is useful for keeping Claude-created branches organized. To remove a worktree when you're done, hover over the session in the sidebar and click the archive icon.

189 

190To include gitignored files like `.env` in new worktrees, create a [`.worktreeinclude` file](/en/common-workflows#copy-gitignored-files-to-worktrees) in your project root.

30 191 

31<Note>192<Note>

32 If you start a local session in a folder that does not have Git initialized, the desktop app will not create a new worktree.193 Session isolation requires [Git](https://git-scm.com/downloads). Most Macs include Git by default. Run `git --version` in Terminal to check. On Windows, Git is required for the Code tab to work: [download Git for Windows](https://git-scm.com/downloads/win), install it, and restart the app. If you run into Git errors, try a Cowork session to help troubleshoot your setup.

33</Note>194</Note>

34 195 

35### Copying files ignored with `.gitignore`196Use the filter icon at the top of the sidebar to filter sessions by status (Active, Archived) and environment (Local, Cloud). To rename a session or check context usage, click the session title in the toolbar at the top of the active session. When context fills up, Claude automatically summarizes the conversation and continues working. You can also type `/compact` to trigger summarization earlier and free up context space. See [the context window](/en/how-claude-code-works#the-context-window) for details on how compaction works.

197 

198### Run long-running tasks remotely

199 

200For large refactors, test suites, migrations, or other long-running tasks, select **Remote** instead of **Local** when starting a session. Remote sessions run on Anthropic's cloud infrastructure and continue even if you close the app or shut down your computer. Check back anytime to see progress or steer Claude in a different direction. You can also monitor remote sessions from [claude.ai/code](https://claude.ai/code) or the Claude iOS app.

201 

202Remote sessions also support multiple repositories. After selecting a cloud environment, click the **+** button next to the repo pill to add additional repositories to the session. Each repo gets its own branch selector. This is useful for tasks that span multiple codebases, such as updating a shared library and its consumers.

203 

204See [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) for more on how remote sessions work.

205 

206### Continue in another surface

207 

208The **Continue in** menu, accessible from the VS Code icon in the bottom right of the session toolbar, lets you move your session to another surface:

209 

210* **Claude Code on the Web**: sends your local session to continue running remotely. Desktop pushes your branch, generates a summary of the conversation, and creates a new remote session with the full context. You can then choose to archive the local session or keep it. This requires a clean working tree, and is not available for SSH sessions.

211* **Your IDE**: opens your project in a supported IDE at the current working directory.

212 

213### Sessions from Dispatch

214 

215[Dispatch](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/13947068) is a persistent conversation with Claude that lives in the [Cowork](https://claude.com/product/cowork#dispatch-and-computer-use) tab. You message Dispatch a task, and it decides how to handle it.

216 

217A task can end up as a Code session in two ways: you ask for one directly, such as "open a Claude Code session and fix the login bug", or Dispatch decides the task is development work and spawns one on its own. Tasks that typically route to Code include fixing bugs, updating dependencies, running tests, or opening pull requests. Research, document editing, and spreadsheet work stay in Cowork.

218 

219Either way, the Code session appears in the Code tab's sidebar with a **Dispatch** badge. You get a push notification on your phone when it finishes or needs your approval.

220 

221If you have [computer use](#let-claude-use-your-computer) enabled, Dispatch-spawned Code sessions can use it too. App approvals in those sessions expire after 30 minutes and re-prompt, rather than lasting the full session like regular Code sessions.

222 

223For setup, pairing, and Dispatch settings, see the [Dispatch help article](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/13947068). Dispatch requires a Pro or Max plan and is not available on Team or Enterprise plans.

224 

225Dispatch is one of several ways to work with Claude when you're away from your terminal. See [Platforms and integrations](/en/platforms#work-when-you-are-away-from-your-terminal) to compare it with Remote Control, Channels, Slack, and scheduled tasks.

226 

227## Extend Claude Code

228 

229Connect external services, add reusable workflows, customize Claude's behavior, and configure preview servers.

230 

231### Connect external tools

232 

233For local and [SSH](#ssh-sessions) sessions, click the **+** button next to the prompt box and select **Connectors** to add integrations like Google Calendar, Slack, GitHub, Linear, Notion, and more. You can add connectors before or during a session. The **+** button is not available in remote sessions, but [scheduled tasks](/en/web-scheduled-tasks) configure connectors at task creation time.

234 

235To manage or disconnect connectors, go to Settings → Connectors in the desktop app, or select **Manage connectors** from the Connectors menu in the prompt box.

36 236 

37When Claude Code creates a worktree, files ignored via `.gitignore` aren't automatically available. Including a `.worktreeinclude` file solves this by specifying which ignored files should be copied to new worktrees.237Once connected, Claude can read your calendar, send messages, create issues, and interact with your tools directly. You can ask Claude what connectors are configured in your session.

38 238 

39Create a `.worktreeinclude` file in your repository root:239Connectors are [MCP servers](/en/mcp) with a graphical setup flow. Use them for quick integration with supported services. For integrations not listed in Connectors, add MCP servers manually via [settings files](/en/mcp#installing-mcp-servers). You can also [create custom connectors](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/11175166-getting-started-with-custom-connectors-using-remote-mcp).

40 240 

241### Use skills

242 

243[Skills](/en/skills) extend what Claude can do. Claude loads them automatically when relevant, or you can invoke one directly: type `/` in the prompt box or click the **+** button and select **Slash commands** to browse what's available. This includes [built-in commands](/en/commands), your [custom skills](/en/skills#create-custom-skills), project skills from your codebase, and skills from any [installed plugins](/en/plugins). Select one and it appears highlighted in the input field. Type your task after it and send as usual.

244 

245### Install plugins

246 

247[Plugins](/en/plugins) are reusable packages that add skills, agents, hooks, MCP servers, and LSP configurations to Claude Code. You can install plugins from the desktop app without using the terminal.

248 

249For local and [SSH](#ssh-sessions) sessions, click the **+** button next to the prompt box and select **Plugins** to see your installed plugins and their commands. To add a plugin, select **Add plugin** from the submenu to open the plugin browser, which shows available plugins from your configured [marketplaces](/en/plugin-marketplaces) including the official Anthropic marketplace. Select **Manage plugins** to enable, disable, or uninstall plugins.

250 

251Plugins can be scoped to your user account, a specific project, or local-only. Plugins are not available for remote sessions. For the full plugin reference including creating your own plugins, see [plugins](/en/plugins).

252 

253### Configure preview servers

254 

255Claude automatically detects your dev server setup and stores the configuration in `.claude/launch.json` at the root of the folder you selected when starting the session. Preview uses this folder as its working directory, so if you selected a parent folder, subfolders with their own dev servers won't be detected automatically. To work with a subfolder's server, either start a session in that folder directly or add a configuration manually.

256 

257To customize how your server starts, for example to use `yarn dev` instead of `npm run dev` or to change the port, edit the file manually or click **Edit configuration** in the Preview dropdown to open it in your code editor. The file supports JSON with comments.

258 

259```json theme={null}

260{

261 "version": "0.0.1",

262 "configurations": [

263 {

264 "name": "my-app",

265 "runtimeExecutable": "npm",

266 "runtimeArgs": ["run", "dev"],

267 "port": 3000

268 }

269 ]

270}

41```271```

42.env272 

43.env.local273You can define multiple configurations to run different servers from the same project, such as a frontend and an API. See the [examples](#examples) below.

44.env.*274 

45**/.claude/settings.local.json275#### Auto-verify changes

276 

277When `autoVerify` is enabled, Claude automatically verifies code changes after editing files. It takes screenshots, checks for errors, and confirms changes work before completing its response.

278 

279Auto-verify is on by default. Disable it per-project by adding `"autoVerify": false` to `.claude/launch.json`, or toggle it from the **Preview** dropdown menu.

280 

281```json theme={null}

282{

283 "version": "0.0.1",

284 "autoVerify": false,

285 "configurations": [...]

286}

46```287```

47 288 

48The file uses `.gitignore`-style patterns. When a worktree is created, files matching these patterns that are also in your `.gitignore` will be copied from your main repository to the worktree.289When disabled, preview tools are still available and you can ask Claude to verify at any time. Auto-verify makes it automatic after every edit.

49 290 

50<Tip>291#### Configuration fields

51 Only files that are both matched by `.worktreeinclude` AND listed in `.gitignore` are copied. This prevents accidentally duplicating tracked files.292 

52</Tip>293Each entry in the `configurations` array accepts the following fields:

294 

295| Field | Type | Description |

296| ------------------- | --------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

297| `name` | string | A unique identifier for this server |

298| `runtimeExecutable` | string | The command to run, such as `npm`, `yarn`, or `node` |

299| `runtimeArgs` | string\[] | Arguments passed to `runtimeExecutable`, such as `["run", "dev"]` |

300| `port` | number | The port your server listens on. Defaults to 3000 |

301| `cwd` | string | Working directory relative to your project root. Defaults to the project root. Use `${workspaceFolder}` to reference the project root explicitly |

302| `env` | object | Additional environment variables as key-value pairs, such as `{ "NODE_ENV": "development" }`. Don't put secrets here since this file is committed to your repo. Secrets set in your shell profile are inherited automatically. |

303| `autoPort` | boolean | How to handle port conflicts. See below |

304| `program` | string | A script to run with `node`. See [when to use `program` vs `runtimeExecutable`](#when-to-use-program-vs-runtimeexecutable) |

305| `args` | string\[] | Arguments passed to `program`. Only used when `program` is set |

306 

307##### When to use `program` vs `runtimeExecutable`

308 

309Use `runtimeExecutable` with `runtimeArgs` to start a dev server through a package manager. For example, `"runtimeExecutable": "npm"` with `"runtimeArgs": ["run", "dev"]` runs `npm run dev`.

310 

311Use `program` when you have a standalone script you want to run with `node` directly. For example, `"program": "server.js"` runs `node server.js`. Pass additional flags with `args`.

312 

313#### Port conflicts

314 

315The `autoPort` field controls what happens when your preferred port is already in use:

316 

317* **`true`**: Claude finds and uses a free port automatically. Suitable for most dev servers.

318* **`false`**: Claude fails with an error. Use this when your server must use a specific port, such as for OAuth callbacks or CORS allowlists.

319* **Not set (default)**: Claude asks whether the server needs that exact port, then saves your answer.

320 

321When Claude picks a different port, it passes the assigned port to your server via the `PORT` environment variable.

322 

323#### Examples

324 

325These configurations show common setups for different project types:

326 

327<Tabs>

328 <Tab title="Next.js">

329 This configuration runs a Next.js app using Yarn on port 3000:

53 330 

54### Launch Claude Code on the web331 ```json theme={null}

332 {

333 "version": "0.0.1",

334 "configurations": [

335 {

336 "name": "web",

337 "runtimeExecutable": "yarn",

338 "runtimeArgs": ["dev"],

339 "port": 3000

340 }

341 ]

342 }

343 ```

344 </Tab>

345 

346 <Tab title="Multiple servers">

347 For a monorepo with a frontend and an API server, define multiple configurations. The frontend uses `autoPort: true` so it picks a free port if 3000 is taken, while the API server requires port 8080 exactly:

348 

349 ```json theme={null}

350 {

351 "version": "0.0.1",

352 "configurations": [

353 {

354 "name": "frontend",

355 "runtimeExecutable": "npm",

356 "runtimeArgs": ["run", "dev"],

357 "cwd": "apps/web",

358 "port": 3000,

359 "autoPort": true

360 },

361 {

362 "name": "api",

363 "runtimeExecutable": "npm",

364 "runtimeArgs": ["run", "start"],

365 "cwd": "server",

366 "port": 8080,

367 "env": { "NODE_ENV": "development" },

368 "autoPort": false

369 }

370 ]

371 }

372 ```

373 </Tab>

374 

375 <Tab title="Node.js script">

376 To run a Node.js script directly instead of using a package manager command, use the `program` field:

377 

378 ```json theme={null}

379 {

380 "version": "0.0.1",

381 "configurations": [

382 {

383 "name": "server",

384 "program": "server.js",

385 "args": ["--verbose"],

386 "port": 4000

387 }

388 ]

389 }

390 ```

391 </Tab>

392</Tabs>

393 

394## Schedule recurring tasks

395 

396By default, scheduled tasks start a new session automatically at a time and frequency you choose. Use them for recurring work like daily code reviews, dependency update checks, or morning briefings that pull from your calendar and inbox.

397 

398### Compare scheduling options

399 

400Claude Code offers three ways to schedule recurring work:

55 401 

56From the desktop app, you can kick off Claude Code sessions that run on Anthropic's secure cloud infrastructure.402| | [Cloud](/en/web-scheduled-tasks) | [Desktop](/en/desktop#schedule-recurring-tasks) | [`/loop`](/en/scheduled-tasks) |

403| :------------------------- | :------------------------------- | :---------------------------------------------- | :----------------------------- |

404| Runs on | Anthropic cloud | Your machine | Your machine |

405| Requires machine on | No | Yes | Yes |

406| Requires open session | No | No | Yes |

407| Persistent across restarts | Yes | Yes | No (session-scoped) |

408| Access to local files | No (fresh clone) | Yes | Yes |

409| MCP servers | Connectors configured per task | [Config files](/en/mcp) and connectors | Inherits from session |

410| Permission prompts | No (runs autonomously) | Configurable per task | Inherits from session |

411| Customizable schedule | Via `/schedule` in the CLI | Yes | Yes |

412| Minimum interval | 1 hour | 1 minute | 1 minute |

57 413 

58To start a web session from desktop, select a remote environment when creating a new session.414<Tip>

415 Use **cloud tasks** for work that should run reliably without your machine. Use **Desktop tasks** when you need access to local files and tools. Use **`/loop`** for quick polling during a session.

416</Tip>

59 417 

60For more details, see [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web).418The Schedule page supports two kinds of tasks:

61 419 

62## Bundled Claude Code version420* **Local tasks**: run on your machine. They have direct access to your local files and tools, but the desktop app must be open and your computer awake for them to run.

421* **Remote tasks**: run on Anthropic-managed cloud infrastructure. They keep running even when your computer is off, but work against a fresh clone of your repository rather than your local checkout.

63 422 

64Claude Code on desktop includes a bundled, stable version of Claude Code to ensure a consistent experience for all desktop users. The bundled version is required and downloaded on first launch even if a version of Claude Code exists on the computer. Desktop automatically manages version updates and cleans up old versions.423Both kinds appear in the same task grid. Click **New task** to pick which kind to create. The rest of this section covers local tasks; for remote tasks, see [Cloud scheduled tasks](/en/web-scheduled-tasks).

424 

425See [How scheduled tasks run](#how-scheduled-tasks-run) for details on missed runs and catch-up behavior for local tasks.

65 426 

66<Note>427<Note>

67 The bundled Claude Code version in Desktop may differ from the latest CLI version. Desktop prioritizes stability while the CLI may have newer features.428 By default, local scheduled tasks run against whatever state your working directory is in, including uncommitted changes. Enable the worktree toggle in the prompt input to give each run its own isolated Git worktree, the same way [parallel sessions](#work-in-parallel-with-sessions) work.

68</Note>429</Note>

69 430 

431To create a local scheduled task, click **Schedule** in the sidebar, click **New task**, and choose **New local task**. Configure these fields:

432 

433| Field | Description |

434| ----------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

435| Name | Identifier for the task. Converted to lowercase kebab-case and used as the folder name on disk. Must be unique across your tasks. |

436| Description | Short summary shown in the task list. |

437| Prompt | The instructions sent to Claude when the task runs. Write this the same way you'd write any message in the prompt box. The prompt input also includes controls for model, permission mode, working folder, and worktree. |

438| Frequency | How often the task runs. See [frequency options](#frequency-options) below. |

439 

440You can also create a task by describing what you want in any session. For example, "set up a daily code review that runs every morning at 9am."

441 

442### Frequency options

443 

444* **Manual**: no schedule, only runs when you click **Run now**. Useful for saving a prompt you trigger on demand

445* **Hourly**: runs every hour. Each task gets a fixed offset of up to 10 minutes from the top of the hour to stagger API traffic

446* **Daily**: shows a time picker, defaults to 9:00 AM local time

447* **Weekdays**: same as Daily but skips Saturday and Sunday

448* **Weekly**: shows a time picker and a day picker

449 

450For intervals the picker doesn't offer (every 15 minutes, first of each month, etc.), ask Claude in any Desktop session to set the schedule. Use plain language; for example, "schedule a task to run all the tests every 6 hours."

451 

452### How scheduled tasks run

453 

454Local scheduled tasks run on your machine. Desktop checks the schedule every minute while the app is open and starts a fresh session when a task is due, independent of any manual sessions you have open. Each task gets a fixed delay of up to 10 minutes after the scheduled time to stagger API traffic. The delay is deterministic: the same task always starts at the same offset.

455 

456When a task fires, you get a desktop notification and a new session appears under a **Scheduled** section in the sidebar. Open it to see what Claude did, review changes, or respond to permission prompts. The session works like any other: Claude can edit files, run commands, create commits, and open pull requests.

457 

458Tasks only run while the desktop app is running and your computer is awake. If your computer sleeps through a scheduled time, the run is skipped. To prevent idle-sleep, enable **Keep computer awake** in Settings under **Desktop app → General**. Closing the laptop lid still puts it to sleep. For tasks that need to run even when your computer is off, use a [remote task](/en/web-scheduled-tasks) instead.

459 

460### Missed runs

461 

462When the app starts or your computer wakes, Desktop checks whether each task missed any runs in the last seven days. If it did, Desktop starts exactly one catch-up run for the most recently missed time and discards anything older. A daily task that missed six days runs once on wake. Desktop shows a notification when a catch-up run starts.

463 

464Keep this in mind when writing prompts. A task scheduled for 9am might run at 11pm if your computer was asleep all day. If timing matters, add guardrails to the prompt itself, for example: "Only review today's commits. If it's after 5pm, skip the review and just post a summary of what was missed."

465 

466### Permissions for scheduled tasks

467 

468Each task has its own permission mode, which you set when creating or editing the task. Allow rules from `~/.claude/settings.json` also apply to scheduled task sessions. If a task runs in Ask mode and needs to run a tool it doesn't have permission for, the run stalls until you approve it. The session stays open in the sidebar so you can answer later.

469 

470To avoid stalls, click **Run now** after creating a task, watch for permission prompts, and select "always allow" for each one. Future runs of that task auto-approve the same tools without prompting. You can review and revoke these approvals from the task's detail page.

471 

472### Manage scheduled tasks

473 

474Click a task in the **Schedule** list to open its detail page. From here you can:

475 

476* **Run now**: start the task immediately without waiting for the next scheduled time

477* **Toggle repeats**: pause or resume scheduled runs without deleting the task

478* **Edit**: change the prompt, frequency, folder, or other settings

479* **Review history**: see every past run, including ones that were skipped because your computer was asleep

480* **Review allowed permissions**: see and revoke saved tool approvals for this task from the **Always allowed** panel

481* **Delete**: remove the task and archive all sessions it created

482 

483You can also manage tasks by asking Claude in any Desktop session. For example, "pause my dependency-audit task", "delete the standup-prep task", or "show me my scheduled tasks."

484 

485To edit a task's prompt on disk, open `~/.claude/scheduled-tasks/<task-name>/SKILL.md` (or under [`CLAUDE_CONFIG_DIR`](/en/env-vars) if set). The file uses YAML frontmatter for `name` and `description`, with the prompt as the body. Changes take effect on the next run. Schedule, folder, model, and enabled state are not in this file: change them through the Edit form or ask Claude.

486 

70## Environment configuration487## Environment configuration

71 488 

72For local environments, Claude Code on desktop automatically extracts your `$PATH` environment variable from your shell configuration. This allows local sessions to access development tools like `yarn`, `npm`, `node`, and other commands available in your terminal without additional setup.489The environment you pick when [starting a session](#start-a-session) determines where Claude executes and how you connect:

73 490 

74### Custom environment variables491* **Local**: runs on your machine with direct access to your files

492* **Remote**: runs on Anthropic's cloud infrastructure. Sessions continue even if you close the app.

493* **SSH**: runs on a remote machine you connect to over SSH, such as your own servers, cloud VMs, or dev containers

75 494 

76Select "Local" environment, then to the right, select the settings button. This will open a dialog where you can update local environment variables. This is useful for setting project-specific variables or API keys that your development workflows require. Environment variable values are masked in the UI for security reasons.495### Local sessions

77 496 

78<Note>497Local sessions inherit environment variables from your shell. If you need additional variables, set them in your shell profile, such as `~/.zshrc` or `~/.bashrc`, and restart the desktop app. See [environment variables](/en/env-vars) for the full list of supported variables.

79 Environment variables must be specified as key-value pairs, in [`.env` format](https://www.dotenv.org/). For example:

80 498 

81 ```499[Extended thinking](/en/common-workflows#use-extended-thinking-thinking-mode) is enabled by default, which improves performance on complex reasoning tasks but uses additional tokens. To disable thinking entirely, set `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS=0` in your shell profile. On Opus, `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS` is ignored except for `0` because adaptive reasoning controls thinking depth instead.

82 API_KEY=your_api_key

83 DEBUG=true

84 500 

85 # Multiline values - wrap in quotes501### Remote sessions

86 CERT="-----BEGIN CERT-----502 

87 MIIE...503Remote sessions continue in the background even if you close the app. Usage counts toward your [subscription plan limits](/en/costs) with no separate compute charges.

88 -----END CERT-----"504 

89 ```505You can create custom cloud environments with different network access levels and environment variables. Select the environment dropdown when starting a remote session and choose **Add environment**. See [cloud environments](/en/claude-code-on-the-web#cloud-environment) for details on configuring network access and environment variables.

90</Note>506 

507### SSH sessions

508 

509SSH sessions let you run Claude Code on a remote machine while using the desktop app as your interface. This is useful for working with codebases that live on cloud VMs, dev containers, or servers with specific hardware or dependencies.

510 

511To add an SSH connection, click the environment dropdown before starting a session and select **+ Add SSH connection**. The dialog asks for:

512 

513* **Name**: a friendly label for this connection

514* **SSH Host**: `user@hostname` or a host defined in `~/.ssh/config`

515* **SSH Port**: defaults to 22 if left empty, or uses the port from your SSH config

516* **Identity File**: path to your private key, such as `~/.ssh/id_rsa`. Leave empty to use the default key or your SSH config.

517 

518Once added, the connection appears in the environment dropdown. Select it to start a session on that machine. Claude runs on the remote machine with access to its files and tools.

519 

520Claude Code must be installed on the remote machine. Once connected, SSH sessions support permission modes, connectors, plugins, and MCP servers.

91 521 

92## Enterprise configuration522## Enterprise configuration

93 523 

94Organizations can disable local Claude Code use in the desktop application with the `isClaudeCodeForDesktopEnabled` [enterprise policy option](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/12622667-enterprise-configuration#h_003283c7cb). Additionally, Claude Code on the web can be disabled in your [admin settings](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code).524Organizations on Teams or Enterprise plans can manage desktop app behavior through admin console controls, managed settings files, and device management policies.

525 

526### Admin console controls

527 

528These settings are configured through the [admin settings console](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code):

529 

530* **Code in the desktop**: control whether users in your organization can access Claude Code in the desktop app

531* **Code in the web**: enable or disable [web sessions](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) for your organization

532* **Remote Control**: enable or disable [Remote Control](/en/remote-control) for your organization

533* **Disable Bypass permissions mode**: prevent users in your organization from enabling bypass permissions mode

534 

535### Managed settings

536 

537Managed settings override project and user settings and apply when Desktop spawns CLI sessions. You can set these keys in your organization's [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-precedence) file or push them remotely through the admin console.

538 

539| Key | Description |

540| ------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

541| `permissions.disableBypassPermissionsMode` | set to `"disable"` to prevent users from enabling Bypass permissions mode. |

542| `disableAutoMode` | set to `"disable"` to prevent users from enabling [Auto](/en/permission-modes#eliminate-prompts-with-auto-mode) mode. Removes Auto from the mode selector. Also accepted under `permissions`. |

543| `autoMode` | customize what the auto mode classifier trusts and blocks across your organization. See [Configure the auto mode classifier](/en/permissions#configure-the-auto-mode-classifier). |

544 

545`permissions.disableBypassPermissionsMode` and `disableAutoMode` also work in user and project settings, but placing them in managed settings prevents users from overriding them. `autoMode` is read from user settings, `.claude/settings.local.json`, and managed settings, but not from the checked-in `.claude/settings.json`: a cloned repo cannot inject its own classifier rules. For the complete list of managed-only settings including `allowManagedPermissionRulesOnly` and `allowManagedHooksOnly`, see [managed-only settings](/en/permissions#managed-only-settings).

546 

547Remote managed settings uploaded through the admin console currently apply to CLI and IDE sessions only. For Desktop-specific restrictions, use the admin console controls above.

548 

549### Device management policies

550 

551IT teams can manage the desktop app through MDM on macOS or group policy on Windows. Available policies include enabling or disabling the Claude Code feature, controlling auto-updates, and setting a custom deployment URL.

552 

553* **macOS**: configure via `com.anthropic.Claude` preference domain using tools like Jamf or Kandji

554* **Windows**: configure via registry at `SOFTWARE\Policies\Claude`

555 

556### Authentication and SSO

557 

558Enterprise organizations can require SSO for all users. See [authentication](/en/authentication) for plan-level details and [Setting up SSO](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/13132885-setting-up-single-sign-on-sso) for SAML and OIDC configuration.

95 559 

96## Related resources560### Data handling

97 561 

98* [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web)562Claude Code processes your code locally in local sessions or on Anthropic's cloud infrastructure in remote sessions. Conversations and code context are sent to Anthropic's API for processing. See [data handling](/en/data-usage) for details on data retention, privacy, and compliance.

99* [Claude Desktop support articles](https://support.claude.com/en/collections/16163169-claude-desktop)563 

100* [Enterprise Configuration](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/12622667-enterprise-configuration)564### Deployment

101* [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows)565 

102* [Settings reference](/en/settings)566Desktop can be distributed through enterprise deployment tools:

567 

568* **macOS**: distribute via MDM such as Jamf or Kandji using the `.dmg` installer

569* **Windows**: deploy via MSIX package or `.exe` installer. See [Deploy Claude Desktop for Windows](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/12622703-deploy-claude-desktop-for-windows) for enterprise deployment options including silent installation

570 

571For network configuration such as proxy settings, firewall allowlisting, and LLM gateways, see [network configuration](/en/network-config).

572 

573For the full enterprise configuration reference, see the [enterprise configuration guide](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/12622667-enterprise-configuration).

574 

575## Coming from the CLI?

576 

577If you already use the Claude Code CLI, Desktop runs the same underlying engine with a graphical interface. You can run both simultaneously on the same machine, even on the same project. Each maintains separate session history, but they share configuration and project memory via CLAUDE.md files.

578 

579To move a CLI session into Desktop, run `/desktop` in the terminal. Claude saves your session and opens it in the desktop app, then exits the CLI. This command is available on macOS and Windows only.

580 

581<Tip>

582 When to use Desktop vs CLI: use Desktop when you want visual diff review, file attachments, or session management in a sidebar. Use the CLI when you need scripting, automation, third-party providers, or prefer a terminal workflow.

583</Tip>

584 

585### CLI flag equivalents

586 

587This table shows the desktop app equivalent for common CLI flags. Flags not listed have no desktop equivalent because they are designed for scripting or automation.

588 

589| CLI | Desktop equivalent |

590| ------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

591| `--model sonnet` | Model dropdown next to the send button, before starting a session |

592| `--resume`, `--continue` | Click a session in the sidebar |

593| `--permission-mode` | Mode selector next to the send button |

594| `--dangerously-skip-permissions` | Bypass permissions mode. Enable in Settings → Claude Code → "Allow bypass permissions mode". Enterprise admins can disable this setting. |

595| `--add-dir` | Add multiple repos with the **+** button in remote sessions |

596| `--allowedTools`, `--disallowedTools` | Not available in Desktop |

597| `--verbose` | Not available. Check system logs: Console.app on macOS, Event Viewer → Windows Logs → Application on Windows |

598| `--print`, `--output-format` | Not available. Desktop is interactive only. |

599| `ANTHROPIC_MODEL` env var | Model dropdown next to the send button |

600| `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS` env var | Set in shell profile; applies to local sessions. See [environment configuration](#environment-configuration). |

601 

602### Shared configuration

603 

604Desktop and CLI read the same configuration files, so your setup carries over:

605 

606* **[CLAUDE.md](/en/memory)** files in your project are used by both

607* **[MCP servers](/en/mcp)** configured in `~/.claude.json` or `.mcp.json` work in both

608* **[Hooks](/en/hooks)** and **[skills](/en/skills)** defined in settings apply to both

609* **[Settings](/en/settings)** in `~/.claude.json` and `~/.claude/settings.json` are shared. Permission rules, allowed tools, and other settings in `settings.json` apply to Desktop sessions.

610* **Models**: Sonnet, Opus, and Haiku are available in both. In Desktop, select the model from the dropdown next to the send button before starting a session. You cannot change the model during an active session.

611 

612<Note>

613 **MCP servers: desktop chat app vs Claude Code**: MCP servers configured for the Claude Desktop chat app in `claude_desktop_config.json` are separate from Claude Code and will not appear in the Code tab. To use MCP servers in Claude Code, configure them in `~/.claude.json` or your project's `.mcp.json` file. See [MCP configuration](/en/mcp#installing-mcp-servers) for details.

614</Note>

615 

616### Feature comparison

617 

618This table compares core capabilities between the CLI and Desktop. For a full list of CLI flags, see the [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference).

619 

620| Feature | CLI | Desktop |

621| ----------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

622| Permission modes | All modes including `dontAsk` | Ask permissions, Auto accept edits, Plan mode, Auto, and Bypass permissions via Settings |

623| `--dangerously-skip-permissions` | CLI flag | Bypass permissions mode. Enable in Settings → Claude Code → "Allow bypass permissions mode" |

624| [Third-party providers](/en/third-party-integrations) | Bedrock, Vertex, Foundry | Not available. Desktop connects to Anthropic's API directly. |

625| [MCP servers](/en/mcp) | Configure in settings files | Connectors UI for local and SSH sessions, or settings files |

626| [Plugins](/en/plugins) | `/plugin` command | Plugin manager UI |

627| @mention files | Text-based | With autocomplete; local and SSH sessions only |

628| File attachments | Not available | Images, PDFs |

629| Session isolation | [`--worktree`](/en/cli-reference) flag | Automatic worktrees |

630| Multiple sessions | Separate terminals | Sidebar tabs |

631| Recurring tasks | Cron jobs, CI pipelines | [Scheduled tasks](#schedule-recurring-tasks) |

632| Computer use | Not available | [App and screen control](#let-claude-use-your-computer) on macOS |

633| Dispatch integration | Not available | [Dispatch sessions](#sessions-from-dispatch) in the sidebar |

634| Scripting and automation | [`--print`](/en/cli-reference), [Agent SDK](/en/headless) | Not available |

635 

636### What's not available in Desktop

637 

638The following features are only available in the CLI or VS Code extension:

639 

640* **Third-party providers**: Desktop connects to Anthropic's API directly. Use the [CLI](/en/quickstart) with Bedrock, Vertex, or Foundry instead.

641* **Linux**: the desktop app is available on macOS and Windows only.

642* **Inline code suggestions**: Desktop does not provide autocomplete-style suggestions. It works through conversational prompts and explicit code changes.

643* **Agent teams**: multi-agent orchestration is available via the [CLI](/en/agent-teams) and [Agent SDK](/en/headless), not in Desktop.

644 

645## Troubleshooting

646 

647### Check your version

648 

649To see which version of the desktop app you're running:

650 

651* **macOS**: click **Claude** in the menu bar, then **About Claude**

652* **Windows**: click **Help**, then **About**

653 

654Click the version number to copy it to your clipboard.

655 

656### 403 or authentication errors in the Code tab

657 

658If you see `Error 403: Forbidden` or other authentication failures when using the Code tab:

659 

6601. Sign out and back in from the app menu. This is the most common fix.

6612. Verify you have an active paid subscription: Pro, Max, Teams, or Enterprise.

6623. If the CLI works but Desktop does not, quit the desktop app completely, not just close the window, then reopen and sign in again.

6634. Check your internet connection and proxy settings.

664 

665### Blank or stuck screen on launch

666 

667If the app opens but shows a blank or unresponsive screen:

668 

6691. Restart the app.

6702. Check for pending updates. The app auto-updates on launch.

6713. On Windows, check Event Viewer for crash logs under **Windows Logs → Application**.

672 

673### "Failed to load session"

674 

675If you see `Failed to load session`, the selected folder may no longer exist, a Git repository may require Git LFS that isn't installed, or file permissions may prevent access. Try selecting a different folder or restarting the app.

676 

677### Session not finding installed tools

678 

679If Claude can't find tools like `npm`, `node`, or other CLI commands, verify the tools work in your regular terminal, check that your shell profile properly sets up PATH, and restart the desktop app to reload environment variables.

680 

681### Git and Git LFS errors

682 

683On Windows, Git is required for the Code tab to start local sessions. If you see "Git is required," install [Git for Windows](https://git-scm.com/downloads/win) and restart the app.

684 

685If you see "Git LFS is required by this repository but is not installed," install Git LFS from [git-lfs.com](https://git-lfs.com/), run `git lfs install`, and restart the app.

686 

687### MCP servers not working on Windows

688 

689If MCP server toggles don't respond or servers fail to connect on Windows, check that the server is properly configured in your settings, restart the app, verify the server process is running in Task Manager, and review server logs for connection errors.

690 

691### App won't quit

692 

693* **macOS**: press Cmd+Q. If the app doesn't respond, use Force Quit with Cmd+Option+Esc, select Claude, and click Force Quit.

694* **Windows**: use Task Manager with Ctrl+Shift+Esc to end the Claude process.

695 

696### Windows-specific issues

697 

698* **PATH not updated after install**: open a new terminal window. PATH updates only apply to new terminal sessions.

699* **Concurrent installation error**: if you see an error about another installation in progress but there isn't one, try running the installer as Administrator.

700* **ARM64**: Windows ARM64 devices are fully supported.

701 

702### Cowork tab unavailable on Intel Macs

703 

704The Cowork tab requires Apple Silicon (M1 or later) on macOS. On Windows, Cowork is available on all supported hardware. The Chat and Code tabs work normally on Intel Macs.

705 

706### "Branch doesn't exist yet" when opening in CLI

707 

708Remote sessions can create branches that don't exist on your local machine. Click the branch name in the session toolbar to copy it, then fetch it locally:

709 

710```bash theme={null}

711git fetch origin <branch-name>

712git checkout <branch-name>

713```

103 714 

715### Still stuck?

104 716 

717* Search or file a bug on [GitHub Issues](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/issues)

718* Visit the [Claude support center](https://support.claude.com/)

105 719 

106> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt720When filing a bug, include your desktop app version, your operating system, the exact error message, and relevant logs. On macOS, check Console.app. On Windows, check Event Viewer → Windows Logs → Application.

desktop-quickstart.md +139 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Get started with the desktop app

6 

7> Install Claude Code on desktop and start your first coding session

8 

9The desktop app gives you Claude Code with a graphical interface: visual diff review, live app preview, GitHub PR monitoring with auto-merge, parallel sessions with Git worktree isolation, scheduled tasks, and the ability to run tasks remotely. No terminal required.

10 

11This page walks through installing the app and starting your first session. If you're already set up, see [Use Claude Code Desktop](/en/desktop) for the full reference.

12 

13<Frame>

14 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD/images/desktop-code-tab-light.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD&q=85&s=9a36a7a27b9f4c6f2e1c83bdb34f69ce" className="block dark:hidden" alt="The Claude Code Desktop interface showing the Code tab selected, with a prompt box, permission mode selector set to Ask permissions, model picker, folder selector, and Local environment option" width="2500" height="1376" data-path="images/desktop-code-tab-light.png" />

15 

16 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD/images/desktop-code-tab-dark.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=CNLUpFGiXoc9mhvD&q=85&s=5463defe81c459fb9b1f91f6a958cfb8" className="hidden dark:block" alt="The Claude Code Desktop interface in dark mode showing the Code tab selected, with a prompt box, permission mode selector set to Ask permissions, model picker, folder selector, and Local environment option" width="2504" height="1374" data-path="images/desktop-code-tab-dark.png" />

17</Frame>

18 

19The desktop app has three tabs:

20 

21* **Chat**: General conversation with no file access, similar to claude.ai.

22* **Cowork**: An autonomous background agent that works on tasks in a cloud VM with its own environment. It can run independently while you do other work.

23* **Code**: An interactive coding assistant with direct access to your local files. You review and approve each change in real time.

24 

25Chat and Cowork are covered in the [Claude Desktop support articles](https://support.claude.com/en/collections/16163169-claude-desktop). This page focuses on the **Code** tab.

26 

27<Note>

28 Claude Code requires a [Pro, Max, Teams, or Enterprise subscription](https://claude.com/pricing?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs\&utm_content=desktop_quickstart_pricing).

29</Note>

30 

31## Install

32 

33<Steps>

34 <Step title="Download the app">

35 Download Claude for your platform.

36 

37 <CardGroup cols={2}>

38 <Card title="macOS" icon="apple" href="https://claude.ai/api/desktop/darwin/universal/dmg/latest/redirect?utm_source=claude_code&utm_medium=docs">

39 Universal build for Intel and Apple Silicon

40 </Card>

41 

42 <Card title="Windows" icon="windows" href="https://claude.ai/api/desktop/win32/x64/exe/latest/redirect?utm_source=claude_code&utm_medium=docs">

43 For x64 processors

44 </Card>

45 </CardGroup>

46 

47 For Windows ARM64, [download here](https://claude.ai/api/desktop/win32/arm64/exe/latest/redirect?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs).

48 

49 Linux is not currently supported.

50 </Step>

51 

52 <Step title="Sign in">

53 Launch Claude from your Applications folder (macOS) or Start menu (Windows). Sign in with your Anthropic account.

54 </Step>

55 

56 <Step title="Open the Code tab">

57 Click the **Code** tab at the top center. If clicking Code prompts you to upgrade, you need to [subscribe to a paid plan](https://claude.com/pricing?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs\&utm_content=desktop_quickstart_upgrade) first. If it prompts you to sign in online, complete the sign-in and restart the app. If you see a 403 error, see [authentication troubleshooting](/en/desktop#403-or-authentication-errors-in-the-code-tab).

58 </Step>

59</Steps>

60 

61The desktop app includes Claude Code. You don't need to install Node.js or the CLI separately. To use `claude` from the terminal, install the CLI separately. See [Get started with the CLI](/en/quickstart).

62 

63## Start your first session

64 

65With the Code tab open, choose a project and give Claude something to do.

66 

67<Steps>

68 <Step title="Choose an environment and folder">

69 Select **Local** to run Claude on your machine using your files directly. Click **Select folder** and choose your project directory.

70 

71 <Tip>

72 Start with a small project you know well. It's the fastest way to see what Claude Code can do. On Windows, [Git](https://git-scm.com/downloads/win) must be installed for local sessions to work. Most Macs include Git by default.

73 </Tip>

74 

75 You can also select:

76 

77 * **Remote**: Run sessions on Anthropic's cloud infrastructure that continue even if you close the app. Remote sessions use the same infrastructure as [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web).

78 * **SSH**: Connect to a remote machine over SSH (your own servers, cloud VMs, or dev containers). Claude Code must be installed on the remote machine.

79 </Step>

80 

81 <Step title="Choose a model">

82 Select a model from the dropdown next to the send button. See [models](/en/model-config#available-models) for a comparison of Opus, Sonnet, and Haiku. You cannot change the model after the session starts.

83 </Step>

84 

85 <Step title="Tell Claude what to do">

86 Type what you want Claude to do:

87 

88 * `Find a TODO comment and fix it`

89 * `Add tests for the main function`

90 * `Create a CLAUDE.md with instructions for this codebase`

91 

92 A [session](/en/desktop#work-in-parallel-with-sessions) is a conversation with Claude about your code. Each session tracks its own context and changes, so you can work on multiple tasks without them interfering with each other.

93 </Step>

94 

95 <Step title="Review and accept changes">

96 By default, the Code tab starts in [Ask permissions mode](/en/desktop#choose-a-permission-mode), where Claude proposes changes and waits for your approval before applying them. You'll see:

97 

98 1. A [diff view](/en/desktop#review-changes-with-diff-view) showing exactly what will change in each file

99 2. Accept/Reject buttons to approve or decline each change

100 3. Real-time updates as Claude works through your request

101 

102 If you reject a change, Claude will ask how you'd like to proceed differently. Your files aren't modified until you accept.

103 </Step>

104</Steps>

105 

106## Now what?

107 

108You've made your first edit. For the full reference on everything Desktop can do, see [Use Claude Code Desktop](/en/desktop). Here are some things to try next.

109 

110**Interrupt and steer.** You can interrupt Claude at any point. If it's going down the wrong path, click the stop button or type your correction and press **Enter**. Claude stops what it's doing and adjusts based on your input. You don't have to wait for it to finish or start over.

111 

112**Give Claude more context.** Type `@filename` in the prompt box to pull a specific file into the conversation, attach images and PDFs using the attachment button, or drag and drop files directly into the prompt. The more context Claude has, the better the results. See [Add files and context](/en/desktop#add-files-and-context-to-prompts).

113 

114**Use skills for repeatable tasks.** Type `/` or click **+** → **Slash commands** to browse [built-in commands](/en/commands), [custom skills](/en/skills), and plugin skills. Skills are reusable prompts you can invoke whenever you need them, like code review checklists or deployment steps.

115 

116**Review changes before committing.** After Claude edits files, a `+12 -1` indicator appears. Click it to open the [diff view](/en/desktop#review-changes-with-diff-view), review modifications file by file, and comment on specific lines. Claude reads your comments and revises. Click **Review code** to have Claude evaluate the diffs itself and leave inline suggestions.

117 

118**Adjust how much control you have.** Your [permission mode](/en/desktop#choose-a-permission-mode) controls the balance. Ask permissions (default) requires approval before every edit. Auto accept edits auto-accepts file edits for faster iteration. Plan mode lets Claude map out an approach without touching any files, which is useful before a large refactor.

119 

120**Add plugins for more capabilities.** Click the **+** button next to the prompt box and select **Plugins** to browse and install [plugins](/en/desktop#install-plugins) that add skills, agents, MCP servers, and more.

121 

122**Preview your app.** Click the **Preview** dropdown to run your dev server directly in the desktop. Claude can view the running app, test endpoints, inspect logs, and iterate on what it sees. See [Preview your app](/en/desktop#preview-your-app).

123 

124**Track your pull request.** After opening a PR, Claude Code monitors CI check results and can automatically fix failures or merge the PR once all checks pass. See [Monitor pull request status](/en/desktop#monitor-pull-request-status).

125 

126**Put Claude on a schedule.** Set up [scheduled tasks](/en/desktop#schedule-recurring-tasks) to run Claude automatically on a recurring basis: a daily code review every morning, a weekly dependency audit, or a briefing that pulls from your connected tools.

127 

128**Scale up when you're ready.** Open [parallel sessions](/en/desktop#work-in-parallel-with-sessions) from the sidebar to work on multiple tasks at once, each in its own Git worktree. Send [long-running work to the cloud](/en/desktop#run-long-running-tasks-remotely) so it continues even if you close the app, or [continue a session on the web or in your IDE](/en/desktop#continue-in-another-surface) if a task takes longer than expected. [Connect external tools](/en/desktop#extend-claude-code) like GitHub, Slack, and Linear to bring your workflow together.

129 

130## Coming from the CLI?

131 

132Desktop runs the same engine as the CLI with a graphical interface. You can run both simultaneously on the same project, and they share configuration (CLAUDE.md files, MCP servers, hooks, skills, and settings). For a full comparison of features, flag equivalents, and what's not available in Desktop, see [CLI comparison](/en/desktop#coming-from-the-cli).

133 

134## What's next

135 

136* [Use Claude Code Desktop](/en/desktop): permission modes, parallel sessions, diff view, connectors, and enterprise configuration

137* [Troubleshooting](/en/desktop#troubleshooting): solutions to common errors and setup issues

138* [Best practices](/en/best-practices): tips for writing effective prompts and getting the most out of Claude Code

139* [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows): tutorials for debugging, refactoring, testing, and more

devcontainer.md +4 −4

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Development containers5# Development containers

2 6 

3> Learn about the Claude Code development container for teams that need consistent, secure environments.7> Learn about the Claude Code development container for teams that need consistent, secure environments.


75* [VS Code devcontainers documentation](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/devcontainers/containers)79* [VS Code devcontainers documentation](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/devcontainers/containers)

76* [Claude Code security best practices](/en/security)80* [Claude Code security best practices](/en/security)

77* [Enterprise network configuration](/en/network-config)81* [Enterprise network configuration](/en/network-config)

78 

79 

80 

81> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Discover and install prebuilt plugins through marketplaces5# Discover and install prebuilt plugins through marketplaces

2 6 

3> Find and install plugins from marketplaces to extend Claude Code with new commands, agents, and capabilities.7> Find and install plugins from marketplaces to extend Claude Code with new commands, agents, and capabilities.

4 8 

5Plugins extend Claude Code with custom commands, agents, hooks, and MCP servers. Plugin marketplaces are catalogs that help you discover and install these extensions without building them yourself.9Plugins extend Claude Code with skills, agents, hooks, and MCP servers. Plugin marketplaces are catalogs that help you discover and install these extensions without building them yourself.

6 10 

7Looking to create and distribute your own marketplace? See [Create and distribute a plugin marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces).11Looking to create and distribute your own marketplace? See [Create and distribute a plugin marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces).

8 12 


24 28 

25## Official Anthropic marketplace29## Official Anthropic marketplace

26 30 

27The official Anthropic marketplace (`claude-plugins-official`) is automatically available when you start Claude Code. Run `/plugin` and go to the **Discover** tab to browse what's available.31The official Anthropic marketplace (`claude-plugins-official`) is automatically available when you start Claude Code. Run `/plugin` and go to the **Discover** tab to browse what's available, or view the catalog at [claude.com/plugins](https://claude.com/plugins).

28 32 

29To install a plugin from the official marketplace:33To install a plugin from the official marketplace, use `/plugin install <name>@claude-plugins-official`. For example, to install the GitHub integration:

30 34 

31```shell theme={null}35```shell theme={null}

32/plugin install plugin-name@claude-plugins-official36/plugin install github@claude-plugins-official

33```37```

34 38 

35<Note>39<Note>

36 The official marketplace is maintained by Anthropic. To distribute your own plugins, [create your own marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces) and share it with users.40 The official marketplace is maintained by Anthropic. To submit a plugin to the official marketplace, use one of the in-app submission forms:

41 

42 * **Claude.ai**: [claude.ai/settings/plugins/submit](https://claude.ai/settings/plugins/submit)

43 * **Console**: [platform.claude.com/plugins/submit](https://platform.claude.com/plugins/submit)

44 

45 To distribute plugins independently, [create your own marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces) and share it with users.

37</Note>46</Note>

38 47 

39The official marketplace includes several categories of plugins:48The official marketplace includes several categories of plugins:

40 49 

41### Code intelligence50### Code intelligence

42 51 

43Code intelligence plugins help Claude understand your codebase more deeply. With these plugins installed, Claude can jump to definitions, find references, and see type errors immediately after edits. These plugins use the [Language Server Protocol](https://microsoft.github.io/language-server-protocol/) (LSP), the same technology that powers VS Code's code intelligence.52Code intelligence plugins enable Claude Code's built-in LSP tool, giving Claude the ability to jump to definitions, find references, and see type errors immediately after edits. These plugins configure [Language Server Protocol](https://microsoft.github.io/language-server-protocol/) connections, the same technology that powers VS Code's code intelligence.

44 53 

45These plugins require the language server binary to be installed on your system. If you already have a language server installed, Claude may prompt you to install the corresponding plugin when you open a project.54These plugins require the language server binary to be installed on your system. If you already have a language server installed, Claude may prompt you to install the corresponding plugin when you open a project.

46 55 


50| C# | `csharp-lsp` | `csharp-ls` |59| C# | `csharp-lsp` | `csharp-ls` |

51| Go | `gopls-lsp` | `gopls` |60| Go | `gopls-lsp` | `gopls` |

52| Java | `jdtls-lsp` | `jdtls` |61| Java | `jdtls-lsp` | `jdtls` |

62| Kotlin | `kotlin-lsp` | `kotlin-language-server` |

53| Lua | `lua-lsp` | `lua-language-server` |63| Lua | `lua-lsp` | `lua-language-server` |

54| PHP | `php-lsp` | `intelephense` |64| PHP | `php-lsp` | `intelephense` |

55| Python | `pyright-lsp` | `pyright-langserver` |65| Python | `pyright-lsp` | `pyright-langserver` |


63 If you see `Executable not found in $PATH` in the `/plugin` Errors tab after installing a plugin, install the required binary from the table above.73 If you see `Executable not found in $PATH` in the `/plugin` Errors tab after installing a plugin, install the required binary from the table above.

64</Note>74</Note>

65 75 

76#### What Claude gains from code intelligence plugins

77 

78Once a code intelligence plugin is installed and its language server binary is available, Claude gains two capabilities:

79 

80* **Automatic diagnostics**: after every file edit Claude makes, the language server analyzes the changes and reports errors and warnings back automatically. Claude sees type errors, missing imports, and syntax issues without needing to run a compiler or linter. If Claude introduces an error, it notices and fixes the issue in the same turn. This requires no configuration beyond installing the plugin. You can see diagnostics inline by pressing **Ctrl+O** when the "diagnostics found" indicator appears.

81* **Code navigation**: Claude can use the language server to jump to definitions, find references, get type info on hover, list symbols, find implementations, and trace call hierarchies. These operations give Claude more precise navigation than grep-based search, though availability may vary by language and environment.

82 

83If you run into issues, see [Code intelligence troubleshooting](#code-intelligence-issues).

84 

66### External integrations85### External integrations

67 86 

68These plugins bundle pre-configured [MCP servers](/en/mcp) so you can connect Claude to external services without manual setup:87These plugins bundle pre-configured [MCP servers](/en/mcp) so you can connect Claude to external services without manual setup:


135 </Step>154 </Step>

136 155 

137 <Step title="Use your new plugin">156 <Step title="Use your new plugin">

138 After installing, the plugin's commands are immediately available. Plugin commands are namespaced by the plugin name, so **commit-commands** provides commands like `/commit-commands:commit`.157 After installing, run `/reload-plugins` to activate the plugin. Plugin commands are namespaced by the plugin name, so **commit-commands** provides commands like `/commit-commands:commit`.

139 158 

140 Try it out by making a change to a file and running:159 Try it out by making a change to a file and running:

141 160 


246 265 

247## Manage installed plugins266## Manage installed plugins

248 267 

249Run `/plugin` and go to the **Installed** tab to view, enable, disable, or uninstall your plugins.268Run `/plugin` and go to the **Installed** tab to view, enable, disable, or uninstall your plugins. Type to filter the list by plugin name or description.

250 269 

251You can also manage plugins with direct commands.270You can also manage plugins with direct commands.

252 271 


275claude plugin uninstall formatter@your-org --scope project294claude plugin uninstall formatter@your-org --scope project

276```295```

277 296 

297### Apply plugin changes without restarting

298 

299When you install, enable, or disable plugins during a session, run `/reload-plugins` to pick up all changes without restarting:

300 

301```shell theme={null}

302/reload-plugins

303```

304 

305Claude Code reloads all active plugins and shows counts for plugins, skills, agents, hooks, plugin MCP servers, and plugin LSP servers.

306 

278## Manage marketplaces307## Manage marketplaces

279 308 

280You can manage marketplaces through the interactive `/plugin` interface or with CLI commands.309You can manage marketplaces through the interactive `/plugin` interface or with CLI commands.


316 345 

317### Configure auto-updates346### Configure auto-updates

318 347 

319Claude Code can automatically update marketplaces and their installed plugins at startup. When auto-update is enabled for a marketplace, Claude Code refreshes the marketplace data and updates installed plugins to their latest versions. If any plugins were updated, you'll see a notification suggesting you restart Claude Code.348Claude Code can automatically update marketplaces and their installed plugins at startup. When auto-update is enabled for a marketplace, Claude Code refreshes the marketplace data and updates installed plugins to their latest versions. If any plugins were updated, you'll see a notification prompting you to run `/reload-plugins`.

320 349 

321Toggle auto-update for individual marketplaces through the UI:350Toggle auto-update for individual marketplaces through the UI:

322 351 


342 371 

343Team admins can set up automatic marketplace installation for projects by adding marketplace configuration to `.claude/settings.json`. When team members trust the repository folder, Claude Code prompts them to install these marketplaces and plugins.372Team admins can set up automatic marketplace installation for projects by adding marketplace configuration to `.claude/settings.json`. When team members trust the repository folder, Claude Code prompts them to install these marketplaces and plugins.

344 373 

374Add `extraKnownMarketplaces` to your project's `.claude/settings.json`:

375 

376```json theme={null}

377{

378 "extraKnownMarketplaces": {

379 "my-team-tools": {

380 "source": {

381 "source": "github",

382 "repo": "your-org/claude-plugins"

383 }

384 }

385 }

386}

387```

388 

345For full configuration options including `extraKnownMarketplaces` and `enabledPlugins`, see [Plugin settings](/en/settings#plugin-settings).389For full configuration options including `extraKnownMarketplaces` and `enabledPlugins`, see [Plugin settings](/en/settings#plugin-settings).

346 390 

391## Security

392 

393Plugins and marketplaces are highly trusted components that can execute arbitrary code on your machine with your user privileges. Only install plugins and add marketplaces from sources you trust. Organizations can restrict which marketplaces users are allowed to add using [managed marketplace restrictions](/en/plugin-marketplaces#managed-marketplace-restrictions).

394 

347## Troubleshooting395## Troubleshooting

348 396 

349### /plugin command not recognized397### /plugin command not recognized


362* **Marketplace not loading**: Verify the URL is accessible and that `.claude-plugin/marketplace.json` exists at the path410* **Marketplace not loading**: Verify the URL is accessible and that `.claude-plugin/marketplace.json` exists at the path

363* **Plugin installation failures**: Check that plugin source URLs are accessible and repositories are public (or you have access)411* **Plugin installation failures**: Check that plugin source URLs are accessible and repositories are public (or you have access)

364* **Files not found after installation**: Plugins are copied to a cache, so paths referencing files outside the plugin directory won't work412* **Files not found after installation**: Plugins are copied to a cache, so paths referencing files outside the plugin directory won't work

365* **Plugin Skills not appearing**: Clear the cache with `rm -rf ~/.claude/plugins/cache`, restart Claude Code, and reinstall the plugin. See [Plugin Skills not appearing](/en/skills#plugin-skills-not-appearing-after-installation) for details.413* **Plugin skills not appearing**: Clear the cache with `rm -rf ~/.claude/plugins/cache`, restart Claude Code, and reinstall the plugin.

366 414 

367For detailed troubleshooting with solutions, see [Troubleshooting](/en/plugin-marketplaces#troubleshooting) in the marketplace guide. For debugging tools, see [Debugging and development tools](/en/plugins-reference#debugging-and-development-tools).415For detailed troubleshooting with solutions, see [Troubleshooting](/en/plugin-marketplaces#troubleshooting) in the marketplace guide. For debugging tools, see [Debugging and development tools](/en/plugins-reference#debugging-and-development-tools).

368 416 

417### Code intelligence issues

418 

419* **Language server not starting**: verify the binary is installed and available in your `$PATH`. Check the `/plugin` Errors tab for details.

420* **High memory usage**: language servers like `rust-analyzer` and `pyright` can consume significant memory on large projects. If you experience memory issues, disable the plugin with `/plugin disable <plugin-name>` and rely on Claude's built-in search tools instead.

421* **False positive diagnostics in monorepos**: language servers may report unresolved import errors for internal packages if the workspace isn't configured correctly. These don't affect Claude's ability to edit code.

422 

369## Next steps423## Next steps

370 424 

371* **Build your own plugins**: See [Plugins](/en/plugins) to create custom commands, agents, and hooks425* **Build your own plugins**: See [Plugins](/en/plugins) to create skills, agents, and hooks

372* **Create a marketplace**: See [Create a plugin marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces) to distribute plugins to your team or community426* **Create a marketplace**: See [Create a plugin marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces) to distribute plugins to your team or community

373* **Technical reference**: See [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference) for complete specifications427* **Technical reference**: See [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference) for complete specifications

374 

375 

376 

377> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

env-vars.md +136 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Environment variables

6 

7> Complete reference for environment variables that control Claude Code behavior.

8 

9Claude Code supports the following environment variables to control its behavior. Set them in your shell before launching `claude`, or configure them in [`settings.json`](/en/settings#available-settings) under the `env` key to apply them to every session or roll them out across your team.

10 

11| Variable | Purpose |

12| :------------------------------------------------------ | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

13| `ANTHROPIC_API_KEY` | API key sent as `X-Api-Key` header. When set, this key is used instead of your Claude Pro, Max, Team, or Enterprise subscription even if you are logged in. In non-interactive mode (`-p`), the key is always used when present. In interactive mode, you are prompted to approve the key once before it overrides your subscription. To use your subscription instead, run `unset ANTHROPIC_API_KEY` |

14| `ANTHROPIC_AUTH_TOKEN` | Custom value for the `Authorization` header (the value you set here will be prefixed with `Bearer `) |

15| `ANTHROPIC_BASE_URL` | Override the API endpoint to route requests through a proxy or gateway. When set to a non-first-party host, [MCP tool search](/en/mcp#scale-with-mcp-tool-search) is disabled by default. Set `ENABLE_TOOL_SEARCH=true` if your proxy forwards `tool_reference` blocks |

16| `ANTHROPIC_CUSTOM_HEADERS` | Custom headers to add to requests (`Name: Value` format, newline-separated for multiple headers) |

17| `ANTHROPIC_CUSTOM_MODEL_OPTION` | Model ID to add as a custom entry in the `/model` picker. Use this to make a non-standard or gateway-specific model selectable without replacing built-in aliases. See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#add-a-custom-model-option) |

18| `ANTHROPIC_CUSTOM_MODEL_OPTION_DESCRIPTION` | Display description for the custom model entry in the `/model` picker. Defaults to `Custom model (<model-id>)` when not set |

19| `ANTHROPIC_CUSTOM_MODEL_OPTION_NAME` | Display name for the custom model entry in the `/model` picker. Defaults to the model ID when not set |

20| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#environment-variables) |

21| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL_DESCRIPTION` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#customize-pinned-model-display-and-capabilities) |

22| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL_NAME` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#customize-pinned-model-display-and-capabilities) |

23| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL_SUPPORTED_CAPABILITIES` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#customize-pinned-model-display-and-capabilities) |

24| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#environment-variables) |

25| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL_DESCRIPTION` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#customize-pinned-model-display-and-capabilities) |

26| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL_NAME` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#customize-pinned-model-display-and-capabilities) |

27| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL_SUPPORTED_CAPABILITIES` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#customize-pinned-model-display-and-capabilities) |

28| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#environment-variables) |

29| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL_DESCRIPTION` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#customize-pinned-model-display-and-capabilities) |

30| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL_NAME` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#customize-pinned-model-display-and-capabilities) |

31| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL_SUPPORTED_CAPABILITIES` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#customize-pinned-model-display-and-capabilities) |

32| `ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_API_KEY` | API key for Microsoft Foundry authentication (see [Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry)) |

33| `ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_BASE_URL` | Full base URL for the Foundry resource (for example, `https://my-resource.services.ai.azure.com/anthropic`). Alternative to `ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_RESOURCE` (see [Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry)) |

34| `ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_RESOURCE` | Foundry resource name (for example, `my-resource`). Required if `ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_BASE_URL` is not set (see [Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry)) |

35| `ANTHROPIC_MODEL` | Name of the model setting to use (see [Model Configuration](/en/model-config#environment-variables)) |

36| `ANTHROPIC_SMALL_FAST_MODEL` | \[DEPRECATED] Name of [Haiku-class model for background tasks](/en/costs) |

37| `ANTHROPIC_SMALL_FAST_MODEL_AWS_REGION` | Override AWS region for the Haiku-class model when using Bedrock |

38| `AWS_BEARER_TOKEN_BEDROCK` | Bedrock API key for authentication (see [Bedrock API keys](https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/machine-learning/accelerate-ai-development-with-amazon-bedrock-api-keys/)) |

39| `BASH_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT_MS` | Default timeout for long-running bash commands |

40| `BASH_MAX_OUTPUT_LENGTH` | Maximum number of characters in bash outputs before they are middle-truncated |

41| `BASH_MAX_TIMEOUT_MS` | Maximum timeout the model can set for long-running bash commands |

42| `CLAUDECODE` | Set to `1` in shell environments Claude Code spawns (Bash tool, tmux sessions). Not set in [hooks](/en/hooks) or [status line](/en/statusline) commands. Use to detect when a script is running inside a shell spawned by Claude Code |

43| `CLAUDE_AUTOCOMPACT_PCT_OVERRIDE` | Set the percentage of context capacity (1-100) at which auto-compaction triggers. By default, auto-compaction triggers at approximately 95% capacity. Use lower values like `50` to compact earlier. Values above the default threshold have no effect. Applies to both main conversations and subagents. This percentage aligns with the `context_window.used_percentage` field available in [status line](/en/statusline) |

44| `CLAUDE_BASH_MAINTAIN_PROJECT_WORKING_DIR` | Return to the original working directory after each Bash command |

45| `CLAUDE_CODE_ACCOUNT_UUID` | Account UUID for the authenticated user. Used by SDK callers to provide account information synchronously, avoiding a race condition where early telemetry events lack account metadata. Requires `CLAUDE_CODE_USER_EMAIL` and `CLAUDE_CODE_ORGANIZATION_UUID` to also be set |

46| `CLAUDE_CODE_ADDITIONAL_DIRECTORIES_CLAUDE_MD` | Set to `1` to load CLAUDE.md files from directories specified with `--add-dir`. By default, additional directories do not load memory files |

47| `CLAUDE_CODE_AUTO_COMPACT_WINDOW` | Set the context capacity in tokens used for auto-compaction calculations. Defaults to the model's context window: 200K for standard models or 1M for [extended context](/en/model-config#extended-context) models. Use a lower value like `500000` on a 1M model to treat the window as 500K for compaction purposes. The value is capped at the model's actual context window. `CLAUDE_AUTOCOMPACT_PCT_OVERRIDE` is applied as a percentage of this value. Setting this variable decouples the compaction threshold from the status line's `used_percentage`, which always uses the model's full context window |

48| `CLAUDE_CODE_API_KEY_HELPER_TTL_MS` | Interval in milliseconds at which credentials should be refreshed (when using [`apiKeyHelper`](/en/settings#available-settings)) |

49| `CLAUDE_CODE_CLIENT_CERT` | Path to client certificate file for mTLS authentication |

50| `CLAUDE_CODE_CLIENT_KEY` | Path to client private key file for mTLS authentication |

51| `CLAUDE_CODE_CLIENT_KEY_PASSPHRASE` | Passphrase for encrypted CLAUDE\_CODE\_CLIENT\_KEY (optional) |

52| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_1M_CONTEXT` | Set to `1` to disable [1M context window](/en/model-config#extended-context) support. When set, 1M model variants are unavailable in the model picker. Useful for enterprise environments with compliance requirements |

53| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_ADAPTIVE_THINKING` | Set to `1` to disable [adaptive reasoning](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level) for Opus 4.6 and Sonnet 4.6. When disabled, these models fall back to the fixed thinking budget controlled by `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS` |

54| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_AUTO_MEMORY` | Set to `1` to disable [auto memory](/en/memory#auto-memory). Set to `0` to force auto memory on during the gradual rollout. When disabled, Claude does not create or load auto memory files |

55| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_GIT_INSTRUCTIONS` | Set to `1` to remove built-in commit and PR workflow instructions and the git status snapshot from Claude's system prompt. Useful when using your own git workflow skills. Takes precedence over the [`includeGitInstructions`](/en/settings#available-settings) setting when set |

56| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_BACKGROUND_TASKS` | Set to `1` to disable all background task functionality, including the `run_in_background` parameter on Bash and subagent tools, auto-backgrounding, and the Ctrl+B shortcut |

57| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_CRON` | Set to `1` to disable [scheduled tasks](/en/scheduled-tasks). The `/loop` skill and cron tools become unavailable and any already-scheduled tasks stop firing, including tasks that are already running mid-session |

58| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_EXPERIMENTAL_BETAS` | Set to `1` to strip Anthropic-specific `anthropic-beta` request headers and beta tool-schema fields (such as `defer_loading` and `eager_input_streaming`) from API requests. Use this when a proxy gateway rejects requests with errors like "Unexpected value(s) for the `anthropic-beta` header" or "Extra inputs are not permitted". Standard fields (`name`, `description`, `input_schema`, `cache_control`) are preserved. |

59| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_FAST_MODE` | Set to `1` to disable [fast mode](/en/fast-mode) |

60| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_FEEDBACK_SURVEY` | Set to `1` to disable the "How is Claude doing?" session quality surveys. Surveys are also disabled when `DISABLE_TELEMETRY` or `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_NONESSENTIAL_TRAFFIC` is set. See [Session quality surveys](/en/data-usage#session-quality-surveys) |

61| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_NONESSENTIAL_TRAFFIC` | Equivalent of setting `DISABLE_AUTOUPDATER`, `DISABLE_FEEDBACK_COMMAND`, `DISABLE_ERROR_REPORTING`, and `DISABLE_TELEMETRY` |

62| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_NONSTREAMING_FALLBACK` | Set to `1` to disable the non-streaming fallback when a streaming request fails mid-stream. Streaming errors propagate to the retry layer instead. Useful when a proxy or gateway causes the fallback to produce duplicate tool execution |

63| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_TERMINAL_TITLE` | Set to `1` to disable automatic terminal title updates based on conversation context |

64| `CLAUDE_CODE_EFFORT_LEVEL` | Set the effort level for supported models. Values: `low`, `medium`, `high`, `max` (Opus 4.6 only), or `auto` to use the model default. Takes precedence over `/effort` and the `effortLevel` setting. See [Adjust effort level](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level) |

65| `CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_PROMPT_SUGGESTION` | Set to `false` to disable prompt suggestions (the "Prompt suggestions" toggle in `/config`). These are the grayed-out predictions that appear in your prompt input after Claude responds. See [Prompt suggestions](/en/interactive-mode#prompt-suggestions) |

66| `CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_TASKS` | Set to `true` to enable the task tracking system in non-interactive mode (the `-p` flag). Tasks are on by default in interactive mode. See [Task list](/en/interactive-mode#task-list) |

67| `CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_TELEMETRY` | Set to `1` to enable OpenTelemetry data collection for metrics and logging. Required before configuring OTel exporters. See [Monitoring](/en/monitoring-usage) |

68| `CLAUDE_CODE_EXIT_AFTER_STOP_DELAY` | Time in milliseconds to wait after the query loop becomes idle before automatically exiting. Useful for automated workflows and scripts using SDK mode |

69| `CLAUDE_CODE_EXPERIMENTAL_AGENT_TEAMS` | Set to `1` to enable [agent teams](/en/agent-teams). Agent teams are experimental and disabled by default |

70| `CLAUDE_CODE_FILE_READ_MAX_OUTPUT_TOKENS` | Override the default token limit for file reads. Useful when you need to read larger files in full |

71| `CLAUDE_CODE_IDE_SKIP_AUTO_INSTALL` | Skip auto-installation of IDE extensions. Equivalent to setting [`autoInstallIdeExtension`](/en/settings#global-config-settings) to `false` |

72| `CLAUDE_CODE_MAX_OUTPUT_TOKENS` | Set the maximum number of output tokens for most requests. Defaults and caps vary by model; see [max output tokens](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/about-claude/models/overview#latest-models-comparison). Increasing this value reduces the effective context window available before [auto-compaction](/en/costs#reduce-token-usage) triggers. |

73| `CLAUDE_CODE_NEW_INIT` | Set to `true` to make `/init` run an interactive setup flow. The flow asks which files to generate, including CLAUDE.md, skills, and hooks, before exploring the codebase and writing them. Without this variable, `/init` generates a CLAUDE.md automatically without prompting. |

74| `CLAUDE_CODE_ORGANIZATION_UUID` | Organization UUID for the authenticated user. Used by SDK callers to provide account information synchronously. Requires `CLAUDE_CODE_ACCOUNT_UUID` and `CLAUDE_CODE_USER_EMAIL` to also be set |

75| `CLAUDE_CODE_OTEL_HEADERS_HELPER_DEBOUNCE_MS` | Interval for refreshing dynamic OpenTelemetry headers in milliseconds (default: 1740000 / 29 minutes). See [Dynamic headers](/en/monitoring-usage#dynamic-headers) |

76| `CLAUDE_CODE_PLAN_MODE_REQUIRED` | Auto-set to `true` on [agent team](/en/agent-teams) teammates that require plan approval. Read-only: set by Claude Code when spawning teammates. See [require plan approval](/en/agent-teams#require-plan-approval-for-teammates) |

77| `CLAUDE_CODE_PLUGIN_GIT_TIMEOUT_MS` | Timeout in milliseconds for git operations when installing or updating plugins (default: 120000). Increase this value for large repositories or slow network connections. See [Git operations time out](/en/plugin-marketplaces#git-operations-time-out) |

78| `CLAUDE_CODE_PLUGIN_SEED_DIR` | Path to one or more read-only plugin seed directories, separated by `:` on Unix or `;` on Windows. Use this to bundle a pre-populated plugins directory into a container image. Claude Code registers marketplaces from these directories at startup and uses pre-cached plugins without re-cloning. See [Pre-populate plugins for containers](/en/plugin-marketplaces#pre-populate-plugins-for-containers) |

79| `CLAUDE_CODE_PROXY_RESOLVES_HOSTS` | Set to `true` to allow the proxy to perform DNS resolution instead of the caller. Opt-in for environments where the proxy should handle hostname resolution |

80| `CLAUDE_CODE_SESSIONEND_HOOKS_TIMEOUT_MS` | Maximum time in milliseconds for [SessionEnd](/en/hooks#sessionend) hooks to complete (default: `1500`). Applies to session exit, `/clear`, and switching sessions via interactive `/resume`. Per-hook `timeout` values are also capped by this budget |

81| `CLAUDE_CODE_SHELL` | Override automatic shell detection. Useful when your login shell differs from your preferred working shell (for example, `bash` vs `zsh`) |

82| `CLAUDE_CODE_SHELL_PREFIX` | Command prefix to wrap all bash commands (for example, for logging or auditing). Example: `/path/to/logger.sh` will execute `/path/to/logger.sh <command>` |

83| `CLAUDE_CODE_SIMPLE` | Set to `1` to run with a minimal system prompt and only the Bash, file read, and file edit tools. Disables auto-discovery of hooks, skills, plugins, MCP servers, auto memory, and CLAUDE.md. The [`--bare`](/en/headless#start-faster-with-bare-mode) CLI flag sets this |

84| `CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_BEDROCK_AUTH` | Skip AWS authentication for Bedrock (for example, when using an LLM gateway) |

85| `CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_FAST_MODE_NETWORK_ERRORS` | Set to `1` to allow [fast mode](/en/fast-mode) when the organization status check fails due to a network error. Useful when a corporate proxy blocks the status endpoint. The API still enforces organization-level disable separately |

86| `CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_FOUNDRY_AUTH` | Skip Azure authentication for Microsoft Foundry (for example, when using an LLM gateway) |

87| `CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_VERTEX_AUTH` | Skip Google authentication for Vertex (for example, when using an LLM gateway) |

88| `CLAUDE_CODE_SUBAGENT_MODEL` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config) |

89| `CLAUDE_CODE_SUBPROCESS_ENV_SCRUB` | Set to `1` to strip Anthropic and cloud provider credentials from subprocess environments (Bash tool, hooks, MCP stdio servers). The parent Claude process keeps these credentials for API calls, but child processes cannot read them, reducing exposure to prompt injection attacks that attempt to exfiltrate secrets via shell expansion. `claude-code-action` sets this automatically when `allowed_non_write_users` is configured |

90| `CLAUDE_CODE_TASK_LIST_ID` | Share a task list across sessions. Set the same ID in multiple Claude Code instances to coordinate on a shared task list. See [Task list](/en/interactive-mode#task-list) |

91| `CLAUDE_CODE_TEAM_NAME` | Name of the agent team this teammate belongs to. Set automatically on [agent team](/en/agent-teams) members |

92| `CLAUDE_CODE_TMPDIR` | Override the temp directory used for internal temp files. Claude Code appends `/claude/` to this path. Default: `/tmp` on Unix/macOS, `os.tmpdir()` on Windows |

93| `CLAUDE_CODE_USER_EMAIL` | Email address for the authenticated user. Used by SDK callers to provide account information synchronously. Requires `CLAUDE_CODE_ACCOUNT_UUID` and `CLAUDE_CODE_ORGANIZATION_UUID` to also be set |

94| `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK` | Use [Bedrock](/en/amazon-bedrock) |

95| `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_FOUNDRY` | Use [Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry) |

96| `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_POWERSHELL_TOOL` | Set to `1` to enable the PowerShell tool on Windows (opt-in preview). When enabled, Claude can run PowerShell commands natively instead of routing through Git Bash. Only supported on native Windows, not WSL. See [PowerShell tool](/en/tools-reference#powershell-tool) |

97| `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX` | Use [Vertex](/en/google-vertex-ai) |

98| `CLAUDE_CONFIG_DIR` | Customize where Claude Code stores its configuration and data files |

99| `CLAUDE_ENV_FILE` | Path to a shell script that Claude Code sources before each Bash command. Use to persist virtualenv or conda activation across commands. Also populated dynamically by [SessionStart](/en/hooks#persist-environment-variables), [CwdChanged](/en/hooks#cwdchanged), and [FileChanged](/en/hooks#filechanged) hooks |

100| `CLAUDE_STREAM_IDLE_TIMEOUT_MS` | Timeout in milliseconds before the streaming idle watchdog closes a stalled connection. Default: `90000` (90 seconds). Increase this value if long-running tools or slow networks cause premature timeout errors |

101| `DISABLE_AUTOUPDATER` | Set to `1` to disable automatic updates. |

102| `DISABLE_COST_WARNINGS` | Set to `1` to disable cost warning messages |

103| `DISABLE_ERROR_REPORTING` | Set to `1` to opt out of Sentry error reporting |

104| `DISABLE_FEEDBACK_COMMAND` | Set to `1` to disable the `/feedback` command. The older name `DISABLE_BUG_COMMAND` is also accepted |

105| `DISABLE_INSTALLATION_CHECKS` | Set to `1` to disable installation warnings. Use only when manually managing the installation location, as this can mask issues with standard installations |

106| `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING` | Set to `1` to disable prompt caching for all models (takes precedence over per-model settings) |

107| `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING_HAIKU` | Set to `1` to disable prompt caching for Haiku models |

108| `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING_OPUS` | Set to `1` to disable prompt caching for Opus models |

109| `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING_SONNET` | Set to `1` to disable prompt caching for Sonnet models |

110| `DISABLE_TELEMETRY` | Set to `1` to opt out of Statsig telemetry (note that Statsig events do not include user data like code, file paths, or bash commands) |

111| `ENABLE_CLAUDEAI_MCP_SERVERS` | Set to `false` to disable [claude.ai MCP servers](/en/mcp#use-mcp-servers-from-claude-ai) in Claude Code. Enabled by default for logged-in users |

112| `ENABLE_TOOL_SEARCH` | Controls [MCP tool search](/en/mcp#scale-with-mcp-tool-search). Unset: all MCP tools deferred by default, but loaded upfront when `ANTHROPIC_BASE_URL` points to a non-first-party host. Values: `true` (always defer including proxies), `auto` (threshold mode: load upfront if tools fit within 10% of context), `auto:N` (custom threshold, e.g., `auto:5` for 5%), `false` (load all upfront) |

113| `FORCE_AUTOUPDATE_PLUGINS` | Set to `true` to force plugin auto-updates even when the main auto-updater is disabled via `DISABLE_AUTOUPDATER` |

114| `HTTP_PROXY` | Specify HTTP proxy server for network connections |

115| `HTTPS_PROXY` | Specify HTTPS proxy server for network connections |

116| `IS_DEMO` | Set to `true` to enable demo mode: hides email and organization from the UI, skips onboarding, and hides internal commands. Useful for streaming or recording sessions |

117| `MAX_MCP_OUTPUT_TOKENS` | Maximum number of tokens allowed in MCP tool responses. Claude Code displays a warning when output exceeds 10,000 tokens (default: 25000) |

118| `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS` | Override the [extended thinking](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/extended-thinking) token budget. The ceiling is the model's [max output tokens](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/about-claude/models/overview#latest-models-comparison) minus one. Set to `0` to disable thinking entirely. On models with adaptive reasoning (Opus 4.6, Sonnet 4.6), the budget is ignored unless adaptive reasoning is disabled via `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_ADAPTIVE_THINKING` |

119| `MCP_CLIENT_SECRET` | OAuth client secret for MCP servers that require [pre-configured credentials](/en/mcp#use-pre-configured-oauth-credentials). Avoids the interactive prompt when adding a server with `--client-secret` |

120| `MCP_OAUTH_CALLBACK_PORT` | Fixed port for the OAuth redirect callback, as an alternative to `--callback-port` when adding an MCP server with [pre-configured credentials](/en/mcp#use-pre-configured-oauth-credentials) |

121| `MCP_TIMEOUT` | Timeout in milliseconds for MCP server startup |

122| `MCP_TOOL_TIMEOUT` | Timeout in milliseconds for MCP tool execution |

123| `NO_PROXY` | List of domains and IPs to which requests will be directly issued, bypassing proxy |

124| `SLASH_COMMAND_TOOL_CHAR_BUDGET` | Override the character budget for skill metadata shown to the [Skill tool](/en/skills#control-who-invokes-a-skill). The budget scales dynamically at 2% of the context window, with a fallback of 16,000 characters. Legacy name kept for backwards compatibility |

125| `USE_BUILTIN_RIPGREP` | Set to `0` to use system-installed `rg` instead of `rg` included with Claude Code |

126| `VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_3_5_HAIKU` | Override region for Claude 3.5 Haiku when using Vertex AI |

127| `VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_3_7_SONNET` | Override region for Claude 3.7 Sonnet when using Vertex AI |

128| `VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_4_0_OPUS` | Override region for Claude 4.0 Opus when using Vertex AI |

129| `VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_4_0_SONNET` | Override region for Claude 4.0 Sonnet when using Vertex AI |

130| `VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_4_1_OPUS` | Override region for Claude 4.1 Opus when using Vertex AI |

131 

132## See also

133 

134* [Settings](/en/settings): configure environment variables in `settings.json` so they apply to every session

135* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference): launch-time flags

136* [Network configuration](/en/network-config): proxy and TLS setup

fast-mode.md +150 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Speed up responses with fast mode

6 

7> Get faster Opus 4.6 responses in Claude Code by toggling fast mode.

8 

9<Note>

10 Fast mode is in [research preview](#research-preview). The feature, pricing, and availability may change based on feedback.

11</Note>

12 

13Fast mode is a high-speed configuration for Claude Opus 4.6, making the model 2.5x faster at a higher cost per token. Toggle it on with `/fast` when you need speed for interactive work like rapid iteration or live debugging, and toggle it off when cost matters more than latency.

14 

15Fast mode is not a different model. It uses the same Opus 4.6 with a different API configuration that prioritizes speed over cost efficiency. You get identical quality and capabilities, just faster responses.

16 

17<Note>

18 Fast mode requires Claude Code v2.1.36 or later. Check your version with `claude --version`.

19</Note>

20 

21What to know:

22 

23* Use `/fast` to toggle on fast mode in Claude Code CLI. Also available via `/fast` in Claude Code VS Code Extension.

24* Fast mode for Opus 4.6 pricing is \$30/150 MTok.

25* Available to all Claude Code users on subscription plans (Pro/Max/Team/Enterprise) and Claude Console.

26* For Claude Code users on subscription plans (Pro/Max/Team/Enterprise), fast mode is available via extra usage only and not included in the subscription rate limits.

27 

28This page covers how to [toggle fast mode](#toggle-fast-mode), its [cost tradeoff](#understand-the-cost-tradeoff), [when to use it](#decide-when-to-use-fast-mode), [requirements](#requirements), [per-session opt-in](#require-per-session-opt-in), and [rate limit behavior](#handle-rate-limits).

29 

30## Toggle fast mode

31 

32Toggle fast mode in either of these ways:

33 

34* Type `/fast` and press Tab to toggle on or off

35* Set `"fastMode": true` in your [user settings file](/en/settings)

36 

37By default, fast mode persists across sessions. Administrators can configure fast mode to reset each session. See [require per-session opt-in](#require-per-session-opt-in) for details.

38 

39For the best cost efficiency, enable fast mode at the start of a session rather than switching mid-conversation. See [understand the cost tradeoff](#understand-the-cost-tradeoff) for details.

40 

41When you enable fast mode:

42 

43* If you're on a different model, Claude Code automatically switches to Opus 4.6

44* You'll see a confirmation message: "Fast mode ON"

45* A small `↯` icon appears next to the prompt while fast mode is active

46* Run `/fast` again at any time to check whether fast mode is on or off

47 

48When you disable fast mode with `/fast` again, you remain on Opus 4.6. The model does not revert to your previous model. To switch to a different model, use `/model`.

49 

50## Understand the cost tradeoff

51 

52Fast mode has higher per-token pricing than standard Opus 4.6:

53 

54| Mode | Input (MTok) | Output (MTok) |

55| --------------------- | ------------ | ------------- |

56| Fast mode on Opus 4.6 | \$30 | \$150 |

57 

58Fast mode pricing is flat across the full 1M token context window.

59 

60When you switch into fast mode mid-conversation, you pay the full fast mode uncached input token price for the entire conversation context. This costs more than if you had enabled fast mode from the start.

61 

62## Decide when to use fast mode

63 

64Fast mode is best for interactive work where response latency matters more than cost:

65 

66* Rapid iteration on code changes

67* Live debugging sessions

68* Time-sensitive work with tight deadlines

69 

70Standard mode is better for:

71 

72* Long autonomous tasks where speed matters less

73* Batch processing or CI/CD pipelines

74* Cost-sensitive workloads

75 

76### Fast mode vs effort level

77 

78Fast mode and effort level both affect response speed, but differently:

79 

80| Setting | Effect |

81| ---------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

82| **Fast mode** | Same model quality, lower latency, higher cost |

83| **Lower effort level** | Less thinking time, faster responses, potentially lower quality on complex tasks |

84 

85You can combine both: use fast mode with a lower [effort level](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level) for maximum speed on straightforward tasks.

86 

87## Requirements

88 

89Fast mode requires all of the following:

90 

91* **Not available on third-party cloud providers**: fast mode is not available on Amazon Bedrock, Google Vertex AI, or Microsoft Azure Foundry. Fast mode is available through the Anthropic Console API and for Claude subscription plans using extra usage.

92* **Extra usage enabled**: your account must have extra usage enabled, which allows billing beyond your plan's included usage. For individual accounts, enable this in your [Console billing settings](https://platform.claude.com/settings/organization/billing). For Teams and Enterprise, an admin must enable extra usage for the organization.

93 

94<Note>

95 Fast mode usage is billed directly to extra usage, even if you have remaining usage on your plan. This means fast mode tokens do not count against your plan's included usage and are charged at the fast mode rate from the first token.

96</Note>

97 

98* **Admin enablement for Teams and Enterprise**: fast mode is disabled by default for Teams and Enterprise organizations. An admin must explicitly [enable fast mode](#enable-fast-mode-for-your-organization) before users can access it.

99 

100<Note>

101 If your admin has not enabled fast mode for your organization, the `/fast` command will show "Fast mode has been disabled by your organization."

102</Note>

103 

104### Enable fast mode for your organization

105 

106Admins can enable fast mode in:

107 

108* **Console** (API customers): [Claude Code preferences](https://platform.claude.com/claude-code/preferences)

109* **Claude AI** (Teams and Enterprise): [Admin Settings > Claude Code](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code)

110 

111Another option to disable fast mode entirely is to set `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_FAST_MODE=1`. See [Environment variables](/en/env-vars).

112 

113### Require per-session opt-in

114 

115By default, fast mode persists across sessions: if a user enables fast mode, it stays on in future sessions. Administrators on [Teams](https://claude.com/pricing?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs\&utm_content=fast_mode_teams#team-&-enterprise) or [Enterprise](https://anthropic.com/contact-sales?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs\&utm_content=fast_mode_enterprise) plans can prevent this by setting `fastModePerSessionOptIn` to `true` in [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files) or [server-managed settings](/en/server-managed-settings). This causes each session to start with fast mode off, requiring users to explicitly enable it with `/fast`.

116 

117```json theme={null}

118{

119 "fastModePerSessionOptIn": true

120}

121```

122 

123This is useful for controlling costs in organizations where users run multiple concurrent sessions. Users can still enable fast mode with `/fast` when they need speed, but it resets at the start of each new session. The user's fast mode preference is still saved, so removing this setting restores the default persistent behavior.

124 

125## Handle rate limits

126 

127Fast mode has separate rate limits from standard Opus 4.6. When you hit the fast mode rate limit or run out of extra usage credits:

128 

1291. Fast mode automatically falls back to standard Opus 4.6

1302. The `↯` icon turns gray to indicate cooldown

1313. You continue working at standard speed and pricing

1324. When the cooldown expires, fast mode automatically re-enables

133 

134To disable fast mode manually instead of waiting for cooldown, run `/fast` again.

135 

136## Research preview

137 

138Fast mode is a research preview feature. This means:

139 

140* The feature may change based on feedback

141* Availability and pricing are subject to change

142* The underlying API configuration may evolve

143 

144Report issues or feedback through your usual Anthropic support channels.

145 

146## See also

147 

148* [Model configuration](/en/model-config): switch models and adjust effort levels

149* [Manage costs effectively](/en/costs): track token usage and reduce costs

150* [Status line configuration](/en/statusline): display model and context information

features-overview.md +294 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Extend Claude Code

6 

7> Understand when to use CLAUDE.md, Skills, subagents, hooks, MCP, and plugins.

8 

9Claude Code combines a model that reasons about your code with [built-in tools](/en/how-claude-code-works#tools) for file operations, search, execution, and web access. The built-in tools cover most coding tasks. This guide covers the extension layer: features you add to customize what Claude knows, connect it to external services, and automate workflows.

10 

11<Note>

12 For how the core agentic loop works, see [How Claude Code works](/en/how-claude-code-works).

13</Note>

14 

15**New to Claude Code?** Start with [CLAUDE.md](/en/memory) for project conventions. Add other extensions as you need them.

16 

17## Overview

18 

19Extensions plug into different parts of the agentic loop:

20 

21* **[CLAUDE.md](/en/memory)** adds persistent context Claude sees every session

22* **[Skills](/en/skills)** add reusable knowledge and invocable workflows

23* **[MCP](/en/mcp)** connects Claude to external services and tools

24* **[Subagents](/en/sub-agents)** run their own loops in isolated context, returning summaries

25* **[Agent teams](/en/agent-teams)** coordinate multiple independent sessions with shared tasks and peer-to-peer messaging

26* **[Hooks](/en/hooks)** run outside the loop entirely as deterministic scripts

27* **[Plugins](/en/plugins)** and **[marketplaces](/en/plugin-marketplaces)** package and distribute these features

28 

29[Skills](/en/skills) are the most flexible extension. A skill is a markdown file containing knowledge, workflows, or instructions. You can invoke skills with a command like `/deploy`, or Claude can load them automatically when relevant. Skills can run in your current conversation or in an isolated context via subagents.

30 

31## Match features to your goal

32 

33Features range from always-on context that Claude sees every session, to on-demand capabilities you or Claude can invoke, to background automation that runs on specific events. The table below shows what's available and when each one makes sense.

34 

35| Feature | What it does | When to use it | Example |

36| ---------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

37| **CLAUDE.md** | Persistent context loaded every conversation | Project conventions, "always do X" rules | "Use pnpm, not npm. Run tests before committing." |

38| **Skill** | Instructions, knowledge, and workflows Claude can use | Reusable content, reference docs, repeatable tasks | `/deploy` runs your deployment checklist; API docs skill with endpoint patterns |

39| **Subagent** | Isolated execution context that returns summarized results | Context isolation, parallel tasks, specialized workers | Research task that reads many files but returns only key findings |

40| **[Agent teams](/en/agent-teams)** | Coordinate multiple independent Claude Code sessions | Parallel research, new feature development, debugging with competing hypotheses | Spawn reviewers to check security, performance, and tests simultaneously |

41| **MCP** | Connect to external services | External data or actions | Query your database, post to Slack, control a browser |

42| **Hook** | Deterministic script that runs on events | Predictable automation, no LLM involved | Run ESLint after every file edit |

43 

44**[Plugins](/en/plugins)** are the packaging layer. A plugin bundles skills, hooks, subagents, and MCP servers into a single installable unit. Plugin skills are namespaced (like `/my-plugin:review`) so multiple plugins can coexist. Use plugins when you want to reuse the same setup across multiple repositories or distribute to others via a **[marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces)**.

45 

46### Compare similar features

47 

48Some features can seem similar. Here's how to tell them apart.

49 

50<Tabs>

51 <Tab title="Skill vs Subagent">

52 Skills and subagents solve different problems:

53 

54 * **Skills** are reusable content you can load into any context

55 * **Subagents** are isolated workers that run separately from your main conversation

56 

57 | Aspect | Skill | Subagent |

58 | --------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------- |

59 | **What it is** | Reusable instructions, knowledge, or workflows | Isolated worker with its own context |

60 | **Key benefit** | Share content across contexts | Context isolation. Work happens separately, only summary returns |

61 | **Best for** | Reference material, invocable workflows | Tasks that read many files, parallel work, specialized workers |

62 

63 **Skills can be reference or action.** Reference skills provide knowledge Claude uses throughout your session (like your API style guide). Action skills tell Claude to do something specific (like `/deploy` that runs your deployment workflow).

64 

65 **Use a subagent** when you need context isolation or when your context window is getting full. The subagent might read dozens of files or run extensive searches, but your main conversation only receives a summary. Since subagent work doesn't consume your main context, this is also useful when you don't need the intermediate work to remain visible. Custom subagents can have their own instructions and can preload skills.

66 

67 **They can combine.** A subagent can preload specific skills (`skills:` field). A skill can run in isolated context using `context: fork`. See [Skills](/en/skills) for details.

68 </Tab>

69 

70 <Tab title="CLAUDE.md vs Skill">

71 Both store instructions, but they load differently and serve different purposes.

72 

73 | Aspect | CLAUDE.md | Skill |

74 | ------------------------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------------------- |

75 | **Loads** | Every session, automatically | On demand |

76 | **Can include files** | Yes, with `@path` imports | Yes, with `@path` imports |

77 | **Can trigger workflows** | No | Yes, with `/<name>` |

78 | **Best for** | "Always do X" rules | Reference material, invocable workflows |

79 

80 **Put it in CLAUDE.md** if Claude should always know it: coding conventions, build commands, project structure, "never do X" rules.

81 

82 **Put it in a skill** if it's reference material Claude needs sometimes (API docs, style guides) or a workflow you trigger with `/<name>` (deploy, review, release).

83 

84 **Rule of thumb:** Keep CLAUDE.md under 200 lines. If it's growing, move reference content to skills or split into [`.claude/rules/`](/en/memory#organize-rules-with-claude/rules/) files.

85 </Tab>

86 

87 <Tab title="CLAUDE.md vs Rules vs Skills">

88 All three store instructions, but they load differently:

89 

90 | Aspect | CLAUDE.md | `.claude/rules/` | Skill |

91 | ------------ | ----------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- |

92 | **Loads** | Every session | Every session, or when matching files are opened | On demand, when invoked or relevant |

93 | **Scope** | Whole project | Can be scoped to file paths | Task-specific |

94 | **Best for** | Core conventions and build commands | Language-specific or directory-specific guidelines | Reference material, repeatable workflows |

95 

96 **Use CLAUDE.md** for instructions every session needs: build commands, test conventions, project architecture.

97 

98 **Use rules** to keep CLAUDE.md focused. Rules with [`paths` frontmatter](/en/memory#path-specific-rules) only load when Claude works with matching files, saving context.

99 

100 **Use skills** for content Claude only needs sometimes, like API documentation or a deployment checklist you trigger with `/<name>`.

101 </Tab>

102 

103 <Tab title="Subagent vs Agent team">

104 Both parallelize work, but they're architecturally different:

105 

106 * **Subagents** run inside your session and report results back to your main context

107 * **Agent teams** are independent Claude Code sessions that communicate with each other

108 

109 | Aspect | Subagent | Agent team |

110 | ----------------- | ------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------- |

111 | **Context** | Own context window; results return to the caller | Own context window; fully independent |

112 | **Communication** | Reports results back to the main agent only | Teammates message each other directly |

113 | **Coordination** | Main agent manages all work | Shared task list with self-coordination |

114 | **Best for** | Focused tasks where only the result matters | Complex work requiring discussion and collaboration |

115 | **Token cost** | Lower: results summarized back to main context | Higher: each teammate is a separate Claude instance |

116 

117 **Use a subagent** when you need a quick, focused worker: research a question, verify a claim, review a file. The subagent does the work and returns a summary. Your main conversation stays clean.

118 

119 **Use an agent team** when teammates need to share findings, challenge each other, and coordinate independently. Agent teams are best for research with competing hypotheses, parallel code review, and new feature development where each teammate owns a separate piece.

120 

121 **Transition point:** If you're running parallel subagents but hitting context limits, or if your subagents need to communicate with each other, agent teams are the natural next step.

122 

123 <Note>

124 Agent teams are experimental and disabled by default. See [agent teams](/en/agent-teams) for setup and current limitations.

125 </Note>

126 </Tab>

127 

128 <Tab title="MCP vs Skill">

129 MCP connects Claude to external services. Skills extend what Claude knows, including how to use those services effectively.

130 

131 | Aspect | MCP | Skill |

132 | -------------- | ---------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------- |

133 | **What it is** | Protocol for connecting to external services | Knowledge, workflows, and reference material |

134 | **Provides** | Tools and data access | Knowledge, workflows, reference material |

135 | **Examples** | Slack integration, database queries, browser control | Code review checklist, deploy workflow, API style guide |

136 

137 These solve different problems and work well together:

138 

139 **MCP** gives Claude the ability to interact with external systems. Without MCP, Claude can't query your database or post to Slack.

140 

141 **Skills** give Claude knowledge about how to use those tools effectively, plus workflows you can trigger with `/<name>`. A skill might include your team's database schema and query patterns, or a `/post-to-slack` workflow with your team's message formatting rules.

142 

143 Example: An MCP server connects Claude to your database. A skill teaches Claude your data model, common query patterns, and which tables to use for different tasks.

144 </Tab>

145</Tabs>

146 

147### Understand how features layer

148 

149Features can be defined at multiple levels: user-wide, per-project, via plugins, or through managed policies. You can also nest CLAUDE.md files in subdirectories or place skills in specific packages of a monorepo. When the same feature exists at multiple levels, here's how they layer:

150 

151* **CLAUDE.md files** are additive: all levels contribute content to Claude's context simultaneously. Files from your working directory and above load at launch; subdirectories load as you work in them. When instructions conflict, Claude uses judgment to reconcile them, with more specific instructions typically taking precedence. See [how CLAUDE.md files load](/en/memory#how-claude-md-files-load).

152* **Skills and subagents** override by name: when the same name exists at multiple levels, one definition wins based on priority (managed > user > project for skills; managed > CLI flag > project > user > plugin for subagents). Plugin skills are [namespaced](/en/plugins#add-skills-to-your-plugin) to avoid conflicts. See [skill discovery](/en/skills#where-skills-live) and [subagent scope](/en/sub-agents#choose-the-subagent-scope).

153* **MCP servers** override by name: local > project > user. See [MCP scope](/en/mcp#scope-hierarchy-and-precedence).

154* **Hooks** merge: all registered hooks fire for their matching events regardless of source. See [hooks](/en/hooks).

155 

156### Combine features

157 

158Each extension solves a different problem: CLAUDE.md handles always-on context, skills handle on-demand knowledge and workflows, MCP handles external connections, subagents handle isolation, and hooks handle automation. Real setups combine them based on your workflow.

159 

160For example, you might use CLAUDE.md for project conventions, a skill for your deployment workflow, MCP to connect to your database, and a hook to run linting after every edit. Each feature handles what it's best at.

161 

162| Pattern | How it works | Example |

163| ---------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

164| **Skill + MCP** | MCP provides the connection; a skill teaches Claude how to use it well | MCP connects to your database, a skill documents your schema and query patterns |

165| **Skill + Subagent** | A skill spawns subagents for parallel work | `/audit` skill kicks off security, performance, and style subagents that work in isolated context |

166| **CLAUDE.md + Skills** | CLAUDE.md holds always-on rules; skills hold reference material loaded on demand | CLAUDE.md says "follow our API conventions," a skill contains the full API style guide |

167| **Hook + MCP** | A hook triggers external actions through MCP | Post-edit hook sends a Slack notification when Claude modifies critical files |

168 

169## Understand context costs

170 

171Every feature you add consumes some of Claude's context. Too much can fill up your context window, but it can also add noise that makes Claude less effective; skills may not trigger correctly, or Claude may lose track of your conventions. Understanding these trade-offs helps you build an effective setup. For an interactive view of how these features combine in a running session, see [Explore the context window](/en/context-window).

172 

173### Context cost by feature

174 

175Each feature has a different loading strategy and context cost:

176 

177| Feature | When it loads | What loads | Context cost |

178| --------------- | ------------------------- | --------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------- |

179| **CLAUDE.md** | Session start | Full content | Every request |

180| **Skills** | Session start + when used | Descriptions at start, full content when used | Low (descriptions every request)\* |

181| **MCP servers** | Session start | Tool names; full schemas on demand | Low until a tool is used |

182| **Subagents** | When spawned | Fresh context with specified skills | Isolated from main session |

183| **Hooks** | On trigger | Nothing (runs externally) | Zero, unless hook returns additional context |

184 

185\*By default, skill descriptions load at session start so Claude can decide when to use them. Set `disable-model-invocation: true` in a skill's frontmatter to hide it from Claude entirely until you invoke it manually. This reduces context cost to zero for skills you only trigger yourself.

186 

187### Understand how features load

188 

189Each feature loads at different points in your session. The tabs below explain when each one loads and what goes into context.

190 

191<img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/6yTCYq1p37ZB8-CQ/images/context-loading.svg?fit=max&auto=format&n=6yTCYq1p37ZB8-CQ&q=85&s=5a58ce953a35a2412892015e2ad6cb67" alt="Context loading: CLAUDE.md loads at session start and stays in every request. MCP tool names load at start with full schemas deferred until use. Skills load descriptions at start, full content on invocation. Subagents get isolated context. Hooks run externally." width="720" height="410" data-path="images/context-loading.svg" />

192 

193<Tabs>

194 <Tab title="CLAUDE.md">

195 **When:** Session start

196 

197 **What loads:** Full content of all CLAUDE.md files (managed, user, and project levels).

198 

199 **Inheritance:** Claude reads CLAUDE.md files from your working directory up to the root, and discovers nested ones in subdirectories as it accesses those files. See [How CLAUDE.md files load](/en/memory#how-claude-md-files-load) for details.

200 

201 <Tip>Keep CLAUDE.md under \~500 lines. Move reference material to skills, which load on-demand.</Tip>

202 </Tab>

203 

204 <Tab title="Skills">

205 Skills are extra capabilities in Claude's toolkit. They can be reference material (like an API style guide) or invocable workflows you trigger with `/<name>` (like `/deploy`). Claude Code ships with [bundled skills](/en/skills#bundled-skills) like `/simplify`, `/batch`, and `/debug` that work out of the box. You can also create your own. Claude uses skills when appropriate, or you can invoke one directly.

206 

207 **When:** Depends on the skill's configuration. By default, descriptions load at session start and full content loads when used. For user-only skills (`disable-model-invocation: true`), nothing loads until you invoke them.

208 

209 **What loads:** For model-invocable skills, Claude sees names and descriptions in every request. When you invoke a skill with `/<name>` or Claude loads it automatically, the full content loads into your conversation.

210 

211 **How Claude chooses skills:** Claude matches your task against skill descriptions to decide which are relevant. If descriptions are vague or overlap, Claude may load the wrong skill or miss one that would help. To tell Claude to use a specific skill, invoke it with `/<name>`. Skills with `disable-model-invocation: true` are invisible to Claude until you invoke them.

212 

213 **Context cost:** Low until used. User-only skills have zero cost until invoked.

214 

215 **In subagents:** Skills work differently in subagents. Instead of on-demand loading, skills passed to a subagent are fully preloaded into its context at launch. Subagents don't inherit skills from the main session; you must specify them explicitly.

216 

217 <Tip>Use `disable-model-invocation: true` for skills with side effects. This saves context and ensures only you trigger them.</Tip>

218 </Tab>

219 

220 <Tab title="MCP servers">

221 **When:** Session start.

222 

223 **What loads:** Tool names from connected servers. Full JSON schemas stay deferred until Claude needs a specific tool.

224 

225 **Context cost:** [Tool search](/en/mcp#scale-with-mcp-tool-search) is on by default, so idle MCP tools consume minimal context.

226 

227 **Reliability note:** MCP connections can fail silently mid-session. If a server disconnects, its tools disappear without warning. Claude may try to use a tool that no longer exists. If you notice Claude failing to use an MCP tool it previously could access, check the connection with `/mcp`.

228 

229 <Tip>Run `/mcp` to see token costs per server. Disconnect servers you're not actively using.</Tip>

230 </Tab>

231 

232 <Tab title="Subagents">

233 **When:** On demand, when you or Claude spawns one for a task.

234 

235 **What loads:** Fresh, isolated context containing:

236 

237 * The system prompt (shared with parent for cache efficiency)

238 * Full content of skills listed in the agent's `skills:` field

239 * CLAUDE.md and git status (inherited from parent)

240 * Whatever context the lead agent passes in the prompt

241 

242 **Context cost:** Isolated from main session. Subagents don't inherit your conversation history or invoked skills.

243 

244 <Tip>Use subagents for work that doesn't need your full conversation context. Their isolation prevents bloating your main session.</Tip>

245 </Tab>

246 

247 <Tab title="Hooks">

248 **When:** On trigger. Hooks fire at specific lifecycle events like tool execution, session boundaries, prompt submission, permission requests, and compaction. See [Hooks](/en/hooks) for the full list.

249 

250 **What loads:** Nothing by default. Hooks run as external scripts.

251 

252 **Context cost:** Zero, unless the hook returns output that gets added as messages to your conversation.

253 

254 <Tip>Hooks are ideal for side effects (linting, logging) that don't need to affect Claude's context.</Tip>

255 </Tab>

256</Tabs>

257 

258## Learn more

259 

260Each feature has its own guide with setup instructions, examples, and configuration options.

261 

262<CardGroup cols={2}>

263 <Card title="CLAUDE.md" icon="file-lines" href="/en/memory">

264 Store project context, conventions, and instructions

265 </Card>

266 

267 <Card title="Skills" icon="brain" href="/en/skills">

268 Give Claude domain expertise and reusable workflows

269 </Card>

270 

271 <Card title="Subagents" icon="users" href="/en/sub-agents">

272 Offload work to isolated context

273 </Card>

274 

275 <Card title="Agent teams" icon="network" href="/en/agent-teams">

276 Coordinate multiple sessions working in parallel

277 </Card>

278 

279 <Card title="MCP" icon="plug" href="/en/mcp">

280 Connect Claude to external services

281 </Card>

282 

283 <Card title="Hooks" icon="bolt" href="/en/hooks-guide">

284 Automate workflows with hooks

285 </Card>

286 

287 <Card title="Plugins" icon="puzzle-piece" href="/en/plugins">

288 Bundle and share feature sets

289 </Card>

290 

291 <Card title="Marketplaces" icon="store" href="/en/plugin-marketplaces">

292 Host and distribute plugin collections

293 </Card>

294</CardGroup>

github-actions.md +24 −27

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Claude Code GitHub Actions5# Claude Code GitHub Actions

2 6 

3> Learn about integrating Claude Code into your development workflow with Claude Code GitHub Actions7> Learn about integrating Claude Code into your development workflow with Claude Code GitHub Actions

4 8 

5Claude Code GitHub Actions brings AI-powered automation to your GitHub workflow. With a simple `@claude` mention in any PR or issue, Claude can analyze your code, create pull requests, implement features, and fix bugs - all while following your project's standards.9Claude Code GitHub Actions brings AI-powered automation to your GitHub workflow. With a simple `@claude` mention in any PR or issue, Claude can analyze your code, create pull requests, implement features, and fix bugs - all while following your project's standards. For automatic reviews posted on every PR without a trigger, see [GitHub Code Review](/en/code-review).

6 10 

7<Note>11<Note>

8 Claude Code GitHub Actions is built on top of the [Claude Code12 Claude Code GitHub Actions is built on top of the [Claude Agent SDK](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/agent-sdk/overview), which enables programmatic integration of Claude Code into your applications. You can use the SDK to build custom automation workflows beyond GitHub Actions.

9 SDK](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agent-sdk), which enables programmatic integration of

10 Claude Code into your applications. You can use the SDK to build custom

11 automation workflows beyond GitHub Actions.

12</Note>13</Note>

13 14 

14<Info>15<Info>

15 **Claude Opus 4.5 is now available.** Claude Code GitHub Actions default to Sonnet. To use Opus 4.5, configure the [model parameter](#breaking-changes-reference) to use `claude-opus-4-5-20251101`.16 **Claude Opus 4.6 is now available.** Claude Code GitHub Actions default to Sonnet. To use Opus 4.6, configure the [model parameter](#breaking-changes-reference) to use `claude-opus-4-6`.

16</Info>17</Info>

17 18 

18## Why use Claude Code GitHub Actions?19## Why use Claude Code GitHub Actions?


90### Breaking Changes Reference91### Breaking Changes Reference

91 92 

92| Old Beta Input | New v1.0 Input |93| Old Beta Input | New v1.0 Input |

93| --------------------- | -------------------------------- |94| --------------------- | ------------------------------------- |

94| `mode` | *(Removed - auto-detected)* |95| `mode` | *(Removed - auto-detected)* |

95| `direct_prompt` | `prompt` |96| `direct_prompt` | `prompt` |

96| `override_prompt` | `prompt` with GitHub variables |97| `override_prompt` | `prompt` with GitHub variables |

97| `custom_instructions` | `claude_args: --system-prompt` |98| `custom_instructions` | `claude_args: --append-system-prompt` |

98| `max_turns` | `claude_args: --max-turns` |99| `max_turns` | `claude_args: --max-turns` |

99| `model` | `claude_args: --model` |100| `model` | `claude_args: --model` |

100| `allowed_tools` | `claude_args: --allowedTools` |101| `allowed_tools` | `claude_args: --allowedTools` |


113 anthropic_api_key: ${{ secrets.ANTHROPIC_API_KEY }}114 anthropic_api_key: ${{ secrets.ANTHROPIC_API_KEY }}

114 custom_instructions: "Follow our coding standards"115 custom_instructions: "Follow our coding standards"

115 max_turns: "10"116 max_turns: "10"

116 model: "claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929"117 model: "claude-sonnet-4-6"

117```118```

118 119 

119**GA version (v1.0):**120**GA version (v1.0):**


124 prompt: "Review this PR for security issues"125 prompt: "Review this PR for security issues"

125 anthropic_api_key: ${{ secrets.ANTHROPIC_API_KEY }}126 anthropic_api_key: ${{ secrets.ANTHROPIC_API_KEY }}

126 claude_args: |127 claude_args: |

127 --system-prompt "Follow our coding standards"128 --append-system-prompt "Follow our coding standards"

128 --max-turns 10129 --max-turns 10

129 --model claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929130 --model claude-sonnet-4-6

130```131```

131 132 

132<Tip>133<Tip>


156 # Responds to @claude mentions in comments157 # Responds to @claude mentions in comments

157```158```

158 159 

159### Using slash commands160### Using skills

160 161 

161```yaml theme={null}162```yaml theme={null}

162name: Code Review163name: Code Review


170 - uses: anthropics/claude-code-action@v1171 - uses: anthropics/claude-code-action@v1

171 with:172 with:

172 anthropic_api_key: ${{ secrets.ANTHROPIC_API_KEY }}173 anthropic_api_key: ${{ secrets.ANTHROPIC_API_KEY }}

173 prompt: "/review"174 prompt: "Review this pull request for code quality, correctness, and security. Analyze the diff, then post your findings as review comments."

174 claude_args: "--max-turns 5"175 claude_args: "--max-turns 5"

175```176```

176 177 


189 with:190 with:

190 anthropic_api_key: ${{ secrets.ANTHROPIC_API_KEY }}191 anthropic_api_key: ${{ secrets.ANTHROPIC_API_KEY }}

191 prompt: "Generate a summary of yesterday's commits and open issues"192 prompt: "Generate a summary of yesterday's commits and open issues"

192 claude_args: "--model claude-opus-4-5-20251101"193 claude_args: "--model opus"

193```194```

194 195 

195### Common use cases196### Common use cases

196 197 

197In issue or PR comments:198In issue or PR comments:

198 199 

199```200```text theme={null}

200@claude implement this feature based on the issue description201@claude implement this feature based on the issue description

201@claude how should I implement user authentication for this endpoint?202@claude how should I implement user authentication for this endpoint?

202@claude fix the TypeError in the user dashboard component203@claude fix the TypeError in the user dashboard component


266Key features:267Key features:

267 268 

268* **Unified prompt interface** - Use `prompt` for all instructions269* **Unified prompt interface** - Use `prompt` for all instructions

269* **Slash commands** - Pre-built prompts like `/review` or `/fix`270* **Skills** - Invoke installed [skills](/en/skills) directly from the prompt

270* **CLI passthrough** - Any Claude Code CLI argument via `claude_args`271* **CLI passthrough** - Any Claude Code CLI argument via `claude_args`

271* **Flexible triggers** - Works with any GitHub event272* **Flexible triggers** - Works with any GitHub event

272 273 


517 with:518 with:

518 github_token: ${{ steps.app-token.outputs.token }}519 github_token: ${{ steps.app-token.outputs.token }}

519 use_bedrock: "true"520 use_bedrock: "true"

520 claude_args: '--model us.anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929-v1:0 --max-turns 10'521 claude_args: '--model us.anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-6 --max-turns 10'

521 ```522 ```

522 523 

523 <Tip>524 <Tip>

524 The model ID format for Bedrock includes the region prefix (e.g., `us.anthropic.claude...`) and version suffix.525 The model ID format for Bedrock includes a region prefix (for example, `us.anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-6`).

525 </Tip>526 </Tip>

526 </Accordion>527 </Accordion>

527 528 


624The Claude Code Action v1 uses a simplified configuration:625The Claude Code Action v1 uses a simplified configuration:

625 626 

626| Parameter | Description | Required |627| Parameter | Description | Required |

627| ------------------- | ----------------------------------------------- | -------- |628| ------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | -------- |

628| `prompt` | Instructions for Claude (text or slash command) | No\* |629| `prompt` | Instructions for Claude (plain text or a [skill](/en/skills) name) | No\* |

629| `claude_args` | CLI arguments passed to Claude Code | No |630| `claude_args` | CLI arguments passed to Claude Code | No |

630| `anthropic_api_key` | Claude API key | Yes\*\* |631| `anthropic_api_key` | Claude API key | Yes\*\* |

631| `github_token` | GitHub token for API access | No |632| `github_token` | GitHub token for API access | No |


641The `claude_args` parameter accepts any Claude Code CLI arguments:642The `claude_args` parameter accepts any Claude Code CLI arguments:

642 643 

643```yaml theme={null}644```yaml theme={null}

644claude_args: "--max-turns 5 --model claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929 --mcp-config /path/to/config.json"645claude_args: "--max-turns 5 --model claude-sonnet-4-6 --mcp-config /path/to/config.json"

645```646```

646 647 

647Common arguments:648Common arguments:

648 649 

649* `--max-turns`: Maximum conversation turns (default: 10)650* `--max-turns`: Maximum conversation turns (default: 10)

650* `--model`: Model to use (for example, `claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929`)651* `--model`: Model to use (for example, `claude-sonnet-4-6`)

651* `--mcp-config`: Path to MCP configuration652* `--mcp-config`: Path to MCP configuration

652* `--allowed-tools`: Comma-separated list of allowed tools653* `--allowedTools`: Comma-separated list of allowed tools. The `--allowed-tools` alias also works.

653* `--debug`: Enable debug output654* `--debug`: Enable debug output

654 655 

655### Alternative integration methods656### Alternative integration methods


6702. **Custom prompts**: Use the `prompt` parameter in the workflow file to provide workflow-specific instructions. This allows you to customize Claude's behavior for different workflows or tasks.6712. **Custom prompts**: Use the `prompt` parameter in the workflow file to provide workflow-specific instructions. This allows you to customize Claude's behavior for different workflows or tasks.

671 672 

672Claude will follow these guidelines when creating PRs and responding to requests.673Claude will follow these guidelines when creating PRs and responding to requests.

673 

674 

675 

676> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

gitlab-ci-cd.md +19 −19

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Claude Code GitLab CI/CD5# Claude Code GitLab CI/CD

2 6 

3> Learn about integrating Claude Code into your development workflow with GitLab CI/CD7> Learn about integrating Claude Code into your development workflow with GitLab CI/CD


9</Info>13</Info>

10 14 

11<Note>15<Note>

12 This integration is built on top of the [Claude Code CLI and SDK](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agent-sdk), enabling programmatic use of Claude in your CI/CD jobs and custom automation workflows.16 This integration is built on top of the [Claude Code CLI and Agent SDK](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/agent-sdk/overview), enabling programmatic use of Claude in your CI/CD jobs and custom automation workflows.

13</Note>17</Note>

14 18 

15## Why use Claude Code with GitLab?19## Why use Claude Code with GitLab?


77 before_script:81 before_script:

78 - apk update82 - apk update

79 - apk add --no-cache git curl bash83 - apk add --no-cache git curl bash

80 - npm install -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code84 - curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash

81 script:85 script:

82 # Optional: start a GitLab MCP server if your setup provides one86 # Optional: start a GitLab MCP server if your setup provides one

83 - /bin/gitlab-mcp-server || true87 - /bin/gitlab-mcp-server || true


87 claude91 claude

88 -p "${AI_FLOW_INPUT:-'Review this MR and implement the requested changes'}"92 -p "${AI_FLOW_INPUT:-'Review this MR and implement the requested changes'}"

89 --permission-mode acceptEdits93 --permission-mode acceptEdits

90 --allowedTools "Bash(*) Read(*) Edit(*) Write(*) mcp__gitlab"94 --allowedTools "Bash Read Edit Write mcp__gitlab"

91 --debug95 --debug

92```96```

93 97 


122 126 

123In an issue comment:127In an issue comment:

124 128 

125```129```text theme={null}

126@claude implement this feature based on the issue description130@claude implement this feature based on the issue description

127```131```

128 132 


132 136 

133In an MR discussion:137In an MR discussion:

134 138 

135```139```text theme={null}

136@claude suggest a concrete approach to cache the results of this API call140@claude suggest a concrete approach to cache the results of this API call

137```141```

138 142 


142 146 

143In an issue or MR comment:147In an issue or MR comment:

144 148 

145```149```text theme={null}

146@claude fix the TypeError in the user dashboard component150@claude fix the TypeError in the user dashboard component

147```151```

148 152 


255 before_script:259 before_script:

256 - apk update260 - apk update

257 - apk add --no-cache git curl bash261 - apk add --no-cache git curl bash

258 - npm install -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code262 - curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash

259 script:263 script:

260 - /bin/gitlab-mcp-server || true264 - /bin/gitlab-mcp-server || true

261 - >265 - >

262 claude266 claude

263 -p "${AI_FLOW_INPUT:-'Summarize recent changes and suggest improvements'}"267 -p "${AI_FLOW_INPUT:-'Summarize recent changes and suggest improvements'}"

264 --permission-mode acceptEdits268 --permission-mode acceptEdits

265 --allowedTools "Bash(*) Read(*) Edit(*) Write(*) mcp__gitlab"269 --allowedTools "Bash Read Edit Write mcp__gitlab"

266 --debug270 --debug

267 # Claude Code will use ANTHROPIC_API_KEY from CI/CD variables271 # Claude Code will use ANTHROPIC_API_KEY from CI/CD variables

268```272```


289 before_script:293 before_script:

290 - apk add --no-cache bash curl jq git python3 py3-pip294 - apk add --no-cache bash curl jq git python3 py3-pip

291 - pip install --no-cache-dir awscli295 - pip install --no-cache-dir awscli

292 - npm install -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code296 - curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash

293 # Exchange GitLab OIDC token for AWS credentials297 # Exchange GitLab OIDC token for AWS credentials

294 - export AWS_WEB_IDENTITY_TOKEN_FILE="${CI_JOB_JWT_FILE:-/tmp/oidc_token}"298 - export AWS_WEB_IDENTITY_TOKEN_FILE="${CI_JOB_JWT_FILE:-/tmp/oidc_token}"

295 - if [ -n "${CI_JOB_JWT_V2}" ]; then printf "%s" "$CI_JOB_JWT_V2" > "$AWS_WEB_IDENTITY_TOKEN_FILE"; fi299 - if [ -n "${CI_JOB_JWT_V2}" ]; then printf "%s" "$CI_JOB_JWT_V2" > "$AWS_WEB_IDENTITY_TOKEN_FILE"; fi


308 claude312 claude

309 -p "${AI_FLOW_INPUT:-'Implement the requested changes and open an MR'}"313 -p "${AI_FLOW_INPUT:-'Implement the requested changes and open an MR'}"

310 --permission-mode acceptEdits314 --permission-mode acceptEdits

311 --allowedTools "Bash(*) Read(*) Edit(*) Write(*) mcp__gitlab"315 --allowedTools "Bash Read Edit Write mcp__gitlab"

312 --debug316 --debug

313 variables:317 variables:

314 AWS_REGION: "us-west-2"318 AWS_REGION: "us-west-2"

315```319```

316 320 

317<Note>321<Note>

318 Model IDs for Bedrock include region-specific prefixes and version suffixes (for example, `us.anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929-v1:0`). Pass the desired model via your job configuration or prompt if your workflow supports it.322 Model IDs for Bedrock include region-specific prefixes (for example, `us.anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-6`). Pass the desired model via your job configuration or prompt if your workflow supports it.

319</Note>323</Note>

320 324 

321### Google Vertex AI job example (Workload Identity Federation)325### Google Vertex AI job example (Workload Identity Federation)


339 rules:343 rules:

340 - if: '$CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "web"'344 - if: '$CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "web"'

341 before_script:345 before_script:

342 - apt-get update && apt-get install -y git nodejs npm && apt-get clean346 - apt-get update && apt-get install -y git && apt-get clean

343 - npm install -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code347 - curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash

344 # Authenticate to Google Cloud via WIF (no downloaded keys)348 # Authenticate to Google Cloud via WIF (no downloaded keys)

345 - >349 - >

346 gcloud auth login --cred-file=<(cat <<EOF350 gcloud auth login --cred-file=<(cat <<EOF


361 claude365 claude

362 -p "${AI_FLOW_INPUT:-'Review and update code as requested'}"366 -p "${AI_FLOW_INPUT:-'Review and update code as requested'}"

363 --permission-mode acceptEdits367 --permission-mode acceptEdits

364 --allowedTools "Bash(*) Read(*) Edit(*) Write(*) mcp__gitlab"368 --allowedTools "Bash Read Edit Write mcp__gitlab"

365 --debug369 --debug

366 variables:370 variables:

367 CLOUD_ML_REGION: "us-east5"371 CLOUD_ML_REGION: "us-east5"


404* **API costs**:408* **API costs**:

405 * Each Claude interaction consumes tokens based on prompt and response size409 * Each Claude interaction consumes tokens based on prompt and response size

406 * Token usage varies by task complexity and codebase size410 * Token usage varies by task complexity and codebase size

407 * See [Anthropic pricing](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/about-claude/pricing) for details411 * See [Anthropic pricing](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/about-claude/pricing) for details

408 412 

409* **Cost optimization tips**:413* **Cost optimization tips**:

410 * Use specific `@claude` commands to reduce unnecessary turns414 * Use specific `@claude` commands to reduce unnecessary turns


460 464 

4611. **CLAUDE.md**: Define coding standards, security requirements, and project conventions. Claude reads this during runs and follows your rules.4651. **CLAUDE.md**: Define coding standards, security requirements, and project conventions. Claude reads this during runs and follows your rules.

4622. **Custom prompts**: Pass task-specific instructions via `prompt`/`prompt_file` in the job. Use different prompts for different jobs (for example, review, implement, refactor).4662. **Custom prompts**: Pass task-specific instructions via `prompt`/`prompt_file` in the job. Use different prompts for different jobs (for example, review, implement, refactor).

463 

464 

465 

466> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Claude Code on Google Vertex AI5# Claude Code on Google Vertex AI

2 6 

3> Learn about configuring Claude Code through Google Vertex AI, including setup, IAM configuration, and troubleshooting.7> Learn about configuring Claude Code through Google Vertex AI, including setup, IAM configuration, and troubleshooting.


8 12 

9* A Google Cloud Platform (GCP) account with billing enabled13* A Google Cloud Platform (GCP) account with billing enabled

10* A GCP project with Vertex AI API enabled14* A GCP project with Vertex AI API enabled

11* Access to desired Claude models (for example, Claude Sonnet 4.5)15* Access to desired Claude models (for example, Claude Sonnet 4.6)

12* Google Cloud SDK (`gcloud`) installed and configured16* Google Cloud SDK (`gcloud`) installed and configured

13* Quota allocated in desired GCP region17* Quota allocated in desired GCP region

14 18 

19<Note>

20 If you are deploying Claude Code to multiple users, [pin your model versions](#5-pin-model-versions) to prevent breakage when Anthropic releases new models.

21</Note>

22 

15## Region Configuration23## Region Configuration

16 24 

17Claude Code can be used with both Vertex AI [global](https://cloud.google.com/blog/products/ai-machine-learning/global-endpoint-for-claude-models-generally-available-on-vertex-ai) and regional endpoints.25Claude Code can be used with both Vertex AI [global](https://cloud.google.com/blog/products/ai-machine-learning/global-endpoint-for-claude-models-generally-available-on-vertex-ai) and regional endpoints.

18 26 

19<Note>27<Note>

20 Vertex AI may not support the Claude Code default models on all regions. You may need to switch to a [supported region or model](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/learn/locations#genai-partner-models).28 Vertex AI may not support the Claude Code default models in all [regions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/learn/locations#genai-partner-models) or on [global endpoints](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/partner-models/use-partner-models#supported_models). You may need to switch to a supported region, use a regional endpoint, or specify a supported model.

21</Note>

22 

23<Note>

24 Vertex AI may not support the Claude Code default models on global endpoints. You may need to switch to a regional endpoint or [supported model](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/partner-models/use-partner-models#supported_models).

25</Note>29</Note>

26 30 

27## Setup31## Setup


44 48 

451. Navigate to the [Vertex AI Model Garden](https://console.cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/model-garden)491. Navigate to the [Vertex AI Model Garden](https://console.cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/model-garden)

462. Search for "Claude" models502. Search for "Claude" models

473. Request access to desired Claude models (for example, Claude Sonnet 4.5)513. Request access to desired Claude models (for example, Claude Sonnet 4.6)

484. Wait for approval (may take 24-48 hours)524. Wait for approval (may take 24-48 hours)

49 53 

50### 3. Configure GCP credentials54### 3. Configure GCP credentials


81export VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_4_1_OPUS=europe-west185export VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_4_1_OPUS=europe-west1

82```86```

83 87 

84<Note>88[Prompt caching](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/prompt-caching) is automatically supported when you specify the `cache_control` ephemeral flag. To disable it, set `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING=1`. For heightened rate limits, contact Google Cloud support. When using Vertex AI, the `/login` and `/logout` commands are disabled since authentication is handled through Google Cloud credentials.

85 [Prompt caching](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/build-with-claude/prompt-caching) is automatically supported when you specify the `cache_control` ephemeral flag. To disable it, set `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING=1`. For heightened rate limits, contact Google Cloud support.

86</Note>

87 89 

88<Note>90### 5. Pin model versions

89 When using Vertex AI, the `/login` and `/logout` commands are disabled since authentication is handled through Google Cloud credentials.91 

90</Note>92<Warning>

93 Pin specific model versions for every deployment. If you use model aliases (`sonnet`, `opus`, `haiku`) without pinning, Claude Code may attempt to use a newer model version that isn't enabled in your Vertex AI project, breaking existing users when Anthropic releases updates.

94</Warning>

91 95 

92### 5. Model configuration96Set these environment variables to specific Vertex AI model IDs:

93 97 

94Claude Code uses these default models for Vertex AI:98```bash theme={null}

99export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL='claude-opus-4-6'

100export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL='claude-sonnet-4-6'

101export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL='claude-haiku-4-5@20251001'

102```

103 

104For current and legacy model IDs, see [Models overview](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/about-claude/models/overview). See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#pin-models-for-third-party-deployments) for the full list of environment variables.

105 

106Claude Code uses these default models when no pinning variables are set:

95 107 

96| Model type | Default value |108| Model type | Default value |

97| :--------------- | :--------------------------- |109| :--------------- | :-------------------------- |

98| Primary model | `claude-sonnet-4-5@20250929` |110| Primary model | `claude-sonnet-4-6` |

99| Small/fast model | `claude-haiku-4-5@20251001` |111| Small/fast model | `claude-haiku-4-5@20251001` |

100 112 

101<Note>113To customize models further:

102 For Vertex AI users, Claude Code will not automatically upgrade from Haiku 3.5 to Haiku 4.5. To manually switch to a newer Haiku model, set the `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL` environment variable to the full model name (for example, `claude-haiku-4-5@20251001`).

103</Note>

104 

105To customize models:

106 114 

107```bash theme={null}115```bash theme={null}

108export ANTHROPIC_MODEL='claude-opus-4-1@20250805'116export ANTHROPIC_MODEL='claude-opus-4-6'

109export ANTHROPIC_SMALL_FAST_MODEL='claude-haiku-4-5@20251001'117export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL='claude-haiku-4-5@20251001'

110```118```

111 119 

112## IAM configuration120## IAM configuration


122For details, see [Vertex IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control).130For details, see [Vertex IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control).

123 131 

124<Note>132<Note>

125 We recommend creating a dedicated GCP project for Claude Code to simplify cost tracking and access control.133 Create a dedicated GCP project for Claude Code to simplify cost tracking and access control.

126</Note>134</Note>

127 135 

128## 1M token context window136## 1M token context window

129 137 

130Claude Sonnet 4 and Sonnet 4.5 support the [1M token context window](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/build-with-claude/context-windows#1m-token-context-window) on Vertex AI.138Claude Opus 4.6, Sonnet 4.6, Sonnet 4.5, and Sonnet 4 support the [1M token context window](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/context-windows#1m-token-context-window) on Vertex AI. Claude Code automatically enables the extended context window when you select a 1M model variant.

131 139 

132<Note>140To enable the 1M context window for your pinned model, append `[1m]` to the model ID. See [Pin models for third-party deployments](/en/model-config#pin-models-for-third-party-deployments) for details.

133 The 1M token context window is currently in beta. To use the extended context window, include the `context-1m-2025-08-07` beta header in your Vertex AI requests.

134</Note>

135 141 

136## Troubleshooting142## Troubleshooting

137 143 


144* Confirm model is Enabled in [Model Garden](https://console.cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/model-garden)150* Confirm model is Enabled in [Model Garden](https://console.cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/model-garden)

145* Verify you have access to the specified region151* Verify you have access to the specified region

146* If using `CLOUD_ML_REGION=global`, check that your models support global endpoints in [Model Garden](https://console.cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/model-garden) under "Supported features". For models that don't support global endpoints, either:152* If using `CLOUD_ML_REGION=global`, check that your models support global endpoints in [Model Garden](https://console.cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/model-garden) under "Supported features". For models that don't support global endpoints, either:

147 * Specify a supported model via `ANTHROPIC_MODEL` or `ANTHROPIC_SMALL_FAST_MODEL`, or153 * Specify a supported model via `ANTHROPIC_MODEL` or `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL`, or

148 * Set a regional endpoint using `VERTEX_REGION_<MODEL_NAME>` environment variables154 * Set a regional endpoint using `VERTEX_REGION_<MODEL_NAME>` environment variables

149 155 

150If you encounter 429 errors:156If you encounter 429 errors:


157* [Vertex AI documentation](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs)163* [Vertex AI documentation](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs)

158* [Vertex AI pricing](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/pricing)164* [Vertex AI pricing](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/pricing)

159* [Vertex AI quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/quotas)165* [Vertex AI quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/quotas)

160 

161 

162 

163> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

headless.md +72 −24

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Run Claude Code programmatically5# Run Claude Code programmatically

2 6 

3> Use the Agent SDK to run Claude Code programmatically from the CLI, Python, or TypeScript.7> Use the Agent SDK to run Claude Code programmatically from the CLI, Python, or TypeScript.


30claude -p "What does the auth module do?"34claude -p "What does the auth module do?"

31```35```

32 36 

37### Start faster with bare mode

38 

39Add `--bare` to reduce startup time by skipping auto-discovery of hooks, skills, plugins, MCP servers, auto memory, and CLAUDE.md. Without it, `claude -p` loads the same [context](/en/how-claude-code-works#the-context-window) an interactive session would, including anything configured in the working directory or `~/.claude`.

40 

41Bare mode is useful for CI and scripts where you need the same result on every machine. A hook in a teammate's `~/.claude` or an MCP server in the project's `.mcp.json` won't run, because bare mode never reads them. Only flags you pass explicitly take effect.

42 

43This example runs a one-off summarize task in bare mode and pre-approves the Read tool so the call completes without a permission prompt:

44 

45```bash theme={null}

46claude --bare -p "Summarize this file" --allowedTools "Read"

47```

48 

49In bare mode Claude has access to the Bash, file read, and file edit tools. Pass any context you need with a flag:

50 

51| To load | Use |

52| ----------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------- |

53| System prompt additions | `--append-system-prompt`, `--append-system-prompt-file` |

54| Settings | `--settings <file-or-json>` |

55| MCP servers | `--mcp-config <file-or-json>` |

56| Custom agents | `--agents <json>` |

57| A plugin directory | `--plugin-dir <path>` |

58 

59Bare mode skips OAuth and keychain reads. Anthropic authentication must come from `ANTHROPIC_API_KEY` or an `apiKeyHelper` in the JSON passed to `--settings`. Bedrock, Vertex, and Foundry use their usual provider credentials.

60 

61<Note>

62 `--bare` is the recommended mode for scripted and SDK calls, and will become the default for `-p` in a future release.

63</Note>

64 

33## Examples65## Examples

34 66 

35These examples highlight common CLI patterns.67These examples highlight common CLI patterns. For CI and other scripted calls, add [`--bare`](#start-faster-with-bare-mode) so they don't pick up whatever happens to be configured locally.

36 68 

37### Get structured output69### Get structured output

38 70 


73 ```105 ```

74</Tip>106</Tip>

75 107 

108### Stream responses

109 

110Use `--output-format stream-json` with `--verbose` and `--include-partial-messages` to receive tokens as they're generated. Each line is a JSON object representing an event:

111 

112```bash theme={null}

113claude -p "Explain recursion" --output-format stream-json --verbose --include-partial-messages

114```

115 

116The following example uses [jq](https://jqlang.github.io/jq/) to filter for text deltas and display just the streaming text. The `-r` flag outputs raw strings (no quotes) and `-j` joins without newlines so tokens stream continuously:

117 

118```bash theme={null}

119claude -p "Write a poem" --output-format stream-json --verbose --include-partial-messages | \

120 jq -rj 'select(.type == "stream_event" and .event.delta.type? == "text_delta") | .event.delta.text'

121```

122 

123When an API request fails with a retryable error, Claude Code emits a `system/api_retry` event before retrying. You can use this to surface retry progress or implement custom backoff logic.

124 

125| Field | Type | Description |

126| ---------------- | --------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

127| `type` | `"system"` | message type |

128| `subtype` | `"api_retry"` | identifies this as a retry event |

129| `attempt` | integer | current attempt number, starting at 1 |

130| `max_retries` | integer | total retries permitted |

131| `retry_delay_ms` | integer | milliseconds until the next attempt |

132| `error_status` | integer or null | HTTP status code, or `null` for connection errors with no HTTP response |

133| `error` | string | error category: `authentication_failed`, `billing_error`, `rate_limit`, `invalid_request`, `server_error`, `max_output_tokens`, or `unknown` |

134| `uuid` | string | unique event identifier |

135| `session_id` | string | session the event belongs to |

136 

137For programmatic streaming with callbacks and message objects, see [Stream responses in real-time](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/agent-sdk/streaming-output) in the Agent SDK documentation.

138 

76### Auto-approve tools139### Auto-approve tools

77 140 

78Use `--allowedTools` to let Claude use certain tools without prompting. This example runs a test suite and fixes failures, allowing Claude to execute Bash commands and read/edit files without asking for permission:141Use `--allowedTools` to let Claude use certain tools without prompting. This example runs a test suite and fixes failures, allowing Claude to execute Bash commands and read/edit files without asking for permission:


88 151 

89```bash theme={null}152```bash theme={null}

90claude -p "Look at my staged changes and create an appropriate commit" \153claude -p "Look at my staged changes and create an appropriate commit" \

91 --allowedTools "Bash(git diff:*),Bash(git log:*),Bash(git status:*),Bash(git commit:*)"154 --allowedTools "Bash(git diff *),Bash(git log *),Bash(git status *),Bash(git commit *)"

92```155```

93 156 

157The `--allowedTools` flag uses [permission rule syntax](/en/settings#permission-rule-syntax). The trailing ` *` enables prefix matching, so `Bash(git diff *)` allows any command starting with `git diff`. The space before `*` is important: without it, `Bash(git diff*)` would also match `git diff-index`.

158 

94<Note>159<Note>

95 [Slash commands](/en/slash-commands) like `/commit` are only available in interactive mode. In `-p` mode, describe the task you want to accomplish instead.160 User-invoked [skills](/en/skills) like `/commit` and [built-in commands](/en/commands) are only available in interactive mode. In `-p` mode, describe the task you want to accomplish instead.

96</Note>161</Note>

97 162 

98### Customize the system prompt163### Customize the system prompt


129 194 

130## Next steps195## Next steps

131 196 

132<CardGroup cols={2}>197* [Agent SDK quickstart](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/agent-sdk/quickstart): build your first agent with Python or TypeScript

133 <Card title="Agent SDK quickstart" icon="play" href="https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/agent-sdk/quickstart">198* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference): all CLI flags and options

134 Build your first agent with Python or TypeScript199* [GitHub Actions](/en/github-actions): use the Agent SDK in GitHub workflows

135 </Card>200* [GitLab CI/CD](/en/gitlab-ci-cd): use the Agent SDK in GitLab pipelines

136 

137 <Card title="CLI reference" icon="terminal" href="/en/cli-reference">

138 Explore all CLI flags and options

139 </Card>

140 

141 <Card title="GitHub Actions" icon="github" href="/en/github-actions">

142 Use the Agent SDK in GitHub workflows

143 </Card>

144 

145 <Card title="GitLab CI/CD" icon="gitlab" href="/en/gitlab-ci-cd">

146 Use the Agent SDK in GitLab pipelines

147 </Card>

148</CardGroup>

149 

150 

151 

152> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

hooks.md +1824 −812

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Hooks reference5# Hooks reference

2 6 

3> This page provides reference documentation for implementing hooks in Claude Code.7> Reference for Claude Code hook events, configuration schema, JSON input/output formats, exit codes, async hooks, HTTP hooks, prompt hooks, and MCP tool hooks.

4 8 

5<Tip>9<Tip>

6 For a quickstart guide with examples, see [Get started with Claude Code hooks](/en/hooks-guide).10 For a quickstart guide with examples, see [Automate workflows with hooks](/en/hooks-guide).

7</Tip>11</Tip>

8 12 

9## Configuration13Hooks are user-defined shell commands, HTTP endpoints, or LLM prompts that execute automatically at specific points in Claude Code's lifecycle. Use this reference to look up event schemas, configuration options, JSON input/output formats, and advanced features like async hooks, HTTP hooks, and MCP tool hooks. If you're setting up hooks for the first time, start with the [guide](/en/hooks-guide) instead.

10 14 

11Claude Code hooks are configured in your [settings files](/en/settings):15## Hook lifecycle

12 16 

13* `~/.claude/settings.json` - User settings17Hooks fire at specific points during a Claude Code session. When an event fires and a matcher matches, Claude Code passes JSON context about the event to your hook handler. For command hooks, input arrives on stdin. For HTTP hooks, it arrives as the POST request body. Your handler can then inspect the input, take action, and optionally return a decision. Some events fire once per session, while others fire repeatedly inside the agentic loop:

14* `.claude/settings.json` - Project settings18 

15* `.claude/settings.local.json` - Local project settings (not committed)19<div style={{maxWidth: "500px", margin: "0 auto"}}>

16* Managed policy settings20 <Frame>

17 21 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/1wr0LPds6lVWZkQB/images/hooks-lifecycle.svg?fit=max&auto=format&n=1wr0LPds6lVWZkQB&q=85&s=53a826e7bb64c6bff5f867506c0530ad" alt="Hook lifecycle diagram showing the sequence of hooks from SessionStart through the agentic loop (PreToolUse, PermissionRequest, PostToolUse, SubagentStart/Stop, TaskCreated, TaskCompleted) to Stop or StopFailure, TeammateIdle, PreCompact, PostCompact, and SessionEnd, with Elicitation and ElicitationResult nested inside MCP tool execution and WorktreeCreate, WorktreeRemove, Notification, ConfigChange, InstructionsLoaded, CwdChanged, and FileChanged as standalone async events" width="520" height="1155" data-path="images/hooks-lifecycle.svg" />

18<Note>22 </Frame>

19 Enterprise administrators can use `allowManagedHooksOnly` to block user, project, and plugin hooks. See [Hook configuration](/en/settings#hook-configuration).23</div>

20</Note>24 

21 25The table below summarizes when each event fires. The [Hook events](#hook-events) section documents the full input schema and decision control options for each one.

22### Structure26 

23 27| Event | When it fires |

24Hooks are organized by matchers, where each matcher can have multiple hooks:28| :------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

29| `SessionStart` | When a session begins or resumes |

30| `UserPromptSubmit` | When you submit a prompt, before Claude processes it |

31| `PreToolUse` | Before a tool call executes. Can block it |

32| `PermissionRequest` | When a permission dialog appears |

33| `PostToolUse` | After a tool call succeeds |

34| `PostToolUseFailure` | After a tool call fails |

35| `Notification` | When Claude Code sends a notification |

36| `SubagentStart` | When a subagent is spawned |

37| `SubagentStop` | When a subagent finishes |

38| `TaskCreated` | When a task is being created via `TaskCreate` |

39| `TaskCompleted` | When a task is being marked as completed |

40| `Stop` | When Claude finishes responding |

41| `StopFailure` | When the turn ends due to an API error. Output and exit code are ignored |

42| `TeammateIdle` | When an [agent team](/en/agent-teams) teammate is about to go idle |

43| `InstructionsLoaded` | When a CLAUDE.md or `.claude/rules/*.md` file is loaded into context. Fires at session start and when files are lazily loaded during a session |

44| `ConfigChange` | When a configuration file changes during a session |

45| `CwdChanged` | When the working directory changes, for example when Claude executes a `cd` command. Useful for reactive environment management with tools like direnv |

46| `FileChanged` | When a watched file changes on disk. The `matcher` field specifies which filenames to watch |

47| `WorktreeCreate` | When a worktree is being created via `--worktree` or `isolation: "worktree"`. Replaces default git behavior |

48| `WorktreeRemove` | When a worktree is being removed, either at session exit or when a subagent finishes |

49| `PreCompact` | Before context compaction |

50| `PostCompact` | After context compaction completes |

51| `Elicitation` | When an MCP server requests user input during a tool call |

52| `ElicitationResult` | After a user responds to an MCP elicitation, before the response is sent back to the server |

53| `SessionEnd` | When a session terminates |

54 

55### How a hook resolves

56 

57To see how these pieces fit together, consider this `PreToolUse` hook that blocks destructive shell commands. The `matcher` narrows to Bash tool calls and the `if` condition narrows further to commands starting with `rm`, so `block-rm.sh` only spawns when both filters match:

25 58 

26```json theme={null}59```json theme={null}

27{60{

28 "hooks": {61 "hooks": {

29 "EventName": [62 "PreToolUse": [

30 {63 {

31 "matcher": "ToolPattern",64 "matcher": "Bash",

32 "hooks": [65 "hooks": [

33 {66 {

34 "type": "command",67 "type": "command",

35 "command": "your-command-here"68 "if": "Bash(rm *)",

69 "command": "\"$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR\"/.claude/hooks/block-rm.sh"

36 }70 }

37 ]71 ]

38 }72 }


41}75}

42```76```

43 77 

44* **matcher**: Pattern to match tool names, case-sensitive (only applicable for78The script reads the JSON input from stdin, extracts the command, and returns a `permissionDecision` of `"deny"` if it contains `rm -rf`:

45 `PreToolUse`, `PermissionRequest`, and `PostToolUse`)

46 * Simple strings match exactly: `Write` matches only the Write tool

47 * Supports regex: `Edit|Write` or `Notebook.*`

48 * Use `*` to match all tools. You can also use empty string (`""`) or leave

49 `matcher` blank.

50* **hooks**: Array of hooks to execute when the pattern matches

51 * `type`: Hook execution type - `"command"` for bash commands or `"prompt"` for LLM-based evaluation

52 * `command`: (For `type: "command"`) The bash command to execute (can use `$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR` environment variable)

53 * `prompt`: (For `type: "prompt"`) The prompt to send to the LLM for evaluation

54 * `timeout`: (Optional) How long a hook should run, in seconds, before canceling that specific hook

55 79 

56For events like `UserPromptSubmit`, `Stop`, and `SubagentStop`80```bash theme={null}

57that don't use matchers, you can omit the matcher field:81#!/bin/bash

82# .claude/hooks/block-rm.sh

83COMMAND=$(jq -r '.tool_input.command')

84 

85if echo "$COMMAND" | grep -q 'rm -rf'; then

86 jq -n '{

87 hookSpecificOutput: {

88 hookEventName: "PreToolUse",

89 permissionDecision: "deny",

90 permissionDecisionReason: "Destructive command blocked by hook"

91 }

92 }'

93else

94 exit 0 # allow the command

95fi

96```

58 97 

59```json theme={null}98Now suppose Claude Code decides to run `Bash "rm -rf /tmp/build"`. Here's what happens:

60{99 

61 "hooks": {100<Frame>

62 "UserPromptSubmit": [101 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/-tYw1BD_DEqfyyOZ/images/hook-resolution.svg?fit=max&auto=format&n=-tYw1BD_DEqfyyOZ&q=85&s=c73ebc1eeda2037570427d7af1e0a891" alt="Hook resolution flow: PreToolUse event fires, matcher checks for Bash match, if condition checks for Bash(rm *) match, hook handler runs, result returns to Claude Code" width="930" height="290" data-path="images/hook-resolution.svg" />

63 {102</Frame>

64 "hooks": [103 

104<Steps>

105 <Step title="Event fires">

106 The `PreToolUse` event fires. Claude Code sends the tool input as JSON on stdin to the hook:

107 

108 ```json theme={null}

109 { "tool_name": "Bash", "tool_input": { "command": "rm -rf /tmp/build" }, ... }

110 ```

111 </Step>

112 

113 <Step title="Matcher checks">

114 The matcher `"Bash"` matches the tool name, so this hook group activates. If you omit the matcher or use `"*"`, the group activates on every occurrence of the event.

115 </Step>

116 

117 <Step title="If condition checks">

118 The `if` condition `"Bash(rm *)"` matches because the command starts with `rm`, so this handler spawns. If the command had been `npm test`, the `if` check would fail and `block-rm.sh` would never run, avoiding the process spawn overhead. The `if` field is optional; without it, every handler in the matched group runs.

119 </Step>

120 

121 <Step title="Hook handler runs">

122 The script inspects the full command and finds `rm -rf`, so it prints a decision to stdout:

123 

124 ```json theme={null}

65 {125 {

66 "type": "command",126 "hookSpecificOutput": {

67 "command": "/path/to/prompt-validator.py"127 "hookEventName": "PreToolUse",

68 }128 "permissionDecision": "deny",

69 ]129 "permissionDecisionReason": "Destructive command blocked by hook"

70 }130 }

71 ]

72 }131 }

73}132 ```

74```133 

134 If the command had been a safer `rm` variant like `rm file.txt`, the script would hit `exit 0` instead, which tells Claude Code to allow the tool call with no further action.

135 </Step>

136 

137 <Step title="Claude Code acts on the result">

138 Claude Code reads the JSON decision, blocks the tool call, and shows Claude the reason.

139 </Step>

140</Steps>

141 

142The [Configuration](#configuration) section below documents the full schema, and each [hook event](#hook-events) section documents what input your command receives and what output it can return.

143 

144## Configuration

145 

146Hooks are defined in JSON settings files. The configuration has three levels of nesting:

147 

1481. Choose a [hook event](#hook-events) to respond to, like `PreToolUse` or `Stop`

1492. Add a [matcher group](#matcher-patterns) to filter when it fires, like "only for the Bash tool"

1503. Define one or more [hook handlers](#hook-handler-fields) to run when matched

151 

152See [How a hook resolves](#how-a-hook-resolves) above for a complete walkthrough with an annotated example.

153 

154<Note>

155 This page uses specific terms for each level: **hook event** for the lifecycle point, **matcher group** for the filter, and **hook handler** for the shell command, HTTP endpoint, prompt, or agent that runs. "Hook" on its own refers to the general feature.

156</Note>

157 

158### Hook locations

159 

160Where you define a hook determines its scope:

75 161 

76### Project-Specific Hook Scripts162| Location | Scope | Shareable |

163| :--------------------------------------------------------- | :---------------------------- | :--------------------------------- |

164| `~/.claude/settings.json` | All your projects | No, local to your machine |

165| `.claude/settings.json` | Single project | Yes, can be committed to the repo |

166| `.claude/settings.local.json` | Single project | No, gitignored |

167| Managed policy settings | Organization-wide | Yes, admin-controlled |

168| [Plugin](/en/plugins) `hooks/hooks.json` | When plugin is enabled | Yes, bundled with the plugin |

169| [Skill](/en/skills) or [agent](/en/sub-agents) frontmatter | While the component is active | Yes, defined in the component file |

77 170 

78You can use the environment variable `CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR` (only available when171For details on settings file resolution, see [settings](/en/settings). Enterprise administrators can use `allowManagedHooksOnly` to block user, project, and plugin hooks. See [Hook configuration](/en/settings#hook-configuration).

79Claude Code spawns the hook command) to reference scripts stored in your project,172 

80ensuring they work regardless of Claude's current directory:173### Matcher patterns

174 

175The `matcher` field is a regex string that filters when hooks fire. Use `"*"`, `""`, or omit `matcher` entirely to match all occurrences. Each event type matches on a different field:

176 

177| Event | What the matcher filters | Example matcher values |

178| :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :-------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

179| `PreToolUse`, `PostToolUse`, `PostToolUseFailure`, `PermissionRequest` | tool name | `Bash`, `Edit\|Write`, `mcp__.*` |

180| `SessionStart` | how the session started | `startup`, `resume`, `clear`, `compact` |

181| `SessionEnd` | why the session ended | `clear`, `resume`, `logout`, `prompt_input_exit`, `bypass_permissions_disabled`, `other` |

182| `Notification` | notification type | `permission_prompt`, `idle_prompt`, `auth_success`, `elicitation_dialog` |

183| `SubagentStart` | agent type | `Bash`, `Explore`, `Plan`, or custom agent names |

184| `PreCompact`, `PostCompact` | what triggered compaction | `manual`, `auto` |

185| `SubagentStop` | agent type | same values as `SubagentStart` |

186| `ConfigChange` | configuration source | `user_settings`, `project_settings`, `local_settings`, `policy_settings`, `skills` |

187| `CwdChanged` | no matcher support | always fires on every directory change |

188| `FileChanged` | filename (basename of the changed file) | `.envrc`, `.env`, any filename you want to watch |

189| `StopFailure` | error type | `rate_limit`, `authentication_failed`, `billing_error`, `invalid_request`, `server_error`, `max_output_tokens`, `unknown` |

190| `InstructionsLoaded` | load reason | `session_start`, `nested_traversal`, `path_glob_match`, `include`, `compact` |

191| `Elicitation` | MCP server name | your configured MCP server names |

192| `ElicitationResult` | MCP server name | same values as `Elicitation` |

193| `UserPromptSubmit`, `Stop`, `TeammateIdle`, `TaskCreated`, `TaskCompleted`, `WorktreeCreate`, `WorktreeRemove` | no matcher support | always fires on every occurrence |

194 

195The matcher is a regex, so `Edit|Write` matches either tool and `Notebook.*` matches any tool starting with Notebook. The matcher runs against a field from the [JSON input](#hook-input-and-output) that Claude Code sends to your hook on stdin. For tool events, that field is `tool_name`. Each [hook event](#hook-events) section lists the full set of matcher values and the input schema for that event.

196 

197This example runs a linting script only when Claude writes or edits a file:

81 198 

82```json theme={null}199```json theme={null}

83{200{

84 "hooks": {201 "hooks": {

85 "PostToolUse": [202 "PostToolUse": [

86 {203 {

87 "matcher": "Write|Edit",204 "matcher": "Edit|Write",

88 "hooks": [205 "hooks": [

89 {206 {

90 "type": "command",207 "type": "command",

91 "command": "\"$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR\"/.claude/hooks/check-style.sh"208 "command": "/path/to/lint-check.sh"

92 }209 }

93 ]210 ]

94 }211 }


97}214}

98```215```

99 216 

100### Plugin hooks217`UserPromptSubmit`, `Stop`, `TeammateIdle`, `TaskCreated`, `TaskCompleted`, `WorktreeCreate`, `WorktreeRemove`, and `CwdChanged` don't support matchers and always fire on every occurrence. If you add a `matcher` field to these events, it is silently ignored.

218 

219For tool events, you can filter more narrowly by setting the [`if` field](#common-fields) on individual hook handlers. `if` uses [permission rule syntax](/en/permissions) to match against the tool name and arguments together, so `"Bash(git *)"` runs only for `git` commands and `"Edit(*.ts)"` runs only for TypeScript files.

101 220 

102[Plugins](/en/plugins) can provide hooks that integrate seamlessly with your user and project hooks. Plugin hooks are automatically merged with your configuration when plugins are enabled.221#### Match MCP tools

103 222 

104**How plugin hooks work**:223[MCP](/en/mcp) server tools appear as regular tools in tool events (`PreToolUse`, `PostToolUse`, `PostToolUseFailure`, `PermissionRequest`), so you can match them the same way you match any other tool name.

105 224 

106* Plugin hooks are defined in the plugin's `hooks/hooks.json` file or in a file given by a custom path to the `hooks` field.225MCP tools follow the naming pattern `mcp__<server>__<tool>`, for example:

107* When a plugin is enabled, its hooks are merged with user and project hooks

108* Multiple hooks from different sources can respond to the same event

109* Plugin hooks use the `${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}` environment variable to reference plugin files

110 226 

111**Example plugin hook configuration**:227* `mcp__memory__create_entities`: Memory server's create entities tool

228* `mcp__filesystem__read_file`: Filesystem server's read file tool

229* `mcp__github__search_repositories`: GitHub server's search tool

230 

231Use regex patterns to target specific MCP tools or groups of tools:

232 

233* `mcp__memory__.*` matches all tools from the `memory` server

234* `mcp__.*__write.*` matches any tool containing "write" from any server

235 

236This example logs all memory server operations and validates write operations from any MCP server:

112 237 

113```json theme={null}238```json theme={null}

114{239{

115 "description": "Automatic code formatting",

116 "hooks": {240 "hooks": {

117 "PostToolUse": [241 "PreToolUse": [

118 {242 {

119 "matcher": "Write|Edit",243 "matcher": "mcp__memory__.*",

120 "hooks": [244 "hooks": [

121 {245 {

122 "type": "command",246 "type": "command",

123 "command": "${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}/scripts/format.sh",247 "command": "echo 'Memory operation initiated' >> ~/mcp-operations.log"

124 "timeout": 30248 }

249 ]

250 },

251 {

252 "matcher": "mcp__.*__write.*",

253 "hooks": [

254 {

255 "type": "command",

256 "command": "/home/user/scripts/validate-mcp-write.py"

125 }257 }

126 ]258 ]

127 }259 }


130}262}

131```263```

132 264 

133<Note>265### Hook handler fields

134 Plugin hooks use the same format as regular hooks with an optional `description` field to explain the hook's purpose.

135</Note>

136 

137<Note>

138 Plugin hooks run alongside your custom hooks. If multiple hooks match an event, they all execute in parallel.

139</Note>

140 

141**Environment variables for plugins**:

142 

143* `${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}`: Absolute path to the plugin directory

144* `${CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR}`: Project root directory (same as for project hooks)

145* All standard environment variables are available

146 

147See the [plugin components reference](/en/plugins-reference#hooks) for details on creating plugin hooks.

148 266 

149### Hooks in Skills, Agents, and Slash Commands267Each object in the inner `hooks` array is a hook handler: the shell command, HTTP endpoint, LLM prompt, or agent that runs when the matcher matches. There are four types:

150 268 

151In addition to settings files and plugins, hooks can be defined directly in [Skills](/en/skills), [subagents](/en/sub-agents), and [slash commands](/en/slash-commands) using frontmatter. These hooks are scoped to the component's lifecycle and only run when that component is active.269* **[Command hooks](#command-hook-fields)** (`type: "command"`): run a shell command. Your script receives the event's [JSON input](#hook-input-and-output) on stdin and communicates results back through exit codes and stdout.

270* **[HTTP hooks](#http-hook-fields)** (`type: "http"`): send the event's JSON input as an HTTP POST request to a URL. The endpoint communicates results back through the response body using the same [JSON output format](#json-output) as command hooks.

271* **[Prompt hooks](#prompt-and-agent-hook-fields)** (`type: "prompt"`): send a prompt to a Claude model for single-turn evaluation. The model returns a yes/no decision as JSON. See [Prompt-based hooks](#prompt-based-hooks).

272* **[Agent hooks](#prompt-and-agent-hook-fields)** (`type: "agent"`): spawn a subagent that can use tools like Read, Grep, and Glob to verify conditions before returning a decision. See [Agent-based hooks](#agent-based-hooks).

152 273 

153**Supported events**: `PreToolUse`, `PostToolUse`, and `Stop`274#### Common fields

154 

155**Example in a Skill**:

156 

157```yaml theme={null}

158name: secure-operations

159description: Perform operations with security checks

160hooks:

161 PreToolUse:

162 - matcher: "Bash"

163 hooks:

164 - type: command

165 command: "./scripts/security-check.sh"

166```

167 275 

168**Example in an agent**:276These fields apply to all hook types:

169 277 

170```yaml theme={null}278| Field | Required | Description |

171name: code-reviewer279| :-------------- | :------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

172description: Review code changes280| `type` | yes | `"command"`, `"http"`, `"prompt"`, or `"agent"` |

173hooks:281| `if` | no | Permission rule syntax to filter when this hook runs, such as `"Bash(git *)"` or `"Edit(*.ts)"`. The hook only spawns if the tool call matches the pattern. Only evaluated on tool events: `PreToolUse`, `PostToolUse`, `PostToolUseFailure`, and `PermissionRequest`. On other events, a hook with `if` set never runs. Uses the same syntax as [permission rules](/en/permissions) |

174 PostToolUse:282| `timeout` | no | Seconds before canceling. Defaults: 600 for command, 30 for prompt, 60 for agent |

175 - matcher: "Edit|Write"283| `statusMessage` | no | Custom spinner message displayed while the hook runs |

176 hooks:284| `once` | no | If `true`, runs only once per session then is removed. Skills only, not agents. See [Hooks in skills and agents](#hooks-in-skills-and-agents) |

177 - type: command

178 command: "./scripts/run-linter.sh"

179```

180 285 

181Component-scoped hooks follow the same configuration format as settings-based hooks but are automatically cleaned up when the component finishes executing.286#### Command hook fields

182 287 

183**Additional option for skills and slash commands:**288In addition to the [common fields](#common-fields), command hooks accept these fields:

184 289 

185* `once`: Set to `true` to run the hook only once per session. After the first successful execution, the hook is removed. Note: This option is currently only supported for skills and slash commands, not for agents.290| Field | Required | Description |

291| :-------- | :------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

292| `command` | yes | Shell command to execute |

293| `async` | no | If `true`, runs in the background without blocking. See [Run hooks in the background](#run-hooks-in-the-background) |

294| `shell` | no | Shell to use for this hook. Accepts `"bash"` (default) or `"powershell"`. Setting `"powershell"` runs the command via PowerShell on Windows. Does not require `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_POWERSHELL_TOOL` since hooks spawn PowerShell directly |

186 295 

187## Prompt-Based Hooks296#### HTTP hook fields

188 297 

189In addition to bash command hooks (`type: "command"`), Claude Code supports prompt-based hooks (`type: "prompt"`) that use an LLM to evaluate whether to allow or block an action. Prompt-based hooks are currently only supported for `Stop` and `SubagentStop` hooks, where they enable intelligent, context-aware decisions.298In addition to the [common fields](#common-fields), HTTP hooks accept these fields:

190 299 

191### How prompt-based hooks work300| Field | Required | Description |

301| :--------------- | :------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

302| `url` | yes | URL to send the POST request to |

303| `headers` | no | Additional HTTP headers as key-value pairs. Values support environment variable interpolation using `$VAR_NAME` or `${VAR_NAME}` syntax. Only variables listed in `allowedEnvVars` are resolved |

304| `allowedEnvVars` | no | List of environment variable names that may be interpolated into header values. References to unlisted variables are replaced with empty strings. Required for any env var interpolation to work |

192 305 

193Instead of executing a bash command, prompt-based hooks:306Claude Code sends the hook's [JSON input](#hook-input-and-output) as the POST request body with `Content-Type: application/json`. The response body uses the same [JSON output format](#json-output) as command hooks.

194 307 

1951. Send the hook input and your prompt to a fast LLM (Haiku)308Error handling differs from command hooks: non-2xx responses, connection failures, and timeouts all produce non-blocking errors that allow execution to continue. To block a tool call or deny a permission, return a 2xx response with a JSON body containing `decision: "block"` or a `hookSpecificOutput` with `permissionDecision: "deny"`.

1962. The LLM responds with structured JSON containing a decision

1973. Claude Code processes the decision automatically

198 309 

199### Configuration310This example sends `PreToolUse` events to a local validation service, authenticating with a token from the `MY_TOKEN` environment variable:

200 311 

201```json theme={null}312```json theme={null}

202{313{

203 "hooks": {314 "hooks": {

204 "Stop": [315 "PreToolUse": [

205 {316 {

317 "matcher": "Bash",

206 "hooks": [318 "hooks": [

207 {319 {

208 "type": "prompt",320 "type": "http",

209 "prompt": "Evaluate if Claude should stop: $ARGUMENTS. Check if all tasks are complete."321 "url": "http://localhost:8080/hooks/pre-tool-use",

322 "timeout": 30,

323 "headers": {

324 "Authorization": "Bearer $MY_TOKEN"

325 },

326 "allowedEnvVars": ["MY_TOKEN"]

210 }327 }

211 ]328 ]

212 }329 }


219}332}

220```333```

221 334 

222**Fields:**335#### Prompt and agent hook fields

223 

224* `type`: Must be `"prompt"`

225* `prompt`: The prompt text to send to the LLM

226 * Use `$ARGUMENTS` as a placeholder for the hook input JSON

227 * If `$ARGUMENTS` is not present, input JSON is appended to the prompt

228* `timeout`: (Optional) Timeout in seconds (default: 30 seconds)

229 

230### Response schema

231 

232The LLM must respond with JSON containing:

233 336 

234```json theme={null}337In addition to the [common fields](#common-fields), prompt and agent hooks accept these fields:

235{

236 "ok": true | false,

237 "reason": "Explanation for the decision"

238}

239```

240 338 

241**Response fields:**339| Field | Required | Description |

340| :------- | :------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

341| `prompt` | yes | Prompt text to send to the model. Use `$ARGUMENTS` as a placeholder for the hook input JSON |

342| `model` | no | Model to use for evaluation. Defaults to a fast model |

242 343 

243* `ok`: `true` allows the action, `false` prevents it344All matching hooks run in parallel, and identical handlers are deduplicated automatically. Command hooks are deduplicated by command string, and HTTP hooks are deduplicated by URL. Handlers run in the current directory with Claude Code's environment. The `$CLAUDE_CODE_REMOTE` environment variable is set to `"true"` in remote web environments and not set in the local CLI.

244* `reason`: Required when `ok` is `false`. Explanation shown to Claude

245 345 

246### Supported hook events346### Reference scripts by path

247 347 

248Prompt-based hooks work with any hook event, but are most useful for:348Use environment variables to reference hook scripts relative to the project or plugin root, regardless of the working directory when the hook runs:

249 349 

250* **Stop**: Intelligently decide if Claude should continue working350* `$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR`: the project root. Wrap in quotes to handle paths with spaces.

251* **SubagentStop**: Evaluate if a subagent has completed its task351* `${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}`: the plugin's installation directory, for scripts bundled with a [plugin](/en/plugins). Changes on each plugin update.

252* **UserPromptSubmit**: Validate user prompts with LLM assistance352* `${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_DATA}`: the plugin's [persistent data directory](/en/plugins-reference#persistent-data-directory), for dependencies and state that should survive plugin updates.

253* **PreToolUse**: Make context-aware permission decisions

254* **PermissionRequest**: Intelligently allow or deny permission dialogs

255 353 

256### Example: Intelligent Stop hook354<Tabs>

355 <Tab title="Project scripts">

356 This example uses `$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR` to run a style checker from the project's `.claude/hooks/` directory after any `Write` or `Edit` tool call:

257 357 

258```json theme={null}358 ```json theme={null}

259{359 {

260 "hooks": {360 "hooks": {

261 "Stop": [361 "PostToolUse": [

262 {362 {

363 "matcher": "Write|Edit",

263 "hooks": [364 "hooks": [

264 {365 {

265 "type": "prompt",366 "type": "command",

266 "prompt": "You are evaluating whether Claude should stop working. Context: $ARGUMENTS\n\nAnalyze the conversation and determine if:\n1. All user-requested tasks are complete\n2. Any errors need to be addressed\n3. Follow-up work is needed\n\nRespond with JSON: {\"ok\": true} to allow stopping, or {\"ok\": false, \"reason\": \"your explanation\"} to continue working.",367 "command": "\"$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR\"/.claude/hooks/check-style.sh"

267 "timeout": 30

268 }368 }

269 ]369 ]

270 }370 }

271 ]371 ]

272 }372 }

273}373 }

274```374 ```

375 </Tab>

275 376 

276### Example: SubagentStop with custom logic377 <Tab title="Plugin scripts">

378 Define plugin hooks in `hooks/hooks.json` with an optional top-level `description` field. When a plugin is enabled, its hooks merge with your user and project hooks.

277 379 

278```json theme={null}380 This example runs a formatting script bundled with the plugin:

279{381 

382 ```json theme={null}

383 {

384 "description": "Automatic code formatting",

280 "hooks": {385 "hooks": {

281 "SubagentStop": [386 "PostToolUse": [

282 {387 {

388 "matcher": "Write|Edit",

283 "hooks": [389 "hooks": [

284 {390 {

285 "type": "prompt",391 "type": "command",

286 "prompt": "Evaluate if this subagent should stop. Input: $ARGUMENTS\n\nCheck if:\n- The subagent completed its assigned task\n- Any errors occurred that need fixing\n- Additional context gathering is needed\n\nReturn: {\"ok\": true} to allow stopping, or {\"ok\": false, \"reason\": \"explanation\"} to continue."392 "command": "${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}/scripts/format.sh",

393 "timeout": 30

287 }394 }

288 ]395 ]

289 }396 }

290 ]397 ]

291 }398 }

292}399 }

293```400 ```

294 401 

295### Comparison with bash command hooks402 See the [plugin components reference](/en/plugins-reference#hooks) for details on creating plugin hooks.

403 </Tab>

404</Tabs>

296 405 

297| Feature | Bash Command Hooks | Prompt-Based Hooks |406### Hooks in skills and agents

298| --------------------- | ----------------------- | ------------------------------ |

299| **Execution** | Runs bash script | Queries LLM |

300| **Decision logic** | You implement in code | LLM evaluates context |

301| **Setup complexity** | Requires script file | Configure prompt |

302| **Context awareness** | Limited to script logic | Natural language understanding |

303| **Performance** | Fast (local execution) | Slower (API call) |

304| **Use case** | Deterministic rules | Context-aware decisions |

305 407 

306### Best practices408In addition to settings files and plugins, hooks can be defined directly in [skills](/en/skills) and [subagents](/en/sub-agents) using frontmatter. These hooks are scoped to the component's lifecycle and only run when that component is active.

307 409 

308* **Be specific in prompts**: Clearly state what you want the LLM to evaluate410All hook events are supported. For subagents, `Stop` hooks are automatically converted to `SubagentStop` since that is the event that fires when a subagent completes.

309* **Include decision criteria**: List the factors the LLM should consider

310* **Test your prompts**: Verify the LLM makes correct decisions for your use cases

311* **Set appropriate timeouts**: Default is 30 seconds, adjust if needed

312* **Use for complex decisions**: Bash hooks are better for simple, deterministic rules

313 411 

314See the [plugin components reference](/en/plugins-reference#hooks) for details on creating plugin hooks.412Hooks use the same configuration format as settings-based hooks but are scoped to the component's lifetime and cleaned up when it finishes.

315 413 

316## Hook Events414This skill defines a `PreToolUse` hook that runs a security validation script before each `Bash` command:

317 415 

318### PreToolUse416```yaml theme={null}

417---

418name: secure-operations

419description: Perform operations with security checks

420hooks:

421 PreToolUse:

422 - matcher: "Bash"

423 hooks:

424 - type: command

425 command: "./scripts/security-check.sh"

426---

427```

319 428 

320Runs after Claude creates tool parameters and before processing the tool call.429Agents use the same format in their YAML frontmatter.

321 430 

322**Common matchers:**431### The `/hooks` menu

323 432 

324* `Task` - Subagent tasks (see [subagents documentation](/en/sub-agents))433Type `/hooks` in Claude Code to open a read-only browser for your configured hooks. The menu shows every hook event with a count of configured hooks, lets you drill into matchers, and shows the full details of each hook handler. Use it to verify configuration, check which settings file a hook came from, or inspect a hook's command, prompt, or URL.

325* `Bash` - Shell commands

326* `Glob` - File pattern matching

327* `Grep` - Content search

328* `Read` - File reading

329* `Edit` - File editing

330* `Write` - File writing

331* `WebFetch`, `WebSearch` - Web operations

332 434 

333Use [PreToolUse decision control](#pretooluse-decision-control) to allow, deny, or ask for permission to use the tool.435The menu displays all four hook types: `command`, `prompt`, `agent`, and `http`. Each hook is labeled with a `[type]` prefix and a source indicating where it was defined:

334 436 

335### PermissionRequest437* `User`: from `~/.claude/settings.json`

438* `Project`: from `.claude/settings.json`

439* `Local`: from `.claude/settings.local.json`

440* `Plugin`: from a plugin's `hooks/hooks.json`

441* `Session`: registered in memory for the current session

442* `Built-in`: registered internally by Claude Code

336 443 

337Runs when the user is shown a permission dialog.444Selecting a hook opens a detail view showing its event, matcher, type, source file, and the full command, prompt, or URL. The menu is read-only: to add, modify, or remove hooks, edit the settings JSON directly or ask Claude to make the change.

338Use [PermissionRequest decision control](#permissionrequest-decision-control) to allow or deny on behalf of the user.

339 445 

340Recognizes the same matcher values as PreToolUse.446### Disable or remove hooks

341 447 

342### PostToolUse448To remove a hook, delete its entry from the settings JSON file.

343 449 

344Runs immediately after a tool completes successfully.450To temporarily disable all hooks without removing them, set `"disableAllHooks": true` in your settings file. There is no way to disable an individual hook while keeping it in the configuration.

345 451 

346Recognizes the same matcher values as PreToolUse.452The `disableAllHooks` setting respects the managed settings hierarchy. If an administrator has configured hooks through managed policy settings, `disableAllHooks` set in user, project, or local settings cannot disable those managed hooks. Only `disableAllHooks` set at the managed settings level can disable managed hooks.

347 453 

348### Notification454Direct edits to hooks in settings files are normally picked up automatically by the file watcher.

349 455 

350Runs when Claude Code sends notifications. Supports matchers to filter by notification type.456## Hook input and output

351 457 

352**Common matchers:**458Command hooks receive JSON data via stdin and communicate results through exit codes, stdout, and stderr. HTTP hooks receive the same JSON as the POST request body and communicate results through the HTTP response body. This section covers fields and behavior common to all events. Each event's section under [Hook events](#hook-events) includes its specific input schema and decision control options.

353 459 

354* `permission_prompt` - Permission requests from Claude Code460### Common input fields

355* `idle_prompt` - When Claude is waiting for user input (after 60+ seconds of idle time)

356* `auth_success` - Authentication success notifications

357* `elicitation_dialog` - When Claude Code needs input for MCP tool elicitation

358 461 

359You can use matchers to run different hooks for different notification types, or omit the matcher to run hooks for all notifications.462Hook events receive these fields as JSON, in addition to event-specific fields documented in each [hook event](#hook-events) section. For command hooks, this JSON arrives via stdin. For HTTP hooks, it arrives as the POST request body.

360 463 

361**Example: Different notifications for different types**464| Field | Description |

465| :---------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

466| `session_id` | Current session identifier |

467| `transcript_path` | Path to conversation JSON |

468| `cwd` | Current working directory when the hook is invoked |

469| `permission_mode` | Current [permission mode](/en/permissions#permission-modes): `"default"`, `"plan"`, `"acceptEdits"`, `"auto"`, `"dontAsk"`, or `"bypassPermissions"`. Not all events receive this field: see each event's JSON example below to check |

470| `hook_event_name` | Name of the event that fired |

471 

472When running with `--agent` or inside a subagent, two additional fields are included:

473 

474| Field | Description |

475| :----------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

476| `agent_id` | Unique identifier for the subagent. Present only when the hook fires inside a subagent call. Use this to distinguish subagent hook calls from main-thread calls. |

477| `agent_type` | Agent name (for example, `"Explore"` or `"security-reviewer"`). Present when the session uses `--agent` or the hook fires inside a subagent. For subagents, the subagent's type takes precedence over the session's `--agent` value. |

478 

479For example, a `PreToolUse` hook for a Bash command receives this on stdin:

362 480 

363```json theme={null}481```json theme={null}

364{482{

365 "hooks": {483 "session_id": "abc123",

366 "Notification": [484 "transcript_path": "/home/user/.claude/projects/.../transcript.jsonl",

367 {485 "cwd": "/home/user/my-project",

368 "matcher": "permission_prompt",486 "permission_mode": "default",

369 "hooks": [487 "hook_event_name": "PreToolUse",

370 {488 "tool_name": "Bash",

371 "type": "command",489 "tool_input": {

372 "command": "/path/to/permission-alert.sh"490 "command": "npm test"

373 }

374 ]

375 },

376 {

377 "matcher": "idle_prompt",

378 "hooks": [

379 {

380 "type": "command",

381 "command": "/path/to/idle-notification.sh"

382 }

383 ]

384 }

385 ]

386 }491 }

387}492}

388```493```

389 494 

390### UserPromptSubmit495The `tool_name` and `tool_input` fields are event-specific. Each [hook event](#hook-events) section documents the additional fields for that event.

391 

392Runs when the user submits a prompt, before Claude processes it. This allows you

393to add additional context based on the prompt/conversation, validate prompts, or

394block certain types of prompts.

395 

396### Stop

397 

398Runs when the main Claude Code agent has finished responding. Does not run if

399the stoppage occurred due to a user interrupt.

400 

401### SubagentStop

402 

403Runs when a Claude Code subagent (Task tool call) has finished responding.

404 

405### PreCompact

406 

407Runs before Claude Code is about to run a compact operation.

408 

409**Matchers:**

410 

411* `manual` - Invoked from `/compact`

412* `auto` - Invoked from auto-compact (due to full context window)

413 

414### SessionStart

415 496 

416Runs when Claude Code starts a new session or resumes an existing session (which497### Exit code output

417currently does start a new session under the hood). Useful for loading in

418development context like existing issues or recent changes to your codebase, installing dependencies, or setting up environment variables.

419 498 

420**Matchers:**499The exit code from your hook command tells Claude Code whether the action should proceed, be blocked, or be ignored.

421 500 

422* `startup` - Invoked from startup501**Exit 0** means success. Claude Code parses stdout for [JSON output fields](#json-output). JSON output is only processed on exit 0. For most events, stdout is only shown in verbose mode (`Ctrl+O`). The exceptions are `UserPromptSubmit` and `SessionStart`, where stdout is added as context that Claude can see and act on.

423* `resume` - Invoked from `--resume`, `--continue`, or `/resume`

424* `clear` - Invoked from `/clear`

425* `compact` - Invoked from auto or manual compact.

426 502 

427#### Persisting environment variables503**Exit 2** means a blocking error. Claude Code ignores stdout and any JSON in it. Instead, stderr text is fed back to Claude as an error message. The effect depends on the event: `PreToolUse` blocks the tool call, `UserPromptSubmit` rejects the prompt, and so on. See [exit code 2 behavior](#exit-code-2-behavior-per-event) for the full list.

428 504 

429SessionStart hooks have access to the `CLAUDE_ENV_FILE` environment variable, which provides a file path where you can persist environment variables for subsequent bash commands.505**Any other exit code** is a non-blocking error. stderr is shown in verbose mode (`Ctrl+O`) and execution continues.

430 506 

431**Example: Setting individual environment variables**507For example, a hook command script that blocks dangerous Bash commands:

432 508 

433```bash theme={null}509```bash theme={null}

434#!/bin/bash510#!/bin/bash

511# Reads JSON input from stdin, checks the command

512command=$(jq -r '.tool_input.command' < /dev/stdin)

435 513 

436if [ -n "$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE" ]; then514if [[ "$command" == rm* ]]; then

437 echo 'export NODE_ENV=production' >> "$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE"515 echo "Blocked: rm commands are not allowed" >&2

438 echo 'export API_KEY=your-api-key' >> "$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE"516 exit 2 # Blocking error: tool call is prevented

439 echo 'export PATH="$PATH:./node_modules/.bin"' >> "$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE"

440fi517fi

441 518 

442exit 0519exit 0 # Success: tool call proceeds

443```520```

444 521 

445**Example: Persisting all environment changes from the hook**522#### Exit code 2 behavior per event

523 

524Exit code 2 is the way a hook signals "stop, don't do this." The effect depends on the event, because some events represent actions that can be blocked (like a tool call that hasn't happened yet) and others represent things that already happened or can't be prevented.

525 

526| Hook event | Can block? | What happens on exit 2 |

527| :------------------- | :--------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

528| `PreToolUse` | Yes | Blocks the tool call |

529| `PermissionRequest` | Yes | Denies the permission |

530| `UserPromptSubmit` | Yes | Blocks prompt processing and erases the prompt |

531| `Stop` | Yes | Prevents Claude from stopping, continues the conversation |

532| `SubagentStop` | Yes | Prevents the subagent from stopping |

533| `TeammateIdle` | Yes | Prevents the teammate from going idle (teammate continues working) |

534| `TaskCreated` | Yes | Prevents the task from being created |

535| `TaskCompleted` | Yes | Prevents the task from being marked as completed |

536| `ConfigChange` | Yes | Blocks the configuration change from taking effect (except `policy_settings`) |

537| `StopFailure` | No | Output and exit code are ignored |

538| `PostToolUse` | No | Shows stderr to Claude (tool already ran) |

539| `PostToolUseFailure` | No | Shows stderr to Claude (tool already failed) |

540| `Notification` | No | Shows stderr to user only |

541| `SubagentStart` | No | Shows stderr to user only |

542| `SessionStart` | No | Shows stderr to user only |

543| `SessionEnd` | No | Shows stderr to user only |

544| `CwdChanged` | No | Shows stderr to user only |

545| `FileChanged` | No | Shows stderr to user only |

546| `PreCompact` | No | Shows stderr to user only |

547| `PostCompact` | No | Shows stderr to user only |

548| `Elicitation` | Yes | Denies the elicitation |

549| `ElicitationResult` | Yes | Blocks the response (action becomes decline) |

550| `WorktreeCreate` | Yes | Any non-zero exit code causes worktree creation to fail |

551| `WorktreeRemove` | No | Failures are logged in debug mode only |

552| `InstructionsLoaded` | No | Exit code is ignored |

553 

554### HTTP response handling

555 

556HTTP hooks use HTTP status codes and response bodies instead of exit codes and stdout:

557 

558* **2xx with an empty body**: success, equivalent to exit code 0 with no output

559* **2xx with a plain text body**: success, the text is added as context

560* **2xx with a JSON body**: success, parsed using the same [JSON output](#json-output) schema as command hooks

561* **Non-2xx status**: non-blocking error, execution continues

562* **Connection failure or timeout**: non-blocking error, execution continues

563 

564Unlike command hooks, HTTP hooks cannot signal a blocking error through status codes alone. To block a tool call or deny a permission, return a 2xx response with a JSON body containing the appropriate decision fields.

565 

566### JSON output

567 

568Exit codes let you allow or block, but JSON output gives you finer-grained control. Instead of exiting with code 2 to block, exit 0 and print a JSON object to stdout. Claude Code reads specific fields from that JSON to control behavior, including [decision control](#decision-control) for blocking, allowing, or escalating to the user.

446 569 

447When your setup modifies the environment (for example, `nvm use`), capture and persist all changes by diffing the environment:570<Note>

571 You must choose one approach per hook, not both: either use exit codes alone for signaling, or exit 0 and print JSON for structured control. Claude Code only processes JSON on exit 0. If you exit 2, any JSON is ignored.

572</Note>

448 573 

449```bash theme={null}574Your hook's stdout must contain only the JSON object. If your shell profile prints text on startup, it can interfere with JSON parsing. See [JSON validation failed](/en/hooks-guide#json-validation-failed) in the troubleshooting guide.

450#!/bin/bash

451 575 

452ENV_BEFORE=$(export -p | sort)576The JSON object supports three kinds of fields:

453 577 

454# Run your setup commands that modify the environment578* **Universal fields** like `continue` work across all events. These are listed in the table below.

455source ~/.nvm/nvm.sh579* **Top-level `decision` and `reason`** are used by some events to block or provide feedback.

456nvm use 20580* **`hookSpecificOutput`** is a nested object for events that need richer control. It requires a `hookEventName` field set to the event name.

457 581 

458if [ -n "$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE" ]; then582| Field | Default | Description |

459 ENV_AFTER=$(export -p | sort)583| :--------------- | :------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

460 comm -13 <(echo "$ENV_BEFORE") <(echo "$ENV_AFTER") >> "$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE"584| `continue` | `true` | If `false`, Claude stops processing entirely after the hook runs. Takes precedence over any event-specific decision fields |

461fi585| `stopReason` | none | Message shown to the user when `continue` is `false`. Not shown to Claude |

586| `suppressOutput` | `false` | If `true`, hides stdout from verbose mode output |

587| `systemMessage` | none | Warning message shown to the user |

462 588 

463exit 0589To stop Claude entirely regardless of event type:

464```

465 590 

466Any variables written to this file will be available in all subsequent bash commands that Claude Code executes during the session.591```json theme={null}

592{ "continue": false, "stopReason": "Build failed, fix errors before continuing" }

593```

467 594 

468<Note>595#### Decision control

469 `CLAUDE_ENV_FILE` is only available for SessionStart hooks. Other hook types do not have access to this variable.

470</Note>

471 596 

472### SessionEnd597Not every event supports blocking or controlling behavior through JSON. The events that do each use a different set of fields to express that decision. Use this table as a quick reference before writing a hook:

473 598 

474Runs when a Claude Code session ends. Useful for cleanup tasks, logging session599| Events | Decision pattern | Key fields |

475statistics, or saving session state.600| :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :----------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

601| UserPromptSubmit, PostToolUse, PostToolUseFailure, Stop, SubagentStop, ConfigChange | Top-level `decision` | `decision: "block"`, `reason` |

602| TeammateIdle, TaskCreated, TaskCompleted | Exit code or `continue: false` | Exit code 2 blocks the action with stderr feedback. JSON `{"continue": false, "stopReason": "..."}` also stops the teammate entirely, matching `Stop` hook behavior |

603| PreToolUse | `hookSpecificOutput` | `permissionDecision` (allow/deny/ask), `permissionDecisionReason` |

604| PermissionRequest | `hookSpecificOutput` | `decision.behavior` (allow/deny) |

605| WorktreeCreate | path return | Command hook prints path on stdout; HTTP hook returns `hookSpecificOutput.worktreePath`. Hook failure or missing path fails creation |

606| Elicitation | `hookSpecificOutput` | `action` (accept/decline/cancel), `content` (form field values for accept) |

607| ElicitationResult | `hookSpecificOutput` | `action` (accept/decline/cancel), `content` (form field values override) |

608| WorktreeRemove, Notification, SessionEnd, PreCompact, PostCompact, InstructionsLoaded, StopFailure, CwdChanged, FileChanged | None | No decision control. Used for side effects like logging or cleanup |

476 609 

477The `reason` field in the hook input will be one of:610Here are examples of each pattern in action:

478 611 

479* `clear` - Session cleared with /clear command612<Tabs>

480* `logout` - User logged out613 <Tab title="Top-level decision">

481* `prompt_input_exit` - User exited while prompt input was visible614 Used by `UserPromptSubmit`, `PostToolUse`, `PostToolUseFailure`, `Stop`, `SubagentStop`, and `ConfigChange`. The only value is `"block"`. To allow the action to proceed, omit `decision` from your JSON, or exit 0 without any JSON at all:

482* `other` - Other exit reasons

483 615 

484## Hook Input616 ```json theme={null}

617 {

618 "decision": "block",

619 "reason": "Test suite must pass before proceeding"

620 }

621 ```

622 </Tab>

485 623 

486Hooks receive JSON data via stdin containing session information and624 <Tab title="PreToolUse">

487event-specific data:625 Uses `hookSpecificOutput` for richer control: allow, deny, or escalate to the user. You can also modify tool input before it runs or inject additional context for Claude. See [PreToolUse decision control](#pretooluse-decision-control) for the full set of options.

488 626 

489```typescript theme={null}627 ```json theme={null}

490{628 {

491 // Common fields629 "hookSpecificOutput": {

492 session_id: string630 "hookEventName": "PreToolUse",

493 transcript_path: string // Path to conversation JSON631 "permissionDecision": "deny",

494 cwd: string // The current working directory when the hook is invoked632 "permissionDecisionReason": "Database writes are not allowed"

495 permission_mode: string // Current permission mode: "default", "plan", "acceptEdits", "dontAsk", or "bypassPermissions"633 }

496 634 }

497 // Event-specific fields635 ```

498 hook_event_name: string636 </Tab>

499 ...

500}

501```

502 637 

503### PreToolUse Input638 <Tab title="PermissionRequest">

639 Uses `hookSpecificOutput` to allow or deny a permission request on behalf of the user. When allowing, you can also modify the tool's input or apply permission rules so the user isn't prompted again. See [PermissionRequest decision control](#permissionrequest-decision-control) for the full set of options.

504 640 

505The exact schema for `tool_input` depends on the tool. Here are examples for commonly hooked tools.641 ```json theme={null}

642 {

643 "hookSpecificOutput": {

644 "hookEventName": "PermissionRequest",

645 "decision": {

646 "behavior": "allow",

647 "updatedInput": {

648 "command": "npm run lint"

649 }

650 }

651 }

652 }

653 ```

654 </Tab>

655</Tabs>

656 

657For extended examples including Bash command validation, prompt filtering, and auto-approval scripts, see [What you can automate](/en/hooks-guide#what-you-can-automate) in the guide and the [Bash command validator reference implementation](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/blob/main/examples/hooks/bash_command_validator_example.py).

658 

659## Hook events

660 

661Each event corresponds to a point in Claude Code's lifecycle where hooks can run. The sections below are ordered to match the lifecycle: from session setup through the agentic loop to session end. Each section describes when the event fires, what matchers it supports, the JSON input it receives, and how to control behavior through output.

662 

663### SessionStart

506 664 

507#### Bash tool665Runs when Claude Code starts a new session or resumes an existing session. Useful for loading development context like existing issues or recent changes to your codebase, or setting up environment variables. For static context that does not require a script, use [CLAUDE.md](/en/memory) instead.

508 666 

509The Bash tool is the most commonly hooked tool for command validation:667SessionStart runs on every session, so keep these hooks fast. Only `type: "command"` hooks are supported.

668 

669The matcher value corresponds to how the session was initiated:

670 

671| Matcher | When it fires |

672| :-------- | :------------------------------------- |

673| `startup` | New session |

674| `resume` | `--resume`, `--continue`, or `/resume` |

675| `clear` | `/clear` |

676| `compact` | Auto or manual compaction |

677 

678#### SessionStart input

679 

680In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), SessionStart hooks receive `source`, `model`, and optionally `agent_type`. The `source` field indicates how the session started: `"startup"` for new sessions, `"resume"` for resumed sessions, `"clear"` after `/clear`, or `"compact"` after compaction. The `model` field contains the model identifier. If you start Claude Code with `claude --agent <name>`, an `agent_type` field contains the agent name.

510 681 

511```json theme={null}682```json theme={null}

512{683{

513 "session_id": "abc123",684 "session_id": "abc123",

514 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",685 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

515 "cwd": "/Users/...",686 "cwd": "/Users/...",

516 "permission_mode": "default",687 "hook_event_name": "SessionStart",

517 "hook_event_name": "PreToolUse",688 "source": "startup",

518 "tool_name": "Bash",689 "model": "claude-sonnet-4-6"

519 "tool_input": {690}

520 "command": "psql -c 'SELECT * FROM users'",691```

521 "description": "Query the users table",692 

522 "timeout": 120000693#### SessionStart decision control

523 },694 

524 "tool_use_id": "toolu_01ABC123..."695Any text your hook script prints to stdout is added as context for Claude. In addition to the [JSON output fields](#json-output) available to all hooks, you can return these event-specific fields:

696 

697| Field | Description |

698| :------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

699| `additionalContext` | String added to Claude's context. Multiple hooks' values are concatenated |

700 

701```json theme={null}

702{

703 "hookSpecificOutput": {

704 "hookEventName": "SessionStart",

705 "additionalContext": "My additional context here"

706 }

525}707}

526```708```

527 709 

528| Field | Type | Description |710#### Persist environment variables

529| :------------------ | :------ | :-------------------------------------------- |711 

530| `command` | string | The shell command to execute |712SessionStart hooks have access to the `CLAUDE_ENV_FILE` environment variable, which provides a file path where you can persist environment variables for subsequent Bash commands.

531| `description` | string | Optional description of what the command does |713 

532| `timeout` | number | Optional timeout in milliseconds |714To set individual environment variables, write `export` statements to `CLAUDE_ENV_FILE`. Use append (`>>`) to preserve variables set by other hooks:

533| `run_in_background` | boolean | Whether to run the command in background |715 

716```bash theme={null}

717#!/bin/bash

718 

719if [ -n "$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE" ]; then

720 echo 'export NODE_ENV=production' >> "$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE"

721 echo 'export DEBUG_LOG=true' >> "$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE"

722 echo 'export PATH="$PATH:./node_modules/.bin"' >> "$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE"

723fi

724 

725exit 0

726```

727 

728To capture all environment changes from setup commands, compare the exported variables before and after:

729 

730```bash theme={null}

731#!/bin/bash

732 

733ENV_BEFORE=$(export -p | sort)

734 

735# Run your setup commands that modify the environment

736source ~/.nvm/nvm.sh

737nvm use 20

738 

739if [ -n "$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE" ]; then

740 ENV_AFTER=$(export -p | sort)

741 comm -13 <(echo "$ENV_BEFORE") <(echo "$ENV_AFTER") >> "$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE"

742fi

743 

744exit 0

745```

746 

747Any variables written to this file will be available in all subsequent Bash commands that Claude Code executes during the session.

748 

749<Note>

750 `CLAUDE_ENV_FILE` is available for SessionStart, [CwdChanged](#cwdchanged), and [FileChanged](#filechanged) hooks. Other hook types do not have access to this variable.

751</Note>

752 

753### InstructionsLoaded

754 

755Fires when a `CLAUDE.md` or `.claude/rules/*.md` file is loaded into context. This event fires at session start for eagerly-loaded files and again later when files are lazily loaded, for example when Claude accesses a subdirectory that contains a nested `CLAUDE.md` or when conditional rules with `paths:` frontmatter match. The hook does not support blocking or decision control. It runs asynchronously for observability purposes.

534 756 

535#### Write tool757The matcher runs against `load_reason`. For example, use `"matcher": "session_start"` to fire only for files loaded at session start, or `"matcher": "path_glob_match|nested_traversal"` to fire only for lazy loads.

758 

759#### InstructionsLoaded input

760 

761In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), InstructionsLoaded hooks receive these fields:

762 

763| Field | Description |

764| :------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

765| `file_path` | Absolute path to the instruction file that was loaded |

766| `memory_type` | Scope of the file: `"User"`, `"Project"`, `"Local"`, or `"Managed"` |

767| `load_reason` | Why the file was loaded: `"session_start"`, `"nested_traversal"`, `"path_glob_match"`, `"include"`, or `"compact"`. The `"compact"` value fires when instruction files are re-loaded after a compaction event |

768| `globs` | Path glob patterns from the file's `paths:` frontmatter, if any. Present only for `path_glob_match` loads |

769| `trigger_file_path` | Path to the file whose access triggered this load, for lazy loads |

770| `parent_file_path` | Path to the parent instruction file that included this one, for `include` loads |

536 771 

537```json theme={null}772```json theme={null}

538{773{

539 "session_id": "abc123",774 "session_id": "abc123",

540 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",775 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../transcript.jsonl",

541 "cwd": "/Users/...",776 "cwd": "/Users/my-project",

542 "permission_mode": "default",777 "hook_event_name": "InstructionsLoaded",

543 "hook_event_name": "PreToolUse",778 "file_path": "/Users/my-project/CLAUDE.md",

544 "tool_name": "Write",779 "memory_type": "Project",

545 "tool_input": {780 "load_reason": "session_start"

546 "file_path": "/path/to/file.txt",

547 "content": "file content"

548 },

549 "tool_use_id": "toolu_01ABC123..."

550}781}

551```782```

552 783 

553| Field | Type | Description |784#### InstructionsLoaded decision control

554| :---------- | :----- | :--------------------------------- |785 

555| `file_path` | string | Absolute path to the file to write |786InstructionsLoaded hooks have no decision control. They cannot block or modify instruction loading. Use this event for audit logging, compliance tracking, or observability.

556| `content` | string | Content to write to the file |787 

788### UserPromptSubmit

789 

790Runs when the user submits a prompt, before Claude processes it. This allows you

791to add additional context based on the prompt/conversation, validate prompts, or

792block certain types of prompts.

793 

794#### UserPromptSubmit input

557 795 

558#### Edit tool796In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), UserPromptSubmit hooks receive the `prompt` field containing the text the user submitted.

559 797 

560```json theme={null}798```json theme={null}

561{799{


563 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",801 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

564 "cwd": "/Users/...",802 "cwd": "/Users/...",

565 "permission_mode": "default",803 "permission_mode": "default",

566 "hook_event_name": "PreToolUse",804 "hook_event_name": "UserPromptSubmit",

567 "tool_name": "Edit",805 "prompt": "Write a function to calculate the factorial of a number"

568 "tool_input": {806}

569 "file_path": "/path/to/file.txt",807```

570 "old_string": "original text",808 

571 "new_string": "replacement text"809#### UserPromptSubmit decision control

810 

811`UserPromptSubmit` hooks can control whether a user prompt is processed and add context. All [JSON output fields](#json-output) are available.

812 

813There are two ways to add context to the conversation on exit code 0:

814 

815* **Plain text stdout**: any non-JSON text written to stdout is added as context

816* **JSON with `additionalContext`**: use the JSON format below for more control. The `additionalContext` field is added as context

817 

818Plain stdout is shown as hook output in the transcript. The `additionalContext` field is added more discretely.

819 

820To block a prompt, return a JSON object with `decision` set to `"block"`:

821 

822| Field | Description |

823| :------------------ | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

824| `decision` | `"block"` prevents the prompt from being processed and erases it from context. Omit to allow the prompt to proceed |

825| `reason` | Shown to the user when `decision` is `"block"`. Not added to context |

826| `additionalContext` | String added to Claude's context |

827 

828```json theme={null}

829{

830 "decision": "block",

831 "reason": "Explanation for decision",

832 "hookSpecificOutput": {

833 "hookEventName": "UserPromptSubmit",

834 "additionalContext": "My additional context here"

835 }

836}

837```

838 

839<Note>

840 The JSON format isn't required for simple use cases. To add context, you can print plain text to stdout with exit code 0. Use JSON when you need to

841 block prompts or want more structured control.

842</Note>

843 

844### PreToolUse

845 

846Runs after Claude creates tool parameters and before processing the tool call. Matches on tool name: `Bash`, `Edit`, `Write`, `Read`, `Glob`, `Grep`, `Agent`, `WebFetch`, `WebSearch`, `AskUserQuestion`, `ExitPlanMode`, and any [MCP tool names](#match-mcp-tools).

847 

848Use [PreToolUse decision control](#pretooluse-decision-control) to allow, deny, or ask for permission to use the tool.

849 

850#### PreToolUse input

851 

852In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), PreToolUse hooks receive `tool_name`, `tool_input`, and `tool_use_id`. The `tool_input` fields depend on the tool:

853 

854##### Bash

855 

856Executes shell commands.

857 

858| Field | Type | Example | Description |

859| :------------------ | :------ | :----------------- | :-------------------------------------------- |

860| `command` | string | `"npm test"` | The shell command to execute |

861| `description` | string | `"Run test suite"` | Optional description of what the command does |

862| `timeout` | number | `120000` | Optional timeout in milliseconds |

863| `run_in_background` | boolean | `false` | Whether to run the command in background |

864 

865##### Write

866 

867Creates or overwrites a file.

868 

869| Field | Type | Example | Description |

870| :---------- | :----- | :-------------------- | :--------------------------------- |

871| `file_path` | string | `"/path/to/file.txt"` | Absolute path to the file to write |

872| `content` | string | `"file content"` | Content to write to the file |

873 

874##### Edit

875 

876Replaces a string in an existing file.

877 

878| Field | Type | Example | Description |

879| :------------ | :------ | :-------------------- | :--------------------------------- |

880| `file_path` | string | `"/path/to/file.txt"` | Absolute path to the file to edit |

881| `old_string` | string | `"original text"` | Text to find and replace |

882| `new_string` | string | `"replacement text"` | Replacement text |

883| `replace_all` | boolean | `false` | Whether to replace all occurrences |

884 

885##### Read

886 

887Reads file contents.

888 

889| Field | Type | Example | Description |

890| :---------- | :----- | :-------------------- | :----------------------------------------- |

891| `file_path` | string | `"/path/to/file.txt"` | Absolute path to the file to read |

892| `offset` | number | `10` | Optional line number to start reading from |

893| `limit` | number | `50` | Optional number of lines to read |

894 

895##### Glob

896 

897Finds files matching a glob pattern.

898 

899| Field | Type | Example | Description |

900| :-------- | :----- | :--------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------- |

901| `pattern` | string | `"**/*.ts"` | Glob pattern to match files against |

902| `path` | string | `"/path/to/dir"` | Optional directory to search in. Defaults to current working directory |

903 

904##### Grep

905 

906Searches file contents with regular expressions.

907 

908| Field | Type | Example | Description |

909| :------------ | :------ | :--------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

910| `pattern` | string | `"TODO.*fix"` | Regular expression pattern to search for |

911| `path` | string | `"/path/to/dir"` | Optional file or directory to search in |

912| `glob` | string | `"*.ts"` | Optional glob pattern to filter files |

913| `output_mode` | string | `"content"` | `"content"`, `"files_with_matches"`, or `"count"`. Defaults to `"files_with_matches"` |

914| `-i` | boolean | `true` | Case insensitive search |

915| `multiline` | boolean | `false` | Enable multiline matching |

916 

917##### WebFetch

918 

919Fetches and processes web content.

920 

921| Field | Type | Example | Description |

922| :------- | :----- | :---------------------------- | :----------------------------------- |

923| `url` | string | `"https://example.com/api"` | URL to fetch content from |

924| `prompt` | string | `"Extract the API endpoints"` | Prompt to run on the fetched content |

925 

926##### WebSearch

927 

928Searches the web.

929 

930| Field | Type | Example | Description |

931| :---------------- | :----- | :----------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------ |

932| `query` | string | `"react hooks best practices"` | Search query |

933| `allowed_domains` | array | `["docs.example.com"]` | Optional: only include results from these domains |

934| `blocked_domains` | array | `["spam.example.com"]` | Optional: exclude results from these domains |

935 

936##### Agent

937 

938Spawns a [subagent](/en/sub-agents).

939 

940| Field | Type | Example | Description |

941| :-------------- | :----- | :------------------------- | :------------------------------------------- |

942| `prompt` | string | `"Find all API endpoints"` | The task for the agent to perform |

943| `description` | string | `"Find API endpoints"` | Short description of the task |

944| `subagent_type` | string | `"Explore"` | Type of specialized agent to use |

945| `model` | string | `"sonnet"` | Optional model alias to override the default |

946 

947##### AskUserQuestion

948 

949Asks the user one to four multiple-choice questions.

950 

951| Field | Type | Example | Description |

952| :---------- | :----- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

953| `questions` | array | `[{"question": "Which framework?", "header": "Framework", "options": [{"label": "React"}], "multiSelect": false}]` | Questions to present, each with a `question` string, short `header`, `options` array, and optional `multiSelect` flag |

954| `answers` | object | `{"Which framework?": "React"}` | Optional. Maps question text to the selected option label. Multi-select answers join labels with commas. Claude does not set this field; supply it via `updatedInput` to answer programmatically |

955 

956#### PreToolUse decision control

957 

958`PreToolUse` hooks can control whether a tool call proceeds. Unlike other hooks that use a top-level `decision` field, PreToolUse returns its decision inside a `hookSpecificOutput` object. This gives it richer control: three outcomes (allow, deny, or ask) plus the ability to modify tool input before execution.

959 

960| Field | Description |

961| :------------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

962| `permissionDecision` | `"allow"` skips the permission prompt. `"deny"` prevents the tool call. `"ask"` prompts the user to confirm. [Deny and ask rules](/en/permissions#manage-permissions) still apply when a hook returns `"allow"` |

963| `permissionDecisionReason` | For `"allow"` and `"ask"`, shown to the user but not Claude. For `"deny"`, shown to Claude |

964| `updatedInput` | Modifies the tool's input parameters before execution. Replaces the entire input object, so include unchanged fields alongside modified ones. Combine with `"allow"` to auto-approve, or `"ask"` to show the modified input to the user |

965| `additionalContext` | String added to Claude's context before the tool executes |

966 

967When a hook returns `"ask"`, the permission prompt displayed to the user includes a label identifying where the hook came from: for example, `[User]`, `[Project]`, `[Plugin]`, or `[Local]`. This helps users understand which configuration source is requesting confirmation.

968 

969```json theme={null}

970{

971 "hookSpecificOutput": {

972 "hookEventName": "PreToolUse",

973 "permissionDecision": "allow",

974 "permissionDecisionReason": "My reason here",

975 "updatedInput": {

976 "field_to_modify": "new value"

572 },977 },

573 "tool_use_id": "toolu_01ABC123..."978 "additionalContext": "Current environment: production. Proceed with caution."

979 }

574}980}

575```981```

576 982 

577| Field | Type | Description |983`AskUserQuestion` and `ExitPlanMode` require user interaction and normally block in [non-interactive mode](/en/headless) with the `-p` flag. Returning `permissionDecision: "allow"` together with `updatedInput` satisfies that requirement: the hook reads the tool's input from stdin, collects the answer through your own UI, and returns it in `updatedInput` so the tool runs without prompting. Returning `"allow"` alone is not sufficient for these tools. For `AskUserQuestion`, echo back the original `questions` array and add an [`answers`](#askuserquestion) object mapping each question's text to the chosen answer.

578| :------------ | :------ | :-------------------------------------------------- |984 

579| `file_path` | string | Absolute path to the file to edit |985<Note>

580| `old_string` | string | Text to find and replace |986 PreToolUse previously used top-level `decision` and `reason` fields, but these are deprecated for this event. Use `hookSpecificOutput.permissionDecision` and `hookSpecificOutput.permissionDecisionReason` instead. The deprecated values `"approve"` and `"block"` map to `"allow"` and `"deny"` respectively. Other events like PostToolUse and Stop continue to use top-level `decision` and `reason` as their current format.

581| `new_string` | string | Replacement text |987</Note>

582| `replace_all` | boolean | Whether to replace all occurrences (default: false) |988 

989### PermissionRequest

990 

991Runs when the user is shown a permission dialog.

992Use [PermissionRequest decision control](#permissionrequest-decision-control) to allow or deny on behalf of the user.

993 

994Matches on tool name, same values as PreToolUse.

583 995 

584#### Read tool996#### PermissionRequest input

997 

998PermissionRequest hooks receive `tool_name` and `tool_input` fields like PreToolUse hooks, but without `tool_use_id`. An optional `permission_suggestions` array contains the "always allow" options the user would normally see in the permission dialog. The difference is when the hook fires: PermissionRequest hooks run when a permission dialog is about to be shown to the user, while PreToolUse hooks run before tool execution regardless of permission status.

585 999 

586```json theme={null}1000```json theme={null}

587{1001{


589 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",1003 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

590 "cwd": "/Users/...",1004 "cwd": "/Users/...",

591 "permission_mode": "default",1005 "permission_mode": "default",

592 "hook_event_name": "PreToolUse",1006 "hook_event_name": "PermissionRequest",

593 "tool_name": "Read",1007 "tool_name": "Bash",

594 "tool_input": {1008 "tool_input": {

595 "file_path": "/path/to/file.txt"1009 "command": "rm -rf node_modules",

1010 "description": "Remove node_modules directory"

596 },1011 },

597 "tool_use_id": "toolu_01ABC123..."1012 "permission_suggestions": [

1013 {

1014 "type": "addRules",

1015 "rules": [{ "toolName": "Bash", "ruleContent": "rm -rf node_modules" }],

1016 "behavior": "allow",

1017 "destination": "localSettings"

1018 }

1019 ]

1020}

1021```

1022 

1023#### PermissionRequest decision control

1024 

1025`PermissionRequest` hooks can allow or deny permission requests. In addition to the [JSON output fields](#json-output) available to all hooks, your hook script can return a `decision` object with these event-specific fields:

1026 

1027| Field | Description |

1028| :------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

1029| `behavior` | `"allow"` grants the permission, `"deny"` denies it |

1030| `updatedInput` | For `"allow"` only: modifies the tool's input parameters before execution. Replaces the entire input object, so include unchanged fields alongside modified ones |

1031| `updatedPermissions` | For `"allow"` only: array of [permission update entries](#permission-update-entries) to apply, such as adding an allow rule or changing the session permission mode |

1032| `message` | For `"deny"` only: tells Claude why the permission was denied |

1033| `interrupt` | For `"deny"` only: if `true`, stops Claude |

1034 

1035```json theme={null}

1036{

1037 "hookSpecificOutput": {

1038 "hookEventName": "PermissionRequest",

1039 "decision": {

1040 "behavior": "allow",

1041 "updatedInput": {

1042 "command": "npm run lint"

1043 }

1044 }

1045 }

598}1046}

599```1047```

600 1048 

601| Field | Type | Description |1049#### Permission update entries

602| :---------- | :----- | :----------------------------------------- |1050 

603| `file_path` | string | Absolute path to the file to read |1051The `updatedPermissions` output field and the [`permission_suggestions` input field](#permissionrequest-input) both use the same array of entry objects. Each entry has a `type` that determines its other fields, and a `destination` that controls where the change is written.

604| `offset` | number | Optional line number to start reading from |1052 

605| `limit` | number | Optional number of lines to read |1053| `type` | Fields | Effect |

1054| :------------------ | :--------------------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

1055| `addRules` | `rules`, `behavior`, `destination` | Adds permission rules. `rules` is an array of `{toolName, ruleContent?}` objects. Omit `ruleContent` to match the whole tool. `behavior` is `"allow"`, `"deny"`, or `"ask"` |

1056| `replaceRules` | `rules`, `behavior`, `destination` | Replaces all rules of the given `behavior` at the `destination` with the provided `rules` |

1057| `removeRules` | `rules`, `behavior`, `destination` | Removes matching rules of the given `behavior` |

1058| `setMode` | `mode`, `destination` | Changes the permission mode. Valid modes are `default`, `acceptEdits`, `dontAsk`, `bypassPermissions`, and `plan` |

1059| `addDirectories` | `directories`, `destination` | Adds working directories. `directories` is an array of path strings |

1060| `removeDirectories` | `directories`, `destination` | Removes working directories |

1061 

1062The `destination` field on every entry determines whether the change stays in memory or persists to a settings file.

606 1063 

607### PostToolUse Input1064| `destination` | Writes to |

1065| :---------------- | :---------------------------------------------- |

1066| `session` | in-memory only, discarded when the session ends |

1067| `localSettings` | `.claude/settings.local.json` |

1068| `projectSettings` | `.claude/settings.json` |

1069| `userSettings` | `~/.claude/settings.json` |

608 1070 

609The exact schema for `tool_input` and `tool_response` depends on the tool.1071A hook can echo one of the `permission_suggestions` it received as its own `updatedPermissions` output, which is equivalent to the user selecting that "always allow" option in the dialog.

1072 

1073### PostToolUse

1074 

1075Runs immediately after a tool completes successfully.

1076 

1077Matches on tool name, same values as PreToolUse.

1078 

1079#### PostToolUse input

1080 

1081`PostToolUse` hooks fire after a tool has already executed successfully. The input includes both `tool_input`, the arguments sent to the tool, and `tool_response`, the result it returned. The exact schema for both depends on the tool.

610 1082 

611```json theme={null}1083```json theme={null}

612{1084{


628}1100}

629```1101```

630 1102 

631### Notification Input1103#### PostToolUse decision control

1104 

1105`PostToolUse` hooks can provide feedback to Claude after tool execution. In addition to the [JSON output fields](#json-output) available to all hooks, your hook script can return these event-specific fields:

1106 

1107| Field | Description |

1108| :--------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

1109| `decision` | `"block"` prompts Claude with the `reason`. Omit to allow the action to proceed |

1110| `reason` | Explanation shown to Claude when `decision` is `"block"` |

1111| `additionalContext` | Additional context for Claude to consider |

1112| `updatedMCPToolOutput` | For [MCP tools](#match-mcp-tools) only: replaces the tool's output with the provided value |

1113 

1114```json theme={null}

1115{

1116 "decision": "block",

1117 "reason": "Explanation for decision",

1118 "hookSpecificOutput": {

1119 "hookEventName": "PostToolUse",

1120 "additionalContext": "Additional information for Claude"

1121 }

1122}

1123```

1124 

1125### PostToolUseFailure

1126 

1127Runs when a tool execution fails. This event fires for tool calls that throw errors or return failure results. Use this to log failures, send alerts, or provide corrective feedback to Claude.

1128 

1129Matches on tool name, same values as PreToolUse.

1130 

1131#### PostToolUseFailure input

1132 

1133PostToolUseFailure hooks receive the same `tool_name` and `tool_input` fields as PostToolUse, along with error information as top-level fields:

1134 

1135```json theme={null}

1136{

1137 "session_id": "abc123",

1138 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

1139 "cwd": "/Users/...",

1140 "permission_mode": "default",

1141 "hook_event_name": "PostToolUseFailure",

1142 "tool_name": "Bash",

1143 "tool_input": {

1144 "command": "npm test",

1145 "description": "Run test suite"

1146 },

1147 "tool_use_id": "toolu_01ABC123...",

1148 "error": "Command exited with non-zero status code 1",

1149 "is_interrupt": false

1150}

1151```

1152 

1153| Field | Description |

1154| :------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

1155| `error` | String describing what went wrong |

1156| `is_interrupt` | Optional boolean indicating whether the failure was caused by user interruption |

1157 

1158#### PostToolUseFailure decision control

1159 

1160`PostToolUseFailure` hooks can provide context to Claude after a tool failure. In addition to the [JSON output fields](#json-output) available to all hooks, your hook script can return these event-specific fields:

1161 

1162| Field | Description |

1163| :------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------ |

1164| `additionalContext` | Additional context for Claude to consider alongside the error |

1165 

1166```json theme={null}

1167{

1168 "hookSpecificOutput": {

1169 "hookEventName": "PostToolUseFailure",

1170 "additionalContext": "Additional information about the failure for Claude"

1171 }

1172}

1173```

1174 

1175### Notification

1176 

1177Runs when Claude Code sends notifications. Matches on notification type: `permission_prompt`, `idle_prompt`, `auth_success`, `elicitation_dialog`. Omit the matcher to run hooks for all notification types.

1178 

1179Use separate matchers to run different handlers depending on the notification type. This configuration triggers a permission-specific alert script when Claude needs permission approval and a different notification when Claude has been idle:

1180 

1181```json theme={null}

1182{

1183 "hooks": {

1184 "Notification": [

1185 {

1186 "matcher": "permission_prompt",

1187 "hooks": [

1188 {

1189 "type": "command",

1190 "command": "/path/to/permission-alert.sh"

1191 }

1192 ]

1193 },

1194 {

1195 "matcher": "idle_prompt",

1196 "hooks": [

1197 {

1198 "type": "command",

1199 "command": "/path/to/idle-notification.sh"

1200 }

1201 ]

1202 }

1203 ]

1204 }

1205}

1206```

1207 

1208#### Notification input

1209 

1210In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), Notification hooks receive `message` with the notification text, an optional `title`, and `notification_type` indicating which type fired.

1211 

1212```json theme={null}

1213{

1214 "session_id": "abc123",

1215 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

1216 "cwd": "/Users/...",

1217 "hook_event_name": "Notification",

1218 "message": "Claude needs your permission to use Bash",

1219 "title": "Permission needed",

1220 "notification_type": "permission_prompt"

1221}

1222```

1223 

1224Notification hooks cannot block or modify notifications. In addition to the [JSON output fields](#json-output) available to all hooks, you can return `additionalContext` to add context to the conversation:

1225 

1226| Field | Description |

1227| :------------------ | :------------------------------- |

1228| `additionalContext` | String added to Claude's context |

1229 

1230### SubagentStart

1231 

1232Runs when a Claude Code subagent is spawned via the Agent tool. Supports matchers to filter by agent type name (built-in agents like `Bash`, `Explore`, `Plan`, or custom agent names from `.claude/agents/`).

1233 

1234#### SubagentStart input

1235 

1236In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), SubagentStart hooks receive `agent_id` with the unique identifier for the subagent and `agent_type` with the agent name (built-in agents like `"Bash"`, `"Explore"`, `"Plan"`, or custom agent names).

1237 

1238```json theme={null}

1239{

1240 "session_id": "abc123",

1241 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

1242 "cwd": "/Users/...",

1243 "hook_event_name": "SubagentStart",

1244 "agent_id": "agent-abc123",

1245 "agent_type": "Explore"

1246}

1247```

1248 

1249SubagentStart hooks cannot block subagent creation, but they can inject context into the subagent. In addition to the [JSON output fields](#json-output) available to all hooks, you can return:

1250 

1251| Field | Description |

1252| :------------------ | :------------------------------------- |

1253| `additionalContext` | String added to the subagent's context |

1254 

1255```json theme={null}

1256{

1257 "hookSpecificOutput": {

1258 "hookEventName": "SubagentStart",

1259 "additionalContext": "Follow security guidelines for this task"

1260 }

1261}

1262```

1263 

1264### SubagentStop

1265 

1266Runs when a Claude Code subagent has finished responding. Matches on agent type, same values as SubagentStart.

1267 

1268#### SubagentStop input

1269 

1270In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), SubagentStop hooks receive `stop_hook_active`, `agent_id`, `agent_type`, `agent_transcript_path`, and `last_assistant_message`. The `agent_type` field is the value used for matcher filtering. The `transcript_path` is the main session's transcript, while `agent_transcript_path` is the subagent's own transcript stored in a nested `subagents/` folder. The `last_assistant_message` field contains the text content of the subagent's final response, so hooks can access it without parsing the transcript file.

1271 

1272```json theme={null}

1273{

1274 "session_id": "abc123",

1275 "transcript_path": "~/.claude/projects/.../abc123.jsonl",

1276 "cwd": "/Users/...",

1277 "permission_mode": "default",

1278 "hook_event_name": "SubagentStop",

1279 "stop_hook_active": false,

1280 "agent_id": "def456",

1281 "agent_type": "Explore",

1282 "agent_transcript_path": "~/.claude/projects/.../abc123/subagents/agent-def456.jsonl",

1283 "last_assistant_message": "Analysis complete. Found 3 potential issues..."

1284}

1285```

1286 

1287SubagentStop hooks use the same decision control format as [Stop hooks](#stop-decision-control).

1288 

1289### TaskCreated

1290 

1291Runs when a task is being created via the `TaskCreate` tool. Use this to enforce naming conventions, require task descriptions, or prevent certain tasks from being created.

1292 

1293When a `TaskCreated` hook exits with code 2, the task is not created and the stderr message is fed back to the model as feedback. To stop the teammate entirely instead of re-running it, return JSON with `{"continue": false, "stopReason": "..."}`. TaskCreated hooks do not support matchers and fire on every occurrence.

1294 

1295#### TaskCreated input

1296 

1297In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), TaskCreated hooks receive `task_id`, `task_subject`, and optionally `task_description`, `teammate_name`, and `team_name`.

1298 

1299```json theme={null}

1300{

1301 "session_id": "abc123",

1302 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

1303 "cwd": "/Users/...",

1304 "permission_mode": "default",

1305 "hook_event_name": "TaskCreated",

1306 "task_id": "task-001",

1307 "task_subject": "Implement user authentication",

1308 "task_description": "Add login and signup endpoints",

1309 "teammate_name": "implementer",

1310 "team_name": "my-project"

1311}

1312```

1313 

1314| Field | Description |

1315| :----------------- | :---------------------------------------------------- |

1316| `task_id` | Identifier of the task being created |

1317| `task_subject` | Title of the task |

1318| `task_description` | Detailed description of the task. May be absent |

1319| `teammate_name` | Name of the teammate creating the task. May be absent |

1320| `team_name` | Name of the team. May be absent |

1321 

1322#### TaskCreated decision control

1323 

1324TaskCreated hooks support two ways to control task creation:

1325 

1326* **Exit code 2**: the task is not created and the stderr message is fed back to the model as feedback.

1327* **JSON `{"continue": false, "stopReason": "..."}`**: stops the teammate entirely, matching `Stop` hook behavior. The `stopReason` is shown to the user.

1328 

1329This example blocks tasks whose subjects don't follow the required format:

1330 

1331```bash theme={null}

1332#!/bin/bash

1333INPUT=$(cat)

1334TASK_SUBJECT=$(echo "$INPUT" | jq -r '.task_subject')

1335 

1336if [[ ! "$TASK_SUBJECT" =~ ^\[TICKET-[0-9]+\] ]]; then

1337 echo "Task subject must start with a ticket number, e.g. '[TICKET-123] Add feature'" >&2

1338 exit 2

1339fi

1340 

1341exit 0

1342```

1343 

1344### TaskCompleted

1345 

1346Runs when a task is being marked as completed. This fires in two situations: when any agent explicitly marks a task as completed through the TaskUpdate tool, or when an [agent team](/en/agent-teams) teammate finishes its turn with in-progress tasks. Use this to enforce completion criteria like passing tests or lint checks before a task can close.

1347 

1348When a `TaskCompleted` hook exits with code 2, the task is not marked as completed and the stderr message is fed back to the model as feedback. To stop the teammate entirely instead of re-running it, return JSON with `{"continue": false, "stopReason": "..."}`. TaskCompleted hooks do not support matchers and fire on every occurrence.

1349 

1350#### TaskCompleted input

1351 

1352In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), TaskCompleted hooks receive `task_id`, `task_subject`, and optionally `task_description`, `teammate_name`, and `team_name`.

1353 

1354```json theme={null}

1355{

1356 "session_id": "abc123",

1357 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

1358 "cwd": "/Users/...",

1359 "permission_mode": "default",

1360 "hook_event_name": "TaskCompleted",

1361 "task_id": "task-001",

1362 "task_subject": "Implement user authentication",

1363 "task_description": "Add login and signup endpoints",

1364 "teammate_name": "implementer",

1365 "team_name": "my-project"

1366}

1367```

1368 

1369| Field | Description |

1370| :----------------- | :------------------------------------------------------ |

1371| `task_id` | Identifier of the task being completed |

1372| `task_subject` | Title of the task |

1373| `task_description` | Detailed description of the task. May be absent |

1374| `teammate_name` | Name of the teammate completing the task. May be absent |

1375| `team_name` | Name of the team. May be absent |

1376 

1377#### TaskCompleted decision control

1378 

1379TaskCompleted hooks support two ways to control task completion:

1380 

1381* **Exit code 2**: the task is not marked as completed and the stderr message is fed back to the model as feedback.

1382* **JSON `{"continue": false, "stopReason": "..."}`**: stops the teammate entirely, matching `Stop` hook behavior. The `stopReason` is shown to the user.

1383 

1384This example runs tests and blocks task completion if they fail:

1385 

1386```bash theme={null}

1387#!/bin/bash

1388INPUT=$(cat)

1389TASK_SUBJECT=$(echo "$INPUT" | jq -r '.task_subject')

1390 

1391# Run the test suite

1392if ! npm test 2>&1; then

1393 echo "Tests not passing. Fix failing tests before completing: $TASK_SUBJECT" >&2

1394 exit 2

1395fi

1396 

1397exit 0

1398```

1399 

1400### Stop

1401 

1402Runs when the main Claude Code agent has finished responding. Does not run if

1403the stoppage occurred due to a user interrupt. API errors fire

1404[StopFailure](#stopfailure) instead.

1405 

1406#### Stop input

1407 

1408In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), Stop hooks receive `stop_hook_active` and `last_assistant_message`. The `stop_hook_active` field is `true` when Claude Code is already continuing as a result of a stop hook. Check this value or process the transcript to prevent Claude Code from running indefinitely. The `last_assistant_message` field contains the text content of Claude's final response, so hooks can access it without parsing the transcript file.

1409 

1410```json theme={null}

1411{

1412 "session_id": "abc123",

1413 "transcript_path": "~/.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

1414 "cwd": "/Users/...",

1415 "permission_mode": "default",

1416 "hook_event_name": "Stop",

1417 "stop_hook_active": true,

1418 "last_assistant_message": "I've completed the refactoring. Here's a summary..."

1419}

1420```

1421 

1422#### Stop decision control

1423 

1424`Stop` and `SubagentStop` hooks can control whether Claude continues. In addition to the [JSON output fields](#json-output) available to all hooks, your hook script can return these event-specific fields:

1425 

1426| Field | Description |

1427| :--------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

1428| `decision` | `"block"` prevents Claude from stopping. Omit to allow Claude to stop |

1429| `reason` | Required when `decision` is `"block"`. Tells Claude why it should continue |

1430 

1431```json theme={null}

1432{

1433 "decision": "block",

1434 "reason": "Must be provided when Claude is blocked from stopping"

1435}

1436```

1437 

1438### StopFailure

1439 

1440Runs instead of [Stop](#stop) when the turn ends due to an API error. Output and exit code are ignored. Use this to log failures, send alerts, or take recovery actions when Claude cannot complete a response due to rate limits, authentication problems, or other API errors.

1441 

1442#### StopFailure input

1443 

1444In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), StopFailure hooks receive `error`, optional `error_details`, and optional `last_assistant_message`. The `error` field identifies the error type and is used for matcher filtering.

1445 

1446| Field | Description |

1447| :----------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

1448| `error` | Error type: `rate_limit`, `authentication_failed`, `billing_error`, `invalid_request`, `server_error`, `max_output_tokens`, or `unknown` |

1449| `error_details` | Additional details about the error, when available |

1450| `last_assistant_message` | The rendered error text shown in the conversation. Unlike `Stop` and `SubagentStop`, where this field holds Claude's conversational output, for `StopFailure` it contains the API error string itself, such as `"API Error: Rate limit reached"` |

1451 

1452```json theme={null}

1453{

1454 "session_id": "abc123",

1455 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

1456 "cwd": "/Users/...",

1457 "hook_event_name": "StopFailure",

1458 "error": "rate_limit",

1459 "error_details": "429 Too Many Requests",

1460 "last_assistant_message": "API Error: Rate limit reached"

1461}

1462```

1463 

1464StopFailure hooks have no decision control. They run for notification and logging purposes only.

1465 

1466### TeammateIdle

1467 

1468Runs when an [agent team](/en/agent-teams) teammate is about to go idle after finishing its turn. Use this to enforce quality gates before a teammate stops working, such as requiring passing lint checks or verifying that output files exist.

1469 

1470When a `TeammateIdle` hook exits with code 2, the teammate receives the stderr message as feedback and continues working instead of going idle. To stop the teammate entirely instead of re-running it, return JSON with `{"continue": false, "stopReason": "..."}`. TeammateIdle hooks do not support matchers and fire on every occurrence.

1471 

1472#### TeammateIdle input

1473 

1474In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), TeammateIdle hooks receive `teammate_name` and `team_name`.

1475 

1476```json theme={null}

1477{

1478 "session_id": "abc123",

1479 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

1480 "cwd": "/Users/...",

1481 "permission_mode": "default",

1482 "hook_event_name": "TeammateIdle",

1483 "teammate_name": "researcher",

1484 "team_name": "my-project"

1485}

1486```

1487 

1488| Field | Description |

1489| :-------------- | :-------------------------------------------- |

1490| `teammate_name` | Name of the teammate that is about to go idle |

1491| `team_name` | Name of the team |

1492 

1493#### TeammateIdle decision control

1494 

1495TeammateIdle hooks support two ways to control teammate behavior:

1496 

1497* **Exit code 2**: the teammate receives the stderr message as feedback and continues working instead of going idle.

1498* **JSON `{"continue": false, "stopReason": "..."}`**: stops the teammate entirely, matching `Stop` hook behavior. The `stopReason` is shown to the user.

1499 

1500This example checks that a build artifact exists before allowing a teammate to go idle:

1501 

1502```bash theme={null}

1503#!/bin/bash

1504 

1505if [ ! -f "./dist/output.js" ]; then

1506 echo "Build artifact missing. Run the build before stopping." >&2

1507 exit 2

1508fi

1509 

1510exit 0

1511```

1512 

1513### ConfigChange

1514 

1515Runs when a configuration file changes during a session. Use this to audit settings changes, enforce security policies, or block unauthorized modifications to configuration files.

1516 

1517ConfigChange hooks fire for changes to settings files, managed policy settings, and skill files. The `source` field in the input tells you which type of configuration changed, and the optional `file_path` field provides the path to the changed file.

1518 

1519The matcher filters on the configuration source:

1520 

1521| Matcher | When it fires |

1522| :----------------- | :---------------------------------------- |

1523| `user_settings` | `~/.claude/settings.json` changes |

1524| `project_settings` | `.claude/settings.json` changes |

1525| `local_settings` | `.claude/settings.local.json` changes |

1526| `policy_settings` | Managed policy settings change |

1527| `skills` | A skill file in `.claude/skills/` changes |

1528 

1529This example logs all configuration changes for security auditing:

1530 

1531```json theme={null}

1532{

1533 "hooks": {

1534 "ConfigChange": [

1535 {

1536 "hooks": [

1537 {

1538 "type": "command",

1539 "command": "\"$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR\"/.claude/hooks/audit-config-change.sh"

1540 }

1541 ]

1542 }

1543 ]

1544 }

1545}

1546```

1547 

1548#### ConfigChange input

1549 

1550In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), ConfigChange hooks receive `source` and optionally `file_path`. The `source` field indicates which configuration type changed, and `file_path` provides the path to the specific file that was modified.

1551 

1552```json theme={null}

1553{

1554 "session_id": "abc123",

1555 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

1556 "cwd": "/Users/...",

1557 "hook_event_name": "ConfigChange",

1558 "source": "project_settings",

1559 "file_path": "/Users/.../my-project/.claude/settings.json"

1560}

1561```

1562 

1563#### ConfigChange decision control

1564 

1565ConfigChange hooks can block configuration changes from taking effect. Use exit code 2 or a JSON `decision` to prevent the change. When blocked, the new settings are not applied to the running session.

1566 

1567| Field | Description |

1568| :--------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

1569| `decision` | `"block"` prevents the configuration change from being applied. Omit to allow the change |

1570| `reason` | Explanation shown to the user when `decision` is `"block"` |

1571 

1572```json theme={null}

1573{

1574 "decision": "block",

1575 "reason": "Configuration changes to project settings require admin approval"

1576}

1577```

1578 

1579`policy_settings` changes cannot be blocked. Hooks still fire for `policy_settings` sources, so you can use them for audit logging, but any blocking decision is ignored. This ensures enterprise-managed settings always take effect.

1580 

1581### CwdChanged

1582 

1583Runs when the working directory changes during a session, for example when Claude executes a `cd` command. Use this to react to directory changes: reload environment variables, activate project-specific toolchains, or run setup scripts automatically. Pairs with [FileChanged](#filechanged) for tools like [direnv](https://direnv.net/) that manage per-directory environment.

1584 

1585CwdChanged hooks have access to `CLAUDE_ENV_FILE`. Variables written to that file persist into subsequent Bash commands for the session, just as in [SessionStart hooks](#persist-environment-variables). Only `type: "command"` hooks are supported.

1586 

1587CwdChanged does not support matchers and fires on every directory change.

1588 

1589#### CwdChanged input

1590 

1591In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), CwdChanged hooks receive `old_cwd` and `new_cwd`.

1592 

1593```json theme={null}

1594{

1595 "session_id": "abc123",

1596 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../transcript.jsonl",

1597 "cwd": "/Users/my-project/src",

1598 "hook_event_name": "CwdChanged",

1599 "old_cwd": "/Users/my-project",

1600 "new_cwd": "/Users/my-project/src"

1601}

1602```

1603 

1604#### CwdChanged output

1605 

1606In addition to the [JSON output fields](#json-output) available to all hooks, CwdChanged hooks can return `watchPaths` to dynamically set which file paths [FileChanged](#filechanged) watches:

1607 

1608| Field | Description |

1609| :----------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

1610| `watchPaths` | Array of absolute paths. Replaces the current dynamic watch list (paths from your `matcher` configuration are always watched). Returning an empty array clears the dynamic list, which is typical when entering a new directory |

1611 

1612CwdChanged hooks have no decision control. They cannot block the directory change.

1613 

1614### FileChanged

1615 

1616Runs when a watched file changes on disk. The `matcher` field in your hook configuration controls which filenames to watch: it is a pipe-separated list of basenames (filenames without directory paths, for example `".envrc|.env"`). The same `matcher` value is also used to filter which hooks run when a file changes, matching against the basename of the changed file. Useful for reloading environment variables when project configuration files are modified.

1617 

1618FileChanged hooks have access to `CLAUDE_ENV_FILE`. Variables written to that file persist into subsequent Bash commands for the session, just as in [SessionStart hooks](#persist-environment-variables). Only `type: "command"` hooks are supported.

1619 

1620#### FileChanged input

1621 

1622In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), FileChanged hooks receive `file_path` and `event`.

1623 

1624| Field | Description |

1625| :---------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

1626| `file_path` | Absolute path to the file that changed |

1627| `event` | What happened: `"change"` (file modified), `"add"` (file created), or `"unlink"` (file deleted) |

1628 

1629```json theme={null}

1630{

1631 "session_id": "abc123",

1632 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../transcript.jsonl",

1633 "cwd": "/Users/my-project",

1634 "hook_event_name": "FileChanged",

1635 "file_path": "/Users/my-project/.envrc",

1636 "event": "change"

1637}

1638```

1639 

1640#### FileChanged output

1641 

1642In addition to the [JSON output fields](#json-output) available to all hooks, FileChanged hooks can return `watchPaths` to dynamically update which file paths are watched:

1643 

1644| Field | Description |

1645| :----------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

1646| `watchPaths` | Array of absolute paths. Replaces the current dynamic watch list (paths from your `matcher` configuration are always watched). Use this when your hook script discovers additional files to watch based on the changed file |

1647 

1648FileChanged hooks have no decision control. They cannot block the file change from occurring.

1649 

1650### WorktreeCreate

1651 

1652When you run `claude --worktree` or a [subagent uses `isolation: "worktree"`](/en/sub-agents#choose-the-subagent-scope), Claude Code creates an isolated working copy using `git worktree`. If you configure a WorktreeCreate hook, it replaces the default git behavior, letting you use a different version control system like SVN, Perforce, or Mercurial.

1653 

1654Because the hook replaces the default behavior entirely, [`.worktreeinclude`](/en/common-workflows#copy-gitignored-files-to-worktrees) is not processed. If you need to copy local configuration files like `.env` into the new worktree, do it inside your hook script.

1655 

1656The hook must return the absolute path to the created worktree directory. Claude Code uses this path as the working directory for the isolated session. Command hooks print it on stdout; HTTP hooks return it via `hookSpecificOutput.worktreePath`.

1657 

1658This example creates an SVN working copy and prints the path for Claude Code to use. Replace the repository URL with your own:

1659 

1660```json theme={null}

1661{

1662 "hooks": {

1663 "WorktreeCreate": [

1664 {

1665 "hooks": [

1666 {

1667 "type": "command",

1668 "command": "bash -c 'NAME=$(jq -r .name); DIR=\"$HOME/.claude/worktrees/$NAME\"; svn checkout https://svn.example.com/repo/trunk \"$DIR\" >&2 && echo \"$DIR\"'"

1669 }

1670 ]

1671 }

1672 ]

1673 }

1674}

1675```

1676 

1677The hook reads the worktree `name` from the JSON input on stdin, checks out a fresh copy into a new directory, and prints the directory path. The `echo` on the last line is what Claude Code reads as the worktree path. Redirect any other output to stderr so it doesn't interfere with the path.

1678 

1679#### WorktreeCreate input

1680 

1681In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), WorktreeCreate hooks receive the `name` field. This is a slug identifier for the new worktree, either specified by the user or auto-generated (for example, `bold-oak-a3f2`).

1682 

1683```json theme={null}

1684{

1685 "session_id": "abc123",

1686 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

1687 "cwd": "/Users/...",

1688 "hook_event_name": "WorktreeCreate",

1689 "name": "feature-auth"

1690}

1691```

1692 

1693#### WorktreeCreate output

1694 

1695WorktreeCreate hooks do not use the standard allow/block decision model. Instead, the hook's success or failure determines the outcome. The hook must return the absolute path to the created worktree directory:

1696 

1697* **Command hooks** (`type: "command"`): print the path on stdout.

1698* **HTTP hooks** (`type: "http"`): return `{ "hookSpecificOutput": { "hookEventName": "WorktreeCreate", "worktreePath": "/absolute/path" } }` in the response body.

1699 

1700If the hook fails or produces no path, worktree creation fails with an error.

1701 

1702### WorktreeRemove

1703 

1704The cleanup counterpart to [WorktreeCreate](#worktreecreate). This hook fires when a worktree is being removed, either when you exit a `--worktree` session and choose to remove it, or when a subagent with `isolation: "worktree"` finishes. For git-based worktrees, Claude handles cleanup automatically with `git worktree remove`. If you configured a WorktreeCreate hook for a non-git version control system, pair it with a WorktreeRemove hook to handle cleanup. Without one, the worktree directory is left on disk.

1705 

1706Claude Code passes the path returned by WorktreeCreate as `worktree_path` in the hook input. This example reads that path and removes the directory:

632 1707 

633```json theme={null}1708```json theme={null}

634{1709{

635 "session_id": "abc123",1710 "hooks": {

636 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",1711 "WorktreeRemove": [

637 "cwd": "/Users/...",1712 {

638 "permission_mode": "default",1713 "hooks": [

639 "hook_event_name": "Notification",1714 {

640 "message": "Claude needs your permission to use Bash",1715 "type": "command",

641 "notification_type": "permission_prompt"1716 "command": "bash -c 'jq -r .worktree_path | xargs rm -rf'"

1717 }

1718 ]

1719 }

1720 ]

1721 }

642}1722}

643```1723```

644 1724 

645### UserPromptSubmit Input1725#### WorktreeRemove input

1726 

1727In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), WorktreeRemove hooks receive the `worktree_path` field, which is the absolute path to the worktree being removed.

646 1728 

647```json theme={null}1729```json theme={null}

648{1730{

649 "session_id": "abc123",1731 "session_id": "abc123",

650 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",1732 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

651 "cwd": "/Users/...",1733 "cwd": "/Users/...",

652 "permission_mode": "default",1734 "hook_event_name": "WorktreeRemove",

653 "hook_event_name": "UserPromptSubmit",1735 "worktree_path": "/Users/.../my-project/.claude/worktrees/feature-auth"

654 "prompt": "Write a function to calculate the factorial of a number"

655}1736}

656```1737```

657 1738 

658### Stop and SubagentStop Input1739WorktreeRemove hooks have no decision control. They cannot block worktree removal but can perform cleanup tasks like removing version control state or archiving changes. Hook failures are logged in debug mode only.

659 1740 

660`stop_hook_active` is true when Claude Code is already continuing as a result of1741### PreCompact

661a stop hook. Check this value or process the transcript to prevent Claude Code

662from running indefinitely.

663 1742 

664```json theme={null}1743Runs before Claude Code is about to run a compact operation.

665{1744 

666 "session_id": "abc123",1745The matcher value indicates whether compaction was triggered manually or automatically:

667 "transcript_path": "~/.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

668 "permission_mode": "default",

669 "hook_event_name": "Stop",

670 "stop_hook_active": true

671}

672```

673 1746 

674### PreCompact Input1747| Matcher | When it fires |

1748| :------- | :------------------------------------------- |

1749| `manual` | `/compact` |

1750| `auto` | Auto-compact when the context window is full |

675 1751 

676For `manual`, `custom_instructions` comes from what the user passes into1752#### PreCompact input

677`/compact`. For `auto`, `custom_instructions` is empty.1753 

1754In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), PreCompact hooks receive `trigger` and `custom_instructions`. For `manual`, `custom_instructions` contains what the user passes into `/compact`. For `auto`, `custom_instructions` is empty.

678 1755 

679```json theme={null}1756```json theme={null}

680{1757{

681 "session_id": "abc123",1758 "session_id": "abc123",

682 "transcript_path": "~/.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",1759 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

683 "permission_mode": "default",1760 "cwd": "/Users/...",

684 "hook_event_name": "PreCompact",1761 "hook_event_name": "PreCompact",

685 "trigger": "manual",1762 "trigger": "manual",

686 "custom_instructions": ""1763 "custom_instructions": ""

687}1764}

688```1765```

689 1766 

690### SessionStart Input1767### PostCompact

1768 

1769Runs after Claude Code completes a compact operation. Use this event to react to the new compacted state, for example to log the generated summary or update external state.

1770 

1771The same matcher values apply as for `PreCompact`:

1772 

1773| Matcher | When it fires |

1774| :------- | :------------------------------------------------- |

1775| `manual` | After `/compact` |

1776| `auto` | After auto-compact when the context window is full |

1777 

1778#### PostCompact input

1779 

1780In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), PostCompact hooks receive `trigger` and `compact_summary`. The `compact_summary` field contains the conversation summary generated by the compact operation.

691 1781 

692```json theme={null}1782```json theme={null}

693{1783{

694 "session_id": "abc123",1784 "session_id": "abc123",

695 "transcript_path": "~/.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",1785 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

696 "permission_mode": "default",1786 "cwd": "/Users/...",

697 "hook_event_name": "SessionStart",1787 "hook_event_name": "PostCompact",

698 "source": "startup"1788 "trigger": "manual",

1789 "compact_summary": "Summary of the compacted conversation..."

699}1790}

700```1791```

701 1792 

702### SessionEnd Input1793PostCompact hooks have no decision control. They cannot affect the compaction result but can perform follow-up tasks.

1794 

1795### SessionEnd

1796 

1797Runs when a Claude Code session ends. Useful for cleanup tasks, logging session

1798statistics, or saving session state. Supports matchers to filter by exit reason.

1799 

1800The `reason` field in the hook input indicates why the session ended:

1801 

1802| Reason | Description |

1803| :---------------------------- | :----------------------------------------- |

1804| `clear` | Session cleared with `/clear` command |

1805| `resume` | Session switched via interactive `/resume` |

1806| `logout` | User logged out |

1807| `prompt_input_exit` | User exited while prompt input was visible |

1808| `bypass_permissions_disabled` | Bypass permissions mode was disabled |

1809| `other` | Other exit reasons |

1810 

1811#### SessionEnd input

1812 

1813In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), SessionEnd hooks receive a `reason` field indicating why the session ended. See the [reason table](#sessionend) above for all values.

703 1814 

704```json theme={null}1815```json theme={null}

705{1816{

706 "session_id": "abc123",1817 "session_id": "abc123",

707 "transcript_path": "~/.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",1818 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

708 "cwd": "/Users/...",1819 "cwd": "/Users/...",

709 "permission_mode": "default",

710 "hook_event_name": "SessionEnd",1820 "hook_event_name": "SessionEnd",

711 "reason": "exit"1821 "reason": "other"

712}1822}

713```1823```

714 1824 

715## Hook Output1825SessionEnd hooks have no decision control. They cannot block session termination but can perform cleanup tasks.

716 

717There are two mutually exclusive ways for hooks to return output back to Claude Code. The output

718communicates whether to block and any feedback that should be shown to Claude

719and the user.

720 1826 

721### Simple: Exit Code1827SessionEnd hooks have a default timeout of 1.5 seconds. This applies to session exit, `/clear`, and switching sessions via interactive `/resume`. If your hooks need more time, set the `CLAUDE_CODE_SESSIONEND_HOOKS_TIMEOUT_MS` environment variable to a higher value in milliseconds. Any per-hook `timeout` setting is also capped by this value.

722 

723Hooks communicate status through exit codes, stdout, and stderr:

724 

725* **Exit code 0**: Success. `stdout` is shown to the user in verbose mode

726 (ctrl+o), except for `UserPromptSubmit` and `SessionStart`, where stdout is

727 added to the context. JSON output in `stdout` is parsed for structured control

728 (see [Advanced: JSON Output](#advanced-json-output)).

729* **Exit code 2**: Blocking error. Only `stderr` is used as the error message

730 and fed back to Claude. The format is `[command]: {stderr}`. JSON in `stdout`

731 is **not** processed for exit code 2. See per-hook-event behavior below.

732* **Other exit codes**: Non-blocking error. `stderr` is shown to the user in verbose mode (ctrl+o) with

733 format `Failed with non-blocking status code: {stderr}`. If `stderr` is empty,

734 it shows `No stderr output`. Execution continues.

735 

736<Warning>

737 Reminder: Claude Code does not see stdout if the exit code is 0, except for

738 the `UserPromptSubmit` hook where stdout is injected as context.

739</Warning>

740 1828 

741#### Exit Code 2 Behavior1829```bash theme={null}

1830CLAUDE_CODE_SESSIONEND_HOOKS_TIMEOUT_MS=5000 claude

1831```

742 1832 

743| Hook Event | Behavior |1833### Elicitation

744| ------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------ |

745| `PreToolUse` | Blocks the tool call, shows stderr to Claude |

746| `PermissionRequest` | Denies the permission, shows stderr to Claude |

747| `PostToolUse` | Shows stderr to Claude (tool already ran) |

748| `Notification` | N/A, shows stderr to user only |

749| `UserPromptSubmit` | Blocks prompt processing, erases prompt, shows stderr to user only |

750| `Stop` | Blocks stoppage, shows stderr to Claude |

751| `SubagentStop` | Blocks stoppage, shows stderr to Claude subagent |

752| `PreCompact` | N/A, shows stderr to user only |

753| `SessionStart` | N/A, shows stderr to user only |

754| `SessionEnd` | N/A, shows stderr to user only |

755 1834 

756### Advanced: JSON Output1835Runs when an MCP server requests user input mid-task. By default, Claude Code shows an interactive dialog for the user to respond. Hooks can intercept this request and respond programmatically, skipping the dialog entirely.

757 1836 

758Hooks can return structured JSON in `stdout` for more sophisticated control.1837The matcher field matches against the MCP server name.

759 1838 

760<Warning>1839#### Elicitation input

761 JSON output is only processed when the hook exits with code 0. If your hook

762 exits with code 2 (blocking error), `stderr` text is used directly—any JSON in `stdout`

763 is ignored. For other non-zero exit codes, only `stderr` is shown to the user in verbose mode (ctrl+o).

764</Warning>

765 1840 

766#### Common JSON Fields1841In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), Elicitation hooks receive `mcp_server_name`, `message`, and optional `mode`, `url`, `elicitation_id`, and `requested_schema` fields.

767 1842 

768All hook types can include these optional fields:1843For form-mode elicitation (the most common case):

769 1844 

770```json theme={null}1845```json theme={null}

771{1846{

772 "continue": true, // Whether Claude should continue after hook execution (default: true)1847 "session_id": "abc123",

773 "stopReason": "string", // Message shown when continue is false1848 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

774 1849 "cwd": "/Users/...",

775 "suppressOutput": true, // Hide stdout from transcript mode (default: false)1850 "permission_mode": "default",

776 "systemMessage": "string" // Optional warning message shown to the user1851 "hook_event_name": "Elicitation",

1852 "mcp_server_name": "my-mcp-server",

1853 "message": "Please provide your credentials",

1854 "mode": "form",

1855 "requested_schema": {

1856 "type": "object",

1857 "properties": {

1858 "username": { "type": "string", "title": "Username" }

1859 }

1860 }

777}1861}

778```1862```

779 1863 

780If `continue` is false, Claude stops processing after the hooks run.1864For URL-mode elicitation (browser-based authentication):

781 

782* For `PreToolUse`, this is different from `"permissionDecision": "deny"`, which

783 only blocks a specific tool call and provides automatic feedback to Claude.

784* For `PostToolUse`, this is different from `"decision": "block"`, which

785 provides automated feedback to Claude.

786* For `UserPromptSubmit`, this prevents the prompt from being processed.

787* For `Stop` and `SubagentStop`, this takes precedence over any

788 `"decision": "block"` output.

789* In all cases, `"continue" = false` takes precedence over any

790 `"decision": "block"` output.

791 

792`stopReason` accompanies `continue` with a reason shown to the user, not shown

793to Claude.

794 

795#### `PreToolUse` Decision Control

796 

797`PreToolUse` hooks can control whether a tool call proceeds.

798 1865 

799* `"allow"` bypasses the permission system. `permissionDecisionReason` is shown1866```json theme={null}

800 to the user but not to Claude.1867{

801* `"deny"` prevents the tool call from executing. `permissionDecisionReason` is1868 "session_id": "abc123",

802 shown to Claude.1869 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

803* `"ask"` asks the user to confirm the tool call in the UI.1870 "cwd": "/Users/...",

804 `permissionDecisionReason` is shown to the user but not to Claude.1871 "permission_mode": "default",

1872 "hook_event_name": "Elicitation",

1873 "mcp_server_name": "my-mcp-server",

1874 "message": "Please authenticate",

1875 "mode": "url",

1876 "url": "https://auth.example.com/login"

1877}

1878```

805 1879 

806Additionally, hooks can modify tool inputs before execution using `updatedInput`:1880#### Elicitation output

807 1881 

808* `updatedInput` modifies the tool's input parameters before the tool executes1882To respond programmatically without showing the dialog, return a JSON object with `hookSpecificOutput`:

809* Combine with `"permissionDecision": "allow"` to modify the input and auto-approve the tool call

810* Combine with `"permissionDecision": "ask"` to modify the input and show it to the user for confirmation

811 1883 

812```json theme={null}1884```json theme={null}

813{1885{

814 "hookSpecificOutput": {1886 "hookSpecificOutput": {

815 "hookEventName": "PreToolUse",1887 "hookEventName": "Elicitation",

816 "permissionDecision": "allow",1888 "action": "accept",

817 "permissionDecisionReason": "My reason here",1889 "content": {

818 "updatedInput": {1890 "username": "alice"

819 "field_to_modify": "new value"

820 }1891 }

821 }1892 }

822}1893}

823```1894```

824 1895 

825<Note>1896| Field | Values | Description |

826 The `decision` and `reason` fields are deprecated for PreToolUse hooks.1897| :-------- | :---------------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------- |

827 Use `hookSpecificOutput.permissionDecision` and1898| `action` | `accept`, `decline`, `cancel` | Whether to accept, decline, or cancel the request |

828 `hookSpecificOutput.permissionDecisionReason` instead. The deprecated fields1899| `content` | object | Form field values to submit. Only used when `action` is `accept` |

829 `"approve"` and `"block"` map to `"allow"` and `"deny"` respectively.1900 

830</Note>1901Exit code 2 denies the elicitation and shows stderr to the user.

831 1902 

832#### `PermissionRequest` Decision Control1903### ElicitationResult

833 1904 

834`PermissionRequest` hooks can allow or deny permission requests shown to the user.1905Runs after a user responds to an MCP elicitation. Hooks can observe, modify, or block the response before it is sent back to the MCP server.

835 1906 

836* For `"behavior": "allow"` you can also optionally pass in an `"updatedInput"` that modifies the tool's input parameters before the tool executes.1907The matcher field matches against the MCP server name.

837* For `"behavior": "deny"` you can also optionally pass in a `"message"` string that tells the model why the permission was denied, and a boolean `"interrupt"` which will stop Claude.1908 

1909#### ElicitationResult input

1910 

1911In addition to the [common input fields](#common-input-fields), ElicitationResult hooks receive `mcp_server_name`, `action`, and optional `mode`, `elicitation_id`, and `content` fields.

838 1912 

839```json theme={null}1913```json theme={null}

840{1914{

841 "hookSpecificOutput": {1915 "session_id": "abc123",

842 "hookEventName": "PermissionRequest",1916 "transcript_path": "/Users/.../.claude/projects/.../00893aaf-19fa-41d2-8238-13269b9b3ca0.jsonl",

843 "decision": {1917 "cwd": "/Users/...",

844 "behavior": "allow",1918 "permission_mode": "default",

845 "updatedInput": {1919 "hook_event_name": "ElicitationResult",

846 "command": "npm run lint"1920 "mcp_server_name": "my-mcp-server",

847 }1921 "action": "accept",

848 }1922 "content": { "username": "alice" },

849 }1923 "mode": "form",

1924 "elicitation_id": "elicit-123"

850}1925}

851```1926```

852 1927 

853#### `PostToolUse` Decision Control1928#### ElicitationResult output

854 

855`PostToolUse` hooks can provide feedback to Claude after tool execution.

856 1929 

857* `"block"` automatically prompts Claude with `reason`.1930To override the user's response, return a JSON object with `hookSpecificOutput`:

858* `undefined` does nothing. `reason` is ignored.

859* `"hookSpecificOutput.additionalContext"` adds context for Claude to consider.

860 1931 

861```json theme={null}1932```json theme={null}

862{1933{

863 "decision": "block" | undefined,

864 "reason": "Explanation for decision",

865 "hookSpecificOutput": {1934 "hookSpecificOutput": {

866 "hookEventName": "PostToolUse",1935 "hookEventName": "ElicitationResult",

867 "additionalContext": "Additional information for Claude"1936 "action": "decline",

1937 "content": {}

868 }1938 }

869}1939}

870```1940```

871 1941 

872#### `UserPromptSubmit` Decision Control1942| Field | Values | Description |

873 1943| :-------- | :---------------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------- |

874`UserPromptSubmit` hooks can control whether a user prompt is processed and add context.1944| `action` | `accept`, `decline`, `cancel` | Overrides the user's action |

1945| `content` | object | Overrides form field values. Only meaningful when `action` is `accept` |

1946 

1947Exit code 2 blocks the response, changing the effective action to `decline`.

1948 

1949## Prompt-based hooks

1950 

1951In addition to command and HTTP hooks, Claude Code supports prompt-based hooks (`type: "prompt"`) that use an LLM to evaluate whether to allow or block an action, and agent hooks (`type: "agent"`) that spawn an agentic verifier with tool access. Not all events support every hook type.

1952 

1953Events that support all four hook types (`command`, `http`, `prompt`, and `agent`):

1954 

1955* `PermissionRequest`

1956* `PostToolUse`

1957* `PostToolUseFailure`

1958* `PreToolUse`

1959* `Stop`

1960* `SubagentStop`

1961* `TaskCompleted`

1962* `TaskCreated`

1963* `UserPromptSubmit`

1964 

1965Events that support `command` and `http` hooks but not `prompt` or `agent`:

1966 

1967* `ConfigChange`

1968* `CwdChanged`

1969* `Elicitation`

1970* `ElicitationResult`

1971* `FileChanged`

1972* `InstructionsLoaded`

1973* `Notification`

1974* `PostCompact`

1975* `PreCompact`

1976* `SessionEnd`

1977* `StopFailure`

1978* `SubagentStart`

1979* `TeammateIdle`

1980* `WorktreeCreate`

1981* `WorktreeRemove`

1982 

1983`SessionStart` supports only `command` hooks.

875 1984 

876**Adding context (exit code 0):**1985### How prompt-based hooks work

877There are two ways to add context to the conversation:

878 1986 

8791. **Plain text stdout** (simpler): Any non-JSON text written to stdout is added1987Instead of executing a Bash command, prompt-based hooks:

880 as context. This is the easiest way to inject information.

881 1988 

8822. **JSON with `additionalContext`** (structured): Use the JSON format below for19891. Send the hook input and your prompt to a Claude model, Haiku by default

883 more control. The `additionalContext` field is added as context.19902. The LLM responds with structured JSON containing a decision

19913. Claude Code processes the decision automatically

884 1992 

885Both methods work with exit code 0. Plain stdout is shown as hook output in1993### Prompt hook configuration

886the transcript; `additionalContext` is added more discretely.

887 1994 

888**Blocking prompts:**1995Set `type` to `"prompt"` and provide a `prompt` string instead of a `command`. Use the `$ARGUMENTS` placeholder to inject the hook's JSON input data into your prompt text. Claude Code sends the combined prompt and input to a fast Claude model, which returns a JSON decision.

889 1996 

890* `"decision": "block"` prevents the prompt from being processed. The submitted1997This `Stop` hook asks the LLM to evaluate whether all tasks are complete before allowing Claude to finish:

891 prompt is erased from context. `"reason"` is shown to the user but not added

892 to context.

893* `"decision": undefined` (or omitted) allows the prompt to proceed normally.

894 1998 

895```json theme={null}1999```json theme={null}

896{2000{

897 "decision": "block" | undefined,2001 "hooks": {

898 "reason": "Explanation for decision",2002 "Stop": [

899 "hookSpecificOutput": {2003 {

900 "hookEventName": "UserPromptSubmit",2004 "hooks": [

901 "additionalContext": "My additional context here"2005 {

2006 "type": "prompt",

2007 "prompt": "Evaluate if Claude should stop: $ARGUMENTS. Check if all tasks are complete."

2008 }

2009 ]

2010 }

2011 ]

902 }2012 }

903}2013}

904```2014```

905 2015 

906<Note>2016| Field | Required | Description |

907 The JSON format isn't required for simple use cases. To add context, you can print plain text to stdout with exit code 0. Use JSON when you need to2017| :-------- | :------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

908 block prompts or want more structured control.2018| `type` | yes | Must be `"prompt"` |

909</Note>2019| `prompt` | yes | The prompt text to send to the LLM. Use `$ARGUMENTS` as a placeholder for the hook input JSON. If `$ARGUMENTS` is not present, input JSON is appended to the prompt |

910 2020| `model` | no | Model to use for evaluation. Defaults to a fast model |

911#### `Stop`/`SubagentStop` Decision Control2021| `timeout` | no | Timeout in seconds. Default: 30 |

912 2022 

913`Stop` and `SubagentStop` hooks can control whether Claude must continue.2023### Response schema

914 2024 

915* `"block"` prevents Claude from stopping. You must populate `reason` for Claude2025The LLM must respond with JSON containing:

916 to know how to proceed.

917* `undefined` allows Claude to stop. `reason` is ignored.

918 2026 

919```json theme={null}2027```json theme={null}

920{2028{

921 "decision": "block" | undefined,2029 "ok": true | false,

922 "reason": "Must be provided when Claude is blocked from stopping"2030 "reason": "Explanation for the decision"

923}2031}

924```2032```

925 2033 

926#### `SessionStart` Decision Control2034| Field | Description |

2035| :------- | :--------------------------------------------------------- |

2036| `ok` | `true` allows the action, `false` prevents it |

2037| `reason` | Required when `ok` is `false`. Explanation shown to Claude |

927 2038 

928`SessionStart` hooks allow you to load in context at the start of a session.2039### Example: Multi-criteria Stop hook

929 2040 

930* `"hookSpecificOutput.additionalContext"` adds the string to the context.2041This `Stop` hook uses a detailed prompt to check three conditions before allowing Claude to stop. If `"ok"` is `false`, Claude continues working with the provided reason as its next instruction. `SubagentStop` hooks use the same format to evaluate whether a [subagent](/en/sub-agents) should stop:

931* Multiple hooks' `additionalContext` values are concatenated.

932 2042 

933```json theme={null}2043```json theme={null}

934{2044{

935 "hookSpecificOutput": {2045 "hooks": {

936 "hookEventName": "SessionStart",2046 "Stop": [

937 "additionalContext": "My additional context here"2047 {

2048 "hooks": [

2049 {

2050 "type": "prompt",

2051 "prompt": "You are evaluating whether Claude should stop working. Context: $ARGUMENTS\n\nAnalyze the conversation and determine if:\n1. All user-requested tasks are complete\n2. Any errors need to be addressed\n3. Follow-up work is needed\n\nRespond with JSON: {\"ok\": true} to allow stopping, or {\"ok\": false, \"reason\": \"your explanation\"} to continue working.",

2052 "timeout": 30

2053 }

2054 ]

2055 }

2056 ]

938 }2057 }

939}2058}

940```2059```

941 2060 

942#### `SessionEnd` Decision Control2061## Agent-based hooks

943 

944`SessionEnd` hooks run when a session ends. They cannot block session termination

945but can perform cleanup tasks.

946 2062 

947#### Exit Code Example: Bash Command Validation2063Agent-based hooks (`type: "agent"`) are like prompt-based hooks but with multi-turn tool access. Instead of a single LLM call, an agent hook spawns a subagent that can read files, search code, and inspect the codebase to verify conditions. Agent hooks support the same events as prompt-based hooks.

948 2064 

949```python theme={null}2065### How agent hooks work

950#!/usr/bin/env python3

951import json

952import re

953import sys

954 2066 

955# Define validation rules as a list of (regex pattern, message) tuples2067When an agent hook fires:

956VALIDATION_RULES = [

957 (

958 r"\bgrep\b(?!.*\|)",

959 "Use 'rg' (ripgrep) instead of 'grep' for better performance and features",

960 ),

961 (

962 r"\bfind\s+\S+\s+-name\b",

963 "Use 'rg --files | rg pattern' or 'rg --files -g pattern' instead of 'find -name' for better performance",

964 ),

965]

966 2068 

20691. Claude Code spawns a subagent with your prompt and the hook's JSON input

20702. The subagent can use tools like Read, Grep, and Glob to investigate

20713. After up to 50 turns, the subagent returns a structured `{ "ok": true/false }` decision

20724. Claude Code processes the decision the same way as a prompt hook

967 2073 

968def validate_command(command: str) -> list[str]:2074Agent hooks are useful when verification requires inspecting actual files or test output, not just evaluating the hook input data alone.

969 issues = []

970 for pattern, message in VALIDATION_RULES:

971 if re.search(pattern, command):

972 issues.append(message)

973 return issues

974 2075 

2076### Agent hook configuration

975 2077 

976try:2078Set `type` to `"agent"` and provide a `prompt` string. The configuration fields are the same as [prompt hooks](#prompt-hook-configuration), with a longer default timeout:

977 input_data = json.load(sys.stdin)

978except json.JSONDecodeError as e:

979 print(f"Error: Invalid JSON input: {e}", file=sys.stderr)

980 sys.exit(1)

981 2079 

982tool_name = input_data.get("tool_name", "")2080| Field | Required | Description |

983tool_input = input_data.get("tool_input", {})2081| :-------- | :------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

984command = tool_input.get("command", "")2082| `type` | yes | Must be `"agent"` |

2083| `prompt` | yes | Prompt describing what to verify. Use `$ARGUMENTS` as a placeholder for the hook input JSON |

2084| `model` | no | Model to use. Defaults to a fast model |

2085| `timeout` | no | Timeout in seconds. Default: 60 |

985 2086 

986if tool_name != "Bash" or not command:2087The response schema is the same as prompt hooks: `{ "ok": true }` to allow or `{ "ok": false, "reason": "..." }` to block.

987 sys.exit(1)

988 2088 

989# Validate the command2089This `Stop` hook verifies that all unit tests pass before allowing Claude to finish:

990issues = validate_command(command)

991 2090 

992if issues:2091```json theme={null}

993 for message in issues:2092{

994 print(f"• {message}", file=sys.stderr)2093 "hooks": {

995 # Exit code 2 blocks tool call and shows stderr to Claude2094 "Stop": [

996 sys.exit(2)2095 {

2096 "hooks": [

2097 {

2098 "type": "agent",

2099 "prompt": "Verify that all unit tests pass. Run the test suite and check the results. $ARGUMENTS",

2100 "timeout": 120

2101 }

2102 ]

2103 }

2104 ]

2105 }

2106}

997```2107```

998 2108 

999#### JSON Output Example: UserPromptSubmit to Add Context and Validation2109## Run hooks in the background

1000 

1001<Note>

1002 For `UserPromptSubmit` hooks, you can inject context using either method:

1003 

1004 * **Plain text stdout** with exit code 0: Simplest approach, prints text

1005 * **JSON output** with exit code 0: Use `"decision": "block"` to reject prompts,

1006 or `additionalContext` for structured context injection

1007 2110 

1008 Remember: Exit code 2 only uses `stderr` for the error message. To block using2111By default, hooks block Claude's execution until they complete. For long-running tasks like deployments, test suites, or external API calls, set `"async": true` to run the hook in the background while Claude continues working. Async hooks cannot block or control Claude's behavior: response fields like `decision`, `permissionDecision`, and `continue` have no effect, because the action they would have controlled has already completed.

1009 JSON (with a custom reason), use `"decision": "block"` with exit code 0.

1010</Note>

1011 2112 

1012```python theme={null}2113### Configure an async hook

1013#!/usr/bin/env python3

1014import json

1015import sys

1016import re

1017import datetime

1018 

1019# Load input from stdin

1020try:

1021 input_data = json.load(sys.stdin)

1022except json.JSONDecodeError as e:

1023 print(f"Error: Invalid JSON input: {e}", file=sys.stderr)

1024 sys.exit(1)

1025 

1026prompt = input_data.get("prompt", "")

1027 

1028# Check for sensitive patterns

1029sensitive_patterns = [

1030 (r"(?i)\b(password|secret|key|token)\s*[:=]", "Prompt contains potential secrets"),

1031]

1032 

1033for pattern, message in sensitive_patterns:

1034 if re.search(pattern, prompt):

1035 # Use JSON output to block with a specific reason

1036 output = {

1037 "decision": "block",

1038 "reason": f"Security policy violation: {message}. Please rephrase your request without sensitive information."

1039 }

1040 print(json.dumps(output))

1041 sys.exit(0)

1042 2114 

1043# Add current time to context2115Add `"async": true` to a command hook's configuration to run it in the background without blocking Claude. This field is only available on `type: "command"` hooks.

1044context = f"Current time: {datetime.datetime.now()}"

1045print(context)

1046 2116 

1047"""2117This hook runs a test script after every `Write` tool call. Claude continues working immediately while `run-tests.sh` executes for up to 120 seconds. When the script finishes, its output is delivered on the next conversation turn:

1048The following is also equivalent:

1049print(json.dumps({

1050 "hookSpecificOutput": {

1051 "hookEventName": "UserPromptSubmit",

1052 "additionalContext": context,

1053 },

1054}))

1055"""

1056 2118 

1057# Allow the prompt to proceed with the additional context2119```json theme={null}

1058sys.exit(0)2120{

2121 "hooks": {

2122 "PostToolUse": [

2123 {

2124 "matcher": "Write",

2125 "hooks": [

2126 {

2127 "type": "command",

2128 "command": "/path/to/run-tests.sh",

2129 "async": true,

2130 "timeout": 120

2131 }

2132 ]

2133 }

2134 ]

2135 }

2136}

1059```2137```

1060 2138 

1061#### JSON Output Example: PreToolUse with Approval2139The `timeout` field sets the maximum time in seconds for the background process. If not specified, async hooks use the same 10-minute default as sync hooks.

1062 2140 

1063```python theme={null}2141### How async hooks execute

1064#!/usr/bin/env python3

1065import json

1066import sys

1067 2142 

1068# Load input from stdin2143When an async hook fires, Claude Code starts the hook process and immediately continues without waiting for it to finish. The hook receives the same JSON input via stdin as a synchronous hook.

1069try:

1070 input_data = json.load(sys.stdin)

1071except json.JSONDecodeError as e:

1072 print(f"Error: Invalid JSON input: {e}", file=sys.stderr)

1073 sys.exit(1)

1074 2144 

1075tool_name = input_data.get("tool_name", "")2145After the background process exits, if the hook produced a JSON response with a `systemMessage` or `additionalContext` field, that content is delivered to Claude as context on the next conversation turn.

1076tool_input = input_data.get("tool_input", {})

1077 2146 

1078# Example: Auto-approve file reads for documentation files2147Async hook completion notifications are suppressed by default. To see them, enable verbose mode with `Ctrl+O` or start Claude Code with `--verbose`.

1079if tool_name == "Read":

1080 file_path = tool_input.get("file_path", "")

1081 if file_path.endswith((".md", ".mdx", ".txt", ".json")):

1082 # Use JSON output to auto-approve the tool call

1083 output = {

1084 "decision": "approve",

1085 "reason": "Documentation file auto-approved",

1086 "suppressOutput": True # Don't show in verbose mode

1087 }

1088 print(json.dumps(output))

1089 sys.exit(0)

1090 2148 

1091# For other cases, let the normal permission flow proceed2149### Example: run tests after file changes

1092sys.exit(0)

1093```

1094 2150 

1095## Working with MCP Tools2151This hook starts a test suite in the background whenever Claude writes a file, then reports the results back to Claude when the tests finish. Save this script to `.claude/hooks/run-tests-async.sh` in your project and make it executable with `chmod +x`:

1096 2152 

1097Claude Code hooks work seamlessly with2153```bash theme={null}

1098[Model Context Protocol (MCP) tools](/en/mcp). When MCP servers2154#!/bin/bash

1099provide tools, they appear with a special naming pattern that you can match in2155# run-tests-async.sh

1100your hooks.

1101 2156 

1102### MCP Tool Naming2157# Read hook input from stdin

2158INPUT=$(cat)

2159FILE_PATH=$(echo "$INPUT" | jq -r '.tool_input.file_path // empty')

1103 2160 

1104MCP tools follow the pattern `mcp__<server>__<tool>`, for example:2161# Only run tests for source files

2162if [[ "$FILE_PATH" != *.ts && "$FILE_PATH" != *.js ]]; then

2163 exit 0

2164fi

1105 2165 

1106* `mcp__memory__create_entities` - Memory server's create entities tool2166# Run tests and report results via systemMessage

1107* `mcp__filesystem__read_file` - Filesystem server's read file tool2167RESULT=$(npm test 2>&1)

1108* `mcp__github__search_repositories` - GitHub server's search tool2168EXIT_CODE=$?

1109 2169 

1110### Configuring Hooks for MCP Tools2170if [ $EXIT_CODE -eq 0 ]; then

2171 echo "{\"systemMessage\": \"Tests passed after editing $FILE_PATH\"}"

2172else

2173 echo "{\"systemMessage\": \"Tests failed after editing $FILE_PATH: $RESULT\"}"

2174fi

2175```

1111 2176 

1112You can target specific MCP tools or entire MCP servers:2177Then add this configuration to `.claude/settings.json` in your project root. The `async: true` flag lets Claude keep working while tests run:

1113 2178 

1114```json theme={null}2179```json theme={null}

1115{2180{

1116 "hooks": {2181 "hooks": {

1117 "PreToolUse": [2182 "PostToolUse": [

1118 {

1119 "matcher": "mcp__memory__.*",

1120 "hooks": [

1121 {

1122 "type": "command",

1123 "command": "echo 'Memory operation initiated' >> ~/mcp-operations.log"

1124 }

1125 ]

1126 },

1127 {2183 {

1128 "matcher": "mcp__.*__write.*",2184 "matcher": "Write|Edit",

1129 "hooks": [2185 "hooks": [

1130 {2186 {

1131 "type": "command",2187 "type": "command",

1132 "command": "/home/user/scripts/validate-mcp-write.py"2188 "command": "\"$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR\"/.claude/hooks/run-tests-async.sh",

2189 "async": true,

2190 "timeout": 300

1133 }2191 }

1134 ]2192 ]

1135 }2193 }


1138}2196}

1139```2197```

1140 2198 

1141## Examples2199### Limitations

1142 

1143<Tip>

1144 For practical examples including code formatting, notifications, and file protection, see [More Examples](/en/hooks-guide#more-examples) in the get started guide.

1145</Tip>

1146 

1147## Security Considerations

1148 

1149### Disclaimer

1150 

1151**USE AT YOUR OWN RISK**: Claude Code hooks execute arbitrary shell commands on

1152your system automatically. By using hooks, you acknowledge that:

1153 2200 

1154* You are solely responsible for the commands you configure2201Async hooks have several constraints compared to synchronous hooks:

1155* Hooks can modify, delete, or access any files your user account can access

1156* Malicious or poorly written hooks can cause data loss or system damage

1157* Anthropic provides no warranty and assumes no liability for any damages

1158 resulting from hook usage

1159* You should thoroughly test hooks in a safe environment before production use

1160 2202 

1161Always review and understand any hook commands before adding them to your2203* Only `type: "command"` hooks support `async`. Prompt-based hooks cannot run asynchronously.

1162configuration.2204* Async hooks cannot block tool calls or return decisions. By the time the hook completes, the triggering action has already proceeded.

2205* Hook output is delivered on the next conversation turn. If the session is idle, the response waits until the next user interaction.

2206* Each execution creates a separate background process. There is no deduplication across multiple firings of the same async hook.

1163 2207 

1164### Security Best Practices2208## Security considerations

1165 2209 

1166Here are some key practices for writing more secure hooks:2210### Disclaimer

1167 

11681. **Validate and sanitize inputs** - Never trust input data blindly

11692. **Always quote shell variables** - Use `"$VAR"` not `$VAR`

11703. **Block path traversal** - Check for `..` in file paths

11714. **Use absolute paths** - Specify full paths for scripts (use

1172 "\$CLAUDE\_PROJECT\_DIR" for the project path)

11735. **Skip sensitive files** - Avoid `.env`, `.git/`, keys, etc.

1174 

1175### Configuration Safety

1176 

1177Direct edits to hooks in settings files don't take effect immediately. Claude

1178Code:

1179 

11801. Captures a snapshot of hooks at startup

11812. Uses this snapshot throughout the session

11823. Warns if hooks are modified externally

11834. Requires review in `/hooks` menu for changes to apply

1184 

1185This prevents malicious hook modifications from affecting your current session.

1186 

1187## Hook Execution Details

1188 

1189* **Timeout**: 60-second execution limit by default, configurable per command.

1190 * A timeout for an individual command does not affect the other commands.

1191* **Parallelization**: All matching hooks run in parallel

1192* **Deduplication**: Multiple identical hook commands are deduplicated automatically

1193* **Environment**: Runs in current directory with Claude Code's environment

1194 * The `CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR` environment variable is available and contains the

1195 absolute path to the project root directory (where Claude Code was started)

1196 * The `CLAUDE_CODE_REMOTE` environment variable indicates whether the hook is running in a remote (web) environment (`"true"`) or local CLI environment (not set or empty). Use this to run different logic based on execution context.

1197* **Input**: JSON via stdin

1198* **Output**:

1199 * PreToolUse/PermissionRequest/PostToolUse/Stop/SubagentStop: Progress shown in verbose mode (ctrl+o)

1200 * Notification/SessionEnd: Logged to debug only (`--debug`)

1201 * UserPromptSubmit/SessionStart: stdout added as context for Claude

1202 

1203## Debugging

1204 2211 

1205### Basic Troubleshooting2212Command hooks run with your system user's full permissions.

1206 2213 

1207If your hooks aren't working:2214<Warning>

2215 Command hooks execute shell commands with your full user permissions. They can modify, delete, or access any files your user account can access. Review and test all hook commands before adding them to your configuration.

2216</Warning>

1208 2217 

12091. **Check configuration** - Run `/hooks` to see if your hook is registered2218### Security best practices

12102. **Verify syntax** - Ensure your JSON settings are valid

12113. **Test commands** - Run hook commands manually first

12124. **Check permissions** - Make sure scripts are executable

12135. **Review logs** - Use `claude --debug` to see hook execution details

1214 2219 

1215Common issues:2220Keep these practices in mind when writing hooks:

1216 2221 

1217* **Quotes not escaped** - Use `\"` inside JSON strings2222* **Validate and sanitize inputs**: never trust input data blindly

1218* **Wrong matcher** - Check tool names match exactly (case-sensitive)2223* **Always quote shell variables**: use `"$VAR"` not `$VAR`

1219* **Command not found** - Use full paths for scripts2224* **Block path traversal**: check for `..` in file paths

2225* **Use absolute paths**: specify full paths for scripts, using `"$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR"` for the project root

2226* **Skip sensitive files**: avoid `.env`, `.git/`, keys, etc.

1220 2227 

1221### Advanced Debugging2228## Windows PowerShell tool

1222 2229 

1223For complex hook issues:2230On Windows, you can run individual hooks in PowerShell by setting `"shell": "powershell"` on a command hook. Hooks spawn PowerShell directly, so this works regardless of whether `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_POWERSHELL_TOOL` is set. Claude Code auto-detects `pwsh.exe` (PowerShell 7+) with a fallback to `powershell.exe` (5.1).

1224 2231 

12251. **Inspect hook execution** - Use `claude --debug` to see detailed hook2232```json theme={null}

1226 execution2233{

12272. **Validate JSON schemas** - Test hook input/output with external tools2234 "hooks": {

12283. **Check environment variables** - Verify Claude Code's environment is correct2235 "PostToolUse": [

12294. **Test edge cases** - Try hooks with unusual file paths or inputs2236 {

12305. **Monitor system resources** - Check for resource exhaustion during hook2237 "matcher": "Write",

1231 execution2238 "hooks": [

12326. **Use structured logging** - Implement logging in your hook scripts2239 {

2240 "type": "command",

2241 "shell": "powershell",

2242 "command": "Write-Host 'File written'"

2243 }

2244 ]

2245 }

2246 ]

2247 }

2248}

2249```

1233 2250 

1234### Debug Output Example2251## Debug hooks

1235 2252 

1236Use `claude --debug` to see hook execution details:2253Run `claude --debug` to see hook execution details, including which hooks matched, their exit codes, and output. Toggle verbose mode with `Ctrl+O` to see hook progress in the transcript.

1237 2254 

1238```2255```text theme={null}

1239[DEBUG] Executing hooks for PostToolUse:Write2256[DEBUG] Executing hooks for PostToolUse:Write

1240[DEBUG] Getting matching hook commands for PostToolUse with query: Write2257[DEBUG] Getting matching hook commands for PostToolUse with query: Write

1241[DEBUG] Found 1 hook matchers in settings2258[DEBUG] Found 1 hook matchers in settings

1242[DEBUG] Matched 1 hooks for query "Write"2259[DEBUG] Matched 1 hooks for query "Write"

1243[DEBUG] Found 1 hook commands to execute2260[DEBUG] Found 1 hook commands to execute

1244[DEBUG] Executing hook command: <Your command> with timeout 60000ms2261[DEBUG] Executing hook command: <Your command> with timeout 600000ms

1245[DEBUG] Hook command completed with status 0: <Your stdout>2262[DEBUG] Hook command completed with status 0: <Your stdout>

1246```2263```

1247 2264 

1248Progress messages appear in verbose mode (ctrl+o) showing:2265For troubleshooting common issues like hooks not firing, infinite Stop hook loops, or configuration errors, see [Limitations and troubleshooting](/en/hooks-guide#limitations-and-troubleshooting) in the guide.

1249 

1250* Which hook is running

1251* Command being executed

1252* Success/failure status

1253* Output or error messages

1254 

1255 

1256 

1257> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

hooks-guide.md +699 −200

Details

1# Get started with Claude Code hooks1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

2 4 

3> Learn how to customize and extend Claude Code's behavior by registering shell commands5# Automate workflows with hooks

4 6 

5Claude Code hooks are user-defined shell commands that execute at various points7> Run shell commands automatically when Claude Code edits files, finishes tasks, or needs input. Format code, send notifications, validate commands, and enforce project rules.

6in Claude Code's lifecycle. Hooks provide deterministic control over Claude8 

7Code's behavior, ensuring certain actions always happen rather than relying on9Hooks are user-defined shell commands that execute at specific points in Claude Code's lifecycle. They provide deterministic control over Claude Code's behavior, ensuring certain actions always happen rather than relying on the LLM to choose to run them. Use hooks to enforce project rules, automate repetitive tasks, and integrate Claude Code with your existing tools.

8the LLM to choose to run them.10 

11For decisions that require judgment rather than deterministic rules, you can also use [prompt-based hooks](#prompt-based-hooks) or [agent-based hooks](#agent-based-hooks) that use a Claude model to evaluate conditions.

12 

13For other ways to extend Claude Code, see [skills](/en/skills) for giving Claude additional instructions and executable commands, [subagents](/en/sub-agents) for running tasks in isolated contexts, and [plugins](/en/plugins) for packaging extensions to share across projects.

9 14 

10<Tip>15<Tip>

11 For reference documentation on hooks, see [Hooks reference](/en/hooks).16 This guide covers common use cases and how to get started. For full event schemas, JSON input/output formats, and advanced features like async hooks and MCP tool hooks, see the [Hooks reference](/en/hooks).

12</Tip>17</Tip>

13 18 

14Example use cases for hooks include:19## Set up your first hook

15 20 

16* **Notifications**: Customize how you get notified when Claude Code is awaiting21To create a hook, add a `hooks` block to a [settings file](#configure-hook-location). This walkthrough creates a desktop notification hook, so you get alerted whenever Claude is waiting for your input instead of watching the terminal.

17 your input or permission to run something.

18* **Automatic formatting**: Run `prettier` on .ts files, `gofmt` on .go files,

19 etc. after every file edit.

20* **Logging**: Track and count all executed commands for compliance or

21 debugging.

22* **Feedback**: Provide automated feedback when Claude Code produces code that

23 does not follow your codebase conventions.

24* **Custom permissions**: Block modifications to production files or sensitive

25 directories.

26 22 

27By encoding these rules as hooks rather than prompting instructions, you turn23<Steps>

28suggestions into app-level code that executes every time it is expected to run.24 <Step title="Add the hook to your settings">

25 Open `~/.claude/settings.json` and add a `Notification` hook. The example below uses `osascript` for macOS; see [Get notified when Claude needs input](#get-notified-when-claude-needs-input) for Linux and Windows commands.

29 26 

30<Warning>27 ```json theme={null}

31 You must consider the security implication of hooks as you add them, because hooks run automatically during the agent loop with your current environment's credentials.28 {

32 For example, malicious hooks code can exfiltrate your data. Always review your hooks implementation before registering them.29 "hooks": {

30 "Notification": [

31 {

32 "matcher": "",

33 "hooks": [

34 {

35 "type": "command",

36 "command": "osascript -e 'display notification \"Claude Code needs your attention\" with title \"Claude Code\"'"

37 }

38 ]

39 }

40 ]

41 }

42 }

43 ```

33 44 

34 For full security best practices, see [Security Considerations](/en/hooks#security-considerations) in the hooks reference documentation.45 If your settings file already has a `hooks` key, merge the `Notification` entry into it rather than replacing the whole object. You can also ask Claude to write the hook for you by describing what you want in the CLI.

35</Warning>46 </Step>

36 47 

37## Hook Events Overview48 <Step title="Verify the configuration">

49 Type `/hooks` to open the hooks browser. You'll see a list of all available hook events, with a count next to each event that has hooks configured. Select `Notification` to confirm your new hook appears in the list. Selecting the hook shows its details: the event, matcher, type, source file, and command.

50 </Step>

38 51 

39Claude Code provides several hook events that run at different points in the52 <Step title="Test the hook">

40workflow:53 Press `Esc` to return to the CLI. Ask Claude to do something that requires permission, then switch away from the terminal. You should receive a desktop notification.

54 </Step>

55</Steps>

41 56 

42* **PreToolUse**: Runs before tool calls (can block them)57<Tip>

43* **PermissionRequest**: Runs when a permission dialog is shown (can allow or deny)58 The `/hooks` menu is read-only. To add, modify, or remove hooks, edit your settings JSON directly or ask Claude to make the change.

44* **PostToolUse**: Runs after tool calls complete59</Tip>

45* **UserPromptSubmit**: Runs when the user submits a prompt, before Claude processes it

46* **Notification**: Runs when Claude Code sends notifications

47* **Stop**: Runs when Claude Code finishes responding

48* **SubagentStop**: Runs when subagent tasks complete

49* **PreCompact**: Runs before Claude Code is about to run a compact operation

50* **SessionStart**: Runs when Claude Code starts a new session or resumes an existing session

51* **SessionEnd**: Runs when Claude Code session ends

52 60 

53Each event receives different data and can control Claude's behavior in61## What you can automate

54different ways.

55 62 

56## Quickstart63Hooks let you run code at key points in Claude Code's lifecycle: format files after edits, block commands before they execute, send notifications when Claude needs input, inject context at session start, and more. For the full list of hook events, see the [Hooks reference](/en/hooks#hook-lifecycle).

57 64 

58In this quickstart, you'll add a hook that logs the shell commands that Claude65Each example includes a ready-to-use configuration block that you add to a [settings file](#configure-hook-location). The most common patterns:

59Code runs.

60 66 

61### Prerequisites67* [Get notified when Claude needs input](#get-notified-when-claude-needs-input)

68* [Auto-format code after edits](#auto-format-code-after-edits)

69* [Block edits to protected files](#block-edits-to-protected-files)

70* [Re-inject context after compaction](#re-inject-context-after-compaction)

71* [Audit configuration changes](#audit-configuration-changes)

72* [Reload environment when directory or files change](#reload-environment-when-directory-or-files-change)

73* [Auto-approve specific permission prompts](#auto-approve-specific-permission-prompts)

62 74 

63Install `jq` for JSON processing in the command line.75### Get notified when Claude needs input

64 76 

65### Step 1: Open hooks configuration77Get a desktop notification whenever Claude finishes working and needs your input, so you can switch to other tasks without checking the terminal.

66 78 

67Run the `/hooks` [slash command](/en/slash-commands) and select79This hook uses the `Notification` event, which fires when Claude is waiting for input or permission. Each tab below uses the platform's native notification command. Add this to `~/.claude/settings.json`:

68the `PreToolUse` hook event.

69 80 

70`PreToolUse` hooks run before tool calls and can block them while providing81<Tabs>

71Claude feedback on what to do differently.82 <Tab title="macOS">

83 ```json theme={null}

84 {

85 "hooks": {

86 "Notification": [

87 {

88 "matcher": "",

89 "hooks": [

90 {

91 "type": "command",

92 "command": "osascript -e 'display notification \"Claude Code needs your attention\" with title \"Claude Code\"'"

93 }

94 ]

95 }

96 ]

97 }

98 }

99 ```

100 </Tab>

72 101 

73### Step 2: Add a matcher102 <Tab title="Linux">

103 ```json theme={null}

104 {

105 "hooks": {

106 "Notification": [

107 {

108 "matcher": "",

109 "hooks": [

110 {

111 "type": "command",

112 "command": "notify-send 'Claude Code' 'Claude Code needs your attention'"

113 }

114 ]

115 }

116 ]

117 }

118 }

119 ```

120 </Tab>

121 

122 <Tab title="Windows (PowerShell)">

123 ```json theme={null}

124 {

125 "hooks": {

126 "Notification": [

127 {

128 "matcher": "",

129 "hooks": [

130 {

131 "type": "command",

132 "command": "powershell.exe -Command \"[System.Reflection.Assembly]::LoadWithPartialName('System.Windows.Forms'); [System.Windows.Forms.MessageBox]::Show('Claude Code needs your attention', 'Claude Code')\""

133 }

134 ]

135 }

136 ]

137 }

138 }

139 ```

140 </Tab>

141</Tabs>

142 

143### Auto-format code after edits

144 

145Automatically run [Prettier](https://prettier.io/) on every file Claude edits, so formatting stays consistent without manual intervention.

74 146 

75Select `+ Add new matcher…` to run your hook only on Bash tool calls.147This hook uses the `PostToolUse` event with an `Edit|Write` matcher, so it runs only after file-editing tools. The command extracts the edited file path with [`jq`](https://jqlang.github.io/jq/) and passes it to Prettier. Add this to `.claude/settings.json` in your project root:

76 148 

77Type `Bash` for the matcher.149```json theme={null}

150{

151 "hooks": {

152 "PostToolUse": [

153 {

154 "matcher": "Edit|Write",

155 "hooks": [

156 {

157 "type": "command",

158 "command": "jq -r '.tool_input.file_path' | xargs npx prettier --write"

159 }

160 ]

161 }

162 ]

163 }

164}

165```

78 166 

79<Note>You can use `*` to match all tools.</Note>167<Note>

168 The Bash examples on this page use `jq` for JSON parsing. Install it with `brew install jq` (macOS), `apt-get install jq` (Debian/Ubuntu), or see [`jq` downloads](https://jqlang.github.io/jq/download/).

169</Note>

80 170 

81### Step 3: Add the hook171### Block edits to protected files

82 172 

83Select `+ Add new hook…` and enter this command:173Prevent Claude from modifying sensitive files like `.env`, `package-lock.json`, or anything in `.git/`. Claude receives feedback explaining why the edit was blocked, so it can adjust its approach.

84 174 

85```bash theme={null}175This example uses a separate script file that the hook calls. The script checks the target file path against a list of protected patterns and exits with code 2 to block the edit.

86jq -r '"\(.tool_input.command) - \(.tool_input.description // "No description")"' >> ~/.claude/bash-command-log.txt176 

177<Steps>

178 <Step title="Create the hook script">

179 Save this to `.claude/hooks/protect-files.sh`:

180 

181 ```bash theme={null}

182 #!/bin/bash

183 # protect-files.sh

184 

185 INPUT=$(cat)

186 FILE_PATH=$(echo "$INPUT" | jq -r '.tool_input.file_path // empty')

187 

188 PROTECTED_PATTERNS=(".env" "package-lock.json" ".git/")

189 

190 for pattern in "${PROTECTED_PATTERNS[@]}"; do

191 if [[ "$FILE_PATH" == *"$pattern"* ]]; then

192 echo "Blocked: $FILE_PATH matches protected pattern '$pattern'" >&2

193 exit 2

194 fi

195 done

196 

197 exit 0

198 ```

199 </Step>

200 

201 <Step title="Make the script executable (macOS/Linux)">

202 Hook scripts must be executable for Claude Code to run them:

203 

204 ```bash theme={null}

205 chmod +x .claude/hooks/protect-files.sh

206 ```

207 </Step>

208 

209 <Step title="Register the hook">

210 Add a `PreToolUse` hook to `.claude/settings.json` that runs the script before any `Edit` or `Write` tool call:

211 

212 ```json theme={null}

213 {

214 "hooks": {

215 "PreToolUse": [

216 {

217 "matcher": "Edit|Write",

218 "hooks": [

219 {

220 "type": "command",

221 "command": "\"$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR\"/.claude/hooks/protect-files.sh"

222 }

223 ]

224 }

225 ]

226 }

227 }

228 ```

229 </Step>

230</Steps>

231 

232### Re-inject context after compaction

233 

234When Claude's context window fills up, compaction summarizes the conversation to free space. This can lose important details. Use a `SessionStart` hook with a `compact` matcher to re-inject critical context after every compaction.

235 

236Any text your command writes to stdout is added to Claude's context. This example reminds Claude of project conventions and recent work. Add this to `.claude/settings.json` in your project root:

237 

238```json theme={null}

239{

240 "hooks": {

241 "SessionStart": [

242 {

243 "matcher": "compact",

244 "hooks": [

245 {

246 "type": "command",

247 "command": "echo 'Reminder: use Bun, not npm. Run bun test before committing. Current sprint: auth refactor.'"

248 }

249 ]

250 }

251 ]

252 }

253}

254```

255 

256You can replace the `echo` with any command that produces dynamic output, like `git log --oneline -5` to show recent commits. For injecting context on every session start, consider using [CLAUDE.md](/en/memory) instead. For environment variables, see [`CLAUDE_ENV_FILE`](/en/hooks#persist-environment-variables) in the reference.

257 

258### Audit configuration changes

259 

260Track when settings or skills files change during a session. The `ConfigChange` event fires when an external process or editor modifies a configuration file, so you can log changes for compliance or block unauthorized modifications.

261 

262This example appends each change to an audit log. Add this to `~/.claude/settings.json`:

263 

264```json theme={null}

265{

266 "hooks": {

267 "ConfigChange": [

268 {

269 "matcher": "",

270 "hooks": [

271 {

272 "type": "command",

273 "command": "jq -c '{timestamp: now | todate, source: .source, file: .file_path}' >> ~/claude-config-audit.log"

274 }

275 ]

276 }

277 ]

278 }

279}

87```280```

88 281 

89### Step 4: Save your configuration282The matcher filters by configuration type: `user_settings`, `project_settings`, `local_settings`, `policy_settings`, or `skills`. To block a change from taking effect, exit with code 2 or return `{"decision": "block"}`. See the [ConfigChange reference](/en/hooks#configchange) for the full input schema.

283 

284### Reload environment when directory or files change

90 285 

91For storage location, select `User settings` since you're logging to your home286Some projects set different environment variables depending on which directory you are in. Tools like [direnv](https://direnv.net/) do this automatically in your shell, but Claude's Bash tool does not pick up those changes on its own.

92directory. This hook will then apply to all projects, not just your current

93project.

94 287 

95Then press `Esc` until you return to the REPL. Your hook is now registered.288A `CwdChanged` hook fixes this: it runs each time Claude changes directory, so you can reload the correct variables for the new location. The hook writes the updated values to `CLAUDE_ENV_FILE`, which Claude Code applies before each Bash command. Add this to `~/.claude/settings.json`:

96 289 

97### Step 5: Verify your hook290```json theme={null}

291{

292 "hooks": {

293 "CwdChanged": [

294 {

295 "hooks": [

296 {

297 "type": "command",

298 "command": "direnv export bash >> \"$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE\""

299 }

300 ]

301 }

302 ]

303 }

304}

305```

98 306 

99Run `/hooks` again or check `~/.claude/settings.json` to see your configuration:307To react to specific files instead of every directory change, use `FileChanged` with a `matcher` listing the filenames to watch (pipe-separated). The `matcher` both configures which files to watch and filters which hooks run. This example watches `.envrc` and `.env` for changes in the current directory:

100 308 

101```json theme={null}309```json theme={null}

102{310{

103 "hooks": {311 "hooks": {

104 "PreToolUse": [312 "FileChanged": [

105 {313 {

106 "matcher": "Bash",314 "matcher": ".envrc|.env",

107 "hooks": [315 "hooks": [

108 {316 {

109 "type": "command",317 "type": "command",

110 "command": "jq -r '\"\\(.tool_input.command) - \\(.tool_input.description // \"No description\")\"' >> ~/.claude/bash-command-log.txt"318 "command": "direnv export bash >> \"$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE\""

111 }319 }

112 ]320 ]

113 }321 }


116}324}

117```325```

118 326 

119### Step 6: Test your hook327See the [CwdChanged](/en/hooks#cwdchanged) and [FileChanged](/en/hooks#filechanged) reference entries for input schemas, `watchPaths` output, and `CLAUDE_ENV_FILE` details.

120 328 

121Ask Claude to run a simple command like `ls` and check your log file:329### Auto-approve specific permission prompts

122 330 

123```bash theme={null}331Skip the approval dialog for tool calls you always allow. This example auto-approves `ExitPlanMode`, the tool Claude calls when it finishes presenting a plan and asks to proceed, so you aren't prompted every time a plan is ready.

124cat ~/.claude/bash-command-log.txt332 

333Unlike the exit-code examples above, auto-approval requires your hook to write a JSON decision to stdout. A `PermissionRequest` hook fires when Claude Code is about to show a permission dialog, and returning `"behavior": "allow"` answers it on your behalf.

334 

335The matcher scopes the hook to `ExitPlanMode` only, so no other prompts are affected. Add this to `~/.claude/settings.json`:

336 

337```json theme={null}

338{

339 "hooks": {

340 "PermissionRequest": [

341 {

342 "matcher": "ExitPlanMode",

343 "hooks": [

344 {

345 "type": "command",

346 "command": "echo '{\"hookSpecificOutput\": {\"hookEventName\": \"PermissionRequest\", \"decision\": {\"behavior\": \"allow\"}}}'"

347 }

348 ]

349 }

350 ]

351 }

352}

125```353```

126 354 

127You should see entries like:355When the hook approves, Claude Code exits plan mode and restores whatever permission mode was active before you entered plan mode. The transcript shows "Allowed by PermissionRequest hook" where the dialog would have appeared. The hook path always keeps the current conversation: it cannot clear context and start a fresh implementation session the way the dialog can.

356 

357To set a specific permission mode instead, your hook's output can include an `updatedPermissions` array with a `setMode` entry. The `mode` value is any permission mode like `default`, `acceptEdits`, or `bypassPermissions`, and `destination: "session"` applies it for the current session only.

358 

359To switch the session to `acceptEdits`, your hook writes this JSON to stdout:

128 360 

361```json theme={null}

362{

363 "hookSpecificOutput": {

364 "hookEventName": "PermissionRequest",

365 "decision": {

366 "behavior": "allow",

367 "updatedPermissions": [

368 { "type": "setMode", "mode": "acceptEdits", "destination": "session" }

369 ]

370 }

371 }

372}

129```373```

130ls - Lists files and directories374 

375Keep the matcher as narrow as possible. Matching on `.*` or leaving the matcher empty would auto-approve every permission prompt, including file writes and shell commands. See the [PermissionRequest reference](/en/hooks#permissionrequest-decision-control) for the full set of decision fields.

376 

377## How hooks work

378 

379Hook events fire at specific lifecycle points in Claude Code. When an event fires, all matching hooks run in parallel, and identical hook commands are automatically deduplicated. The table below shows each event and when it triggers:

380 

381| Event | When it fires |

382| :------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

383| `SessionStart` | When a session begins or resumes |

384| `UserPromptSubmit` | When you submit a prompt, before Claude processes it |

385| `PreToolUse` | Before a tool call executes. Can block it |

386| `PermissionRequest` | When a permission dialog appears |

387| `PostToolUse` | After a tool call succeeds |

388| `PostToolUseFailure` | After a tool call fails |

389| `Notification` | When Claude Code sends a notification |

390| `SubagentStart` | When a subagent is spawned |

391| `SubagentStop` | When a subagent finishes |

392| `TaskCreated` | When a task is being created via `TaskCreate` |

393| `TaskCompleted` | When a task is being marked as completed |

394| `Stop` | When Claude finishes responding |

395| `StopFailure` | When the turn ends due to an API error. Output and exit code are ignored |

396| `TeammateIdle` | When an [agent team](/en/agent-teams) teammate is about to go idle |

397| `InstructionsLoaded` | When a CLAUDE.md or `.claude/rules/*.md` file is loaded into context. Fires at session start and when files are lazily loaded during a session |

398| `ConfigChange` | When a configuration file changes during a session |

399| `CwdChanged` | When the working directory changes, for example when Claude executes a `cd` command. Useful for reactive environment management with tools like direnv |

400| `FileChanged` | When a watched file changes on disk. The `matcher` field specifies which filenames to watch |

401| `WorktreeCreate` | When a worktree is being created via `--worktree` or `isolation: "worktree"`. Replaces default git behavior |

402| `WorktreeRemove` | When a worktree is being removed, either at session exit or when a subagent finishes |

403| `PreCompact` | Before context compaction |

404| `PostCompact` | After context compaction completes |

405| `Elicitation` | When an MCP server requests user input during a tool call |

406| `ElicitationResult` | After a user responds to an MCP elicitation, before the response is sent back to the server |

407| `SessionEnd` | When a session terminates |

408 

409Each hook has a `type` that determines how it runs. Most hooks use `"type": "command"`, which runs a shell command. Three other types are available:

410 

411* `"type": "http"`: POST event data to a URL. See [HTTP hooks](#http-hooks).

412* `"type": "prompt"`: single-turn LLM evaluation. See [Prompt-based hooks](#prompt-based-hooks).

413* `"type": "agent"`: multi-turn verification with tool access. See [Agent-based hooks](#agent-based-hooks).

414 

415### Read input and return output

416 

417Hooks communicate with Claude Code through stdin, stdout, stderr, and exit codes. When an event fires, Claude Code passes event-specific data as JSON to your script's stdin. Your script reads that data, does its work, and tells Claude Code what to do next via the exit code.

418 

419#### Hook input

420 

421Every event includes common fields like `session_id` and `cwd`, but each event type adds different data. For example, when Claude runs a Bash command, a `PreToolUse` hook receives something like this on stdin:

422 

423```json theme={null}

424{

425 "session_id": "abc123", // unique ID for this session

426 "cwd": "/Users/sarah/myproject", // working directory when the event fired

427 "hook_event_name": "PreToolUse", // which event triggered this hook

428 "tool_name": "Bash", // the tool Claude is about to use

429 "tool_input": { // the arguments Claude passed to the tool

430 "command": "npm test" // for Bash, this is the shell command

431 }

432}

131```433```

132 434 

133## More Examples435Your script can parse that JSON and act on any of those fields. `UserPromptSubmit` hooks get the `prompt` text instead, `SessionStart` hooks get the `source` (startup, resume, clear, compact), and so on. See [Common input fields](/en/hooks#common-input-fields) in the reference for shared fields, and each event's section for event-specific schemas.

436 

437#### Hook output

438 

439Your script tells Claude Code what to do next by writing to stdout or stderr and exiting with a specific code. For example, a `PreToolUse` hook that wants to block a command:

440 

441```bash theme={null}

442#!/bin/bash

443INPUT=$(cat)

444COMMAND=$(echo "$INPUT" | jq -r '.tool_input.command')

445 

446if echo "$COMMAND" | grep -q "drop table"; then

447 echo "Blocked: dropping tables is not allowed" >&2 # stderr becomes Claude's feedback

448 exit 2 # exit 2 = block the action

449fi

450 

451exit 0 # exit 0 = let it proceed

452```

453 

454The exit code determines what happens next:

455 

456* **Exit 0**: the action proceeds. For `UserPromptSubmit` and `SessionStart` hooks, anything you write to stdout is added to Claude's context.

457* **Exit 2**: the action is blocked. Write a reason to stderr, and Claude receives it as feedback so it can adjust.

458* **Any other exit code**: the action proceeds. Stderr is logged but not shown to Claude. Toggle verbose mode with `Ctrl+O` to see these messages in the transcript.

459 

460#### Structured JSON output

461 

462Exit codes give you two options: allow or block. For more control, exit 0 and print a JSON object to stdout instead.

134 463 

135<Note>464<Note>

136 For a complete example implementation, see the [bash command validator example](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/blob/main/examples/hooks/bash_command_validator_example.py) in our public codebase.465 Use exit 2 to block with a stderr message, or exit 0 with JSON for structured control. Don't mix them: Claude Code ignores JSON when you exit 2.

137</Note>466</Note>

138 467 

139### Code Formatting Hook468For example, a `PreToolUse` hook can deny a tool call and tell Claude why, or escalate it to the user for approval:

469 

470```json theme={null}

471{

472 "hookSpecificOutput": {

473 "hookEventName": "PreToolUse",

474 "permissionDecision": "deny",

475 "permissionDecisionReason": "Use rg instead of grep for better performance"

476 }

477}

478```

479 

480Claude Code reads `permissionDecision` and cancels the tool call, then feeds `permissionDecisionReason` back to Claude as feedback. These three options are specific to `PreToolUse`:

481 

482* `"allow"`: skip the interactive permission prompt. Deny and ask rules, including enterprise managed deny lists, still apply

483* `"deny"`: cancel the tool call and send the reason to Claude

484* `"ask"`: show the permission prompt to the user as normal

485 

486Returning `"allow"` skips the interactive prompt but does not override [permission rules](/en/permissions#manage-permissions). If a deny rule matches the tool call, the call is blocked even when your hook returns `"allow"`. If an ask rule matches, the user is still prompted. This means deny rules from any settings scope, including [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files), always take precedence over hook approvals.

140 487 

141Automatically format TypeScript files after editing:488Other events use different decision patterns. For example, `PostToolUse` and `Stop` hooks use a top-level `decision: "block"` field, while `PermissionRequest` uses `hookSpecificOutput.decision.behavior`. See the [summary table](/en/hooks#decision-control) in the reference for a full breakdown by event.

489 

490For `UserPromptSubmit` hooks, use `additionalContext` instead to inject text into Claude's context. Prompt-based hooks (`type: "prompt"`) handle output differently: see [Prompt-based hooks](#prompt-based-hooks).

491 

492### Filter hooks with matchers

493 

494Without a matcher, a hook fires on every occurrence of its event. Matchers let you narrow that down. For example, if you want to run a formatter only after file edits (not after every tool call), add a matcher to your `PostToolUse` hook:

142 495 

143```json theme={null}496```json theme={null}

144{497{


146 "PostToolUse": [499 "PostToolUse": [

147 {500 {

148 "matcher": "Edit|Write",501 "matcher": "Edit|Write",

502 "hooks": [

503 { "type": "command", "command": "prettier --write ..." }

504 ]

505 }

506 ]

507 }

508}

509```

510 

511The `"Edit|Write"` matcher is a regex pattern that matches the tool name. The hook only fires when Claude uses the `Edit` or `Write` tool, not when it uses `Bash`, `Read`, or any other tool.

512 

513Each event type matches on a specific field. Matchers support exact strings and regex patterns:

514 

515| Event | What the matcher filters | Example matcher values |

516| :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :-------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

517| `PreToolUse`, `PostToolUse`, `PostToolUseFailure`, `PermissionRequest` | tool name | `Bash`, `Edit\|Write`, `mcp__.*` |

518| `SessionStart` | how the session started | `startup`, `resume`, `clear`, `compact` |

519| `SessionEnd` | why the session ended | `clear`, `resume`, `logout`, `prompt_input_exit`, `bypass_permissions_disabled`, `other` |

520| `Notification` | notification type | `permission_prompt`, `idle_prompt`, `auth_success`, `elicitation_dialog` |

521| `SubagentStart` | agent type | `Bash`, `Explore`, `Plan`, or custom agent names |

522| `PreCompact`, `PostCompact` | what triggered compaction | `manual`, `auto` |

523| `SubagentStop` | agent type | same values as `SubagentStart` |

524| `ConfigChange` | configuration source | `user_settings`, `project_settings`, `local_settings`, `policy_settings`, `skills` |

525| `StopFailure` | error type | `rate_limit`, `authentication_failed`, `billing_error`, `invalid_request`, `server_error`, `max_output_tokens`, `unknown` |

526| `InstructionsLoaded` | load reason | `session_start`, `nested_traversal`, `path_glob_match`, `include`, `compact` |

527| `Elicitation` | MCP server name | your configured MCP server names |

528| `ElicitationResult` | MCP server name | same values as `Elicitation` |

529| `FileChanged` | filename (basename of the changed file) | `.envrc`, `.env`, any filename you want to watch |

530| `UserPromptSubmit`, `Stop`, `TeammateIdle`, `TaskCreated`, `TaskCompleted`, `WorktreeCreate`, `WorktreeRemove`, `CwdChanged` | no matcher support | always fires on every occurrence |

531 

532A few more examples showing matchers on different event types:

533 

534<Tabs>

535 <Tab title="Log every Bash command">

536 Match only `Bash` tool calls and log each command to a file. The `PostToolUse` event fires after the command completes, so `tool_input.command` contains what ran. The hook receives the event data as JSON on stdin, and `jq -r '.tool_input.command'` extracts just the command string, which `>>` appends to the log file:

537 

538 ```json theme={null}

539 {

540 "hooks": {

541 "PostToolUse": [

542 {

543 "matcher": "Bash",

149 "hooks": [544 "hooks": [

150 {545 {

151 "type": "command",546 "type": "command",

152 "command": "jq -r '.tool_input.file_path' | { read file_path; if echo \"$file_path\" | grep -q '\\.ts$'; then npx prettier --write \"$file_path\"; fi; }"547 "command": "jq -r '.tool_input.command' >> ~/.claude/command-log.txt"

153 }548 }

154 ]549 ]

155 }550 }

156 ]551 ]

157 }552 }

158}553 }

159```554 ```

555 </Tab>

556 

557 <Tab title="Match MCP tools">

558 MCP tools use a different naming convention than built-in tools: `mcp__<server>__<tool>`, where `<server>` is the MCP server name and `<tool>` is the tool it provides. For example, `mcp__github__search_repositories` or `mcp__filesystem__read_file`. Use a regex matcher to target all tools from a specific server, or match across servers with a pattern like `mcp__.*__write.*`. See [Match MCP tools](/en/hooks#match-mcp-tools) in the reference for the full list of examples.

559 

560 The command below extracts the tool name from the hook's JSON input with `jq` and writes it to stderr, where it shows up in verbose mode (`Ctrl+O`):

160 561 

161### Markdown Formatting Hook562 ```json theme={null}

563 {

564 "hooks": {

565 "PreToolUse": [

566 {

567 "matcher": "mcp__github__.*",

568 "hooks": [

569 {

570 "type": "command",

571 "command": "echo \"GitHub tool called: $(jq -r '.tool_name')\" >&2"

572 }

573 ]

574 }

575 ]

576 }

577 }

578 ```

579 </Tab>

162 580 

163Automatically fix missing language tags and formatting issues in markdown files:581 <Tab title="Clean up on session end">

582 The `SessionEnd` event supports matchers on the reason the session ended. This hook only fires on `clear` (when you run `/clear`), not on normal exits:

583 

584 ```json theme={null}

585 {

586 "hooks": {

587 "SessionEnd": [

588 {

589 "matcher": "clear",

590 "hooks": [

591 {

592 "type": "command",

593 "command": "rm -f /tmp/claude-scratch-*.txt"

594 }

595 ]

596 }

597 ]

598 }

599 }

600 ```

601 </Tab>

602</Tabs>

603 

604For full matcher syntax, see the [Hooks reference](/en/hooks#configuration).

605 

606#### Filter by tool name and arguments with the `if` field

607 

608<Note>

609 The `if` field requires Claude Code v2.1.85 or later. Earlier versions ignore it and run the hook on every matched call.

610</Note>

611 

612The `if` field uses [permission rule syntax](/en/permissions) to filter hooks by tool name and arguments together, so the hook process only spawns when the tool call matches. This goes beyond `matcher`, which filters at the group level by tool name only.

613 

614For example, to run a hook only when Claude uses `git` commands rather than all Bash commands:

164 615 

165```json theme={null}616```json theme={null}

166{617{

167 "hooks": {618 "hooks": {

168 "PostToolUse": [619 "PreToolUse": [

169 {620 {

170 "matcher": "Edit|Write",621 "matcher": "Bash",

171 "hooks": [622 "hooks": [

172 {623 {

173 "type": "command",624 "type": "command",

174 "command": "\"$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR\"/.claude/hooks/markdown_formatter.py"625 "if": "Bash(git *)",

626 "command": "\"$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR\"/.claude/hooks/check-git-policy.sh"

175 }627 }

176 ]628 ]

177 }629 }


180}632}

181```633```

182 634 

183Create `.claude/hooks/markdown_formatter.py` with this content:635The hook process only spawns when the Bash command starts with `git`. Other Bash commands skip this handler entirely. The `if` field accepts the same patterns as permission rules: `"Bash(git *)"`, `"Edit(*.ts)"`, and so on. To match multiple tool names, use separate handlers each with its own `if` value, or match at the `matcher` level where pipe alternation is supported.

184 

185````python theme={null}

186#!/usr/bin/env python3

187"""

188Markdown formatter for Claude Code output.

189Fixes missing language tags and spacing issues while preserving code content.

190"""

191import json

192import sys

193import re

194import os

195 

196def detect_language(code):

197 """Best-effort language detection from code content."""

198 s = code.strip()

199

200 # JSON detection

201 if re.search(r'^\s*[{\[]', s):

202 try:

203 json.loads(s)

204 return 'json'

205 except:

206 pass

207

208 # Python detection

209 if re.search(r'^\s*def\s+\w+\s*\(', s, re.M) or \

210 re.search(r'^\s*(import|from)\s+\w+', s, re.M):

211 return 'python'

212

213 # JavaScript detection

214 if re.search(r'\b(function\s+\w+\s*\(|const\s+\w+\s*=)', s) or \

215 re.search(r'=>|console\.(log|error)', s):

216 return 'javascript'

217

218 # Bash detection

219 if re.search(r'^#!.*\b(bash|sh)\b', s, re.M) or \

220 re.search(r'\b(if|then|fi|for|in|do|done)\b', s):

221 return 'bash'

222

223 # SQL detection

224 if re.search(r'\b(SELECT|INSERT|UPDATE|DELETE|CREATE)\s+', s, re.I):

225 return 'sql'

226

227 return 'text'

228 

229def format_markdown(content):

230 """Format markdown content with language detection."""

231 # Fix unlabeled code fences

232 def add_lang_to_fence(match):

233 indent, info, body, closing = match.groups()

234 if not info.strip():

235 lang = detect_language(body)

236 return f"{indent}```{lang}\n{body}{closing}\n"

237 return match.group(0)

238

239 fence_pattern = r'(?ms)^([ \t]{0,3})```([^\n]*)\n(.*?)(\n\1```)\s*$'

240 content = re.sub(fence_pattern, add_lang_to_fence, content)

241

242 # Fix excessive blank lines (only outside code fences)

243 content = re.sub(r'\n{3,}', '\n\n', content)

244

245 return content.rstrip() + '\n'

246 

247# Main execution

248try:

249 input_data = json.load(sys.stdin)

250 file_path = input_data.get('tool_input', {}).get('file_path', '')

251

252 if not file_path.endswith(('.md', '.mdx')):

253 sys.exit(0) # Not a markdown file

254

255 if os.path.exists(file_path):

256 with open(file_path, 'r', encoding='utf-8') as f:

257 content = f.read()

258

259 formatted = format_markdown(content)

260

261 if formatted != content:

262 with open(file_path, 'w', encoding='utf-8') as f:

263 f.write(formatted)

264 print(f"✓ Fixed markdown formatting in {file_path}")

265

266except Exception as e:

267 print(f"Error formatting markdown: {e}", file=sys.stderr)

268 sys.exit(1)

269````

270 

271Make the script executable:

272 636 

273```bash theme={null}637`if` only works on tool events: `PreToolUse`, `PostToolUse`, `PostToolUseFailure`, and `PermissionRequest`. Adding it to any other event prevents the hook from running.

274chmod +x .claude/hooks/markdown_formatter.py638 

639### Configure hook location

640 

641Where you add a hook determines its scope:

642 

643| Location | Scope | Shareable |

644| :--------------------------------------------------------- | :--------------------------------- | :--------------------------------- |

645| `~/.claude/settings.json` | All your projects | No, local to your machine |

646| `.claude/settings.json` | Single project | Yes, can be committed to the repo |

647| `.claude/settings.local.json` | Single project | No, gitignored |

648| Managed policy settings | Organization-wide | Yes, admin-controlled |

649| [Plugin](/en/plugins) `hooks/hooks.json` | When plugin is enabled | Yes, bundled with the plugin |

650| [Skill](/en/skills) or [agent](/en/sub-agents) frontmatter | While the skill or agent is active | Yes, defined in the component file |

651 

652Run [`/hooks`](/en/hooks#the-hooks-menu) in Claude Code to browse all configured hooks grouped by event. To disable all hooks at once, set `"disableAllHooks": true` in your settings file.

653 

654If you edit settings files directly while Claude Code is running, the file watcher normally picks up hook changes automatically.

655 

656## Prompt-based hooks

657 

658For decisions that require judgment rather than deterministic rules, use `type: "prompt"` hooks. Instead of running a shell command, Claude Code sends your prompt and the hook's input data to a Claude model (Haiku by default) to make the decision. You can specify a different model with the `model` field if you need more capability.

659 

660The model's only job is to return a yes/no decision as JSON:

661 

662* `"ok": true`: the action proceeds

663* `"ok": false`: the action is blocked. The model's `"reason"` is fed back to Claude so it can adjust.

664 

665This example uses a `Stop` hook to ask the model whether all requested tasks are complete. If the model returns `"ok": false`, Claude keeps working and uses the `reason` as its next instruction:

666 

667```json theme={null}

668{

669 "hooks": {

670 "Stop": [

671 {

672 "hooks": [

673 {

674 "type": "prompt",

675 "prompt": "Check if all tasks are complete. If not, respond with {\"ok\": false, \"reason\": \"what remains to be done\"}."

676 }

677 ]

678 }

679 ]

680 }

681}

275```682```

276 683 

277This hook automatically:684For full configuration options, see [Prompt-based hooks](/en/hooks#prompt-based-hooks) in the reference.

278 685 

279* Detects programming languages in unlabeled code blocks686## Agent-based hooks

280* Adds appropriate language tags for syntax highlighting

281* Fixes excessive blank lines while preserving code content

282* Only processes markdown files (`.md`, `.mdx`)

283 687 

284### Custom Notification Hook688When verification requires inspecting files or running commands, use `type: "agent"` hooks. Unlike prompt hooks which make a single LLM call, agent hooks spawn a subagent that can read files, search code, and use other tools to verify conditions before returning a decision.

285 689 

286Get desktop notifications when Claude needs input:690Agent hooks use the same `"ok"` / `"reason"` response format as prompt hooks, but with a longer default timeout of 60 seconds and up to 50 tool-use turns.

691 

692This example verifies that tests pass before allowing Claude to stop:

287 693 

288```json theme={null}694```json theme={null}

289{695{

290 "hooks": {696 "hooks": {

291 "Notification": [697 "Stop": [

292 {698 {

293 "matcher": "",

294 "hooks": [699 "hooks": [

295 {700 {

296 "type": "command",701 "type": "agent",

297 "command": "notify-send 'Claude Code' 'Awaiting your input'"702 "prompt": "Verify that all unit tests pass. Run the test suite and check the results. $ARGUMENTS",

703 "timeout": 120

298 }704 }

299 ]705 ]

300 }706 }


303}709}

304```710```

305 711 

306### File Protection Hook712Use prompt hooks when the hook input data alone is enough to make a decision. Use agent hooks when you need to verify something against the actual state of the codebase.

713 

714For full configuration options, see [Agent-based hooks](/en/hooks#agent-based-hooks) in the reference.

715 

716## HTTP hooks

717 

718Use `type: "http"` hooks to POST event data to an HTTP endpoint instead of running a shell command. The endpoint receives the same JSON that a command hook would receive on stdin, and returns results through the HTTP response body using the same JSON format.

719 

720HTTP hooks are useful when you want a web server, cloud function, or external service to handle hook logic: for example, a shared audit service that logs tool use events across a team.

307 721 

308Block edits to sensitive files:722This example posts every tool use to a local logging service:

309 723 

310```json theme={null}724```json theme={null}

311{725{

312 "hooks": {726 "hooks": {

313 "PreToolUse": [727 "PostToolUse": [

314 {728 {

315 "matcher": "Edit|Write",

316 "hooks": [729 "hooks": [

317 {730 {

318 "type": "command",731 "type": "http",

319 "command": "python3 -c \"import json, sys; data=json.load(sys.stdin); path=data.get('tool_input',{}).get('file_path',''); sys.exit(2 if any(p in path for p in ['.env', 'package-lock.json', '.git/']) else 0)\""732 "url": "http://localhost:8080/hooks/tool-use",

733 "headers": {

734 "Authorization": "Bearer $MY_TOKEN"

735 },

736 "allowedEnvVars": ["MY_TOKEN"]

320 }737 }

321 ]738 ]

322 }739 }


325}742}

326```743```

327 744 

328## Learn more745The endpoint should return a JSON response body using the same [output format](/en/hooks#json-output) as command hooks. To block a tool call, return a 2xx response with the appropriate `hookSpecificOutput` fields. HTTP status codes alone cannot block actions.

746 

747Header values support environment variable interpolation using `$VAR_NAME` or `${VAR_NAME}` syntax. Only variables listed in the `allowedEnvVars` array are resolved; all other `$VAR` references remain empty.

748 

749For full configuration options and response handling, see [HTTP hooks](/en/hooks#http-hook-fields) in the reference.

750 

751## Limitations and troubleshooting

752 

753### Limitations

754 

755* Command hooks communicate through stdout, stderr, and exit codes only. They cannot trigger commands or tool calls directly. HTTP hooks communicate through the response body instead.

756* Hook timeout is 10 minutes by default, configurable per hook with the `timeout` field (in seconds).

757* `PostToolUse` hooks cannot undo actions since the tool has already executed.

758* `PermissionRequest` hooks do not fire in [non-interactive mode](/en/headless) (`-p`). Use `PreToolUse` hooks for automated permission decisions.

759* `Stop` hooks fire whenever Claude finishes responding, not only at task completion. They do not fire on user interrupts. API errors fire [StopFailure](/en/hooks#stopfailure) instead.

760 

761### Hook not firing

762 

763The hook is configured but never executes.

764 

765* Run `/hooks` and confirm the hook appears under the correct event

766* Check that the matcher pattern matches the tool name exactly (matchers are case-sensitive)

767* Verify you're triggering the right event type (e.g., `PreToolUse` fires before tool execution, `PostToolUse` fires after)

768* If using `PermissionRequest` hooks in non-interactive mode (`-p`), switch to `PreToolUse` instead

769 

770### Hook error in output

771 

772You see a message like "PreToolUse hook error: ..." in the transcript.

329 773 

330* For reference documentation on hooks, see [Hooks reference](/en/hooks).774* Your script exited with a non-zero code unexpectedly. Test it manually by piping sample JSON:

331* For comprehensive security best practices and safety guidelines, see [Security Considerations](/en/hooks#security-considerations) in the hooks reference documentation.775 ```bash theme={null}

332* For troubleshooting steps and debugging techniques, see [Debugging](/en/hooks#debugging) in the hooks reference776 echo '{"tool_name":"Bash","tool_input":{"command":"ls"}}' | ./my-hook.sh

333 documentation.777 echo $? # Check the exit code

778 ```

779* If you see "command not found", use absolute paths or `$CLAUDE_PROJECT_DIR` to reference scripts

780* If you see "jq: command not found", install `jq` or use Python/Node.js for JSON parsing

781* If the script isn't running at all, make it executable: `chmod +x ./my-hook.sh`

334 782 

783### `/hooks` shows no hooks configured

335 784 

785You edited a settings file but the hooks don't appear in the menu.

786 

787* File edits are normally picked up automatically. If they haven't appeared after a few seconds, the file watcher may have missed the change: restart your session to force a reload.

788* Verify your JSON is valid (trailing commas and comments are not allowed)

789* Confirm the settings file is in the correct location: `.claude/settings.json` for project hooks, `~/.claude/settings.json` for global hooks

790 

791### Stop hook runs forever

792 

793Claude keeps working in an infinite loop instead of stopping.

794 

795Your Stop hook script needs to check whether it already triggered a continuation. Parse the `stop_hook_active` field from the JSON input and exit early if it's `true`:

796 

797```bash theme={null}

798#!/bin/bash

799INPUT=$(cat)

800if [ "$(echo "$INPUT" | jq -r '.stop_hook_active')" = "true" ]; then

801 exit 0 # Allow Claude to stop

802fi

803# ... rest of your hook logic

804```

805 

806### JSON validation failed

807 

808Claude Code shows a JSON parsing error even though your hook script outputs valid JSON.

809 

810When Claude Code runs a hook, it spawns a shell that sources your profile (`~/.zshrc` or `~/.bashrc`). If your profile contains unconditional `echo` statements, that output gets prepended to your hook's JSON:

811 

812```text theme={null}

813Shell ready on arm64

814{"decision": "block", "reason": "Not allowed"}

815```

816 

817Claude Code tries to parse this as JSON and fails. To fix this, wrap echo statements in your shell profile so they only run in interactive shells:

818 

819```bash theme={null}

820# In ~/.zshrc or ~/.bashrc

821if [[ $- == *i* ]]; then

822 echo "Shell ready"

823fi

824```

825 

826The `$-` variable contains shell flags, and `i` means interactive. Hooks run in non-interactive shells, so the echo is skipped.

827 

828### Debug techniques

829 

830Toggle verbose mode with `Ctrl+O` to see hook output in the transcript, or run `claude --debug` for full execution details including which hooks matched and their exit codes.

831 

832## Learn more

336 833 

337> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt834* [Hooks reference](/en/hooks): full event schemas, JSON output format, async hooks, and MCP tool hooks

835* [Security considerations](/en/hooks#security-considerations): review before deploying hooks in shared or production environments

836* [Bash command validator example](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/blob/main/examples/hooks/bash_command_validator_example.py): complete reference implementation

how-claude-code-works.md +263 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# How Claude Code works

6 

7> Understand the agentic loop, built-in tools, and how Claude Code interacts with your project.

8 

9Claude Code is an agentic assistant that runs in your terminal. While it excels at coding, it can help with anything you can do from the command line: writing docs, running builds, searching files, researching topics, and more.

10 

11This guide covers the core architecture, built-in capabilities, and [tips for working effectively](#work-effectively-with-claude-code). For step-by-step walkthroughs, see [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows). For extensibility features like skills, MCP, and hooks, see [Extend Claude Code](/en/features-overview).

12 

13## The agentic loop

14 

15When you give Claude a task, it works through three phases: **gather context**, **take action**, and **verify results**. These phases blend together. Claude uses tools throughout, whether searching files to understand your code, editing to make changes, or running tests to check its work.

16 

17<img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/c5r9_6tjPMzFdDDT/images/agentic-loop.svg?fit=max&auto=format&n=c5r9_6tjPMzFdDDT&q=85&s=5f1827dec8539f38adee90ead3a85a38" alt="The agentic loop: Your prompt leads to Claude gathering context, taking action, verifying results, and repeating until task complete. You can interrupt at any point." width="720" height="280" data-path="images/agentic-loop.svg" />

18 

19The loop adapts to what you ask. A question about your codebase might only need context gathering. A bug fix cycles through all three phases repeatedly. A refactor might involve extensive verification. Claude decides what each step requires based on what it learned from the previous step, chaining dozens of actions together and course-correcting along the way.

20 

21You're part of this loop too. You can interrupt at any point to steer Claude in a different direction, provide additional context, or ask it to try a different approach. Claude works autonomously but stays responsive to your input.

22 

23The agentic loop is powered by two components: [models](#models) that reason and [tools](#tools) that act. Claude Code serves as the **agentic harness** around Claude: it provides the tools, context management, and execution environment that turn a language model into a capable coding agent.

24 

25### Models

26 

27Claude Code uses Claude models to understand your code and reason about tasks. Claude can read code in any language, understand how components connect, and figure out what needs to change to accomplish your goal. For complex tasks, it breaks work into steps, executes them, and adjusts based on what it learns.

28 

29[Multiple models](/en/model-config) are available with different tradeoffs. Sonnet handles most coding tasks well. Opus provides stronger reasoning for complex architectural decisions. Switch with `/model` during a session or start with `claude --model <name>`.

30 

31When this guide says "Claude chooses" or "Claude decides," it's the model doing the reasoning.

32 

33### Tools

34 

35Tools are what make Claude Code agentic. Without tools, Claude can only respond with text. With tools, Claude can act: read your code, edit files, run commands, search the web, and interact with external services. Each tool use returns information that feeds back into the loop, informing Claude's next decision.

36 

37The built-in tools generally fall into five categories, each representing a different kind of agency.

38 

39| Category | What Claude can do |

40| --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

41| **File operations** | Read files, edit code, create new files, rename and reorganize |

42| **Search** | Find files by pattern, search content with regex, explore codebases |

43| **Execution** | Run shell commands, start servers, run tests, use git |

44| **Web** | Search the web, fetch documentation, look up error messages |

45| **Code intelligence** | See type errors and warnings after edits, jump to definitions, find references (requires [code intelligence plugins](/en/discover-plugins#code-intelligence)) |

46 

47These are the primary capabilities. Claude also has tools for spawning subagents, asking you questions, and other orchestration tasks. See [Tools available to Claude](/en/tools-reference) for the complete list.

48 

49Claude chooses which tools to use based on your prompt and what it learns along the way. When you say "fix the failing tests," Claude might:

50 

511. Run the test suite to see what's failing

522. Read the error output

533. Search for the relevant source files

544. Read those files to understand the code

555. Edit the files to fix the issue

566. Run the tests again to verify

57 

58Each tool use gives Claude new information that informs the next step. This is the agentic loop in action.

59 

60**Extending the base capabilities:** The built-in tools are the foundation. You can extend what Claude knows with [skills](/en/skills), connect to external services with [MCP](/en/mcp), automate workflows with [hooks](/en/hooks), and offload tasks to [subagents](/en/sub-agents). These extensions form a layer on top of the core agentic loop. See [Extend Claude Code](/en/features-overview) for guidance on choosing the right extension for your needs.

61 

62## What Claude can access

63 

64This guide focuses on the terminal. Claude Code also runs in [VS Code](/en/vs-code), [JetBrains IDEs](/en/jetbrains), and other environments.

65 

66When you run `claude` in a directory, Claude Code gains access to:

67 

68* **Your project.** Files in your directory and subdirectories, plus files elsewhere with your permission.

69* **Your terminal.** Any command you could run: build tools, git, package managers, system utilities, scripts. If you can do it from the command line, Claude can too.

70* **Your git state.** Current branch, uncommitted changes, and recent commit history.

71* **Your [CLAUDE.md](/en/memory).** A markdown file where you store project-specific instructions, conventions, and context that Claude should know every session.

72* **[Auto memory](/en/memory#auto-memory).** Learnings Claude saves automatically as you work, like project patterns and your preferences. The first 200 lines or 25KB of MEMORY.md, whichever comes first, load at the start of each session.

73* **Extensions you configure.** [MCP servers](/en/mcp) for external services, [skills](/en/skills) for workflows, [subagents](/en/sub-agents) for delegated work, and [Claude in Chrome](/en/chrome) for browser interaction.

74 

75Because Claude sees your whole project, it can work across it. When you ask Claude to "fix the authentication bug," it searches for relevant files, reads multiple files to understand context, makes coordinated edits across them, runs tests to verify the fix, and commits the changes if you ask. This is different from inline code assistants that only see the current file.

76 

77## Environments and interfaces

78 

79The agentic loop, tools, and capabilities described above are the same everywhere you use Claude Code. What changes is where the code executes and how you interact with it.

80 

81### Execution environments

82 

83Claude Code runs in three environments, each with different tradeoffs for where your code executes.

84 

85| Environment | Where code runs | Use case |

86| ------------------ | --------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------- |

87| **Local** | Your machine | Default. Full access to your files, tools, and environment |

88| **Cloud** | Anthropic-managed VMs | Offload tasks, work on repos you don't have locally |

89| **Remote Control** | Your machine, controlled from a browser | Use the web UI while keeping everything local |

90 

91### Interfaces

92 

93You can access Claude Code through the terminal, the [desktop app](/en/desktop), [IDE extensions](/en/ide-integrations), [claude.ai/code](https://claude.ai/code), [Remote Control](/en/remote-control), [Slack](/en/slack), and [CI/CD pipelines](/en/github-actions). The interface determines how you see and interact with Claude, but the underlying agentic loop is identical. See [Use Claude Code everywhere](/en/overview#use-claude-code-everywhere) for the full list.

94 

95## Work with sessions

96 

97Claude Code saves your conversation locally as you work. Each message, tool use, and result is stored, which enables [rewinding](#undo-changes-with-checkpoints), [resuming, and forking](#resume-or-fork-sessions) sessions. Before Claude makes code changes, it also snapshots the affected files so you can revert if needed.

98 

99**Sessions are independent.** Each new session starts with a fresh context window, without the conversation history from previous sessions. Claude can persist learnings across sessions using [auto memory](/en/memory#auto-memory), and you can add your own persistent instructions in [CLAUDE.md](/en/memory).

100 

101### Work across branches

102 

103Each Claude Code conversation is a session tied to your current directory. When you resume, you only see sessions from that directory.

104 

105Claude sees your current branch's files. When you switch branches, Claude sees the new branch's files, but your conversation history stays the same. Claude remembers what you discussed even after switching.

106 

107Since sessions are tied to directories, you can run parallel Claude sessions by using [git worktrees](/en/common-workflows#run-parallel-claude-code-sessions-with-git-worktrees), which create separate directories for individual branches.

108 

109### Resume or fork sessions

110 

111When you resume a session with `claude --continue` or `claude --resume`, you pick up where you left off using the same session ID. New messages append to the existing conversation. Your full conversation history is restored, but session-scoped permissions are not. You'll need to re-approve those.

112 

113<img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/c5r9_6tjPMzFdDDT/images/session-continuity.svg?fit=max&auto=format&n=c5r9_6tjPMzFdDDT&q=85&s=fa41d12bfb57579cabfeece907151d30" alt="Session continuity: resume continues the same session, fork creates a new branch with a new ID." width="560" height="280" data-path="images/session-continuity.svg" />

114 

115To branch off and try a different approach without affecting the original session, use the `--fork-session` flag:

116 

117```bash theme={null}

118claude --continue --fork-session

119```

120 

121This creates a new session ID while preserving the conversation history up to that point. The original session remains unchanged. Like resume, forked sessions don't inherit session-scoped permissions.

122 

123**Same session in multiple terminals**: If you resume the same session in multiple terminals, both terminals write to the same session file. Messages from both get interleaved, like two people writing in the same notebook. Nothing corrupts, but the conversation becomes jumbled. Each terminal only sees its own messages during the session, but if you resume that session later, you'll see everything interleaved. For parallel work from the same starting point, use `--fork-session` to give each terminal its own clean session.

124 

125### The context window

126 

127Claude's context window holds your conversation history, file contents, command outputs, [CLAUDE.md](/en/memory), [auto memory](/en/memory#auto-memory), loaded skills, and system instructions. As you work, context fills up. Claude compacts automatically, but instructions from early in the conversation can get lost. Put persistent rules in CLAUDE.md, and run `/context` to see what's using space.

128 

129For an interactive walkthrough of what loads and when, see [Explore the context window](/en/context-window).

130 

131#### When context fills up

132 

133Claude Code manages context automatically as you approach the limit. It clears older tool outputs first, then summarizes the conversation if needed. Your requests and key code snippets are preserved; detailed instructions from early in the conversation may be lost. Put persistent rules in CLAUDE.md rather than relying on conversation history.

134 

135To control what's preserved during compaction, add a "Compact Instructions" section to CLAUDE.md or run `/compact` with a focus (like `/compact focus on the API changes`).

136 

137Run `/context` to see what's using space. MCP tool definitions are deferred by default and loaded on demand via [tool search](/en/mcp#scale-with-mcp-tool-search), so only tool names consume context until Claude uses a specific tool. Run `/mcp` to check per-server costs.

138 

139#### Manage context with skills and subagents

140 

141Beyond compaction, you can use other features to control what loads into context.

142 

143[Skills](/en/skills) load on demand. Claude sees skill descriptions at session start, but the full content only loads when a skill is used. For skills you invoke manually, set `disable-model-invocation: true` to keep descriptions out of context until you need them.

144 

145[Subagents](/en/sub-agents) get their own fresh context, completely separate from your main conversation. Their work doesn't bloat your context. When done, they return a summary. This isolation is why subagents help with long sessions.

146 

147See [context costs](/en/features-overview#understand-context-costs) for what each feature costs, and [reduce token usage](/en/costs#reduce-token-usage) for tips on managing context.

148 

149## Stay safe with checkpoints and permissions

150 

151Claude has two safety mechanisms: checkpoints let you undo file changes, and permissions control what Claude can do without asking.

152 

153### Undo changes with checkpoints

154 

155**Every file edit is reversible.** Before Claude edits any file, it snapshots the current contents. If something goes wrong, press `Esc` twice to rewind to a previous state, or ask Claude to undo.

156 

157Checkpoints are local to your session, separate from git. They only cover file changes. Actions that affect remote systems (databases, APIs, deployments) can't be checkpointed, which is why Claude asks before running commands with external side effects.

158 

159### Control what Claude can do

160 

161Press `Shift+Tab` to cycle through permission modes:

162 

163* **Default**: Claude asks before file edits and shell commands

164* **Auto-accept edits**: Claude edits files without asking, still asks for commands

165* **Plan mode**: Claude uses read-only tools only, creating a plan you can approve before execution

166* **Auto mode**: Claude evaluates all actions with background safety checks. Currently a research preview

167 

168You can also allow specific commands in `.claude/settings.json` so Claude doesn't ask each time. This is useful for trusted commands like `npm test` or `git status`. Settings can be scoped from organization-wide policies down to personal preferences. See [Permissions](/en/permissions) for details.

169 

170***

171 

172## Work effectively with Claude Code

173 

174These tips help you get better results from Claude Code.

175 

176### Ask Claude Code for help

177 

178Claude Code can teach you how to use it. Ask questions like "how do I set up hooks?" or "what's the best way to structure my CLAUDE.md?" and Claude will explain.

179 

180Built-in commands also guide you through setup:

181 

182* `/init` walks you through creating a CLAUDE.md for your project

183* `/agents` helps you configure custom subagents

184* `/doctor` diagnoses common issues with your installation

185 

186### It's a conversation

187 

188Claude Code is conversational. You don't need perfect prompts. Start with what you want, then refine:

189 

190```text theme={null}

191Fix the login bug

192```

193 

194\[Claude investigates, tries something]

195 

196```text theme={null}

197That's not quite right. The issue is in the session handling.

198```

199 

200\[Claude adjusts approach]

201 

202When the first attempt isn't right, you don't start over. You iterate.

203 

204#### Interrupt and steer

205 

206You can interrupt Claude at any point. If it's going down the wrong path, just type your correction and press Enter. Claude will stop what it's doing and adjust its approach based on your input. You don't have to wait for it to finish or start over.

207 

208### Be specific upfront

209 

210The more precise your initial prompt, the fewer corrections you'll need. Reference specific files, mention constraints, and point to example patterns.

211 

212```text theme={null}

213The checkout flow is broken for users with expired cards.

214Check src/payments/ for the issue, especially token refresh.

215Write a failing test first, then fix it.

216```

217 

218Vague prompts work, but you'll spend more time steering. Specific prompts like the one above often succeed on the first attempt.

219 

220### Give Claude something to verify against

221 

222Claude performs better when it can check its own work. Include test cases, paste screenshots of expected UI, or define the output you want.

223 

224```text theme={null}

225Implement validateEmail. Test cases: 'user@example.com' → true,

226'invalid' → false, 'user@.com' → false. Run the tests after.

227```

228 

229For visual work, paste a screenshot of the design and ask Claude to compare its implementation against it.

230 

231### Explore before implementing

232 

233For complex problems, separate research from coding. Use plan mode (`Shift+Tab` twice) to analyze the codebase first:

234 

235```text theme={null}

236Read src/auth/ and understand how we handle sessions.

237Then create a plan for adding OAuth support.

238```

239 

240Review the plan, refine it through conversation, then let Claude implement. This two-phase approach produces better results than jumping straight to code.

241 

242### Delegate, don't dictate

243 

244Think of delegating to a capable colleague. Give context and direction, then trust Claude to figure out the details:

245 

246```text theme={null}

247The checkout flow is broken for users with expired cards.

248The relevant code is in src/payments/. Can you investigate and fix it?

249```

250 

251You don't need to specify which files to read or what commands to run. Claude figures that out.

252 

253## What's next

254 

255<CardGroup cols={2}>

256 <Card title="Extend with features" icon="puzzle-piece" href="/en/features-overview">

257 Add Skills, MCP connections, and custom commands

258 </Card>

259 

260 <Card title="Common workflows" icon="graduation-cap" href="/en/common-workflows">

261 Step-by-step guides for typical tasks

262 </Card>

263</CardGroup>

iam.md +0 −223 deleted

File DeletedView Diff

1# Identity and Access Management

2 

3> Learn how to configure user authentication, authorization, and access controls for Claude Code in your organization.

4 

5## Authentication methods

6 

7Setting up Claude Code requires access to Anthropic models. For teams, you can set up Claude Code access in one of these ways:

8 

9* [Claude for Teams or Enterprise](/en/setup#for-teams-and-organizations) (recommended)

10* [Claude Console with team billing](/en/setup#for-teams-and-organizations)

11* [Amazon Bedrock](/en/amazon-bedrock)

12* [Google Vertex AI](/en/google-vertex-ai)

13* [Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry)

14 

15### Claude for Teams or Enterprise (recommended)

16 

17[Claude for Teams](https://claude.com/pricing#team-&-enterprise) and [Claude for Enterprise](https://anthropic.com/contact-sales) provide the best experience for organizations using Claude Code. Team members get access to both Claude Code and Claude on the web with centralized billing and team management.

18 

19* **Claude for Teams**: Self-service plan with collaboration features, admin tools, and billing management. Best for smaller teams.

20* **Claude for Enterprise**: Adds SSO, domain capture, role-based permissions, compliance API, and managed policy settings for organization-wide Claude Code configurations. Best for larger organizations with security and compliance requirements.

21 

22**To set up Claude Code access:**

23 

241. Subscribe to [Claude for Teams](https://claude.com/pricing#team-&-enterprise) or contact sales for [Claude for Enterprise](https://anthropic.com/contact-sales)

252. Invite team members from the admin dashboard

263. Team members install Claude Code and log in with their Claude.ai accounts

27 

28### Claude Console authentication

29 

30For organizations that prefer API-based billing, you can set up access through the Claude Console.

31 

32**To set up Claude Code access for your team via Claude Console:**

33 

341. Use your existing Claude Console account or create a new Claude Console account

352. You can add users through either method below:

36 * Bulk invite users from within the Console (Console -> Settings -> Members -> Invite)

37 * [Set up SSO](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/13132885-setting-up-single-sign-on-sso)

383. When inviting users, they need one of the following roles:

39 * "Claude Code" role means users can only create Claude Code API keys

40 * "Developer" role means users can create any kind of API key

414. Each invited user needs to complete these steps:

42 * Accept the Console invite

43 * [Check system requirements](/en/setup#system-requirements)

44 * [Install Claude Code](/en/setup#installation)

45 * Login with Console account credentials

46 

47### Cloud provider authentication

48 

49**To set up Claude Code access for your team via Bedrock, Vertex, or Azure:**

50 

511. Follow the [Bedrock docs](/en/amazon-bedrock), [Vertex docs](/en/google-vertex-ai), or [Microsoft Foundry docs](/en/microsoft-foundry)

522. Distribute the environment variables and instructions for generating cloud credentials to your users. Read more about how to [manage configuration here](/en/settings).

533. Users can [install Claude Code](/en/setup#installation)

54 

55## Access control and permissions

56 

57We support fine-grained permissions so that you're able to specify exactly what the agent is allowed to do (e.g. run tests, run linter) and what it is not allowed to do (e.g. update cloud infrastructure). These permission settings can be checked into version control and distributed to all developers in your organization, as well as customized by individual developers.

58 

59### Permission system

60 

61Claude Code uses a tiered permission system to balance power and safety:

62 

63| Tool Type | Example | Approval Required | "Yes, don't ask again" Behavior |

64| :---------------- | :--------------- | :---------------- | :-------------------------------------------- |

65| Read-only | File reads, Grep | No | N/A |

66| Bash Commands | Shell execution | Yes | Permanently per project directory and command |

67| File Modification | Edit/write files | Yes | Until session end |

68 

69### Configuring permissions

70 

71You can view & manage Claude Code's tool permissions with `/permissions`. This UI lists all permission rules and the settings.json file they are sourced from.

72 

73* **Allow** rules will allow Claude Code to use the specified tool without further manual approval.

74* **Ask** rules will ask the user for confirmation whenever Claude Code tries to use the specified tool. Ask rules take precedence over allow rules.

75* **Deny** rules will prevent Claude Code from using the specified tool. Deny rules take precedence over allow and ask rules.

76* **Additional directories** extend Claude's file access to directories beyond the initial working directory.

77* **Default mode** controls Claude's permission behavior when encountering new requests.

78 

79Permission rules use the format: `Tool` or `Tool(optional-specifier)`

80 

81A rule that is just the tool name matches any use of that tool. For example, adding `Bash` to the list of allow rules would allow Claude Code to use the Bash tool without requiring user approval.

82 

83#### Permission modes

84 

85Claude Code supports several permission modes that can be set as the `defaultMode` in [settings files](/en/settings#settings-files):

86 

87| Mode | Description |

88| :------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

89| `default` | Standard behavior - prompts for permission on first use of each tool |

90| `acceptEdits` | Automatically accepts file edit permissions for the session |

91| `plan` | Plan Mode - Claude can analyze but not modify files or execute commands |

92| `dontAsk` | Auto-denies tools unless pre-approved via `/permissions` or [`permissions.allow`](/en/settings#permission-settings) rules |

93| `bypassPermissions` | Skips all permission prompts (requires safe environment - see warning below) |

94 

95#### Working directories

96 

97By default, Claude has access to files in the directory where it was launched. You can extend this access:

98 

99* **During startup**: Use `--add-dir <path>` CLI argument

100* **During session**: Use `/add-dir` slash command

101* **Persistent configuration**: Add to `additionalDirectories` in [settings files](/en/settings#settings-files)

102 

103Files in additional directories follow the same permission rules as the original working directory - they become readable without prompts, and file editing permissions follow the current permission mode.

104 

105#### Tool-specific permission rules

106 

107Some tools support more fine-grained permission controls:

108 

109**Bash**

110 

111Bash permission rules support both prefix matching with `:*` and wildcard matching with `*`:

112 

113* `Bash(npm run build)` Matches the exact Bash command `npm run build`

114* `Bash(npm run test:*)` Matches Bash commands starting with `npm run test`

115* `Bash(npm *)` Matches any command starting with `npm ` (e.g., `npm install`, `npm run build`)

116* `Bash(* install)` Matches any command ending with ` install` (e.g., `npm install`, `yarn install`)

117* `Bash(git * main)` Matches commands like `git checkout main`, `git merge main`

118 

119<Tip>

120 Claude Code is aware of shell operators (like `&&`) so a prefix match rule like `Bash(safe-cmd:*)` won't give it permission to run the command `safe-cmd && other-cmd`

121</Tip>

122 

123<Warning>

124 Important limitations of Bash permission patterns:

125 

126 1. The `:*` wildcard only works at the end of a pattern for prefix matching

127 2. The `*` wildcard can appear at any position and matches any sequence of characters

128 3. Patterns like `Bash(curl http://github.com/:*)` can be bypassed in many ways:

129 * Options before URL: `curl -X GET http://github.com/...` won't match

130 * Different protocol: `curl https://github.com/...` won't match

131 * Redirects: `curl -L http://bit.ly/xyz` (redirects to github)

132 * Variables: `URL=http://github.com && curl $URL` won't match

133 * Extra spaces: `curl http://github.com` won't match

134 

135 For more reliable URL filtering, consider:

136 

137 * Using the WebFetch tool with `WebFetch(domain:github.com)` permission

138 * Instructing Claude Code about your allowed curl patterns via CLAUDE.md

139 * Using hooks for custom permission validation

140</Warning>

141 

142**Read & Edit**

143 

144`Edit` rules apply to all built-in tools that edit files. Claude will make a best-effort attempt to apply `Read` rules to all built-in tools that read files like Grep and Glob.

145 

146Read & Edit rules both follow the [gitignore](https://git-scm.com/docs/gitignore) specification with four distinct pattern types:

147 

148| Pattern | Meaning | Example | Matches |

149| ------------------ | -------------------------------------- | -------------------------------- | ---------------------------------- |

150| `//path` | **Absolute** path from filesystem root | `Read(//Users/alice/secrets/**)` | `/Users/alice/secrets/**` |

151| `~/path` | Path from **home** directory | `Read(~/Documents/*.pdf)` | `/Users/alice/Documents/*.pdf` |

152| `/path` | Path **relative to settings file** | `Edit(/src/**/*.ts)` | `<settings file path>/src/**/*.ts` |

153| `path` or `./path` | Path **relative to current directory** | `Read(*.env)` | `<cwd>/*.env` |

154 

155<Warning>

156 A pattern like `/Users/alice/file` is NOT an absolute path - it's relative to your settings file! Use `//Users/alice/file` for absolute paths.

157</Warning>

158 

159* `Edit(/docs/**)` - Edits in `<project>/docs/` (NOT `/docs/`!)

160* `Read(~/.zshrc)` - Reads your home directory's `.zshrc`

161* `Edit(//tmp/scratch.txt)` - Edits the absolute path `/tmp/scratch.txt`

162* `Read(src/**)` - Reads from `<current-directory>/src/`

163 

164**WebFetch**

165 

166* `WebFetch(domain:example.com)` Matches fetch requests to example.com

167 

168**MCP**

169 

170* `mcp__puppeteer` Matches any tool provided by the `puppeteer` server (name configured in Claude Code)

171* `mcp__puppeteer__*` Wildcard syntax that also matches all tools from the `puppeteer` server

172* `mcp__puppeteer__puppeteer_navigate` Matches the `puppeteer_navigate` tool provided by the `puppeteer` server

173 

174**Task (Subagents)**

175 

176Use `Task(AgentName)` rules to control which [subagents](/en/sub-agents) Claude can use:

177 

178* `Task(Explore)` Matches the Explore subagent

179* `Task(Plan)` Matches the Plan subagent

180* `Task(Verify)` Matches the Verify subagent

181 

182Add these rules to the `deny` array in your [settings](/en/settings#permission-settings) or use the `--disallowedTools` CLI flag to disable specific agents. For example, to disable the Explore agent:

183 

184```json theme={null}

185{

186 "permissions": {

187 "deny": ["Task(Explore)"]

188 }

189}

190```

191 

192### Additional permission control with hooks

193 

194[Claude Code hooks](/en/hooks-guide) provide a way to register custom shell commands to perform permission evaluation at runtime. When Claude Code makes a tool call, PreToolUse hooks run before the permission system runs, and the hook output can determine whether to approve or deny the tool call in place of the permission system.

195 

196### Managed settings

197 

198For organizations that need centralized control over Claude Code configuration, administrators can deploy `managed-settings.json` files to [system directories](/en/settings#settings-files). These policy files follow the same format as regular settings files and cannot be overridden by user or project settings.

199 

200### Settings precedence

201 

202When multiple settings sources exist, they are applied in the following order (highest to lowest precedence):

203 

2041. Managed settings (`managed-settings.json`)

2052. Command line arguments

2063. Local project settings (`.claude/settings.local.json`)

2074. Shared project settings (`.claude/settings.json`)

2085. User settings (`~/.claude/settings.json`)

209 

210This hierarchy ensures that organizational policies are always enforced while still allowing flexibility at the project and user levels where appropriate.

211 

212## Credential management

213 

214Claude Code securely manages your authentication credentials:

215 

216* **Storage location**: On macOS, API keys, OAuth tokens, and other credentials are stored in the encrypted macOS Keychain.

217* **Supported authentication types**: Claude.ai credentials, Claude API credentials, Azure Auth, Bedrock Auth, and Vertex Auth.

218* **Custom credential scripts**: The [`apiKeyHelper`](/en/settings#available-settings) setting can be configured to run a shell script that returns an API key.

219* **Refresh intervals**: By default, `apiKeyHelper` is called after 5 minutes or on HTTP 401 response. Set `CLAUDE_CODE_API_KEY_HELPER_TTL_MS` environment variable for custom refresh intervals.

220 

221 

222 

223> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

interactive-mode.md +122 −29

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Interactive mode5# Interactive mode

2 6 

3> Complete reference for keyboard shortcuts, input modes, and interactive features in Claude Code sessions.7> Complete reference for keyboard shortcuts, input modes, and interactive features in Claude Code sessions.


9 13 

10 **macOS users**: Option/Alt key shortcuts (`Alt+B`, `Alt+F`, `Alt+Y`, `Alt+M`, `Alt+P`) require configuring Option as Meta in your terminal:14 **macOS users**: Option/Alt key shortcuts (`Alt+B`, `Alt+F`, `Alt+Y`, `Alt+M`, `Alt+P`) require configuring Option as Meta in your terminal:

11 15 

12 * **iTerm2**: Settings → Profiles → Keys → Set Left/Right Option key to "Esc+"16 * **iTerm2**: settings → Profiles → Keys → set Left/Right Option key to "Esc+"

13 * **Terminal.app**: Settings → Profiles → Keyboard → Check "Use Option as Meta Key"17 * **Terminal.app**: settings → Profiles → Keyboard → check "Use Option as Meta Key"

14 * **VS Code**: Settings → Profiles → Keys → Set Left/Right Option key to "Esc+"18 * **VS Code**: settings → Profiles → Keys → set Left/Right Option key to "Esc+"

15 19 

16 See [Terminal configuration](/en/terminal-config) for details.20 See [Terminal configuration](/en/terminal-config) for details.

17</Note>21</Note>


19### General controls23### General controls

20 24 

21| Shortcut | Description | Context |25| Shortcut | Description | Context |

22| :------------------------------------------------ | :--------------------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |26| :------------------------------------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

23| `Ctrl+C` | Cancel current input or generation | Standard interrupt |27| `Ctrl+C` | Cancel current input or generation | Standard interrupt |

28| `Ctrl+X Ctrl+K` | Kill all background agents. Press twice within 3 seconds to confirm | Background agent control |

24| `Ctrl+D` | Exit Claude Code session | EOF signal |29| `Ctrl+D` | Exit Claude Code session | EOF signal |

30| `Ctrl+G` or `Ctrl+X Ctrl+E` | Open in default text editor | Edit your prompt or custom response in your default text editor. `Ctrl+X Ctrl+E` is the readline-native binding |

25| `Ctrl+L` | Clear terminal screen | Keeps conversation history |31| `Ctrl+L` | Clear terminal screen | Keeps conversation history |

26| `Ctrl+O` | Toggle verbose output | Shows detailed tool usage and execution |32| `Ctrl+O` | Toggle verbose output | Shows detailed tool usage and execution. Also expands MCP read and search calls, which collapse to a single line like "Queried slack" by default |

27| `Ctrl+R` | Reverse search command history | Search through previous commands interactively |33| `Ctrl+R` | Reverse search command history | Search through previous commands interactively |

28| `Ctrl+V` or `Cmd+V` (iTerm2) or `Alt+V` (Windows) | Paste image from clipboard | Pastes an image or path to an image file |34| `Ctrl+V` or `Cmd+V` (iTerm2) or `Alt+V` (Windows) | Paste image from clipboard | Inserts an `[Image #N]` chip at the cursor so you can reference it positionally in your prompt |

29| `Ctrl+B` | Background running tasks | Backgrounds bash commands and agents. Tmux users press twice |35| `Ctrl+B` | Background running tasks | Backgrounds bash commands and agents. Tmux users press twice |

36| `Ctrl+T` | Toggle task list | Show or hide the [task list](#task-list) in the terminal status area |

30| `Left/Right arrows` | Cycle through dialog tabs | Navigate between tabs in permission dialogs and menus |37| `Left/Right arrows` | Cycle through dialog tabs | Navigate between tabs in permission dialogs and menus |

31| `Up/Down arrows` | Navigate command history | Recall previous inputs |38| `Up/Down arrows` | Navigate command history | Recall previous inputs |

32| `Esc` + `Esc` | Rewind the code/conversation | Restore the code and/or conversation to a previous point |39| `Esc` + `Esc` | Rewind or summarize | Restore code and/or conversation to a previous point, or summarize from a selected message |

33| `Shift+Tab` or `Alt+M` (some configurations) | Toggle permission modes | Switch between Auto-Accept Mode, Plan Mode, and normal mode |40| `Shift+Tab` or `Alt+M` (some configurations) | Cycle permission modes | Cycle through `default`, `acceptEdits`, `plan`, and any modes you have enabled, such as `auto` or `bypassPermissions`. See [permission modes](/en/permission-modes). |

34| `Option+P` (macOS) or `Alt+P` (Windows/Linux) | Switch model | Switch models without clearing your prompt |41| `Option+P` (macOS) or `Alt+P` (Windows/Linux) | Switch model | Switch models without clearing your prompt |

35| `Option+T` (macOS) or `Alt+T` (Windows/Linux) | Toggle extended thinking | Enable or disable extended thinking mode. Run `/terminal-setup` first to enable this shortcut |42| `Option+T` (macOS) or `Alt+T` (Windows/Linux) | Toggle extended thinking | Enable or disable extended thinking mode. Run `/terminal-setup` first to enable this shortcut |

43| `Option+O` (macOS) or `Alt+O` (Windows/Linux) | Toggle fast mode | Enable or disable [fast mode](/en/fast-mode) |

36 44 

37### Text editing45### Text editing

38 46 

39| Shortcut | Description | Context |47| Shortcut | Description | Context |

40| :----------------------- | :--------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |48| :----------------------- | :------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

41| `Ctrl+K` | Delete to end of line | Stores deleted text for pasting |49| `Ctrl+K` | Delete to end of line | Stores deleted text for pasting |

42| `Ctrl+U` | Delete entire line | Stores deleted text for pasting |50| `Ctrl+U` | Delete from cursor to line start | Stores deleted text for pasting. Repeat to clear across lines in multiline input |

43| `Ctrl+Y` | Paste deleted text | Paste text deleted with `Ctrl+K` or `Ctrl+U` |51| `Ctrl+Y` | Paste deleted text | Paste text deleted with `Ctrl+K` or `Ctrl+U` |

44| `Alt+Y` (after `Ctrl+Y`) | Cycle paste history | After pasting, cycle through previously deleted text. Requires [Option as Meta](#keyboard-shortcuts) on macOS |52| `Alt+Y` (after `Ctrl+Y`) | Cycle paste history | After pasting, cycle through previously deleted text. Requires [Option as Meta](#keyboard-shortcuts) on macOS |

45| `Alt+B` | Move cursor back one word | Word navigation. Requires [Option as Meta](#keyboard-shortcuts) on macOS |53| `Alt+B` | Move cursor back one word | Word navigation. Requires [Option as Meta](#keyboard-shortcuts) on macOS |


51| :------- | :----------------------------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |59| :------- | :----------------------------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

52| `Ctrl+T` | Toggle syntax highlighting for code blocks | Only works inside the `/theme` picker menu. Controls whether code in Claude's responses uses syntax coloring |60| `Ctrl+T` | Toggle syntax highlighting for code blocks | Only works inside the `/theme` picker menu. Controls whether code in Claude's responses uses syntax coloring |

53 61 

54<Note>

55 Syntax highlighting is only available in the native build of Claude Code.

56</Note>

57 

58### Multiline input62### Multiline input

59 63 

60| Method | Shortcut | Context |64| Method | Shortcut | Context |


72### Quick commands76### Quick commands

73 77 

74| Shortcut | Description | Notes |78| Shortcut | Description | Notes |

75| :----------- | :---------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------ |79| :----------- | :---------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------- |

76| `/` at start | Slash command | See [slash commands](/en/slash-commands) |80| `/` at start | Command or skill | See [built-in commands](#built-in-commands) and [skills](/en/skills) |

77| `!` at start | Bash mode | Run commands directly and add execution output to the session |81| `!` at start | Bash mode | Run commands directly and add execution output to the session |

78| `@` | File path mention | Trigger file path autocomplete |82| `@` | File path mention | Trigger file path autocomplete |

79 83 

84### Transcript viewer

85 

86When the transcript viewer is open (toggled with `Ctrl+O`), these shortcuts are available. `Ctrl+E` can be rebound via [`transcript:toggleShowAll`](/en/keybindings).

87 

88| Shortcut | Description |

89| :------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

90| `Ctrl+E` | Toggle show all content |

91| `q`, `Ctrl+C`, `Esc` | Exit transcript view. `Ctrl+C` and `Esc` can be rebound via [`transcript:exit`](/en/keybindings); `q` is not rebindable |

92 

93### Voice input

94 

95| Shortcut | Description | Notes |

96| :----------- | :--------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

97| Hold `Space` | Push-to-talk dictation | Requires [voice dictation](/en/voice-dictation) to be enabled. Transcript inserts at cursor. [Rebindable](/en/voice-dictation#rebind-the-push-to-talk-key) |

98 

99## Built-in commands

100 

101Type `/` in Claude Code to see all available commands, or type `/` followed by any letters to filter. The `/` menu shows both built-in commands and [bundled skills](/en/skills#bundled-skills) like `/simplify`. Not all commands are visible to every user since some depend on your platform or plan.

102 

103See the [commands reference](/en/commands) for the full list of built-in commands. To create your own commands, see [skills](/en/skills).

104 

80## Vim editor mode105## Vim editor mode

81 106 

82Enable vim-style editing with `/vim` command or configure permanently via `/config`.107Enable vim-style editing with `/vim` command or configure permanently via `/config`.


113| `;` | Repeat last f/F/t/T motion |138| `;` | Repeat last f/F/t/T motion |

114| `,` | Repeat last f/F/t/T motion in reverse |139| `,` | Repeat last f/F/t/T motion in reverse |

115 140 

141<Note>

142 In vim normal mode, if the cursor is at the beginning or end of input and cannot move further, the arrow keys navigate command history instead.

143</Note>

144 

116### Editing (NORMAL mode)145### Editing (NORMAL mode)

117 146 

118| Command | Action |147| Command | Action |


151 180 

152Claude Code maintains command history for the current session:181Claude Code maintains command history for the current session:

153 182 

154* History is stored per working directory183* Input history is stored per working directory

155* Cleared with `/clear` command184* Input history resets when you run `/clear` to start a new session. The previous session's conversation is preserved and can be resumed.

156* Use Up/Down arrows to navigate (see keyboard shortcuts above)185* Use Up/Down arrows to navigate (see keyboard shortcuts above)

157* **Note**: History expansion (`!`) is disabled by default186* **Note**: history expansion (`!`) is disabled by default

158 187 

159### Reverse search with Ctrl+R188### Reverse search with Ctrl+R

160 189 

161Press `Ctrl+R` to interactively search through your command history:190Press `Ctrl+R` to interactively search through your command history:

162 191 

1631. **Start search**: Press `Ctrl+R` to activate reverse history search1921. **Start search**: press `Ctrl+R` to activate reverse history search

1642. **Type query**: Enter text to search for in previous commands - the search term will be highlighted in matching results1932. **Type query**: enter text to search for in previous commands. The search term is highlighted in matching results

1653. **Navigate matches**: Press `Ctrl+R` again to cycle through older matches1943. **Navigate matches**: press `Ctrl+R` again to cycle through older matches

1664. **Accept match**:1954. **Accept match**:

167 * Press `Tab` or `Esc` to accept the current match and continue editing196 * Press `Tab` or `Esc` to accept the current match and continue editing

168 * Press `Enter` to accept and execute the command immediately197 * Press `Enter` to accept and execute the command immediately


170 * Press `Ctrl+C` to cancel and restore your original input199 * Press `Ctrl+C` to cancel and restore your original input

171 * Press `Backspace` on empty search to cancel200 * Press `Backspace` on empty search to cancel

172 201 

173The search displays matching commands with the search term highlighted, making it easy to find and reuse previous inputs.202The search displays matching commands with the search term highlighted, so you can find and reuse previous inputs.

174 203 

175## Background bash commands204## Background bash commands

176 205 


187 216 

188**Key features:**217**Key features:**

189 218 

190* Output is buffered and Claude can retrieve it using the BashOutput tool219* Output is written to a file and Claude can retrieve it using the Read tool

191* Background tasks have unique IDs for tracking and output retrieval220* Background tasks have unique IDs for tracking and output retrieval

192* Background tasks are automatically cleaned up when Claude Code exits221* Background tasks are automatically cleaned up when Claude Code exits

222* Background tasks are automatically terminated if output exceeds 5GB, with a note in stderr explaining why

223 

224To disable all background task functionality, set the `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_BACKGROUND_TASKS` environment variable to `1`. See [Environment variables](/en/env-vars) for details.

193 225 

194**Common backgrounded commands:**226**Common backgrounded commands:**

195 227 


215* Shows real-time progress and output247* Shows real-time progress and output

216* Supports the same `Ctrl+B` backgrounding for long-running commands248* Supports the same `Ctrl+B` backgrounding for long-running commands

217* Does not require Claude to interpret or approve the command249* Does not require Claude to interpret or approve the command

250* Supports history-based autocomplete: type a partial command and press **Tab** to complete from previous `!` commands in the current project

251* Exit with `Escape`, `Backspace`, or `Ctrl+U` on an empty prompt

218 252 

219This is useful for quick shell operations while maintaining conversation context.253This is useful for quick shell operations while maintaining conversation context.

220 254 

255## Prompt suggestions

256 

257When you first open a session, a grayed-out example command appears in the prompt input to help you get started. Claude Code picks this from your project's git history, so it reflects files you've been working on recently.

258 

259After Claude responds, suggestions continue to appear based on your conversation history, such as a follow-up step from a multi-part request or a natural continuation of your workflow.

260 

261* Press **Tab** to accept the suggestion, or press **Enter** to accept and submit

262* Start typing to dismiss it

263 

264The suggestion runs as a background request that reuses the parent conversation's prompt cache, so the additional cost is minimal. Claude Code skips suggestion generation when the cache is cold to avoid unnecessary cost.

265 

266Suggestions are automatically skipped after the first turn of a conversation, in non-interactive mode, and in plan mode.

267 

268To disable prompt suggestions entirely, set the environment variable or toggle the setting in `/config`:

269 

270```bash theme={null}

271export CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_PROMPT_SUGGESTION=false

272```

273 

274## Side questions with /btw

275 

276Use `/btw` to ask a quick question about your current work without adding to the conversation history. This is useful when you want a fast answer but don't want to clutter the main context or derail Claude from a long-running task.

277 

278```

279/btw what was the name of that config file again?

280```

281 

282Side questions have full visibility into the current conversation, so you can ask about code Claude has already read, decisions it made earlier, or anything else from the session. The question and answer are ephemeral: they appear in a dismissible overlay and never enter the conversation history.

283 

284* **Available while Claude is working**: you can run `/btw` even while Claude is processing a response. The side question runs independently and does not interrupt the main turn.

285* **No tool access**: side questions answer only from what is already in context. Claude cannot read files, run commands, or search when answering a side question.

286* **Single response**: there are no follow-up turns. If you need a back-and-forth, use a normal prompt instead.

287* **Low cost**: the side question reuses the parent conversation's prompt cache, so the additional cost is minimal.

288 

289Press **Space**, **Enter**, or **Escape** to dismiss the answer and return to the prompt.

290 

291`/btw` is the inverse of a [subagent](/en/sub-agents): it sees your full conversation but has no tools, while a subagent has full tools but starts with an empty context. Use `/btw` to ask about what Claude already knows from this session; use a subagent to go find out something new.

292 

293## Task list

294 

295When working on complex, multi-step work, Claude creates a task list to track progress. Tasks appear in the status area of your terminal with indicators showing what's pending, in progress, or complete.

296 

297* Press `Ctrl+T` to toggle the task list view. The display shows up to 10 tasks at a time

298* To see all tasks or clear them, ask Claude directly: "show me all tasks" or "clear all tasks"

299* Tasks persist across context compactions, helping Claude stay organized on larger projects

300* To share a task list across sessions, set `CLAUDE_CODE_TASK_LIST_ID` to use a named directory in `~/.claude/tasks/`: `CLAUDE_CODE_TASK_LIST_ID=my-project claude`

301 

302## PR review status

303 

304When working on a branch with an open pull request, Claude Code displays a clickable PR link in the footer (for example, "PR #446"). The link has a colored underline indicating the review state:

305 

306* Green: approved

307* Yellow: pending review

308* Red: changes requested

309* Gray: draft

310* Purple: merged

311 

312`Cmd+click` (Mac) or `Ctrl+click` (Windows/Linux) the link to open the pull request in your browser. The status updates automatically every 60 seconds.

313 

314<Note>

315 PR status requires the `gh` CLI to be installed and authenticated (`gh auth login`).

316</Note>

317 

221## See also318## See also

222 319 

223* [Slash commands](/en/slash-commands) - Interactive session commands320* [Skills](/en/skills) - Custom prompts and workflows

224* [Checkpointing](/en/checkpointing) - Rewind Claude's edits and restore previous states321* [Checkpointing](/en/checkpointing) - Rewind Claude's edits and restore previous states

225* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) - Command-line flags and options322* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) - Command-line flags and options

226* [Settings](/en/settings) - Configuration options323* [Settings](/en/settings) - Configuration options

227* [Memory management](/en/memory) - Managing CLAUDE.md files324* [Memory management](/en/memory) - Managing CLAUDE.md files

228 

229 

230 

231> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

jetbrains.md +8 −5

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# JetBrains IDEs5# JetBrains IDEs

2 6 

3> Use Claude Code with JetBrains IDEs including IntelliJ, PyCharm, WebStorm, and more7> Use Claude Code with JetBrains IDEs including IntelliJ, PyCharm, WebStorm, and more


47 51 

48```bash theme={null}52```bash theme={null}

49claude53claude

50> /ide54```

55 

56```text theme={null}

57/ide

51```58```

52 59 

53If you want Claude to have access to the same files as your IDE, start Claude Code from the same directory as your IDE project root.60If you want Claude to have access to the same files as your IDE, start Claude Code from the same directory as your IDE project root.


146* Being aware of which files Claude Code has access to modify153* Being aware of which files Claude Code has access to modify

147 154 

148For additional help, see our [troubleshooting guide](/en/troubleshooting).155For additional help, see our [troubleshooting guide](/en/troubleshooting).

149 

150 

151 

152> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

keybindings.md +418 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Customize keyboard shortcuts

6 

7> Customize keyboard shortcuts in Claude Code with a keybindings configuration file.

8 

9<Note>

10 Customizable keyboard shortcuts require Claude Code v2.1.18 or later. Check your version with `claude --version`.

11</Note>

12 

13Claude Code supports customizable keyboard shortcuts. Run `/keybindings` to create or open your configuration file at `~/.claude/keybindings.json`.

14 

15## Configuration file

16 

17The keybindings configuration file is an object with a `bindings` array. Each block specifies a context and a map of keystrokes to actions.

18 

19<Note>Changes to the keybindings file are automatically detected and applied without restarting Claude Code.</Note>

20 

21| Field | Description |

22| :--------- | :------------------------------------------------- |

23| `$schema` | Optional JSON Schema URL for editor autocompletion |

24| `$docs` | Optional documentation URL |

25| `bindings` | Array of binding blocks by context |

26 

27This example binds `Ctrl+E` to open an external editor in the chat context, and unbinds `Ctrl+U`:

28 

29```json theme={null}

30{

31 "$schema": "https://www.schemastore.org/claude-code-keybindings.json",

32 "$docs": "https://code.claude.com/docs/en/keybindings",

33 "bindings": [

34 {

35 "context": "Chat",

36 "bindings": {

37 "ctrl+e": "chat:externalEditor",

38 "ctrl+u": null

39 }

40 }

41 ]

42}

43```

44 

45## Contexts

46 

47Each binding block specifies a **context** where the bindings apply:

48 

49| Context | Description |

50| :---------------- | :----------------------------------------------- |

51| `Global` | Applies everywhere in the app |

52| `Chat` | Main chat input area |

53| `Autocomplete` | Autocomplete menu is open |

54| `Settings` | Settings menu (escape-only dismiss) |

55| `Confirmation` | Permission and confirmation dialogs |

56| `Tabs` | Tab navigation components |

57| `Help` | Help menu is visible |

58| `Transcript` | Transcript viewer |

59| `HistorySearch` | History search mode (Ctrl+R) |

60| `Task` | Background task is running |

61| `ThemePicker` | Theme picker dialog |

62| `Attachments` | Image/attachment bar navigation |

63| `Footer` | Footer indicator navigation (tasks, teams, diff) |

64| `MessageSelector` | Rewind and summarize dialog message selection |

65| `DiffDialog` | Diff viewer navigation |

66| `ModelPicker` | Model picker effort level |

67| `Select` | Generic select/list components |

68| `Plugin` | Plugin dialog (browse, discover, manage) |

69 

70## Available actions

71 

72Actions follow a `namespace:action` format, such as `chat:submit` to send a message or `app:toggleTodos` to show the task list. Each context has specific actions available.

73 

74### App actions

75 

76Actions available in the `Global` context:

77 

78| Action | Default | Description |

79| :--------------------- | :------ | :-------------------------- |

80| `app:interrupt` | Ctrl+C | Cancel current operation |

81| `app:exit` | Ctrl+D | Exit Claude Code |

82| `app:toggleTodos` | Ctrl+T | Toggle task list visibility |

83| `app:toggleTranscript` | Ctrl+O | Toggle verbose transcript |

84 

85### History actions

86 

87Actions for navigating command history:

88 

89| Action | Default | Description |

90| :----------------- | :------ | :-------------------- |

91| `history:search` | Ctrl+R | Open history search |

92| `history:previous` | Up | Previous history item |

93| `history:next` | Down | Next history item |

94 

95### Chat actions

96 

97Actions available in the `Chat` context:

98 

99| Action | Default | Description |

100| :-------------------- | :------------------------ | :---------------------------------- |

101| `chat:cancel` | Escape | Cancel current input |

102| `chat:killAgents` | Ctrl+X Ctrl+K | Kill all background agents |

103| `chat:cycleMode` | Shift+Tab\* | Cycle permission modes |

104| `chat:modelPicker` | Cmd+P / Meta+P | Open model picker |

105| `chat:fastMode` | Meta+O | Toggle fast mode |

106| `chat:thinkingToggle` | Cmd+T / Meta+T | Toggle extended thinking |

107| `chat:submit` | Enter | Submit message |

108| `chat:newline` | (unbound) | Insert a newline without submitting |

109| `chat:undo` | Ctrl+\_ | Undo last action |

110| `chat:externalEditor` | Ctrl+G, Ctrl+X Ctrl+E | Open in external editor |

111| `chat:stash` | Ctrl+S | Stash current prompt |

112| `chat:imagePaste` | Ctrl+V (Alt+V on Windows) | Paste image |

113 

114\*On Windows without VT mode (Node \<24.2.0/\<22.17.0, Bun \<1.2.23), defaults to Meta+M.

115 

116### Autocomplete actions

117 

118Actions available in the `Autocomplete` context:

119 

120| Action | Default | Description |

121| :---------------------- | :------ | :------------------ |

122| `autocomplete:accept` | Tab | Accept suggestion |

123| `autocomplete:dismiss` | Escape | Dismiss menu |

124| `autocomplete:previous` | Up | Previous suggestion |

125| `autocomplete:next` | Down | Next suggestion |

126 

127### Confirmation actions

128 

129Actions available in the `Confirmation` context:

130 

131| Action | Default | Description |

132| :-------------------------- | :-------- | :---------------------------- |

133| `confirm:yes` | Y, Enter | Confirm action |

134| `confirm:no` | N, Escape | Decline action |

135| `confirm:previous` | Up | Previous option |

136| `confirm:next` | Down | Next option |

137| `confirm:nextField` | Tab | Next field |

138| `confirm:previousField` | (unbound) | Previous field |

139| `confirm:cycleMode` | Shift+Tab | Cycle permission modes |

140| `confirm:toggleExplanation` | Ctrl+E | Toggle permission explanation |

141 

142### Permission actions

143 

144Actions available in the `Confirmation` context for permission dialogs:

145 

146| Action | Default | Description |

147| :----------------------- | :------ | :--------------------------- |

148| `permission:toggleDebug` | Ctrl+D | Toggle permission debug info |

149 

150### Transcript actions

151 

152Actions available in the `Transcript` context:

153 

154| Action | Default | Description |

155| :------------------------- | :------------- | :---------------------- |

156| `transcript:toggleShowAll` | Ctrl+E | Toggle show all content |

157| `transcript:exit` | Ctrl+C, Escape | Exit transcript view |

158 

159### History search actions

160 

161Actions available in the `HistorySearch` context:

162 

163| Action | Default | Description |

164| :---------------------- | :---------- | :----------------------- |

165| `historySearch:next` | Ctrl+R | Next match |

166| `historySearch:accept` | Escape, Tab | Accept selection |

167| `historySearch:cancel` | Ctrl+C | Cancel search |

168| `historySearch:execute` | Enter | Execute selected command |

169 

170### Task actions

171 

172Actions available in the `Task` context:

173 

174| Action | Default | Description |

175| :---------------- | :------ | :---------------------- |

176| `task:background` | Ctrl+B | Background current task |

177 

178### Theme actions

179 

180Actions available in the `ThemePicker` context:

181 

182| Action | Default | Description |

183| :------------------------------- | :------ | :------------------------- |

184| `theme:toggleSyntaxHighlighting` | Ctrl+T | Toggle syntax highlighting |

185 

186### Help actions

187 

188Actions available in the `Help` context:

189 

190| Action | Default | Description |

191| :------------- | :------ | :-------------- |

192| `help:dismiss` | Escape | Close help menu |

193 

194### Tabs actions

195 

196Actions available in the `Tabs` context:

197 

198| Action | Default | Description |

199| :-------------- | :-------------- | :----------- |

200| `tabs:next` | Tab, Right | Next tab |

201| `tabs:previous` | Shift+Tab, Left | Previous tab |

202 

203### Attachments actions

204 

205Actions available in the `Attachments` context:

206 

207| Action | Default | Description |

208| :--------------------- | :---------------- | :------------------------- |

209| `attachments:next` | Right | Next attachment |

210| `attachments:previous` | Left | Previous attachment |

211| `attachments:remove` | Backspace, Delete | Remove selected attachment |

212| `attachments:exit` | Down, Escape | Exit attachment bar |

213 

214### Footer actions

215 

216Actions available in the `Footer` context:

217 

218| Action | Default | Description |

219| :---------------------- | :------ | :--------------------------------------- |

220| `footer:next` | Right | Next footer item |

221| `footer:previous` | Left | Previous footer item |

222| `footer:up` | Up | Navigate up in footer (deselects at top) |

223| `footer:down` | Down | Navigate down in footer |

224| `footer:openSelected` | Enter | Open selected footer item |

225| `footer:clearSelection` | Escape | Clear footer selection |

226 

227### Message selector actions

228 

229Actions available in the `MessageSelector` context:

230 

231| Action | Default | Description |

232| :----------------------- | :---------------------------------------- | :---------------- |

233| `messageSelector:up` | Up, K, Ctrl+P | Move up in list |

234| `messageSelector:down` | Down, J, Ctrl+N | Move down in list |

235| `messageSelector:top` | Ctrl+Up, Shift+Up, Meta+Up, Shift+K | Jump to top |

236| `messageSelector:bottom` | Ctrl+Down, Shift+Down, Meta+Down, Shift+J | Jump to bottom |

237| `messageSelector:select` | Enter | Select message |

238 

239### Diff actions

240 

241Actions available in the `DiffDialog` context:

242 

243| Action | Default | Description |

244| :-------------------- | :----------------- | :--------------------- |

245| `diff:dismiss` | Escape | Close diff viewer |

246| `diff:previousSource` | Left | Previous diff source |

247| `diff:nextSource` | Right | Next diff source |

248| `diff:previousFile` | Up | Previous file in diff |

249| `diff:nextFile` | Down | Next file in diff |

250| `diff:viewDetails` | Enter | View diff details |

251| `diff:back` | (context-specific) | Go back in diff viewer |

252 

253### Model picker actions

254 

255Actions available in the `ModelPicker` context:

256 

257| Action | Default | Description |

258| :--------------------------- | :------ | :-------------------- |

259| `modelPicker:decreaseEffort` | Left | Decrease effort level |

260| `modelPicker:increaseEffort` | Right | Increase effort level |

261 

262### Select actions

263 

264Actions available in the `Select` context:

265 

266| Action | Default | Description |

267| :---------------- | :-------------- | :--------------- |

268| `select:next` | Down, J, Ctrl+N | Next option |

269| `select:previous` | Up, K, Ctrl+P | Previous option |

270| `select:accept` | Enter | Accept selection |

271| `select:cancel` | Escape | Cancel selection |

272 

273### Plugin actions

274 

275Actions available in the `Plugin` context:

276 

277| Action | Default | Description |

278| :--------------- | :------ | :----------------------- |

279| `plugin:toggle` | Space | Toggle plugin selection |

280| `plugin:install` | I | Install selected plugins |

281 

282### Settings actions

283 

284Actions available in the `Settings` context:

285 

286| Action | Default | Description |

287| :---------------- | :------ | :---------------------------------- |

288| `settings:search` | / | Enter search mode |

289| `settings:retry` | R | Retry loading usage data (on error) |

290 

291### Voice actions

292 

293Actions available in the `Chat` context when [voice dictation](/en/voice-dictation) is enabled:

294 

295| Action | Default | Description |

296| :----------------- | :------ | :----------------------- |

297| `voice:pushToTalk` | Space | Hold to dictate a prompt |

298 

299## Keystroke syntax

300 

301### Modifiers

302 

303Use modifier keys with the `+` separator:

304 

305* `ctrl` or `control` - Control key

306* `alt`, `opt`, or `option` - Alt/Option key

307* `shift` - Shift key

308* `meta`, `cmd`, or `command` - Meta/Command key

309 

310For example:

311 

312```text theme={null}

313ctrl+k Single key with modifier

314shift+tab Shift + Tab

315meta+p Command/Meta + P

316ctrl+shift+c Multiple modifiers

317```

318 

319### Uppercase letters

320 

321A standalone uppercase letter implies Shift. For example, `K` is equivalent to `shift+k`. This is useful for vim-style bindings where uppercase and lowercase keys have different meanings.

322 

323Uppercase letters with modifiers (e.g., `ctrl+K`) are treated as stylistic and do **not** imply Shift: `ctrl+K` is the same as `ctrl+k`.

324 

325### Chords

326 

327Chords are sequences of keystrokes separated by spaces:

328 

329```text theme={null}

330ctrl+k ctrl+s Press Ctrl+K, release, then Ctrl+S

331```

332 

333### Special keys

334 

335* `escape` or `esc` - Escape key

336* `enter` or `return` - Enter key

337* `tab` - Tab key

338* `space` - Space bar

339* `up`, `down`, `left`, `right` - Arrow keys

340* `backspace`, `delete` - Delete keys

341 

342## Unbind default shortcuts

343 

344Set an action to `null` to unbind a default shortcut:

345 

346```json theme={null}

347{

348 "bindings": [

349 {

350 "context": "Chat",

351 "bindings": {

352 "ctrl+s": null

353 }

354 }

355 ]

356}

357```

358 

359This also works for chord bindings. Unbinding every chord that shares a prefix frees that prefix for use as a single-key binding:

360 

361```json theme={null}

362{

363 "bindings": [

364 {

365 "context": "Chat",

366 "bindings": {

367 "ctrl+x ctrl+k": null,

368 "ctrl+x ctrl+e": null,

369 "ctrl+x": "chat:newline"

370 }

371 }

372 ]

373}

374```

375 

376If you unbind some but not all chords on a prefix, pressing the prefix still enters chord-wait mode for the remaining bindings.

377 

378## Reserved shortcuts

379 

380These shortcuts cannot be rebound:

381 

382| Shortcut | Reason |

383| :------- | :--------------------------------------------- |

384| Ctrl+C | Hardcoded interrupt/cancel |

385| Ctrl+D | Hardcoded exit |

386| Ctrl+M | Identical to Enter in terminals (both send CR) |

387 

388## Terminal conflicts

389 

390Some shortcuts may conflict with terminal multiplexers:

391 

392| Shortcut | Conflict |

393| :------- | :-------------------------------- |

394| Ctrl+B | tmux prefix (press twice to send) |

395| Ctrl+A | GNU screen prefix |

396| Ctrl+Z | Unix process suspend (SIGTSTP) |

397 

398## Vim mode interaction

399 

400When vim mode is enabled (`/vim`), keybindings and vim mode operate independently:

401 

402* **Vim mode** handles input at the text input level (cursor movement, modes, motions)

403* **Keybindings** handle actions at the component level (toggle todos, submit, etc.)

404* The Escape key in vim mode switches INSERT to NORMAL mode; it does not trigger `chat:cancel`

405* Most Ctrl+key shortcuts pass through vim mode to the keybinding system

406* In vim NORMAL mode, `?` shows the help menu (vim behavior)

407 

408## Validation

409 

410Claude Code validates your keybindings and shows warnings for:

411 

412* Parse errors (invalid JSON or structure)

413* Invalid context names

414* Reserved shortcut conflicts

415* Terminal multiplexer conflicts

416* Duplicate bindings in the same context

417 

418Run `/doctor` to see any keybinding warnings.

llm-gateway.md +12 −6

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# LLM gateway configuration5# LLM gateway configuration

2 6 

3> Learn how to configure Claude Code to work with LLM gateway solutions. Covers gateway requirements, authentication configuration, model selection, and provider-specific endpoint setup.7> Learn how to configure Claude Code to work with LLM gateway solutions. Covers gateway requirements, authentication configuration, model selection, and provider-specific endpoint setup.


43 47 

44## LiteLLM configuration48## LiteLLM configuration

45 49 

46<Note>50<Warning>

51 LiteLLM PyPI versions 1.82.7 and 1.82.8 were compromised with credential-stealing malware. Do not install these versions. If you have already installed them:

52 

53 * Remove the package

54 * Rotate all credentials on affected systems

55 * Follow the remediation steps in [BerriAI/litellm#24518](https://github.com/BerriAI/litellm/issues/24518)

56 

47 LiteLLM is a third-party proxy service. Anthropic doesn't endorse, maintain, or audit LiteLLM's security or functionality. This guide is provided for informational purposes and may become outdated. Use at your own discretion.57 LiteLLM is a third-party proxy service. Anthropic doesn't endorse, maintain, or audit LiteLLM's security or functionality. This guide is provided for informational purposes and may become outdated. Use at your own discretion.

48</Note>58</Warning>

49 59 

50### Prerequisites60### Prerequisites

51 61 


168* [Claude Code settings](/en/settings)178* [Claude Code settings](/en/settings)

169* [Enterprise network configuration](/en/network-config)179* [Enterprise network configuration](/en/network-config)

170* [Third-party integrations overview](/en/third-party-integrations)180* [Third-party integrations overview](/en/third-party-integrations)

171 

172 

173 

174> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

mcp.md +356 −48

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Connect Claude Code to tools via MCP5# Connect Claude Code to tools via MCP

2 6 

3> Learn how to connect Claude Code to your tools with the Model Context Protocol.7> Learn how to connect Claude Code to your tools with the Model Context Protocol.


14* **Query databases**: "Find emails of 10 random users who used feature ENG-4521, based on our PostgreSQL database."18* **Query databases**: "Find emails of 10 random users who used feature ENG-4521, based on our PostgreSQL database."

15* **Integrate designs**: "Update our standard email template based on the new Figma designs that were posted in Slack"19* **Integrate designs**: "Update our standard email template based on the new Figma designs that were posted in Slack"

16* **Automate workflows**: "Create Gmail drafts inviting these 10 users to a feedback session about the new feature."20* **Automate workflows**: "Create Gmail drafts inviting these 10 users to a feedback session about the new feature."

21* **React to external events**: An MCP server can also act as a [channel](/en/channels) that pushes messages into your session, so Claude reacts to Telegram messages, Discord chats, or webhook events while you're away.

17 22 

18## Popular MCP servers23## Popular MCP servers

19 24 


119 124 

120Claude Code supports MCP `list_changed` notifications, allowing MCP servers to dynamically update their available tools, prompts, and resources without requiring you to disconnect and reconnect. When an MCP server sends a `list_changed` notification, Claude Code automatically refreshes the available capabilities from that server.125Claude Code supports MCP `list_changed` notifications, allowing MCP servers to dynamically update their available tools, prompts, and resources without requiring you to disconnect and reconnect. When an MCP server sends a `list_changed` notification, Claude Code automatically refreshes the available capabilities from that server.

121 126 

127### Push messages with channels

128 

129An MCP server can also push messages directly into your session so Claude can react to external events like CI results, monitoring alerts, or chat messages. To enable this, your server declares the `claude/channel` capability and you opt it in with the `--channels` flag at startup. See [Channels](/en/channels) to use an officially supported channel, or [Channels reference](/en/channels-reference) to build your own.

130 

122<Tip>131<Tip>

123 Tips:132 Tips:

124 133 


160 169 

161```json theme={null}170```json theme={null}

162{171{

172 "mcpServers": {

163 "database-tools": {173 "database-tools": {

164 "command": "${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}/servers/db-server",174 "command": "${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}/servers/db-server",

165 "args": ["--config", "${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}/config.json"],175 "args": ["--config", "${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}/config.json"],


167 "DB_URL": "${DB_URL}"177 "DB_URL": "${DB_URL}"

168 }178 }

169 }179 }

180 }

170}181}

171```182```

172 183 


186 197 

187**Plugin MCP features**:198**Plugin MCP features**:

188 199 

189* **Automatic lifecycle**: Servers start when plugin enables, but you must restart Claude Code to apply MCP server changes (enabling or disabling)200* **Automatic lifecycle**: At session startup, servers for enabled plugins connect automatically. If you enable or disable a plugin during a session, run `/reload-plugins` to connect or disconnect its MCP servers

190* **Environment variables**: Use `${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}` for plugin-relative paths201* **Environment variables**: use `${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}` for bundled plugin files and `${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_DATA}` for [persistent state](/en/plugins-reference#persistent-data-directory) that survives plugin updates

191* **User environment access**: Access to same environment variables as manually configured servers202* **User environment access**: Access to same environment variables as manually configured servers

192* **Multiple transport types**: Support stdio, SSE, and HTTP transports (transport support may vary by server)203* **Multiple transport types**: Support stdio, SSE, and HTTP transports (transport support may vary by server)

193 204 


216 227 

217Local-scoped servers represent the default configuration level and are stored in `~/.claude.json` under your project's path. These servers remain private to you and are only accessible when working within the current project directory. This scope is ideal for personal development servers, experimental configurations, or servers containing sensitive credentials that shouldn't be shared.228Local-scoped servers represent the default configuration level and are stored in `~/.claude.json` under your project's path. These servers remain private to you and are only accessible when working within the current project directory. This scope is ideal for personal development servers, experimental configurations, or servers containing sensitive credentials that shouldn't be shared.

218 229 

230<Note>

231 The term "local scope" for MCP servers differs from general local settings. MCP local-scoped servers are stored in `~/.claude.json` (your home directory), while general local settings use `.claude/settings.local.json` (in the project directory). See [Settings](/en/settings#settings-files) for details on settings file locations.

232</Note>

233 

219```bash theme={null}234```bash theme={null}

220# Add a local-scoped server (default)235# Add a local-scoped server (default)

221claude mcp add --transport http stripe https://mcp.stripe.com236claude mcp add --transport http stripe https://mcp.stripe.com


278 293 

279MCP server configurations follow a clear precedence hierarchy. When servers with the same name exist at multiple scopes, the system resolves conflicts by prioritizing local-scoped servers first, followed by project-scoped servers, and finally user-scoped servers. This design ensures that personal configurations can override shared ones when needed.294MCP server configurations follow a clear precedence hierarchy. When servers with the same name exist at multiple scopes, the system resolves conflicts by prioritizing local-scoped servers first, followed by project-scoped servers, and finally user-scoped servers. This design ensures that personal configurations can override shared ones when needed.

280 295 

296If a server is configured both locally and through a [claude.ai connector](#use-mcp-servers-from-claude-ai), the local configuration takes precedence and the connector entry is skipped.

297 

281### Environment variable expansion in `.mcp.json`298### Environment variable expansion in `.mcp.json`

282 299 

283Claude Code supports environment variable expansion in `.mcp.json` files, allowing teams to share configurations while maintaining flexibility for machine-specific paths and sensitive values like API keys.300Claude Code supports environment variable expansion in `.mcp.json` files, allowing teams to share configurations while maintaining flexibility for machine-specific paths and sensitive values like API keys.


319{/* ### Example: Automate browser testing with Playwright336{/* ### Example: Automate browser testing with Playwright

320 337 

321 ```bash338 ```bash

322 # 1. Add the Playwright MCP server

323 claude mcp add --transport stdio playwright -- npx -y @playwright/mcp@latest339 claude mcp add --transport stdio playwright -- npx -y @playwright/mcp@latest

340 ```

341 

342 Then write and run browser tests:

324 343 

325 # 2. Write and run browser tests344 ```text

326 > "Test if the login flow works with test@example.com"345 Test if the login flow works with test@example.com

327 > "Take a screenshot of the checkout page on mobile"346 ```

328 > "Verify that the search feature returns results"347 ```text

348 Take a screenshot of the checkout page on mobile

349 ```

350 ```text

351 Verify that the search feature returns results

329 ``` */}352 ``` */}

330 353 

331### Example: Monitor errors with Sentry354### Example: Monitor errors with Sentry

332 355 

333```bash theme={null}356```bash theme={null}

334# 1. Add the Sentry MCP server

335claude mcp add --transport http sentry https://mcp.sentry.dev/mcp357claude mcp add --transport http sentry https://mcp.sentry.dev/mcp

358```

359 

360Authenticate with your Sentry account:

361 

362```text theme={null}

363/mcp

364```

336 365 

337# 2. Use /mcp to authenticate with your Sentry account366Then debug production issues:

338> /mcp

339 367 

340# 3. Debug production issues368```text theme={null}

341> "What are the most common errors in the last 24 hours?"369What are the most common errors in the last 24 hours?

342> "Show me the stack trace for error ID abc123"370```

343> "Which deployment introduced these new errors?"371 

372```text theme={null}

373Show me the stack trace for error ID abc123

374```

375 

376```text theme={null}

377Which deployment introduced these new errors?

344```378```

345 379 

346### Example: Connect to GitHub for code reviews380### Example: Connect to GitHub for code reviews

347 381 

348```bash theme={null}382```bash theme={null}

349# 1. Add the GitHub MCP server

350claude mcp add --transport http github https://api.githubcopilot.com/mcp/383claude mcp add --transport http github https://api.githubcopilot.com/mcp/

384```

351 385 

352# 2. In Claude Code, authenticate if needed386Authenticate if needed by selecting "Authenticate" for GitHub:

353> /mcp

354# Select "Authenticate" for GitHub

355 387 

356# 3. Now you can ask Claude to work with GitHub388```text theme={null}

357> "Review PR #456 and suggest improvements"389/mcp

358> "Create a new issue for the bug we just found"390```

359> "Show me all open PRs assigned to me"391 

392Then work with GitHub:

393 

394```text theme={null}

395Review PR #456 and suggest improvements

396```

397 

398```text theme={null}

399Create a new issue for the bug we just found

400```

401 

402```text theme={null}

403Show me all open PRs assigned to me

360```404```

361 405 

362### Example: Query your PostgreSQL database406### Example: Query your PostgreSQL database

363 407 

364```bash theme={null}408```bash theme={null}

365# 1. Add the database server with your connection string

366claude mcp add --transport stdio db -- npx -y @bytebase/dbhub \409claude mcp add --transport stdio db -- npx -y @bytebase/dbhub \

367 --dsn "postgresql://readonly:pass@prod.db.com:5432/analytics"410 --dsn "postgresql://readonly:pass@prod.db.com:5432/analytics"

411```

412 

413Then query your database naturally:

414 

415```text theme={null}

416What's our total revenue this month?

417```

418 

419```text theme={null}

420Show me the schema for the orders table

421```

368 422 

369# 2. Query your database naturally423```text theme={null}

370> "What's our total revenue this month?"424Find customers who haven't made a purchase in 90 days

371> "Show me the schema for the orders table"

372> "Find customers who haven't made a purchase in 90 days"

373```425```

374 426 

375## Authenticate with remote MCP servers427## Authenticate with remote MCP servers


388 <Step title="Use the /mcp command within Claude Code">440 <Step title="Use the /mcp command within Claude Code">

389 In Claude code, use the command:441 In Claude code, use the command:

390 442 

391 ```443 ```text theme={null}

392 > /mcp444 /mcp

393 ```445 ```

394 446 

395 Then follow the steps in your browser to login.447 Then follow the steps in your browser to login.


401 453 

402 * Authentication tokens are stored securely and refreshed automatically454 * Authentication tokens are stored securely and refreshed automatically

403 * Use "Clear authentication" in the `/mcp` menu to revoke access455 * Use "Clear authentication" in the `/mcp` menu to revoke access

404 * If your browser doesn't open automatically, copy the provided URL456 * If your browser doesn't open automatically, copy the provided URL and open it manually

457 * If the browser redirect fails with a connection error after authenticating, paste the full callback URL from your browser's address bar into the URL prompt that appears in Claude Code

405 * OAuth authentication works with HTTP servers458 * OAuth authentication works with HTTP servers

406</Tip>459</Tip>

407 460 

461### Use a fixed OAuth callback port

462 

463Some MCP servers require a specific redirect URI registered in advance. By default, Claude Code picks a random available port for the OAuth callback. Use `--callback-port` to fix the port so it matches a pre-registered redirect URI of the form `http://localhost:PORT/callback`.

464 

465You can use `--callback-port` on its own (with dynamic client registration) or together with `--client-id` (with pre-configured credentials).

466 

467```bash theme={null}

468# Fixed callback port with dynamic client registration

469claude mcp add --transport http \

470 --callback-port 8080 \

471 my-server https://mcp.example.com/mcp

472```

473 

474### Use pre-configured OAuth credentials

475 

476Some MCP servers don't support automatic OAuth setup via Dynamic Client Registration. If you see an error like "Incompatible auth server: does not support dynamic client registration," the server requires pre-configured credentials. Claude Code also supports servers that use a Client ID Metadata Document (CIMD) instead of Dynamic Client Registration, and discovers these automatically. If automatic discovery fails, register an OAuth app through the server's developer portal first, then provide the credentials when adding the server.

477 

478<Steps>

479 <Step title="Register an OAuth app with the server">

480 Create an app through the server's developer portal and note your client ID and client secret.

481 

482 Many servers also require a redirect URI. If so, choose a port and register a redirect URI in the format `http://localhost:PORT/callback`. Use that same port with `--callback-port` in the next step.

483 </Step>

484 

485 <Step title="Add the server with your credentials">

486 Choose one of the following methods. The port used for `--callback-port` can be any available port. It just needs to match the redirect URI you registered in the previous step.

487 

488 <Tabs>

489 <Tab title="claude mcp add">

490 Use `--client-id` to pass your app's client ID. The `--client-secret` flag prompts for the secret with masked input:

491 

492 ```bash theme={null}

493 claude mcp add --transport http \

494 --client-id your-client-id --client-secret --callback-port 8080 \

495 my-server https://mcp.example.com/mcp

496 ```

497 </Tab>

498 

499 <Tab title="claude mcp add-json">

500 Include the `oauth` object in the JSON config and pass `--client-secret` as a separate flag:

501 

502 ```bash theme={null}

503 claude mcp add-json my-server \

504 '{"type":"http","url":"https://mcp.example.com/mcp","oauth":{"clientId":"your-client-id","callbackPort":8080}}' \

505 --client-secret

506 ```

507 </Tab>

508 

509 <Tab title="claude mcp add-json (callback port only)">

510 Use `--callback-port` without a client ID to fix the port while using dynamic client registration:

511 

512 ```bash theme={null}

513 claude mcp add-json my-server \

514 '{"type":"http","url":"https://mcp.example.com/mcp","oauth":{"callbackPort":8080}}'

515 ```

516 </Tab>

517 

518 <Tab title="CI / env var">

519 Set the secret via environment variable to skip the interactive prompt:

520 

521 ```bash theme={null}

522 MCP_CLIENT_SECRET=your-secret claude mcp add --transport http \

523 --client-id your-client-id --client-secret --callback-port 8080 \

524 my-server https://mcp.example.com/mcp

525 ```

526 </Tab>

527 </Tabs>

528 </Step>

529 

530 <Step title="Authenticate in Claude Code">

531 Run `/mcp` in Claude Code and follow the browser login flow.

532 </Step>

533</Steps>

534 

535<Tip>

536 Tips:

537 

538 * The client secret is stored securely in your system keychain (macOS) or a credentials file, not in your config

539 * If the server uses a public OAuth client with no secret, use only `--client-id` without `--client-secret`

540 * `--callback-port` can be used with or without `--client-id`

541 * These flags only apply to HTTP and SSE transports. They have no effect on stdio servers

542 * Use `claude mcp get <name>` to verify that OAuth credentials are configured for a server

543</Tip>

544 

545### Override OAuth metadata discovery

546 

547If your MCP server's standard OAuth metadata endpoints return errors but the server exposes a working OIDC endpoint, you can point Claude Code at a specific metadata URL to bypass the default discovery chain. By default, Claude Code first checks RFC 9728 Protected Resource Metadata at `/.well-known/oauth-protected-resource`, then falls back to RFC 8414 authorization server metadata at `/.well-known/oauth-authorization-server`.

548 

549Set `authServerMetadataUrl` in the `oauth` object of your server's config in `.mcp.json`:

550 

551```json theme={null}

552{

553 "mcpServers": {

554 "my-server": {

555 "type": "http",

556 "url": "https://mcp.example.com/mcp",

557 "oauth": {

558 "authServerMetadataUrl": "https://auth.example.com/.well-known/openid-configuration"

559 }

560 }

561 }

562}

563```

564 

565The URL must use `https://`. This option requires Claude Code v2.1.64 or later.

566 

567### Use dynamic headers for custom authentication

568 

569If your MCP server uses an authentication scheme other than OAuth (such as Kerberos, short-lived tokens, or an internal SSO), use `headersHelper` to generate request headers at connection time. Claude Code runs the command and merges its output into the connection headers.

570 

571```json theme={null}

572{

573 "mcpServers": {

574 "internal-api": {

575 "type": "http",

576 "url": "https://mcp.internal.example.com",

577 "headersHelper": "/opt/bin/get-mcp-auth-headers.sh"

578 }

579 }

580}

581```

582 

583The command can also be inline:

584 

585```json theme={null}

586{

587 "mcpServers": {

588 "internal-api": {

589 "type": "http",

590 "url": "https://mcp.internal.example.com",

591 "headersHelper": "echo '{\"Authorization\": \"Bearer '\"$(get-token)\"'\"}'"

592 }

593 }

594}

595```

596 

597**Requirements:**

598 

599* The command must write a JSON object of string key-value pairs to stdout

600* The command runs in a shell with a 10-second timeout

601* Dynamic headers override any static `headers` with the same name

602 

603The helper runs fresh on each connection (at session start and on reconnect). There is no caching, so your script is responsible for any token reuse.

604 

605Claude Code sets these environment variables when executing the helper:

606 

607| Variable | Value |

608| :---------------------------- | :------------------------- |

609| `CLAUDE_CODE_MCP_SERVER_NAME` | the name of the MCP server |

610| `CLAUDE_CODE_MCP_SERVER_URL` | the URL of the MCP server |

611 

612Use these to write a single helper script that serves multiple MCP servers.

613 

614<Note>

615 `headersHelper` executes arbitrary shell commands. When defined at project or local scope, it only runs after you accept the workspace trust dialog.

616</Note>

617 

408## Add MCP servers from JSON configuration618## Add MCP servers from JSON configuration

409 619 

410If you have a JSON configuration for an MCP server, you can add it directly:620If you have a JSON configuration for an MCP server, you can add it directly:


420 630 

421 # Example: Adding a stdio server with JSON configuration631 # Example: Adding a stdio server with JSON configuration

422 claude mcp add-json local-weather '{"type":"stdio","command":"/path/to/weather-cli","args":["--api-key","abc123"],"env":{"CACHE_DIR":"/tmp"}}'632 claude mcp add-json local-weather '{"type":"stdio","command":"/path/to/weather-cli","args":["--api-key","abc123"],"env":{"CACHE_DIR":"/tmp"}}'

633 

634 # Example: Adding an HTTP server with pre-configured OAuth credentials

635 claude mcp add-json my-server '{"type":"http","url":"https://mcp.example.com/mcp","oauth":{"clientId":"your-client-id","callbackPort":8080}}' --client-secret

423 ```636 ```

424 </Step>637 </Step>

425 638 


471 * If servers with the same names already exist, they will get a numerical suffix (for example, `server_1`)684 * If servers with the same names already exist, they will get a numerical suffix (for example, `server_1`)

472</Tip>685</Tip>

473 686 

687## Use MCP servers from Claude.ai

688 

689If you've logged into Claude Code with a [Claude.ai](https://claude.ai) account, MCP servers you've added in Claude.ai are automatically available in Claude Code:

690 

691<Steps>

692 <Step title="Configure MCP servers in Claude.ai">

693 Add servers at [claude.ai/settings/connectors](https://claude.ai/settings/connectors). On Team and Enterprise plans, only admins can add servers.

694 </Step>

695 

696 <Step title="Authenticate the MCP server">

697 Complete any required authentication steps in Claude.ai.

698 </Step>

699 

700 <Step title="View and manage servers in Claude Code">

701 In Claude Code, use the command:

702 

703 ```text theme={null}

704 /mcp

705 ```

706 

707 Claude.ai servers appear in the list with indicators showing they come from Claude.ai.

708 </Step>

709</Steps>

710 

711To disable claude.ai MCP servers in Claude Code, set the `ENABLE_CLAUDEAI_MCP_SERVERS` environment variable to `false`:

712 

713```bash theme={null}

714ENABLE_CLAUDEAI_MCP_SERVERS=false claude

715```

716 

474## Use Claude Code as an MCP server717## Use Claude Code as an MCP server

475 718 

476You can use Claude Code itself as an MCP server that other applications can connect to:719You can use Claude Code itself as an MCP server that other applications can connect to:


556 If you frequently encounter output warnings with specific MCP servers, consider increasing the limit or configuring the server to paginate or filter its responses.799 If you frequently encounter output warnings with specific MCP servers, consider increasing the limit or configuring the server to paginate or filter its responses.

557</Warning>800</Warning>

558 801 

802## Respond to MCP elicitation requests

803 

804MCP servers can request structured input from you mid-task using elicitation. When a server needs information it can't get on its own, Claude Code displays an interactive dialog and passes your response back to the server. No configuration is required on your side: elicitation dialogs appear automatically when a server requests them.

805 

806Servers can request input in two ways:

807 

808* **Form mode**: Claude Code shows a dialog with form fields defined by the server (for example, a username and password prompt). Fill in the fields and submit.

809* **URL mode**: Claude Code opens a browser URL for authentication or approval. Complete the flow in the browser, then confirm in the CLI.

810 

811To auto-respond to elicitation requests without showing a dialog, use the [`Elicitation` hook](/en/hooks#elicitation).

812 

813If you're building an MCP server that uses elicitation, see the [MCP elicitation specification](https://modelcontextprotocol.io/docs/learn/client-concepts#elicitation) for protocol details and schema examples.

814 

559## Use MCP resources815## Use MCP resources

560 816 

561MCP servers can expose resources that you can reference using @ mentions, similar to how you reference files.817MCP servers can expose resources that you can reference using @ mentions, similar to how you reference files.


570 <Step title="Reference a specific resource">826 <Step title="Reference a specific resource">

571 Use the format `@server:protocol://resource/path` to reference a resource:827 Use the format `@server:protocol://resource/path` to reference a resource:

572 828 

573 ```829 ```text theme={null}

574 > Can you analyze @github:issue://123 and suggest a fix?830 Can you analyze @github:issue://123 and suggest a fix?

575 ```831 ```

576 832 

577 ```833 ```text theme={null}

578 > Please review the API documentation at @docs:file://api/authentication834 Please review the API documentation at @docs:file://api/authentication

579 ```835 ```

580 </Step>836 </Step>

581 837 

582 <Step title="Multiple resource references">838 <Step title="Multiple resource references">

583 You can reference multiple resources in a single prompt:839 You can reference multiple resources in a single prompt:

584 840 

585 ```841 ```text theme={null}

586 > Compare @postgres:schema://users with @docs:file://database/user-model842 Compare @postgres:schema://users with @docs:file://database/user-model

587 ```843 ```

588 </Step>844 </Step>

589</Steps>845</Steps>


597 * Resources can contain any type of content that the MCP server provides (text, JSON, structured data, etc.)853 * Resources can contain any type of content that the MCP server provides (text, JSON, structured data, etc.)

598</Tip>854</Tip>

599 855 

600## Use MCP prompts as slash commands856## Scale with MCP Tool Search

857 

858Tool search keeps MCP context usage low by deferring tool definitions until Claude needs them. Only tool names load at session start, so adding more MCP servers has minimal impact on your context window.

859 

860### How it works

861 

862Tool search is enabled by default. MCP tools are deferred rather than loaded into context upfront, and Claude uses a search tool to discover relevant ones when a task needs them. Only the tools Claude actually uses enter context. From your perspective, MCP tools work exactly as before.

863 

864If you prefer threshold-based loading, set `ENABLE_TOOL_SEARCH=auto` to load schemas upfront when they fit within 10% of the context window and defer only the overflow. See [Configure tool search](#configure-tool-search) for all options.

865 

866### For MCP server authors

867 

868If you're building an MCP server, the server instructions field becomes more useful with Tool Search enabled. Server instructions help Claude understand when to search for your tools, similar to how [skills](/en/skills) work.

869 

870Add clear, descriptive server instructions that explain:

871 

872* What category of tasks your tools handle

873* When Claude should search for your tools

874* Key capabilities your server provides

875 

876Claude Code truncates tool descriptions and server instructions at 2KB each. Keep them concise to avoid truncation, and put critical details near the start.

877 

878### Configure tool search

601 879 

602MCP servers can expose prompts that become available as slash commands in Claude Code.880Tool search is enabled by default: MCP tools are deferred and discovered on demand. When `ANTHROPIC_BASE_URL` points to a non-first-party host, tool search is disabled by default because most proxies do not forward `tool_reference` blocks. Set `ENABLE_TOOL_SEARCH` explicitly if your proxy does. This feature requires models that support `tool_reference` blocks: Sonnet 4 and later, or Opus 4 and later. Haiku models do not support tool search.

881 

882Control tool search behavior with the `ENABLE_TOOL_SEARCH` environment variable:

883 

884| Value | Behavior |

885| :--------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

886| (unset) | All MCP tools deferred and loaded on demand. Falls back to loading upfront when `ANTHROPIC_BASE_URL` is a non-first-party host |

887| `true` | All MCP tools deferred, including for non-first-party `ANTHROPIC_BASE_URL` |

888| `auto` | Threshold mode: tools load upfront if they fit within 10% of the context window, deferred otherwise |

889| `auto:<N>` | Threshold mode with a custom percentage, where `<N>` is 0-100 (e.g., `auto:5` for 5%) |

890| `false` | All MCP tools loaded upfront, no deferral |

891 

892```bash theme={null}

893# Use a custom 5% threshold

894ENABLE_TOOL_SEARCH=auto:5 claude

895 

896# Disable tool search entirely

897ENABLE_TOOL_SEARCH=false claude

898```

899 

900Or set the value in your [settings.json `env` field](/en/settings#available-settings).

901 

902You can also disable the MCPSearch tool specifically using the `disallowedTools` setting:

903 

904```json theme={null}

905{

906 "permissions": {

907 "deny": ["MCPSearch"]

908 }

909}

910```

911 

912## Use MCP prompts as commands

913 

914MCP servers can expose prompts that become available as commands in Claude Code.

603 915 

604### Execute MCP prompts916### Execute MCP prompts

605 917 


609 </Step>921 </Step>

610 922 

611 <Step title="Execute a prompt without arguments">923 <Step title="Execute a prompt without arguments">

612 ```924 ```text theme={null}

613 > /mcp__github__list_prs925 /mcp__github__list_prs

614 ```926 ```

615 </Step>927 </Step>

616 928 

617 <Step title="Execute a prompt with arguments">929 <Step title="Execute a prompt with arguments">

618 Many prompts accept arguments. Pass them space-separated after the command:930 Many prompts accept arguments. Pass them space-separated after the command:

619 931 

620 ```932 ```text theme={null}

621 > /mcp__github__pr_review 456933 /mcp__github__pr_review 456

622 ```934 ```

623 935 

624 ```936 ```text theme={null}

625 > /mcp__jira__create_issue "Bug in login flow" high937 /mcp__jira__create_issue "Bug in login flow" high

626 ```938 ```

627 </Step>939 </Step>

628</Steps>940</Steps>


863<Note>1175<Note>

864 **When using `managed-mcp.json`**: Users cannot add MCP servers through `claude mcp add` or configuration files. The `allowedMcpServers` and `deniedMcpServers` settings still apply to filter which managed servers are actually loaded.1176 **When using `managed-mcp.json`**: Users cannot add MCP servers through `claude mcp add` or configuration files. The `allowedMcpServers` and `deniedMcpServers` settings still apply to filter which managed servers are actually loaded.

865</Note>1177</Note>

866 

867 

868 

869> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

memory.md +272 −107

Details

1# Manage Claude's memory1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

2 4 

3> Learn how to manage Claude Code's memory across sessions with different memory locations and best practices.5# How Claude remembers your project

4 6 

5Claude Code can remember your preferences across sessions, like style guidelines and common commands in your workflow.7> Give Claude persistent instructions with CLAUDE.md files, and let Claude accumulate learnings automatically with auto memory.

6 8 

7## Determine memory type9Each Claude Code session begins with a fresh context window. Two mechanisms carry knowledge across sessions:

8 10 

9Claude Code offers four memory locations in a hierarchical structure, each serving a different purpose:11* **CLAUDE.md files**: instructions you write to give Claude persistent context

12* **Auto memory**: notes Claude writes itself based on your corrections and preferences

10 13 

11| Memory Type | Location | Purpose | Use Case Examples | Shared With |14This page covers how to:

12| -------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------- |

13| **Enterprise policy** | • macOS: `/Library/Application Support/ClaudeCode/CLAUDE.md`<br />• Linux: `/etc/claude-code/CLAUDE.md`<br />• Windows: `C:\Program Files\ClaudeCode\CLAUDE.md` | Organization-wide instructions managed by IT/DevOps | Company coding standards, security policies, compliance requirements | All users in organization |

14| **Project memory** | `./CLAUDE.md` or `./.claude/CLAUDE.md` | Team-shared instructions for the project | Project architecture, coding standards, common workflows | Team members via source control |

15| **Project rules** | `./.claude/rules/*.md` | Modular, topic-specific project instructions | Language-specific guidelines, testing conventions, API standards | Team members via source control |

16| **User memory** | `~/.claude/CLAUDE.md` | Personal preferences for all projects | Code styling preferences, personal tooling shortcuts | Just you (all projects) |

17| **Project memory (local)** | `./CLAUDE.local.md` | Personal project-specific preferences | Your sandbox URLs, preferred test data | Just you (current project) |

18 15 

19All memory files are automatically loaded into Claude Code's context when launched. Files higher in the hierarchy take precedence and are loaded first, providing a foundation that more specific memories build upon.16* [Write and organize CLAUDE.md files](#claude-md-files)

17* [Scope rules to specific file types](#organize-rules-with-claude/rules/) with `.claude/rules/`

18* [Configure auto memory](#auto-memory) so Claude takes notes automatically

19* [Troubleshoot](#troubleshoot-memory-issues) when instructions aren't being followed

20 20 

21<Note>21## CLAUDE.md vs auto memory

22 CLAUDE.local.md files are automatically added to .gitignore, making them ideal for private project-specific preferences that shouldn't be checked into version control.

23</Note>

24 22 

25## CLAUDE.md imports23Claude Code has two complementary memory systems. Both are loaded at the start of every conversation. Claude treats them as context, not enforced configuration. The more specific and concise your instructions, the more consistently Claude follows them.

26 24 

27CLAUDE.md files can import additional files using `@path/to/import` syntax. The following example imports 3 files:25| | CLAUDE.md files | Auto memory |

26| :------------------- | :------------------------------------------------ | :--------------------------------------------------------------- |

27| **Who writes it** | You | Claude |

28| **What it contains** | Instructions and rules | Learnings and patterns |

29| **Scope** | Project, user, or org | Per working tree |

30| **Loaded into** | Every session | Every session (first 200 lines or 25KB) |

31| **Use for** | Coding standards, workflows, project architecture | Build commands, debugging insights, preferences Claude discovers |

28 32 

29```33Use CLAUDE.md files when you want to guide Claude's behavior. Auto memory lets Claude learn from your corrections without manual effort.

34 

35Subagents can also maintain their own auto memory. See [subagent configuration](/en/sub-agents#enable-persistent-memory) for details.

36 

37## CLAUDE.md files

38 

39CLAUDE.md files are markdown files that give Claude persistent instructions for a project, your personal workflow, or your entire organization. You write these files in plain text; Claude reads them at the start of every session.

40 

41### Choose where to put CLAUDE.md files

42 

43CLAUDE.md files can live in several locations, each with a different scope. More specific locations take precedence over broader ones.

44 

45| Scope | Location | Purpose | Use case examples | Shared with |

46| ------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------- |

47| **Managed policy** | • macOS: `/Library/Application Support/ClaudeCode/CLAUDE.md`<br />• Linux and WSL: `/etc/claude-code/CLAUDE.md`<br />• Windows: `C:\Program Files\ClaudeCode\CLAUDE.md` | Organization-wide instructions managed by IT/DevOps | Company coding standards, security policies, compliance requirements | All users in organization |

48| **Project instructions** | `./CLAUDE.md` or `./.claude/CLAUDE.md` | Team-shared instructions for the project | Project architecture, coding standards, common workflows | Team members via source control |

49| **User instructions** | `~/.claude/CLAUDE.md` | Personal preferences for all projects | Code styling preferences, personal tooling shortcuts | Just you (all projects) |

50 

51CLAUDE.md files in the directory hierarchy above the working directory are loaded in full at launch. CLAUDE.md files in subdirectories load on demand when Claude reads files in those directories. See [How CLAUDE.md files load](#how-claude-md-files-load) for the full resolution order.

52 

53For large projects, you can break instructions into topic-specific files using [project rules](#organize-rules-with-claude/rules/). Rules let you scope instructions to specific file types or subdirectories.

54 

55### Set up a project CLAUDE.md

56 

57A project CLAUDE.md can be stored in either `./CLAUDE.md` or `./.claude/CLAUDE.md`. Create this file and add instructions that apply to anyone working on the project: build and test commands, coding standards, architectural decisions, naming conventions, and common workflows. These instructions are shared with your team through version control, so focus on project-level standards rather than personal preferences.

58 

59<Tip>

60 Run `/init` to generate a starting CLAUDE.md automatically. Claude analyzes your codebase and creates a file with build commands, test instructions, and project conventions it discovers. If a CLAUDE.md already exists, `/init` suggests improvements rather than overwriting it. Refine from there with instructions Claude wouldn't discover on its own.

61 

62 Set `CLAUDE_CODE_NEW_INIT=true` to enable an interactive multi-phase flow. `/init` asks which artifacts to set up: CLAUDE.md files, skills, and hooks. It then explores your codebase with a subagent, fills in gaps via follow-up questions, and presents a reviewable proposal before writing any files.

63</Tip>

64 

65### Write effective instructions

66 

67CLAUDE.md files are loaded into the context window at the start of every session, consuming tokens alongside your conversation. The [context window visualization](/en/context-window) shows where CLAUDE.md loads relative to the rest of the startup context. Because they're context rather than enforced configuration, how you write instructions affects how reliably Claude follows them. Specific, concise, well-structured instructions work best.

68 

69**Size**: target under 200 lines per CLAUDE.md file. Longer files consume more context and reduce adherence. If your instructions are growing large, split them using [imports](#import-additional-files) or [`.claude/rules/`](#organize-rules-with-claude/rules/) files.

70 

71**Structure**: use markdown headers and bullets to group related instructions. Claude scans structure the same way readers do: organized sections are easier to follow than dense paragraphs.

72 

73**Specificity**: write instructions that are concrete enough to verify. For example:

74 

75* "Use 2-space indentation" instead of "Format code properly"

76* "Run `npm test` before committing" instead of "Test your changes"

77* "API handlers live in `src/api/handlers/`" instead of "Keep files organized"

78 

79**Consistency**: if two rules contradict each other, Claude may pick one arbitrarily. Review your CLAUDE.md files, nested CLAUDE.md files in subdirectories, and [`.claude/rules/`](#organize-rules-with-claude/rules/) periodically to remove outdated or conflicting instructions. In monorepos, use [`claudeMdExcludes`](#exclude-specific-claude-md-files) to skip CLAUDE.md files from other teams that aren't relevant to your work.

80 

81### Import additional files

82 

83CLAUDE.md files can import additional files using `@path/to/import` syntax. Imported files are expanded and loaded into context at launch alongside the CLAUDE.md that references them.

84 

85Both relative and absolute paths are allowed. Relative paths resolve relative to the file containing the import, not the working directory. Imported files can recursively import other files, with a maximum depth of five hops.

86 

87To pull in a README, package.json, and a workflow guide, reference them with `@` syntax anywhere in your CLAUDE.md:

88 

89```text theme={null}

30See @README for project overview and @package.json for available npm commands for this project.90See @README for project overview and @package.json for available npm commands for this project.

31 91 

32# Additional Instructions92# Additional Instructions

33- git workflow @docs/git-instructions.md93- git workflow @docs/git-instructions.md

34```94```

35 95 

36Both relative and absolute paths are allowed. In particular, importing files in user's home dir is a convenient way for your team members to provide individual instructions that are not checked into the repository. Imports are an alternative to CLAUDE.local.md that work better across multiple git worktrees.96For personal preferences you don't want to check in, import a file from your home directory. The import goes in the shared CLAUDE.md, but the file it points to stays on your machine:

37 97 

38```98```text theme={null}

39# Individual Preferences99# Individual Preferences

40- @~/.claude/my-project-instructions.md100- @~/.claude/my-project-instructions.md

41```101```

42 102 

43To avoid potential collisions, imports are not evaluated inside markdown code spans and code blocks.103<Warning>

104 The first time Claude Code encounters external imports in a project, it shows an approval dialog listing the files. If you decline, the imports stay disabled and the dialog does not appear again.

105</Warning>

44 106 

45```107For a more structured approach to organizing instructions, see [`.claude/rules/`](#organize-rules-with-claude/rules/).

46This code span will not be treated as an import: `@anthropic-ai/claude-code`

47```

48 108 

49Imported files can recursively import additional files, with a max-depth of 5 hops. You can see what memory files are loaded by running `/memory` command.109### AGENTS.md

50 110 

51## How Claude looks up memories111Claude Code reads `CLAUDE.md`, not `AGENTS.md`. If your repository already uses `AGENTS.md` for other coding agents, create a `CLAUDE.md` that imports it so both tools read the same instructions without duplicating them. You can also add Claude-specific instructions below the import. Claude loads the imported file at session start, then appends the rest:

52 112 

53Claude Code reads memories recursively: starting in the cwd, Claude Code recurses up to (but not including) the root directory */* and reads any CLAUDE.md or CLAUDE.local.md files it finds. This is especially convenient when working in large repositories where you run Claude Code in *foo/bar/*, and have memories in both *foo/CLAUDE.md* and *foo/bar/CLAUDE.md*.113```markdown CLAUDE.md theme={null}

114@AGENTS.md

54 115 

55Claude will also discover CLAUDE.md nested in subtrees under your current working directory. Instead of loading them at launch, they are only included when Claude reads files in those subtrees.116## Claude Code

56 117 

57## Directly edit memories with `/memory`118Use plan mode for changes under `src/billing/`.

119```

58 120 

59Use the `/memory` slash command during a session to open any memory file in your system editor for more extensive additions or organization.121### How CLAUDE.md files load

60 122 

61## Set up project memory123Claude Code reads CLAUDE.md files by walking up the directory tree from your current working directory, checking each directory along the way. This means if you run Claude Code in `foo/bar/`, it loads instructions from both `foo/bar/CLAUDE.md` and `foo/CLAUDE.md`.

62 124 

63Suppose you want to set up a CLAUDE.md file to store important project information, conventions, and frequently used commands. Project memory can be stored in either `./CLAUDE.md` or `./.claude/CLAUDE.md`.125Claude also discovers CLAUDE.md files in subdirectories under your current working directory. Instead of loading them at launch, they are included when Claude reads files in those subdirectories.

64 126 

65Bootstrap a CLAUDE.md for your codebase with the following command:127If you work in a large monorepo where other teams' CLAUDE.md files get picked up, use [`claudeMdExcludes`](#exclude-specific-claude-md-files) to skip them.

66 128 

67```129Block-level HTML comments (`<!-- maintainer notes -->`) in CLAUDE.md files are stripped before the content is injected into Claude's context. Use them to leave notes for human maintainers without spending context tokens on them. Comments inside code blocks are preserved. When you open a CLAUDE.md file directly with the Read tool, comments remain visible.

68> /init

69```

70 130 

71<Tip>131#### Load from additional directories

72 Tips:

73 132 

74 * Include frequently used commands (build, test, lint) to avoid repeated searches133The `--add-dir` flag gives Claude access to additional directories outside your main working directory. By default, CLAUDE.md files from these directories are not loaded.

75 * Document code style preferences and naming conventions

76 * Add important architectural patterns specific to your project

77 * CLAUDE.md memories can be used for both instructions shared with your team and for your individual preferences.

78</Tip>

79 134 

80## Modular rules with `.claude/rules/`135To also load CLAUDE.md files from additional directories, including `CLAUDE.md`, `.claude/CLAUDE.md`, and `.claude/rules/*.md`, set the `CLAUDE_CODE_ADDITIONAL_DIRECTORIES_CLAUDE_MD` environment variable:

81 136 

82For larger projects, you can organize instructions into multiple files using the `.claude/rules/` directory. This allows teams to maintain focused, well-organized rule files instead of one large CLAUDE.md.137```bash theme={null}

138CLAUDE_CODE_ADDITIONAL_DIRECTORIES_CLAUDE_MD=1 claude --add-dir ../shared-config

139```

83 140 

84### Basic structure141### Organize rules with `.claude/rules/`

85 142 

86Place markdown files in your project's `.claude/rules/` directory:143For larger projects, you can organize instructions into multiple files using the `.claude/rules/` directory. This keeps instructions modular and easier for teams to maintain. Rules can also be [scoped to specific file paths](#path-specific-rules), so they only load into context when Claude works with matching files, reducing noise and saving context space.

87 144 

88```145<Note>

146 Rules load into context every session or when matching files are opened. For task-specific instructions that don't need to be in context all the time, use [skills](/en/skills) instead, which only load when you invoke them or when Claude determines they're relevant to your prompt.

147</Note>

148 

149#### Set up rules

150 

151Place markdown files in your project's `.claude/rules/` directory. Each file should cover one topic, with a descriptive filename like `testing.md` or `api-design.md`. All `.md` files are discovered recursively, so you can organize rules into subdirectories like `frontend/` or `backend/`:

152 

153```text theme={null}

89your-project/154your-project/

90├── .claude/155├── .claude/

91│ ├── CLAUDE.md # Main project instructions156│ ├── CLAUDE.md # Main project instructions


95│ └── security.md # Security requirements160│ └── security.md # Security requirements

96```161```

97 162 

98All `.md` files in `.claude/rules/` are automatically loaded as project memory, with the same priority as `.claude/CLAUDE.md`.163Rules without [`paths` frontmatter](#path-specific-rules) are loaded at launch with the same priority as `.claude/CLAUDE.md`.

99 164 

100### Path-specific rules165#### Path-specific rules

101 166 

102Rules can be scoped to specific files using YAML frontmatter with the `paths` field. These conditional rules only apply when Claude is working with files matching the specified patterns.167Rules can be scoped to specific files using YAML frontmatter with the `paths` field. These conditional rules only apply when Claude is working with files matching the specified patterns.

103 168 


114- Include OpenAPI documentation comments179- Include OpenAPI documentation comments

115```180```

116 181 

117Rules without a `paths` field are loaded unconditionally and apply to all files.182Rules without a `paths` field are loaded unconditionally and apply to all files. Path-scoped rules trigger when Claude reads files matching the pattern, not on every tool use.

118 

119### Glob patterns

120 183 

121The `paths` field supports standard glob patterns:184Use glob patterns in the `paths` field to match files by extension, directory, or any combination:

122 185 

123| Pattern | Matches |186| Pattern | Matches |

124| ---------------------- | ---------------------------------------- |187| ---------------------- | ---------------------------------------- |


127| `*.md` | Markdown files in the project root |190| `*.md` | Markdown files in the project root |

128| `src/components/*.tsx` | React components in a specific directory |191| `src/components/*.tsx` | React components in a specific directory |

129 192 

130You can specify multiple patterns:193You can specify multiple patterns and use brace expansion to match multiple extensions in one pattern:

131 194 

132```markdown theme={null}195```markdown theme={null}

133---196---

134paths:197paths:

135 - "src/**/*.ts"198 - "src/**/*.{ts,tsx}"

136 - "lib/**/*.ts"199 - "lib/**/*.ts"

137 - "tests/**/*.test.ts"200 - "tests/**/*.test.ts"

138---201---

139```202```

140 203 

141Brace expansion is supported for matching multiple extensions or directories:204#### Share rules across projects with symlinks

142 205 

143```markdown theme={null}206The `.claude/rules/` directory supports symlinks, so you can maintain a shared set of rules and link them into multiple projects. Symlinks are resolved and loaded normally, and circular symlinks are detected and handled gracefully.

144paths:

145 - "src/**/*.{ts,tsx}"

146 - "{src,lib}/**/*.ts"

147 207 

148# TypeScript/React Rules208This example links both a shared directory and an individual file:

149```

150 209 

151This expands `src/**/*.{ts,tsx}` to match both `.ts` and `.tsx` files.210```bash theme={null}

211ln -s ~/shared-claude-rules .claude/rules/shared

212ln -s ~/company-standards/security.md .claude/rules/security.md

213```

152 214 

153### Subdirectories215#### User-level rules

154 216 

155Rules can be organized into subdirectories for better structure:217Personal rules in `~/.claude/rules/` apply to every project on your machine. Use them for preferences that aren't project-specific:

156 218 

219```text theme={null}

220~/.claude/rules/

221├── preferences.md # Your personal coding preferences

222└── workflows.md # Your preferred workflows

157```223```

158.claude/rules/224 

159├── frontend/225User-level rules are loaded before project rules, giving project rules higher priority.

160│ ├── react.md226 

161│ └── styles.md227### Manage CLAUDE.md for large teams

162├── backend/228 

163│ ├── api.md229For organizations deploying Claude Code across teams, you can centralize instructions and control which CLAUDE.md files are loaded.

164│ └── database.md230 

165└── general.md231#### Deploy organization-wide CLAUDE.md

232 

233Organizations can deploy a centrally managed CLAUDE.md that applies to all users on a machine. This file cannot be excluded by individual settings.

234 

235<Steps>

236 <Step title="Create the file at the managed policy location">

237 * macOS: `/Library/Application Support/ClaudeCode/CLAUDE.md`

238 * Linux and WSL: `/etc/claude-code/CLAUDE.md`

239 * Windows: `C:\Program Files\ClaudeCode\CLAUDE.md`

240 </Step>

241 

242 <Step title="Deploy with your configuration management system">

243 Use MDM, Group Policy, Ansible, or similar tools to distribute the file across developer machines. See [managed settings](/en/permissions#managed-settings) for other organization-wide configuration options.

244 </Step>

245</Steps>

246 

247A managed CLAUDE.md and [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files) serve different purposes. Use settings for technical enforcement and CLAUDE.md for behavioral guidance:

248 

249| Concern | Configure in |

250| :--------------------------------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------------- |

251| Block specific tools, commands, or file paths | Managed settings: `permissions.deny` |

252| Enforce sandbox isolation | Managed settings: `sandbox.enabled` |

253| Environment variables and API provider routing | Managed settings: `env` |

254| Authentication method and organization lock | Managed settings: `forceLoginMethod`, `forceLoginOrgUUID` |

255| Code style and quality guidelines | Managed CLAUDE.md |

256| Data handling and compliance reminders | Managed CLAUDE.md |

257| Behavioral instructions for Claude | Managed CLAUDE.md |

258 

259Settings rules are enforced by the client regardless of what Claude decides to do. CLAUDE.md instructions shape Claude's behavior but are not a hard enforcement layer.

260 

261#### Exclude specific CLAUDE.md files

262 

263In large monorepos, ancestor CLAUDE.md files may contain instructions that aren't relevant to your work. The `claudeMdExcludes` setting lets you skip specific files by path or glob pattern.

264 

265This example excludes a top-level CLAUDE.md and a rules directory from a parent folder. Add it to `.claude/settings.local.json` so the exclusion stays local to your machine:

266 

267```json theme={null}

268{

269 "claudeMdExcludes": [

270 "**/monorepo/CLAUDE.md",

271 "/home/user/monorepo/other-team/.claude/rules/**"

272 ]

273}

166```274```

167 275 

168All `.md` files are discovered recursively.276Patterns are matched against absolute file paths using glob syntax. You can configure `claudeMdExcludes` at any [settings layer](/en/settings#settings-files): user, project, local, or managed policy. Arrays merge across layers.

169 277 

170### Symlinks278Managed policy CLAUDE.md files cannot be excluded. This ensures organization-wide instructions always apply regardless of individual settings.

171 279 

172The `.claude/rules/` directory supports symlinks, allowing you to share common rules across multiple projects:280## Auto memory

173 281 

174```bash theme={null}282Auto memory lets Claude accumulate knowledge across sessions without you writing anything. Claude saves notes for itself as it works: build commands, debugging insights, architecture notes, code style preferences, and workflow habits. Claude doesn't save something every session. It decides what's worth remembering based on whether the information would be useful in a future conversation.

175# Symlink a shared rules directory

176ln -s ~/shared-claude-rules .claude/rules/shared

177 283 

178# Symlink individual rule files284<Note>

179ln -s ~/company-standards/security.md .claude/rules/security.md285 Auto memory requires Claude Code v2.1.59 or later. Check your version with `claude --version`.

286</Note>

287 

288### Enable or disable auto memory

289 

290Auto memory is on by default. To toggle it, open `/memory` in a session and use the auto memory toggle, or set `autoMemoryEnabled` in your project settings:

291 

292```json theme={null}

293{

294 "autoMemoryEnabled": false

295}

180```296```

181 297 

182Symlinks are resolved and their contents are loaded normally. Circular symlinks are detected and handled gracefully.298To disable auto memory via environment variable, set `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_AUTO_MEMORY=1`.

299 

300### Storage location

183 301 

184### User-level rules302Each project gets its own memory directory at `~/.claude/projects/<project>/memory/`. The `<project>` path is derived from the git repository, so all worktrees and subdirectories within the same repo share one auto memory directory. Outside a git repo, the project root is used instead.

185 303 

186You can create personal rules that apply to all your projects in `~/.claude/rules/`:304To store auto memory in a different location, set `autoMemoryDirectory` in your user or local settings:

187 305 

306```json theme={null}

307{

308 "autoMemoryDirectory": "~/my-custom-memory-dir"

309}

188```310```

189~/.claude/rules/311 

190├── preferences.md # Your personal coding preferences312This setting is accepted from policy, local, and user settings. It is not accepted from project settings (`.claude/settings.json`) to prevent a shared project from redirecting auto memory writes to sensitive locations.

191└── workflows.md # Your preferred workflows313 

314The directory contains a `MEMORY.md` entrypoint and optional topic files:

315 

316```text theme={null}

317~/.claude/projects/<project>/memory/

318├── MEMORY.md # Concise index, loaded into every session

319├── debugging.md # Detailed notes on debugging patterns

320├── api-conventions.md # API design decisions

321└── ... # Any other topic files Claude creates

192```322```

193 323 

194User-level rules are loaded before project rules, giving project rules higher priority.324`MEMORY.md` acts as an index of the memory directory. Claude reads and writes files in this directory throughout your session, using `MEMORY.md` to keep track of what's stored where.

195 325 

196<Tip>326Auto memory is machine-local. All worktrees and subdirectories within the same git repository share one auto memory directory. Files are not shared across machines or cloud environments.

197 Best practices for `.claude/rules/`:

198 327 

199 * **Keep rules focused**: Each file should cover one topic (e.g., `testing.md`, `api-design.md`)328### How it works

200 * **Use descriptive filenames**: The filename should indicate what the rules cover

201 * **Use conditional rules sparingly**: Only add `paths` frontmatter when rules truly apply to specific file types

202 * **Organize with subdirectories**: Group related rules (e.g., `frontend/`, `backend/`)

203</Tip>

204 329 

205## Organization-level memory management330The first 200 lines of `MEMORY.md`, or the first 25KB, whichever comes first, are loaded at the start of every conversation. Content beyond that threshold is not loaded at session start. Claude keeps `MEMORY.md` concise by moving detailed notes into separate topic files.

206 331 

207Organizations can deploy centrally managed CLAUDE.md files that apply to all users.332This limit applies only to `MEMORY.md`. CLAUDE.md files are loaded in full regardless of length, though shorter files produce better adherence.

208 333 

209To set up organization-level memory management:334Topic files like `debugging.md` or `patterns.md` are not loaded at startup. Claude reads them on demand using its standard file tools when it needs the information.

210 335 

2111. Create the managed memory file at the **Managed policy** location shown in the [memory types table above](#determine-memory-type).336Claude reads and writes memory files during your session. When you see "Writing memory" or "Recalled memory" in the Claude Code interface, Claude is actively updating or reading from `~/.claude/projects/<project>/memory/`.

212 337 

2132. Deploy via your configuration management system (MDM, Group Policy, Ansible, etc.) to ensure consistent distribution across all developer machines.338### Audit and edit your memory

214 339 

215## Memory best practices340Auto memory files are plain markdown you can edit or delete at any time. Run [`/memory`](#view-and-edit-with-memory) to browse and open memory files from within a session.

216 341 

217* **Be specific**: "Use 2-space indentation" is better than "Format code properly".342## View and edit with `/memory`

218* **Use structure to organize**: Format each individual memory as a bullet point and group related memories under descriptive markdown headings.

219* **Review periodically**: Update memories as your project evolves to ensure Claude is always using the most up to date information and context.

220 343 

344The `/memory` command lists all CLAUDE.md and rules files loaded in your current session, lets you toggle auto memory on or off, and provides a link to open the auto memory folder. Select any file to open it in your editor.

221 345 

346When you ask Claude to remember something, like "always use pnpm, not npm" or "remember that the API tests require a local Redis instance," Claude saves it to auto memory. To add instructions to CLAUDE.md instead, ask Claude directly, like "add this to CLAUDE.md," or edit the file yourself via `/memory`.

347 

348## Troubleshoot memory issues

349 

350These are the most common issues with CLAUDE.md and auto memory, along with steps to debug them.

351 

352### Claude isn't following my CLAUDE.md

353 

354CLAUDE.md content is delivered as a user message after the system prompt, not as part of the system prompt itself. Claude reads it and tries to follow it, but there's no guarantee of strict compliance, especially for vague or conflicting instructions.

355 

356To debug:

357 

358* Run `/memory` to verify your CLAUDE.md files are being loaded. If a file isn't listed, Claude can't see it.

359* Check that the relevant CLAUDE.md is in a location that gets loaded for your session (see [Choose where to put CLAUDE.md files](#choose-where-to-put-claude-md-files)).

360* Make instructions more specific. "Use 2-space indentation" works better than "format code nicely."

361* Look for conflicting instructions across CLAUDE.md files. If two files give different guidance for the same behavior, Claude may pick one arbitrarily.

362 

363For instructions you want at the system prompt level, use [`--append-system-prompt`](/en/cli-reference#system-prompt-flags). This must be passed every invocation, so it's better suited to scripts and automation than interactive use.

364 

365<Tip>

366 Use the [`InstructionsLoaded` hook](/en/hooks#instructionsloaded) to log exactly which instruction files are loaded, when they load, and why. This is useful for debugging path-specific rules or lazy-loaded files in subdirectories.

367</Tip>

368 

369### I don't know what auto memory saved

370 

371Run `/memory` and select the auto memory folder to browse what Claude has saved. Everything is plain markdown you can read, edit, or delete.

372 

373### My CLAUDE.md is too large

374 

375Files over 200 lines consume more context and may reduce adherence. Move detailed content into separate files referenced with `@path` imports (see [Import additional files](#import-additional-files)), or split your instructions across `.claude/rules/` files.

376 

377### Instructions seem lost after `/compact`

378 

379CLAUDE.md fully survives compaction. After `/compact`, Claude re-reads your CLAUDE.md from disk and re-injects it fresh into the session. If an instruction disappeared after compaction, it was given only in conversation, not written to CLAUDE.md. Add it to CLAUDE.md to make it persist across sessions.

380 

381See [Write effective instructions](#write-effective-instructions) for guidance on size, structure, and specificity.

382 

383## Related resources

222 384 

223> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt385* [Skills](/en/skills): package repeatable workflows that load on demand

386* [Settings](/en/settings): configure Claude Code behavior with settings files

387* [Manage sessions](/en/sessions): manage context, resume conversations, and run parallel sessions

388* [Subagent memory](/en/sub-agents#enable-persistent-memory): let subagents maintain their own auto memory

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Claude Code on Microsoft Foundry5# Claude Code on Microsoft Foundry

2 6 

3> Learn about configuring Claude Code through Microsoft Foundry, including setup, configuration, and troubleshooting.7> Learn about configuring Claude Code through Microsoft Foundry, including setup, configuration, and troubleshooting.


10* RBAC permissions to create Microsoft Foundry resources and deployments14* RBAC permissions to create Microsoft Foundry resources and deployments

11* Azure CLI installed and configured (optional - only needed if you don't have another mechanism for getting credentials)15* Azure CLI installed and configured (optional - only needed if you don't have another mechanism for getting credentials)

12 16 

17<Note>

18 If you are deploying Claude Code to multiple users, [pin your model versions](#4-pin-model-versions) to prevent breakage when Anthropic releases new models.

19</Note>

20 

13## Setup21## Setup

14 22 

15### 1. Provision Microsoft Foundry resource23### 1. Provision Microsoft Foundry resource


55 63 

56### 3. Configure Claude Code64### 3. Configure Claude Code

57 65 

58Set the following environment variables to enable Microsoft Foundry. Note that your deployments' names are set as the model identifiers in Claude Code (may be optional if using suggested deployment names).66Set the following environment variables to enable Microsoft Foundry:

59 67 

60```bash theme={null}68```bash theme={null}

61# Enable Microsoft Foundry integration69# Enable Microsoft Foundry integration


64# Azure resource name (replace {resource} with your resource name)72# Azure resource name (replace {resource} with your resource name)

65export ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_RESOURCE={resource}73export ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_RESOURCE={resource}

66# Or provide the full base URL:74# Or provide the full base URL:

67# export ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_BASE_URL=https://{resource}.services.ai.azure.com75# export ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_BASE_URL=https://{resource}.services.ai.azure.com/anthropic

76```

77 

78### 4. Pin model versions

68 79 

69# Set models to your resource's deployment names80<Warning>

70export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL='claude-sonnet-4-5'81 Pin specific model versions for every deployment. If you use model aliases (`sonnet`, `opus`, `haiku`) without pinning, Claude Code may attempt to use a newer model version that isn't available in your Foundry account, breaking existing users when Anthropic releases updates. When you create Azure deployments, select a specific model version rather than "auto-update to latest."

82</Warning>

83 

84Set the model variables to match the deployment names you created in step 1:

85 

86```bash theme={null}

87export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL='claude-opus-4-6'

88export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL='claude-sonnet-4-6'

71export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL='claude-haiku-4-5'89export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL='claude-haiku-4-5'

72export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL='claude-opus-4-1'

73```90```

74 91 

75For more details on model configuration options, see [Model configuration](/en/model-config).92For current and legacy model IDs, see [Models overview](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/about-claude/models/overview). See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#pin-models-for-third-party-deployments) for the full list of environment variables.

76 93 

77## Azure RBAC configuration94## Azure RBAC configuration

78 95 


105* [Microsoft Foundry documentation](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/ai-foundry/what-is-azure-ai-foundry)122* [Microsoft Foundry documentation](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/ai-foundry/what-is-azure-ai-foundry)

106* [Microsoft Foundry models](https://ai.azure.com/explore/models)123* [Microsoft Foundry models](https://ai.azure.com/explore/models)

107* [Microsoft Foundry pricing](https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/pricing/details/ai-foundry/)124* [Microsoft Foundry pricing](https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/pricing/details/ai-foundry/)

108 

109 

110 

111> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

model-config.md +218 −23

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Model configuration5# Model configuration

2 6 

3> Learn about the Claude Code model configuration, including model aliases like `opusplan`7> Learn about the Claude Code model configuration, including model aliases like `opusplan`


8 12 

9* A **model alias**13* A **model alias**

10* A **model name**14* A **model name**

11 * Anthropic API: A full **[model name](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/about-claude/models/overview#model-names)**15 * Anthropic API: A full **[model name](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/about-claude/models/overview)**

12 * Bedrock: an inference profile ARN16 * Bedrock: an inference profile ARN

13 * Foundry: a deployment name17 * Foundry: a deployment name

14 * Vertex: a version name18 * Vertex: a version name


19remembering exact version numbers:23remembering exact version numbers:

20 24 

21| Model alias | Behavior |25| Model alias | Behavior |

22| ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |26| ---------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

23| **`default`** | Recommended model setting, depending on your account type |27| **`default`** | Recommended model setting, depending on your account type |

24| **`sonnet`** | Uses the latest Sonnet model (currently Sonnet 4.5) for daily coding tasks |28| **`sonnet`** | Uses the latest Sonnet model (currently Sonnet 4.6) for daily coding tasks |

25| **`opus`** | Uses Opus model (currently Opus 4.5) for specialized complex reasoning tasks |29| **`opus`** | Uses the latest Opus model (currently Opus 4.6) for complex reasoning tasks |

26| **`haiku`** | Uses the fast and efficient Haiku model for simple tasks |30| **`haiku`** | Uses the fast and efficient Haiku model for simple tasks |

27| **`sonnet[1m]`** | Uses Sonnet with a [1 million token context window](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/build-with-claude/context-windows#1m-token-context-window) window for long sessions |31| **`sonnet[1m]`** | Uses Sonnet with a [1 million token context window](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/context-windows#1m-token-context-window) for long sessions |

32| **`opus[1m]`** | Uses Opus with a [1 million token context window](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/context-windows#1m-token-context-window) for long sessions |

28| **`opusplan`** | Special mode that uses `opus` during plan mode, then switches to `sonnet` for execution |33| **`opusplan`** | Special mode that uses `opus` during plan mode, then switches to `sonnet` for execution |

29 34 

35Aliases always point to the latest version. To pin to a specific version, use the full model name (for example, `claude-opus-4-6`) or set the corresponding environment variable like `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL`.

36 

30### Setting your model37### Setting your model

31 38 

32You can configure your model in several ways, listed in order of priority:39You can configure your model in several ways, listed in order of priority:


49 56 

50Example settings file:57Example settings file:

51 58 

52```59```json theme={null}

53{60{

54 "permissions": {61 "permissions": {

55 ...62 ...


58}65}

59```66```

60 67 

68## Restrict model selection

69 

70Enterprise administrators can use `availableModels` in [managed or policy settings](/en/settings#settings-files) to restrict which models users can select.

71 

72When `availableModels` is set, users cannot switch to models not in the list via `/model`, `--model` flag, Config tool, or `ANTHROPIC_MODEL` environment variable.

73 

74```json theme={null}

75{

76 "availableModels": ["sonnet", "haiku"]

77}

78```

79 

80### Default model behavior

81 

82The Default option in the model picker is not affected by `availableModels`. It always remains available and represents the system's runtime default [based on the user's subscription tier](#default-model-setting).

83 

84Even with `availableModels: []`, users can still use Claude Code with the Default model for their tier.

85 

86### Control the model users run on

87 

88To fully control the model experience, use `availableModels` together with the `model` setting:

89 

90* **availableModels**: restricts what users can switch to

91* **model**: sets the explicit model override, taking precedence over the Default

92 

93This example ensures all users run Sonnet 4.6 and can only choose between Sonnet and Haiku:

94 

95```json theme={null}

96{

97 "model": "sonnet",

98 "availableModels": ["sonnet", "haiku"]

99}

100```

101 

102### Merge behavior

103 

104When `availableModels` is set at multiple levels, such as user settings and project settings, arrays are merged and deduplicated. To enforce a strict allowlist, set `availableModels` in managed or policy settings which take highest priority.

105 

61## Special model behavior106## Special model behavior

62 107 

63### `default` model setting108### `default` model setting

64 109 

65The behavior of `default` depends on your account type.110The behavior of `default` depends on your account type:

66 111 

67For certain Max users, Claude Code will automatically fall back to Sonnet if you112* **Max and Team Premium**: defaults to Opus 4.6

68hit a usage threshold with Opus.113* **Pro and Team Standard**: defaults to Sonnet 4.6

114* **Enterprise**: Opus 4.6 is available but not the default

115 

116Claude Code may automatically fall back to Sonnet if you hit a usage threshold with Opus.

69 117 

70### `opusplan` model setting118### `opusplan` model setting

71 119 


79This gives you the best of both worlds: Opus's superior reasoning for planning,127This gives you the best of both worlds: Opus's superior reasoning for planning,

80and Sonnet's efficiency for execution.128and Sonnet's efficiency for execution.

81 129 

82### Extended context with \[1m]130### Adjust effort level

131 

132[Effort levels](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/effort) control adaptive reasoning, which dynamically allocates thinking based on task complexity. Lower effort is faster and cheaper for straightforward tasks, while higher effort provides deeper reasoning for complex problems.

133 

134Three levels persist across sessions: **low**, **medium**, and **high**. A fourth level, **max**, provides the deepest reasoning with no constraint on token spending, so responses are slower and cost more than at `high`. `max` is available on Opus 4.6 only and does not persist across sessions except through the `CLAUDE_CODE_EFFORT_LEVEL` environment variable.

135 

136Opus 4.6 and Sonnet 4.6 default to medium effort. This applies to all providers, including Bedrock, Vertex AI, and direct API access.

137 

138Medium is the recommended level for most coding tasks: it balances speed and reasoning depth, and higher levels can cause the model to overthink routine work. Reserve `high` or `max` for tasks that genuinely benefit from deeper reasoning, such as hard debugging problems or complex architectural decisions.

139 

140For one-off deep reasoning without changing your session setting, include "ultrathink" in your prompt to trigger high effort for that turn.

141 

142**Setting effort:**

143 

144* **`/effort`**: run `/effort low`, `/effort medium`, `/effort high`, or `/effort max` to change the level, or `/effort auto` to reset to the model default

145* **In `/model`**: use left/right arrow keys to adjust the effort slider when selecting a model

146* **`--effort` flag**: pass `low`, `medium`, `high`, or `max` to set the level for a single session when launching Claude Code

147* **Environment variable**: set `CLAUDE_CODE_EFFORT_LEVEL` to `low`, `medium`, `high`, `max`, or `auto`

148* **Settings**: set `effortLevel` in your settings file to `"low"`, `"medium"`, or `"high"`

149* **Skill and subagent frontmatter**: set `effort` in a [skill](/en/skills#frontmatter-reference) or [subagent](/en/sub-agents#supported-frontmatter-fields) markdown file to override the effort level when that skill or subagent runs

150 

151The environment variable takes precedence over all other methods, then your configured level, then the model default. Frontmatter effort applies when that skill or subagent is active, overriding the session level but not the environment variable.

152 

153Effort is supported on Opus 4.6 and Sonnet 4.6. The effort slider appears in `/model` when a supported model is selected. The current effort level is also displayed next to the logo and spinner, for example "with low effort", so you can confirm which setting is active without opening `/model`.

154 

155To disable adaptive reasoning on Opus 4.6 and Sonnet 4.6 and revert to the previous fixed thinking budget, set `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_ADAPTIVE_THINKING=1`. When disabled, these models use the fixed budget controlled by `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS`. See [environment variables](/en/env-vars).

156 

157### Extended context

83 158 

84For Console/API users, the `[1m]` suffix can be added to full model names to159Opus 4.6 and Sonnet 4.6 support a [1 million token context window](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/context-windows#1m-token-context-window) for long sessions with large codebases.

85enable a160 

86[1 million token context window](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/build-with-claude/context-windows#1m-token-context-window).161Availability varies by model and plan. On Max, Team, and Enterprise plans, Opus is automatically upgraded to 1M context with no additional configuration. This applies to both Team Standard and Team Premium seats.

162 

163| Plan | Opus 4.6 with 1M context | Sonnet 4.6 with 1M context |

164| ------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

165| Max, Team, and Enterprise | Included with subscription | Requires [extra usage](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/12429409-extra-usage-for-paid-claude-plans) |

166| Pro | Requires [extra usage](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/12429409-extra-usage-for-paid-claude-plans) | Requires [extra usage](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/12429409-extra-usage-for-paid-claude-plans) |

167| API and pay-as-you-go | Full access | Full access |

168 

169To disable 1M context entirely, set `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_1M_CONTEXT=1`. This removes 1M model variants from the model picker. See [environment variables](/en/env-vars).

170 

171The 1M context window uses standard model pricing with no premium for tokens beyond 200K. For plans where extended context is included with your subscription, usage remains covered by your subscription. For plans that access extended context through extra usage, tokens are billed to extra usage.

172 

173If your account supports 1M context, the option appears in the model picker (`/model`) in the latest versions of Claude Code. If you don't see it, try restarting your session.

174 

175You can also use the `[1m]` suffix with model aliases or full model names:

87 176 

88```bash theme={null}177```bash theme={null}

89# Example of using a full model name with the [1m] suffix178# Use the opus[1m] or sonnet[1m] alias

90/model anthropic.claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929-v1:0[1m]179/model opus[1m]

91```180/model sonnet[1m]

92 181 

93Note: Extended context models have182# Or append [1m] to a full model name

94[different pricing](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/about-claude/pricing#long-context-pricing).183/model claude-opus-4-6[1m]

184```

95 185 

96## Checking your current model186## Checking your current model

97 187 


1001. In [status line](/en/statusline) (if configured)1901. In [status line](/en/statusline) (if configured)

1012. In `/status`, which also displays your account information.1912. In `/status`, which also displays your account information.

102 192 

193## Add a custom model option

194 

195Use `ANTHROPIC_CUSTOM_MODEL_OPTION` to add a single custom entry to the `/model` picker without replacing the built-in aliases. This is useful for LLM gateway deployments or testing model IDs that Claude Code does not list by default.

196 

197This example sets all three variables to make a gateway-routed Opus deployment selectable:

198 

199```bash theme={null}

200export ANTHROPIC_CUSTOM_MODEL_OPTION="my-gateway/claude-opus-4-6"

201export ANTHROPIC_CUSTOM_MODEL_OPTION_NAME="Opus via Gateway"

202export ANTHROPIC_CUSTOM_MODEL_OPTION_DESCRIPTION="Custom deployment routed through the internal LLM gateway"

203```

204 

205The custom entry appears at the bottom of the `/model` picker. `ANTHROPIC_CUSTOM_MODEL_OPTION_NAME` and `ANTHROPIC_CUSTOM_MODEL_OPTION_DESCRIPTION` are optional. If omitted, the model ID is used as the name and the description defaults to `Custom model (<model-id>)`.

206 

207Claude Code skips validation for the model ID set in `ANTHROPIC_CUSTOM_MODEL_OPTION`, so you can use any string your API endpoint accepts.

208 

103## Environment variables209## Environment variables

104 210 

105You can use the following environment variables, which must be full **model211You can use the following environment variables, which must be full **model


115Note: `ANTHROPIC_SMALL_FAST_MODEL` is deprecated in favor of221Note: `ANTHROPIC_SMALL_FAST_MODEL` is deprecated in favor of

116`ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL`.222`ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL`.

117 223 

224### Pin models for third-party deployments

225 

226When deploying Claude Code through [Bedrock](/en/amazon-bedrock), [Vertex AI](/en/google-vertex-ai), or [Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry), pin model versions before rolling out to users.

227 

228Without pinning, Claude Code uses model aliases (`sonnet`, `opus`, `haiku`) that resolve to the latest version. When Anthropic releases a new model, users whose accounts don't have the new version enabled will break silently.

229 

230<Warning>

231 Set all three model environment variables to specific version IDs as part of your initial setup. Skipping this step means a Claude Code update can break your users without any action on your part.

232</Warning>

233 

234Use the following environment variables with version-specific model IDs for your provider:

235 

236| Provider | Example |

237| :-------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------- |

238| Bedrock | `export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL='us.anthropic.claude-opus-4-6-v1'` |

239| Vertex AI | `export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL='claude-opus-4-6'` |

240| Foundry | `export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL='claude-opus-4-6'` |

241 

242Apply the same pattern for `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL` and `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL`. For current and legacy model IDs across all providers, see [Models overview](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/about-claude/models/overview). To upgrade users to a new model version, update these environment variables and redeploy.

243 

244To enable [extended context](#extended-context) for a pinned model, append `[1m]` to the model ID in `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL` or `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL`:

245 

246```bash theme={null}

247export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL='claude-opus-4-6[1m]'

248```

249 

250The `[1m]` suffix applies the 1M context window to all usage of that alias, including `opusplan`. Claude Code strips the suffix before sending the model ID to your provider. Only append `[1m]` when the underlying model supports 1M context, such as Opus 4.6 or Sonnet 4.6.

251 

252<Note>

253 The `settings.availableModels` allowlist still applies when using third-party providers. Filtering matches on the model alias (`opus`, `sonnet`, `haiku`), not the provider-specific model ID.

254</Note>

255 

256### Customize pinned model display and capabilities

257 

258When you pin a model on a third-party provider, the provider-specific ID appears as-is in the `/model` picker and Claude Code may not recognize which features the model supports. You can override the display name and declare capabilities with companion environment variables for each pinned model.

259 

260These variables only take effect on third-party providers such as Bedrock, Vertex AI, and Foundry. They have no effect when using the Anthropic API directly.

261 

262| Environment variable | Description |

263| ----------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

264| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL_NAME` | Display name for the pinned Opus model in the `/model` picker. Defaults to the model ID when not set |

265| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL_DESCRIPTION` | Display description for the pinned Opus model in the `/model` picker. Defaults to `Custom Opus model` when not set |

266| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL_SUPPORTED_CAPABILITIES` | Comma-separated list of capabilities the pinned Opus model supports |

267 

268The same `_NAME`, `_DESCRIPTION`, and `_SUPPORTED_CAPABILITIES` suffixes are available for `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL` and `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL`.

269 

270Claude Code enables features like [effort levels](#adjust-effort-level) and [extended thinking](/en/common-workflows#use-extended-thinking-thinking-mode) by matching the model ID against known patterns. Provider-specific IDs such as Bedrock ARNs or custom deployment names often don't match these patterns, leaving supported features disabled. Set `_SUPPORTED_CAPABILITIES` to tell Claude Code which features the model actually supports:

271 

272| Capability value | Enables |

273| ---------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

274| `effort` | [Effort levels](#adjust-effort-level) and the `/effort` command |

275| `max_effort` | The `max` effort level |

276| `thinking` | [Extended thinking](/en/common-workflows#use-extended-thinking-thinking-mode) |

277| `adaptive_thinking` | Adaptive reasoning that dynamically allocates thinking based on task complexity |

278| `interleaved_thinking` | Thinking between tool calls |

279 

280When `_SUPPORTED_CAPABILITIES` is set, listed capabilities are enabled and unlisted capabilities are disabled for the matching pinned model. When the variable is unset, Claude Code falls back to built-in detection based on the model ID.

281 

282This example pins Opus to a Bedrock custom model ARN, sets a friendly name, and declares its capabilities:

283 

284```bash theme={null}

285export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL='arn:aws:bedrock:us-east-1:123456789012:custom-model/abc'

286export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL_NAME='Opus via Bedrock'

287export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL_DESCRIPTION='Opus 4.6 routed through a Bedrock custom endpoint'

288export ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL_SUPPORTED_CAPABILITIES='effort,max_effort,thinking,adaptive_thinking,interleaved_thinking'

289```

290 

291### Override model IDs per version

292 

293The family-level environment variables above configure one model ID per family alias. If you need to map several versions within the same family to distinct provider IDs, use the `modelOverrides` setting instead.

294 

295`modelOverrides` maps individual Anthropic model IDs to the provider-specific strings that Claude Code sends to your provider's API. When a user selects a mapped model in the `/model` picker, Claude Code uses your configured value instead of the built-in default.

296 

297This lets enterprise administrators route each model version to a specific Bedrock inference profile ARN, Vertex AI version name, or Foundry deployment name for governance, cost allocation, or regional routing.

298 

299Set `modelOverrides` in your [settings file](/en/settings#settings-files):

300 

301```json theme={null}

302{

303 "modelOverrides": {

304 "claude-opus-4-6": "arn:aws:bedrock:us-east-2:123456789012:application-inference-profile/opus-prod",

305 "claude-opus-4-5-20251101": "arn:aws:bedrock:us-east-2:123456789012:application-inference-profile/opus-45-prod",

306 "claude-sonnet-4-6": "arn:aws:bedrock:us-east-2:123456789012:application-inference-profile/sonnet-prod"

307 }

308}

309```

310 

311Keys must be Anthropic model IDs as listed in the [Models overview](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/about-claude/models/overview). For dated model IDs, include the date suffix exactly as it appears there. Unknown keys are ignored.

312 

313Overrides replace the built-in model IDs that back each entry in the `/model` picker. On Bedrock, overrides take precedence over any inference profiles that Claude Code discovers automatically at startup. Values you supply directly through `ANTHROPIC_MODEL`, `--model`, or the `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_*_MODEL` environment variables are passed to the provider as-is and are not transformed by `modelOverrides`.

314 

315`modelOverrides` works alongside `availableModels`. The allowlist is evaluated against the Anthropic model ID, not the override value, so an entry like `"opus"` in `availableModels` continues to match even when Opus versions are mapped to ARNs.

316 

118### Prompt caching configuration317### Prompt caching configuration

119 318 

120Claude Code automatically uses [prompt caching](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/build-with-claude/prompt-caching) to optimize performance and reduce costs. You can disable prompt caching globally or for specific model tiers:319Claude Code automatically uses [prompt caching](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/build-with-claude/prompt-caching) to optimize performance and reduce costs. You can disable prompt caching globally or for specific model tiers:

121 320 

122| Environment variable | Description |321| Environment variable | Description |

123| ------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |322| ------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |


127| `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING_OPUS` | Set to `1` to disable prompt caching for Opus models only |326| `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING_OPUS` | Set to `1` to disable prompt caching for Opus models only |

128 327 

129These environment variables give you fine-grained control over prompt caching behavior. The global `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING` setting takes precedence over the model-specific settings, allowing you to quickly disable all caching when needed. The per-model settings are useful for selective control, such as when debugging specific models or working with cloud providers that may have different caching implementations.328These environment variables give you fine-grained control over prompt caching behavior. The global `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING` setting takes precedence over the model-specific settings, allowing you to quickly disable all caching when needed. The per-model settings are useful for selective control, such as when debugging specific models or working with cloud providers that may have different caching implementations.

130 

131 

132 

133> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Monitoring5# Monitoring

2 6 

3> Learn how to enable and configure OpenTelemetry for Claude Code.7> Learn how to enable and configure OpenTelemetry for Claude Code.

4 8 

5Claude Code supports OpenTelemetry (OTel) metrics and events for monitoring and observability.9Track Claude Code usage, costs, and tool activity across your organization by exporting telemetry data through OpenTelemetry (OTel). Claude Code exports metrics as time series data via the standard metrics protocol, and events via the logs/events protocol. Configure your metrics and logs backends to match your monitoring requirements.

6 

7All metrics are time series data exported via OpenTelemetry's standard metrics protocol, and events are exported via OpenTelemetry's logs/events protocol. It is the user's responsibility to ensure their metrics and logs backends are properly configured and that the aggregation granularity meets their monitoring requirements.

8 10 

9## Quick start11## Quick start

10 12 


15export CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_TELEMETRY=117export CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_TELEMETRY=1

16 18 

17# 2. Choose exporters (both are optional - configure only what you need)19# 2. Choose exporters (both are optional - configure only what you need)

18export OTEL_METRICS_EXPORTER=otlp # Options: otlp, prometheus, console20export OTEL_METRICS_EXPORTER=otlp # Options: otlp, prometheus, console, none

19export OTEL_LOGS_EXPORTER=otlp # Options: otlp, console21export OTEL_LOGS_EXPORTER=otlp # Options: otlp, console, none

20 22 

21# 3. Configure OTLP endpoint (for OTLP exporter)23# 3. Configure OTLP endpoint (for OTLP exporter)

22export OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_PROTOCOL=grpc24export OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_PROTOCOL=grpc


52 "OTEL_METRICS_EXPORTER": "otlp",54 "OTEL_METRICS_EXPORTER": "otlp",

53 "OTEL_LOGS_EXPORTER": "otlp",55 "OTEL_LOGS_EXPORTER": "otlp",

54 "OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_PROTOCOL": "grpc",56 "OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_PROTOCOL": "grpc",

55 "OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_ENDPOINT": "http://collector.company.com:4317",57 "OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_ENDPOINT": "http://collector.example.com:4317",

56 "OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_HEADERS": "Authorization=Bearer company-token"58 "OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_HEADERS": "Authorization=Bearer example-token"

57 }59 }

58}60}

59```61```


67### Common configuration variables69### Common configuration variables

68 70 

69| Environment Variable | Description | Example Values |71| Environment Variable | Description | Example Values |

70| ----------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------ |72| --------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------- |

71| `CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_TELEMETRY` | Enables telemetry collection (required) | `1` |73| `CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_TELEMETRY` | Enables telemetry collection (required) | `1` |

72| `OTEL_METRICS_EXPORTER` | Metrics exporter type(s) (comma-separated) | `console`, `otlp`, `prometheus` |74| `OTEL_METRICS_EXPORTER` | Metrics exporter types, comma-separated. Use `none` to disable | `console`, `otlp`, `prometheus`, `none` |

73| `OTEL_LOGS_EXPORTER` | Logs/events exporter type(s) (comma-separated) | `console`, `otlp` |75| `OTEL_LOGS_EXPORTER` | Logs/events exporter types, comma-separated. Use `none` to disable | `console`, `otlp`, `none` |

74| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_PROTOCOL` | Protocol for OTLP exporter (all signals) | `grpc`, `http/json`, `http/protobuf` |76| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_PROTOCOL` | Protocol for OTLP exporter, applies to all signals | `grpc`, `http/json`, `http/protobuf` |

75| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_ENDPOINT` | OTLP collector endpoint (all signals) | `http://localhost:4317` |77| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_ENDPOINT` | OTLP collector endpoint for all signals | `http://localhost:4317` |

76| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_PROTOCOL` | Protocol for metrics (overrides general) | `grpc`, `http/json`, `http/protobuf` |78| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_PROTOCOL` | Protocol for metrics, overrides general setting | `grpc`, `http/json`, `http/protobuf` |

77| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_ENDPOINT` | OTLP metrics endpoint (overrides general) | `http://localhost:4318/v1/metrics` |79| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_ENDPOINT` | OTLP metrics endpoint, overrides general setting | `http://localhost:4318/v1/metrics` |

78| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_PROTOCOL` | Protocol for logs (overrides general) | `grpc`, `http/json`, `http/protobuf` |80| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_PROTOCOL` | Protocol for logs, overrides general setting | `grpc`, `http/json`, `http/protobuf` |

79| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_ENDPOINT` | OTLP logs endpoint (overrides general) | `http://localhost:4318/v1/logs` |81| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_ENDPOINT` | OTLP logs endpoint, overrides general setting | `http://localhost:4318/v1/logs` |

80| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_HEADERS` | Authentication headers for OTLP | `Authorization=Bearer token` |82| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_HEADERS` | Authentication headers for OTLP | `Authorization=Bearer token` |

81| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_CLIENT_KEY` | Client key for mTLS authentication | Path to client key file |83| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_CLIENT_KEY` | Client key for mTLS authentication | Path to client key file |

82| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE` | Client certificate for mTLS authentication | Path to client cert file |84| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE` | Client certificate for mTLS authentication | Path to client cert file |

83| `OTEL_METRIC_EXPORT_INTERVAL` | Export interval in milliseconds (default: 60000) | `5000`, `60000` |85| `OTEL_METRIC_EXPORT_INTERVAL` | Export interval in milliseconds (default: 60000) | `5000`, `60000` |

84| `OTEL_LOGS_EXPORT_INTERVAL` | Logs export interval in milliseconds (default: 5000) | `1000`, `10000` |86| `OTEL_LOGS_EXPORT_INTERVAL` | Logs export interval in milliseconds (default: 5000) | `1000`, `10000` |

85| `OTEL_LOG_USER_PROMPTS` | Enable logging of user prompt content (default: disabled) | `1` to enable |87| `OTEL_LOG_USER_PROMPTS` | Enable logging of user prompt content (default: disabled) | `1` to enable |

88| `OTEL_LOG_TOOL_DETAILS` | Enable logging of tool parameters and input arguments in tool events: Bash commands, MCP server and tool names, skill names, and tool input (default: disabled) | `1` to enable |

89| `OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_TEMPORALITY_PREFERENCE` | Metrics temporality preference (default: `delta`). Set to `cumulative` if your backend expects cumulative temporality | `delta`, `cumulative` |

86| `CLAUDE_CODE_OTEL_HEADERS_HELPER_DEBOUNCE_MS` | Interval for refreshing dynamic headers (default: 1740000ms / 29 minutes) | `900000` |90| `CLAUDE_CODE_OTEL_HEADERS_HELPER_DEBOUNCE_MS` | Interval for refreshing dynamic headers (default: 1740000ms / 29 minutes) | `900000` |

87 91 

88### Metrics cardinality control92### Metrics cardinality control


90The following environment variables control which attributes are included in metrics to manage cardinality:94The following environment variables control which attributes are included in metrics to manage cardinality:

91 95 

92| Environment Variable | Description | Default Value | Example to Disable |96| Environment Variable | Description | Default Value | Example to Disable |

93| ----------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------- | ------------- | ------------------ |97| ----------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------- | ------------------ |

94| `OTEL_METRICS_INCLUDE_SESSION_ID` | Include session.id attribute in metrics | `true` | `false` |98| `OTEL_METRICS_INCLUDE_SESSION_ID` | Include session.id attribute in metrics | `true` | `false` |

95| `OTEL_METRICS_INCLUDE_VERSION` | Include app.version attribute in metrics | `false` | `true` |99| `OTEL_METRICS_INCLUDE_VERSION` | Include app.version attribute in metrics | `false` | `true` |

96| `OTEL_METRICS_INCLUDE_ACCOUNT_UUID` | Include user.account\_uuid attribute in metrics | `true` | `false` |100| `OTEL_METRICS_INCLUDE_ACCOUNT_UUID` | Include user.account\_uuid and user.account\_id attributes in metrics | `true` | `false` |

97 101 

98These variables help control the cardinality of metrics, which affects storage requirements and query performance in your metrics backend. Lower cardinality generally means better performance and lower storage costs but less granular data for analysis.102These variables help control the cardinality of metrics, which affects storage requirements and query performance in your metrics backend. Lower cardinality generally means better performance and lower storage costs but less granular data for analysis.

99 103 


144<Warning>148<Warning>

145 **Important formatting requirements for OTEL\_RESOURCE\_ATTRIBUTES:**149 **Important formatting requirements for OTEL\_RESOURCE\_ATTRIBUTES:**

146 150 

147 The `OTEL_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTES` environment variable follows the [W3C Baggage specification](https://www.w3.org/TR/baggage/), which has strict formatting requirements:151 The `OTEL_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTES` environment variable uses comma-separated key=value pairs with strict formatting requirements:

148 152 

149 * **No spaces allowed**: Values cannot contain spaces. For example, `user.organizationName=My Company` is invalid153 * **No spaces allowed**: Values cannot contain spaces. For example, `user.organizationName=My Company` is invalid

150 * **Format**: Must be comma-separated key=value pairs: `key1=value1,key2=value2`154 * **Format**: Must be comma-separated key=value pairs: `key1=value1,key2=value2`


170 174 

171### Example configurations175### Example configurations

172 176 

177Set these environment variables before running `claude`. Each block shows a complete configuration for a different exporter or deployment scenario:

178 

173```bash theme={null}179```bash theme={null}

174# Console debugging (1-second intervals)180# Console debugging (1-second intervals)

175export CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_TELEMETRY=1181export CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_TELEMETRY=1


196export OTEL_METRICS_EXPORTER=otlp202export OTEL_METRICS_EXPORTER=otlp

197export OTEL_LOGS_EXPORTER=otlp203export OTEL_LOGS_EXPORTER=otlp

198export OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_PROTOCOL=http/protobuf204export OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_PROTOCOL=http/protobuf

199export OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_ENDPOINT=http://metrics.company.com:4318205export OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_ENDPOINT=http://metrics.example.com:4318

200export OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_PROTOCOL=grpc206export OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_PROTOCOL=grpc

201export OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_ENDPOINT=http://logs.company.com:4317207export OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_ENDPOINT=http://logs.example.com:4317

202 208 

203# Metrics only (no events/logs)209# Metrics only (no events/logs)

204export CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_TELEMETRY=1210export CLAUDE_CODE_ENABLE_TELEMETRY=1


220All metrics and events share these standard attributes:226All metrics and events share these standard attributes:

221 227 

222| Attribute | Description | Controlled By |228| Attribute | Description | Controlled By |

223| ------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- |229| ------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- |

224| `session.id` | Unique session identifier | `OTEL_METRICS_INCLUDE_SESSION_ID` (default: true) |230| `session.id` | Unique session identifier | `OTEL_METRICS_INCLUDE_SESSION_ID` (default: true) |

225| `app.version` | Current Claude Code version | `OTEL_METRICS_INCLUDE_VERSION` (default: false) |231| `app.version` | Current Claude Code version | `OTEL_METRICS_INCLUDE_VERSION` (default: false) |

226| `organization.id` | Organization UUID (when authenticated) | Always included when available |232| `organization.id` | Organization UUID (when authenticated) | Always included when available |

227| `user.account_uuid` | Account UUID (when authenticated) | `OTEL_METRICS_INCLUDE_ACCOUNT_UUID` (default: true) |233| `user.account_uuid` | Account UUID (when authenticated) | `OTEL_METRICS_INCLUDE_ACCOUNT_UUID` (default: true) |

228| `terminal.type` | Terminal type (for example, `iTerm.app`, `vscode`, `cursor`, `tmux`) | Always included when detected |234| `user.account_id` | Account ID in tagged format matching Anthropic admin APIs (when authenticated), such as `user_01BWBeN28...` | `OTEL_METRICS_INCLUDE_ACCOUNT_UUID` (default: true) |

235| `user.id` | Anonymous device/installation identifier, generated per Claude Code installation | Always included |

236| `user.email` | User email address (when authenticated via OAuth) | Always included when available |

237| `terminal.type` | Terminal type, such as `iTerm.app`, `vscode`, `cursor`, or `tmux` | Always included when detected |

238 

239Events additionally include the following attributes. These are never attached to metrics because they would cause unbounded cardinality:

240 

241* `prompt.id`: UUID correlating a user prompt with all subsequent events until the next prompt. See [Event correlation attributes](#event-correlation-attributes).

242* `workspace.host_paths`: host workspace directories selected in the desktop app, as a string array

229 243 

230### Metrics244### Metrics

231 245 


244 258 

245### Metric details259### Metric details

246 260 

261Each metric includes the standard attributes listed above. Metrics with additional context-specific attributes are noted below.

262 

247#### Session counter263#### Session counter

248 264 

249Incremented at the start of each session.265Incremented at the start of each session.


284**Attributes**:300**Attributes**:

285 301 

286* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)302* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)

287* `model`: Model identifier (for example, "claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929")303* `model`: Model identifier (for example, "claude-sonnet-4-6")

288 304 

289#### Token counter305#### Token counter

290 306 


294 310 

295* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)311* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)

296* `type`: (`"input"`, `"output"`, `"cacheRead"`, `"cacheCreation"`)312* `type`: (`"input"`, `"output"`, `"cacheRead"`, `"cacheCreation"`)

297* `model`: Model identifier (for example, "claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929")313* `model`: Model identifier (for example, "claude-sonnet-4-6")

298 314 

299#### Code edit tool decision counter315#### Code edit tool decision counter

300 316 


303**Attributes**:319**Attributes**:

304 320 

305* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)321* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)

306* `tool`: Tool name (`"Edit"`, `"Write"`, `"NotebookEdit"`)322* `tool_name`: Tool name (`"Edit"`, `"Write"`, `"NotebookEdit"`)

307* `decision`: User decision (`"accept"`, `"reject"`)323* `decision`: User decision (`"accept"`, `"reject"`)

308* `language`: Programming language of the edited file (for example, `"TypeScript"`, `"Python"`, `"JavaScript"`, `"Markdown"`). Returns `"unknown"` for unrecognized file extensions.324* `source`: Decision source - `"config"`, `"hook"`, `"user_permanent"`, `"user_temporary"`, `"user_abort"`, or `"user_reject"`

325* `language`: Programming language of the edited file, such as `"TypeScript"`, `"Python"`, `"JavaScript"`, or `"Markdown"`. Returns `"unknown"` for unrecognized file extensions.

309 326 

310#### Active time counter327#### Active time counter

311 328 

312Tracks actual time spent actively using Claude Code (not idle time). This metric is incremented during user interactions such as typing prompts or receiving responses.329Tracks actual time spent actively using Claude Code, excluding idle time. This metric is incremented during user interactions (typing, reading responses) and during CLI processing (tool execution, AI response generation).

313 330 

314**Attributes**:331**Attributes**:

315 332 

316* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)333* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)

334* `type`: `"user"` for keyboard interactions, `"cli"` for tool execution and AI responses

317 335 

318### Events336### Events

319 337 

320Claude Code exports the following events via OpenTelemetry logs/events (when `OTEL_LOGS_EXPORTER` is configured):338Claude Code exports the following events via OpenTelemetry logs/events (when `OTEL_LOGS_EXPORTER` is configured):

321 339 

340#### Event correlation attributes

341 

342When a user submits a prompt, Claude Code may make multiple API calls and run several tools. The `prompt.id` attribute lets you tie all of those events back to the single prompt that triggered them.

343 

344| Attribute | Description |

345| ----------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

346| `prompt.id` | UUID v4 identifier linking all events produced while processing a single user prompt |

347 

348To trace all activity triggered by a single prompt, filter your events by a specific `prompt.id` value. This returns the user\_prompt event, any api\_request events, and any tool\_result events that occurred while processing that prompt.

349 

350<Note>

351 `prompt.id` is intentionally excluded from metrics because each prompt generates a unique ID, which would create an ever-growing number of time series. Use it for event-level analysis and audit trails only.

352</Note>

353 

322#### User prompt event354#### User prompt event

323 355 

324Logged when a user submits a prompt.356Logged when a user submits a prompt.


330* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)362* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)

331* `event.name`: `"user_prompt"`363* `event.name`: `"user_prompt"`

332* `event.timestamp`: ISO 8601 timestamp364* `event.timestamp`: ISO 8601 timestamp

365* `event.sequence`: monotonically increasing counter for ordering events within a session

333* `prompt_length`: Length of the prompt366* `prompt_length`: Length of the prompt

334* `prompt`: Prompt content (redacted by default, enable with `OTEL_LOG_USER_PROMPTS=1`)367* `prompt`: Prompt content (redacted by default, enable with `OTEL_LOG_USER_PROMPTS=1`)

335 368 


344* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)377* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)

345* `event.name`: `"tool_result"`378* `event.name`: `"tool_result"`

346* `event.timestamp`: ISO 8601 timestamp379* `event.timestamp`: ISO 8601 timestamp

380* `event.sequence`: monotonically increasing counter for ordering events within a session

347* `tool_name`: Name of the tool381* `tool_name`: Name of the tool

348* `success`: `"true"` or `"false"`382* `success`: `"true"` or `"false"`

349* `duration_ms`: Execution time in milliseconds383* `duration_ms`: Execution time in milliseconds

350* `error`: Error message (if failed)384* `error`: Error message (if failed)

351* `decision`: Either `"accept"` or `"reject"`385* `decision_type`: Either `"accept"` or `"reject"`

352* `source`: Decision source - `"config"`, `"user_permanent"`, `"user_temporary"`, `"user_abort"`, or `"user_reject"`386* `decision_source`: Decision source - `"config"`, `"hook"`, `"user_permanent"`, `"user_temporary"`, `"user_abort"`, or `"user_reject"`

353* `tool_parameters`: JSON string containing tool-specific parameters (when available)387* `tool_result_size_bytes`: Size of the tool result in bytes

354 * For Bash tool: includes `bash_command`, `full_command`, `timeout`, `description`, `sandbox`388* `mcp_server_scope`: MCP server scope identifier (for MCP tools)

389* `tool_parameters` (when `OTEL_LOG_TOOL_DETAILS=1`): JSON string containing tool-specific parameters:

390 * For Bash tool: includes `bash_command`, `full_command`, `timeout`, `description`, `dangerouslyDisableSandbox`, and `git_commit_id` (the commit SHA, when a `git commit` command succeeds)

391 * For MCP tools: includes `mcp_server_name`, `mcp_tool_name`

392 * For Skill tool: includes `skill_name`

393* `tool_input` (when `OTEL_LOG_TOOL_DETAILS=1`): JSON-serialized tool arguments. Individual values over 512 characters are truncated, and the full payload is bounded to \~4 K characters. Applies to all tools including MCP tools.

355 394 

356#### API request event395#### API request event

357 396 


364* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)403* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)

365* `event.name`: `"api_request"`404* `event.name`: `"api_request"`

366* `event.timestamp`: ISO 8601 timestamp405* `event.timestamp`: ISO 8601 timestamp

367* `model`: Model used (for example, "claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929")406* `event.sequence`: monotonically increasing counter for ordering events within a session

407* `model`: Model used (for example, "claude-sonnet-4-6")

368* `cost_usd`: Estimated cost in USD408* `cost_usd`: Estimated cost in USD

369* `duration_ms`: Request duration in milliseconds409* `duration_ms`: Request duration in milliseconds

370* `input_tokens`: Number of input tokens410* `input_tokens`: Number of input tokens

371* `output_tokens`: Number of output tokens411* `output_tokens`: Number of output tokens

372* `cache_read_tokens`: Number of tokens read from cache412* `cache_read_tokens`: Number of tokens read from cache

373* `cache_creation_tokens`: Number of tokens used for cache creation413* `cache_creation_tokens`: Number of tokens used for cache creation

414* `speed`: `"fast"` or `"normal"`, indicating whether fast mode was active

374 415 

375#### API error event416#### API error event

376 417 


383* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)424* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)

384* `event.name`: `"api_error"`425* `event.name`: `"api_error"`

385* `event.timestamp`: ISO 8601 timestamp426* `event.timestamp`: ISO 8601 timestamp

386* `model`: Model used (for example, "claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929")427* `event.sequence`: monotonically increasing counter for ordering events within a session

428* `model`: Model used (for example, "claude-sonnet-4-6")

387* `error`: Error message429* `error`: Error message

388* `status_code`: HTTP status code (if applicable)430* `status_code`: HTTP status code as a string, or `"undefined"` for non-HTTP errors

389* `duration_ms`: Request duration in milliseconds431* `duration_ms`: Request duration in milliseconds

390* `attempt`: Attempt number (for retried requests)432* `attempt`: Attempt number (for retried requests)

433* `speed`: `"fast"` or `"normal"`, indicating whether fast mode was active

391 434 

392#### Tool decision event435#### Tool decision event

393 436 


400* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)443* All [standard attributes](#standard-attributes)

401* `event.name`: `"tool_decision"`444* `event.name`: `"tool_decision"`

402* `event.timestamp`: ISO 8601 timestamp445* `event.timestamp`: ISO 8601 timestamp

446* `event.sequence`: monotonically increasing counter for ordering events within a session

403* `tool_name`: Name of the tool (for example, "Read", "Edit", "Write", "NotebookEdit")447* `tool_name`: Name of the tool (for example, "Read", "Edit", "Write", "NotebookEdit")

404* `decision`: Either `"accept"` or `"reject"`448* `decision`: Either `"accept"` or `"reject"`

405* `source`: Decision source - `"config"`, `"user_permanent"`, `"user_temporary"`, `"user_abort"`, or `"user_reject"`449* `source`: Decision source - `"config"`, `"hook"`, `"user_permanent"`, `"user_temporary"`, `"user_abort"`, or `"user_reject"`

406 450 

407## Interpreting metrics and events data451## Interpret metrics and events data

408 452 

409The metrics exported by Claude Code provide valuable insights into usage patterns and productivity. Here are some common visualizations and analyses you can create:453The exported metrics and events support a range of analyses:

410 454 

411### Usage monitoring455### Usage monitoring

412 456 


436* Unusual token consumption480* Unusual token consumption

437* High session volume from specific users481* High session volume from specific users

438 482 

439All metrics can be segmented by `user.account_uuid`, `organization.id`, `session.id`, `model`, and `app.version`.483All metrics can be segmented by `user.account_uuid`, `user.account_id`, `organization.id`, `session.id`, `model`, and `app.version`.

440 484 

441### Event analysis485### Event analysis

442 486 


485 529 

486For a comprehensive guide on measuring return on investment for Claude Code, including telemetry setup, cost analysis, productivity metrics, and automated reporting, see the [Claude Code ROI Measurement Guide](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code-monitoring-guide). This repository provides ready-to-use Docker Compose configurations, Prometheus and OpenTelemetry setups, and templates for generating productivity reports integrated with tools like Linear.530For a comprehensive guide on measuring return on investment for Claude Code, including telemetry setup, cost analysis, productivity metrics, and automated reporting, see the [Claude Code ROI Measurement Guide](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code-monitoring-guide). This repository provides ready-to-use Docker Compose configurations, Prometheus and OpenTelemetry setups, and templates for generating productivity reports integrated with tools like Linear.

487 531 

488## Security/privacy considerations532## Security and privacy

489 533 

490* Telemetry is opt-in and requires explicit configuration534* Telemetry is opt-in and requires explicit configuration

491* Sensitive information like API keys or file contents are never included in metrics or events535* Raw file contents and code snippets are not included in metrics or events

492* User prompt content is redacted by default - only prompt length is recorded. To enable user prompt logging, set `OTEL_LOG_USER_PROMPTS=1`536* When authenticated via OAuth, `user.email` is included in telemetry attributes. If this is a concern for your organization, work with your telemetry backend to filter or redact this field

537* User prompt content is not collected by default. Only prompt length is recorded. To include prompt content, set `OTEL_LOG_USER_PROMPTS=1`

538* Tool input arguments and parameters are not logged by default. To include them, set `OTEL_LOG_TOOL_DETAILS=1`. When enabled, `tool_result` events include a `tool_parameters` attribute with Bash commands, MCP server and tool names, and skill names, plus a `tool_input` attribute with file paths, URLs, search patterns, and other arguments. Individual values over 512 characters are truncated and the total is bounded to \~4 K characters, but the arguments may still contain sensitive values. Configure your telemetry backend to filter or redact these attributes as needed

493 539 

494## Monitoring Claude Code on Amazon Bedrock540## Monitor Claude Code on Amazon Bedrock

495 541 

496For detailed Claude Code usage monitoring guidance for Amazon Bedrock, see [Claude Code Monitoring Implementation (Bedrock)](https://github.com/aws-solutions-library-samples/guidance-for-claude-code-with-amazon-bedrock/blob/main/assets/docs/MONITORING.md).542For detailed Claude Code usage monitoring guidance for Amazon Bedrock, see [Claude Code Monitoring Implementation (Bedrock)](https://github.com/aws-solutions-library-samples/guidance-for-claude-code-with-amazon-bedrock/blob/main/assets/docs/MONITORING.md).

497 

498 

499 

500> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Enterprise network configuration5# Enterprise network configuration

2 6 

3> Configure Claude Code for enterprise environments with proxy servers, custom Certificate Authorities (CA), and mutual Transport Layer Security (mTLS) authentication.7> Configure Claude Code for enterprise environments with proxy servers, custom Certificate Authorities (CA), and mutual Transport Layer Security (mTLS) authentication.


76 80 

77Claude Code requires access to the following URLs:81Claude Code requires access to the following URLs:

78 82 

79* `api.anthropic.com` - Claude API endpoints83* `api.anthropic.com`: Claude API endpoints

80* `claude.ai` - WebFetch safeguards84* `claude.ai`: authentication for claude.ai accounts

81* `statsig.anthropic.com` - Telemetry and metrics85* `platform.claude.com`: authentication for Anthropic Console accounts

82* `sentry.io` - Error reporting

83 86 

84Ensure these URLs are allowlisted in your proxy configuration and firewall rules. This is especially important when using Claude Code in containerized or restricted network environments.87Ensure these URLs are allowlisted in your proxy configuration and firewall rules. This is especially important when using Claude Code in containerized or restricted network environments.

85 88 

86## Additional resources89The native installer and update checks also require the following URLs. If you install Claude Code through npm or manage your own binary distribution, end users may not need access:

87 90 

88* [Claude Code settings](/en/settings)91* `downloads.claude.ai`: CDN hosting the install script, version pointers, manifests, and executables

89* [Environment variables reference](/en/settings#environment-variables)92* `storage.googleapis.com`: legacy download bucket, deprecation in progress

90* [Troubleshooting guide](/en/troubleshooting)

91 93 

94[Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) and [Code Review](/en/code-review) connect to your repositories from Anthropic-managed infrastructure. If your GitHub Enterprise Cloud organization restricts access by IP address, enable [IP allow list inheritance for installed GitHub Apps](https://docs.github.com/en/enterprise-cloud@latest/organizations/keeping-your-organization-secure/managing-security-settings-for-your-organization/managing-allowed-ip-addresses-for-your-organization#allowing-access-by-github-apps). The Claude GitHub App registers its IP ranges, so enabling this setting allows access without manual configuration. To [add the ranges to your allow list manually](https://docs.github.com/en/enterprise-cloud@latest/organizations/keeping-your-organization-secure/managing-security-settings-for-your-organization/managing-allowed-ip-addresses-for-your-organization#adding-an-allowed-ip-address) instead, or to configure other firewalls, see the [Anthropic API IP addresses](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/api/ip-addresses).

92 95 

96## Additional resources

93 97 

94> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt98* [Claude Code settings](/en/settings)

99* [Environment variables reference](/en/env-vars)

100* [Troubleshooting guide](/en/troubleshooting)

output-styles.md +22 −18

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Output styles5# Output styles

2 6 

3> Adapt Claude Code for uses beyond software engineering7> Adapt Claude Code for uses beyond software engineering


38 42 

39## Change your output style43## Change your output style

40 44 

41You can either:45Run `/config` and select **Output style** to pick a style from a menu. Your

46selection is saved to `.claude/settings.local.json` at the

47[local project level](/en/settings).

42 48 

43* Run `/output-style` to access a menu and select your output style (this can49To set a style without the menu, edit the `outputStyle` field directly in a

44 also be accessed from the `/config` menu)50settings file:

45 51 

46* Run `/output-style [style]`, such as `/output-style explanatory`, to directly52```json theme={null}

47 switch to a style53{

54 "outputStyle": "Explanatory"

55}

56```

48 57 

49These changes apply to the [local project level](/en/settings) and are saved in58Because the output style is set in the system prompt at session start,

50`.claude/settings.local.json`. You can also directly edit the `outputStyle`59changes take effect the next time you start a new session. This keeps the system

51field in a settings file at a different level.60prompt stable throughout a conversation so prompt caching can reduce latency and

61cost.

52 62 

53## Create a custom output style63## Create a custom output style

54 64 


77 87 

78### Frontmatter88### Frontmatter

79 89 

80Output style files support frontmatter, useful for specifying metadata about the90Output style files support frontmatter for specifying metadata:

81command:

82 91 

83| Frontmatter | Purpose | Default |92| Frontmatter | Purpose | Default |

84| :------------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :---------------------- |93| :------------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :---------------------- |

85| `name` | Name of the output style, if not the file name | Inherits from file name |94| `name` | Name of the output style, if not the file name | Inherits from file name |

86| `description` | Description of the output style. Used only in the UI of `/output-style` | None |95| `description` | Description of the output style, shown in the `/config` picker | None |

87| `keep-coding-instructions` | Whether to keep the parts of Claude Code's system prompt related to coding. | false |96| `keep-coding-instructions` | Whether to keep the parts of Claude Code's system prompt related to coding. | false |

88 97 

89## Comparisons to related features98## Comparisons to related features


103settings like the model to use, the tools they have available, and some context112settings like the model to use, the tools they have available, and some context

104about when to use the agent.113about when to use the agent.

105 114 

106### Output Styles vs. [Custom Slash Commands](/en/slash-commands)115### Output Styles vs. [Skills](/en/skills)

107 

108You can think of output styles as "stored system prompts" and custom slash

109commands as "stored prompts".

110 

111 

112 116 

113> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt117Output styles modify how Claude responds (formatting, tone, structure) and are always active once selected. Skills are task-specific prompts that you invoke with `/skill-name` or that Claude loads automatically when relevant. Use output styles for consistent formatting preferences; use skills for reusable workflows and tasks.

overview.md +173 −74

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Claude Code overview5# Claude Code overview

2 6 

3> Learn about Claude Code, Anthropic's agentic coding tool that lives in your terminal and helps you turn ideas into code faster than ever before.7> Claude Code is an agentic coding tool that reads your codebase, edits files, runs commands, and integrates with your development tools. Available in your terminal, IDE, desktop app, and browser.

4 8 

5## Get started in 30 seconds9Claude Code is an AI-powered coding assistant that helps you build features, fix bugs, and automate development tasks. It understands your entire codebase and can work across multiple files and tools to get things done.

6 10 

7Prerequisites:11## Get started

8 12 

9* A [Claude subscription](https://claude.com/pricing) (Pro, Max, Teams, or Enterprise) or [Claude Console](https://console.anthropic.com/) account13Choose your environment to get started. Most surfaces require a [Claude subscription](https://claude.com/pricing?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs\&utm_content=overview_pricing) or [Anthropic Console](https://console.anthropic.com/) account. The Terminal CLI and VS Code also support [third-party providers](/en/third-party-integrations).

10 14 

11**Install Claude Code:**15<Tabs>

16 <Tab title="Terminal">

17 The full-featured CLI for working with Claude Code directly in your terminal. Edit files, run commands, and manage your entire project from the command line.

12 18 

13To install Claude Code, use one of the following methods:19 To install Claude Code, use one of the following methods:

14 20 

15<Tabs>21 <Tabs>

16 <Tab title="Native Install (Recommended)">22 <Tab title="Native Install (Recommended)">

17 **macOS, Linux, WSL:**23 **macOS, Linux, WSL:**

18 24 


31 ```batch theme={null}37 ```batch theme={null}

32 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd && del install.cmd38 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd && del install.cmd

33 ```39 ```

40 

41 **Windows requires [Git for Windows](https://git-scm.com/downloads/win).** Install it first if you don't have it.

42 

43 <Info>

44 Native installations automatically update in the background to keep you on the latest version.

45 </Info>

34 </Tab>46 </Tab>

35 47 

36 <Tab title="Homebrew">48 <Tab title="Homebrew">

37 ```sh theme={null}49 ```bash theme={null}

38 brew install --cask claude-code50 brew install --cask claude-code

39 ```51 ```

52 

53 <Info>

54 Homebrew installations do not auto-update. Run `brew upgrade claude-code` periodically to get the latest features and security fixes.

55 </Info>

56 </Tab>

57 

58 <Tab title="WinGet">

59 ```powershell theme={null}

60 winget install Anthropic.ClaudeCode

61 ```

62 

63 <Info>

64 WinGet installations do not auto-update. Run `winget upgrade Anthropic.ClaudeCode` periodically to get the latest features and security fixes.

65 </Info>

40 </Tab>66 </Tab>

67 </Tabs>

41 68 

42 <Tab title="NPM">69 Then start Claude Code in any project:

43 If you have [Node.js 18 or newer installed](https://nodejs.org/en/download/):

44 70 

45 ```sh theme={null}71 ```bash theme={null}

46 npm install -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code72 cd your-project

73 claude

47 ```74 ```

75 

76 You'll be prompted to log in on first use. That's it! [Continue with the Quickstart →](/en/quickstart)

77 

78 <Tip>

79 See [advanced setup](/en/setup) for installation options, manual updates, or uninstallation instructions. Visit [troubleshooting](/en/troubleshooting) if you hit issues.

80 </Tip>

81 </Tab>

82 

83 <Tab title="VS Code">

84 The VS Code extension provides inline diffs, @-mentions, plan review, and conversation history directly in your editor.

85 

86 * [Install for VS Code](vscode:extension/anthropic.claude-code)

87 * [Install for Cursor](cursor:extension/anthropic.claude-code)

88 

89 Or search for "Claude Code" in the Extensions view (`Cmd+Shift+X` on Mac, `Ctrl+Shift+X` on Windows/Linux). After installing, open the Command Palette (`Cmd+Shift+P` / `Ctrl+Shift+P`), type "Claude Code", and select **Open in New Tab**.

90 

91 [Get started with VS Code →](/en/vs-code#get-started)

92 </Tab>

93 

94 <Tab title="Desktop app">

95 A standalone app for running Claude Code outside your IDE or terminal. Review diffs visually, run multiple sessions side by side, schedule recurring tasks, and kick off cloud sessions.

96 

97 Download and install:

98 

99 * [macOS](https://claude.ai/api/desktop/darwin/universal/dmg/latest/redirect?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs) (Intel and Apple Silicon)

100 * [Windows](https://claude.ai/api/desktop/win32/x64/exe/latest/redirect?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs) (x64)

101 * [Windows ARM64](https://claude.ai/api/desktop/win32/arm64/exe/latest/redirect?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs) (remote sessions only)

102 

103 After installing, launch Claude, sign in, and click the **Code** tab to start coding. A [paid subscription](https://claude.com/pricing?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs\&utm_content=overview_desktop_pricing) is required.

104 

105 [Learn more about the desktop app →](/en/desktop-quickstart)

106 </Tab>

107 

108 <Tab title="Web">

109 Run Claude Code in your browser with no local setup. Kick off long-running tasks and check back when they're done, work on repos you don't have locally, or run multiple tasks in parallel. Available on desktop browsers and the Claude iOS app.

110 

111 Start coding at [claude.ai/code](https://claude.ai/code).

112 

113 [Get started on the web →](/en/claude-code-on-the-web#getting-started)

114 </Tab>

115 

116 <Tab title="JetBrains">

117 A plugin for IntelliJ IDEA, PyCharm, WebStorm, and other JetBrains IDEs with interactive diff viewing and selection context sharing.

118 

119 Install the [Claude Code plugin](https://plugins.jetbrains.com/plugin/27310-claude-code-beta-) from the JetBrains Marketplace and restart your IDE.

120 

121 [Get started with JetBrains →](/en/jetbrains)

48 </Tab>122 </Tab>

49</Tabs>123</Tabs>

50 124 

51**Start using Claude Code:**125## What you can do

126 

127Here are some of the ways you can use Claude Code:

128 

129<AccordionGroup>

130 <Accordion title="Automate the work you keep putting off" icon="wand-magic-sparkles">

131 Claude Code handles the tedious tasks that eat up your day: writing tests for untested code, fixing lint errors across a project, resolving merge conflicts, updating dependencies, and writing release notes.

52 132 

53```bash theme={null}133 ```bash theme={null}

54cd your-project134 claude "write tests for the auth module, run them, and fix any failures"

55claude135 ```

56```136 </Accordion>

137 

138 <Accordion title="Build features and fix bugs" icon="hammer">

139 Describe what you want in plain language. Claude Code plans the approach, writes the code across multiple files, and verifies it works.

57 140 

58You'll be prompted to log in on first use. That's it! [Continue with Quickstart (5 minutes) ](/en/quickstart)141 For bugs, paste an error message or describe the symptom. Claude Code traces the issue through your codebase, identifies the root cause, and implements a fix. See [common workflows](/en/common-workflows) for more examples.

142 </Accordion>

59 143 

60<Tip>144 <Accordion title="Create commits and pull requests" icon="code-branch">

61 Claude Code automatically keeps itself up to date. See [advanced setup](/en/setup) for installation options, manual updates, or uninstallation instructions. Visit [troubleshooting](/en/troubleshooting) if you hit issues.145 Claude Code works directly with git. It stages changes, writes commit messages, creates branches, and opens pull requests.

62</Tip>

63 146 

64## What Claude Code does for you147 ```bash theme={null}

148 claude "commit my changes with a descriptive message"

149 ```

65 150 

66* **Build features from descriptions**: Tell Claude what you want to build in plain English. It will make a plan, write the code, and ensure it works.151 In CI, you can automate code review and issue triage with [GitHub Actions](/en/github-actions) or [GitLab CI/CD](/en/gitlab-ci-cd).

67* **Debug and fix issues**: Describe a bug or paste an error message. Claude Code will analyze your codebase, identify the problem, and implement a fix.152 </Accordion>

68* **Navigate any codebase**: Ask anything about your team's codebase, and get a thoughtful answer back. Claude Code maintains awareness of your entire project structure, can find up-to-date information from the web, and with [MCP](/en/mcp) can pull from external data sources like Google Drive, Figma, and Slack.

69* **Automate tedious tasks**: Fix fiddly lint issues, resolve merge conflicts, and write release notes. Do all this in a single command from your developer machines, or automatically in CI.

70 153 

71## Why developers love Claude Code154 <Accordion title="Connect your tools with MCP" icon="plug">

155 The [Model Context Protocol (MCP)](/en/mcp) is an open standard for connecting AI tools to external data sources. With MCP, Claude Code can read your design docs in Google Drive, update tickets in Jira, pull data from Slack, or use your own custom tooling.

156 </Accordion>

72 157 

73* **Works in your terminal**: Not another chat window. Not another IDE. Claude Code meets you where you already work, with the tools you already love.158 <Accordion title="Customize with instructions, skills, and hooks" icon="sliders">

74* **Takes action**: Claude Code can directly edit files, run commands, and create commits. Need more? [MCP](/en/mcp) lets Claude read your design docs in Google Drive, update your tickets in Jira, or use *your* custom developer tooling.159 [`CLAUDE.md`](/en/memory) is a markdown file you add to your project root that Claude Code reads at the start of every session. Use it to set coding standards, architecture decisions, preferred libraries, and review checklists. Claude also builds [auto memory](/en/memory#auto-memory) as it works, saving learnings like build commands and debugging insights across sessions without you writing anything.

75* **Unix philosophy**: Claude Code is composable and scriptable. `tail -f app.log | claude -p "Slack me if you see any anomalies appear in this log stream"` *works*. Your CI can run `claude -p "If there are new text strings, translate them into French and raise a PR for @lang-fr-team to review"`.

76* **Enterprise-ready**: Use the Claude API, or host on AWS or GCP. Enterprise-grade [security](/en/security), [privacy](/en/data-usage), and [compliance](https://trust.anthropic.com/) is built-in.

77 160 

78## Next steps161 Create [custom commands](/en/skills) to package repeatable workflows your team can share, like `/review-pr` or `/deploy-staging`.

79 162 

80<CardGroup>163 [Hooks](/en/hooks) let you run shell commands before or after Claude Code actions, like auto-formatting after every file edit or running lint before a commit.

81 <Card title="Quickstart" icon="rocket" href="/en/quickstart">164 </Accordion>

82 See Claude Code in action with practical examples

83 </Card>

84 165 

85 <Card title="Common workflows" icon="graduation-cap" href="/en/common-workflows">166 <Accordion title="Run agent teams and build custom agents" icon="users">

86 Step-by-step guides for common workflows167 Spawn [multiple Claude Code agents](/en/sub-agents) that work on different parts of a task simultaneously. A lead agent coordinates the work, assigns subtasks, and merges results.

87 </Card>

88 168 

89 <Card title="Troubleshooting" icon="wrench" href="/en/troubleshooting">169 For fully custom workflows, the [Agent SDK](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/agent-sdk/overview) lets you build your own agents powered by Claude Code's tools and capabilities, with full control over orchestration, tool access, and permissions.

90 Solutions for common issues with Claude Code170 </Accordion>

91 </Card>

92 171 

93 <Card title="IDE setup" icon="laptop" href="/en/vs-code">172 <Accordion title="Pipe, script, and automate with the CLI" icon="terminal">

94 Add Claude Code to your IDE173 Claude Code is composable and follows the Unix philosophy. Pipe logs into it, run it in CI, or chain it with other tools:

95 </Card>

96</CardGroup>

97 174 

98## Additional resources175 ```bash theme={null}

176 # Analyze recent log output

177 tail -200 app.log | claude -p "Slack me if you see any anomalies"

178 

179 # Automate translations in CI

180 claude -p "translate new strings into French and raise a PR for review"

181 

182 # Bulk operations across files

183 git diff main --name-only | claude -p "review these changed files for security issues"

184 ```

185 

186 See the [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) for the full set of commands and flags.

187 </Accordion>

99 188 

100<CardGroup>189 <Accordion title="Schedule recurring tasks" icon="clock">

101 <Card title="About Claude Code" icon="sparkles" href="https://claude.com/product/claude-code">190 Run Claude on a schedule to automate work that repeats: morning PR reviews, overnight CI failure analysis, weekly dependency audits, or syncing docs after PRs merge.

102 Learn more about Claude Code on claude.com

103 </Card>

104 191 

105 <Card title="Build with the Agent SDK" icon="code-branch" href="https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agent-sdk/overview">192 * [Cloud scheduled tasks](/en/web-scheduled-tasks) run on Anthropic-managed infrastructure, so they keep running even when your computer is off. Create them from the web, the Desktop app, or by running `/schedule` in the CLI.

106 Create custom AI agents with the Claude Agent SDK193 * [Desktop scheduled tasks](/en/desktop#schedule-recurring-tasks) run on your machine, with direct access to your local files and tools

107 </Card>194 * [`/loop`](/en/scheduled-tasks) repeats a prompt within a CLI session for quick polling

195 </Accordion>

108 196 

109 <Card title="Host on AWS or GCP" icon="cloud" href="/en/third-party-integrations">197 <Accordion title="Work from anywhere" icon="globe">

110 Configure Claude Code with Amazon Bedrock or Google Vertex AI198 Sessions aren't tied to a single surface. Move work between environments as your context changes:

111 </Card>

112 199 

113 <Card title="Settings" icon="gear" href="/en/settings">200 * Step away from your desk and keep working from your phone or any browser with [Remote Control](/en/remote-control)

114 Customize Claude Code for your workflow201 * Message [Dispatch](/en/desktop#sessions-from-dispatch) a task from your phone and open the Desktop session it creates

115 </Card>202 * Kick off a long-running task on the [web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) or [iOS app](https://apps.apple.com/app/claude-by-anthropic/id6473753684), then pull it into your terminal with `/teleport`

203 * Hand off a terminal session to the [Desktop app](/en/desktop) with `/desktop` for visual diff review

204 * Route tasks from team chat: mention `@Claude` in [Slack](/en/slack) with a bug report and get a pull request back

205 </Accordion>

206</AccordionGroup>

116 207 

117 <Card title="Commands" icon="terminal" href="/en/cli-reference">208## Use Claude Code everywhere

118 Learn about CLI commands and controls

119 </Card>

120 209 

121 <Card title="Reference implementation" icon="code" href="https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/tree/main/.devcontainer">210Each surface connects to the same underlying Claude Code engine, so your CLAUDE.md files, settings, and MCP servers work across all of them.

122 Clone our development container reference implementation

123 </Card>

124 211 

125 <Card title="Security" icon="shield" href="/en/security">212Beyond the [Terminal](/en/quickstart), [VS Code](/en/vs-code), [JetBrains](/en/jetbrains), [Desktop](/en/desktop), and [Web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) environments above, Claude Code integrates with CI/CD, chat, and browser workflows:

126 Discover Claude Code's safeguards and best practices for safe usage

127 </Card>

128 213 

129 <Card title="Privacy and data usage" icon="lock" href="/en/data-usage">214| I want to... | Best option |

130 Understand how Claude Code handles your data215| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

131 </Card>216| Continue a local session from my phone or another device | [Remote Control](/en/remote-control) |

132</CardGroup>217| Push events from Telegram, Discord, iMessage, or my own webhooks into a session | [Channels](/en/channels) |

218| Start a task locally, continue on mobile | [Web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) or [Claude iOS app](https://apps.apple.com/app/claude-by-anthropic/id6473753684) |

219| Run Claude on a recurring schedule | [Cloud scheduled tasks](/en/web-scheduled-tasks) or [Desktop scheduled tasks](/en/desktop#schedule-recurring-tasks) |

220| Automate PR reviews and issue triage | [GitHub Actions](/en/github-actions) or [GitLab CI/CD](/en/gitlab-ci-cd) |

221| Get automatic code review on every PR | [GitHub Code Review](/en/code-review) |

222| Route bug reports from Slack to pull requests | [Slack](/en/slack) |

223| Debug live web applications | [Chrome](/en/chrome) |

224| Build custom agents for your own workflows | [Agent SDK](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/agent-sdk/overview) |

133 225 

226## Next steps

134 227 

228Once you've installed Claude Code, these guides help you go deeper.

135 229 

136> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt230* [Quickstart](/en/quickstart): walk through your first real task, from exploring a codebase to committing a fix

231* [Store instructions and memories](/en/memory): give Claude persistent instructions with CLAUDE.md files and auto memory

232* [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows) and [best practices](/en/best-practices): patterns for getting the most out of Claude Code

233* [Settings](/en/settings): customize Claude Code for your workflow

234* [Troubleshooting](/en/troubleshooting): solutions for common issues

235* [code.claude.com](https://code.claude.com/): demos, pricing, and product details

permission-modes.md +290 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Choose a permission mode

6 

7> Switch between supervised editing, read-only planning, and auto mode where a background classifier replaces manual permission prompts. Cycle modes with Shift+Tab in the CLI or use the mode selector in VS Code, Desktop, and claude.ai.

8 

9Permission modes control whether Claude asks before acting. Different tasks call for different levels of autonomy: you might want full oversight for sensitive work, minimal interruptions for a long refactor, or read-only access while exploring a codebase.

10 

11This page covers how to:

12 

13* [Switch modes](#switch-permission-modes) during a session, at startup, or as a default

14* [Choose a mode](#available-modes) based on what Claude should be able to do without asking

15* [Run auto mode](#eliminate-prompts-with-auto-mode) with background safety checks, and see what it [blocks by default](#what-the-classifier-blocks-by-default)

16* [Plan changes read-only](#analyze-before-you-edit-with-plan-mode) before approving edits

17* [Restrict Claude to pre-approved tools](#allow-only-pre-approved-tools-with-dontask-mode) for locked-down environments

18* [Skip checks entirely](#skip-all-checks-with-bypasspermissions-mode) in isolated environments

19 

20## Switch permission modes

21 

22You can switch modes at any time during a session, at startup, or as a persistent default. The mechanism depends on where you're running Claude Code.

23 

24<Tabs>

25 <Tab title="CLI">

26 **During a session**: press `Shift+Tab` to cycle through `default` → `acceptEdits` → `plan` → `auto`. The current mode appears in the status bar. `auto` does not appear in the cycle until you pass `--enable-auto-mode` at startup. Auto also requires a Team (or Enterprise/API once available) plan and Claude Sonnet 4.6 or Opus 4.6, so the option may remain unavailable even with the flag. If `bypassPermissions` is also enabled, it appears in the cycle between `plan` and `auto`.

27 

28 **At startup**: pass the mode as a CLI flag:

29 

30 ```bash theme={null}

31 claude --permission-mode plan

32 ```

33 

34 **As a default**: set `defaultMode` in your [settings file](/en/settings#settings-files):

35 

36 ```json theme={null}

37 {

38 "permissions": {

39 "defaultMode": "acceptEdits"

40 }

41 }

42 ```

43 

44 **Non-interactively**: the same flag works with `-p` for scripted runs:

45 

46 ```bash theme={null}

47 claude -p "refactor auth" --permission-mode acceptEdits

48 ```

49 

50 `dontAsk` is never in the `Shift+Tab` cycle. `bypassPermissions` appears in the cycle only if you started the session with `--permission-mode bypassPermissions`, `--dangerously-skip-permissions`, or `--allow-dangerously-skip-permissions`. The third flag adds the mode to the cycle without activating it, so you can compose it with a different starting mode like `--permission-mode plan`. Set any of these at startup or in your settings file.

51 </Tab>

52 

53 <Tab title="JetBrains">

54 The JetBrains plugin launches Claude Code in the IDE terminal, so switching modes works the same as in the CLI: press `Shift+Tab` to cycle, or pass `--permission-mode` when launching.

55 </Tab>

56 

57 <Tab title="VS Code">

58 **During a session**: click the mode indicator at the bottom of the prompt box to switch modes.

59 

60 **As a default**: set `claudeCode.initialPermissionMode` in VS Code settings, or use the Claude Code extension settings panel.

61 

62 The VS Code UI uses friendly labels that map to the settings keys below:

63 

64 | UI label | Settings key |

65 | :----------------- | :------------------ |

66 | Ask permissions | `default` |

67 | Auto accept edits | `acceptEdits` |

68 | Plan mode | `plan` |

69 | Auto | `auto` |

70 | Bypass permissions | `bypassPermissions` |

71 

72 Auto and Bypass permissions appear only after you enable **Allow dangerously skip permissions** in the extension settings. Auto also requires a Team plan and Claude Sonnet 4.6 or Opus 4.6, so the option may remain unavailable even with the toggle on.

73 

74 See the [VS Code guide](/en/vs-code) for extension-specific details.

75 </Tab>

76 

77 <Tab title="Desktop">

78 **During a session**: use the mode selector next to the send button. You can change it before or during a session.

79 

80 The Desktop UI uses friendly labels that map to the settings keys below:

81 

82 | UI label | Settings key |

83 | :----------------- | :------------------ |

84 | Ask permissions | `default` |

85 | Auto accept edits | `acceptEdits` |

86 | Plan mode | `plan` |

87 | Auto | `auto` |

88 | Bypass permissions | `bypassPermissions` |

89 

90 Auto and Bypass permissions appear in the selector only after you enable them in Desktop settings. See the [Desktop guide](/en/desktop#choose-a-permission-mode) for details.

91 </Tab>

92 

93 <Tab title="Web and mobile">

94 **During a session**: use the mode dropdown next to the prompt box on [claude.ai/code](https://claude.ai/code) or in the Claude mobile app.

95 

96 For [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) sessions running on Anthropic's cloud VMs, the dropdown offers Auto accept edits and Plan mode. Ask permissions and Auto are not available for cloud sessions.

97 

98 For [Remote Control](/en/remote-control) sessions running on your local machine, the dropdown offers Ask permissions, Auto accept edits, and Plan mode. You can also set the starting mode when you launch the local host:

99 

100 ```bash theme={null}

101 claude remote-control --permission-mode acceptEdits

102 ```

103 

104 Permission prompts appear in claude.ai for approval.

105 </Tab>

106</Tabs>

107 

108Permission modes are set through the UI, CLI flags, or settings files. Telling Claude "stop asking for permission" in the chat does not change the mode. See [Permissions](/en/permissions) for how modes interact with allow, ask, and deny rules.

109 

110## Available modes

111 

112Each mode makes a different tradeoff between convenience and oversight. Pick the one that matches your task.

113 

114| Mode | What Claude can do without asking | Best for |

115| :------------------------------------------------------------------ | :----------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------ |

116| `default` | Read files | Getting started, sensitive work |

117| `acceptEdits` | Read and edit files | Iterating on code you're reviewing |

118| [`plan`](#analyze-before-you-edit-with-plan-mode) | Read files | Exploring a codebase, planning a refactor |

119| [`auto`](#eliminate-prompts-with-auto-mode) | All actions, with background safety checks | Long-running tasks, reducing prompt fatigue |

120| [`bypassPermissions`](#skip-all-checks-with-bypasspermissions-mode) | All actions, no checks | Isolated containers and VMs only |

121| [`dontAsk`](#allow-only-pre-approved-tools-with-dontask-mode) | Only pre-approved tools | Locked-down environments |

122 

123## Analyze before you edit with plan mode

124 

125Plan mode tells Claude to research and propose changes without making them. Claude reads files, runs shell commands to explore, asks clarifying questions, and writes a plan file, but does not edit your source code. Permission prompts work the same as default mode: you still approve Bash commands, network requests, and other actions that would normally prompt.

126 

127### When to use plan mode

128 

129Plan mode is useful when you want Claude to research and propose an approach before making changes:

130 

131* **Multi-step implementation**: when a feature requires edits across many files

132* **Code exploration**: when you want to research the codebase before changing anything

133* **Interactive development**: when you want to iterate on the direction with Claude

134 

135### Start and use plan mode

136 

137Enter plan mode for a single request by prefixing your prompt with `/plan`, or switch the whole session into plan mode by pressing `Shift+Tab` to [cycle through permission modes](#switch-permission-modes). You can also start in plan mode from the CLI:

138 

139```bash theme={null}

140claude --permission-mode plan

141```

142 

143This example starts a planning session for a complex refactor:

144 

145```text theme={null}

146I need to refactor our authentication system to use OAuth2. Create a detailed migration plan.

147```

148 

149Claude analyzes the current implementation and creates a plan. Refine with follow-ups:

150 

151```text theme={null}

152What about backward compatibility?

153How should we handle database migration?

154```

155 

156When the plan is ready, Claude presents it and asks how to proceed. From that prompt you can:

157 

158* Approve and start in auto mode

159* Approve and accept edits

160* Approve and manually review each edit

161* Keep planning, which sends your feedback back to Claude for another round

162 

163Each approve option also offers to clear the planning context first.

164 

165## Eliminate prompts with auto mode

166 

167Auto mode is available on Team plans, with Enterprise and API support rolling out shortly. On Team and Enterprise, an admin must enable it in [Claude Code admin settings](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code) before users can turn it on. It requires Claude Sonnet 4.6 or Claude Opus 4.6, and is not available on Haiku, claude-3 models, or third-party providers (Bedrock, Vertex, Foundry).

168 

169Auto mode lets Claude execute actions without showing permission prompts. Before each action runs, a separate classifier model reviews the conversation and decides whether the action matches what you asked for: it blocks actions that escalate beyond the task scope, target infrastructure the classifier doesn't recognize as trusted, or appear to be driven by hostile content encountered in a file or web page. For a deeper look at how the classifier is designed, see the [auto mode announcement](https://claude.com/blog/auto-mode).

170 

171<Warning>

172 Auto mode is a research preview. It reduces prompts but does not guarantee safety. It provides more protection than `bypassPermissions` but is not as thorough as manually reviewing each action. Use it for tasks where you trust the general direction, not as a replacement for review on sensitive operations.

173</Warning>

174 

175**Model**: the classifier runs on Claude Sonnet 4.6, even if your main session uses a different model.

176 

177**Cost**: classifier calls count toward your token usage the same as main-session calls. Each checked action sends a portion of the conversation transcript plus the pending action to the classifier. The extra cost comes mainly from shell commands and network operations, since read-only actions and file edits in your working directory don't trigger a classifier call.

178 

179**Latency**: each classifier check adds a round-trip before the action executes.

180 

181### How actions are evaluated

182 

183Each action goes through a fixed decision order. The first matching step wins:

184 

1851. Actions matching your [allow or deny rules](/en/permissions#manage-permissions) resolve immediately

1862. Read-only actions and file edits in your working directory are auto-approved

1873. Everything else goes to the classifier

1884. If the classifier blocks, Claude receives the reason and attempts an alternative approach

189 

190On entering auto mode, Claude Code drops any allow rule that is known to grant arbitrary code execution: blanket shell access like `Bash(*)`, wildcarded script interpreters like `Bash(python*)` or `Bash(node*)`, package-manager run commands, and any `Agent` allow rule. These rules would auto-approve the commands and subagent delegations most capable of causing damage before the classifier ever sees them. Narrow rules like `Bash(npm test)` carry over. The dropped rules are restored when you leave auto mode.

191 

192The classifier receives user messages and tool calls as input, with Claude's own text and tool results stripped out. It also receives your CLAUDE.md content, so actions described in your project instructions are factored into allow and block decisions. Because tool results never reach the classifier, hostile content in a file or web page cannot manipulate it directly. The classifier evaluates the pending action against a customizable set of block and allow rules, checking whether the action is an overeager escalation beyond what you asked for, a mistake about what's safe to touch, or a sudden departure from your stated intent that suggests Claude may have been steered by something it read.

193 

194Unlike your permission rules, which match tool names and argument patterns, the classifier reads prose descriptions of what to block and allow: it reasons about the action in context rather than matching syntax.

195 

196### How auto mode handles subagents

197 

198When Claude spawns a [subagent](/en/sub-agents), the classifier evaluates the delegated task before the subagent starts. A task description that looks dangerous on its own, like "delete all remote branches matching this pattern", is blocked at spawn time.

199 

200Inside the subagent, auto mode runs with the same block and allow rules as the parent session. Any `permissionMode` the subagent defines in its own frontmatter is ignored. The subagent's own tool calls go through the classifier independently.

201 

202When the subagent finishes, the classifier reviews its full action history. A subagent that was benign at spawn could have been compromised mid-run by content it read. If the return check flags a concern, a security warning is prepended to the subagent's results so the main agent can decide how to proceed.

203 

204### What the classifier blocks by default

205 

206Out of the box, the classifier trusts your working directory and, if you're in a git repo, that repo's configured remotes. Everything else is treated as external: your company's source control orgs, cloud buckets, and internal services are unknown until you tell the classifier about them.

207 

208**Blocked by default**:

209 

210* Downloading and executing code, like `curl | bash` or scripts from cloned repos

211* Sending sensitive data to external endpoints

212* Production deploys and migrations

213* Mass deletion on cloud storage

214* Granting IAM or repo permissions

215* Modifying shared infrastructure

216* Irreversibly destroying files that existed before the session started

217* Destructive source control operations like force push or pushing directly to `main`

218 

219**Allowed by default**:

220 

221* Local file operations in your working directory

222* Installing dependencies already declared in your lock files or manifests

223* Reading `.env` and sending credentials to their matching API

224* Read-only HTTP requests

225* Pushing to the branch you started on or one Claude created

226 

227To see the full default rule lists as the classifier receives them, run `claude auto-mode defaults`.

228 

229If auto mode blocks something routine for your team, like pushing to your own org's repo or writing to a company bucket, it's because the classifier doesn't know those are trusted. Administrators can add trusted repos, buckets, and internal services via the `autoMode.environment` setting: see [Configure the auto mode classifier](/en/permissions#configure-the-auto-mode-classifier) for the full configuration guide.

230 

231### When auto mode falls back

232 

233The fallback design keeps false positives from derailing a session: a mistaken block costs Claude a retry, not your progress. If the classifier blocks an action 3 times in a row or 20 times total in one session, auto mode pauses and Claude Code resumes prompting for each action. These thresholds are not configurable.

234 

235* **CLI**: you see a notification in the status area. Approving the prompted action resets the denial counters, so you can continue in auto mode

236* **Non-interactive mode** with the `-p` flag: aborts the session, since there is no user to prompt

237 

238Repeated blocks usually mean one of two things: the task genuinely requires actions the classifier is built to stop, or the classifier is missing context about your trusted infrastructure and treating safe actions as risky. If the blocks look like false positives, or if the classifier misses something it should have caught, use `/feedback` to report it. If blocks are happening because the classifier doesn't recognize your repos or services as trusted, have an administrator [configure trusted infrastructure](/en/permissions#configure-the-auto-mode-classifier) in managed settings.

239 

240## Allow only pre-approved tools with dontAsk mode

241 

242`dontAsk` mode auto-denies every tool that is not explicitly allowed. Only actions matching your `/permissions` allow rules or `permissions.allow` settings can execute. If a tool has an explicit `ask` rule, the action is also denied rather than prompting. This makes the mode fully non-interactive, suitable for CI pipelines or restricted environments where you pre-define exactly what Claude is permitted to do.

243 

244```bash theme={null}

245claude --permission-mode dontAsk

246```

247 

248## Skip all checks with bypassPermissions mode

249 

250`bypassPermissions` mode disables all permission prompts and safety checks. Every tool call executes immediately without any verification. Only use this in isolated environments like containers, VMs, or devcontainers without internet access, where Claude Code cannot cause damage to your host system.

251 

252```bash theme={null}

253claude --permission-mode bypassPermissions

254```

255 

256The `--dangerously-skip-permissions` flag is equivalent to `--permission-mode bypassPermissions`:

257 

258```bash theme={null}

259claude -p "refactor the auth module" --dangerously-skip-permissions

260```

261 

262<Warning>

263 `bypassPermissions` mode offers no protection against prompt injection or unintended actions. For a safer alternative that still maintains background safety checks, use [auto mode](#eliminate-prompts-with-auto-mode). Administrators can block this mode by setting `permissions.disableBypassPermissionsMode` to `"disable"` in [managed settings](/en/permissions#managed-settings).

264</Warning>

265 

266## Compare permission approaches

267 

268The table below summarizes the key differences in how each mode handles approvals. `plan` is omitted since it restricts what Claude can do rather than how approvals work.

269 

270| | `default` | `acceptEdits` | `auto` | `dontAsk` | `bypassPermissions` |

271| :----------------- | :---------------------- | :------------------ | :---------------------------- | :------------------------------- | :------------------ |

272| Permission prompts | File edits and commands | Commands only | None unless fallback triggers | None, blocked unless pre-allowed | None |

273| Safety checks | You review each action | You review commands | Classifier reviews commands | Your pre-approved rules only | None |

274| Token usage | Standard | Standard | Higher, from classifier calls | Standard | Standard |

275 

276## Customize permissions further

277 

278Permission modes set the baseline approval behavior. For control over individual tools or commands, layer additional configuration on top of the active mode.

279 

280**Permission rules** are the first stop. Add `allow`, `ask`, or `deny` entries to your settings file to pre-approve safe commands, force a prompt for risky ones, or block specific tools entirely. Rules apply in every mode except `bypassPermissions`, which skips the permission layer entirely, and are matched by tool name and argument pattern. See [Manage permissions](/en/permissions#manage-permissions) for syntax and examples.

281 

282**Hooks** cover logic that pattern-matching rules can't express. A [`PreToolUse` hook](/en/hooks#pretooluse-decision-control) runs before every tool call and can allow, deny, or escalate based on command content, file paths, time of day, or a response from an external policy service. A [`PermissionRequest` hook](/en/hooks#permissionrequest) intercepts the permission dialog itself and answers on your behalf. See [Hooks](/en/hooks) for configuration.

283 

284## See also

285 

286* [Permissions](/en/permissions): permission rules, syntax, managed policies

287* [Hooks](/en/hooks): custom permission logic, lifecycle scripting

288* [Security](/en/security): security safeguards and best practices

289* [Sandboxing](/en/sandboxing): filesystem and network isolation for Bash commands

290* [Non-interactive mode](/en/headless): run Claude Code programmatically with the `-p` flag

permissions.md +385 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Configure permissions

6 

7> Control what Claude Code can access and do with fine-grained permission rules, modes, and managed policies.

8 

9Claude Code supports fine-grained permissions so that you can specify exactly what the agent is allowed to do and what it cannot. Permission settings can be checked into version control and distributed to all developers in your organization, as well as customized by individual developers.

10 

11## Permission system

12 

13Claude Code uses a tiered permission system to balance power and safety:

14 

15| Tool type | Example | Approval required | "Yes, don't ask again" behavior |

16| :---------------- | :--------------- | :---------------- | :-------------------------------------------- |

17| Read-only | File reads, Grep | No | N/A |

18| Bash commands | Shell execution | Yes | Permanently per project directory and command |

19| File modification | Edit/write files | Yes | Until session end |

20 

21## Manage permissions

22 

23You can view and manage Claude Code's tool permissions with `/permissions`. This UI lists all permission rules and the settings.json file they are sourced from.

24 

25* **Allow** rules let Claude Code use the specified tool without manual approval.

26* **Ask** rules prompt for confirmation whenever Claude Code tries to use the specified tool.

27* **Deny** rules prevent Claude Code from using the specified tool.

28 

29Rules are evaluated in order: **deny -> ask -> allow**. The first matching rule wins, so deny rules always take precedence.

30 

31## Permission modes

32 

33Claude Code supports several permission modes that control how tools are approved. See [Permission modes](/en/permission-modes) for when to use each one. Set the `defaultMode` in your [settings files](/en/settings#settings-files):

34 

35| Mode | Description |

36| :------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

37| `default` | Standard behavior: prompts for permission on first use of each tool |

38| `acceptEdits` | Automatically accepts file edit permissions for the session |

39| `plan` | Plan Mode: Claude can analyze but not modify files or execute commands |

40| `auto` | Auto-approves tool calls with background safety checks that verify actions align with your request. Currently a research preview |

41| `dontAsk` | Auto-denies tools unless pre-approved via `/permissions` or `permissions.allow` rules |

42| `bypassPermissions` | Skips permission prompts except for writes to protected directories (see warning below) |

43 

44<Warning>

45 `bypassPermissions` mode skips permission prompts. Writes to `.git`, `.claude`, `.vscode`, and `.idea` directories still prompt for confirmation to prevent accidental corruption of repository state and local configuration. Writes to `.claude/commands`, `.claude/agents`, and `.claude/skills` are exempt and do not prompt, because Claude routinely writes there when creating skills, subagents, and commands. Only use this mode in isolated environments like containers or VMs where Claude Code cannot cause damage. Administrators can prevent this mode by setting `disableBypassPermissionsMode` to `"disable"` in [managed settings](#managed-settings).

46</Warning>

47 

48To prevent `bypassPermissions` or `auto` mode from being used, set `permissions.disableBypassPermissionsMode` or `disableAutoMode` to `"disable"` in any [settings file](/en/settings#settings-files). These are most useful in [managed settings](#managed-settings) where they cannot be overridden.

49 

50## Permission rule syntax

51 

52Permission rules follow the format `Tool` or `Tool(specifier)`.

53 

54### Match all uses of a tool

55 

56To match all uses of a tool, use just the tool name without parentheses:

57 

58| Rule | Effect |

59| :--------- | :----------------------------- |

60| `Bash` | Matches all Bash commands |

61| `WebFetch` | Matches all web fetch requests |

62| `Read` | Matches all file reads |

63 

64`Bash(*)` is equivalent to `Bash` and matches all Bash commands.

65 

66### Use specifiers for fine-grained control

67 

68Add a specifier in parentheses to match specific tool uses:

69 

70| Rule | Effect |

71| :----------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------- |

72| `Bash(npm run build)` | Matches the exact command `npm run build` |

73| `Read(./.env)` | Matches reading the `.env` file in the current directory |

74| `WebFetch(domain:example.com)` | Matches fetch requests to example.com |

75 

76### Wildcard patterns

77 

78Bash rules support glob patterns with `*`. Wildcards can appear at any position in the command. This configuration allows npm and git commit commands while blocking git push:

79 

80```json theme={null}

81{

82 "permissions": {

83 "allow": [

84 "Bash(npm run *)",

85 "Bash(git commit *)",

86 "Bash(git * main)",

87 "Bash(* --version)",

88 "Bash(* --help *)"

89 ],

90 "deny": [

91 "Bash(git push *)"

92 ]

93 }

94}

95```

96 

97The space before `*` matters: `Bash(ls *)` matches `ls -la` but not `lsof`, while `Bash(ls*)` matches both. The legacy `:*` suffix syntax is equivalent to ` *` but is deprecated.

98 

99## Tool-specific permission rules

100 

101### Bash

102 

103Bash permission rules support wildcard matching with `*`. Wildcards can appear at any position in the command, including at the beginning, middle, or end:

104 

105* `Bash(npm run build)` matches the exact Bash command `npm run build`

106* `Bash(npm run test *)` matches Bash commands starting with `npm run test`

107* `Bash(npm *)` matches any command starting with `npm `

108* `Bash(* install)` matches any command ending with ` install`

109* `Bash(git * main)` matches commands like `git checkout main`, `git merge main`

110 

111When `*` appears at the end with a space before it (like `Bash(ls *)`), it enforces a word boundary, requiring the prefix to be followed by a space or end-of-string. For example, `Bash(ls *)` matches `ls -la` but not `lsof`. In contrast, `Bash(ls*)` without a space matches both `ls -la` and `lsof` because there's no word boundary constraint.

112 

113<Tip>

114 Claude Code is aware of shell operators (like `&&`) so a prefix match rule like `Bash(safe-cmd *)` won't give it permission to run the command `safe-cmd && other-cmd`.

115</Tip>

116 

117When you approve a compound command with "Yes, don't ask again", Claude Code saves a separate rule for each subcommand that requires approval, rather than a single rule for the full compound string. For example, approving `git status && npm test` saves a rule for `npm test`, so future `npm test` invocations are recognized regardless of what precedes the `&&`. Subcommands like `cd` into a subdirectory generate their own Read rule for that path. Up to 5 rules may be saved for a single compound command.

118 

119<Warning>

120 Bash permission patterns that try to constrain command arguments are fragile. For example, `Bash(curl http://github.com/ *)` intends to restrict curl to GitHub URLs, but won't match variations like:

121 

122 * Options before URL: `curl -X GET http://github.com/...`

123 * Different protocol: `curl https://github.com/...`

124 * Redirects: `curl -L http://bit.ly/xyz` (redirects to github)

125 * Variables: `URL=http://github.com && curl $URL`

126 * Extra spaces: `curl http://github.com`

127 

128 For more reliable URL filtering, consider:

129 

130 * **Restrict Bash network tools**: use deny rules to block `curl`, `wget`, and similar commands, then use the WebFetch tool with `WebFetch(domain:github.com)` permission for allowed domains

131 * **Use PreToolUse hooks**: implement a hook that validates URLs in Bash commands and blocks disallowed domains

132 * Instructing Claude Code about your allowed curl patterns via CLAUDE.md

133 

134 Note that using WebFetch alone does not prevent network access. If Bash is allowed, Claude can still use `curl`, `wget`, or other tools to reach any URL.

135</Warning>

136 

137### Read and Edit

138 

139`Edit` rules apply to all built-in tools that edit files. Claude makes a best-effort attempt to apply `Read` rules to all built-in tools that read files like Grep and Glob.

140 

141<Warning>

142 Read and Edit deny rules apply to Claude's built-in file tools, not to Bash subprocesses. A `Read(./.env)` deny rule blocks the Read tool but does not prevent `cat .env` in Bash. For OS-level enforcement that blocks all processes from accessing a path, [enable the sandbox](/en/sandboxing).

143</Warning>

144 

145Read and Edit rules both follow the [gitignore](https://git-scm.com/docs/gitignore) specification with four distinct pattern types:

146 

147| Pattern | Meaning | Example | Matches |

148| ------------------ | -------------------------------------- | -------------------------------- | ------------------------------ |

149| `//path` | **Absolute** path from filesystem root | `Read(//Users/alice/secrets/**)` | `/Users/alice/secrets/**` |

150| `~/path` | Path from **home** directory | `Read(~/Documents/*.pdf)` | `/Users/alice/Documents/*.pdf` |

151| `/path` | Path **relative to project root** | `Edit(/src/**/*.ts)` | `<project root>/src/**/*.ts` |

152| `path` or `./path` | Path **relative to current directory** | `Read(*.env)` | `<cwd>/*.env` |

153 

154<Warning>

155 A pattern like `/Users/alice/file` is NOT an absolute path. It's relative to the project root. Use `//Users/alice/file` for absolute paths.

156</Warning>

157 

158On Windows, paths are normalized to POSIX form before matching. `C:\Users\alice` becomes `/c/Users/alice`, so use `//c/**/.env` to match `.env` files anywhere on that drive. To match across all drives, use `//**/.env`.

159 

160Examples:

161 

162* `Edit(/docs/**)`: edits in `<project>/docs/` (NOT `/docs/` and NOT `<project>/.claude/docs/`)

163* `Read(~/.zshrc)`: reads your home directory's `.zshrc`

164* `Edit(//tmp/scratch.txt)`: edits the absolute path `/tmp/scratch.txt`

165* `Read(src/**)`: reads from `<current-directory>/src/`

166 

167<Note>

168 In gitignore patterns, `*` matches files in a single directory while `**` matches recursively across directories. To allow all file access, use just the tool name without parentheses: `Read`, `Edit`, or `Write`.

169</Note>

170 

171### WebFetch

172 

173* `WebFetch(domain:example.com)` matches fetch requests to example.com

174 

175### MCP

176 

177* `mcp__puppeteer` matches any tool provided by the `puppeteer` server (name configured in Claude Code)

178* `mcp__puppeteer__*` wildcard syntax that also matches all tools from the `puppeteer` server

179* `mcp__puppeteer__puppeteer_navigate` matches the `puppeteer_navigate` tool provided by the `puppeteer` server

180 

181### Agent (subagents)

182 

183Use `Agent(AgentName)` rules to control which [subagents](/en/sub-agents) Claude can use:

184 

185* `Agent(Explore)` matches the Explore subagent

186* `Agent(Plan)` matches the Plan subagent

187* `Agent(my-custom-agent)` matches a custom subagent named `my-custom-agent`

188 

189Add these rules to the `deny` array in your settings or use the `--disallowedTools` CLI flag to disable specific agents. To disable the Explore agent:

190 

191```json theme={null}

192{

193 "permissions": {

194 "deny": ["Agent(Explore)"]

195 }

196}

197```

198 

199## Extend permissions with hooks

200 

201[Claude Code hooks](/en/hooks-guide) provide a way to register custom shell commands to perform permission evaluation at runtime. When Claude Code makes a tool call, PreToolUse hooks run before the permission prompt. The hook output can deny the tool call, force a prompt, or skip the prompt to let the call proceed.

202 

203Skipping the prompt does not bypass permission rules. Deny and ask rules are still evaluated after a hook returns `"allow"`, so a matching deny rule still blocks the call. This preserves the deny-first precedence described in [Manage permissions](#manage-permissions), including deny rules set in managed settings.

204 

205A blocking hook also takes precedence over allow rules. A hook that exits with code 2 stops the tool call before permission rules are evaluated, so the block applies even when an allow rule would otherwise let the call proceed. To run all Bash commands without prompts except for a few you want blocked, add `"Bash"` to your allow list and register a PreToolUse hook that rejects those specific commands. See [Block edits to protected files](/en/hooks-guide#block-edits-to-protected-files) for a hook script you can adapt.

206 

207## Working directories

208 

209By default, Claude has access to files in the directory where it was launched. You can extend this access:

210 

211* **During startup**: use `--add-dir <path>` CLI argument

212* **During session**: use `/add-dir` command

213* **Persistent configuration**: add to `additionalDirectories` in [settings files](/en/settings#settings-files)

214 

215Files in additional directories follow the same permission rules as the original working directory: they become readable without prompts, and file editing permissions follow the current permission mode.

216 

217## How permissions interact with sandboxing

218 

219Permissions and [sandboxing](/en/sandboxing) are complementary security layers:

220 

221* **Permissions** control which tools Claude Code can use and which files or domains it can access. They apply to all tools (Bash, Read, Edit, WebFetch, MCP, and others).

222* **Sandboxing** provides OS-level enforcement that restricts the Bash tool's filesystem and network access. It applies only to Bash commands and their child processes.

223 

224Use both for defense-in-depth:

225 

226* Permission deny rules block Claude from even attempting to access restricted resources

227* Sandbox restrictions prevent Bash commands from reaching resources outside defined boundaries, even if a prompt injection bypasses Claude's decision-making

228* Filesystem restrictions in the sandbox use Read and Edit deny rules, not separate sandbox configuration

229* Network restrictions combine WebFetch permission rules with the sandbox's `allowedDomains` list

230 

231## Managed settings

232 

233For organizations that need centralized control over Claude Code configuration, administrators can deploy managed settings that cannot be overridden by user or project settings. These policy settings follow the same format as regular settings files and can be delivered through MDM/OS-level policies, managed settings files, or [server-managed settings](/en/server-managed-settings). See [settings files](/en/settings#settings-files) for delivery mechanisms and file locations.

234 

235### Managed-only settings

236 

237Some settings are only effective in managed settings:

238 

239| Setting | Description |

240| :--------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

241| `allowManagedPermissionRulesOnly` | When `true`, prevents user and project settings from defining `allow`, `ask`, or `deny` permission rules. Only rules in managed settings apply |

242| `allowManagedHooksOnly` | When `true`, prevents loading of user, project, and plugin hooks. Only managed hooks and SDK hooks are allowed |

243| `allowManagedMcpServersOnly` | When `true`, only `allowedMcpServers` from managed settings are respected. `deniedMcpServers` still merges from all sources. See [Managed MCP configuration](/en/mcp#managed-mcp-configuration) |

244| `allowedChannelPlugins` | Allowlist of channel plugins that may push messages. Replaces the default Anthropic allowlist when set. Requires `channelsEnabled: true`. See [Restrict which channel plugins can run](/en/channels#restrict-which-channel-plugins-can-run) |

245| `blockedMarketplaces` | Blocklist of marketplace sources. Blocked sources are checked before downloading, so they never touch the filesystem. See [managed marketplace restrictions](/en/plugin-marketplaces#managed-marketplace-restrictions) |

246| `sandbox.network.allowManagedDomainsOnly` | When `true`, only `allowedDomains` and `WebFetch(domain:...)` allow rules from managed settings are respected. Non-allowed domains are blocked automatically without prompting the user. Denied domains still merge from all sources |

247| `sandbox.filesystem.allowManagedReadPathsOnly` | When `true`, only `allowRead` paths from managed settings are respected. `allowRead` entries from user, project, and local settings are ignored |

248| `strictKnownMarketplaces` | Controls which plugin marketplaces users can add. See [managed marketplace restrictions](/en/plugin-marketplaces#managed-marketplace-restrictions) |

249 

250<Note>

251 Access to [Remote Control](/en/remote-control) and [web sessions](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) is not controlled by a managed settings key. On Team and Enterprise plans, an admin enables or disables these features in [Claude Code admin settings](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code).

252</Note>

253 

254## Configure the auto mode classifier

255 

256[Auto mode](/en/permission-modes#eliminate-prompts-with-auto-mode) uses a classifier model to decide whether each action is safe to run without prompting. Out of the box it trusts only the working directory and, if present, the current repo's remotes. Actions like pushing to your company's source control org or writing to a team cloud bucket will be blocked as potential data exfiltration. The `autoMode` settings block lets you tell the classifier which infrastructure your organization trusts.

257 

258The classifier reads `autoMode` from user settings, `.claude/settings.local.json`, and managed settings. It does not read from shared project settings in `.claude/settings.json`, because a checked-in repo could otherwise inject its own allow rules.

259 

260| Scope | File | Use for |

261| :------------------------- | :---------------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------- |

262| One developer | `~/.claude/settings.json` | Personal trusted infrastructure |

263| One project, one developer | `.claude/settings.local.json` | Per-project trusted buckets or services, gitignored |

264| Organization-wide | Managed settings | Trusted infrastructure enforced for all developers |

265 

266Entries from each scope are combined. A developer can extend `environment`, `allow`, and `soft_deny` with personal entries but cannot remove entries that managed settings provide. Because allow rules act as exceptions to block rules inside the classifier, a developer-added `allow` entry can override an organization `soft_deny` entry: the combination is additive, not a hard policy boundary. If you need a rule that developers cannot work around, use `permissions.deny` in managed settings instead, which blocks actions before the classifier is consulted.

267 

268### Define trusted infrastructure

269 

270For most organizations, `autoMode.environment` is the only field you need to set. It tells the classifier which repos, buckets, and domains are trusted, without touching the built-in block and allow rules. The classifier uses `environment` to decide what "external" means: any destination not listed is a potential exfiltration target.

271 

272```json theme={null}

273{

274 "autoMode": {

275 "environment": [

276 "Source control: github.example.com/acme-corp and all repos under it",

277 "Trusted cloud buckets: s3://acme-build-artifacts, gs://acme-ml-datasets",

278 "Trusted internal domains: *.corp.example.com, api.internal.example.com",

279 "Key internal services: Jenkins at ci.example.com, Artifactory at artifacts.example.com"

280 ]

281 }

282}

283```

284 

285Entries are prose, not regex or tool patterns. The classifier reads them as natural-language rules. Write them the way you would describe your infrastructure to a new engineer. A thorough environment section covers:

286 

287* **Organization**: your company name and what Claude Code is primarily used for, like software development, infrastructure automation, or data engineering

288* **Source control**: every GitHub, GitLab, or Bitbucket org your developers push to

289* **Cloud providers and trusted buckets**: bucket names or prefixes that Claude should be able to read from and write to

290* **Trusted internal domains**: hostnames for APIs, dashboards, and services inside your network, like `*.internal.example.com`

291* **Key internal services**: CI, artifact registries, internal package indexes, incident tooling

292* **Additional context**: regulated-industry constraints, multi-tenant infrastructure, or compliance requirements that affect what the classifier should treat as risky

293 

294A useful starting template: fill in the bracketed fields and remove any lines that don't apply:

295 

296```json theme={null}

297{

298 "autoMode": {

299 "environment": [

300 "Organization: {COMPANY_NAME}. Primary use: {PRIMARY_USE_CASE, e.g. software development, infrastructure automation}",

301 "Source control: {SOURCE_CONTROL, e.g. GitHub org github.example.com/acme-corp}",

302 "Cloud provider(s): {CLOUD_PROVIDERS, e.g. AWS, GCP, Azure}",

303 "Trusted cloud buckets: {TRUSTED_BUCKETS, e.g. s3://acme-builds, gs://acme-datasets}",

304 "Trusted internal domains: {TRUSTED_DOMAINS, e.g. *.internal.example.com, api.example.com}",

305 "Key internal services: {SERVICES, e.g. Jenkins at ci.example.com, Artifactory at artifacts.example.com}",

306 "Additional context: {EXTRA, e.g. regulated industry, multi-tenant infrastructure, compliance requirements}"

307 ]

308 }

309}

310```

311 

312The more specific context you give, the better the classifier can distinguish routine internal operations from exfiltration attempts.

313 

314You don't need to fill everything in at once. A reasonable rollout: start with the defaults and add your source control org and key internal services, which resolves the most common false positives like pushing to your own repos. Add trusted domains and cloud buckets next. Fill the rest as blocks come up.

315 

316### Override the block and allow rules

317 

318Two additional fields let you replace the classifier's built-in rule lists: `autoMode.soft_deny` controls what gets blocked, and `autoMode.allow` controls which exceptions apply. Each is an array of prose descriptions, read as natural-language rules.

319 

320Inside the classifier, the precedence is: `soft_deny` rules block first, then `allow` rules override as exceptions, then explicit user intent overrides both. If the user's message directly and specifically describes the exact action Claude is about to take, the classifier allows it even if a `soft_deny` rule matches. General requests don't count: asking Claude to "clean up the repo" does not authorize force-pushing, but asking Claude to "force-push this branch" does.

321 

322To loosen: remove rules from `soft_deny` when the defaults block something your pipeline already guards against with PR review, CI, or staging environments, or add to `allow` when the classifier repeatedly flags a routine pattern the default exceptions don't cover. To tighten: add to `soft_deny` for risks specific to your environment that the defaults miss, or remove from `allow` to hold a default exception to the block rules. In all cases, run `claude auto-mode defaults` to get the full default lists, then copy and edit: never start from an empty list.

323 

324```json theme={null}

325{

326 "autoMode": {

327 "environment": [

328 "Source control: github.example.com/acme-corp and all repos under it"

329 ],

330 "allow": [

331 "Deploying to the staging namespace is allowed: staging is isolated from production and resets nightly",

332 "Writing to s3://acme-scratch/ is allowed: ephemeral bucket with a 7-day lifecycle policy"

333 ],

334 "soft_deny": [

335 "Never run database migrations outside the migrations CLI, even against dev databases",

336 "Never modify files under infra/terraform/prod/: production infrastructure changes go through the review workflow",

337 "...copy full default soft_deny list here first, then add your rules..."

338 ]

339 }

340}

341```

342 

343<Danger>

344 Setting `allow` or `soft_deny` replaces the entire default list for that section. If you set `soft_deny` with a single entry, every built-in block rule is discarded: force push, data exfiltration, `curl | bash`, production deploys, and all other default block rules become allowed. To customize safely, run `claude auto-mode defaults` to print the built-in rules, copy them into your settings file, then review each rule against your own pipeline and risk tolerance. Only remove rules for risks your infrastructure already mitigates.

345</Danger>

346 

347The three sections are evaluated independently, so setting `environment` alone leaves the default `allow` and `soft_deny` lists intact.

348 

349### Inspect the defaults and your effective config

350 

351Because setting `allow` or `soft_deny` replaces the defaults, start any customization by copying the full default lists. Three CLI subcommands help you inspect and validate:

352 

353```bash theme={null}

354claude auto-mode defaults # the built-in environment, allow, and soft_deny rules

355claude auto-mode config # what the classifier actually uses: your settings where set, defaults otherwise

356claude auto-mode critique # get AI feedback on your custom allow and soft_deny rules

357```

358 

359Save the output of `claude auto-mode defaults` to a file, edit the lists to match your policy, and paste the result into your settings file. After saving, run `claude auto-mode config` to confirm the effective rules are what you expect. If you've written custom rules, `claude auto-mode critique` reviews them and flags entries that are ambiguous, redundant, or likely to cause false positives.

360 

361## Settings precedence

362 

363Permission rules follow the same [settings precedence](/en/settings#settings-precedence) as all other Claude Code settings:

364 

3651. **Managed settings**: cannot be overridden by any other level, including command line arguments

3662. **Command line arguments**: temporary session overrides

3673. **Local project settings** (`.claude/settings.local.json`)

3684. **Shared project settings** (`.claude/settings.json`)

3695. **User settings** (`~/.claude/settings.json`)

370 

371If a tool is denied at any level, no other level can allow it. For example, a managed settings deny cannot be overridden by `--allowedTools`, and `--disallowedTools` can add restrictions beyond what managed settings define.

372 

373If a permission is allowed in user settings but denied in project settings, the project setting takes precedence and the permission is blocked.

374 

375## Example configurations

376 

377This [repository](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/tree/main/examples/settings) includes starter settings configurations for common deployment scenarios. Use these as starting points and adjust them to fit your needs.

378 

379## See also

380 

381* [Settings](/en/settings): complete configuration reference including the permission settings table

382* [Sandboxing](/en/sandboxing): OS-level filesystem and network isolation for Bash commands

383* [Authentication](/en/authentication): set up user access to Claude Code

384* [Security](/en/security): security safeguards and best practices

385* [Hooks](/en/hooks-guide): automate workflows and extend permission evaluation

platforms.md +78 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Platforms and integrations

6 

7> Choose where to run Claude Code and what to connect it to. Compare the CLI, Desktop, VS Code, JetBrains, web, and integrations like Chrome, Slack, and CI/CD.

8 

9Claude Code runs the same underlying engine everywhere, but each surface is tuned for a different way of working. This page helps you pick the right platform for your workflow and connect the tools you already use.

10 

11## Where to run Claude Code

12 

13Choose a platform based on how you like to work and where your project lives.

14 

15| Platform | Best for | What you get |

16| :-------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

17| [CLI](/en/quickstart) | Terminal workflows, scripting, remote servers | Full feature set, [Agent SDK](/en/headless), third-party providers |

18| [Desktop](/en/desktop) | Visual review, parallel sessions, managed setup | Diff viewer, app preview, [computer use](/en/desktop#let-claude-use-your-computer) and [Dispatch](/en/desktop#sessions-from-dispatch) on Pro and Max |

19| [VS Code](/en/vs-code) | Working inside VS Code without switching to a terminal | Inline diffs, integrated terminal, file context |

20| [JetBrains](/en/jetbrains) | Working inside IntelliJ, PyCharm, WebStorm, or other JetBrains IDEs | Diff viewer, selection sharing, terminal session |

21| [Web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) | Long-running tasks that don't need much steering, or work that should continue when you're offline | Anthropic-managed cloud, continues after you disconnect |

22 

23The CLI is the most complete surface for terminal-native work: scripting, third-party providers, and the Agent SDK are CLI-only. Desktop and the IDE extensions trade some CLI-only features for visual review and tighter editor integration. The web runs in Anthropic's cloud, so tasks keep going after you disconnect.

24 

25You can mix surfaces on the same project. Configuration, project memory, and MCP servers are shared across the local surfaces.

26 

27## Connect your tools

28 

29Integrations let Claude work with services outside your codebase.

30 

31| Integration | What it does | Use it for |

32| :----------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------- |

33| [Chrome](/en/chrome) | Controls your browser with your logged-in sessions | Testing web apps, filling forms, automating sites without an API |

34| [GitHub Actions](/en/github-actions) | Runs Claude in your CI pipeline | Automated PR reviews, issue triage, scheduled maintenance |

35| [GitLab CI/CD](/en/gitlab-ci-cd) | Same as GitHub Actions for GitLab | CI-driven automation on GitLab |

36| [Code Review](/en/code-review) | Reviews every PR automatically | Catching bugs before human review |

37| [Slack](/en/slack) | Responds to `@Claude` mentions in your channels | Turning bug reports into pull requests from team chat |

38 

39For integrations not listed here, [MCP servers](/en/mcp) and [connectors](/en/desktop#connect-external-tools) let you connect almost anything: Linear, Notion, Google Drive, or your own internal APIs.

40 

41## Work when you are away from your terminal

42 

43Claude Code offers several ways to work when you're not at your terminal. They differ in what triggers the work, where Claude runs, and how much you need to set up.

44 

45| | Trigger | Claude runs on | Setup | Best for |

46| :--------------------------------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------ |

47| [Dispatch](/en/desktop#sessions-from-dispatch) | Message a task from the Claude mobile app | Your machine (Desktop) | [Pair the mobile app with Desktop](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/13947068) | Delegating work while you're away, minimal setup |

48| [Remote Control](/en/remote-control) | Drive a running session from [claude.ai/code](https://claude.ai/code) or the Claude mobile app | Your machine (CLI or VS Code) | Run `claude remote-control` | Steering in-progress work from another device |

49| [Channels](/en/channels) | Push events from a chat app like Telegram or Discord, or your own server | Your machine (CLI) | [Install a channel plugin](/en/channels#quickstart) or [build your own](/en/channels-reference) | Reacting to external events like CI failures or chat messages |

50| [Slack](/en/slack) | Mention `@Claude` in a team channel | Anthropic cloud | [Install the Slack app](/en/slack#setting-up-claude-code-in-slack) with [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) enabled | PRs and reviews from team chat |

51| [Scheduled tasks](/en/scheduled-tasks) | Set a schedule | [CLI](/en/scheduled-tasks), [Desktop](/en/desktop#schedule-recurring-tasks), or [cloud](/en/web-scheduled-tasks) | Pick a frequency | Recurring automation like daily reviews |

52 

53If you're not sure where to start, [install the CLI](/en/quickstart) and run it in a project directory. If you'd rather not use a terminal, [Desktop](/en/desktop-quickstart) gives you the same engine with a graphical interface.

54 

55## Related resources

56 

57### Platforms

58 

59* [CLI quickstart](/en/quickstart): install and run your first command in the terminal

60* [Desktop](/en/desktop): visual diff review, parallel sessions, computer use, and Dispatch

61* [VS Code](/en/vs-code): the Claude Code extension inside your editor

62* [JetBrains](/en/jetbrains): the extension for IntelliJ, PyCharm, and other JetBrains IDEs

63* [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web): cloud sessions that keep running when you disconnect

64 

65### Integrations

66 

67* [Chrome](/en/chrome): automate browser tasks with your logged-in sessions

68* [GitHub Actions](/en/github-actions): run Claude in your CI pipeline

69* [GitLab CI/CD](/en/gitlab-ci-cd): the same for GitLab

70* [Code Review](/en/code-review): automatic review on every pull request

71* [Slack](/en/slack): send tasks from team chat, get PRs back

72 

73### Remote access

74 

75* [Dispatch](/en/desktop#sessions-from-dispatch): message a task from your phone and it can spawn a Desktop session

76* [Remote Control](/en/remote-control): drive a running session from your phone or browser

77* [Channels](/en/channels): push events from chat apps or your own servers into a session

78* [Scheduled tasks](/en/scheduled-tasks): run prompts on a recurring schedule

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Create and distribute a plugin marketplace5# Create and distribute a plugin marketplace

2 6 

3> Build and host plugin marketplaces to distribute Claude Code extensions across teams and communities.7> Build and host plugin marketplaces to distribute Claude Code extensions across teams and communities.

4 8 

5A plugin marketplace is a catalog that lets you distribute plugins to others. Marketplaces provide centralized discovery, version tracking, automatic updates, and support for multiple source types (git repositories, local paths, and more). This guide shows you how to create your own marketplace to share plugins with your team or community.9A **plugin marketplace** is a catalog that lets you distribute plugins to others. Marketplaces provide centralized discovery, version tracking, automatic updates, and support for multiple source types (git repositories, local paths, and more). This guide shows you how to create your own marketplace to share plugins with your team or community.

6 10 

7Looking to install plugins from an existing marketplace? See [Discover and install prebuilt plugins](/en/discover-plugins).11Looking to install plugins from an existing marketplace? See [Discover and install prebuilt plugins](/en/discover-plugins).

8 12 


19 23 

20## Walkthrough: create a local marketplace24## Walkthrough: create a local marketplace

21 25 

22This example creates a marketplace with one plugin: a `/review` command for code reviews. You'll create the directory structure, add a slash command, create the plugin manifest and marketplace catalog, then install and test it.26This example creates a marketplace with one plugin: a `/quality-review` skill for code reviews. You'll create the directory structure, add a skill, create the plugin manifest and marketplace catalog, then install and test it.

23 27 

24<Steps>28<Steps>

25 <Step title="Create the directory structure">29 <Step title="Create the directory structure">

26 ```bash theme={null}30 ```bash theme={null}

27 mkdir -p my-marketplace/.claude-plugin31 mkdir -p my-marketplace/.claude-plugin

28 mkdir -p my-marketplace/plugins/review-plugin/.claude-plugin32 mkdir -p my-marketplace/plugins/quality-review-plugin/.claude-plugin

29 mkdir -p my-marketplace/plugins/review-plugin/commands33 mkdir -p my-marketplace/plugins/quality-review-plugin/skills/quality-review

30 ```34 ```

31 </Step>35 </Step>

32 36 

33 <Step title="Create the plugin command">37 <Step title="Create the skill">

34 Create a Markdown file that defines what the `/review` command does.38 Create a `SKILL.md` file that defines what the `/quality-review` skill does.

39 

40 ```markdown my-marketplace/plugins/quality-review-plugin/skills/quality-review/SKILL.md theme={null}

41 ---

42 description: Review code for bugs, security, and performance

43 disable-model-invocation: true

44 ---

35 45 

36 ```markdown my-marketplace/plugins/review-plugin/commands/review.md theme={null}

37 Review the code I've selected or the recent changes for:46 Review the code I've selected or the recent changes for:

38 - Potential bugs or edge cases47 - Potential bugs or edge cases

39 - Security concerns48 - Security concerns


47 <Step title="Create the plugin manifest">56 <Step title="Create the plugin manifest">

48 Create a `plugin.json` file that describes the plugin. The manifest goes in the `.claude-plugin/` directory.57 Create a `plugin.json` file that describes the plugin. The manifest goes in the `.claude-plugin/` directory.

49 58 

50 ```json my-marketplace/plugins/review-plugin/.claude-plugin/plugin.json theme={null}59 ```json my-marketplace/plugins/quality-review-plugin/.claude-plugin/plugin.json theme={null}

51 {60 {

52 "name": "review-plugin",61 "name": "quality-review-plugin",

53 "description": "Adds a /review command for quick code reviews",62 "description": "Adds a /quality-review skill for quick code reviews",

54 "version": "1.0.0"63 "version": "1.0.0"

55 }64 }

56 ```65 ```


67 },76 },

68 "plugins": [77 "plugins": [

69 {78 {

70 "name": "review-plugin",79 "name": "quality-review-plugin",

71 "source": "./plugins/review-plugin",80 "source": "./plugins/quality-review-plugin",

72 "description": "Adds a /review command for quick code reviews"81 "description": "Adds a /quality-review skill for quick code reviews"

73 }82 }

74 ]83 ]

75 }84 }


81 90 

82 ```shell theme={null}91 ```shell theme={null}

83 /plugin marketplace add ./my-marketplace92 /plugin marketplace add ./my-marketplace

84 /plugin install review-plugin@my-plugins93 /plugin install quality-review-plugin@my-plugins

85 ```94 ```

86 </Step>95 </Step>

87 96 


89 Select some code in your editor and run your new command.98 Select some code in your editor and run your new command.

90 99 

91 ```shell theme={null}100 ```shell theme={null}

92 /review101 /quality-review

93 ```102 ```

94 </Step>103 </Step>

95</Steps>104</Steps>


99<Note>108<Note>

100 **How plugins are installed**: When users install a plugin, Claude Code copies the plugin directory to a cache location. This means plugins can't reference files outside their directory using paths like `../shared-utils`, because those files won't be copied.109 **How plugins are installed**: When users install a plugin, Claude Code copies the plugin directory to a cache location. This means plugins can't reference files outside their directory using paths like `../shared-utils`, because those files won't be copied.

101 110 

102 If you need to share files across plugins, use symlinks (which are followed during copying) or restructure your marketplace so the shared directory is inside the plugin source path. See [Plugin caching and file resolution](/en/plugins-reference#plugin-caching-and-file-resolution) for details.111 If you need to share files across plugins, use symlinks (which are followed during copying). See [Plugin caching and file resolution](/en/plugins-reference#plugin-caching-and-file-resolution) for details.

103</Note>112</Note>

104 113 

105## Create the marketplace file114## Create the marketplace file


148| `plugins` | array | List of available plugins | See below |157| `plugins` | array | List of available plugins | See below |

149 158 

150<Note>159<Note>

151 **Reserved names**: The following marketplace names are reserved for official Anthropic use and cannot be used by third-party marketplaces: `claude-code-marketplace`, `claude-code-plugins`, `claude-plugins-official`, `anthropic-marketplace`, `anthropic-plugins`, `agent-skills`, `life-sciences`. Names that impersonate official marketplaces (like `official-claude-plugins` or `anthropic-tools-v2`) are also blocked.160 **Reserved names**: The following marketplace names are reserved for official Anthropic use and cannot be used by third-party marketplaces: `claude-code-marketplace`, `claude-code-plugins`, `claude-plugins-official`, `anthropic-marketplace`, `anthropic-plugins`, `agent-skills`, `knowledge-work-plugins`, `life-sciences`. Names that impersonate official marketplaces (like `official-claude-plugins` or `anthropic-tools-v2`) are also blocked.

152</Note>161</Note>

153 162 

154### Owner fields163### Owner fields


182**Standard metadata fields:**191**Standard metadata fields:**

183 192 

184| Field | Type | Description |193| Field | Type | Description |

185| :------------ | :------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |194| :------------ | :------ | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

186| `description` | string | Brief plugin description |195| `description` | string | Brief plugin description |

187| `version` | string | Plugin version |196| `version` | string | Plugin version |

188| `author` | object | Plugin author information (`name` required, `email` optional) |197| `author` | object | Plugin author information (`name` required, `email` optional) |


192| `keywords` | array | Tags for plugin discovery and categorization |201| `keywords` | array | Tags for plugin discovery and categorization |

193| `category` | string | Plugin category for organization |202| `category` | string | Plugin category for organization |

194| `tags` | array | Tags for searchability |203| `tags` | array | Tags for searchability |

195| `strict` | boolean | Controls whether plugins need their own `plugin.json` file. When `true` (default), the plugin source must contain a `plugin.json`, and any fields you add here in the marketplace entry get merged with it. When `false`, the plugin doesn't need its own `plugin.json`; the marketplace entry itself defines everything about the plugin. Use `false` when you want to define simple plugins entirely in your marketplace file. |204| `strict` | boolean | Controls whether `plugin.json` is the authority for component definitions (default: true). See [Strict mode](#strict-mode) below. |

196 205 

197**Component configuration fields:**206**Component configuration fields:**

198 207 


206 215 

207## Plugin sources216## Plugin sources

208 217 

218Plugin sources tell Claude Code where to fetch each individual plugin listed in your marketplace. These are set in the `source` field of each plugin entry in `marketplace.json`.

219 

220Once a plugin is cloned or copied into the local machine, it is copied into the local versioned plugin cache at `~/.claude/plugins/cache`.

221 

222| Source | Type | Fields | Notes |

223| ------------- | ------------------------------- | ---------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

224| Relative path | `string` (e.g. `"./my-plugin"`) | none | Local directory within the marketplace repo. Must start with `./` |

225| `github` | object | `repo`, `ref?`, `sha?` | |

226| `url` | object | `url`, `ref?`, `sha?` | Git URL source |

227| `git-subdir` | object | `url`, `path`, `ref?`, `sha?` | Subdirectory within a git repo. Clones sparsely to minimize bandwidth for monorepos |

228| `npm` | object | `package`, `version?`, `registry?` | Installed via `npm install` |

229 

230<Note>

231 **Marketplace sources vs plugin sources**: These are different concepts that control different things.

232 

233 * **Marketplace source** — where to fetch the `marketplace.json` catalog itself. Set when users run `/plugin marketplace add` or in `extraKnownMarketplaces` settings. Supports `ref` (branch/tag) but not `sha`.

234 * **Plugin source** — where to fetch an individual plugin listed in the marketplace. Set in the `source` field of each plugin entry inside `marketplace.json`. Supports both `ref` (branch/tag) and `sha` (exact commit).

235 

236 For example, a marketplace hosted at `acme-corp/plugin-catalog` (marketplace source) can list a plugin fetched from `acme-corp/code-formatter` (plugin source). The marketplace source and plugin source point to different repositories and are pinned independently.

237</Note>

238 

209### Relative paths239### Relative paths

210 240 

211For plugins in the same repository:241For plugins in the same repository, use a path starting with `./`:

212 242 

213```json theme={null}243```json theme={null}

214{244{


217}247}

218```248```

219 249 

250Paths resolve relative to the marketplace root, which is the directory containing `.claude-plugin/`. In the example above, `./plugins/my-plugin` points to `<repo>/plugins/my-plugin`, even though `marketplace.json` lives at `<repo>/.claude-plugin/marketplace.json`. Do not use `../` to climb out of `.claude-plugin/`.

251 

220<Note>252<Note>

221 Relative paths only work when users add your marketplace via Git (GitHub, GitLab, or git URL). If users add your marketplace via a direct URL to the `marketplace.json` file, relative paths will not resolve correctly. For URL-based distribution, use GitHub, npm, or git URL sources instead. See [Troubleshooting](#plugins-with-relative-paths-fail-in-url-based-marketplaces) for details.253 Relative paths only work when users add your marketplace via Git (GitHub, GitLab, or git URL). If users add your marketplace via a direct URL to the `marketplace.json` file, relative paths will not resolve correctly. For URL-based distribution, use GitHub, npm, or git URL sources instead. See [Troubleshooting](#plugins-with-relative-paths-fail-in-url-based-marketplaces) for details.

222</Note>254</Note>


233}265}

234```266```

235 267 

268You can pin to a specific branch, tag, or commit:

269 

270```json theme={null}

271{

272 "name": "github-plugin",

273 "source": {

274 "source": "github",

275 "repo": "owner/plugin-repo",

276 "ref": "v2.0.0",

277 "sha": "a1b2c3d4e5f6a7b8c9d0e1f2a3b4c5d6e7f8a9b0"

278 }

279}

280```

281 

282| Field | Type | Description |

283| :----- | :----- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------- |

284| `repo` | string | Required. GitHub repository in `owner/repo` format |

285| `ref` | string | Optional. Git branch or tag (defaults to repository default branch) |

286| `sha` | string | Optional. Full 40-character git commit SHA to pin to an exact version |

287 

236### Git repositories288### Git repositories

237 289 

238```json theme={null}290```json theme={null}


245}297}

246```298```

247 299 

300You can pin to a specific branch, tag, or commit:

301 

302```json theme={null}

303{

304 "name": "git-plugin",

305 "source": {

306 "source": "url",

307 "url": "https://gitlab.com/team/plugin.git",

308 "ref": "main",

309 "sha": "a1b2c3d4e5f6a7b8c9d0e1f2a3b4c5d6e7f8a9b0"

310 }

311}

312```

313 

314| Field | Type | Description |

315| :---- | :----- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

316| `url` | string | Required. Full git repository URL (`https://` or `git@`). The `.git` suffix is optional, so Azure DevOps and AWS CodeCommit URLs without the suffix work |

317| `ref` | string | Optional. Git branch or tag (defaults to repository default branch) |

318| `sha` | string | Optional. Full 40-character git commit SHA to pin to an exact version |

319 

320### Git subdirectories

321 

322Use `git-subdir` to point to a plugin that lives inside a subdirectory of a git repository. Claude Code uses a sparse, partial clone to fetch only the subdirectory, minimizing bandwidth for large monorepos.

323 

324```json theme={null}

325{

326 "name": "my-plugin",

327 "source": {

328 "source": "git-subdir",

329 "url": "https://github.com/acme-corp/monorepo.git",

330 "path": "tools/claude-plugin"

331 }

332}

333```

334 

335You can pin to a specific branch, tag, or commit:

336 

337```json theme={null}

338{

339 "name": "my-plugin",

340 "source": {

341 "source": "git-subdir",

342 "url": "https://github.com/acme-corp/monorepo.git",

343 "path": "tools/claude-plugin",

344 "ref": "v2.0.0",

345 "sha": "a1b2c3d4e5f6a7b8c9d0e1f2a3b4c5d6e7f8a9b0"

346 }

347}

348```

349 

350The `url` field also accepts a GitHub shorthand (`owner/repo`) or SSH URLs (`git@github.com:owner/repo.git`).

351 

352| Field | Type | Description |

353| :----- | :----- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

354| `url` | string | Required. Git repository URL, GitHub `owner/repo` shorthand, or SSH URL |

355| `path` | string | Required. Subdirectory path within the repo containing the plugin (for example, `"tools/claude-plugin"`) |

356| `ref` | string | Optional. Git branch or tag (defaults to repository default branch) |

357| `sha` | string | Optional. Full 40-character git commit SHA to pin to an exact version |

358 

359### npm packages

360 

361Plugins distributed as npm packages are installed using `npm install`. This works with any package on the public npm registry or a private registry your team hosts.

362 

363```json theme={null}

364{

365 "name": "my-npm-plugin",

366 "source": {

367 "source": "npm",

368 "package": "@acme/claude-plugin"

369 }

370}

371```

372 

373To pin to a specific version, add the `version` field:

374 

375```json theme={null}

376{

377 "name": "my-npm-plugin",

378 "source": {

379 "source": "npm",

380 "package": "@acme/claude-plugin",

381 "version": "2.1.0"

382 }

383}

384```

385 

386To install from a private or internal registry, add the `registry` field:

387 

388```json theme={null}

389{

390 "name": "my-npm-plugin",

391 "source": {

392 "source": "npm",

393 "package": "@acme/claude-plugin",

394 "version": "^2.0.0",

395 "registry": "https://npm.example.com"

396 }

397}

398```

399 

400| Field | Type | Description |

401| :--------- | :----- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

402| `package` | string | Required. Package name or scoped package (for example, `@org/plugin`) |

403| `version` | string | Optional. Version or version range (for example, `2.1.0`, `^2.0.0`, `~1.5.0`) |

404| `registry` | string | Optional. Custom npm registry URL. Defaults to the system npm registry (typically npmjs.org) |

405 

248### Advanced plugin entries406### Advanced plugin entries

249 407 

250This example shows a plugin entry using many of the optional fields, including custom paths for commands, agents, hooks, and MCP servers:408This example shows a plugin entry using many of the optional fields, including custom paths for commands, agents, hooks, and MCP servers:


299Key things to notice:457Key things to notice:

300 458 

301* **`commands` and `agents`**: You can specify multiple directories or individual files. Paths are relative to the plugin root.459* **`commands` and `agents`**: You can specify multiple directories or individual files. Paths are relative to the plugin root.

302* **`${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}`**: Use this variable in hooks and MCP server configs to reference files within the plugin's installation directory. This is necessary because plugins are copied to a cache location when installed.460* **`${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}`**: use this variable in hooks and MCP server configs to reference files within the plugin's installation directory. This is necessary because plugins are copied to a cache location when installed. For dependencies or state that should survive plugin updates, use [`${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_DATA}`](/en/plugins-reference#persistent-data-directory) instead.

303* **`strict: false`**: Since this is set to false, the plugin doesn't need its own `plugin.json`. The marketplace entry defines everything.461* **`strict: false`**: Since this is set to false, the plugin doesn't need its own `plugin.json`. The marketplace entry defines everything. See [Strict mode](#strict-mode) below.

462 

463### Strict mode

464 

465The `strict` field controls whether `plugin.json` is the authority for component definitions (commands, agents, hooks, skills, MCP servers, output styles).

466 

467| Value | Behavior |

468| :--------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

469| `true` (default) | `plugin.json` is the authority. The marketplace entry can supplement it with additional components, and both sources are merged. |

470| `false` | The marketplace entry is the entire definition. If the plugin also has a `plugin.json` that declares components, that's a conflict and the plugin fails to load. |

471 

472**When to use each mode:**

473 

474* **`strict: true`**: the plugin has its own `plugin.json` and manages its own components. The marketplace entry can add extra commands or hooks on top. This is the default and works for most plugins.

475* **`strict: false`**: the marketplace operator wants full control. The plugin repo provides raw files, and the marketplace entry defines which of those files are exposed as commands, agents, hooks, etc. Useful when the marketplace restructures or curates a plugin's components differently than the plugin author intended.

304 476 

305## Host and distribute marketplaces477## Host and distribute marketplaces

306 478 


322/plugin marketplace add https://gitlab.com/company/plugins.git494/plugin marketplace add https://gitlab.com/company/plugins.git

323```495```

324 496 

497### Private repositories

498 

499Claude Code supports installing plugins from private repositories. For manual installation and updates, Claude Code uses your existing git credential helpers. If `git clone` works for a private repository in your terminal, it works in Claude Code too. Common credential helpers include `gh auth login` for GitHub, macOS Keychain, and `git-credential-store`.

500 

501Background auto-updates run at startup without credential helpers, since interactive prompts would block Claude Code from starting. To enable auto-updates for private marketplaces, set the appropriate authentication token in your environment:

502 

503| Provider | Environment variables | Notes |

504| :-------- | :--------------------------- | :---------------------------------------- |

505| GitHub | `GITHUB_TOKEN` or `GH_TOKEN` | Personal access token or GitHub App token |

506| GitLab | `GITLAB_TOKEN` or `GL_TOKEN` | Personal access token or project token |

507| Bitbucket | `BITBUCKET_TOKEN` | App password or repository access token |

508 

509Set the token in your shell configuration (for example, `.bashrc`, `.zshrc`) or pass it when running Claude Code:

510 

511```bash theme={null}

512export GITHUB_TOKEN=ghp_xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

513```

514 

515<Note>

516 For CI/CD environments, configure the token as a secret environment variable. GitHub Actions automatically provides `GITHUB_TOKEN` for repositories in the same organization.

517</Note>

518 

325### Test locally before distribution519### Test locally before distribution

326 520 

327Test your marketplace locally before sharing:521Test your marketplace locally before sharing:


363 557 

364For full configuration options, see [Plugin settings](/en/settings#plugin-settings).558For full configuration options, see [Plugin settings](/en/settings#plugin-settings).

365 559 

560### Pre-populate plugins for containers

561 

562For container images and CI environments, you can pre-populate a plugins directory at build time so Claude Code starts with marketplaces and plugins already available, without cloning anything at runtime. Set the `CLAUDE_CODE_PLUGIN_SEED_DIR` environment variable to point at this directory.

563 

564To layer multiple seed directories, separate paths with `:` on Unix or `;` on Windows. Claude Code searches each directory in order, and the first seed that contains a given marketplace or plugin cache wins.

565 

566The seed directory mirrors the structure of `~/.claude/plugins`:

567 

568```

569$CLAUDE_CODE_PLUGIN_SEED_DIR/

570 known_marketplaces.json

571 marketplaces/<name>/...

572 cache/<marketplace>/<plugin>/<version>/...

573```

574 

575The simplest way to build a seed directory is to run Claude Code once during image build, install the plugins you need, then copy the resulting `~/.claude/plugins` directory into your image and point `CLAUDE_CODE_PLUGIN_SEED_DIR` at it.

576 

577At startup, Claude Code registers marketplaces found in the seed's `known_marketplaces.json` into the primary configuration, and uses plugin caches found under `cache/` in place without re-cloning. This works in both interactive mode and non-interactive mode with the `-p` flag.

578 

579Behavior details:

580 

581* **Read-only**: the seed directory is never written to. Auto-updates are disabled for seed marketplaces since git pull would fail on a read-only filesystem.

582* **Seed entries take precedence**: marketplaces declared in the seed overwrite any matching entries in the user's configuration on each startup. To opt out of a seed plugin, use `/plugin disable` rather than removing the marketplace.

583* **Path resolution**: Claude Code locates marketplace content by probing `$CLAUDE_CODE_PLUGIN_SEED_DIR/marketplaces/<name>/` at runtime, not by trusting paths stored inside the seed's JSON. This means the seed works correctly even when mounted at a different path than where it was built.

584* **Composes with settings**: if `extraKnownMarketplaces` or `enabledPlugins` declare a marketplace that already exists in the seed, Claude Code uses the seed copy instead of cloning.

585 

366### Managed marketplace restrictions586### Managed marketplace restrictions

367 587 

368For organizations requiring strict control over plugin sources, administrators can restrict which plugin marketplaces users are allowed to add using the [`strictKnownMarketplaces`](/en/settings#strictknownmarketplaces) setting in managed settings.588For organizations requiring strict control over plugin sources, administrators can restrict which plugin marketplaces users are allowed to add using the [`strictKnownMarketplaces`](/en/settings#strictknownmarketplaces) setting in managed settings.


407}627}

408```628```

409 629 

630Allow all marketplaces from an internal git server using regex pattern matching on the host:

631 

632```json theme={null}

633{

634 "strictKnownMarketplaces": [

635 {

636 "source": "hostPattern",

637 "hostPattern": "^github\\.example\\.com$"

638 }

639 ]

640}

641```

642 

643Allow filesystem-based marketplaces from a specific directory using regex pattern matching on the path:

644 

645```json theme={null}

646{

647 "strictKnownMarketplaces": [

648 {

649 "source": "pathPattern",

650 "pathPattern": "^/opt/approved/"

651 }

652 ]

653}

654```

655 

656Use `".*"` as the `pathPattern` to allow any filesystem path while still controlling network sources with `hostPattern`.

657 

658<Note>

659 `strictKnownMarketplaces` restricts what users can add, but does not register marketplaces on its own. To make allowed marketplaces available automatically without users running `/plugin marketplace add`, pair it with [`extraKnownMarketplaces`](/en/settings#extraknownmarketplaces) in the same `managed-settings.json`. See [Using both together](/en/settings#strictknownmarketplaces).

660</Note>

661 

410#### How restrictions work662#### How restrictions work

411 663 

412Restrictions are validated early in the plugin installation process, before any network requests or filesystem operations occur. This prevents unauthorized marketplace access attempts.664Restrictions are validated early in the plugin installation process, before any network requests or filesystem operations occur. This prevents unauthorized marketplace access attempts.

413 665 

414The allowlist uses exact matching. For a marketplace to be allowed, all specified fields must match exactly:666The allowlist uses exact matching for most source types. For a marketplace to be allowed, all specified fields must match exactly:

415 667 

416* For GitHub sources: `repo` is required, and `ref` or `path` must also match if specified in the allowlist668* For GitHub sources: `repo` is required, and `ref` or `path` must also match if specified in the allowlist

417* For URL sources: the full URL must match exactly669* For URL sources: the full URL must match exactly

670* For `hostPattern` sources: the marketplace host is matched against the regex pattern

671* For `pathPattern` sources: the marketplace's filesystem path is matched against the regex pattern

418 672 

419Because `strictKnownMarketplaces` is set in [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-file-locations), individual users and project configurations cannot override these restrictions.673Because `strictKnownMarketplaces` is set in [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files), individual users and project configurations cannot override these restrictions.

420 674 

421For complete configuration details including all supported source types and comparison with `extraKnownMarketplaces`, see the [strictKnownMarketplaces reference](/en/settings#strictknownmarketplaces).675For complete configuration details including all supported source types and comparison with `extraKnownMarketplaces`, see the [strictKnownMarketplaces reference](/en/settings#strictknownmarketplaces).

422 676 

677### Version resolution and release channels

678 

679Plugin versions determine cache paths and update detection. You can specify the version in the plugin manifest (`plugin.json`) or in the marketplace entry (`marketplace.json`).

680 

681<Warning>

682 When possible, avoid setting the version in both places. The plugin manifest always wins silently, which can cause the marketplace version to be ignored. For relative-path plugins, set the version in the marketplace entry. For all other plugin sources, set it in the plugin manifest.

683</Warning>

684 

685#### Set up release channels

686 

687To support "stable" and "latest" release channels for your plugins, you can set up two marketplaces that point to different refs or SHAs of the same repo. You can then assign the two marketplaces to different user groups through [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files).

688 

689<Warning>

690 The plugin's `plugin.json` must declare a different `version` at each pinned ref or commit. If two refs or commits have the same manifest version, Claude Code treats them as identical and skips the update.

691</Warning>

692 

693##### Example

694 

695```json theme={null}

696{

697 "name": "stable-tools",

698 "plugins": [

699 {

700 "name": "code-formatter",

701 "source": {

702 "source": "github",

703 "repo": "acme-corp/code-formatter",

704 "ref": "stable"

705 }

706 }

707 ]

708}

709```

710 

711```json theme={null}

712{

713 "name": "latest-tools",

714 "plugins": [

715 {

716 "name": "code-formatter",

717 "source": {

718 "source": "github",

719 "repo": "acme-corp/code-formatter",

720 "ref": "latest"

721 }

722 }

723 ]

724}

725```

726 

727##### Assign channels to user groups

728 

729Assign each marketplace to the appropriate user group through managed settings. For example, the stable group receives:

730 

731```json theme={null}

732{

733 "extraKnownMarketplaces": {

734 "stable-tools": {

735 "source": {

736 "source": "github",

737 "repo": "acme-corp/stable-tools"

738 }

739 }

740 }

741}

742```

743 

744The early-access group receives `latest-tools` instead:

745 

746```json theme={null}

747{

748 "extraKnownMarketplaces": {

749 "latest-tools": {

750 "source": {

751 "source": "github",

752 "repo": "acme-corp/latest-tools"

753 }

754 }

755 }

756}

757```

758 

423## Validation and testing759## Validation and testing

424 760 

425Test your marketplace before sharing.761Test your marketplace before sharing.


460 796 

461* Verify the marketplace URL is accessible797* Verify the marketplace URL is accessible

462* Check that `.claude-plugin/marketplace.json` exists at the specified path798* Check that `.claude-plugin/marketplace.json` exists at the specified path

463* Ensure JSON syntax is valid using `claude plugin validate` or `/plugin validate`799* Ensure JSON syntax is valid and frontmatter is well-formed using `claude plugin validate` or `/plugin validate`

464* For private repositories, confirm you have access permissions800* For private repositories, confirm you have access permissions

465 801 

466### Marketplace validation errors802### Marketplace validation errors

467 803 

468Run `claude plugin validate .` or `/plugin validate .` from your marketplace directory to check for issues. Common errors:804Run `claude plugin validate .` or `/plugin validate .` from your marketplace directory to check for issues. The validator checks `plugin.json`, skill/agent/command frontmatter, and `hooks/hooks.json` for syntax and schema errors. Common errors:

469 805 

470| Error | Cause | Solution |806| Error | Cause | Solution |

471| :------------------------------------------------ | :------------------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------ |807| :------------------------------------------------ | :---------------------------------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

472| `File not found: .claude-plugin/marketplace.json` | Missing manifest | Create `.claude-plugin/marketplace.json` with required fields |808| `File not found: .claude-plugin/marketplace.json` | Missing manifest | Create `.claude-plugin/marketplace.json` with required fields |

473| `Invalid JSON syntax: Unexpected token...` | JSON syntax error | Check for missing commas, extra commas, or unquoted strings |809| `Invalid JSON syntax: Unexpected token...` | JSON syntax error in marketplace.json | Check for missing commas, extra commas, or unquoted strings |

474| `Duplicate plugin name "x" found in marketplace` | Two plugins share the same name | Give each plugin a unique `name` value |810| `Duplicate plugin name "x" found in marketplace` | Two plugins share the same name | Give each plugin a unique `name` value |

475| `plugins[0].source: Path traversal not allowed` | Source path contains `..` | Use paths relative to marketplace root without `..` |811| `plugins[0].source: Path contains ".."` | Source path contains `..` | Use paths relative to the marketplace root without `..`. See [Relative paths](#relative-paths) |

812| `YAML frontmatter failed to parse: ...` | Invalid YAML in a skill, agent, or command file | Fix the YAML syntax in the frontmatter block. At runtime this file loads with no metadata. |

813| `Invalid JSON syntax: ...` (hooks.json) | Malformed `hooks/hooks.json` | Fix JSON syntax. A malformed `hooks/hooks.json` prevents the entire plugin from loading. |

476 814 

477**Warnings** (non-blocking):815**Warnings** (non-blocking):

478 816 

479* `Marketplace has no plugins defined`: add at least one plugin to the `plugins` array817* `Marketplace has no plugins defined`: add at least one plugin to the `plugins` array

480* `No marketplace description provided`: add `metadata.description` to help users understand your marketplace818* `No marketplace description provided`: add `metadata.description` to help users understand your marketplace

481* `Plugin "x" uses npm source which is not yet fully implemented`: use `github` or local path sources instead819* `Plugin name "x" is not kebab-case`: the plugin name contains uppercase letters, spaces, or special characters. Rename to lowercase letters, digits, and hyphens only (for example, `my-plugin`). Claude Code accepts other forms, but the Claude.ai marketplace sync rejects them.

482 820 

483### Plugin installation failures821### Plugin installation failures

484 822 


491* For GitHub sources, ensure repositories are public or you have access829* For GitHub sources, ensure repositories are public or you have access

492* Test plugin sources manually by cloning/downloading830* Test plugin sources manually by cloning/downloading

493 831 

832### Private repository authentication fails

833 

834**Symptoms**: Authentication errors when installing plugins from private repositories

835 

836**Solutions**:

837 

838For manual installation and updates:

839 

840* Verify you're authenticated with your git provider (for example, run `gh auth status` for GitHub)

841* Check that your credential helper is configured correctly: `git config --global credential.helper`

842* Try cloning the repository manually to verify your credentials work

843 

844For background auto-updates:

845 

846* Set the appropriate token in your environment: `echo $GITHUB_TOKEN`

847* Check that the token has the required permissions (read access to the repository)

848* For GitHub, ensure the token has the `repo` scope for private repositories

849* For GitLab, ensure the token has at least `read_repository` scope

850* Verify the token hasn't expired

851 

852### Git operations time out

853 

854**Symptoms**: Plugin installation or marketplace updates fail with a timeout error like "Git clone timed out after 120s" or "Git pull timed out after 120s".

855 

856**Cause**: Claude Code uses a 120-second timeout for all git operations, including cloning plugin repositories and pulling marketplace updates. Large repositories or slow network connections may exceed this limit.

857 

858**Solution**: Increase the timeout using the `CLAUDE_CODE_PLUGIN_GIT_TIMEOUT_MS` environment variable. The value is in milliseconds:

859 

860```bash theme={null}

861export CLAUDE_CODE_PLUGIN_GIT_TIMEOUT_MS=300000 # 5 minutes

862```

863 

494### Plugins with relative paths fail in URL-based marketplaces864### Plugins with relative paths fail in URL-based marketplaces

495 865 

496**Symptoms**: Added a marketplace via URL (such as `https://example.com/marketplace.json`), but plugins with relative path sources like `"./plugins/my-plugin"` fail to install with "path not found" errors.866**Symptoms**: Added a marketplace via URL (such as `https://example.com/marketplace.json`), but plugins with relative path sources like `"./plugins/my-plugin"` fail to install with "path not found" errors.


522* [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference) - Complete technical specifications and schemas892* [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference) - Complete technical specifications and schemas

523* [Plugin settings](/en/settings#plugin-settings) - Plugin configuration options893* [Plugin settings](/en/settings#plugin-settings) - Plugin configuration options

524* [strictKnownMarketplaces reference](/en/settings#strictknownmarketplaces) - Managed marketplace restrictions894* [strictKnownMarketplaces reference](/en/settings#strictknownmarketplaces) - Managed marketplace restrictions

525 

526 

527 

528> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

plugins.md +71 −49

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Create plugins5# Create plugins

2 6 

3> Create custom plugins to extend Claude Code with slash commands, agents, hooks, Skills, and MCP servers.7> Create custom plugins to extend Claude Code with skills, agents, hooks, and MCP servers.

4 8 

5Plugins let you extend Claude Code with custom functionality that can be shared across projects and teams. This guide covers creating your own plugins with slash commands, agents, Skills, hooks, and MCP servers.9Plugins let you extend Claude Code with custom functionality that can be shared across projects and teams. This guide covers creating your own plugins with skills, agents, hooks, and MCP servers.

6 10 

7Looking to install existing plugins? See [Discover and install plugins](/en/discover-plugins). For complete technical specifications, see [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference).11Looking to install existing plugins? See [Discover and install plugins](/en/discover-plugins). For complete technical specifications, see [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference).

8 12 

9## When to use plugins vs standalone configuration13## When to use plugins vs standalone configuration

10 14 

11Claude Code supports two ways to add custom slash commands, agents, and hooks:15Claude Code supports two ways to add custom skills, agents, and hooks:

12 16 

13| Approach | Slash command names | Best for |17| Approach | Skill names | Best for |

14| :---------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |18| :---------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

15| **Standalone** (`.claude/` directory) | `/hello` | Personal workflows, project-specific customizations, quick experiments |19| **Standalone** (`.claude/` directory) | `/hello` | Personal workflows, project-specific customizations, quick experiments |

16| **Plugins** (directories with `.claude-plugin/plugin.json`) | `/plugin-name:hello` | Sharing with teammates, distributing to community, versioned releases, reusable across projects |20| **Plugins** (directories with `.claude-plugin/plugin.json`) | `/plugin-name:hello` | Sharing with teammates, distributing to community, versioned releases, reusable across projects |


19 23 

20* You're customizing Claude Code for a single project24* You're customizing Claude Code for a single project

21* The configuration is personal and doesn't need to be shared25* The configuration is personal and doesn't need to be shared

22* You're experimenting with slash commands or hooks before packaging them26* You're experimenting with skills or hooks before packaging them

23* You want short slash command names like `/hello` or `/review`27* You want short skill names like `/hello` or `/deploy`

24 28 

25**Use plugins when**:29**Use plugins when**:

26 30 

27* You want to share functionality with your team or community31* You want to share functionality with your team or community

28* You need the same slash commands/agents across multiple projects32* You need the same skills/agents across multiple projects

29* You want version control and easy updates for your extensions33* You want version control and easy updates for your extensions

30* You're distributing through a marketplace34* You're distributing through a marketplace

31* You're okay with namespaced slash commands like `/my-plugin:hello` (namespacing prevents conflicts between plugins)35* You're okay with namespaced skills like `/my-plugin:hello` (namespacing prevents conflicts between plugins)

32 36 

33<Tip>37<Tip>

34 Start with standalone configuration in `.claude/` for quick iteration, then [convert to a plugin](#convert-existing-configurations-to-plugins) when you're ready to share.38 Start with standalone configuration in `.claude/` for quick iteration, then [convert to a plugin](#convert-existing-configurations-to-plugins) when you're ready to share.


36 40 

37## Quickstart41## Quickstart

38 42 

39This quickstart walks you through creating a plugin with a custom slash command. You'll create a manifest (the configuration file that defines your plugin), add a slash command, and test it locally using the `--plugin-dir` flag.43This quickstart walks you through creating a plugin with a custom skill. You'll create a manifest (the configuration file that defines your plugin), add a skill, and test it locally using the `--plugin-dir` flag.

40 44 

41### Prerequisites45### Prerequisites

42 46 


51 55 

52<Steps>56<Steps>

53 <Step title="Create the plugin directory">57 <Step title="Create the plugin directory">

54 Every plugin lives in its own directory containing a manifest and your custom commands, agents, or hooks. Create one now:58 Every plugin lives in its own directory containing a manifest and your skills, agents, or hooks. Create one now:

55 59 

56 ```bash theme={null}60 ```bash theme={null}

57 mkdir my-first-plugin61 mkdir my-first-plugin


81 ```85 ```

82 86 

83 | Field | Purpose |87 | Field | Purpose |

84 | :------------ | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |88 | :------------ | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

85 | `name` | Unique identifier and slash command namespace. Slash commands are prefixed with this (e.g., `/my-first-plugin:hello`). |89 | `name` | Unique identifier and skill namespace. Skills are prefixed with this (e.g., `/my-first-plugin:hello`). |

86 | `description` | Shown in the plugin manager when browsing or installing plugins. |90 | `description` | Shown in the plugin manager when browsing or installing plugins. |

87 | `version` | Track releases using [semantic versioning](/en/plugins-reference#version-management). |91 | `version` | Track releases using [semantic versioning](/en/plugins-reference#version-management). |

88 | `author` | Optional. Helpful for attribution. |92 | `author` | Optional. Helpful for attribution. |


90 For additional fields like `homepage`, `repository`, and `license`, see the [full manifest schema](/en/plugins-reference#plugin-manifest-schema).94 For additional fields like `homepage`, `repository`, and `license`, see the [full manifest schema](/en/plugins-reference#plugin-manifest-schema).

91 </Step>95 </Step>

92 96 

93 <Step title="Add a slash command">97 <Step title="Add a skill">

94 Slash commands are Markdown files in the `commands/` directory. The filename becomes the slash command name, prefixed with the plugin's namespace (`hello.md` in a plugin named `my-first-plugin` creates `/my-first-plugin:hello`). The Markdown content tells Claude how to respond when someone runs the slash command.98 Skills live in the `skills/` directory. Each skill is a folder containing a `SKILL.md` file. The folder name becomes the skill name, prefixed with the plugin's namespace (`hello/` in a plugin named `my-first-plugin` creates `/my-first-plugin:hello`).

95 99 

96 Create a `commands` directory in your plugin folder:100 Create a skill directory in your plugin folder:

97 101 

98 ```bash theme={null}102 ```bash theme={null}

99 mkdir my-first-plugin/commands103 mkdir -p my-first-plugin/skills/hello

100 ```104 ```

101 105 

102 Then create `my-first-plugin/commands/hello.md` with this content:106 Then create `my-first-plugin/skills/hello/SKILL.md` with this content:

103 107 

104 ```markdown my-first-plugin/commands/hello.md theme={null}108 ```markdown my-first-plugin/skills/hello/SKILL.md theme={null}

105 ---109 ---

106 description: Greet the user with a friendly message110 description: Greet the user with a friendly message

111 disable-model-invocation: true

107 ---112 ---

108 113 

109 # Hello Command

110 

111 Greet the user warmly and ask how you can help them today.114 Greet the user warmly and ask how you can help them today.

112 ```115 ```

113 </Step>116 </Step>


119 claude --plugin-dir ./my-first-plugin122 claude --plugin-dir ./my-first-plugin

120 ```123 ```

121 124 

122 Once Claude Code starts, try your new command:125 Once Claude Code starts, try your new skill:

123 126 

124 ```shell theme={null}127 ```shell theme={null}

125 /my-first-plugin:hello128 /my-first-plugin:hello

126 ```129 ```

127 130 

128 You'll see Claude respond with a greeting. Run `/help` to see your command listed under the plugin namespace.131 You'll see Claude respond with a greeting. Run `/help` to see your skill listed under the plugin namespace.

129 132 

130 <Note>133 <Note>

131 **Why namespacing?** Plugin slash commands are always namespaced (like `/greet:hello`) to prevent conflicts when multiple plugins have commands with the same name.134 **Why namespacing?** Plugin skills are always namespaced (like `/my-first-plugin:hello`) to prevent conflicts when multiple plugins have skills with the same name.

132 135 

133 To change the namespace prefix, update the `name` field in `plugin.json`.136 To change the namespace prefix, update the `name` field in `plugin.json`.

134 </Note>137 </Note>

135 </Step>138 </Step>

136 139 

137 <Step title="Add slash command arguments">140 <Step title="Add skill arguments">

138 Make your slash command dynamic by accepting user input. The `$ARGUMENTS` placeholder captures any text the user provides after the slash command.141 Make your skill dynamic by accepting user input. The `$ARGUMENTS` placeholder captures any text the user provides after the skill name.

139 142 

140 Update your `hello.md` file:143 Update your `SKILL.md` file:

141 144 

142 ```markdown my-first-plugin/commands/hello.md theme={null}145 ```markdown my-first-plugin/skills/hello/SKILL.md theme={null}

143 ---146 ---

144 description: Greet the user with a personalized message147 description: Greet the user with a personalized message

145 ---148 ---

146 149 

147 # Hello Command150 # Hello Skill

148 151 

149 Greet the user named "$ARGUMENTS" warmly and ask how you can help them today. Make the greeting personal and encouraging.152 Greet the user named "$ARGUMENTS" warmly and ask how you can help them today. Make the greeting personal and encouraging.

150 ```153 ```

151 154 

152 Restart Claude Code to pick up the changes, then try the command with your name:155 Run `/reload-plugins` to pick up the changes, then try the skill with your name:

153 156 

154 ```shell theme={null}157 ```shell theme={null}

155 /my-first-plugin:hello Alex158 /my-first-plugin:hello Alex

156 ```159 ```

157 160 

158 Claude will greet you by name. For more argument options like `$1`, `$2` for individual parameters, see [Slash commands](/en/slash-commands).161 Claude will greet you by name. For more on passing arguments to skills, see [Skills](/en/skills#pass-arguments-to-skills).

159 </Step>162 </Step>

160</Steps>163</Steps>

161 164 

162You've successfully created and tested a plugin with these key components:165You've successfully created and tested a plugin with these key components:

163 166 

164* **Plugin manifest** (`.claude-plugin/plugin.json`): describes your plugin's metadata167* **Plugin manifest** (`.claude-plugin/plugin.json`): describes your plugin's metadata

165* **Commands directory** (`commands/`): contains your custom slash commands168* **Skills directory** (`skills/`): contains your custom skills

166* **Command arguments** (`$ARGUMENTS`): captures user input for dynamic behavior169* **Skill arguments** (`$ARGUMENTS`): captures user input for dynamic behavior

167 170 

168<Tip>171<Tip>

169 The `--plugin-dir` flag is useful for development and testing. When you're ready to share your plugin with others, see [Create and distribute a plugin marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces).172 The `--plugin-dir` flag is useful for development and testing. When you're ready to share your plugin with others, see [Create and distribute a plugin marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces).


171 174 

172## Plugin structure overview175## Plugin structure overview

173 176 

174You've created a plugin with a slash command, but plugins can include much more: custom agents, Skills, hooks, MCP servers, and LSP servers.177You've created a plugin with a skill, but plugins can include much more: custom agents, hooks, MCP servers, and LSP servers.

175 178 

176<Warning>179<Warning>

177 **Common mistake**: Don't put `commands/`, `agents/`, `skills/`, or `hooks/` inside the `.claude-plugin/` directory. Only `plugin.json` goes inside `.claude-plugin/`. All other directories must be at the plugin root level.180 **Common mistake**: Don't put `commands/`, `agents/`, `skills/`, or `hooks/` inside the `.claude-plugin/` directory. Only `plugin.json` goes inside `.claude-plugin/`. All other directories must be at the plugin root level.

178</Warning>181</Warning>

179 182 

180| Directory | Location | Purpose |183| Directory | Location | Purpose |

181| :---------------- | :---------- | :---------------------------------------------- |184| :---------------- | :---------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

182| `.claude-plugin/` | Plugin root | Contains only `plugin.json` manifest (required) |185| `.claude-plugin/` | Plugin root | Contains `plugin.json` manifest (optional if components use default locations) |

183| `commands/` | Plugin root | Slash commands as Markdown files |186| `commands/` | Plugin root | Skills as Markdown files |

184| `agents/` | Plugin root | Custom agent definitions |187| `agents/` | Plugin root | Custom agent definitions |

185| `skills/` | Plugin root | Agent Skills with `SKILL.md` files |188| `skills/` | Plugin root | Agent Skills with `SKILL.md` files |

186| `hooks/` | Plugin root | Event handlers in `hooks.json` |189| `hooks/` | Plugin root | Event handlers in `hooks.json` |

187| `.mcp.json` | Plugin root | MCP server configurations |190| `.mcp.json` | Plugin root | MCP server configurations |

188| `.lsp.json` | Plugin root | LSP server configurations for code intelligence |191| `.lsp.json` | Plugin root | LSP server configurations for code intelligence |

192| `settings.json` | Plugin root | Default [settings](/en/settings) applied when the plugin is enabled |

189 193 

190<Note>194<Note>

191 **Next steps**: Ready to add more features? Jump to [Develop more complex plugins](#develop-more-complex-plugins) to add agents, hooks, MCP servers, and LSP servers. For complete technical specifications of all plugin components, see [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference).195 **Next steps**: Ready to add more features? Jump to [Develop more complex plugins](#develop-more-complex-plugins) to add agents, hooks, MCP servers, and LSP servers. For complete technical specifications of all plugin components, see [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference).


201 205 

202Add a `skills/` directory at your plugin root with Skill folders containing `SKILL.md` files:206Add a `skills/` directory at your plugin root with Skill folders containing `SKILL.md` files:

203 207 

204```208```text theme={null}

205my-plugin/209my-plugin/

206├── .claude-plugin/210├── .claude-plugin/

207│ └── plugin.json211│ └── plugin.json


2254. Test coverage2294. Test coverage

226```230```

227 231 

228After installing the plugin, restart Claude Code to load the Skills. For complete Skill authoring guidance including progressive disclosure and tool restrictions, see [Agent Skills](/en/skills).232After installing the plugin, run `/reload-plugins` to load the Skills. For complete Skill authoring guidance including progressive disclosure and tool restrictions, see [Agent Skills](/en/skills).

229 233 

230### Add LSP servers to your plugin234### Add LSP servers to your plugin

231 235 


251 255 

252For complete LSP configuration options, see [LSP servers](/en/plugins-reference#lsp-servers).256For complete LSP configuration options, see [LSP servers](/en/plugins-reference#lsp-servers).

253 257 

258### Ship default settings with your plugin

259 

260Plugins can include a `settings.json` file at the plugin root to apply default configuration when the plugin is enabled. Currently, only the `agent` key is supported.

261 

262Setting `agent` activates one of the plugin's [custom agents](/en/sub-agents) as the main thread, applying its system prompt, tool restrictions, and model. This lets a plugin change how Claude Code behaves by default when enabled.

263 

264```json settings.json theme={null}

265{

266 "agent": "security-reviewer"

267}

268```

269 

270This example activates the `security-reviewer` agent defined in the plugin's `agents/` directory. Settings from `settings.json` take priority over `settings` declared in `plugin.json`. Unknown keys are silently ignored.

271 

254### Organize complex plugins272### Organize complex plugins

255 273 

256For plugins with many components, organize your directory structure by functionality. For complete directory layouts and organization patterns, see [Plugin directory structure](/en/plugins-reference#plugin-directory-structure).274For plugins with many components, organize your directory structure by functionality. For complete directory layouts and organization patterns, see [Plugin directory structure](/en/plugins-reference#plugin-directory-structure).


263claude --plugin-dir ./my-plugin281claude --plugin-dir ./my-plugin

264```282```

265 283 

266As you make changes to your plugin, restart Claude Code to pick up the updates. Test your plugin components:284When a `--plugin-dir` plugin has the same name as an installed marketplace plugin, the local copy takes precedence for that session. This lets you test changes to a plugin you already have installed without uninstalling it first. Marketplace plugins force-enabled by managed settings are the only exception and cannot be overridden.

285 

286As you make changes to your plugin, run `/reload-plugins` to pick up the updates without restarting. This reloads plugins, skills, agents, hooks, plugin MCP servers, and plugin LSP servers. Test your plugin components:

267 287 

268* Try your commands with `/command-name`288* Try your skills with `/plugin-name:skill-name`

269* Check that agents appear in `/agents`289* Check that agents appear in `/agents`

270* Verify hooks work as expected290* Verify hooks work as expected

271 291 


296 316 

297Once your plugin is in a marketplace, others can install it using the instructions in [Discover and install plugins](/en/discover-plugins).317Once your plugin is in a marketplace, others can install it using the instructions in [Discover and install plugins](/en/discover-plugins).

298 318 

319### Submit your plugin to the official marketplace

320 

321To submit a plugin to the official Anthropic marketplace, use one of the in-app submission forms:

322 

323* **Claude.ai**: [claude.ai/settings/plugins/submit](https://claude.ai/settings/plugins/submit)

324* **Console**: [platform.claude.com/plugins/submit](https://platform.claude.com/plugins/submit)

325 

299<Note>326<Note>

300 For complete technical specifications, debugging techniques, and distribution strategies, see [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference).327 For complete technical specifications, debugging techniques, and distribution strategies, see [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference).

301</Note>328</Note>

302 329 

303## Convert existing configurations to plugins330## Convert existing configurations to plugins

304 331 

305If you already have custom commands, Skills, or hooks in your `.claude/` directory, you can convert them into a plugin for easier sharing and distribution.332If you already have skills or hooks in your `.claude/` directory, you can convert them into a plugin for easier sharing and distribution.

306 333 

307### Migration steps334### Migration steps

308 335 


347 mkdir my-plugin/hooks374 mkdir my-plugin/hooks

348 ```375 ```

349 376 

350 Create `my-plugin/hooks/hooks.json` with your hooks configuration. Copy the `hooks` object from your `.claude/settings.json` or `settings.local.json`the format is the same:377 Create `my-plugin/hooks/hooks.json` with your hooks configuration. Copy the `hooks` object from your `.claude/settings.json` or `settings.local.json`, since the format is the same. The command receives hook input as JSON on stdin, so use `jq` to extract the file path:

351 378 

352 ```json my-plugin/hooks/hooks.json theme={null}379 ```json my-plugin/hooks/hooks.json theme={null}

353 {380 {


355 "PostToolUse": [382 "PostToolUse": [

356 {383 {

357 "matcher": "Write|Edit",384 "matcher": "Write|Edit",

358 "hooks": [{ "type": "command", "command": "npm run lint:fix $FILE" }]385 "hooks": [{ "type": "command", "command": "jq -r '.tool_input.file_path' | xargs npm run lint:fix" }]

359 }386 }

360 ]387 ]

361 }388 }


401* [Create and distribute a marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces): package and share your plugins428* [Create and distribute a marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces): package and share your plugins

402* [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference): complete technical specifications429* [Plugins reference](/en/plugins-reference): complete technical specifications

403* Dive deeper into specific plugin components:430* Dive deeper into specific plugin components:

404 * [Slash commands](/en/slash-commands): command development details431 * [Skills](/en/skills): skill development details

405 * [Subagents](/en/sub-agents): agent configuration and capabilities432 * [Subagents](/en/sub-agents): agent configuration and capabilities

406 * [Agent Skills](/en/skills): extend Claude's capabilities

407 * [Hooks](/en/hooks): event handling and automation433 * [Hooks](/en/hooks): event handling and automation

408 * [MCP](/en/mcp): external tool integration434 * [MCP](/en/mcp): external tool integration

409 

410 

411 

412> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

plugins-reference.md +231 −144

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Plugins reference5# Plugins reference

2 6 

3> Complete technical reference for Claude Code plugin system, including schemas, CLI commands, and component specifications.7> Complete technical reference for Claude Code plugin system, including schemas, CLI commands, and component specifications.


8 12 

9This reference provides complete technical specifications for the Claude Code plugin system, including component schemas, CLI commands, and development tools.13This reference provides complete technical specifications for the Claude Code plugin system, including component schemas, CLI commands, and development tools.

10 14 

15A **plugin** is a self-contained directory of components that extends Claude Code with custom functionality. Plugin components include skills, agents, hooks, MCP servers, and LSP servers.

16 

11## Plugin components reference17## Plugin components reference

12 18 

13This section documents the five types of components that plugins can provide.19### Skills

14 20 

15### Commands21Plugins add skills to Claude Code, creating `/name` shortcuts that you or Claude can invoke.

16 22 

17Plugins add custom slash commands that integrate seamlessly with Claude Code's command system.23**Location**: `skills/` or `commands/` directory in plugin root

18 24 

19**Location**: `commands/` directory in plugin root25**File format**: Skills are directories with `SKILL.md`; commands are simple markdown files

26 

27**Skill structure**:

20 28 

21**File format**: Markdown files with frontmatter29```text theme={null}

30skills/

31├── pdf-processor/

32│ ├── SKILL.md

33│ ├── reference.md (optional)

34│ └── scripts/ (optional)

35└── code-reviewer/

36 └── SKILL.md

37```

38 

39**Integration behavior**:

40 

41* Skills and commands are automatically discovered when the plugin is installed

42* Claude can invoke them automatically based on task context

43* Skills can include supporting files alongside SKILL.md

22 44 

23For complete details on plugin command structure, invocation patterns, and features, see [Plugin commands](/en/slash-commands#plugin-commands).45For complete details, see [Skills](/en/skills).

24 46 

25### Agents47### Agents

26 48 


34 56 

35```markdown theme={null}57```markdown theme={null}

36---58---

37description: What this agent specializes in59name: agent-name

38capabilities: ["task1", "task2", "task3"]60description: What this agent specializes in and when Claude should invoke it

61model: sonnet

62effort: medium

63maxTurns: 20

64disallowedTools: Write, Edit

39---65---

40 66 

41# Agent Name67Detailed system prompt for the agent describing its role, expertise, and behavior.

42 

43Detailed description of the agent's role, expertise, and when Claude should invoke it.

44 

45## Capabilities

46- Specific task the agent excels at

47- Another specialized capability

48- When to use this agent vs others

49 

50## Context and examples

51Provide examples of when this agent should be used and what kinds of problems it solves.

52```68```

53 69 

70Plugin agents support `name`, `description`, `model`, `effort`, `maxTurns`, `tools`, `disallowedTools`, `skills`, `memory`, `background`, and `isolation` frontmatter fields. The only valid `isolation` value is `"worktree"`. For security reasons, `hooks`, `mcpServers`, and `permissionMode` are not supported for plugin-shipped agents.

71 

54**Integration points**:72**Integration points**:

55 73 

56* Agents appear in the `/agents` interface74* Agents appear in the `/agents` interface


58* Agents can be invoked manually by users76* Agents can be invoked manually by users

59* Plugin agents work alongside built-in Claude agents77* Plugin agents work alongside built-in Claude agents

60 78 

61### Skills79For complete details, see [Subagents](/en/sub-agents).

62 

63Plugins can provide Agent Skills that extend Claude's capabilities. Skills are model-invoked—Claude autonomously decides when to use them based on the task context.

64 

65**Location**: `skills/` directory in plugin root

66 

67**File format**: Directories containing `SKILL.md` files with frontmatter

68 

69**Skill structure**:

70 

71```

72skills/

73├── pdf-processor/

74│ ├── SKILL.md

75│ ├── reference.md (optional)

76│ └── scripts/ (optional)

77└── code-reviewer/

78 └── SKILL.md

79```

80 

81**Integration behavior**:

82 

83* Plugin Skills are automatically discovered when the plugin is installed

84* Claude autonomously invokes Skills based on matching task context

85* Skills can include supporting files alongside SKILL.md

86 

87For SKILL.md format and complete Skill authoring guidance, see:

88 

89* [Use Skills in Claude Code](/en/skills)

90* [Agent Skills overview](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agents-and-tools/agent-skills/overview#skill-structure)

91 80 

92### Hooks81### Hooks

93 82 


117}106}

118```107```

119 108 

120**Available events**:109Plugin hooks respond to the same lifecycle events as [user-defined hooks](/en/hooks):

121 110 

122* `PreToolUse`: Before Claude uses any tool111| Event | When it fires |

123* `PostToolUse`: After Claude successfully uses any tool112| :------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

124* `PostToolUseFailure`: After Claude tool execution fails113| `SessionStart` | When a session begins or resumes |

125* `PermissionRequest`: When a permission dialog is shown114| `UserPromptSubmit` | When you submit a prompt, before Claude processes it |

126* `UserPromptSubmit`: When user submits a prompt115| `PreToolUse` | Before a tool call executes. Can block it |

127* `Notification`: When Claude Code sends notifications116| `PermissionRequest` | When a permission dialog appears |

128* `Stop`: When Claude attempts to stop117| `PostToolUse` | After a tool call succeeds |

129* `SubagentStart`: When a subagent is started118| `PostToolUseFailure` | After a tool call fails |

130* `SubagentStop`: When a subagent attempts to stop119| `Notification` | When Claude Code sends a notification |

131* `SessionStart`: At the beginning of sessions120| `SubagentStart` | When a subagent is spawned |

132* `SessionEnd`: At the end of sessions121| `SubagentStop` | When a subagent finishes |

133* `PreCompact`: Before conversation history is compacted122| `TaskCreated` | When a task is being created via `TaskCreate` |

123| `TaskCompleted` | When a task is being marked as completed |

124| `Stop` | When Claude finishes responding |

125| `StopFailure` | When the turn ends due to an API error. Output and exit code are ignored |

126| `TeammateIdle` | When an [agent team](/en/agent-teams) teammate is about to go idle |

127| `InstructionsLoaded` | When a CLAUDE.md or `.claude/rules/*.md` file is loaded into context. Fires at session start and when files are lazily loaded during a session |

128| `ConfigChange` | When a configuration file changes during a session |

129| `CwdChanged` | When the working directory changes, for example when Claude executes a `cd` command. Useful for reactive environment management with tools like direnv |

130| `FileChanged` | When a watched file changes on disk. The `matcher` field specifies which filenames to watch |

131| `WorktreeCreate` | When a worktree is being created via `--worktree` or `isolation: "worktree"`. Replaces default git behavior |

132| `WorktreeRemove` | When a worktree is being removed, either at session exit or when a subagent finishes |

133| `PreCompact` | Before context compaction |

134| `PostCompact` | After context compaction completes |

135| `Elicitation` | When an MCP server requests user input during a tool call |

136| `ElicitationResult` | After a user responds to an MCP elicitation, before the response is sent back to the server |

137| `SessionEnd` | When a session terminates |

134 138 

135**Hook types**:139**Hook types**:

136 140 

137* `command`: Execute shell commands or scripts141* `command`: execute shell commands or scripts

138* `prompt`: Evaluate a prompt with an LLM (uses `$ARGUMENTS` placeholder for context)142* `http`: send the event JSON as a POST request to a URL

139* `agent`: Run an agentic verifier with tools for complex verification tasks143* `prompt`: evaluate a prompt with an LLM (uses `$ARGUMENTS` placeholder for context)

144* `agent`: run an agentic verifier with tools for complex verification tasks

140 145 

141### MCP servers146### MCP servers

142 147 


177### LSP servers182### LSP servers

178 183 

179<Tip>184<Tip>

180 Looking to use LSP plugins? Install them from the official marketplacesearch for "lsp" in the `/plugin` Discover tab. This section documents how to create LSP plugins for languages not covered by the official marketplace.185 Looking to use LSP plugins? Install them from the official marketplace: search for "lsp" in the `/plugin` Discover tab. This section documents how to create LSP plugins for languages not covered by the official marketplace.

181</Tip>186</Tip>

182 187 

183Plugins can provide [Language Server Protocol](https://microsoft.github.io/language-server-protocol/) (LSP) servers to give Claude real-time code intelligence while working on your codebase.188Plugins can provide [Language Server Protocol](https://microsoft.github.io/language-server-protocol/) (LSP) servers to give Claude real-time code intelligence while working on your codebase.


266When you install a plugin, you choose a **scope** that determines where the plugin is available and who else can use it:271When you install a plugin, you choose a **scope** that determines where the plugin is available and who else can use it:

267 272 

268| Scope | Settings file | Use case |273| Scope | Settings file | Use case |

269| :-------- | :---------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------- |274| :-------- | :---------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------- |

270| `user` | `~/.claude/settings.json` | Personal plugins available across all projects (default) |275| `user` | `~/.claude/settings.json` | Personal plugins available across all projects (default) |

271| `project` | `.claude/settings.json` | Team plugins shared via version control |276| `project` | `.claude/settings.json` | Team plugins shared via version control |

272| `local` | `.claude/settings.local.json` | Project-specific plugins, gitignored |277| `local` | `.claude/settings.local.json` | Project-specific plugins, gitignored |

273| `managed` | `managed-settings.json` | Managed plugins (read-only, update only) |278| `managed` | [Managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files) | Managed plugins (read-only, update only) |

274 279 

275Plugins use the same scope system as other Claude Code configurations. For installation instructions and scope flags, see [Install plugins](/en/discover-plugins#install-plugins). For a complete explanation of scopes, see [Configuration scopes](/en/settings#configuration-scopes).280Plugins use the same scope system as other Claude Code configurations. For installation instructions and scope flags, see [Install plugins](/en/discover-plugins#install-plugins). For a complete explanation of scopes, see [Configuration scopes](/en/settings#configuration-scopes).

276 281 


278 283 

279## Plugin manifest schema284## Plugin manifest schema

280 285 

281The `plugin.json` file defines your plugin's metadata and configuration. This section documents all supported fields and options.286The `.claude-plugin/plugin.json` file defines your plugin's metadata and configuration. This section documents all supported fields and options.

287 

288The manifest is optional. If omitted, Claude Code auto-discovers components in [default locations](#file-locations-reference) and derives the plugin name from the directory name. Use a manifest when you need to provide metadata or custom component paths.

282 289 

283### Complete schema290### Complete schema

284 291 


308 315 

309### Required fields316### Required fields

310 317 

318If you include a manifest, `name` is the only required field.

319 

311| Field | Type | Description | Example |320| Field | Type | Description | Example |

312| :----- | :----- | :---------------------------------------- | :------------------- |321| :----- | :----- | :---------------------------------------- | :------------------- |

313| `name` | string | Unique identifier (kebab-case, no spaces) | `"deployment-tools"` |322| `name` | string | Unique identifier (kebab-case, no spaces) | `"deployment-tools"` |

314 323 

324This name is used for namespacing components. For example, in the UI, the

325agent `agent-creator` for the plugin with name `plugin-dev` will appear as

326`plugin-dev:agent-creator`.

327 

315### Metadata fields328### Metadata fields

316 329 

317| Field | Type | Description | Example |330| Field | Type | Description | Example |

318| :------------ | :----- | :---------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------- |331| :------------ | :----- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------- |

319| `version` | string | Semantic version | `"2.1.0"` |332| `version` | string | Semantic version. If also set in the marketplace entry, `plugin.json` takes priority. You only need to set it in one place. | `"2.1.0"` |

320| `description` | string | Brief explanation of plugin purpose | `"Deployment automation tools"` |333| `description` | string | Brief explanation of plugin purpose | `"Deployment automation tools"` |

321| `author` | object | Author information | `{"name": "Dev Team", "email": "dev@company.com"}` |334| `author` | object | Author information | `{"name": "Dev Team", "email": "dev@company.com"}` |

322| `homepage` | string | Documentation URL | `"https://docs.example.com"` |335| `homepage` | string | Documentation URL | `"https://docs.example.com"` |


327### Component path fields340### Component path fields

328 341 

329| Field | Type | Description | Example |342| Field | Type | Description | Example |

330| :------------- | :------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------- |343| :------------- | :-------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------- |

331| `commands` | string\|array | Additional command files/directories | `"./custom/cmd.md"` or `["./cmd1.md"]` |344| `commands` | string\|array | Custom command files/directories (replaces default `commands/`) | `"./custom/cmd.md"` or `["./cmd1.md"]` |

332| `agents` | string\|array | Additional agent files | `"./custom/agents/"` |345| `agents` | string\|array | Custom agent files (replaces default `agents/`) | `"./custom/agents/reviewer.md"` |

333| `skills` | string\|array | Additional skill directories | `"./custom/skills/"` |346| `skills` | string\|array | Custom skill directories (replaces default `skills/`) | `"./custom/skills/"` |

334| `hooks` | string\|object | Hook config path or inline config | `"./hooks.json"` |347| `hooks` | string\|array\|object | Hook config paths or inline config | `"./my-extra-hooks.json"` |

335| `mcpServers` | string\|object | MCP config path or inline config | `"./mcp-config.json"` |348| `mcpServers` | string\|array\|object | MCP config paths or inline config | `"./my-extra-mcp-config.json"` |

336| `outputStyles` | string\|array | Additional output style files/directories | `"./styles/"` |349| `outputStyles` | string\|array | Custom output style files/directories (replaces default `output-styles/`) | `"./styles/"` |

337| `lspServers` | string\|object | [Language Server Protocol](https://microsoft.github.io/language-server-protocol/) config for code intelligence (go to definition, find references, etc.) | `"./.lsp.json"` |350| `lspServers` | string\|array\|object | [Language Server Protocol](https://microsoft.github.io/language-server-protocol/) configs for code intelligence (go to definition, find references, etc.) | `"./.lsp.json"` |

351| `userConfig` | object | User-configurable values prompted at enable time. See [User configuration](#user-configuration) | See below |

352| `channels` | array | Channel declarations for message injection (Telegram, Slack, Discord style). See [Channels](#channels) | See below |

353 

354### User configuration

355 

356The `userConfig` field declares values that Claude Code prompts the user for when the plugin is enabled. Use this instead of requiring users to hand-edit `settings.json`.

357 

358```json theme={null}

359{

360 "userConfig": {

361 "api_endpoint": {

362 "description": "Your team's API endpoint",

363 "sensitive": false

364 },

365 "api_token": {

366 "description": "API authentication token",

367 "sensitive": true

368 }

369 }

370}

371```

372 

373Keys must be valid identifiers. Each value is available for substitution as `${user_config.KEY}` in MCP and LSP server configs, hook commands, and (for non-sensitive values only) skill and agent content. Values are also exported to plugin subprocesses as `CLAUDE_PLUGIN_OPTION_<KEY>` environment variables.

374 

375Non-sensitive values are stored in `settings.json` under `pluginConfigs[<plugin-id>].options`. Sensitive values go to the system keychain (or `~/.claude/.credentials.json` where the keychain is unavailable). Keychain storage is shared with OAuth tokens and has an approximately 2 KB total limit, so keep sensitive values small.

376 

377### Channels

378 

379The `channels` field lets a plugin declare one or more message channels that inject content into the conversation. Each channel binds to an MCP server that the plugin provides.

380 

381```json theme={null}

382{

383 "channels": [

384 {

385 "server": "telegram",

386 "userConfig": {

387 "bot_token": { "description": "Telegram bot token", "sensitive": true },

388 "owner_id": { "description": "Your Telegram user ID", "sensitive": false }

389 }

390 }

391 ]

392}

393```

394 

395The `server` field is required and must match a key in the plugin's `mcpServers`. The optional per-channel `userConfig` uses the same schema as the top-level field, letting the plugin prompt for bot tokens or owner IDs when the plugin is enabled.

338 396 

339### Path behavior rules397### Path behavior rules

340 398 

341**Important**: Custom paths supplement default directories - they don't replace them.399For `commands`, `agents`, `skills`, and `outputStyles`, custom paths replace the default directory. If the manifest specifies `commands`, the default `commands/` directory is not scanned. [Hooks](#hooks), [MCP servers](#mcp-servers), and [LSP servers](#lsp-servers) have different semantics for handling multiple sources.

342 400 

343* If `commands/` exists, it's loaded in addition to custom command paths401* All paths must be relative to the plugin root and start with `./`

344* All paths must be relative to plugin root and start with `./`402* Components from custom paths use the same naming and namespacing rules

345* Commands from custom paths use the same naming and namespacing rules403* Multiple paths can be specified as arrays

346* Multiple paths can be specified as arrays for flexibility404* To keep the default directory and add more paths for commands, agents, skills, or output styles, include the default in your array: `"commands": ["./commands/", "./extras/deploy.md"]`

347 405 

348**Path examples**:406**Path examples**:

349 407 


362 420 

363### Environment variables421### Environment variables

364 422 

365**`${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}`**: Contains the absolute path to your plugin directory. Use this in hooks, MCP servers, and scripts to ensure correct paths regardless of installation location.423Claude Code provides two variables for referencing plugin paths. Both are substituted inline anywhere they appear in skill content, agent content, hook commands, and MCP or LSP server configs. Both are also exported as environment variables to hook processes and MCP or LSP server subprocesses.

424 

425**`${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}`**: the absolute path to your plugin's installation directory. Use this to reference scripts, binaries, and config files bundled with the plugin. This path changes when the plugin updates, so files you write here do not survive an update.

426 

427**`${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_DATA}`**: a persistent directory for plugin state that survives updates. Use this for installed dependencies such as `node_modules` or Python virtual environments, generated code, caches, and any other files that should persist across plugin versions. The directory is created automatically the first time this variable is referenced.

366 428 

367```json theme={null}429```json theme={null}

368{430{


381}443}

382```444```

383 445 

384***446#### Persistent data directory

385 447 

386## Plugin caching and file resolution448The `${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_DATA}` directory resolves to `~/.claude/plugins/data/{id}/`, where `{id}` is the plugin identifier with characters outside `a-z`, `A-Z`, `0-9`, `_`, and `-` replaced by `-`. For a plugin installed as `formatter@my-marketplace`, the directory is `~/.claude/plugins/data/formatter-my-marketplace/`.

387 449 

388For security and verification purposes, Claude Code copies plugins to a cache directory rather than using them in-place. Understanding this behavior is important when developing plugins that reference external files.450A common use is installing language dependencies once and reusing them across sessions and plugin updates. Because the data directory outlives any single plugin version, a check for directory existence alone cannot detect when an update changes the plugin's dependency manifest. The recommended pattern compares the bundled manifest against a copy in the data directory and reinstalls when they differ.

389 451 

390### How plugin caching works452This `SessionStart` hook installs `node_modules` on the first run and again whenever a plugin update includes a changed `package.json`:

391 453 

392When you install a plugin, Claude Code copies the plugin files to a cache directory:454```json theme={null}

455{

456 "hooks": {

457 "SessionStart": [

458 {

459 "hooks": [

460 {

461 "type": "command",

462 "command": "diff -q \"${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}/package.json\" \"${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_DATA}/package.json\" >/dev/null 2>&1 || (cd \"${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_DATA}\" && cp \"${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}/package.json\" . && npm install) || rm -f \"${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_DATA}/package.json\""

463 }

464 ]

465 }

466 ]

467 }

468}

469```

393 470 

394* **For marketplace plugins with relative paths**: The path specified in the `source` field is copied recursively. For example, if your marketplace entry specifies `"source": "./plugins/my-plugin"`, the entire `./plugins` directory is copied.471The `diff` exits nonzero when the stored copy is missing or differs from the bundled one, covering both first run and dependency-changing updates. If `npm install` fails, the trailing `rm` removes the copied manifest so the next session retries.

395* **For plugins with `.claude-plugin/plugin.json`**: The implicit root directory (the directory containing `.claude-plugin/plugin.json`) is copied recursively.

396 472 

397### Path traversal limitations473Scripts bundled in `${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}` can then run against the persisted `node_modules`:

398 474 

399Plugins cannot reference files outside their copied directory structure. Paths that traverse outside the plugin root (such as `../shared-utils`) will not work after installation because those external files are not copied to the cache.475```json theme={null}

476{

477 "mcpServers": {

478 "routines": {

479 "command": "node",

480 "args": ["${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}/server.js"],

481 "env": {

482 "NODE_PATH": "${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_DATA}/node_modules"

483 }

484 }

485 }

486}

487```

400 488 

401### Working with external dependencies489The data directory is deleted automatically when you uninstall the plugin from the last scope where it is installed. The `/plugin` interface shows the directory size and prompts before deleting. The CLI deletes by default; pass [`--keep-data`](#plugin-uninstall) to preserve it.

402 490 

403If your plugin needs to access files outside its directory, you have two options:491***

404 492 

405**Option 1: Use symlinks**493## Plugin caching and file resolution

406 494 

407Create symbolic links to external files within your plugin directory. Symlinks are honored during the copy process:495Plugins are specified in one of two ways:

408 496 

409```bash theme={null}497* Through `claude --plugin-dir`, for the duration of a session.

410# Inside your plugin directory498* Through a marketplace, installed for future sessions.

411ln -s /path/to/shared-utils ./shared-utils

412```

413 499 

414The symlinked content will be copied into the plugin cache.500For security and verification purposes, Claude Code copies *marketplace* plugins to the user's local **plugin cache** (`~/.claude/plugins/cache`) rather than using them in-place. Understanding this behavior is important when developing plugins that reference external files.

415 501 

416**Option 2: Restructure your marketplace**502### Path traversal limitations

417 503 

418Set the plugin path to a parent directory that contains all required files, then provide the rest of the plugin manifest directly in the marketplace entry:504Installed plugins cannot reference files outside their directory. Paths that traverse outside the plugin root (such as `../shared-utils`) will not work after installation because those external files are not copied to the cache.

419 505 

420```json theme={null}506### Working with external dependencies

421{

422 "name": "my-plugin",

423 "source": "./",

424 "description": "Plugin that needs root-level access",

425 "commands": ["./plugins/my-plugin/commands/"],

426 "agents": ["./plugins/my-plugin/agents/"],

427 "strict": false

428}

429```

430 507 

431This approach copies the entire marketplace root, giving your plugin access to sibling directories.508If your plugin needs to access files outside its directory, you can create symbolic links to external files within your plugin directory. Symlinks are honored during the copy process:

432 509 

433<Note>510```bash theme={null}

434 Symlinks that point to locations outside the plugin's logical root are followed during copying. This provides flexibility while maintaining the security benefits of the caching system.511# Inside your plugin directory

435</Note>512ln -s /path/to/shared-utils ./shared-utils

513```

514 

515The symlinked content will be copied into the plugin cache. This provides flexibility while maintaining the security benefits of the caching system.

436 516 

437***517***

438 518 


442 522 

443A complete plugin follows this structure:523A complete plugin follows this structure:

444 524 

445```525```text theme={null}

446enterprise-plugin/526enterprise-plugin/

447├── .claude-plugin/ # Metadata directory527├── .claude-plugin/ # Metadata directory (optional)

448│ └── plugin.json # Required: plugin manifest528│ └── plugin.json # plugin manifest

449├── commands/ # Default command location529├── commands/ # Default command location

450│ ├── status.md530│ ├── status.md

451│ └── logs.md531│ └── logs.md


459│ └── pdf-processor/539│ └── pdf-processor/

460│ ├── SKILL.md540│ ├── SKILL.md

461│ └── scripts/541│ └── scripts/

542├── output-styles/ # Output style definitions

543│ └── terse.md

462├── hooks/ # Hook configurations544├── hooks/ # Hook configurations

463│ ├── hooks.json # Main hook config545│ ├── hooks.json # Main hook config

464│ └── security-hooks.json # Additional hooks546│ └── security-hooks.json # Additional hooks

547├── settings.json # Default settings for the plugin

465├── .mcp.json # MCP server definitions548├── .mcp.json # MCP server definitions

466├── .lsp.json # LSP server configurations549├── .lsp.json # LSP server configurations

467├── scripts/ # Hook and utility scripts550├── scripts/ # Hook and utility scripts


473```556```

474 557 

475<Warning>558<Warning>

476 The `.claude-plugin/` directory contains the `plugin.json` file. All other directories (commands/, agents/, skills/, hooks/) must be at the plugin root, not inside `.claude-plugin/`.559 The `.claude-plugin/` directory contains the `plugin.json` file. All other directories (commands/, agents/, skills/, output-styles/, hooks/) must be at the plugin root, not inside `.claude-plugin/`.

477</Warning>560</Warning>

478 561 

479### File locations reference562### File locations reference

480 563 

481| Component | Default Location | Purpose |564| Component | Default Location | Purpose |

482| :-------------- | :--------------------------- | :------------------------------- |565| :---------------- | :--------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

483| **Manifest** | `.claude-plugin/plugin.json` | Required metadata file |566| **Manifest** | `.claude-plugin/plugin.json` | Plugin metadata and configuration (optional) |

484| **Commands** | `commands/` | Slash command Markdown files |567| **Commands** | `commands/` | Skill Markdown files (legacy; use `skills/` for new skills) |

485| **Agents** | `agents/` | Subagent Markdown files |568| **Agents** | `agents/` | Subagent Markdown files |

486| **Skills** | `skills/` | Agent Skills with SKILL.md files |569| **Skills** | `skills/` | Skills with `<name>/SKILL.md` structure |

570| **Output styles** | `output-styles/` | Output style definitions |

487| **Hooks** | `hooks/hooks.json` | Hook configuration |571| **Hooks** | `hooks/hooks.json` | Hook configuration |

488| **MCP servers** | `.mcp.json` | MCP server definitions |572| **MCP servers** | `.mcp.json` | MCP server definitions |

489| **LSP servers** | `.lsp.json` | Language server configurations |573| **LSP servers** | `.lsp.json` | Language server configurations |

574| **Settings** | `settings.json` | Default configuration applied when the plugin is enabled. Only [`agent`](/en/sub-agents) settings are currently supported |

490 575 

491***576***

492 577 


513| `-s, --scope <scope>` | Installation scope: `user`, `project`, or `local` | `user` |598| `-s, --scope <scope>` | Installation scope: `user`, `project`, or `local` | `user` |

514| `-h, --help` | Display help for command | |599| `-h, --help` | Display help for command | |

515 600 

601Scope determines which settings file the installed plugin is added to. For example, --scope project writes to `enabledPlugins` in .claude/settings.json, making the plugin available to everyone who clones the project repository.

602 

516**Examples:**603**Examples:**

517 604 

518```bash theme={null}605```bash theme={null}


541**Options:**628**Options:**

542 629 

543| Option | Description | Default |630| Option | Description | Default |

544| :-------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------- | :------ |631| :-------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------ |

545| `-s, --scope <scope>` | Uninstall from scope: `user`, `project`, or `local` | `user` |632| `-s, --scope <scope>` | Uninstall from scope: `user`, `project`, or `local` | `user` |

633| `--keep-data` | Preserve the plugin's [persistent data directory](#persistent-data-directory) | |

546| `-h, --help` | Display help for command | |634| `-h, --help` | Display help for command | |

547 635 

548**Aliases:** `remove`, `rm`636**Aliases:** `remove`, `rm`

549 637 

638By default, uninstalling from the last remaining scope also deletes the plugin's `${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_DATA}` directory. Use `--keep-data` to preserve it, for example when reinstalling after testing a new version.

639 

550### plugin enable640### plugin enable

551 641 

552Enable a disabled plugin.642Enable a disabled plugin.


612 702 

613Use `claude --debug` to see plugin loading details:703Use `claude --debug` to see plugin loading details:

614 704 

615```bash theme={null}

616claude --debug

617```

618 

619This shows:705This shows:

620 706 

621* Which plugins are being loaded707* Which plugins are being loaded


626### Common issues712### Common issues

627 713 

628| Issue | Cause | Solution |714| Issue | Cause | Solution |

629| :---------------------------------- | :------------------------------ | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |715| :---------------------------------- | :------------------------------ | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

630| Plugin not loading | Invalid `plugin.json` | Validate JSON syntax with `claude plugin validate` or `/plugin validate` |716| Plugin not loading | Invalid `plugin.json` | Run `claude plugin validate` or `/plugin validate` to check `plugin.json`, skill/agent/command frontmatter, and `hooks/hooks.json` for syntax and schema errors |

631| Commands not appearing | Wrong directory structure | Ensure `commands/` at root, not in `.claude-plugin/` |717| Commands not appearing | Wrong directory structure | Ensure `commands/` at root, not in `.claude-plugin/` |

632| Hooks not firing | Script not executable | Run `chmod +x script.sh` |718| Hooks not firing | Script not executable | Run `chmod +x script.sh` |

633| MCP server fails | Missing `${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}` | Use variable for all plugin paths |719| MCP server fails | Missing `${CLAUDE_PLUGIN_ROOT}` | Use variable for all plugin paths |


646 732 

647* `Warning: No commands found in plugin my-plugin custom directory: ./cmds. Expected .md files or SKILL.md in subdirectories.`: command path exists but contains no valid command files733* `Warning: No commands found in plugin my-plugin custom directory: ./cmds. Expected .md files or SKILL.md in subdirectories.`: command path exists but contains no valid command files

648* `Plugin directory not found at path: ./plugins/my-plugin. Check that the marketplace entry has the correct path.`: the `source` path in marketplace.json points to a non-existent directory734* `Plugin directory not found at path: ./plugins/my-plugin. Check that the marketplace entry has the correct path.`: the `source` path in marketplace.json points to a non-existent directory

649* `Plugin my-plugin has conflicting manifests: both plugin.json and marketplace entry specify components.`: remove duplicate component definitions or set `strict: true` in marketplace entry735* `Plugin my-plugin has conflicting manifests: both plugin.json and marketplace entry specify components.`: remove duplicate component definitions or remove `strict: false` in marketplace entry

650 736 

651### Hook troubleshooting737### Hook troubleshooting

652 738 


661 747 

6621. Verify the event name is correct (case-sensitive): `PostToolUse`, not `postToolUse`7481. Verify the event name is correct (case-sensitive): `PostToolUse`, not `postToolUse`

6632. Check the matcher pattern matches your tools: `"matcher": "Write|Edit"` for file operations7492. Check the matcher pattern matches your tools: `"matcher": "Write|Edit"` for file operations

6643. Confirm the hook type is valid: `command`, `prompt`, or `agent`7503. Confirm the hook type is valid: `command`, `http`, `prompt`, or `agent`

665 751 

666### MCP server troubleshooting752### MCP server troubleshooting

667 753 


684 770 

685**Correct structure**: Components must be at the plugin root, not inside `.claude-plugin/`. Only `plugin.json` belongs in `.claude-plugin/`.771**Correct structure**: Components must be at the plugin root, not inside `.claude-plugin/`. Only `plugin.json` belongs in `.claude-plugin/`.

686 772 

687```773```text theme={null}

688my-plugin/774my-plugin/

689├── .claude-plugin/775├── .claude-plugin/

690│ └── plugin.json ← Only manifest here776│ └── plugin.json ← Only manifest here


729* Document changes in a `CHANGELOG.md` file815* Document changes in a `CHANGELOG.md` file

730* Use pre-release versions like `2.0.0-beta.1` for testing816* Use pre-release versions like `2.0.0-beta.1` for testing

731 817 

818<Warning>

819 Claude Code uses the version to determine whether to update your plugin. If you change your plugin's code but don't bump the version in `plugin.json`, your plugin's existing users won't see your changes due to caching.

820 

821 If your plugin is within a [marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces) directory, you can manage the version through `marketplace.json` instead and omit the `version` field from `plugin.json`.

822</Warning>

823 

732***824***

733 825 

734## See also826## See also

735 827 

736* [Plugins](/en/plugins) - Tutorials and practical usage828* [Plugins](/en/plugins) - Tutorials and practical usage

737* [Plugin marketplaces](/en/plugin-marketplaces) - Creating and managing marketplaces829* [Plugin marketplaces](/en/plugin-marketplaces) - Creating and managing marketplaces

738* [Slash commands](/en/slash-commands) - Command development details830* [Skills](/en/skills) - Skill development details

739* [Subagents](/en/sub-agents) - Agent configuration and capabilities831* [Subagents](/en/sub-agents) - Agent configuration and capabilities

740* [Agent Skills](/en/skills) - Extend Claude's capabilities

741* [Hooks](/en/hooks) - Event handling and automation832* [Hooks](/en/hooks) - Event handling and automation

742* [MCP](/en/mcp) - External tool integration833* [MCP](/en/mcp) - External tool integration

743* [Settings](/en/settings) - Configuration options for plugins834* [Settings](/en/settings) - Configuration options for plugins

744 

745 

746 

747> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

quickstart.md +101 −95

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Quickstart5# Quickstart

2 6 

3> Welcome to Claude Code!7> Welcome to Claude Code!

4 8 

5This quickstart guide will have you using AI-powered coding assistance in just a few minutes. By the end, you'll understand how to use Claude Code for common development tasks.9 

10 

11This quickstart guide will have you using AI-powered coding assistance in a few minutes. By the end, you'll understand how to use Claude Code for common development tasks.

12 

13<Experiment flag="quickstart-install-configurator" treatment={<InstallConfigurator />} />

6 14 

7## Before you begin15## Before you begin

8 16 

9Make sure you have:17Make sure you have:

10 18 

11* A terminal or command prompt open19* A terminal or command prompt open

20 * If you've never used the terminal before, check out the [terminal guide](/en/terminal-guide)

12* A code project to work with21* A code project to work with

13* A [Claude subscription](https://claude.com/pricing) (Pro, Max, Teams, or Enterprise) or [Claude Console](https://console.anthropic.com/) account22* A [Claude subscription](https://claude.com/pricing?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs\&utm_content=quickstart_prereq) (Pro, Max, Teams, or Enterprise), [Claude Console](https://console.anthropic.com/) account, or access through a [supported cloud provider](/en/third-party-integrations)

23 

24<Note>

25 This guide covers the terminal CLI. Claude Code is also available on the [web](https://claude.ai/code), as a [desktop app](/en/desktop), in [VS Code](/en/vs-code) and [JetBrains IDEs](/en/jetbrains), in [Slack](/en/slack), and in CI/CD with [GitHub Actions](/en/github-actions) and [GitLab](/en/gitlab-ci-cd). See [all interfaces](/en/overview#use-claude-code-everywhere).

26</Note>

14 27 

15## Step 1: Install Claude Code28## Step 1: Install Claude Code

16 29 


35 ```batch theme={null}48 ```batch theme={null}

36 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd && del install.cmd49 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd && del install.cmd

37 ```50 ```

51 

52 **Windows requires [Git for Windows](https://git-scm.com/downloads/win).** Install it first if you don't have it.

53 

54 <Info>

55 Native installations automatically update in the background to keep you on the latest version.

56 </Info>

38 </Tab>57 </Tab>

39 58 

40 <Tab title="Homebrew">59 <Tab title="Homebrew">

41 ```sh theme={null}60 ```bash theme={null}

42 brew install --cask claude-code61 brew install --cask claude-code

43 ```62 ```

44 </Tab>

45 63 

46 <Tab title="NPM">64 <Info>

47 If you have [Node.js 18 or newer installed](https://nodejs.org/en/download/):65 Homebrew installations do not auto-update. Run `brew upgrade claude-code` periodically to get the latest features and security fixes.

66 </Info>

67 </Tab>

48 68 

49 ```sh theme={null}69 <Tab title="WinGet">

50 npm install -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code70 ```powershell theme={null}

71 winget install Anthropic.ClaudeCode

51 ```72 ```

73 

74 <Info>

75 WinGet installations do not auto-update. Run `winget upgrade Anthropic.ClaudeCode` periodically to get the latest features and security fixes.

76 </Info>

52 </Tab>77 </Tab>

53</Tabs>78</Tabs>

54 79 


68 93 

69You can log in using any of these account types:94You can log in using any of these account types:

70 95 

71* [Claude Pro, Max, Teams, or Enterprise](https://claude.com/pricing) (recommended)96* [Claude Pro, Max, Teams, or Enterprise](https://claude.com/pricing?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs\&utm_content=quickstart_login) (recommended)

72* [Claude Console](https://console.anthropic.com/) (API access with pre-paid credits)97* [Claude Console](https://console.anthropic.com/) (API access with pre-paid credits). On first login, a "Claude Code" workspace is automatically created in the Console for centralized cost tracking.

98* [Amazon Bedrock, Google Vertex AI, or Microsoft Foundry](/en/third-party-integrations) (enterprise cloud providers)

73 99 

74Once logged in, your credentials are stored and you won't need to log in again.100Once logged in, your credentials are stored and you won't need to log in again. To switch accounts later, use the `/login` command.

75 

76<Note>

77 When you first authenticate Claude Code with your Claude Console account, a workspace called "Claude Code" is automatically created for you. This workspace provides centralized cost tracking and management for all Claude Code usage in your organization.

78</Note>

79 

80<Note>

81 You can have both account types under the same email address. If you need to log in again or switch accounts, use the `/login` command within Claude Code.

82</Note>

83 101 

84## Step 3: Start your first session102## Step 3: Start your first session

85 103 


93You'll see the Claude Code welcome screen with your session information, recent conversations, and latest updates. Type `/help` for available commands or `/resume` to continue a previous conversation.111You'll see the Claude Code welcome screen with your session information, recent conversations, and latest updates. Type `/help` for available commands or `/resume` to continue a previous conversation.

94 112 

95<Tip>113<Tip>

96 After logging in (Step 2), your credentials are stored on your system. Learn more in [Credential Management](/en/iam#credential-management).114 After logging in (Step 2), your credentials are stored on your system. Learn more in [Credential Management](/en/authentication#credential-management).

97</Tip>115</Tip>

98 116 

99## Step 4: Ask your first question117## Step 4: Ask your first question

100 118 

101Let's start with understanding your codebase. Try one of these commands:119Let's start with understanding your codebase. Try one of these commands:

102 120 

103```121```text theme={null}

104> what does this project do?122what does this project do?

105```123```

106 124 

107Claude will analyze your files and provide a summary. You can also ask more specific questions:125Claude will analyze your files and provide a summary. You can also ask more specific questions:

108 126 

109```127```text theme={null}

110> what technologies does this project use?128what technologies does this project use?

111```129```

112 130 

113```131```text theme={null}

114> where is the main entry point?132where is the main entry point?

115```133```

116 134 

117```135```text theme={null}

118> explain the folder structure136explain the folder structure

119```137```

120 138 

121You can also ask Claude about its own capabilities:139You can also ask Claude about its own capabilities:

122 140 

123```141```text theme={null}

124> what can Claude Code do?142what can Claude Code do?

125```143```

126 144 

127```145```text theme={null}

128> how do I use slash commands in Claude Code?146how do I create custom skills in Claude Code?

129```147```

130 148 

131```149```text theme={null}

132> can Claude Code work with Docker?150can Claude Code work with Docker?

133```151```

134 152 

135<Note>153<Note>

136 Claude Code reads your files as needed - you don't have to manually add context. Claude also has access to its own documentation and can answer questions about its features and capabilities.154 Claude Code reads your project files as needed. You don't have to manually add context.

137</Note>155</Note>

138 156 

139## Step 5: Make your first code change157## Step 5: Make your first code change

140 158 

141Now let's make Claude Code do some actual coding. Try a simple task:159Now let's make Claude Code do some actual coding. Try a simple task:

142 160 

143```161```text theme={null}

144> add a hello world function to the main file162add a hello world function to the main file

145```163```

146 164 

147Claude Code will:165Claude Code will:


159 177 

160Claude Code makes Git operations conversational:178Claude Code makes Git operations conversational:

161 179 

162```180```text theme={null}

163> what files have I changed?181what files have I changed?

164```182```

165 183 

166```184```text theme={null}

167> commit my changes with a descriptive message185commit my changes with a descriptive message

168```186```

169 187 

170You can also prompt for more complex Git operations:188You can also prompt for more complex Git operations:

171 189 

172```190```text theme={null}

173> create a new branch called feature/quickstart191create a new branch called feature/quickstart

174```192```

175 193 

176```194```text theme={null}

177> show me the last 5 commits195show me the last 5 commits

178```196```

179 197 

180```198```text theme={null}

181> help me resolve merge conflicts199help me resolve merge conflicts

182```200```

183 201 

184## Step 7: Fix a bug or add a feature202## Step 7: Fix a bug or add a feature


187 205 

188Describe what you want in natural language:206Describe what you want in natural language:

189 207 

190```208```text theme={null}

191> add input validation to the user registration form209add input validation to the user registration form

192```210```

193 211 

194Or fix existing issues:212Or fix existing issues:

195 213 

196```214```text theme={null}

197> there's a bug where users can submit empty forms - fix it215there's a bug where users can submit empty forms - fix it

198```216```

199 217 

200Claude Code will:218Claude Code will:


210 228 

211**Refactor code**229**Refactor code**

212 230 

213```231```text theme={null}

214> refactor the authentication module to use async/await instead of callbacks232refactor the authentication module to use async/await instead of callbacks

215```233```

216 234 

217**Write tests**235**Write tests**

218 236 

219```237```text theme={null}

220> write unit tests for the calculator functions238write unit tests for the calculator functions

221```239```

222 240 

223**Update documentation**241**Update documentation**

224 242 

225```243```text theme={null}

226> update the README with installation instructions244update the README with installation instructions

227```245```

228 246 

229**Code review**247**Code review**

230 248 

231```249```text theme={null}

232> review my changes and suggest improvements250review my changes and suggest improvements

233```251```

234 252 

235<Tip>253<Tip>

236 **Remember**: Claude Code is your AI pair programmer. Talk to it like you would a helpful colleague - describe what you want to achieve, and it will help you get there.254 Talk to Claude like you would a helpful colleague. Describe what you want to achieve, and it will help you get there.

237</Tip>255</Tip>

238 256 

239## Essential commands257## Essential commands


248| `claude -c` | Continue most recent conversation in current directory | `claude -c` |266| `claude -c` | Continue most recent conversation in current directory | `claude -c` |

249| `claude -r` | Resume a previous conversation | `claude -r` |267| `claude -r` | Resume a previous conversation | `claude -r` |

250| `claude commit` | Create a Git commit | `claude commit` |268| `claude commit` | Create a Git commit | `claude commit` |

251| `/clear` | Clear conversation history | `> /clear` |269| `/clear` | Clear conversation history | `/clear` |

252| `/help` | Show available commands | `> /help` |270| `/help` | Show available commands | `/help` |

253| `exit` or Ctrl+C | Exit Claude Code | `> exit` |271| `exit` or Ctrl+C | Exit Claude Code | `exit` |

254 272 

255See the [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) for a complete list of commands.273See the [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) for a complete list of commands.

256 274 

257## Pro tips for beginners275## Pro tips for beginners

258 276 

277For more, see [best practices](/en/best-practices) and [common workflows](/en/common-workflows).

278 

259<AccordionGroup>279<AccordionGroup>

260 <Accordion title="Be specific with your requests">280 <Accordion title="Be specific with your requests">

261 Instead of: "fix the bug"281 Instead of: "fix the bug"


266 <Accordion title="Use step-by-step instructions">286 <Accordion title="Use step-by-step instructions">

267 Break complex tasks into steps:287 Break complex tasks into steps:

268 288 

269 ```289 ```text theme={null}

270 > 1. create a new database table for user profiles290 1. create a new database table for user profiles

271 ```291 2. create an API endpoint to get and update user profiles

272 292 3. build a webpage that allows users to see and edit their information

273 ```

274 > 2. create an API endpoint to get and update user profiles

275 ```

276 

277 ```

278 > 3. build a webpage that allows users to see and edit their information

279 ```293 ```

280 </Accordion>294 </Accordion>

281 295 

282 <Accordion title="Let Claude explore first">296 <Accordion title="Let Claude explore first">

283 Before making changes, let Claude understand your code:297 Before making changes, let Claude understand your code:

284 298 

285 ```299 ```text theme={null}

286 > analyze the database schema300 analyze the database schema

287 ```301 ```

288 302 

289 ```303 ```text theme={null}

290 > build a dashboard showing products that are most frequently returned by our UK customers304 build a dashboard showing products that are most frequently returned by our UK customers

291 ```305 ```

292 </Accordion>306 </Accordion>

293 307 


295 * Press `?` to see all available keyboard shortcuts309 * Press `?` to see all available keyboard shortcuts

296 * Use Tab for command completion310 * Use Tab for command completion

297 * Press ↑ for command history311 * Press ↑ for command history

298 * Type `/` to see all slash commands312 * Type `/` to see all commands and skills

299 </Accordion>313 </Accordion>

300</AccordionGroup>314</AccordionGroup>

301 315 


303 317 

304Now that you've learned the basics, explore more advanced features:318Now that you've learned the basics, explore more advanced features:

305 319 

306<CardGroup cols={3}>320<CardGroup cols={2}>

307 <Card title="Common workflows" icon="graduation-cap" href="/en/common-workflows">321 <Card title="How Claude Code works" icon="microchip" href="/en/how-claude-code-works">

308 Step-by-step guides for common tasks322 Understand the agentic loop, built-in tools, and how Claude Code interacts with your project

309 </Card>

310 

311 <Card title="CLI reference" icon="terminal" href="/en/cli-reference">

312 Master all commands and options

313 </Card>323 </Card>

314 324 

315 <Card title="Configuration" icon="gear" href="/en/settings">325 <Card title="Best practices" icon="star" href="/en/best-practices">

316 Customize Claude Code for your workflow326 Get better results with effective prompting and project setup

317 </Card>327 </Card>

318 328 

319 <Card title="Claude Code on the web" icon="cloud" href="/en/claude-code-on-the-web">329 <Card title="Common workflows" icon="graduation-cap" href="/en/common-workflows">

320 Run tasks asynchronously in the cloud330 Step-by-step guides for common tasks

321 </Card>331 </Card>

322 332 

323 <Card title="About Claude Code" icon="sparkles" href="https://claude.com/product/claude-code">333 <Card title="Extend Claude Code" icon="puzzle-piece" href="/en/features-overview">

324 Learn more on claude.com334 Customize with CLAUDE.md, skills, hooks, MCP, and more

325 </Card>335 </Card>

326</CardGroup>336</CardGroup>

327 337 


330* **In Claude Code**: Type `/help` or ask "how do I..."340* **In Claude Code**: Type `/help` or ask "how do I..."

331* **Documentation**: You're here! Browse other guides341* **Documentation**: You're here! Browse other guides

332* **Community**: Join our [Discord](https://www.anthropic.com/discord) for tips and support342* **Community**: Join our [Discord](https://www.anthropic.com/discord) for tips and support

333 

334 

335 

336> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

remote-control.md +203 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Continue local sessions from any device with Remote Control

6 

7> Continue a local Claude Code session from your phone, tablet, or any browser using Remote Control. Works with claude.ai/code and the Claude mobile app.

8 

9<Note>

10 Remote Control is available on all plans. On Team and Enterprise, it is off by default until an admin enables the Remote Control toggle in [Claude Code admin settings](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code).

11</Note>

12 

13Remote Control connects [claude.ai/code](https://claude.ai/code) or the Claude app for [iOS](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/claude-by-anthropic/id6473753684) and [Android](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.anthropic.claude) to a Claude Code session running on your machine. Start a task at your desk, then pick it up from your phone on the couch or a browser on another computer.

14 

15When you start a Remote Control session on your machine, Claude keeps running locally the entire time, so nothing moves to the cloud. With Remote Control you can:

16 

17* **Use your full local environment remotely**: your filesystem, [MCP servers](/en/mcp), tools, and project configuration all stay available

18* **Work from both surfaces at once**: the conversation stays in sync across all connected devices, so you can send messages from your terminal, browser, and phone interchangeably

19* **Survive interruptions**: if your laptop sleeps or your network drops, the session reconnects automatically when your machine comes back online

20 

21Unlike [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web), which runs on cloud infrastructure, Remote Control sessions run directly on your machine and interact with your local filesystem. The web and mobile interfaces are just a window into that local session.

22 

23<Note>

24 Remote Control requires Claude Code v2.1.51 or later. Check your version with `claude --version`.

25</Note>

26 

27This page covers setup, how to start and connect to sessions, and how Remote Control compares to Claude Code on the web.

28 

29## Requirements

30 

31Before using Remote Control, confirm that your environment meets these conditions:

32 

33* **Subscription**: available on Pro, Max, Team, and Enterprise plans. API keys are not supported. On Team and Enterprise, an admin must first enable the Remote Control toggle in [Claude Code admin settings](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code).

34* **Authentication**: run `claude` and use `/login` to sign in through claude.ai if you haven't already.

35* **Workspace trust**: run `claude` in your project directory at least once to accept the workspace trust dialog.

36 

37## Start a Remote Control session

38 

39You can start a dedicated Remote Control server, start an interactive session with Remote Control enabled, or connect a session that's already running.

40 

41<Tabs>

42 <Tab title="Server mode">

43 Navigate to your project directory and run:

44 

45 ```bash theme={null}

46 claude remote-control

47 ```

48 

49 The process stays running in your terminal in server mode, waiting for remote connections. It displays a session URL you can use to [connect from another device](#connect-from-another-device), and you can press spacebar to show a QR code for quick access from your phone. While a remote session is active, the terminal shows connection status and tool activity.

50 

51 Available flags:

52 

53 | Flag | Description |

54 | ---------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

55 | `--name "My Project"` | Set a custom session title visible in the session list at claude.ai/code. |

56 | `--spawn <mode>` | How concurrent sessions are created. Press `w` at runtime to toggle.<br />• `same-dir` (default): all sessions share the current working directory, so they can conflict if editing the same files.<br />• `worktree`: each on-demand session gets its own [git worktree](/en/common-workflows#run-parallel-claude-code-sessions-with-git-worktrees). Requires a git repository. |

57 | `--capacity <N>` | Maximum number of concurrent sessions. Default is 32. |

58 | `--verbose` | Show detailed connection and session logs. |

59 | `--sandbox` / `--no-sandbox` | Enable or disable [sandboxing](/en/sandboxing) for filesystem and network isolation. Off by default. |

60 </Tab>

61 

62 <Tab title="Interactive session">

63 To start a normal interactive Claude Code session with Remote Control enabled, use the `--remote-control` flag (or `--rc`):

64 

65 ```bash theme={null}

66 claude --remote-control

67 ```

68 

69 Optionally pass a name for the session:

70 

71 ```bash theme={null}

72 claude --remote-control "My Project"

73 ```

74 

75 This gives you a full interactive session in your terminal that you can also control from claude.ai or the Claude app. Unlike `claude remote-control` (server mode), you can type messages locally while the session is also available remotely.

76 </Tab>

77 

78 <Tab title="From an existing session">

79 If you're already in a Claude Code session and want to continue it remotely, use the `/remote-control` (or `/rc`) command:

80 

81 ```text theme={null}

82 /remote-control

83 ```

84 

85 Pass a name as an argument to set a custom session title:

86 

87 ```text theme={null}

88 /remote-control My Project

89 ```

90 

91 This starts a Remote Control session that carries over your current conversation history and displays a session URL and QR code you can use to [connect from another device](#connect-from-another-device). The `--verbose`, `--sandbox`, and `--no-sandbox` flags are not available with this command.

92 </Tab>

93</Tabs>

94 

95### Connect from another device

96 

97Once a Remote Control session is active, you have a few ways to connect from another device:

98 

99* **Open the session URL** in any browser to go directly to the session on [claude.ai/code](https://claude.ai/code). Both `claude remote-control` and `/remote-control` display this URL in the terminal.

100* **Scan the QR code** shown alongside the session URL to open it directly in the Claude app. With `claude remote-control`, press spacebar to toggle the QR code display.

101* **Open [claude.ai/code](https://claude.ai/code) or the Claude app** and find the session by name in the session list. Remote Control sessions show a computer icon with a green status dot when online.

102 

103The remote session title is chosen in this order:

104 

1051. The name you passed to `--name`, `--remote-control`, or `/remote-control`

1062. The title you set with `/rename`

1073. The last meaningful message in existing conversation history

1084. Your first prompt once you send one

109 

110If the environment already has an active session, you'll be asked whether to continue it or start a new one.

111 

112If you don't have the Claude app yet, use the `/mobile` command inside Claude Code to display a download QR code for [iOS](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/claude-by-anthropic/id6473753684) or [Android](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.anthropic.claude).

113 

114### Enable Remote Control for all sessions

115 

116By default, Remote Control only activates when you explicitly run `claude remote-control`, `claude --remote-control`, or `/remote-control`. To enable it automatically for every interactive session, run `/config` inside Claude Code and set **Enable Remote Control for all sessions** to `true`. Set it back to `false` to disable.

117 

118With this setting on, each interactive Claude Code process registers one remote session. If you run multiple instances, each one gets its own environment and session. To run multiple concurrent sessions from a single process, use server mode with `--spawn` instead.

119 

120## Connection and security

121 

122Your local Claude Code session makes outbound HTTPS requests only and never opens inbound ports on your machine. When you start Remote Control, it registers with the Anthropic API and polls for work. When you connect from another device, the server routes messages between the web or mobile client and your local session over a streaming connection.

123 

124All traffic travels through the Anthropic API over TLS, the same transport security as any Claude Code session. The connection uses multiple short-lived credentials, each scoped to a single purpose and expiring independently.

125 

126## Remote Control vs Claude Code on the web

127 

128Remote Control and [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) both use the claude.ai/code interface. The key difference is where the session runs: Remote Control executes on your machine, so your local MCP servers, tools, and project configuration stay available. Claude Code on the web executes in Anthropic-managed cloud infrastructure.

129 

130Use Remote Control when you're in the middle of local work and want to keep going from another device. Use Claude Code on the web when you want to kick off a task without any local setup, work on a repo you don't have cloned, or run multiple tasks in parallel.

131 

132## Limitations

133 

134* **One remote session per interactive process**: outside of server mode, each Claude Code instance supports one remote session at a time. Use server mode with `--spawn` to run multiple concurrent sessions from a single process.

135* **Terminal must stay open**: Remote Control runs as a local process. If you close the terminal or stop the `claude` process, the session ends. Run `claude remote-control` again to start a new one.

136* **Extended network outage**: if your machine is awake but unable to reach the network for more than roughly 10 minutes, the session times out and the process exits. Run `claude remote-control` again to start a new session.

137 

138## Troubleshooting

139 

140### "Remote Control requires a claude.ai subscription"

141 

142You're not authenticated with a claude.ai account. Run `claude auth login` and choose the claude.ai option. If `ANTHROPIC_API_KEY` is set in your environment, unset it first.

143 

144### "Remote Control requires a full-scope login token"

145 

146You're authenticated with a long-lived token from `claude setup-token` or the `CLAUDE_CODE_OAUTH_TOKEN` environment variable. These tokens are limited to inference-only and cannot establish Remote Control sessions. Run `claude auth login` to authenticate with a full-scope session token instead.

147 

148### "Unable to determine your organization for Remote Control eligibility"

149 

150Your cached account information is stale or incomplete. Run `claude auth login` to refresh it.

151 

152### "Remote Control is not yet enabled for your account"

153 

154The eligibility check can fail with certain environment variables present:

155 

156* `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_NONESSENTIAL_TRAFFIC` or `DISABLE_TELEMETRY`: unset them and try again.

157* `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK`, `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX`, or `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_FOUNDRY`: Remote Control requires claude.ai authentication and does not work with third-party providers.

158 

159If none of these are set, run `/logout` then `/login` to refresh.

160 

161### "Remote Control is disabled by your organization's policy"

162 

163This error has three distinct causes. Run `/status` first to see which login method and subscription you're using.

164 

165* **You're authenticated with an API key or Console account**: Remote Control requires claude.ai OAuth. Run `/login` and choose the claude.ai option. If `ANTHROPIC_API_KEY` is set in your environment, unset it.

166* **Your Team or Enterprise admin hasn't enabled it**: Remote Control is off by default on these plans. An admin can enable it at [claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code](https://claude.ai/admin-settings/claude-code) by turning on the **Remote Control** toggle. This is a server-side organization setting, not a [managed settings](/en/permissions#managed-only-settings) key.

167* **The admin toggle is grayed out**: your organization has a data retention or compliance configuration that is incompatible with Remote Control. This cannot be changed from the admin panel. Contact Anthropic support to discuss options.

168 

169### "Remote credentials fetch failed"

170 

171Claude Code could not obtain a short-lived credential from the Anthropic API to establish the connection. Re-run with `--verbose` to see the full error:

172 

173```bash theme={null}

174claude remote-control --verbose

175```

176 

177Common causes:

178 

179* Not signed in: run `claude` and use `/login` to authenticate with your claude.ai account. API key authentication is not supported for Remote Control.

180* Network or proxy issue: a firewall or proxy may be blocking the outbound HTTPS request. Remote Control requires access to the Anthropic API on port 443.

181* Session creation failed: if you also see `Session creation failed — see debug log`, the failure happened earlier in setup. Check that your subscription is active.

182 

183## Choose the right approach

184 

185Claude Code offers several ways to work when you're not at your terminal. They differ in what triggers the work, where Claude runs, and how much you need to set up.

186 

187| | Trigger | Claude runs on | Setup | Best for |

188| :--------------------------------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------ |

189| [Dispatch](/en/desktop#sessions-from-dispatch) | Message a task from the Claude mobile app | Your machine (Desktop) | [Pair the mobile app with Desktop](https://support.claude.com/en/articles/13947068) | Delegating work while you're away, minimal setup |

190| [Remote Control](/en/remote-control) | Drive a running session from [claude.ai/code](https://claude.ai/code) or the Claude mobile app | Your machine (CLI or VS Code) | Run `claude remote-control` | Steering in-progress work from another device |

191| [Channels](/en/channels) | Push events from a chat app like Telegram or Discord, or your own server | Your machine (CLI) | [Install a channel plugin](/en/channels#quickstart) or [build your own](/en/channels-reference) | Reacting to external events like CI failures or chat messages |

192| [Slack](/en/slack) | Mention `@Claude` in a team channel | Anthropic cloud | [Install the Slack app](/en/slack#setting-up-claude-code-in-slack) with [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) enabled | PRs and reviews from team chat |

193| [Scheduled tasks](/en/scheduled-tasks) | Set a schedule | [CLI](/en/scheduled-tasks), [Desktop](/en/desktop#schedule-recurring-tasks), or [cloud](/en/web-scheduled-tasks) | Pick a frequency | Recurring automation like daily reviews |

194 

195## Related resources

196 

197* [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web): run sessions in Anthropic-managed cloud environments instead of on your machine

198* [Channels](/en/channels): forward Telegram, Discord, or iMessage into a session so Claude reacts to messages while you're away

199* [Dispatch](/en/desktop#sessions-from-dispatch): message a task from your phone and it can spawn a Desktop session to handle it

200* [Authentication](/en/authentication): set up `/login` and manage credentials for claude.ai

201* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference): full list of flags and commands including `claude remote-control`

202* [Security](/en/security): how Remote Control sessions fit into the Claude Code security model

203* [Data usage](/en/data-usage): what data flows through the Anthropic API during local and remote sessions

sandboxing.md +116 −15

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Sandboxing5# Sandboxing

2 6 

3> Learn how Claude Code's sandboxed bash tool provides filesystem and network isolation for safer, more autonomous agent execution.7> Learn how Claude Code's sandboxed bash tool provides filesystem and network isolation for safer, more autonomous agent execution.


38* **Blocked access**: Cannot modify files outside the current working directory without explicit permission42* **Blocked access**: Cannot modify files outside the current working directory without explicit permission

39* **Configurable**: Define custom allowed and denied paths through settings43* **Configurable**: Define custom allowed and denied paths through settings

40 44 

45You can grant write access to additional paths using `sandbox.filesystem.allowWrite` in your settings. These restrictions are enforced at the OS level (Seatbelt on macOS, bubblewrap on Linux), so they apply to all subprocess commands, including tools like `kubectl`, `terraform`, and `npm`, not just Claude's file tools.

46 

41### Network isolation47### Network isolation

42 48 

43Network access is controlled through a proxy server running outside the sandbox:49Network access is controlled through a proxy server running outside the sandbox:

44 50 

45* **Domain restrictions**: Only approved domains can be accessed51* **Domain restrictions**: Only approved domains can be accessed

46* **User confirmation**: New domain requests trigger permission prompts52* **User confirmation**: New domain requests trigger permission prompts (unless [`allowManagedDomainsOnly`](/en/settings#sandbox-settings) is enabled, which blocks non-allowed domains automatically)

47* **Custom proxy support**: Advanced users can implement custom rules on outgoing traffic53* **Custom proxy support**: Advanced users can implement custom rules on outgoing traffic

48* **Comprehensive coverage**: Restrictions apply to all scripts, programs, and subprocesses spawned by commands54* **Comprehensive coverage**: Restrictions apply to all scripts, programs, and subprocesses spawned by commands

49 55 


51 57 

52The sandboxed bash tool leverages operating system security primitives:58The sandboxed bash tool leverages operating system security primitives:

53 59 

54* **Linux**: Uses [bubblewrap](https://github.com/containers/bubblewrap) for isolation

55* **macOS**: Uses Seatbelt for sandbox enforcement60* **macOS**: Uses Seatbelt for sandbox enforcement

61* **Linux**: Uses [bubblewrap](https://github.com/containers/bubblewrap) for isolation

62* **WSL2**: Uses bubblewrap, same as Linux

63 

64WSL1 is not supported because bubblewrap requires kernel features only available in WSL2.

56 65 

57These OS-level restrictions ensure that all child processes spawned by Claude Code's commands inherit the same security boundaries.66These OS-level restrictions ensure that all child processes spawned by Claude Code's commands inherit the same security boundaries.

58 67 

59## Getting started68## Getting started

60 69 

70### Prerequisites

71 

72On **macOS**, sandboxing works out of the box using the built-in Seatbelt framework.

73 

74On **Linux and WSL2**, install the required packages first:

75 

76<Tabs>

77 <Tab title="Ubuntu/Debian">

78 ```bash theme={null}

79 sudo apt-get install bubblewrap socat

80 ```

81 </Tab>

82 

83 <Tab title="Fedora">

84 ```bash theme={null}

85 sudo dnf install bubblewrap socat

86 ```

87 </Tab>

88</Tabs>

89 

61### Enable sandboxing90### Enable sandboxing

62 91 

63You can enable sandboxing by running the `/sandbox` slash command:92You can enable sandboxing by running the `/sandbox` command:

64 93 

94```text theme={null}

95/sandbox

65```96```

66> /sandbox

67```

68 97 

69This opens a menu where you can choose between sandbox modes.98This opens a menu where you can choose between sandbox modes. If required dependencies are missing (such as `bubblewrap` or `socat` on Linux), the menu displays installation instructions for your platform.

99 

100By default, if the sandbox cannot start (missing dependencies, unsupported platform, or platform restrictions), Claude Code shows a warning and runs commands without sandboxing. To make this a hard failure instead, set [`sandbox.failIfUnavailable`](/en/settings#sandbox-settings) to `true`. This is intended for managed deployments that require sandboxing as a security gate.

70 101 

71### Sandbox modes102### Sandbox modes

72 103 


86 117 

87Customize sandbox behavior through your `settings.json` file. See [Settings](/en/settings#sandbox-settings) for complete configuration reference.118Customize sandbox behavior through your `settings.json` file. See [Settings](/en/settings#sandbox-settings) for complete configuration reference.

88 119 

120#### Granting subprocess write access to specific paths

121 

122By default, sandboxed commands can only write to the current working directory. If subprocess commands like `kubectl`, `terraform`, or `npm` need to write outside the project directory, use `sandbox.filesystem.allowWrite` to grant access to specific paths:

123 

124```json theme={null}

125{

126 "sandbox": {

127 "enabled": true,

128 "filesystem": {

129 "allowWrite": ["~/.kube", "/tmp/build"]

130 }

131 }

132}

133```

134 

135These paths are enforced at the OS level, so all commands running inside the sandbox, including their child processes, respect them. This is the recommended approach when a tool needs write access to a specific location, rather than excluding the tool from the sandbox entirely with `excludedCommands`.

136 

137When `allowWrite` (or `denyWrite`/`denyRead`/`allowRead`) is defined in multiple [settings scopes](/en/settings#settings-precedence), the arrays are **merged**, meaning paths from every scope are combined, not replaced. For example, if managed settings allow writes to `/opt/company-tools` and a user adds `~/.kube` in their personal settings, both paths are included in the final sandbox configuration. This means users and projects can extend the list without duplicating or overriding paths set by higher-priority scopes.

138 

139Path prefixes control how paths are resolved:

140 

141| Prefix | Meaning | Example |

142| :---------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

143| `/` | Absolute path from filesystem root | `/tmp/build` stays `/tmp/build` |

144| `~/` | Relative to home directory | `~/.kube` becomes `$HOME/.kube` |

145| `./` or no prefix | Relative to the project root for project settings, or to `~/.claude` for user settings | `./output` in `.claude/settings.json` resolves to `<project-root>/output` |

146 

147The older `//path` prefix for absolute paths still works. If you previously used single-slash `/path` expecting project-relative resolution, switch to `./path`. This syntax differs from [Read and Edit permission rules](/en/permissions#read-and-edit), which use `//path` for absolute and `/path` for project-relative. Sandbox filesystem paths use standard conventions: `/tmp/build` is an absolute path.

148 

149You can also deny write or read access using `sandbox.filesystem.denyWrite` and `sandbox.filesystem.denyRead`. These are merged with any paths from `Edit(...)` and `Read(...)` permission rules. To re-allow reading specific paths within a denied region, use `sandbox.filesystem.allowRead`, which takes precedence over `denyRead`. When `allowManagedReadPathsOnly` is enabled in managed settings, only managed `allowRead` entries are respected; user, project, and local `allowRead` entries are ignored.

150 

151For example, to block reading from the entire home directory while still allowing reads from the current project, add this to your project's `.claude/settings.json`:

152 

153```json theme={null}

154{

155 "sandbox": {

156 "enabled": true,

157 "filesystem": {

158 "denyRead": ["~/"],

159 "allowRead": ["."]

160 }

161 }

162}

163```

164 

165The `.` in `allowRead` resolves to the project root because this configuration lives in project settings. If you placed the same configuration in `~/.claude/settings.json`, `.` would resolve to `~/.claude` instead, and project files would remain blocked by the `denyRead` rule.

166 

89<Tip>167<Tip>

90 Not all commands are compatible with sandboxing out of the box. Some notes that may help you make the most out of the sandbox:168 Not all commands are compatible with sandboxing out of the box. Some notes that may help you make the most out of the sandbox:

91 169 


110 188 

111* Cannot modify critical config files such as `~/.bashrc`189* Cannot modify critical config files such as `~/.bashrc`

112* Cannot modify system-level files in `/bin/`190* Cannot modify system-level files in `/bin/`

113* Cannot read files that are denied in your [Claude permission settings](/en/iam#configuring-permissions)191* Cannot read files that are denied in your [Claude permission settings](/en/permissions#manage-permissions)

114 192 

115**Network protection:**193**Network protection:**

116 194 


157* Filesystem Permission Escalation: Overly broad filesystem write permissions can enable privilege escalation attacks. Allowing writes to directories containing executables in `$PATH`, system configuration directories, or user shell configuration files (`.bashrc`, `.zshrc`) can lead to code execution in different security contexts when other users or system processes access these files.235* Filesystem Permission Escalation: Overly broad filesystem write permissions can enable privilege escalation attacks. Allowing writes to directories containing executables in `$PATH`, system configuration directories, or user shell configuration files (`.bashrc`, `.zshrc`) can lead to code execution in different security contexts when other users or system processes access these files.

158* Linux Sandbox Strength: The Linux implementation provides strong filesystem and network isolation but includes an `enableWeakerNestedSandbox` mode that enables it to work inside of Docker environments without privileged namespaces. This option considerably weakens security and should only be used in cases where additional isolation is otherwise enforced.236* Linux Sandbox Strength: The Linux implementation provides strong filesystem and network isolation but includes an `enableWeakerNestedSandbox` mode that enables it to work inside of Docker environments without privileged namespaces. This option considerably weakens security and should only be used in cases where additional isolation is otherwise enforced.

159 237 

238## How sandboxing relates to permissions

239 

240Sandboxing and [permissions](/en/permissions) are complementary security layers that work together:

241 

242* **Permissions** control which tools Claude Code can use and are evaluated before any tool runs. They apply to all tools: Bash, Read, Edit, WebFetch, MCP, and others.

243* **Sandboxing** provides OS-level enforcement that restricts what Bash commands can access at the filesystem and network level. It applies only to Bash commands and their child processes.

244 

245Filesystem and network restrictions are configured through both sandbox settings and permission rules:

246 

247* Use `sandbox.filesystem.allowWrite` to grant subprocess write access to paths outside the working directory

248* Use `sandbox.filesystem.denyWrite` and `sandbox.filesystem.denyRead` to block subprocess access to specific paths

249* Use `sandbox.filesystem.allowRead` to re-allow reading specific paths within a `denyRead` region

250* Use `Read` and `Edit` deny rules to block access to specific files or directories

251* Use `WebFetch` allow/deny rules to control domain access

252* Use sandbox `allowedDomains` to control which domains Bash commands can reach

253 

254Paths from both `sandbox.filesystem` settings and permission rules are merged together into the final sandbox configuration.

255 

256This [repository](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/tree/main/examples/settings) includes starter settings configurations for common deployment scenarios, including sandbox-specific examples. Use these as starting points and adjust them to fit your needs.

257 

160## Advanced usage258## Advanced usage

161 259 

162### Custom proxy configuration260### Custom proxy configuration


183 281 

184The sandboxed bash tool works alongside:282The sandboxed bash tool works alongside:

185 283 

186* **IAM policies**: Combine with [permission settings](/en/iam) for defense-in-depth284* **Permission rules**: Combine with [permission settings](/en/permissions) for defense-in-depth

187* **Development containers**: Use with [devcontainers](/en/devcontainer) for additional isolation285* **Development containers**: Use with [devcontainers](/en/devcontainer) for additional isolation

188* **Enterprise policies**: Enforce sandbox configurations through [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-precedence)286* **Enterprise policies**: Enforce sandbox configurations through [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-precedence)

189 287 


209 307 

210* **Performance overhead**: Minimal, but some filesystem operations may be slightly slower308* **Performance overhead**: Minimal, but some filesystem operations may be slightly slower

211* **Compatibility**: Some tools that require specific system access patterns may need configuration adjustments, or may even need to be run outside of the sandbox309* **Compatibility**: Some tools that require specific system access patterns may need configuration adjustments, or may even need to be run outside of the sandbox

212* **Platform support**: Currently supports Linux and macOS; Windows support planned310* **Platform support**: Supports macOS, Linux, and WSL2. WSL1 is not supported. Native Windows support is planned.

213 311 

214## See also312## What sandboxing does not cover

215 313 

216* [Security](/en/security) - Comprehensive security features and best practices314The sandbox isolates Bash subprocesses. Other tools operate under different boundaries:

217* [IAM](/en/iam) - Permission configuration and access control

218* [Settings](/en/settings) - Complete configuration reference

219* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) - Command-line options including `-sb`

220 315 

316* **Built-in file tools**: Read, Edit, and Write use the permission system directly rather than running through the sandbox. See [permissions](/en/permissions).

317* **Computer use on Desktop**: when Claude opens apps and controls your screen on macOS, it runs on your actual desktop rather than in an isolated environment. Per-app permission prompts gate each application. See [computer use](/en/desktop#let-claude-use-your-computer).

221 318 

319## See also

222 320 

223> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt321* [Security](/en/security) - Comprehensive security features and best practices

322* [Permissions](/en/permissions) - Permission configuration and access control

323* [Settings](/en/settings) - Complete configuration reference

324* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) - Command-line options

scheduled-tasks.md +157 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Run prompts on a schedule

6 

7> Use /loop and the cron scheduling tools to run prompts repeatedly, poll for status, or set one-time reminders within a Claude Code session.

8 

9<Note>

10 Scheduled tasks require Claude Code v2.1.72 or later. Check your version with `claude --version`.

11</Note>

12 

13Scheduled tasks let Claude re-run a prompt automatically on an interval. Use them to poll a deployment, babysit a PR, check back on a long-running build, or remind yourself to do something later in the session. To react to events as they happen instead of polling, see [Channels](/en/channels): your CI can push the failure into the session directly.

14 

15Tasks are session-scoped: they live in the current Claude Code process and are gone when you exit. For durable scheduling that survives restarts, use [Cloud](/en/web-scheduled-tasks) or [Desktop](/en/desktop#schedule-recurring-tasks) scheduled tasks, or [GitHub Actions](/en/github-actions).

16 

17## Compare scheduling options

18 

19Claude Code offers three ways to schedule recurring work:

20 

21| | [Cloud](/en/web-scheduled-tasks) | [Desktop](/en/desktop#schedule-recurring-tasks) | [`/loop`](/en/scheduled-tasks) |

22| :------------------------- | :------------------------------- | :---------------------------------------------- | :----------------------------- |

23| Runs on | Anthropic cloud | Your machine | Your machine |

24| Requires machine on | No | Yes | Yes |

25| Requires open session | No | No | Yes |

26| Persistent across restarts | Yes | Yes | No (session-scoped) |

27| Access to local files | No (fresh clone) | Yes | Yes |

28| MCP servers | Connectors configured per task | [Config files](/en/mcp) and connectors | Inherits from session |

29| Permission prompts | No (runs autonomously) | Configurable per task | Inherits from session |

30| Customizable schedule | Via `/schedule` in the CLI | Yes | Yes |

31| Minimum interval | 1 hour | 1 minute | 1 minute |

32 

33<Tip>

34 Use **cloud tasks** for work that should run reliably without your machine. Use **Desktop tasks** when you need access to local files and tools. Use **`/loop`** for quick polling during a session.

35</Tip>

36 

37## Schedule a recurring prompt with /loop

38 

39The `/loop` [bundled skill](/en/skills#bundled-skills) is the quickest way to schedule a recurring prompt. Pass an optional interval and a prompt, and Claude sets up a cron job that fires in the background while the session stays open.

40 

41```text theme={null}

42/loop 5m check if the deployment finished and tell me what happened

43```

44 

45Claude parses the interval, converts it to a cron expression, schedules the job, and confirms the cadence and job ID.

46 

47### Interval syntax

48 

49Intervals are optional. You can lead with them, trail with them, or leave them out entirely.

50 

51| Form | Example | Parsed interval |

52| :---------------------- | :------------------------------------ | :--------------------------- |

53| Leading token | `/loop 30m check the build` | every 30 minutes |

54| Trailing `every` clause | `/loop check the build every 2 hours` | every 2 hours |

55| No interval | `/loop check the build` | defaults to every 10 minutes |

56 

57Supported units are `s` for seconds, `m` for minutes, `h` for hours, and `d` for days. Seconds are rounded up to the nearest minute since cron has one-minute granularity. Intervals that don't divide evenly into their unit, such as `7m` or `90m`, are rounded to the nearest clean interval and Claude tells you what it picked.

58 

59### Loop over another command

60 

61The scheduled prompt can itself be a command or skill invocation. This is useful for re-running a workflow you've already packaged.

62 

63```text theme={null}

64/loop 20m /review-pr 1234

65```

66 

67Each time the job fires, Claude runs `/review-pr 1234` as if you had typed it.

68 

69## Set a one-time reminder

70 

71For one-shot reminders, describe what you want in natural language instead of using `/loop`. Claude schedules a single-fire task that deletes itself after running.

72 

73```text theme={null}

74remind me at 3pm to push the release branch

75```

76 

77```text theme={null}

78in 45 minutes, check whether the integration tests passed

79```

80 

81Claude pins the fire time to a specific minute and hour using a cron expression and confirms when it will fire.

82 

83## Manage scheduled tasks

84 

85Ask Claude in natural language to list or cancel tasks, or reference the underlying tools directly.

86 

87```text theme={null}

88what scheduled tasks do I have?

89```

90 

91```text theme={null}

92cancel the deploy check job

93```

94 

95Under the hood, Claude uses these tools:

96 

97| Tool | Purpose |

98| :----------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

99| `CronCreate` | Schedule a new task. Accepts a 5-field cron expression, the prompt to run, and whether it recurs or fires once. |

100| `CronList` | List all scheduled tasks with their IDs, schedules, and prompts. |

101| `CronDelete` | Cancel a task by ID. |

102 

103Each scheduled task has an 8-character ID you can pass to `CronDelete`. A session can hold up to 50 scheduled tasks at once.

104 

105## How scheduled tasks run

106 

107The scheduler checks every second for due tasks and enqueues them at low priority. A scheduled prompt fires between your turns, not while Claude is mid-response. If Claude is busy when a task comes due, the prompt waits until the current turn ends.

108 

109All times are interpreted in your local timezone. A cron expression like `0 9 * * *` means 9am wherever you're running Claude Code, not UTC.

110 

111### Jitter

112 

113To avoid every session hitting the API at the same wall-clock moment, the scheduler adds a small deterministic offset to fire times:

114 

115* Recurring tasks fire up to 10% of their period late, capped at 15 minutes. An hourly job might fire anywhere from `:00` to `:06`.

116* One-shot tasks scheduled for the top or bottom of the hour fire up to 90 seconds early.

117 

118The offset is derived from the task ID, so the same task always gets the same offset. If exact timing matters, pick a minute that is not `:00` or `:30`, for example `3 9 * * *` instead of `0 9 * * *`, and the one-shot jitter will not apply.

119 

120### Three-day expiry

121 

122Recurring tasks automatically expire 3 days after creation. The task fires one final time, then deletes itself. This bounds how long a forgotten loop can run. If you need a recurring task to last longer, cancel and recreate it before it expires, or use [Cloud scheduled tasks](/en/web-scheduled-tasks) or [Desktop scheduled tasks](/en/desktop#schedule-recurring-tasks) for durable scheduling.

123 

124## Cron expression reference

125 

126`CronCreate` accepts standard 5-field cron expressions: `minute hour day-of-month month day-of-week`. All fields support wildcards (`*`), single values (`5`), steps (`*/15`), ranges (`1-5`), and comma-separated lists (`1,15,30`).

127 

128| Example | Meaning |

129| :------------- | :--------------------------- |

130| `*/5 * * * *` | Every 5 minutes |

131| `0 * * * *` | Every hour on the hour |

132| `7 * * * *` | Every hour at 7 minutes past |

133| `0 9 * * *` | Every day at 9am local |

134| `0 9 * * 1-5` | Weekdays at 9am local |

135| `30 14 15 3 *` | March 15 at 2:30pm local |

136 

137Day-of-week uses `0` or `7` for Sunday through `6` for Saturday. Extended syntax like `L`, `W`, `?`, and name aliases such as `MON` or `JAN` is not supported.

138 

139When both day-of-month and day-of-week are constrained, a date matches if either field matches. This follows standard vixie-cron semantics.

140 

141## Disable scheduled tasks

142 

143Set `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_CRON=1` in your environment to disable the scheduler entirely. The cron tools and `/loop` become unavailable, and any already-scheduled tasks stop firing. See [Environment variables](/en/env-vars) for the full list of disable flags.

144 

145## Limitations

146 

147Session-scoped scheduling has inherent constraints:

148 

149* Tasks only fire while Claude Code is running and idle. Closing the terminal or letting the session exit cancels everything.

150* No catch-up for missed fires. If a task's scheduled time passes while Claude is busy on a long-running request, it fires once when Claude becomes idle, not once per missed interval.

151* No persistence across restarts. Restarting Claude Code clears all session-scoped tasks.

152 

153For cron-driven automation that needs to run unattended:

154 

155* [Cloud scheduled tasks](/en/web-scheduled-tasks): run on Anthropic-managed infrastructure

156* [GitHub Actions](/en/github-actions): use a `schedule` trigger in CI

157* [Desktop scheduled tasks](/en/desktop#schedule-recurring-tasks): run locally on your machine

security.md +14 −11

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Security5# Security

2 6 

3> Learn about Claude Code's security safeguards and best practices for safe usage.7> Learn about Claude Code's security safeguards and best practices for safe usage.


14 18 

15We designed Claude Code to be transparent and secure. For example, we require approval for bash commands before executing them, giving you direct control. This approach enables users and organizations to configure permissions directly.19We designed Claude Code to be transparent and secure. For example, we require approval for bash commands before executing them, giving you direct control. This approach enables users and organizations to configure permissions directly.

16 20 

17For detailed permission configuration, see [Identity and Access Management](/en/iam).21For detailed permission configuration, see [Permissions](/en/permissions).

18 22 

19### Built-in protections23### Built-in protections

20 24 


38* **Permission system**: Sensitive operations require explicit approval42* **Permission system**: Sensitive operations require explicit approval

39* **Context-aware analysis**: Detects potentially harmful instructions by analyzing the full request43* **Context-aware analysis**: Detects potentially harmful instructions by analyzing the full request

40* **Input sanitization**: Prevents command injection by processing user inputs44* **Input sanitization**: Prevents command injection by processing user inputs

41* **Command blocklist**: Blocks risky commands that fetch arbitrary content from the web like `curl` and `wget` by default. When explicitly allowed, be aware of [permission pattern limitations](/en/iam#tool-specific-permission-rules)45* **Command blocklist**: Blocks risky commands that fetch arbitrary content from the web like `curl` and `wget` by default. When explicitly allowed, be aware of [permission pattern limitations](/en/permissions#tool-specific-permission-rules)

42 46 

43### Privacy safeguards47### Privacy safeguards

44 48 


59* **Command injection detection**: Suspicious bash commands require manual approval even if previously allowlisted63* **Command injection detection**: Suspicious bash commands require manual approval even if previously allowlisted

60* **Fail-closed matching**: Unmatched commands default to requiring manual approval64* **Fail-closed matching**: Unmatched commands default to requiring manual approval

61* **Natural language descriptions**: Complex bash commands include explanations for user understanding65* **Natural language descriptions**: Complex bash commands include explanations for user understanding

62* **Secure credential storage**: API keys and tokens are encrypted. See [Credential Management](/en/iam#credential-management)66* **Secure credential storage**: API keys and tokens are encrypted. See [Credential Management](/en/authentication#credential-management)

63 67 

64<Warning>68<Warning>

65 **Windows WebDAV security risk**: When running Claude Code on Windows, we recommend against enabling WebDAV or allowing Claude Code to access paths such as `\\*` that may contain WebDAV subdirectories. [WebDAV has been deprecated by Microsoft](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/whats-new/deprecated-features#:~:text=The%20Webclient%20\(WebDAV\)%20service%20is%20deprecated) due to security risks. Enabling WebDAV may allow Claude Code to trigger network requests to remote hosts, bypassing the permission system.69 **Windows WebDAV security risk**: When running Claude Code on Windows, we recommend against enabling WebDAV or allowing Claude Code to access paths such as `\\*` that may contain WebDAV subdirectories. [WebDAV has been deprecated by Microsoft](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/whats-new/deprecated-features#:~:text=The%20Webclient%20\(WebDAV\)%20service%20is%20deprecated) due to security risks. Enabling WebDAV may allow Claude Code to trigger network requests to remote hosts, bypassing the permission system.


712. Avoid piping untrusted content directly to Claude752. Avoid piping untrusted content directly to Claude

723. Verify proposed changes to critical files763. Verify proposed changes to critical files

734. Use virtual machines (VMs) to run scripts and make tool calls, especially when interacting with external web services774. Use virtual machines (VMs) to run scripts and make tool calls, especially when interacting with external web services

745. Report suspicious behavior with `/bug`785. Report suspicious behavior with `/feedback`

75 79 

76<Warning>80<Warning>

77 While these protections significantly reduce risk, no system is completely81 While these protections significantly reduce risk, no system is completely


87 91 

88## IDE security92## IDE security

89 93 

90See [here](/en/vs-code#security) for more information on the security of running Claude Code in an IDE.94See [VS Code security and privacy](/en/vs-code#security-and-privacy) for more information on running Claude Code in an IDE.

91 95 

92## Cloud execution security96## Cloud execution security

93 97 


102 106 

103For more details on cloud execution, see [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web).107For more details on cloud execution, see [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web).

104 108 

109[Remote Control](/en/remote-control) sessions work differently: the web interface connects to a Claude Code process running on your local machine. All code execution and file access stays local, and the same data that flows during any local Claude Code session travels through the Anthropic API over TLS. No cloud VMs or sandboxing are involved. The connection uses multiple short-lived, narrowly scoped credentials, each limited to a specific purpose and expiring independently, to limit the blast radius of any single compromised credential.

110 

105## Security best practices111## Security best practices

106 112 

107### Working with sensitive code113### Working with sensitive code


113 119 

114### Team security120### Team security

115 121 

116* Use [managed settings](/en/iam#managed-settings) to enforce organizational standards122* Use [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files) to enforce organizational standards

117* Share approved permission configurations through version control123* Share approved permission configurations through version control

118* Train team members on security best practices124* Train team members on security best practices

119* Monitor Claude Code usage through [OpenTelemetry metrics](/en/monitoring-usage)125* Monitor Claude Code usage through [OpenTelemetry metrics](/en/monitoring-usage)

126* Audit or block settings changes during sessions with [`ConfigChange` hooks](/en/hooks#configchange)

120 127 

121### Reporting security issues128### Reporting security issues

122 129 


130## Related resources137## Related resources

131 138 

132* [Sandboxing](/en/sandboxing) - Filesystem and network isolation for bash commands139* [Sandboxing](/en/sandboxing) - Filesystem and network isolation for bash commands

133* [Identity and Access Management](/en/iam) - Configure permissions and access controls140* [Permissions](/en/permissions) - Configure permissions and access controls

134* [Monitoring usage](/en/monitoring-usage) - Track and audit Claude Code activity141* [Monitoring usage](/en/monitoring-usage) - Track and audit Claude Code activity

135* [Development containers](/en/devcontainer) - Secure, isolated environments142* [Development containers](/en/devcontainer) - Secure, isolated environments

136* [Anthropic Trust Center](https://trust.anthropic.com) - Security certifications and compliance143* [Anthropic Trust Center](https://trust.anthropic.com) - Security certifications and compliance

137 

138 

139 

140> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

server-managed-settings.md +199 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Configure server-managed settings (public beta)

6 

7> Centrally configure Claude Code for your organization through server-delivered settings, without requiring device management infrastructure.

8 

9Server-managed settings allow administrators to centrally configure Claude Code through a web-based interface on Claude.ai. Claude Code clients automatically receive these settings when users authenticate with their organization credentials.

10 

11This approach is designed for organizations that do not have device management infrastructure in place, or need to manage settings for users on unmanaged devices.

12 

13<Note>

14 Server-managed settings are in public beta and available for [Claude for Teams](https://claude.com/pricing?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs\&utm_content=server_settings_teams#team-&-enterprise) and [Claude for Enterprise](https://anthropic.com/contact-sales?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs\&utm_content=server_settings_enterprise) customers. Features may evolve before general availability.

15</Note>

16 

17## Requirements

18 

19To use server-managed settings, you need:

20 

21* Claude for Teams or Claude for Enterprise plan

22* Claude Code version 2.1.38 or later for Claude for Teams, or version 2.1.30 or later for Claude for Enterprise

23* Network access to `api.anthropic.com`

24 

25## Choose between server-managed and endpoint-managed settings

26 

27Claude Code supports two approaches for centralized configuration. Server-managed settings deliver configuration from Anthropic's servers. [Endpoint-managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files) are deployed directly to devices through native OS policies (macOS managed preferences, Windows registry) or managed settings files.

28 

29| Approach | Best for | Security model |

30| :----------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

31| **Server-managed settings** | Organizations without MDM, or users on unmanaged devices | Settings delivered from Anthropic's servers at authentication time |

32| **[Endpoint-managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files)** | Organizations with MDM or endpoint management | Settings deployed to devices via MDM configuration profiles, registry policies, or managed settings files |

33 

34If your devices are enrolled in an MDM or endpoint management solution, endpoint-managed settings provide stronger security guarantees because the settings file can be protected from user modification at the OS level.

35 

36## Configure server-managed settings

37 

38<Steps>

39 <Step title="Open the admin console">

40 In [Claude.ai](https://claude.ai), navigate to **Admin Settings > Claude Code > Managed settings**.

41 </Step>

42 

43 <Step title="Define your settings">

44 Add your configuration as JSON. All [settings available in `settings.json`](/en/settings#available-settings) are supported, including [hooks](/en/hooks), [environment variables](/en/env-vars), and [managed-only settings](/en/permissions#managed-only-settings) like `allowManagedPermissionRulesOnly`.

45 

46 This example enforces a permission deny list and prevents users from bypassing permissions:

47 

48 ```json theme={null}

49 {

50 "permissions": {

51 "deny": [

52 "Bash(curl *)",

53 "Read(./.env)",

54 "Read(./.env.*)",

55 "Read(./secrets/**)"

56 ],

57 "disableBypassPermissionsMode": "disable"

58 }

59 }

60 ```

61 

62 Hooks use the same format as in `settings.json`.

63 

64 This example runs an audit script after every file edit across the organization:

65 

66 ```json theme={null}

67 {

68 "hooks": {

69 "PostToolUse": [

70 {

71 "matcher": "Edit|Write",

72 "hooks": [

73 { "type": "command", "command": "/usr/local/bin/audit-edit.sh" }

74 ]

75 }

76 ]

77 }

78 }

79 ```

80 

81 To configure the [auto mode](/en/permission-modes#eliminate-prompts-with-auto-mode) classifier so it knows which repos, buckets, and domains your organization trusts:

82 

83 ```json theme={null}

84 {

85 "autoMode": {

86 "environment": [

87 "Source control: github.example.com/acme-corp and all repos under it",

88 "Trusted cloud buckets: s3://acme-build-artifacts, gs://acme-ml-datasets",

89 "Trusted internal domains: *.corp.example.com"

90 ]

91 }

92 }

93 ```

94 

95 Because hooks execute shell commands, users see a [security approval dialog](#security-approval-dialogs) before they're applied. See [Configure the auto mode classifier](/en/permissions#configure-the-auto-mode-classifier) for how the `autoMode` entries affect what the classifier blocks and important warnings about the `allow` and `soft_deny` fields.

96 </Step>

97 

98 <Step title="Save and deploy">

99 Save your changes. Claude Code clients receive the updated settings on their next startup or hourly polling cycle.

100 </Step>

101</Steps>

102 

103### Verify settings delivery

104 

105To confirm that settings are being applied, ask a user to restart Claude Code. If the configuration includes settings that trigger the [security approval dialog](#security-approval-dialogs), the user sees a prompt describing the managed settings on startup. You can also verify that managed permission rules are active by having a user run `/permissions` to view their effective permission rules.

106 

107### Access control

108 

109The following roles can manage server-managed settings:

110 

111* **Primary Owner**

112* **Owner**

113 

114Restrict access to trusted personnel, as settings changes apply to all users in the organization.

115 

116### Current limitations

117 

118Server-managed settings have the following limitations during the beta period:

119 

120* Settings apply uniformly to all users in the organization. Per-group configurations are not yet supported.

121* [MCP server configurations](/en/mcp#managed-mcp-configuration) cannot be distributed through server-managed settings.

122 

123## Settings delivery

124 

125### Settings precedence

126 

127Server-managed settings and [endpoint-managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files) both occupy the highest tier in the Claude Code [settings hierarchy](/en/settings#settings-precedence). No other settings level can override them, including command line arguments. When both are present, server-managed settings take precedence and endpoint-managed settings are not used.

128 

129### Fetch and caching behavior

130 

131Claude Code fetches settings from Anthropic's servers at startup and polls for updates hourly during active sessions.

132 

133**First launch without cached settings:**

134 

135* Claude Code fetches settings asynchronously

136* If the fetch fails, Claude Code continues without managed settings

137* There is a brief window before settings load where restrictions are not yet enforced

138 

139**Subsequent launches with cached settings:**

140 

141* Cached settings apply immediately at startup

142* Claude Code fetches fresh settings in the background

143* Cached settings persist through network failures

144 

145Claude Code applies settings updates automatically without a restart, except for advanced settings like OpenTelemetry configuration, which require a full restart to take effect.

146 

147### Security approval dialogs

148 

149Certain settings that could pose security risks require explicit user approval before being applied:

150 

151* **Shell command settings**: settings that execute shell commands

152* **Custom environment variables**: variables not in the known safe allowlist

153* **Hook configurations**: any hook definition

154 

155When these settings are present, users see a security dialog explaining what is being configured. Users must approve to proceed. If a user rejects the settings, Claude Code exits.

156 

157<Note>

158 In non-interactive mode with the `-p` flag, Claude Code skips security dialogs and applies settings without user approval.

159</Note>

160 

161## Platform availability

162 

163Server-managed settings require a direct connection to `api.anthropic.com` and are not available when using third-party model providers:

164 

165* Amazon Bedrock

166* Google Vertex AI

167* Microsoft Foundry

168* Custom API endpoints via `ANTHROPIC_BASE_URL` or [LLM gateways](/en/llm-gateway)

169 

170## Audit logging

171 

172Audit log events for settings changes are available through the compliance API or audit log export. Contact your Anthropic account team for access.

173 

174Audit events include the type of action performed, the account and device that performed the action, and references to the previous and new values.

175 

176## Security considerations

177 

178Server-managed settings provide centralized policy enforcement, but they operate as a client-side control. On unmanaged devices, users with admin or sudo access can modify the Claude Code binary, filesystem, or network configuration.

179 

180| Scenario | Behavior |

181| :----------------------------------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

182| User edits the cached settings file | Tampered file applies at startup, but correct settings restore on the next server fetch |

183| User deletes the cached settings file | First-launch behavior occurs: settings fetch asynchronously with a brief unenforced window |

184| API is unavailable | Cached settings apply if available, otherwise managed settings are not enforced until the next successful fetch |

185| User authenticates with a different organization | Settings are not delivered for accounts outside the managed organization |

186| User sets a non-default `ANTHROPIC_BASE_URL` | Server-managed settings are bypassed when using third-party API providers |

187 

188To detect runtime configuration changes, use [`ConfigChange` hooks](/en/hooks#configchange) to log modifications or block unauthorized changes before they take effect.

189 

190For stronger enforcement guarantees, use [endpoint-managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files) on devices enrolled in an MDM solution.

191 

192## See also

193 

194Related pages for managing Claude Code configuration:

195 

196* [Settings](/en/settings): complete configuration reference including all available settings

197* [Endpoint-managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files): managed settings deployed to devices by IT

198* [Authentication](/en/authentication): set up user access to Claude Code

199* [Security](/en/security): security safeguards and best practices

settings.md +276 −229

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Claude Code settings5# Claude Code settings

2 6 

3> Configure Claude Code with global and project-level settings, and environment variables.7> Configure Claude Code with global and project-level settings, and environment variables.


11### Available scopes15### Available scopes

12 16 

13| Scope | Location | Who it affects | Shared with team? |17| Scope | Location | Who it affects | Shared with team? |

14| :---------- | :----------------------------------- | :----------------------------------- | :--------------------- |18| :---------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :----------------------------------- | :--------------------- |

15| **Managed** | System-level `managed-settings.json` | All users on the machine | Yes (deployed by IT) |19| **Managed** | Server-managed settings, plist / registry, or system-level `managed-settings.json` | All users on the machine | Yes (deployed by IT) |

16| **User** | `~/.claude/` directory | You, across all projects | No |20| **User** | `~/.claude/` directory | You, across all projects | No |

17| **Project** | `.claude/` in repository | All collaborators on this repository | Yes (committed to git) |21| **Project** | `.claude/` in repository | All collaborators on this repository | Yes (committed to git) |

18| **Local** | `.claude/*.local.*` files | You, in this repository only | No (gitignored) |22| **Local** | `.claude/settings.local.json` | You, in this repository only | No (gitignored) |

19 23 

20### When to use each scope24### When to use each scope

21 25 


62| Feature | User location | Project location | Local location |66| Feature | User location | Project location | Local location |

63| :-------------- | :------------------------ | :--------------------------------- | :----------------------------- |67| :-------------- | :------------------------ | :--------------------------------- | :----------------------------- |

64| **Settings** | `~/.claude/settings.json` | `.claude/settings.json` | `.claude/settings.local.json` |68| **Settings** | `~/.claude/settings.json` | `.claude/settings.json` | `.claude/settings.local.json` |

65| **Subagents** | `~/.claude/agents/` | `.claude/agents/` | |69| **Subagents** | `~/.claude/agents/` | `.claude/agents/` | None |

66| **MCP servers** | `~/.claude.json` | `.mcp.json` | `~/.claude.json` (per-project) |70| **MCP servers** | `~/.claude.json` | `.mcp.json` | `~/.claude.json` (per-project) |

67| **Plugins** | `~/.claude/settings.json` | `.claude/settings.json` | `.claude/settings.local.json` |71| **Plugins** | `~/.claude/settings.json` | `.claude/settings.json` | `.claude/settings.local.json` |

68| **CLAUDE.md** | `~/.claude/CLAUDE.md` | `CLAUDE.md` or `.claude/CLAUDE.md` | `CLAUDE.local.md` |72| **CLAUDE.md** | `~/.claude/CLAUDE.md` | `CLAUDE.md` or `.claude/CLAUDE.md` | None |

69 73 

70***74***

71 75 

72## Settings files76## Settings files

73 77 

74The `settings.json` file is our official mechanism for configuring Claude78The `settings.json` file is the official mechanism for configuring Claude

75Code through hierarchical settings:79Code through hierarchical settings:

76 80 

77* **User settings** are defined in `~/.claude/settings.json` and apply to all81* **User settings** are defined in `~/.claude/settings.json` and apply to all


79* **Project settings** are saved in your project directory:83* **Project settings** are saved in your project directory:

80 * `.claude/settings.json` for settings that are checked into source control and shared with your team84 * `.claude/settings.json` for settings that are checked into source control and shared with your team

81 * `.claude/settings.local.json` for settings that are not checked in, useful for personal preferences and experimentation. Claude Code will configure git to ignore `.claude/settings.local.json` when it is created.85 * `.claude/settings.local.json` for settings that are not checked in, useful for personal preferences and experimentation. Claude Code will configure git to ignore `.claude/settings.local.json` when it is created.

82* **Managed settings**: For organizations that need centralized control, Claude Code supports `managed-settings.json` and `managed-mcp.json` files that can be deployed to system directories:86* **Managed settings**: For organizations that need centralized control, Claude Code supports multiple delivery mechanisms for managed settings. All use the same JSON format and cannot be overridden by user or project settings:

87 

88 * **Server-managed settings**: delivered from Anthropic's servers via the Claude.ai admin console. See [server-managed settings](/en/server-managed-settings).

89 * **MDM/OS-level policies**: delivered through native device management on macOS and Windows:

90 * macOS: `com.anthropic.claudecode` managed preferences domain (deployed via configuration profiles in Jamf, Kandji, or other MDM tools)

91 * Windows: `HKLM\SOFTWARE\Policies\ClaudeCode` registry key with a `Settings` value (REG\_SZ or REG\_EXPAND\_SZ) containing JSON (deployed via Group Policy or Intune)

92 * Windows (user-level): `HKCU\SOFTWARE\Policies\ClaudeCode` (lowest policy priority, only used when no admin-level source exists)

93 * **File-based**: `managed-settings.json` and `managed-mcp.json` deployed to system directories:

83 94 

84 * macOS: `/Library/Application Support/ClaudeCode/`95 * macOS: `/Library/Application Support/ClaudeCode/`

85 * Linux and WSL: `/etc/claude-code/`96 * Linux and WSL: `/etc/claude-code/`

86 * Windows: `C:\Program Files\ClaudeCode\`97 * Windows: `C:\Program Files\ClaudeCode\`

87 98 

88 <Note>99 <Warning>

89 These are system-wide paths (not user home directories like `~/Library/...`) that require administrator privileges. They are designed to be deployed by IT administrators.100 The legacy Windows path `C:\ProgramData\ClaudeCode\managed-settings.json` is no longer supported as of v2.1.75. Administrators who deployed settings to that location must migrate files to `C:\Program Files\ClaudeCode\managed-settings.json`.

90 </Note>101 </Warning>

102 

103 File-based managed settings also support a drop-in directory at `managed-settings.d/` in the same system directory alongside `managed-settings.json`. This lets separate teams deploy independent policy fragments without coordinating edits to a single file.

91 104 

92 See [Managed settings](/en/iam#managed-settings) and [Managed MCP configuration](/en/mcp#managed-mcp-configuration) for details.105 Following the systemd convention, `managed-settings.json` is merged first as the base, then all `*.json` files in the drop-in directory are sorted alphabetically and merged on top. Later files override earlier ones for scalar values; arrays are concatenated and de-duplicated; objects are deep-merged. Hidden files starting with `.` are ignored.

106 

107 Use numeric prefixes to control merge order, for example `10-telemetry.json` and `20-security.json`.

108 

109 See [managed settings](/en/permissions#managed-only-settings) and [Managed MCP configuration](/en/mcp#managed-mcp-configuration) for details.

93 110 

94 <Note>111 <Note>

95 Managed deployments can also restrict **plugin marketplace additions** using112 Managed deployments can also restrict **plugin marketplace additions** using


97 </Note>114 </Note>

98* **Other configuration** is stored in `~/.claude.json`. This file contains your preferences (theme, notification settings, editor mode), OAuth session, [MCP server](/en/mcp) configurations for user and local scopes, per-project state (allowed tools, trust settings), and various caches. Project-scoped MCP servers are stored separately in `.mcp.json`.115* **Other configuration** is stored in `~/.claude.json`. This file contains your preferences (theme, notification settings, editor mode), OAuth session, [MCP server](/en/mcp) configurations for user and local scopes, per-project state (allowed tools, trust settings), and various caches. Project-scoped MCP servers are stored separately in `.mcp.json`.

99 116 

117<Note>

118 Claude Code automatically creates timestamped backups of configuration files and retains the five most recent backups to prevent data loss.

119</Note>

120 

100```JSON Example settings.json theme={null}121```JSON Example settings.json theme={null}

101{122{

123 "$schema": "https://json.schemastore.org/claude-code-settings.json",

102 "permissions": {124 "permissions": {

103 "allow": [125 "allow": [

104 "Bash(npm run lint)",126 "Bash(npm run lint)",

105 "Bash(npm run test:*)",127 "Bash(npm run test *)",

106 "Read(~/.zshrc)"128 "Read(~/.zshrc)"

107 ],129 ],

108 "deny": [130 "deny": [

109 "Bash(curl:*)",131 "Bash(curl *)",

110 "Read(./.env)",132 "Read(./.env)",

111 "Read(./.env.*)",133 "Read(./.env.*)",

112 "Read(./secrets/**)"134 "Read(./secrets/**)"


124}146}

125```147```

126 148 

149The `$schema` line in the example above points to the [official JSON schema](https://json.schemastore.org/claude-code-settings.json) for Claude Code settings. Adding it to your `settings.json` enables autocomplete and inline validation in VS Code, Cursor, and any other editor that supports JSON schema validation.

150 

127### Available settings151### Available settings

128 152 

129`settings.json` supports a number of options:153`settings.json` supports a number of options:

130 154 

131| Key | Description | Example |155| Key | Description | Example |

132| :--------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | :---------------------------------------------------------------------- |156| :-------------------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------- |

133| `apiKeyHelper` | Custom script, to be executed in `/bin/sh`, to generate an auth value. This value will be sent as `X-Api-Key` and `Authorization: Bearer` headers for model requests | `/bin/generate_temp_api_key.sh` |157| `apiKeyHelper` | Custom script, to be executed in `/bin/sh`, to generate an auth value. This value will be sent as `X-Api-Key` and `Authorization: Bearer` headers for model requests | `/bin/generate_temp_api_key.sh` |

134| `cleanupPeriodDays` | Sessions inactive for longer than this period are deleted at startup. Setting to `0` immediately deletes all sessions. (default: 30 days) | `20` |158| `autoMemoryDirectory` | Custom directory for [auto memory](/en/memory#storage-location) storage. Accepts `~/`-expanded paths. Not accepted in project settings (`.claude/settings.json`) to prevent shared repos from redirecting memory writes to sensitive locations. Accepted from policy, local, and user settings | `"~/my-memory-dir"` |

159| `cleanupPeriodDays` | Sessions inactive for longer than this period are deleted at startup (default: 30 days).<br /><br />Setting to `0` deletes all existing transcripts at startup and disables session persistence entirely. No new `.jsonl` files are written, `/resume` shows no conversations, and hooks receive an empty `transcript_path`. | `20` |

135| `companyAnnouncements` | Announcement to display to users at startup. If multiple announcements are provided, they will be cycled through at random. | `["Welcome to Acme Corp! Review our code guidelines at docs.acme.com"]` |160| `companyAnnouncements` | Announcement to display to users at startup. If multiple announcements are provided, they will be cycled through at random. | `["Welcome to Acme Corp! Review our code guidelines at docs.acme.com"]` |

136| `env` | Environment variables that will be applied to every session | `{"FOO": "bar"}` |161| `env` | Environment variables that will be applied to every session | `{"FOO": "bar"}` |

137| `attribution` | Customize attribution for git commits and pull requests. See [Attribution settings](#attribution-settings) | `{"commit": "🤖 Generated with Claude Code", "pr": ""}` |162| `attribution` | Customize attribution for git commits and pull requests. See [Attribution settings](#attribution-settings) | `{"commit": "🤖 Generated with Claude Code", "pr": ""}` |

138| `includeCoAuthoredBy` | **Deprecated**: Use `attribution` instead. Whether to include the `co-authored-by Claude` byline in git commits and pull requests (default: `true`) | `false` |163| `includeCoAuthoredBy` | **Deprecated**: Use `attribution` instead. Whether to include the `co-authored-by Claude` byline in git commits and pull requests (default: `true`) | `false` |

164| `includeGitInstructions` | Include built-in commit and PR workflow instructions and the git status snapshot in Claude's system prompt (default: `true`). Set to `false` to remove both, for example when using your own git workflow skills. The `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_GIT_INSTRUCTIONS` environment variable takes precedence over this setting when set | `false` |

139| `permissions` | See table below for structure of permissions. | |165| `permissions` | See table below for structure of permissions. | |

140| `hooks` | Configure custom commands to run before or after tool executions. See [hooks documentation](/en/hooks) | `{"PreToolUse": {"Bash": "echo 'Running command...'"}}` |166| `autoMode` | Customize what the [auto mode](/en/permission-modes#eliminate-prompts-with-auto-mode) classifier blocks and allows. Contains `environment`, `allow`, and `soft_deny` arrays of prose rules. See [Configure the auto mode classifier](/en/permissions#configure-the-auto-mode-classifier). Not read from shared project settings | `{"environment": ["Trusted repo: github.example.com/acme"]}` |

141| `disableAllHooks` | Disable all [hooks](/en/hooks) | `true` |167| `disableAutoMode` | Set to `"disable"` to prevent [auto mode](/en/permission-modes#eliminate-prompts-with-auto-mode) from being activated. Removes `auto` from the `Shift+Tab` cycle and rejects `--permission-mode auto` at startup. Most useful in [managed settings](/en/permissions#managed-settings) where users cannot override it | `"disable"` |

168| `useAutoModeDuringPlan` | Whether plan mode uses auto mode semantics when auto mode is available. Default: `true`. Not read from shared project settings. Appears in `/config` as "Use auto mode during plan" | `false` |

169| `disableDeepLinkRegistration` | Set to `"disable"` to prevent Claude Code from registering the `claude-cli://` protocol handler with the operating system on startup. Deep links let external tools open a Claude Code session with a pre-filled prompt via `claude-cli://open?q=...`. Useful in environments where protocol handler registration is restricted or managed separately | `"disable"` |

170| `hooks` | Configure custom commands to run at lifecycle events. See [hooks documentation](/en/hooks) for format | See [hooks](/en/hooks) |

171| `defaultShell` | Default shell for input-box `!` commands. Accepts `"bash"` (default) or `"powershell"`. Setting `"powershell"` routes interactive `!` commands through PowerShell on Windows. Requires `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_POWERSHELL_TOOL=1`. See [PowerShell tool](/en/tools-reference#powershell-tool) | `"powershell"` |

172| `disableAllHooks` | Disable all [hooks](/en/hooks) and any custom [status line](/en/statusline) | `true` |

142| `allowManagedHooksOnly` | (Managed settings only) Prevent loading of user, project, and plugin hooks. Only allows managed hooks and SDK hooks. See [Hook configuration](#hook-configuration) | `true` |173| `allowManagedHooksOnly` | (Managed settings only) Prevent loading of user, project, and plugin hooks. Only allows managed hooks and SDK hooks. See [Hook configuration](#hook-configuration) | `true` |

143| `model` | Override the default model to use for Claude Code | `"claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929"` |174| `allowedHttpHookUrls` | Allowlist of URL patterns that HTTP hooks may target. Supports `*` as a wildcard. When set, hooks with non-matching URLs are blocked. Undefined = no restriction, empty array = block all HTTP hooks. Arrays merge across settings sources. See [Hook configuration](#hook-configuration) | `["https://hooks.example.com/*"]` |

175| `httpHookAllowedEnvVars` | Allowlist of environment variable names HTTP hooks may interpolate into headers. When set, each hook's effective `allowedEnvVars` is the intersection with this list. Undefined = no restriction. Arrays merge across settings sources. See [Hook configuration](#hook-configuration) | `["MY_TOKEN", "HOOK_SECRET"]` |

176| `allowManagedPermissionRulesOnly` | (Managed settings only) Prevent user and project settings from defining `allow`, `ask`, or `deny` permission rules. Only rules in managed settings apply. See [Managed-only settings](/en/permissions#managed-only-settings) | `true` |

177| `allowManagedMcpServersOnly` | (Managed settings only) Only `allowedMcpServers` from managed settings are respected. `deniedMcpServers` still merges from all sources. Users can still add MCP servers, but only the admin-defined allowlist applies. See [Managed MCP configuration](/en/mcp#managed-mcp-configuration) | `true` |

178| `model` | Override the default model to use for Claude Code | `"claude-sonnet-4-6"` |

179| `availableModels` | Restrict which models users can select via `/model`, `--model`, Config tool, or `ANTHROPIC_MODEL`. Does not affect the Default option. See [Restrict model selection](/en/model-config#restrict-model-selection) | `["sonnet", "haiku"]` |

180| `modelOverrides` | Map Anthropic model IDs to provider-specific model IDs such as Bedrock inference profile ARNs. Each model picker entry uses its mapped value when calling the provider API. See [Override model IDs per version](/en/model-config#override-model-ids-per-version) | `{"claude-opus-4-6": "arn:aws:bedrock:..."}` |

181| `effortLevel` | Persist the [effort level](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level) across sessions. Accepts `"low"`, `"medium"`, or `"high"`. Written automatically when you run `/effort low`, `/effort medium`, or `/effort high`. Supported on Opus 4.6 and Sonnet 4.6 | `"medium"` |

144| `otelHeadersHelper` | Script to generate dynamic OpenTelemetry headers. Runs at startup and periodically (see [Dynamic headers](/en/monitoring-usage#dynamic-headers)) | `/bin/generate_otel_headers.sh` |182| `otelHeadersHelper` | Script to generate dynamic OpenTelemetry headers. Runs at startup and periodically (see [Dynamic headers](/en/monitoring-usage#dynamic-headers)) | `/bin/generate_otel_headers.sh` |

145| `statusLine` | Configure a custom status line to display context. See [`statusLine` documentation](/en/statusline) | `{"type": "command", "command": "~/.claude/statusline.sh"}` |183| `statusLine` | Configure a custom status line to display context. See [`statusLine` documentation](/en/statusline) | `{"type": "command", "command": "~/.claude/statusline.sh"}` |

146| `fileSuggestion` | Configure a custom script for `@` file autocomplete. See [File suggestion settings](#file-suggestion-settings) | `{"type": "command", "command": "~/.claude/file-suggestion.sh"}` |184| `fileSuggestion` | Configure a custom script for `@` file autocomplete. See [File suggestion settings](#file-suggestion-settings) | `{"type": "command", "command": "~/.claude/file-suggestion.sh"}` |

147| `respectGitignore` | Control whether the `@` file picker respects `.gitignore` patterns. When `true` (default), files matching `.gitignore` patterns are excluded from suggestions | `false` |185| `respectGitignore` | Control whether the `@` file picker respects `.gitignore` patterns. When `true` (default), files matching `.gitignore` patterns are excluded from suggestions | `false` |

148| `outputStyle` | Configure an output style to adjust the system prompt. See [output styles documentation](/en/output-styles) | `"Explanatory"` |186| `outputStyle` | Configure an output style to adjust the system prompt. See [output styles documentation](/en/output-styles) | `"Explanatory"` |

187| `agent` | Run the main thread as a named subagent. Applies that subagent's system prompt, tool restrictions, and model. See [Invoke subagents explicitly](/en/sub-agents#invoke-subagents-explicitly) | `"code-reviewer"` |

149| `forceLoginMethod` | Use `claudeai` to restrict login to Claude.ai accounts, `console` to restrict login to Claude Console (API usage billing) accounts | `claudeai` |188| `forceLoginMethod` | Use `claudeai` to restrict login to Claude.ai accounts, `console` to restrict login to Claude Console (API usage billing) accounts | `claudeai` |

150| `forceLoginOrgUUID` | Specify the UUID of an organization to automatically select it during login, bypassing the organization selection step. Requires `forceLoginMethod` to be set | `"xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx"` |189| `forceLoginOrgUUID` | Specify the UUID of an organization to automatically select it during login, bypassing the organization selection step. Requires `forceLoginMethod` to be set | `"xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx"` |

151| `enableAllProjectMcpServers` | Automatically approve all MCP servers defined in project `.mcp.json` files | `true` |190| `enableAllProjectMcpServers` | Automatically approve all MCP servers defined in project `.mcp.json` files | `true` |

152| `enabledMcpjsonServers` | List of specific MCP servers from `.mcp.json` files to approve | `["memory", "github"]` |191| `enabledMcpjsonServers` | List of specific MCP servers from `.mcp.json` files to approve | `["memory", "github"]` |

153| `disabledMcpjsonServers` | List of specific MCP servers from `.mcp.json` files to reject | `["filesystem"]` |192| `disabledMcpjsonServers` | List of specific MCP servers from `.mcp.json` files to reject | `["filesystem"]` |

193| `channelsEnabled` | (Managed settings only) Allow [channels](/en/channels) for Team and Enterprise users. Unset or `false` blocks channel message delivery regardless of what users pass to `--channels` | `true` |

194| `allowedChannelPlugins` | (Managed settings only) Allowlist of channel plugins that may push messages. Replaces the default Anthropic allowlist when set. Undefined = fall back to the default, empty array = block all channel plugins. Requires `channelsEnabled: true`. See [Restrict which channel plugins can run](/en/channels#restrict-which-channel-plugins-can-run) | `[{ "marketplace": "claude-plugins-official", "plugin": "telegram" }]` |

154| `allowedMcpServers` | When set in managed-settings.json, allowlist of MCP servers users can configure. Undefined = no restrictions, empty array = lockdown. Applies to all scopes. Denylist takes precedence. See [Managed MCP configuration](/en/mcp#managed-mcp-configuration) | `[{ "serverName": "github" }]` |195| `allowedMcpServers` | When set in managed-settings.json, allowlist of MCP servers users can configure. Undefined = no restrictions, empty array = lockdown. Applies to all scopes. Denylist takes precedence. See [Managed MCP configuration](/en/mcp#managed-mcp-configuration) | `[{ "serverName": "github" }]` |

155| `deniedMcpServers` | When set in managed-settings.json, denylist of MCP servers that are explicitly blocked. Applies to all scopes including managed servers. Denylist takes precedence over allowlist. See [Managed MCP configuration](/en/mcp#managed-mcp-configuration) | `[{ "serverName": "filesystem" }]` |196| `deniedMcpServers` | When set in managed-settings.json, denylist of MCP servers that are explicitly blocked. Applies to all scopes including managed servers. Denylist takes precedence over allowlist. See [Managed MCP configuration](/en/mcp#managed-mcp-configuration) | `[{ "serverName": "filesystem" }]` |

156| `strictKnownMarketplaces` | When set in managed-settings.json, allowlist of plugin marketplaces users can add. Undefined = no restrictions, empty array = lockdown. Applies to marketplace additions only. See [Managed marketplace restrictions](/en/plugin-marketplaces#managed-marketplace-restrictions) | `[{ "source": "github", "repo": "acme-corp/plugins" }]` |197| `strictKnownMarketplaces` | When set in managed-settings.json, allowlist of plugin marketplaces users can add. Undefined = no restrictions, empty array = lockdown. Applies to marketplace additions only. See [Managed marketplace restrictions](/en/plugin-marketplaces#managed-marketplace-restrictions) | `[{ "source": "github", "repo": "acme-corp/plugins" }]` |

198| `blockedMarketplaces` | (Managed settings only) Blocklist of marketplace sources. Blocked sources are checked before downloading, so they never touch the filesystem. See [Managed marketplace restrictions](/en/plugin-marketplaces#managed-marketplace-restrictions) | `[{ "source": "github", "repo": "untrusted/plugins" }]` |

199| `pluginTrustMessage` | (Managed settings only) Custom message appended to the plugin trust warning shown before installation. Use this to add organization-specific context, for example to confirm that plugins from your internal marketplace are vetted. | `"All plugins from our marketplace are approved by IT"` |

157| `awsAuthRefresh` | Custom script that modifies the `.aws` directory (see [advanced credential configuration](/en/amazon-bedrock#advanced-credential-configuration)) | `aws sso login --profile myprofile` |200| `awsAuthRefresh` | Custom script that modifies the `.aws` directory (see [advanced credential configuration](/en/amazon-bedrock#advanced-credential-configuration)) | `aws sso login --profile myprofile` |

158| `awsCredentialExport` | Custom script that outputs JSON with AWS credentials (see [advanced credential configuration](/en/amazon-bedrock#advanced-credential-configuration)) | `/bin/generate_aws_grant.sh` |201| `awsCredentialExport` | Custom script that outputs JSON with AWS credentials (see [advanced credential configuration](/en/amazon-bedrock#advanced-credential-configuration)) | `/bin/generate_aws_grant.sh` |

159| `alwaysThinkingEnabled` | Enable [extended thinking](/en/common-workflows#use-extended-thinking) by default for all sessions. Typically configured via the `/config` command rather than editing directly | `true` |202| `alwaysThinkingEnabled` | Enable [extended thinking](/en/common-workflows#use-extended-thinking-thinking-mode) by default for all sessions. Typically configured via the `/config` command rather than editing directly | `true` |

160| `language` | Configure Claude's preferred response language (e.g., `"japanese"`, `"spanish"`, `"french"`). Claude will respond in this language by default | `"japanese"` |203| `plansDirectory` | Customize where plan files are stored. Path is relative to project root. Default: `~/.claude/plans` | `"./plans"` |

204| `showClearContextOnPlanAccept` | Show the "clear context" option on the plan accept screen. Defaults to `false`. Set to `true` to restore the option | `true` |

205| `spinnerVerbs` | Customize the action verbs shown in the spinner and turn duration messages. Set `mode` to `"replace"` to use only your verbs, or `"append"` to add them to the defaults | `{"mode": "append", "verbs": ["Pondering", "Crafting"]}` |

206| `language` | Configure Claude's preferred response language (e.g., `"japanese"`, `"spanish"`, `"french"`). Claude will respond in this language by default. Also sets the [voice dictation](/en/voice-dictation#change-the-dictation-language) language | `"japanese"` |

207| `voiceEnabled` | Enable push-to-talk [voice dictation](/en/voice-dictation). Written automatically when you run `/voice`. Requires a Claude.ai account | `true` |

208| `autoUpdatesChannel` | Release channel to follow for updates. Use `"stable"` for a version that is typically about one week old and skips versions with major regressions, or `"latest"` (default) for the most recent release | `"stable"` |

209| `spinnerTipsEnabled` | Show tips in the spinner while Claude is working. Set to `false` to disable tips (default: `true`) | `false` |

210| `spinnerTipsOverride` | Override spinner tips with custom strings. `tips`: array of tip strings. `excludeDefault`: if `true`, only show custom tips; if `false` or absent, custom tips are merged with built-in tips | `{ "excludeDefault": true, "tips": ["Use our internal tool X"] }` |

211| `prefersReducedMotion` | Reduce or disable UI animations (spinners, shimmer, flash effects) for accessibility | `true` |

212| `fastModePerSessionOptIn` | When `true`, fast mode does not persist across sessions. Each session starts with fast mode off, requiring users to enable it with `/fast`. The user's fast mode preference is still saved. See [Require per-session opt-in](/en/fast-mode#require-per-session-opt-in) | `true` |

213| `feedbackSurveyRate` | Probability (0–1) that the [session quality survey](/en/data-usage#session-quality-surveys) appears when eligible. Set to `0` to suppress entirely. Useful when using Bedrock, Vertex, or Foundry where the default sample rate does not apply | `0.05` |

214 

215### Global config settings

216 

217These settings are stored in `~/.claude.json` rather than `settings.json`. Adding them to `settings.json` will trigger a schema validation error.

218 

219| Key | Description | Example |

220| :--------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------- |

221| `autoConnectIde` | Automatically connect to a running IDE when Claude Code starts from an external terminal. Default: `false`. Appears in `/config` as **Auto-connect to IDE (external terminal)** when running outside a VS Code or JetBrains terminal | `true` |

222| `autoInstallIdeExtension` | Automatically install the Claude Code IDE extension when running from a VS Code terminal. Default: `true`. Appears in `/config` as **Auto-install IDE extension** when running inside a VS Code or JetBrains terminal. You can also set the [`CLAUDE_CODE_IDE_SKIP_AUTO_INSTALL`](/en/env-vars) environment variable | `false` |

223| `editorMode` | Key binding mode for the input prompt: `"normal"` or `"vim"`. Default: `"normal"`. Written automatically when you run `/vim`. Appears in `/config` as **Key binding mode** | `"vim"` |

224| `showTurnDuration` | Show turn duration messages after responses, e.g. "Cooked for 1m 6s". Default: `true`. Appears in `/config` as **Show turn duration** | `false` |

225| `terminalProgressBarEnabled` | Show the terminal progress bar in supported terminals: ConEmu, Ghostty 1.2.0+, and iTerm2 3.6.6+. Default: `true`. Appears in `/config` as **Terminal progress bar** | `false` |

226| `teammateMode` | How [agent team](/en/agent-teams) teammates display: `auto` (picks split panes in tmux or iTerm2, in-process otherwise), `in-process`, or `tmux`. See [choose a display mode](/en/agent-teams#choose-a-display-mode) | `"in-process"` |

227 

228### Worktree settings

229 

230Configure how `--worktree` creates and manages git worktrees. Use these settings to reduce disk usage and startup time in large monorepos.

231 

232| Key | Description | Example |

233| :---------------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------ |

234| `worktree.symlinkDirectories` | Directories to symlink from the main repository into each worktree to avoid duplicating large directories on disk. No directories are symlinked by default | `["node_modules", ".cache"]` |

235| `worktree.sparsePaths` | Directories to check out in each worktree via git sparse-checkout (cone mode). Only the listed paths are written to disk, which is faster in large monorepos | `["packages/my-app", "shared/utils"]` |

236 

237To copy gitignored files like `.env` into new worktrees, use a [`.worktreeinclude` file](/en/common-workflows#copy-gitignored-files-to-worktrees) in your project root instead of a setting.

161 238 

162### Permission settings239### Permission settings

163 240 

164| Keys | Description | Example |241| Keys | Description | Example |

165| :----------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | :--------------------------------------------------------------------- |242| :----------------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------- |

166| `allow` | Array of [permission rules](/en/iam#configuring-permissions) to allow tool use. **Note:** Bash rules use prefix matching, not regex | `[ "Bash(git diff:*)" ]` |243| `allow` | Array of permission rules to allow tool use. See [Permission rule syntax](#permission-rule-syntax) below for pattern matching details | `[ "Bash(git diff *)" ]` |

167| `ask` | Array of [permission rules](/en/iam#configuring-permissions) to ask for confirmation upon tool use. | `[ "Bash(git push:*)" ]` |244| `ask` | Array of permission rules to ask for confirmation upon tool use. See [Permission rule syntax](#permission-rule-syntax) below | `[ "Bash(git push *)" ]` |

168| `deny` | Array of [permission rules](/en/iam#configuring-permissions) to deny tool use. Use this to also exclude sensitive files from Claude Code access. **Note:** Bash patterns are prefix matches and can be bypassed (see [Bash permission limitations](/en/iam#tool-specific-permission-rules)) | `[ "WebFetch", "Bash(curl:*)", "Read(./.env)", "Read(./secrets/**)" ]` |245| `deny` | Array of permission rules to deny tool use. Use this to exclude sensitive files from Claude Code access. See [Permission rule syntax](#permission-rule-syntax) and [Bash permission limitations](/en/permissions#tool-specific-permission-rules) | `[ "WebFetch", "Bash(curl *)", "Read(./.env)", "Read(./secrets/**)" ]` |

169| `additionalDirectories` | Additional [working directories](/en/iam#working-directories) that Claude has access to | `[ "../docs/" ]` |246| `additionalDirectories` | Additional [working directories](/en/permissions#working-directories) that Claude has access to | `[ "../docs/" ]` |

170| `defaultMode` | Default [permission mode](/en/iam#permission-modes) when opening Claude Code | `"acceptEdits"` |247| `defaultMode` | Default [permission mode](/en/permission-modes) when opening Claude Code | `"acceptEdits"` |

171| `disableBypassPermissionsMode` | Set to `"disable"` to prevent `bypassPermissions` mode from being activated. This disables the `--dangerously-skip-permissions` command-line flag. See [managed settings](/en/iam#managed-settings) | `"disable"` |248| `disableBypassPermissionsMode` | Set to `"disable"` to prevent `bypassPermissions` mode from being activated. Disables the `--dangerously-skip-permissions` flag. Most useful in [managed settings](/en/permissions#managed-settings) where users cannot override it | `"disable"` |

249 

250### Permission rule syntax

251 

252Permission rules follow the format `Tool` or `Tool(specifier)`. Rules are evaluated in order: deny rules first, then ask, then allow. The first matching rule wins.

253 

254Quick examples:

255 

256| Rule | Effect |

257| :----------------------------- | :--------------------------------------- |

258| `Bash` | Matches all Bash commands |

259| `Bash(npm run *)` | Matches commands starting with `npm run` |

260| `Read(./.env)` | Matches reading the `.env` file |

261| `WebFetch(domain:example.com)` | Matches fetch requests to example.com |

262 

263For the complete rule syntax reference, including wildcard behavior, tool-specific patterns for Read, Edit, WebFetch, MCP, and Agent rules, and security limitations of Bash patterns, see [Permission rule syntax](/en/permissions#permission-rule-syntax).

172 264 

173### Sandbox settings265### Sandbox settings

174 266 

175Configure advanced sandboxing behavior. Sandboxing isolates bash commands from your filesystem and network. See [Sandboxing](/en/sandboxing) for details.267Configure advanced sandboxing behavior. Sandboxing isolates bash commands from your filesystem and network. See [Sandboxing](/en/sandboxing) for details.

176 268 

177**Filesystem and network restrictions** are configured via Read, Edit, and WebFetch permission rules, not via these sandbox settings.

178 

179| Keys | Description | Example |269| Keys | Description | Example |

180| :-------------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------ |270| :------------------------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------ |

181| `enabled` | Enable bash sandboxing (macOS/Linux only). Default: false | `true` |271| `enabled` | Enable bash sandboxing (macOS, Linux, and WSL2). Default: false | `true` |

272| `failIfUnavailable` | Exit with an error at startup if `sandbox.enabled` is true but the sandbox cannot start (missing dependencies, unsupported platform, or platform restrictions). When false (default), a warning is shown and commands run unsandboxed. Intended for managed settings deployments that require sandboxing as a hard gate | `true` |

182| `autoAllowBashIfSandboxed` | Auto-approve bash commands when sandboxed. Default: true | `true` |273| `autoAllowBashIfSandboxed` | Auto-approve bash commands when sandboxed. Default: true | `true` |

183| `excludedCommands` | Commands that should run outside of the sandbox | `["git", "docker"]` |274| `excludedCommands` | Commands that should run outside of the sandbox | `["git", "docker"]` |

184| `allowUnsandboxedCommands` | Allow commands to run outside the sandbox via the `dangerouslyDisableSandbox` parameter. When set to `false`, the `dangerouslyDisableSandbox` escape hatch is completely disabled and all commands must run sandboxed (or be in `excludedCommands`). Useful for enterprise policies that require strict sandboxing. Default: true | `false` |275| `allowUnsandboxedCommands` | Allow commands to run outside the sandbox via the `dangerouslyDisableSandbox` parameter. When set to `false`, the `dangerouslyDisableSandbox` escape hatch is completely disabled and all commands must run sandboxed (or be in `excludedCommands`). Useful for enterprise policies that require strict sandboxing. Default: true | `false` |

276| `filesystem.allowWrite` | Additional paths where sandboxed commands can write. Arrays are merged across all settings scopes: user, project, and managed paths are combined, not replaced. Also merged with paths from `Edit(...)` allow permission rules. See [path prefixes](#sandbox-path-prefixes) below. | `["/tmp/build", "~/.kube"]` |

277| `filesystem.denyWrite` | Paths where sandboxed commands cannot write. Arrays are merged across all settings scopes. Also merged with paths from `Edit(...)` deny permission rules. | `["/etc", "/usr/local/bin"]` |

278| `filesystem.denyRead` | Paths where sandboxed commands cannot read. Arrays are merged across all settings scopes. Also merged with paths from `Read(...)` deny permission rules. | `["~/.aws/credentials"]` |

279| `filesystem.allowRead` | Paths to re-allow reading within `denyRead` regions. Takes precedence over `denyRead`. Arrays are merged across all settings scopes. Use this to create workspace-only read access patterns. | `["."]` |

280| `filesystem.allowManagedReadPathsOnly` | (Managed settings only) Only `allowRead` paths from managed settings are respected. `allowRead` entries from user, project, and local settings are ignored. Default: false | `true` |

185| `network.allowUnixSockets` | Unix socket paths accessible in sandbox (for SSH agents, etc.) | `["~/.ssh/agent-socket"]` |281| `network.allowUnixSockets` | Unix socket paths accessible in sandbox (for SSH agents, etc.) | `["~/.ssh/agent-socket"]` |

282| `network.allowAllUnixSockets` | Allow all Unix socket connections in sandbox. Default: false | `true` |

186| `network.allowLocalBinding` | Allow binding to localhost ports (macOS only). Default: false | `true` |283| `network.allowLocalBinding` | Allow binding to localhost ports (macOS only). Default: false | `true` |

284| `network.allowedDomains` | Array of domains to allow for outbound network traffic. Supports wildcards (e.g., `*.example.com`). | `["github.com", "*.npmjs.org"]` |

285| `network.allowManagedDomainsOnly` | (Managed settings only) Only `allowedDomains` and `WebFetch(domain:...)` allow rules from managed settings are respected. Domains from user, project, and local settings are ignored. Non-allowed domains are blocked automatically without prompting the user. Denied domains are still respected from all sources. Default: false | `true` |

187| `network.httpProxyPort` | HTTP proxy port used if you wish to bring your own proxy. If not specified, Claude will run its own proxy. | `8080` |286| `network.httpProxyPort` | HTTP proxy port used if you wish to bring your own proxy. If not specified, Claude will run its own proxy. | `8080` |

188| `network.socksProxyPort` | SOCKS5 proxy port used if you wish to bring your own proxy. If not specified, Claude will run its own proxy. | `8081` |287| `network.socksProxyPort` | SOCKS5 proxy port used if you wish to bring your own proxy. If not specified, Claude will run its own proxy. | `8081` |

189| `enableWeakerNestedSandbox` | Enable weaker sandbox for unprivileged Docker environments (Linux only). **Reduces security.** Default: false | `true` |288| `enableWeakerNestedSandbox` | Enable weaker sandbox for unprivileged Docker environments (Linux and WSL2 only). **Reduces security.** Default: false | `true` |

289| `enableWeakerNetworkIsolation` | (macOS only) Allow access to the system TLS trust service (`com.apple.trustd.agent`) in the sandbox. Required for Go-based tools like `gh`, `gcloud`, and `terraform` to verify TLS certificates when using `httpProxyPort` with a MITM proxy and custom CA. **Reduces security** by opening a potential data exfiltration path. Default: false | `true` |

290 

291#### Sandbox path prefixes

292 

293Paths in `filesystem.allowWrite`, `filesystem.denyWrite`, `filesystem.denyRead`, and `filesystem.allowRead` support these prefixes:

294 

295| Prefix | Meaning | Example |

296| :---------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

297| `/` | Absolute path from filesystem root | `/tmp/build` stays `/tmp/build` |

298| `~/` | Relative to home directory | `~/.kube` becomes `$HOME/.kube` |

299| `./` or no prefix | Relative to the project root for project settings, or to `~/.claude` for user settings | `./output` in `.claude/settings.json` resolves to `<project-root>/output` |

300 

301The older `//path` prefix for absolute paths still works. If you previously used single-slash `/path` expecting project-relative resolution, switch to `./path`. This syntax differs from [Read and Edit permission rules](/en/permissions#read-and-edit), which use `//path` for absolute and `/path` for project-relative. Sandbox filesystem paths use standard conventions: `/tmp/build` is an absolute path.

190 302 

191**Configuration example:**303**Configuration example:**

192 304 


196 "enabled": true,308 "enabled": true,

197 "autoAllowBashIfSandboxed": true,309 "autoAllowBashIfSandboxed": true,

198 "excludedCommands": ["docker"],310 "excludedCommands": ["docker"],

311 "filesystem": {

312 "allowWrite": ["/tmp/build", "~/.kube"],

313 "denyRead": ["~/.aws/credentials"]

314 },

199 "network": {315 "network": {

316 "allowedDomains": ["github.com", "*.npmjs.org", "registry.yarnpkg.com"],

200 "allowUnixSockets": [317 "allowUnixSockets": [

201 "/var/run/docker.sock"318 "/var/run/docker.sock"

202 ],319 ],

203 "allowLocalBinding": true320 "allowLocalBinding": true

204 }321 }

205 },

206 "permissions": {

207 "deny": [

208 "Read(.envrc)",

209 "Read(~/.aws/**)"

210 ]

211 }322 }

212}323}

213```324```

214 325 

215**Filesystem and network restrictions** use standard permission rules:326**Filesystem and network restrictions** can be configured in two ways that are merged together:

216 327 

217* Use `Read` deny rules to block Claude from reading specific files or directories328* **`sandbox.filesystem` settings** (shown above): Control paths at the OS-level sandbox boundary. These restrictions apply to all subprocess commands (e.g., `kubectl`, `terraform`, `npm`), not just Claude's file tools.

218* Use `Edit` allow rules to let Claude write to directories beyond the current working directory329* **Permission rules**: Use `Edit` allow/deny rules to control Claude's file tool access, `Read` deny rules to block reads, and `WebFetch` allow/deny rules to control network domains. Paths from these rules are also merged into the sandbox configuration.

219* Use `Edit` deny rules to block writes to specific paths

220* Use `WebFetch` allow/deny rules to control which network domains Claude can access

221 330 

222### Attribution settings331### Attribution settings

223 332 


233 342 

234**Default commit attribution:**343**Default commit attribution:**

235 344 

236```345```text theme={null}

237🤖 Generated with [Claude Code](https://claude.com/claude-code)346🤖 Generated with [Claude Code](https://claude.com/claude-code)

238 347 

239 Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.5 <noreply@anthropic.com>348 Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>

240```349```

241 350 

242**Default pull request attribution:**351**Default pull request attribution:**

243 352 

244```353```text theme={null}

245🤖 Generated with [Claude Code](https://claude.com/claude-code)354🤖 Generated with [Claude Code](https://claude.com/claude-code)

246```355```

247 356 


281 390 

282Output newline-separated file paths to stdout (currently limited to 15):391Output newline-separated file paths to stdout (currently limited to 15):

283 392 

284```393```text theme={null}

285src/components/Button.tsx394src/components/Button.tsx

286src/components/Modal.tsx395src/components/Modal.tsx

287src/components/Form.tsx396src/components/Form.tsx


297 406 

298### Hook configuration407### Hook configuration

299 408 

300**Managed settings only**: Controls which hooks are allowed to run. This setting can only be configured in [managed settings](#settings-files) and provides administrators with strict control over hook execution.409These settings control which hooks are allowed to run and what HTTP hooks can access. The `allowManagedHooksOnly` setting can only be configured in [managed settings](#settings-files). The URL and env var allowlists can be set at any settings level and merge across sources.

301 410 

302**Behavior when `allowManagedHooksOnly` is `true`:**411**Behavior when `allowManagedHooksOnly` is `true`:**

303 412 

304* Managed hooks and SDK hooks are loaded413* Managed hooks and SDK hooks are loaded

305* User hooks, project hooks, and plugin hooks are blocked414* User hooks, project hooks, and plugin hooks are blocked

306 415 

307**Configuration:**416**Restrict HTTP hook URLs:**

417 

418Limit which URLs HTTP hooks can target. Supports `*` as a wildcard for matching. When the array is defined, HTTP hooks targeting non-matching URLs are silently blocked.

308 419 

309```json theme={null}420```json theme={null}

310{421{

311 "allowManagedHooksOnly": true422 "allowedHttpHookUrls": ["https://hooks.example.com/*", "http://localhost:*"]

423}

424```

425 

426**Restrict HTTP hook environment variables:**

427 

428Limit which environment variable names HTTP hooks can interpolate into header values. Each hook's effective `allowedEnvVars` is the intersection of its own list and this setting.

429 

430```json theme={null}

431{

432 "httpHookAllowedEnvVars": ["MY_TOKEN", "HOOK_SECRET"]

312}433}

313```434```

314 435 


316 437 

317Settings apply in order of precedence. From highest to lowest:438Settings apply in order of precedence. From highest to lowest:

318 439 

3191. **Managed settings** (`managed-settings.json`)4401. **Managed settings** ([server-managed](/en/server-managed-settings), [MDM/OS-level policies](#configuration-scopes), or [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files))

320 * Policies deployed by IT/DevOps to system directories441 * Policies deployed by IT through server delivery, MDM configuration profiles, registry policies, or managed settings files

321 * Cannot be overridden by user or project settings442 * Cannot be overridden by any other level, including command line arguments

443 * Within the managed tier, precedence is: server-managed > MDM/OS-level policies > file-based (`managed-settings.d/*.json` + `managed-settings.json`) > HKCU registry (Windows only). Only one managed source is used; sources do not merge across tiers. Within the file-based tier, drop-in files and the base file are merged together.

322 444 

3232. **Command line arguments**4452. **Command line arguments**

324 * Temporary overrides for a specific session446 * Temporary overrides for a specific session


3325. **User settings** (`~/.claude/settings.json`)4545. **User settings** (`~/.claude/settings.json`)

333 * Personal global settings455 * Personal global settings

334 456 

335This hierarchy ensures that organizational policies are always enforced while still allowing teams and individuals to customize their experience.457This hierarchy ensures that organizational policies are always enforced while still allowing teams and individuals to customize their experience. The same precedence applies whether you run Claude Code from the CLI, the [VS Code extension](/en/vs-code), or a [JetBrains IDE](/en/jetbrains).

458 

459For example, if your user settings allow `Bash(npm run *)` but a project's shared settings deny it, the project setting takes precedence and the command is blocked.

336 460 

337For example, if your user settings allow `Bash(npm run:*)` but a project's shared settings deny it, the project setting takes precedence and the command is blocked.461<Note>

462 **Array settings merge across scopes.** When the same array-valued setting (such as `sandbox.filesystem.allowWrite` or `permissions.allow`) appears in multiple scopes, the arrays are **concatenated and deduplicated**, not replaced. This means lower-priority scopes can add entries without overriding those set by higher-priority scopes, and vice versa. For example, if managed settings set `allowWrite` to `["/opt/company-tools"]` and a user adds `["~/.kube"]`, both paths are included in the final configuration.

463</Note>

464 

465### Verify active settings

466 

467Run `/status` inside Claude Code to see which settings sources are active and where they come from. The output shows each configuration layer (managed, user, project) along with its origin, such as `Enterprise managed settings (remote)`, `Enterprise managed settings (plist)`, `Enterprise managed settings (HKLM)`, or `Enterprise managed settings (file)`. If a settings file contains errors, `/status` reports the issue so you can fix it.

338 468 

339### Key points about the configuration system469### Key points about the configuration system

340 470 

341* **Memory files (`CLAUDE.md`)**: Contain instructions and context that Claude loads at startup471* **Memory files (`CLAUDE.md`)**: Contain instructions and context that Claude loads at startup

342* **Settings files (JSON)**: Configure permissions, environment variables, and tool behavior472* **Settings files (JSON)**: Configure permissions, environment variables, and tool behavior

343* **Slash commands**: Custom commands that can be invoked during a session with `/command-name`473* **Skills**: Custom prompts that can be invoked with `/skill-name` or loaded by Claude automatically

344* **MCP servers**: Extend Claude Code with additional tools and integrations474* **MCP servers**: Extend Claude Code with additional tools and integrations

345* **Precedence**: Higher-level configurations (Managed) override lower-level ones (User/Project)475* **Precedence**: Higher-level configurations (Managed) override lower-level ones (User/Project)

346* **Inheritance**: Settings are merged, with more specific settings adding to or overriding broader ones476* **Inheritance**: Settings are merged, with more specific settings adding to or overriding broader ones


367}497}

368```498```

369 499 

370This replaces the deprecated `ignorePatterns` configuration. Files matching these patterns will be completely invisible to Claude Code, preventing any accidental exposure of sensitive data.500This replaces the deprecated `ignorePatterns` configuration. Files matching these patterns are excluded from file discovery and search results, and read operations on these files are denied.

371 501 

372## Subagent configuration502## Subagent configuration

373 503 


380 510 

381## Plugin configuration511## Plugin configuration

382 512 

383Claude Code supports a plugin system that lets you extend functionality with custom commands, agents, hooks, and MCP servers. Plugins are distributed through marketplaces and can be configured at both user and repository levels.513Claude Code supports a plugin system that lets you extend functionality with skills, agents, hooks, and MCP servers. Plugins are distributed through marketplaces and can be configured at both user and repository levels.

384 514 

385### Plugin settings515### Plugin settings

386 516 


411* **User settings** (`~/.claude/settings.json`): Personal plugin preferences541* **User settings** (`~/.claude/settings.json`): Personal plugin preferences

412* **Project settings** (`.claude/settings.json`): Project-specific plugins shared with team542* **Project settings** (`.claude/settings.json`): Project-specific plugins shared with team

413* **Local settings** (`.claude/settings.local.json`): Per-machine overrides (not committed)543* **Local settings** (`.claude/settings.local.json`): Per-machine overrides (not committed)

544* **Managed settings** (`managed-settings.json`): Organization-wide policy overrides that block installation at all scopes and hide the plugin from the marketplace

414 545 

415**Example**:546**Example**:

416 547 


461* `github`: GitHub repository (uses `repo`)592* `github`: GitHub repository (uses `repo`)

462* `git`: Any git URL (uses `url`)593* `git`: Any git URL (uses `url`)

463* `directory`: Local filesystem path (uses `path`, for development only)594* `directory`: Local filesystem path (uses `path`, for development only)

595* `hostPattern`: regex pattern to match marketplace hosts (uses `hostPattern`)

596* `settings`: inline marketplace declared directly in settings.json without a separate hosted repository (uses `name` and `plugins`)

597 

598Use `source: 'settings'` to declare a small set of plugins inline without setting up a hosted marketplace repository. Plugins listed here must reference external sources such as GitHub or npm. You still need to enable each plugin separately in `enabledPlugins`.

599 

600```json theme={null}

601{

602 "extraKnownMarketplaces": {

603 "team-tools": {

604 "source": {

605 "source": "settings",

606 "name": "team-tools",

607 "plugins": [

608 {

609 "name": "code-formatter",

610 "source": {

611 "source": "github",

612 "repo": "acme-corp/code-formatter"

613 }

614 }

615 ]

616 }

617 }

618 }

619}

620```

464 621 

465#### `strictKnownMarketplaces`622#### `strictKnownMarketplaces`

466 623 

467**Managed settings only**: Controls which plugin marketplaces users are allowed to add. This setting can only be configured in [`managed-settings.json`](/en/iam#managed-settings) and provides administrators with strict control over marketplace sources.624**Managed settings only**: Controls which plugin marketplaces users are allowed to add. This setting can only be configured in [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files) and provides administrators with strict control over marketplace sources.

468 625 

469**Managed settings file locations**:626**Managed settings file locations**:

470 627 


477* Only available in managed settings (`managed-settings.json`)634* Only available in managed settings (`managed-settings.json`)

478* Cannot be overridden by user or project settings (highest precedence)635* Cannot be overridden by user or project settings (highest precedence)

479* Enforced BEFORE network/filesystem operations (blocked sources never execute)636* Enforced BEFORE network/filesystem operations (blocked sources never execute)

480* Uses exact matching for source specifications (including `ref`, `path` for git sources)637* Uses exact matching for source specifications (including `ref`, `path` for git sources), except `hostPattern`, which uses regex matching

481 638 

482**Allowlist behavior**:639**Allowlist behavior**:

483 640 


487 644 

488**All supported source types**:645**All supported source types**:

489 646 

490The allowlist supports six marketplace source types. Each source must match exactly for a user's marketplace addition to be allowed.647The allowlist supports multiple marketplace source types. Most sources use exact matching, while `hostPattern` uses regex matching against the marketplace host.

491 648 

4921. **GitHub repositories**:6491. **GitHub repositories**:

493 650 


549 706 

550Fields: `path` (required: absolute path to directory containing `.claude-plugin/marketplace.json`)707Fields: `path` (required: absolute path to directory containing `.claude-plugin/marketplace.json`)

551 708 

7097. **Host pattern matching**:

710 

711```json theme={null}

712{ "source": "hostPattern", "hostPattern": "^github\\.example\\.com$" }

713{ "source": "hostPattern", "hostPattern": "^gitlab\\.internal\\.example\\.com$" }

714```

715 

716Fields: `hostPattern` (required: regex pattern to match against the marketplace host)

717 

718Use host pattern matching when you want to allow all marketplaces from a specific host without enumerating each repository individually. This is useful for organizations with internal GitHub Enterprise or GitLab servers where developers create their own marketplaces.

719 

720Host extraction by source type:

721 

722* `github`: always matches against `github.com`

723* `git`: extracts hostname from the URL (supports both HTTPS and SSH formats)

724* `url`: extracts hostname from the URL

725* `npm`, `file`, `directory`: not supported for host pattern matching

726 

552**Configuration examples**:727**Configuration examples**:

553 728 

554Example - Allow specific marketplaces only:729Example: allow specific marketplaces only:

555 730 

556```json theme={null}731```json theme={null}

557{732{


585}760}

586```761```

587 762 

763Example: allow all marketplaces from an internal git server:

764 

765```json theme={null}

766{

767 "strictKnownMarketplaces": [

768 {

769 "source": "hostPattern",

770 "hostPattern": "^github\\.example\\.com$"

771 }

772 ]

773}

774```

775 

588**Exact matching requirements**:776**Exact matching requirements**:

589 777 

590Marketplace sources must match **exactly** for a user's addition to be allowed. For git-based sources (`github` and `git`), this includes all optional fields:778Marketplace sources must match **exactly** for a user's addition to be allowed. For git-based sources (`github` and `git`), this includes all optional fields:


641}829}

642```830```

643 831 

832**Using both together**:

833 

834`strictKnownMarketplaces` is a policy gate: it controls what users may add but does not register any marketplaces. To both restrict and pre-register a marketplace for all users, set both in `managed-settings.json`:

835 

836```json theme={null}

837{

838 "strictKnownMarketplaces": [

839 { "source": "github", "repo": "acme-corp/plugins" }

840 ],

841 "extraKnownMarketplaces": {

842 "acme-tools": {

843 "source": { "source": "github", "repo": "acme-corp/plugins" }

844 }

845 }

846}

847```

848 

849With only `strictKnownMarketplaces` set, users can still add the allowed marketplace manually via `/plugin marketplace add`, but it is not available automatically.

850 

644**Important notes**:851**Important notes**:

645 852 

646* Restrictions are checked BEFORE any network requests or filesystem operations853* Restrictions are checked BEFORE any network requests or filesystem operations


664 871 

665## Environment variables872## Environment variables

666 873 

667Claude Code supports the following environment variables to control its behavior:874Environment variables let you control Claude Code behavior without editing settings files. Any variable can also be configured in [`settings.json`](#available-settings) under the `env` key to apply it to every session or roll it out to your team.

668 

669<Note>

670 All environment variables can also be configured in [`settings.json`](#available-settings). This is useful as a way to automatically set environment variables for each session, or to roll out a set of environment variables for your whole team or organization.

671</Note>

672 875 

673| Variable | Purpose |876See the [environment variables reference](/en/env-vars) for the full list.

674| :-------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

675| `ANTHROPIC_API_KEY` | API key sent as `X-Api-Key` header, typically for the Claude SDK (for interactive usage, run `/login`) |

676| `ANTHROPIC_AUTH_TOKEN` | Custom value for the `Authorization` header (the value you set here will be prefixed with `Bearer `) |

677| `ANTHROPIC_CUSTOM_HEADERS` | Custom headers you want to add to the request (in `Name: Value` format) |

678| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#environment-variables) |

679| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#environment-variables) |

680| `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#environment-variables) |

681| `ANTHROPIC_FOUNDRY_API_KEY` | API key for Microsoft Foundry authentication (see [Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry)) |

682| `ANTHROPIC_MODEL` | Name of the model setting to use (see [Model Configuration](/en/model-config#environment-variables)) |

683| `ANTHROPIC_SMALL_FAST_MODEL` | \[DEPRECATED] Name of [Haiku-class model for background tasks](/en/costs) |

684| `ANTHROPIC_SMALL_FAST_MODEL_AWS_REGION` | Override AWS region for the Haiku-class model when using Bedrock |

685| `AWS_BEARER_TOKEN_BEDROCK` | Bedrock API key for authentication (see [Bedrock API keys](https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/machine-learning/accelerate-ai-development-with-amazon-bedrock-api-keys/)) |

686| `BASH_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT_MS` | Default timeout for long-running bash commands |

687| `BASH_MAX_OUTPUT_LENGTH` | Maximum number of characters in bash outputs before they are middle-truncated |

688| `BASH_MAX_TIMEOUT_MS` | Maximum timeout the model can set for long-running bash commands |

689| `CLAUDE_BASH_MAINTAIN_PROJECT_WORKING_DIR` | Return to the original working directory after each Bash command |

690| `CLAUDE_CODE_API_KEY_HELPER_TTL_MS` | Interval in milliseconds at which credentials should be refreshed (when using `apiKeyHelper`) |

691| `CLAUDE_CODE_CLIENT_CERT` | Path to client certificate file for mTLS authentication |

692| `CLAUDE_CODE_CLIENT_KEY_PASSPHRASE` | Passphrase for encrypted CLAUDE\_CODE\_CLIENT\_KEY (optional) |

693| `CLAUDE_CODE_CLIENT_KEY` | Path to client private key file for mTLS authentication |

694| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_EXPERIMENTAL_BETAS` | Set to `1` to disable Anthropic API-specific `anthropic-beta` headers. Use this if experiencing issues like "Unexpected value(s) for the `anthropic-beta` header" when using an LLM gateway with third-party providers |

695| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_NONESSENTIAL_TRAFFIC` | Equivalent of setting `DISABLE_AUTOUPDATER`, `DISABLE_BUG_COMMAND`, `DISABLE_ERROR_REPORTING`, and `DISABLE_TELEMETRY` |

696| `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_TERMINAL_TITLE` | Set to `1` to disable automatic terminal title updates based on conversation context |

697| `CLAUDE_CODE_FILE_READ_MAX_OUTPUT_TOKENS` | Override the default token limit for file reads. Useful when you need to read larger files in full |

698| `CLAUDE_CODE_HIDE_ACCOUNT_INFO` | Set to `1` to hide your email address and organization name from the Claude Code UI. Useful when streaming or recording |

699| `CLAUDE_CODE_IDE_SKIP_AUTO_INSTALL` | Skip auto-installation of IDE extensions |

700| `CLAUDE_CODE_MAX_OUTPUT_TOKENS` | Set the maximum number of output tokens for most requests |

701| `CLAUDE_CODE_OTEL_HEADERS_HELPER_DEBOUNCE_MS` | Interval for refreshing dynamic OpenTelemetry headers in milliseconds (default: 1740000 / 29 minutes). See [Dynamic headers](/en/monitoring-usage#dynamic-headers) |

702| `CLAUDE_CODE_SHELL` | Override automatic shell detection. Useful when your login shell differs from your preferred working shell (for example, `bash` vs `zsh`) |

703| `CLAUDE_CODE_SHELL_PREFIX` | Command prefix to wrap all bash commands (for example, for logging or auditing). Example: `/path/to/logger.sh` will execute `/path/to/logger.sh <command>` |

704| `CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_BEDROCK_AUTH` | Skip AWS authentication for Bedrock (for example, when using an LLM gateway) |

705| `CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_FOUNDRY_AUTH` | Skip Azure authentication for Microsoft Foundry (for example, when using an LLM gateway) |

706| `CLAUDE_CODE_SKIP_VERTEX_AUTH` | Skip Google authentication for Vertex (for example, when using an LLM gateway) |

707| `CLAUDE_CODE_SUBAGENT_MODEL` | See [Model configuration](/en/model-config) |

708| `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_BEDROCK` | Use [Bedrock](/en/amazon-bedrock) |

709| `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_FOUNDRY` | Use [Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry) |

710| `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_VERTEX` | Use [Vertex](/en/google-vertex-ai) |

711| `CLAUDE_CONFIG_DIR` | Customize where Claude Code stores its configuration and data files |

712| `DISABLE_AUTOUPDATER` | Set to `1` to disable automatic updates. |

713| `DISABLE_BUG_COMMAND` | Set to `1` to disable the `/bug` command |

714| `DISABLE_COST_WARNINGS` | Set to `1` to disable cost warning messages |

715| `DISABLE_ERROR_REPORTING` | Set to `1` to opt out of Sentry error reporting |

716| `DISABLE_NON_ESSENTIAL_MODEL_CALLS` | Set to `1` to disable model calls for non-critical paths like flavor text |

717| `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING` | Set to `1` to disable prompt caching for all models (takes precedence over per-model settings) |

718| `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING_HAIKU` | Set to `1` to disable prompt caching for Haiku models |

719| `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING_OPUS` | Set to `1` to disable prompt caching for Opus models |

720| `DISABLE_PROMPT_CACHING_SONNET` | Set to `1` to disable prompt caching for Sonnet models |

721| `DISABLE_TELEMETRY` | Set to `1` to opt out of Statsig telemetry (note that Statsig events do not include user data like code, file paths, or bash commands) |

722| `HTTP_PROXY` | Specify HTTP proxy server for network connections |

723| `HTTPS_PROXY` | Specify HTTPS proxy server for network connections |

724| `MAX_MCP_OUTPUT_TOKENS` | Maximum number of tokens allowed in MCP tool responses. Claude Code displays a warning when output exceeds 10,000 tokens (default: 25000) |

725| `MAX_THINKING_TOKENS` | Enable [extended thinking](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/build-with-claude/extended-thinking) and set the token budget for the thinking process. Extended thinking improves performance on complex reasoning and coding tasks but impacts [prompt caching efficiency](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/build-with-claude/prompt-caching#caching-with-thinking-blocks). Disabled by default. |

726| `MCP_TIMEOUT` | Timeout in milliseconds for MCP server startup |

727| `MCP_TOOL_TIMEOUT` | Timeout in milliseconds for MCP tool execution |

728| `NO_PROXY` | List of domains and IPs to which requests will be directly issued, bypassing proxy |

729| `SLASH_COMMAND_TOOL_CHAR_BUDGET` | Maximum number of characters for slash command metadata shown to the [Skill tool](/en/slash-commands#skill-tool) (default: 15000) |

730| `USE_BUILTIN_RIPGREP` | Set to `0` to use system-installed `rg` instead of `rg` included with Claude Code |

731| `VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_3_5_HAIKU` | Override region for Claude 3.5 Haiku when using Vertex AI |

732| `VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_3_7_SONNET` | Override region for Claude 3.7 Sonnet when using Vertex AI |

733| `VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_4_0_OPUS` | Override region for Claude 4.0 Opus when using Vertex AI |

734| `VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_4_0_SONNET` | Override region for Claude 4.0 Sonnet when using Vertex AI |

735| `VERTEX_REGION_CLAUDE_4_1_OPUS` | Override region for Claude 4.1 Opus when using Vertex AI |

736 877 

737## Tools available to Claude878## Tools available to Claude

738 879 

739Claude Code has access to a set of powerful tools that help it understand and modify your codebase:880Claude Code has access to a set of tools for reading, editing, searching, running commands, and orchestrating subagents. Tool names are the exact strings you use in permission rules and hook matchers.

740 

741| Tool | Description | Permission Required |

742| :------------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | :------------------ |

743| **AskUserQuestion** | Asks the user multiple choice questions to gather information or clarify ambiguity | No |

744| **Bash** | Executes shell commands in your environment (see [Bash tool behavior](#bash-tool-behavior) below) | Yes |

745| **BashOutput** | Retrieves output from a background bash shell | No |

746| **Edit** | Makes targeted edits to specific files | Yes |

747| **ExitPlanMode** | Prompts the user to exit plan mode and start coding | Yes |

748| **Glob** | Finds files based on pattern matching | No |

749| **Grep** | Searches for patterns in file contents | No |

750| **KillShell** | Kills a running background bash shell by its ID | No |

751| **NotebookEdit** | Modifies Jupyter notebook cells | Yes |

752| **Read** | Reads the contents of files | No |

753| **Skill** | Executes a [skill or slash command](/en/slash-commands#skill-tool) within the main conversation | Yes |

754| **Task** | Runs a sub-agent to handle complex, multi-step tasks | No |

755| **TodoWrite** | Creates and manages structured task lists | No |

756| **WebFetch** | Fetches content from a specified URL | Yes |

757| **WebSearch** | Performs web searches with domain filtering | Yes |

758| **Write** | Creates or overwrites files | Yes |

759 

760Permission rules can be configured using `/allowed-tools` or in [permission settings](/en/settings#available-settings). Also see [Tool-specific permission rules](/en/iam#tool-specific-permission-rules).

761 

762### Bash tool behavior

763 881 

764The Bash tool executes shell commands with the following persistence behavior:882See the [tools reference](/en/tools-reference) for the full list and Bash tool behavior details.

765 

766* **Working directory persists**: When Claude changes the working directory (for example, `cd /path/to/dir`), subsequent Bash commands will execute in that directory. You can use `CLAUDE_BASH_MAINTAIN_PROJECT_WORKING_DIR=1` to reset to the project directory after each command.

767* **Environment variables do NOT persist**: Environment variables set in one Bash command (for example, `export MY_VAR=value`) are **not** available in subsequent Bash commands. Each Bash command runs in a fresh shell environment.

768 

769To make environment variables available in Bash commands, you have **three options**:

770 

771**Option 1: Activate environment before starting Claude Code** (simplest approach)

772 

773Activate your virtual environment in your terminal before launching Claude Code:

774 

775```bash theme={null}

776conda activate myenv

777# or: source /path/to/venv/bin/activate

778claude

779```

780 

781This works for shell environments but environment variables set within Claude's Bash commands will not persist between commands.

782 

783**Option 2: Set CLAUDE\_ENV\_FILE before starting Claude Code** (persistent environment setup)

784 

785Export the path to a shell script containing your environment setup:

786 

787```bash theme={null}

788export CLAUDE_ENV_FILE=/path/to/env-setup.sh

789claude

790```

791 

792Where `/path/to/env-setup.sh` contains:

793 

794```bash theme={null}

795conda activate myenv

796# or: source /path/to/venv/bin/activate

797# or: export MY_VAR=value

798```

799 

800Claude Code will source this file before each Bash command, making the environment persistent across all commands.

801 

802**Option 3: Use a SessionStart hook** (project-specific configuration)

803 

804Configure in `.claude/settings.json`:

805 

806```json theme={null}

807{

808 "hooks": {

809 "SessionStart": [{

810 "matcher": "startup",

811 "hooks": [{

812 "type": "command",

813 "command": "echo 'conda activate myenv' >> \"$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE\""

814 }]

815 }]

816 }

817}

818```

819 

820The hook writes to `$CLAUDE_ENV_FILE`, which is then sourced before each Bash command. This is ideal for team-shared project configurations.

821 

822See [SessionStart hooks](/en/hooks#persisting-environment-variables) for more details on Option 3.

823 

824### Extending tools with hooks

825 

826You can run custom commands before or after any tool executes using

827[Claude Code hooks](/en/hooks-guide).

828 

829For example, you could automatically run a Python formatter after Claude

830modifies Python files, or prevent modifications to production configuration

831files by blocking Write operations to certain paths.

832 883 

833## See also884## See also

834 885 

835* [Identity and Access Management](/en/iam#configuring-permissions) - Learn about Claude Code's permission system886* [Permissions](/en/permissions): permission system, rule syntax, tool-specific patterns, and managed policies

836* [IAM and access control](/en/iam#managed-settings) - Managed policy configuration887* [Authentication](/en/authentication): set up user access to Claude Code

837* [Troubleshooting](/en/troubleshooting#auto-updater-issues) - Solutions for common configuration issues888* [Troubleshooting](/en/troubleshooting): solutions for common configuration issues

838 

839 

840 

841> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

setup.md +265 −166

Details

1# Set up Claude Code1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

2 4 

3> Install, authenticate, and start using Claude Code on your development machine.5# Advanced setup

6 

7> System requirements, platform-specific installation, version management, and uninstallation for Claude Code.

8 

9This page covers system requirements, platform-specific installation details, updates, and uninstallation. For a guided walkthrough of your first session, see the [quickstart](/en/quickstart). If you've never used a terminal before, see the [terminal guide](/en/terminal-guide).

4 10 

5## System requirements11## System requirements

6 12 

7* **Operating Systems**: macOS 10.15+, Ubuntu 20.04+/Debian 10+, or Windows 10+ (with WSL 1, WSL 2, or Git for Windows)13Claude Code runs on the following platforms and configurations:

14 

15* **Operating system**:

16 * macOS 13.0+

17 * Windows 10 1809+ or Windows Server 2019+

18 * Ubuntu 20.04+

19 * Debian 10+

20 * Alpine Linux 3.19+

8* **Hardware**: 4 GB+ RAM21* **Hardware**: 4 GB+ RAM

9* **Software**: [Node.js 18+](https://nodejs.org/en/download) (only required for npm installation)22* **Network**: internet connection required. See [network configuration](/en/network-config#network-access-requirements).

10* **Network**: Internet connection required for authentication and AI processing23* **Shell**: Bash, Zsh, PowerShell, or CMD. On Windows, [Git for Windows](https://git-scm.com/downloads/win) is required.

11* **Shell**: Works best in Bash, Zsh or Fish

12* **Location**: [Anthropic supported countries](https://www.anthropic.com/supported-countries)24* **Location**: [Anthropic supported countries](https://www.anthropic.com/supported-countries)

13 25 

14### Additional dependencies26### Additional dependencies

15 27 

16* **ripgrep**: Usually included with Claude Code. If search fails, see [search troubleshooting](/en/troubleshooting#search-and-discovery-issues).28* **ripgrep**: usually included with Claude Code. If search fails, see [search troubleshooting](/en/troubleshooting#search-and-discovery-issues).

29 

30## Install Claude Code

31 

32<Tip>

33 Prefer a graphical interface? The [Desktop app](/en/desktop-quickstart) lets you use Claude Code without the terminal. Download it for [macOS](https://claude.ai/api/desktop/darwin/universal/dmg/latest/redirect?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs) or [Windows](https://claude.ai/api/desktop/win32/x64/exe/latest/redirect?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs).

17 34 

18## Standard installation35 New to the terminal? See the [terminal guide](/en/terminal-guide) for step-by-step instructions.

36</Tip>

19 37 

20To install Claude Code, use one of the following methods:38To install Claude Code, use one of the following methods:

21 39 


38 ```batch theme={null}56 ```batch theme={null}

39 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd && del install.cmd57 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd && del install.cmd

40 ```58 ```

59 

60 **Windows requires [Git for Windows](https://git-scm.com/downloads/win).** Install it first if you don't have it.

61 

62 <Info>

63 Native installations automatically update in the background to keep you on the latest version.

64 </Info>

41 </Tab>65 </Tab>

42 66 

43 <Tab title="Homebrew">67 <Tab title="Homebrew">

44 ```sh theme={null}68 ```bash theme={null}

45 brew install --cask claude-code69 brew install --cask claude-code

46 ```70 ```

47 </Tab>

48 71 

49 <Tab title="NPM">72 <Info>

50 If you have [Node.js 18 or newer installed](https://nodejs.org/en/download/):73 Homebrew installations do not auto-update. Run `brew upgrade claude-code` periodically to get the latest features and security fixes.

74 </Info>

75 </Tab>

51 76 

52 ```sh theme={null}77 <Tab title="WinGet">

53 npm install -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code78 ```powershell theme={null}

79 winget install Anthropic.ClaudeCode

54 ```80 ```

81 

82 <Info>

83 WinGet installations do not auto-update. Run `winget upgrade Anthropic.ClaudeCode` periodically to get the latest features and security fixes.

84 </Info>

55 </Tab>85 </Tab>

56</Tabs>86</Tabs>

57 87 

58<Note>88After installation completes, open a terminal in the project you want to work in and start Claude Code:

59 Some users may be automatically migrated to an improved installation method.

60</Note>

61 

62After the installation process completes, navigate to your project and start Claude Code:

63 89 

64```bash theme={null}90```bash theme={null}

65cd your-awesome-project

66claude91claude

67```92```

68 93 

69## Windows setup94If you encounter any issues during installation, see the [troubleshooting guide](/en/troubleshooting).

70 95 

71**Option 1: Claude Code within WSL**96### Set up on Windows

72 97 

73* Both WSL 1 and WSL 2 are supported98Claude Code on Windows requires [Git for Windows](https://git-scm.com/downloads/win) or WSL. You can launch `claude` from PowerShell, CMD, or Git Bash. Claude Code uses Git Bash internally to run commands. You do not need to run PowerShell as Administrator.

74 99 

75**Option 2: Claude Code on native Windows with Git Bash**100**Option 1: Native Windows with Git Bash**

76 101 

77* Requires [Git for Windows](https://git-scm.com/downloads/win)102Install [Git for Windows](https://git-scm.com/downloads/win), then run the install command from PowerShell or CMD.

78* For portable Git installations, specify the path to your `bash.exe`:

79 ```powershell theme={null}

80 $env:CLAUDE_CODE_GIT_BASH_PATH="C:\Program Files\Git\bin\bash.exe"

81 ```

82 103 

83## Alternative installation methods104If Claude Code can't find your Git Bash installation, set the path in your [settings.json file](/en/settings):

84 105 

85Claude Code offers multiple installation methods to suit different environments.106```json theme={null}

107{

108 "env": {

109 "CLAUDE_CODE_GIT_BASH_PATH": "C:\\Program Files\\Git\\bin\\bash.exe"

110 }

111}

112```

86 113 

87If you encounter any issues during installation, consult the [troubleshooting guide](/en/troubleshooting#linux-permission-issues).114Claude Code can also run PowerShell natively on Windows as an opt-in preview. See [PowerShell tool](/en/tools-reference#powershell-tool) for setup and limitations.

88 115 

89<Tip>116**Option 2: WSL**

90 Run `claude doctor` after installation to check your installation type and version.117 

91</Tip>118Both WSL 1 and WSL 2 are supported. WSL 2 supports [sandboxing](/en/sandboxing) for enhanced security. WSL 1 does not support sandboxing.

119 

120### Alpine Linux and musl-based distributions

92 121 

93### Native installation options122The native installer on Alpine and other musl/uClibc-based distributions requires `libgcc`, `libstdc++`, and `ripgrep`. Install these using your distribution's package manager, then set `USE_BUILTIN_RIPGREP=0`.

94 123 

95The native installation is the recommended method and offers several benefits:124This example installs the required packages on Alpine:

96 125 

97* One self-contained executable126```bash theme={null}

98* No Node.js dependency127apk add libgcc libstdc++ ripgrep

99* Improved auto-updater stability128```

100 129 

101If you have an existing installation of Claude Code, use `claude install` to migrate to the native binary installation.130Then set `USE_BUILTIN_RIPGREP` to `0` in your [`settings.json`](/en/settings#available-settings) file:

102 131 

103For advanced installation options with the native installer:132```json theme={null}

133{

134 "env": {

135 "USE_BUILTIN_RIPGREP": "0"

136 }

137}

138```

104 139 

105**macOS, Linux, WSL:**140## Verify your installation

141 

142After installing, confirm Claude Code is working:

106 143 

107```bash theme={null}144```bash theme={null}

108# Install stable version (default)145claude --version

109curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash146```

110 147 

111# Install latest version148For a more detailed check of your installation and configuration, run [`claude doctor`](/en/troubleshooting#get-more-help):

112curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash -s latest

113 149 

114# Install specific version number150```bash theme={null}

115curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash -s 1.0.58151claude doctor

116```152```

117 153 

154## Authenticate

155 

156Claude Code requires a Pro, Max, Teams, Enterprise, or Console account. The free Claude.ai plan does not include Claude Code access. You can also use Claude Code with a third-party API provider like [Amazon Bedrock](/en/amazon-bedrock), [Google Vertex AI](/en/google-vertex-ai), or [Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry).

157 

158After installing, log in by running `claude` and following the browser prompts. See [Authentication](/en/authentication) for all account types and team setup options.

159 

160## Update Claude Code

161 

162Native installations automatically update in the background. You can [configure the release channel](#configure-release-channel) to control whether you receive updates immediately or on a delayed stable schedule, or [disable auto-updates](#disable-auto-updates) entirely. Homebrew and WinGet installations require manual updates.

163 

164### Auto-updates

165 

166Claude Code checks for updates on startup and periodically while running. Updates download and install in the background, then take effect the next time you start Claude Code.

167 

118<Note>168<Note>

119 **Alpine Linux and other musl/uClibc-based distributions**: The native build requires `libgcc`, `libstdc++`, and `ripgrep`. For Alpine: `apk add libgcc libstdc++ ripgrep`. Set `USE_BUILTIN_RIPGREP=0`.169 Homebrew and WinGet installations do not auto-update. Use `brew upgrade claude-code` or `winget upgrade Anthropic.ClaudeCode` to update manually.

170 

171 **Known issue:** Claude Code may notify you of updates before the new version is available in these package managers. If an upgrade fails, wait and try again later.

172 

173 Homebrew keeps old versions on disk after upgrades. Run `brew cleanup claude-code` periodically to reclaim disk space.

120</Note>174</Note>

121 175 

122**Windows PowerShell:**176### Configure release channel

123 177 

124```powershell theme={null}178Control which release channel Claude Code follows for auto-updates and `claude update` with the `autoUpdatesChannel` setting:

125# Install stable version (default)179 

126irm https://claude.ai/install.ps1 | iex180* `"latest"`, the default: receive new features as soon as they're released

181* `"stable"`: use a version that is typically about one week old, skipping releases with major regressions

127 182 

128# Install latest version183Configure this via `/config` → **Auto-update channel**, or add it to your [settings.json file](/en/settings):

129& ([scriptblock]::Create((irm https://claude.ai/install.ps1))) latest

130 184 

131# Install specific version number185```json theme={null}

132& ([scriptblock]::Create((irm https://claude.ai/install.ps1))) 1.0.58186{

187 "autoUpdatesChannel": "stable"

188}

133```189```

134 190 

135**Windows CMD:**191For enterprise deployments, you can enforce a consistent release channel across your organization using [managed settings](/en/permissions#managed-settings).

136 192 

137```batch theme={null}193### Disable auto-updates

138REM Install stable version (default)

139curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd && del install.cmd

140 194 

141REM Install latest version195Set `DISABLE_AUTOUPDATER` to `"1"` in the `env` key of your [`settings.json`](/en/settings#available-settings) file:

142curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd latest && del install.cmd

143 196 

144REM Install specific version number197```json theme={null}

145curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd 1.0.58 && del install.cmd198{

199 "env": {

200 "DISABLE_AUTOUPDATER": "1"

201 }

202}

146```203```

147 204 

148<Tip>205### Update manually

149 Make sure that you remove any outdated aliases or symlinks before installing.

150</Tip>

151 206 

152**Binary integrity and code signing**207To apply an update immediately without waiting for the next background check, run:

153 208 

154* SHA256 checksums for all platforms are published in the release manifests, currently located at `https://storage.googleapis.com/claude-code-dist-86c565f3-f756-42ad-8dfa-d59b1c096819/claude-code-releases/{VERSION}/manifest.json` (example: replace `{VERSION}` with `2.0.30`)209```bash theme={null}

155* Signed binaries are distributed for the following platforms:210claude update

156 * macOS: Signed by "Anthropic PBC" and notarized by Apple211```

157 * Windows: Signed by "Anthropic, PBC"

158 212 

159### NPM installation213## Advanced installation options

160 214 

161For environments where NPM is preferred or required:215These options are for version pinning, migrating from npm, and verifying binary integrity.

162 216 

163```sh theme={null}217### Install a specific version

164npm install -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code

165```

166 218 

167<Warning>219The native installer accepts either a specific version number or a release channel (`latest` or `stable`). The channel you choose at install time becomes your default for auto-updates. See [configure release channel](#configure-release-channel) for more information.

168 Do NOT use `sudo npm install -g` as this can lead to permission issues and security risks.220 

169 If you encounter permission errors, see [configure Claude Code](/en/troubleshooting#linux-permission-issues) for recommended solutions.221To install the latest version (default):

170</Warning>

171 222 

172## Authentication options223<Tabs>

224 <Tab title="macOS, Linux, WSL">

225 ```bash theme={null}

226 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash

227 ```

228 </Tab>

173 229 

174### For individuals230 <Tab title="Windows PowerShell">

231 ```powershell theme={null}

232 irm https://claude.ai/install.ps1 | iex

233 ```

234 </Tab>

175 235 

1761. **Claude Pro or Max plan** (recommended): Subscribe to Claude's [Pro or Max plan](https://claude.ai/pricing) for a unified subscription that includes both Claude Code and Claude on the web. Manage your account in one place and log in with your Claude.ai account.236 <Tab title="Windows CMD">

1772. **Claude Console**: Connect through the [Claude Console](https://console.anthropic.com) and complete the OAuth process. Requires active billing in the Anthropic Console. A "Claude Code" workspace is automatically created for usage tracking and cost management. You can't create API keys for the Claude Code workspace; it's dedicated exclusively for Claude Code usage.237 ```batch theme={null}

238 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd && del install.cmd

239 ```

240 </Tab>

241</Tabs>

178 242 

179### For teams and organizations243To install the stable version:

180 244 

1811. **Claude for Teams or Enterprise** (recommended): Subscribe to [Claude for Teams](https://claude.com/pricing#team-&-enterprise) or [Claude for Enterprise](https://anthropic.com/contact-sales) for centralized billing, team management, and access to both Claude Code and Claude on the web. Team members log in with their Claude.ai accounts.245<Tabs>

1822. **Claude Console with team billing**: Set up a shared [Claude Console](https://console.anthropic.com) organization with team billing. Invite team members and assign roles for usage tracking.246 <Tab title="macOS, Linux, WSL">

1833. **Cloud providers**: Configure Claude Code to use [Amazon Bedrock, Google Vertex AI, or Microsoft Foundry](/en/third-party-integrations) for deployments with your existing cloud infrastructure.247 ```bash theme={null}

248 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash -s stable

249 ```

250 </Tab>

184 251 

185<Note>252 <Tab title="Windows PowerShell">

186 Claude Code securely stores your credentials. See [Credential Management](/en/iam#credential-management) for details.253 ```powershell theme={null}

187</Note>254 & ([scriptblock]::Create((irm https://claude.ai/install.ps1))) stable

255 ```

256 </Tab>

188 257 

189## Running on AWS or GCP258 <Tab title="Windows CMD">

259 ```batch theme={null}

260 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd stable && del install.cmd

261 ```

262 </Tab>

263</Tabs>

190 264 

191By default, Claude Code uses the Claude API.265To install a specific version number:

192 266 

193For details on running Claude Code on AWS or GCP, see [third-party integrations](/en/third-party-integrations).267<Tabs>

268 <Tab title="macOS, Linux, WSL">

269 ```bash theme={null}

270 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash -s 1.0.58

271 ```

272 </Tab>

194 273 

195## Update Claude Code274 <Tab title="Windows PowerShell">

275 ```powershell theme={null}

276 & ([scriptblock]::Create((irm https://claude.ai/install.ps1))) 1.0.58

277 ```

278 </Tab>

196 279 

197### Auto updates280 <Tab title="Windows CMD">

281 ```batch theme={null}

282 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd 1.0.58 && del install.cmd

283 ```

284 </Tab>

285</Tabs>

198 286 

199Claude Code automatically keeps itself up to date to ensure you have the latest features and security fixes.287### Deprecated npm installation

200 288 

201* **Update checks**: Performed on startup and periodically while running289npm installation is deprecated. The native installer is faster, requires no dependencies, and auto-updates in the background. Use the [native installation](#install-claude-code) method when possible.

202* **Update process**: Downloads and installs automatically in the background

203* **Notifications**: You'll see a notification when updates are installed

204* **Applying updates**: Updates take effect the next time you start Claude Code

205 290 

206**Disable auto-updates:**291#### Migrate from npm to native

207 292 

208Set the `DISABLE_AUTOUPDATER` environment variable in your shell or [settings.json file](/en/settings):293If you previously installed Claude Code with npm, switch to the native installer:

209 294 

210```bash theme={null}295```bash theme={null}

211export DISABLE_AUTOUPDATER=1296# Install the native binary

297curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash

298 

299# Remove the old npm installation

300npm uninstall -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code

212```301```

213 302 

214### Update manually303You can also run `claude install` from an existing npm installation to install the native binary alongside it, then remove the npm version.

304 

305#### Install with npm

306 

307If you need npm installation for compatibility reasons, you must have [Node.js 18+](https://nodejs.org/en/download) installed. Install the package globally:

215 308 

216```bash theme={null}309```bash theme={null}

217claude update310npm install -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code

218```311```

219 312 

220## Uninstall Claude Code313<Warning>

314 Do NOT use `sudo npm install -g` as this can lead to permission issues and security risks. If you encounter permission errors, see [troubleshooting permission errors](/en/troubleshooting#permission-errors-during-installation).

315</Warning>

221 316 

222If you need to uninstall Claude Code, follow the instructions for your installation method.317### Binary integrity and code signing

223 318 

224### Native installation319You can verify the integrity of Claude Code binaries using SHA256 checksums and code signatures.

225 320 

226Remove the Claude Code binary and version files:321* SHA256 checksums for all platforms are published in the release manifests at `https://storage.googleapis.com/claude-code-dist-86c565f3-f756-42ad-8dfa-d59b1c096819/claude-code-releases/{VERSION}/manifest.json`. Replace `{VERSION}` with a version number such as `2.0.30`.

322* Signed binaries are distributed for the following platforms:

323 * **macOS**: signed by "Anthropic PBC" and notarized by Apple

324 * **Windows**: signed by "Anthropic, PBC"

227 325 

228**macOS, Linux, WSL:**326## Uninstall Claude Code

229 327 

230```bash theme={null}328To remove Claude Code, follow the instructions for your installation method.

231rm -f ~/.local/bin/claude

232rm -rf ~/.local/share/claude

233```

234 329 

235**Windows PowerShell:**330### Native installation

236 331 

237```powershell theme={null}332Remove the Claude Code binary and version files:

238Remove-Item -Path "$env:USERPROFILE\.local\bin\claude.exe" -Force

239Remove-Item -Path "$env:USERPROFILE\.local\share\claude" -Recurse -Force

240```

241 333 

242**Windows CMD:**334<Tabs>

335 <Tab title="macOS, Linux, WSL">

336 ```bash theme={null}

337 rm -f ~/.local/bin/claude

338 rm -rf ~/.local/share/claude

339 ```

340 </Tab>

243 341 

244```batch theme={null}342 <Tab title="Windows PowerShell">

245del "%USERPROFILE%\.local\bin\claude.exe"343 ```powershell theme={null}

246rmdir /s /q "%USERPROFILE%\.local\share\claude"344 Remove-Item -Path "$env:USERPROFILE\.local\bin\claude.exe" -Force

247```345 Remove-Item -Path "$env:USERPROFILE\.local\share\claude" -Recurse -Force

346 ```

347 </Tab>

348</Tabs>

248 349 

249### Homebrew installation350### Homebrew installation

250 351 

352Remove the Homebrew cask:

353 

251```bash theme={null}354```bash theme={null}

252brew uninstall --cask claude-code355brew uninstall --cask claude-code

253```356```

254 357 

255### NPM installation358### WinGet installation

359 

360Remove the WinGet package:

361 

362```powershell theme={null}

363winget uninstall Anthropic.ClaudeCode

364```

365 

366### npm

367 

368Remove the global npm package:

256 369 

257```bash theme={null}370```bash theme={null}

258npm uninstall -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code371npm uninstall -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code

259```372```

260 373 

261### Clean up configuration files (optional)374### Remove configuration files

262 375 

263<Warning>376<Warning>

264 Removing configuration files will delete all your settings, allowed tools, MCP server configurations, and session history.377 Removing configuration files will delete all your settings, allowed tools, MCP server configurations, and session history.


266 379 

267To remove Claude Code settings and cached data:380To remove Claude Code settings and cached data:

268 381 

269**macOS, Linux, WSL:**382<Tabs>

270 383 <Tab title="macOS, Linux, WSL">

271```bash theme={null}384 ```bash theme={null}

272# Remove user settings and state385 # Remove user settings and state

273rm -rf ~/.claude386 rm -rf ~/.claude

274rm ~/.claude.json387 rm ~/.claude.json

275 

276# Remove project-specific settings (run from your project directory)

277rm -rf .claude

278rm -f .mcp.json

279```

280 

281**Windows PowerShell:**

282 

283```powershell theme={null}

284# Remove user settings and state

285Remove-Item -Path "$env:USERPROFILE\.claude" -Recurse -Force

286Remove-Item -Path "$env:USERPROFILE\.claude.json" -Force

287 

288# Remove project-specific settings (run from your project directory)

289Remove-Item -Path ".claude" -Recurse -Force

290Remove-Item -Path ".mcp.json" -Force

291```

292 

293**Windows CMD:**

294 

295```batch theme={null}

296REM Remove user settings and state

297rmdir /s /q "%USERPROFILE%\.claude"

298del "%USERPROFILE%\.claude.json"

299 

300REM Remove project-specific settings (run from your project directory)

301rmdir /s /q ".claude"

302del ".mcp.json"

303```

304 388 

389 # Remove project-specific settings (run from your project directory)

390 rm -rf .claude

391 rm -f .mcp.json

392 ```

393 </Tab>

305 394 

395 <Tab title="Windows PowerShell">

396 ```powershell theme={null}

397 # Remove user settings and state

398 Remove-Item -Path "$env:USERPROFILE\.claude" -Recurse -Force

399 Remove-Item -Path "$env:USERPROFILE\.claude.json" -Force

306 400 

307> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt401 # Remove project-specific settings (run from your project directory)

402 Remove-Item -Path ".claude" -Recurse -Force

403 Remove-Item -Path ".mcp.json" -Force

404 ```

405 </Tab>

406</Tabs>

skills.md +479 −343

Details

1# Agent Skills1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

2 4 

3> Create, manage, and share Skills to extend Claude's capabilities in Claude Code.5# Extend Claude with skills

4 6 

5This guide shows you how to create, use, and manage Agent Skills in Claude Code. For background on how Skills work across Claude products, see [What are Skills?](https://platform.claude.com/docs/en/agents-and-tools/agent-skills/overview).7> Create, manage, and share skills to extend Claude's capabilities in Claude Code. Includes custom commands and bundled skills.

6 8 

7A Skill is a markdown file that teaches Claude how to do something specific: reviewing PRs using your team's standards, generating commit messages in your preferred format, or querying your company's database schema. When you ask Claude something that matches a Skill's purpose, Claude automatically applies it.9Skills extend what Claude can do. Create a `SKILL.md` file with instructions, and Claude adds it to its toolkit. Claude uses skills when relevant, or you can invoke one directly with `/skill-name`.

8 10 

9## Create your first Skill11<Note>

12 For built-in commands like `/help` and `/compact`, see the [built-in commands reference](/en/commands).

10 13 

11This example creates a personal Skill that teaches Claude to explain code using visual diagrams and analogies. Unlike Claude's default explanations, this Skill ensures every explanation includes an ASCII diagram and a real-world analogy.14 **Custom commands have been merged into skills.** A file at `.claude/commands/deploy.md` and a skill at `.claude/skills/deploy/SKILL.md` both create `/deploy` and work the same way. Your existing `.claude/commands/` files keep working. Skills add optional features: a directory for supporting files, frontmatter to [control whether you or Claude invokes them](#control-who-invokes-a-skill), and the ability for Claude to load them automatically when relevant.

15</Note>

12 16 

13<Steps>17Claude Code skills follow the [Agent Skills](https://agentskills.io) open standard, which works across multiple AI tools. Claude Code extends the standard with additional features like [invocation control](#control-who-invokes-a-skill), [subagent execution](#run-skills-in-a-subagent), and [dynamic context injection](#inject-dynamic-context).

14 <Step title="Check available Skills">

15 Before creating a Skill, see what Skills Claude already has access to:

16 18 

17 ```19## Bundled skills

18 What Skills are available?

19 ```

20 20 

21 Claude will list any Skills currently loaded. You may see none, or you may see Skills from plugins or your organization.21Bundled skills ship with Claude Code and are available in every session. Unlike [built-in commands](/en/commands), which execute fixed logic directly, bundled skills are prompt-based: they give Claude a detailed playbook and let it orchestrate the work using its tools. This means bundled skills can spawn parallel agents, read files, and adapt to your codebase.

22 </Step>22 

23You invoke bundled skills the same way as any other skill: type `/` followed by the skill name. In the table below, `<arg>` indicates a required argument and `[arg]` indicates an optional one.

24 

25| Skill | Purpose |

26| :-------------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

27| `/batch <instruction>` | Orchestrate large-scale changes across a codebase in parallel. Researches the codebase, decomposes the work into 5 to 30 independent units, and presents a plan. Once approved, spawns one background agent per unit in an isolated [git worktree](/en/common-workflows#run-parallel-claude-code-sessions-with-git-worktrees). Each agent implements its unit, runs tests, and opens a pull request. Requires a git repository. Example: `/batch migrate src/ from Solid to React` |

28| `/claude-api` | Load Claude API reference material for your project's language (Python, TypeScript, Java, Go, Ruby, C#, PHP, or cURL) and Agent SDK reference for Python and TypeScript. Covers tool use, streaming, batches, structured outputs, and common pitfalls. Also activates automatically when your code imports `anthropic`, `@anthropic-ai/sdk`, or `claude_agent_sdk` |

29| `/debug [description]` | Enable debug logging for the current session and troubleshoot issues by reading the session debug log. Debug logging is off by default unless you started with `claude --debug`, so running `/debug` mid-session starts capturing logs from that point forward. Optionally describe the issue to focus the analysis |

30| `/loop [interval] <prompt>` | Run a prompt repeatedly on an interval while the session stays open. Useful for polling a deployment, babysitting a PR, or periodically re-running another skill. Example: `/loop 5m check if the deploy finished`. See [Run prompts on a schedule](/en/scheduled-tasks) |

31| `/simplify [focus]` | Review your recently changed files for code reuse, quality, and efficiency issues, then fix them. Spawns three review agents in parallel, aggregates their findings, and applies fixes. Pass text to focus on specific concerns: `/simplify focus on memory efficiency` |

32 

33## Getting started

23 34 

24 <Step title="Create the Skill directory">35### Create your first skill

25 Create a directory for the Skill in your personal Skills folder. Personal Skills are available across all your projects. (You can also create [project Skills](#where-skills-live) in `.claude/skills/` to share with your team.)36 

37This example creates a skill that teaches Claude to explain code using visual diagrams and analogies. Since it uses default frontmatter, Claude can load it automatically when you ask how something works, or you can invoke it directly with `/explain-code`.

38 

39<Steps>

40 <Step title="Create the skill directory">

41 Create a directory for the skill in your personal skills folder. Personal skills are available across all your projects.

26 42 

27 ```bash theme={null}43 ```bash theme={null}

28 mkdir -p ~/.claude/skills/explaining-code44 mkdir -p ~/.claude/skills/explain-code

29 ```45 ```

30 </Step>46 </Step>

31 47 

32 <Step title="Write SKILL.md">48 <Step title="Write SKILL.md">

33 Every Skill needs a `SKILL.md` file. The file starts with YAML metadata between `---` markers and must include a `name` and `description`, followed by Markdown instructions that Claude follows when the Skill is active.49 Every skill needs a `SKILL.md` file with two parts: YAML frontmatter (between `---` markers) that tells Claude when to use the skill, and markdown content with instructions Claude follows when the skill is invoked. The `name` field becomes the `/slash-command`, and the `description` helps Claude decide when to load it automatically.

34 

35 The `description` is especially important, because Claude uses it to decide when to apply the Skill.

36 50 

37 Create `~/.claude/skills/explaining-code/SKILL.md`:51 Create `~/.claude/skills/explain-code/SKILL.md`:

38 52 

39 ```yaml theme={null}53 ```yaml theme={null}

40 ---54 ---

41 name: explaining-code55 name: explain-code

42 description: Explains code with visual diagrams and analogies. Use when explaining how code works, teaching about a codebase, or when the user asks "how does this work?"56 description: Explains code with visual diagrams and analogies. Use when explaining how code works, teaching about a codebase, or when the user asks "how does this work?"

43 ---57 ---

44 58 


53 ```67 ```

54 </Step>68 </Step>

55 69 

56 <Step title="Load and verify the Skill">70 <Step title="Test the skill">

57 Skills are automatically loaded when created or modified. Verify the Skill appears in the list:71 You can test it two ways:

58 72 

59 ```73 **Let Claude invoke it automatically** by asking something that matches the description:

60 What Skills are available?

61 ```

62 74 

63 You should see `explaining-code` in the list with its description.75 ```text theme={null}

64 </Step>76 How does this code work?

77 ```

65 78 

66 <Step title="Test the Skill">79 **Or invoke it directly** with the skill name:

67 Open any file in your project and ask Claude a question that matches the Skill's description:

68 80 

69 ```81 ```text theme={null}

70 How does this code work?82 /explain-code src/auth/login.ts

71 ```83 ```

72 84 

73 Claude should ask to use the `explaining-code` Skill, then include an analogy and ASCII diagram in its explanation. If the Skill doesn't trigger, try rephrasing to include more keywords from the description, like "explain how this works."85 Either way, Claude should include an analogy and ASCII diagram in its explanation.

74 </Step>86 </Step>

75</Steps>87</Steps>

76 88 

77The rest of this guide covers how Skills work, configuration options, and troubleshooting.89### Where skills live

78 

79## How Skills work

80 

81Skills are **model-invoked**: Claude decides which Skills to use based on your request. You don't need to explicitly call a Skill. Claude automatically applies relevant Skills when your request matches their description.

82 

83When you send a request, Claude follows these steps to find and use relevant Skills:

84 

85<Steps>

86 <Step title="Discovery">

87 At startup, Claude loads only the name and description of each available Skill. This keeps startup fast while giving Claude enough context to know when each Skill might be relevant.

88 </Step>

89 90 

90 <Step title="Activation">91Where you store a skill determines who can use it:

91 When your request matches a Skill's description, Claude asks to use the Skill. You'll see a confirmation prompt before the full `SKILL.md` is loaded into context. Since Claude reads these descriptions to find relevant Skills, [write descriptions](#skill-not-triggering) that include keywords users would naturally say.

92 </Step>

93 92 

94 <Step title="Execution">93| Location | Path | Applies to |

95 Claude follows the Skill's instructions, loading referenced files or running bundled scripts as needed.94| :--------- | :-------------------------------------------------- | :----------------------------- |

96 </Step>95| Enterprise | See [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files) | All users in your organization |

97</Steps>96| Personal | `~/.claude/skills/<skill-name>/SKILL.md` | All your projects |

97| Project | `.claude/skills/<skill-name>/SKILL.md` | This project only |

98| Plugin | `<plugin>/skills/<skill-name>/SKILL.md` | Where plugin is enabled |

98 99 

99### Where Skills live100When skills share the same name across levels, higher-priority locations win: enterprise > personal > project. Plugin skills use a `plugin-name:skill-name` namespace, so they cannot conflict with other levels. If you have files in `.claude/commands/`, those work the same way, but if a skill and a command share the same name, the skill takes precedence.

100 101 

101Where you store a Skill determines who can use it:102#### Automatic discovery from nested directories

102 103 

103| Location | Path | Applies to |104When you work with files in subdirectories, Claude Code automatically discovers skills from nested `.claude/skills/` directories. For example, if you're editing a file in `packages/frontend/`, Claude Code also looks for skills in `packages/frontend/.claude/skills/`. This supports monorepo setups where packages have their own skills.

104| :--------- | :----------------------------------------------- | :-------------------------------- |

105| Enterprise | See [managed settings](/en/iam#managed-settings) | All users in your organization |

106| Personal | `~/.claude/skills/` | You, across all projects |

107| Project | `.claude/skills/` | Anyone working in this repository |

108| Plugin | Bundled with [plugins](/en/plugins) | Anyone with the plugin installed |

109 105 

110If two Skills have the same name, the higher row wins: managed overrides personal, personal overrides project, and project overrides plugin.106Each skill is a directory with `SKILL.md` as the entrypoint:

111 107 

112### When to use Skills versus other options108```text theme={null}

109my-skill/

110├── SKILL.md # Main instructions (required)

111├── template.md # Template for Claude to fill in

112├── examples/

113│ └── sample.md # Example output showing expected format

114└── scripts/

115 └── validate.sh # Script Claude can execute

116```

113 117 

114Claude Code offers several ways to customize behavior. The key difference: **Skills are triggered automatically by Claude** based on your request, while slash commands require you to type `/command` explicitly.118The `SKILL.md` contains the main instructions and is required. Other files are optional and let you build more powerful skills: templates for Claude to fill in, example outputs showing the expected format, scripts Claude can execute, or detailed reference documentation. Reference these files from your `SKILL.md` so Claude knows what they contain and when to load them. See [Add supporting files](#add-supporting-files) for more details.

115 119 

116| Use this | When you want to... | When it runs |120<Note>

117| :--------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :----------------------------------------- |121 Files in `.claude/commands/` still work and support the same [frontmatter](#frontmatter-reference). Skills are recommended since they support additional features like supporting files.

118| **Skills** | Give Claude specialized knowledge (e.g., "review PRs using our standards") | Claude chooses when relevant |122</Note>

119| **[Slash commands](/en/slash-commands)** | Create reusable prompts (e.g., `/deploy staging`) | You type `/command` to run it |

120| **[CLAUDE.md](/en/memory)** | Set project-wide instructions (e.g., "use TypeScript strict mode") | Loaded into every conversation |

121| **[Subagents](/en/sub-agents)** | Delegate tasks to a separate context with its own tools | Claude delegates, or you invoke explicitly |

122| **[Hooks](/en/hooks)** | Run scripts on events (e.g., lint on file save) | Fires on specific tool events |

123| **[MCP servers](/en/mcp)** | Connect Claude to external tools and data sources | Claude calls MCP tools as needed |

124 123 

125**Skills vs. subagents**: Skills add knowledge to the current conversation. Subagents run in a separate context with their own tools. Use Skills for guidance and standards; use subagents when you need isolation or different tool access.124#### Skills from additional directories

126 125 

127**Skills vs. MCP**: Skills tell Claude *how* to use tools; MCP *provides* the tools. For example, an MCP server connects Claude to your database, while a Skill teaches Claude your data model and query patterns.126Skills defined in `.claude/skills/` within directories added via `--add-dir` are loaded automatically and picked up by live change detection, so you can edit them during a session without restarting.

128 127 

129<Note>128<Note>

130 For a deep dive into the architecture and real-world applications of Agent Skills, read [Equipping agents for the real world with Agent Skills](https://www.anthropic.com/engineering/equipping-agents-for-the-real-world-with-agent-skills).129 CLAUDE.md files from `--add-dir` directories are not loaded by default. To load them, set `CLAUDE_CODE_ADDITIONAL_DIRECTORIES_CLAUDE_MD=1`. See [Load from additional directories](/en/memory#load-from-additional-directories).

131</Note>130</Note>

132 131 

133## Configure Skills132## Configure skills

134 133 

135This section covers Skill file structure, supporting files, tool restrictions, and distribution options.134Skills are configured through YAML frontmatter at the top of `SKILL.md` and the markdown content that follows.

136 135 

137### Write SKILL.md136### Types of skill content

138 137 

139The `SKILL.md` file is the only required file in a Skill. It has two parts: YAML metadata (the section between `---` markers) at the top, and Markdown instructions that tell Claude how to use the Skill:138Skill files can contain any instructions, but thinking about how you want to invoke them helps guide what to include:

139 

140**Reference content** adds knowledge Claude applies to your current work. Conventions, patterns, style guides, domain knowledge. This content runs inline so Claude can use it alongside your conversation context.

140 141 

141```yaml theme={null}142```yaml theme={null}

142---143---

143name: your-skill-name144name: api-conventions

144description: Brief description of what this Skill does and when to use it145description: API design patterns for this codebase

145---146---

146 147 

147# Your Skill Name148When writing API endpoints:

149- Use RESTful naming conventions

150- Return consistent error formats

151- Include request validation

152```

148 153 

149## Instructions154**Task content** gives Claude step-by-step instructions for a specific action, like deployments, commits, or code generation. These are often actions you want to invoke directly with `/skill-name` rather than letting Claude decide when to run them. Add `disable-model-invocation: true` to prevent Claude from triggering it automatically.

150Provide clear, step-by-step guidance for Claude.

151 155 

152## Examples156```yaml theme={null}

153Show concrete examples of using this Skill.157---

158name: deploy

159description: Deploy the application to production

160context: fork

161disable-model-invocation: true

162---

163 

164Deploy the application:

1651. Run the test suite

1662. Build the application

1673. Push to the deployment target

154```168```

155 169 

156#### Available metadata fields170Your `SKILL.md` can contain anything, but thinking through how you want the skill invoked (by you, by Claude, or both) and where you want it to run (inline or in a subagent) helps guide what to include. For complex skills, you can also [add supporting files](#add-supporting-files) to keep the main skill focused.

157 171 

158You can use the following fields in the YAML frontmatter:172### Frontmatter reference

159 173 

160| Field | Required | Description |174Beyond the markdown content, you can configure skill behavior using YAML frontmatter fields between `---` markers at the top of your `SKILL.md` file:

161| :--------------- | :------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

162| `name` | Yes | Skill name. Must use lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only (max 64 characters). Should match the directory name. |

163| `description` | Yes | What the Skill does and when to use it (max 1024 characters). Claude uses this to decide when to apply the Skill. |

164| `allowed-tools` | No | Tools Claude can use without asking permission when this Skill is active. Supports comma-separated values or YAML-style lists. See [Restrict tool access](#restrict-tool-access-with-allowed-tools). |

165| `model` | No | [Model](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/about-claude/models/overview) to use when this Skill is active (e.g., `claude-sonnet-4-20250514`). Defaults to the conversation's model. |

166| `context` | No | Set to `fork` to run the Skill in a forked sub-agent context with its own conversation history. |

167| `agent` | No | Specify which [agent type](/en/sub-agents#built-in-subagents) to use when `context: fork` is set (e.g., `Explore`, `Plan`, `general-purpose`, or a custom agent name from `.claude/agents/`). Defaults to `general-purpose` if not specified. Only applicable when combined with `context: fork`. |

168| `hooks` | No | Define hooks scoped to this Skill's lifecycle. Supports `PreToolUse`, `PostToolUse`, and `Stop` events. |

169| `user-invocable` | No | Controls whether the Skill appears in the slash command menu. Does not affect the [`Skill` tool](/en/slash-commands#skill-tool) or automatic discovery. Defaults to `true`. See [Control Skill visibility](#control-skill-visibility). |

170 175 

171See the [best practices guide](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agents-and-tools/agent-skills/best-practices) for complete authoring guidance including validation rules.176```yaml theme={null}

177---

178name: my-skill

179description: What this skill does

180disable-model-invocation: true

181allowed-tools: Read, Grep

182---

172 183 

173### Update or delete a Skill184Your skill instructions here...

185```

174 186 

175To update a Skill, edit its `SKILL.md` file directly. To remove a Skill, delete its directory. Changes take effect immediately.187All fields are optional. Only `description` is recommended so Claude knows when to use the skill.

176 188 

177### Add supporting files with progressive disclosure189| Field | Required | Description |

190| :------------------------- | :---------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

191| `name` | No | Display name for the skill. If omitted, uses the directory name. Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only (max 64 characters). |

192| `description` | Recommended | What the skill does and when to use it. Claude uses this to decide when to apply the skill. If omitted, uses the first paragraph of markdown content. |

193| `argument-hint` | No | Hint shown during autocomplete to indicate expected arguments. Example: `[issue-number]` or `[filename] [format]`. |

194| `disable-model-invocation` | No | Set to `true` to prevent Claude from automatically loading this skill. Use for workflows you want to trigger manually with `/name`. Default: `false`. |

195| `user-invocable` | No | Set to `false` to hide from the `/` menu. Use for background knowledge users shouldn't invoke directly. Default: `true`. |

196| `allowed-tools` | No | Tools Claude can use without asking permission when this skill is active. |

197| `model` | No | Model to use when this skill is active. |

198| `effort` | No | [Effort level](/en/model-config#adjust-effort-level) when this skill is active. Overrides the session effort level. Default: inherits from session. Options: `low`, `medium`, `high`, `max` (Opus 4.6 only). |

199| `context` | No | Set to `fork` to run in a forked subagent context. |

200| `agent` | No | Which subagent type to use when `context: fork` is set. |

201| `hooks` | No | Hooks scoped to this skill's lifecycle. See [Hooks in skills and agents](/en/hooks#hooks-in-skills-and-agents) for configuration format. |

202| `paths` | No | Glob patterns that limit when this skill is activated. Accepts a comma-separated string or a YAML list. When set, Claude loads the skill automatically only when working with files matching the patterns. Uses the same format as [path-specific rules](/en/memory#path-specific-rules). |

203| `shell` | No | Shell to use for `` !`command` `` blocks in this skill. Accepts `bash` (default) or `powershell`. Setting `powershell` runs inline shell commands via PowerShell on Windows. Requires `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_POWERSHELL_TOOL=1`. |

204 

205#### Available string substitutions

206 

207Skills support string substitution for dynamic values in the skill content:

208 

209| Variable | Description |

210| :--------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

211| `$ARGUMENTS` | All arguments passed when invoking the skill. If `$ARGUMENTS` is not present in the content, arguments are appended as `ARGUMENTS: <value>`. |

212| `$ARGUMENTS[N]` | Access a specific argument by 0-based index, such as `$ARGUMENTS[0]` for the first argument. |

213| `$N` | Shorthand for `$ARGUMENTS[N]`, such as `$0` for the first argument or `$1` for the second. |

214| `${CLAUDE_SESSION_ID}` | The current session ID. Useful for logging, creating session-specific files, or correlating skill output with sessions. |

215| `${CLAUDE_SKILL_DIR}` | The directory containing the skill's `SKILL.md` file. For plugin skills, this is the skill's subdirectory within the plugin, not the plugin root. Use this in bash injection commands to reference scripts or files bundled with the skill, regardless of the current working directory. |

216 

217**Example using substitutions:**

178 218 

179Skills share Claude's context window with conversation history, other Skills, and your request. To keep context focused, use **progressive disclosure**: put essential information in `SKILL.md` and detailed reference material in separate files that Claude reads only when needed.219```yaml theme={null}

220---

221name: session-logger

222description: Log activity for this session

223---

180 224 

181This approach lets you bundle comprehensive documentation, examples, and scripts without consuming context upfront. Claude loads additional files only when the task requires them.225Log the following to logs/${CLAUDE_SESSION_ID}.log:

182 226 

183<Tip>Keep `SKILL.md` under 500 lines for optimal performance. If your content exceeds this, split detailed reference material into separate files.</Tip>227$ARGUMENTS

228```

184 229 

185#### Example: multi-file Skill structure230### Add supporting files

186 231 

187Claude discovers supporting files through links in your `SKILL.md`. The following example shows a Skill with detailed documentation in separate files and utility scripts that Claude can execute without reading:232Skills can include multiple files in their directory. This keeps `SKILL.md` focused on the essentials while letting Claude access detailed reference material only when needed. Large reference docs, API specifications, or example collections don't need to load into context every time the skill runs.

188 233 

189```234```text theme={null}

190my-skill/235my-skill/

191├── SKILL.md (required - overview and navigation)236├── SKILL.md (required - overview and navigation)

192├── reference.md (detailed API docs - loaded when needed)237├── reference.md (detailed API docs - loaded when needed)


195 └── helper.py (utility script - executed, not loaded)240 └── helper.py (utility script - executed, not loaded)

196```241```

197 242 

198The `SKILL.md` file references these supporting files so Claude knows they exist:243Reference supporting files from `SKILL.md` so Claude knows what each file contains and when to load it:

199 

200````markdown theme={null}

201## Overview

202 

203[Essential instructions here]

204 244 

245```markdown theme={null}

205## Additional resources246## Additional resources

206 247 

207- For complete API details, see [reference.md](reference.md)248- For complete API details, see [reference.md](reference.md)

208- For usage examples, see [examples.md](examples.md)249- For usage examples, see [examples.md](examples.md)

209 

210## Utility scripts

211 

212To validate input files, run the helper script. It checks for required fields and returns any validation errors:

213```bash

214python scripts/helper.py input.txt

215```250```

216````

217 

218<Tip>Keep references one level deep. Link directly from `SKILL.md` to reference files. Deeply nested references (file A links to file B which links to file C) may result in Claude partially reading files.</Tip>

219 251 

220**Bundle utility scripts for zero-context execution.** Scripts in your Skill directory can be executed without loading their contents into context. Claude runs the script and only the output consumes tokens. This is useful for:252<Tip>Keep `SKILL.md` under 500 lines. Move detailed reference material to separate files.</Tip>

221 253 

222* Complex validation logic that would be verbose to describe in prose254### Control who invokes a skill

223* Data processing that's more reliable as tested code than generated code

224* Operations that benefit from consistency across uses

225 255 

226In `SKILL.md`, tell Claude to run the script rather than read it:256By default, both you and Claude can invoke any skill. You can type `/skill-name` to invoke it directly, and Claude can load it automatically when relevant to your conversation. Two frontmatter fields let you restrict this:

227 257 

228```markdown theme={null}258* **`disable-model-invocation: true`**: Only you can invoke the skill. Use this for workflows with side effects or that you want to control timing, like `/commit`, `/deploy`, or `/send-slack-message`. You don't want Claude deciding to deploy because your code looks ready.

229Run the validation script to check the form:

230python scripts/validate_form.py input.pdf

231```

232 259 

233For complete guidance on structuring Skills, see the [best practices guide](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agents-and-tools/agent-skills/best-practices#progressive-disclosure-patterns).260* **`user-invocable: false`**: Only Claude can invoke the skill. Use this for background knowledge that isn't actionable as a command. A `legacy-system-context` skill explains how an old system works. Claude should know this when relevant, but `/legacy-system-context` isn't a meaningful action for users to take.

234 261 

235### Restrict tool access with allowed-tools262This example creates a deploy skill that only you can trigger. The `disable-model-invocation: true` field prevents Claude from running it automatically:

236 

237Use the `allowed-tools` frontmatter field to limit which tools Claude can use when a Skill is active. You can specify tools as a comma-separated string or a YAML list:

238 263 

239```yaml theme={null}264```yaml theme={null}

240---265---

241name: reading-files-safely266name: deploy

242description: Read files without making changes. Use when you need read-only file access.267description: Deploy the application to production

243allowed-tools: Read, Grep, Glob268disable-model-invocation: true

244---269---

245```

246 270 

247Or use YAML-style lists for better readability:271Deploy $ARGUMENTS to production:

248 272 

249```yaml theme={null}2731. Run the test suite

250name: reading-files-safely2742. Build the application

251description: Read files without making changes. Use when you need read-only file access.2753. Push to the deployment target

252allowed-tools:2764. Verify the deployment succeeded

253 - Read

254 - Grep

255 - Glob

256```277```

257 278 

258When this Skill is active, Claude can only use the specified tools (Read, Grep, Glob) without needing to ask for permission. This is useful for:279Here's how the two fields affect invocation and context loading:

259 

260* Read-only Skills that shouldn't modify files

261* Skills with limited scope: for example, only data analysis, no file writing

262* Security-sensitive workflows where you want to restrict capabilities

263 280 

264If `allowed-tools` is omitted, the Skill doesn't restrict tools. Claude uses its standard permission model and may ask you to approve tool usage.281| Frontmatter | You can invoke | Claude can invoke | When loaded into context |

282| :------------------------------- | :------------- | :---------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------- |

283| (default) | Yes | Yes | Description always in context, full skill loads when invoked |

284| `disable-model-invocation: true` | Yes | No | Description not in context, full skill loads when you invoke |

285| `user-invocable: false` | No | Yes | Description always in context, full skill loads when invoked |

265 286 

266<Note>287<Note>

267 `allowed-tools` is only supported for Skills in Claude Code.288 In a regular session, skill descriptions are loaded into context so Claude knows what's available, but full skill content only loads when invoked. [Subagents with preloaded skills](/en/sub-agents#preload-skills-into-subagents) work differently: the full skill content is injected at startup.

268</Note>289</Note>

269 290 

270### Run Skills in a forked context291### Restrict tool access

271 292 

272Use `context: fork` to run a Skill in an isolated sub-agent context with its own conversation history. This is useful for Skills that perform complex multi-step operations without cluttering the main conversation:293Use the `allowed-tools` field to limit which tools Claude can use when a skill is active. This skill creates a read-only mode where Claude can explore files but not modify them:

273 294 

274```yaml theme={null}295```yaml theme={null}

275---296---

276name: code-analysis297name: safe-reader

277description: Analyze code quality and generate detailed reports298description: Read files without making changes

278context: fork299allowed-tools: Read, Grep, Glob

279---300---

280```301```

281 302 

282### Define hooks for Skills303### Pass arguments to skills

283 304 

284Skills can define hooks that run during the Skill's lifecycle. Use the `hooks` field to specify `PreToolUse`, `PostToolUse`, or `Stop` handlers:305Both you and Claude can pass arguments when invoking a skill. Arguments are available via the `$ARGUMENTS` placeholder.

306 

307This skill fixes a GitHub issue by number. The `$ARGUMENTS` placeholder gets replaced with whatever follows the skill name:

285 308 

286```yaml theme={null}309```yaml theme={null}

287---310---

288name: secure-operations311name: fix-issue

289description: Perform operations with additional security checks312description: Fix a GitHub issue

290hooks:313disable-model-invocation: true

291 PreToolUse:

292 - matcher: "Bash"

293 hooks:

294 - type: command

295 command: "./scripts/security-check.sh $TOOL_INPUT"

296 once: true

297---314---

298```

299 315 

300The `once: true` option runs the hook only once per session. After the first successful execution, the hook is removed.316Fix GitHub issue $ARGUMENTS following our coding standards.

301 317 

302Hooks defined in a Skill are scoped to that Skill's execution and are automatically cleaned up when the Skill finishes.3181. Read the issue description

303 3192. Understand the requirements

304See [Hooks](/en/hooks) for the complete hook configuration format.3203. Implement the fix

305 3214. Write tests

306### Control Skill visibility3225. Create a commit

307 323```

308Skills can be invoked in three ways:

309 

3101. **Manual invocation**: You type `/skill-name` in the prompt

3112. **Programmatic invocation**: Claude calls it via the [`Skill` tool](/en/slash-commands#skill-tool)

3123. **Automatic discovery**: Claude reads the Skill's description and loads it when relevant to the conversation

313 324 

314The `user-invocable` field controls only manual invocation. When set to `false`, the Skill is hidden from the slash command menu but Claude can still invoke it programmatically or discover it automatically.325When you run `/fix-issue 123`, Claude receives "Fix GitHub issue 123 following our coding standards..."

315 326 

316To block programmatic invocation via the `Skill` tool, use `disable-model-invocation: true` instead.327If you invoke a skill with arguments but the skill doesn't include `$ARGUMENTS`, Claude Code appends `ARGUMENTS: <your input>` to the end of the skill content so Claude still sees what you typed.

317 328 

318#### When to use each setting329To access individual arguments by position, use `$ARGUMENTS[N]` or the shorter `$N`:

319 330 

320| Setting | Slash menu | `Skill` tool | Auto-discovery | Use case |331```yaml theme={null}

321| :------------------------------- | :--------- | :----------- | :------------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------- |332---

322| `user-invocable: true` (default) | Visible | Allowed | Yes | Skills you want users to invoke directly |333name: migrate-component

323| `user-invocable: false` | Hidden | Allowed | Yes | Skills that Claude can use but users shouldn't invoke manually |334description: Migrate a component from one framework to another

324| `disable-model-invocation: true` | Visible | Blocked | Yes | Skills you want users to invoke but not Claude programmatically |335---

325 336 

326#### Example: model-only Skill337Migrate the $ARGUMENTS[0] component from $ARGUMENTS[1] to $ARGUMENTS[2].

338Preserve all existing behavior and tests.

339```

327 340 

328Set `user-invocable: false` to hide a Skill from the slash menu while still allowing Claude to invoke it programmatically:341Running `/migrate-component SearchBar React Vue` replaces `$ARGUMENTS[0]` with `SearchBar`, `$ARGUMENTS[1]` with `React`, and `$ARGUMENTS[2]` with `Vue`. The same skill using the `$N` shorthand:

329 342 

330```yaml theme={null}343```yaml theme={null}

331---344---

332name: internal-review-standards345name: migrate-component

333description: Apply internal code review standards when reviewing pull requests346description: Migrate a component from one framework to another

334user-invocable: false

335---347---

336```

337 348 

338With this setting, users won't see the Skill in the `/` menu, but Claude can still invoke it via the `Skill` tool or discover it automatically based on context.349Migrate the $0 component from $1 to $2.

350Preserve all existing behavior and tests.

351```

339 352 

340### Skills and subagents353## Advanced patterns

341 354 

342There are two ways Skills and subagents can work together:355### Inject dynamic context

343 356 

344#### Give a subagent access to Skills357The `` !`<command>` `` syntax runs shell commands before the skill content is sent to Claude. The command output replaces the placeholder, so Claude receives actual data, not the command itself.

345 358 

346[Subagents](/en/sub-agents) do not automatically inherit Skills from the main conversation. To give a custom subagent access to specific Skills, list them in the subagent's `skills` field:359This skill summarizes a pull request by fetching live PR data with the GitHub CLI. The `` !`gh pr diff` `` and other commands run first, and their output gets inserted into the prompt:

347 360 

348```yaml theme={null}361```yaml theme={null}

349# .claude/agents/code-reviewer.md

350---362---

351name: code-reviewer363name: pr-summary

352description: Review code for quality and best practices364description: Summarize changes in a pull request

353skills: pr-review, security-check365context: fork

366agent: Explore

367allowed-tools: Bash(gh *)

354---368---

369 

370## Pull request context

371- PR diff: !`gh pr diff`

372- PR comments: !`gh pr view --comments`

373- Changed files: !`gh pr diff --name-only`

374 

375## Your task

376Summarize this pull request...

355```377```

356 378 

357The full content of each listed Skill is injected into the subagent's context at startup, not just made available for invocation. If the `skills` field is omitted, no Skills are loaded for that subagent.379When this skill runs:

358 380 

359<Note>3811. Each `` !`<command>` `` executes immediately (before Claude sees anything)

360 Built-in agents (Explore, Plan, general-purpose) do not have access to your Skills. Only custom subagents you define in `.claude/agents/` with an explicit `skills` field can use Skills.3822. The output replaces the placeholder in the skill content

361</Note>3833. Claude receives the fully-rendered prompt with actual PR data

362 384 

363#### Run a Skill in a subagent context385This is preprocessing, not something Claude executes. Claude only sees the final result.

364 386 

365Use `context: fork` and `agent` to run a Skill in a forked subagent with its own separate context. See [Run Skills in a forked context](#run-skills-in-a-forked-context) for details.387<Tip>

388 To enable [extended thinking](/en/common-workflows#use-extended-thinking-thinking-mode) in a skill, include the word "ultrathink" anywhere in your skill content.

389</Tip>

366 390 

367### Distribute Skills391### Run skills in a subagent

368 392 

369You can share Skills in several ways:393Add `context: fork` to your frontmatter when you want a skill to run in isolation. The skill content becomes the prompt that drives the subagent. It won't have access to your conversation history.

370 394 

371* **Project Skills**: Commit `.claude/skills/` to version control. Anyone who clones the repository gets the Skills.395<Warning>

372* **Plugins**: To share Skills across multiple repositories, create a `skills/` directory in your [plugin](/en/plugins) with Skill folders containing `SKILL.md` files. Distribute through a [plugin marketplace](/en/plugin-marketplaces).396 `context: fork` only makes sense for skills with explicit instructions. If your skill contains guidelines like "use these API conventions" without a task, the subagent receives the guidelines but no actionable prompt, and returns without meaningful output.

373* **Managed**: Administrators can deploy Skills organization-wide through [managed settings](/en/iam#managed-settings). See [Where Skills live](#where-skills-live) for managed Skill paths.397</Warning>

374 398 

375## Examples399Skills and [subagents](/en/sub-agents) work together in two directions:

376 400 

377These examples show common Skill patterns, from minimal single-file Skills to multi-file Skills with supporting documentation and scripts.401| Approach | System prompt | Task | Also loads |

402| :--------------------------- | :---------------------------------------- | :-------------------------- | :--------------------------- |

403| Skill with `context: fork` | From agent type (`Explore`, `Plan`, etc.) | SKILL.md content | CLAUDE.md |

404| Subagent with `skills` field | Subagent's markdown body | Claude's delegation message | Preloaded skills + CLAUDE.md |

378 405 

379### Simple Skill (single file)406With `context: fork`, you write the task in your skill and pick an agent type to execute it. For the inverse (defining a custom subagent that uses skills as reference material), see [Subagents](/en/sub-agents#preload-skills-into-subagents).

380 407 

381A minimal Skill needs only a `SKILL.md` file with frontmatter and instructions. This example helps Claude generate commit messages by examining staged changes:408#### Example: Research skill using Explore agent

382 409 

383```410This skill runs research in a forked Explore agent. The skill content becomes the task, and the agent provides read-only tools optimized for codebase exploration:

384commit-helper/

385└── SKILL.md

386```

387 411 

388```yaml theme={null}412```yaml theme={null}

389---413---

390name: generating-commit-messages414name: deep-research

391description: Generates clear commit messages from git diffs. Use when writing commit messages or reviewing staged changes.415description: Research a topic thoroughly

416context: fork

417agent: Explore

392---418---

393 419 

394# Generating Commit Messages420Research $ARGUMENTS thoroughly:

395 

396## Instructions

397 421 

3981. Run `git diff --staged` to see changes4221. Find relevant files using Glob and Grep

3992. I'll suggest a commit message with:4232. Read and analyze the code

400 - Summary under 50 characters4243. Summarize findings with specific file references

401 - Detailed description

402 - Affected components

403 

404## Best practices

405 

406- Use present tense

407- Explain what and why, not how

408```425```

409 426 

410### Use multiple files427When this skill runs:

411 428 

412For complex Skills, use progressive disclosure to keep the main `SKILL.md` focused while providing detailed documentation in supporting files. This PDF processing Skill includes reference docs, utility scripts, and uses `allowed-tools` to restrict Claude to specific tools:4291. A new isolated context is created

4302. The subagent receives the skill content as its prompt ("Research \$ARGUMENTS thoroughly...")

4313. The `agent` field determines the execution environment (model, tools, and permissions)

4324. Results are summarized and returned to your main conversation

413 433 

414```434The `agent` field specifies which subagent configuration to use. Options include built-in agents (`Explore`, `Plan`, `general-purpose`) or any custom subagent from `.claude/agents/`. If omitted, uses `general-purpose`.

415pdf-processing/

416├── SKILL.md # Overview and quick start

417├── FORMS.md # Form field mappings and filling instructions

418├── REFERENCE.md # API details for pypdf and pdfplumber

419└── scripts/

420 ├── fill_form.py # Utility to populate form fields

421 └── validate.py # Checks PDFs for required fields

422```

423 435 

424**`SKILL.md`**:436### Restrict Claude's skill access

425 437 

426````yaml theme={null}438By default, Claude can invoke any skill that doesn't have `disable-model-invocation: true` set. Skills that define `allowed-tools` grant Claude access to those tools without per-use approval when the skill is active. Your [permission settings](/en/permissions) still govern baseline approval behavior for all other tools. Built-in commands like `/compact` and `/init` are not available through the Skill tool.

427name: pdf-processing

428description: Extract text, fill forms, merge PDFs. Use when working with PDF files, forms, or document extraction. Requires pypdf and pdfplumber packages.

429allowed-tools: Read, Bash(python:*)

430 439 

431# PDF Processing440Three ways to control which skills Claude can invoke:

432 441 

433## Quick start442**Disable all skills** by denying the Skill tool in `/permissions`:

434 443 

435Extract text:444```text theme={null}

436```python445# Add to deny rules:

437import pdfplumber446Skill

438with pdfplumber.open("doc.pdf") as pdf:

439 text = pdf.pages[0].extract_text()

440```447```

441 448 

442For form filling, see [FORMS.md](FORMS.md).449**Allow or deny specific skills** using [permission rules](/en/permissions):

443For detailed API reference, see [REFERENCE.md](REFERENCE.md).

444 450 

445## Requirements451```text theme={null}

452# Allow only specific skills

453Skill(commit)

454Skill(review-pr *)

446 455 

447Packages must be installed in your environment:456# Deny specific skills

448```bash457Skill(deploy *)

449pip install pypdf pdfplumber

450```458```

451````459 

460Permission syntax: `Skill(name)` for exact match, `Skill(name *)` for prefix match with any arguments.

461 

462**Hide individual skills** by adding `disable-model-invocation: true` to their frontmatter. This removes the skill from Claude's context entirely.

452 463 

453<Note>464<Note>

454 If your Skill requires external packages, list them in the description. Packages must be installed in your environment before Claude can use them.465 The `user-invocable` field only controls menu visibility, not Skill tool access. Use `disable-model-invocation: true` to block programmatic invocation.

455</Note>466</Note>

456 467 

457## Troubleshooting468## Share skills

458 469 

459### View and test Skills470Skills can be distributed at different scopes depending on your audience:

460 471 

461To see which Skills Claude has access to, ask Claude a question like "What Skills are available?" Claude loads all available Skill names and descriptions into the context window when a conversation starts, so it can list the Skills it currently has access to.472* **Project skills**: Commit `.claude/skills/` to version control

473* **Plugins**: Create a `skills/` directory in your [plugin](/en/plugins)

474* **Managed**: Deploy organization-wide through [managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files)

462 475 

463To test a specific Skill, ask Claude to do a task that matches the Skill's description. For example, if your Skill has the description "Reviews pull requests for code quality", ask Claude to "Review the changes in my current branch." Claude automatically uses the Skill when the request matches its description.476### Generate visual output

464 477 

465### Skill not triggering478Skills can bundle and run scripts in any language, giving Claude capabilities beyond what's possible in a single prompt. One powerful pattern is generating visual output: interactive HTML files that open in your browser for exploring data, debugging, or creating reports.

466 

467The description field is how Claude decides whether to use your Skill. Vague descriptions like "Helps with documents" don't give Claude enough information to match your Skill to relevant requests.

468 479 

469A good description answers two questions:480This example creates a codebase explorer: an interactive tree view where you can expand and collapse directories, see file sizes at a glance, and identify file types by color.

470 481 

4711. **What does this Skill do?** List the specific capabilities.482Create the Skill directory:

4722. **When should Claude use it?** Include trigger terms users would mention.

473 483 

474```yaml theme={null}484```bash theme={null}

475description: Extract text and tables from PDF files, fill forms, merge documents. Use when working with PDF files or when the user mentions PDFs, forms, or document extraction.485mkdir -p ~/.claude/skills/codebase-visualizer/scripts

476```486```

477 487 

478This description works because it names specific actions (extract, fill, merge) and includes keywords users would say (PDF, forms, document extraction).488Create `~/.claude/skills/codebase-visualizer/SKILL.md`. The description tells Claude when to activate this Skill, and the instructions tell Claude to run the bundled script:

479 

480### Skill doesn't load

481 

482**Check the file path.** Skills must be in the correct directory with the exact filename `SKILL.md` (case-sensitive):

483 

484| Type | Path |

485| :--------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------- |

486| Personal | `~/.claude/skills/my-skill/SKILL.md` |

487| Project | `.claude/skills/my-skill/SKILL.md` |

488| Enterprise | See [Where Skills live](#where-skills-live) for platform-specific paths |

489| Plugin | `skills/my-skill/SKILL.md` inside the plugin directory |

490 

491**Check the YAML syntax.** Invalid YAML in the frontmatter prevents the Skill from loading. The frontmatter must start with `---` on line 1 (no blank lines before it), end with `---` before the Markdown content, and use spaces for indentation (not tabs).

492 489 

493**Run debug mode.** Use `claude --debug` to see Skill loading errors.490````yaml theme={null}

494 491---

495### Skill has errors492name: codebase-visualizer

496 493description: Generate an interactive collapsible tree visualization of your codebase. Use when exploring a new repo, understanding project structure, or identifying large files.

497**Check dependencies are installed.** If your Skill uses external packages, they must be installed in your environment before Claude can use them.494allowed-tools: Bash(python *)

495---

498 496 

499**Check script permissions.** Scripts need execute permissions: `chmod +x scripts/*.py`497# Codebase Visualizer

500 498 

501**Check file paths.** Use forward slashes (Unix style) in all paths. Use `scripts/helper.py`, not `scripts\helper.py`.499Generate an interactive HTML tree view that shows your project's file structure with collapsible directories.

502 500 

503### Multiple Skills conflict501## Usage

504 502 

505If Claude uses the wrong Skill or seems confused between similar Skills, the descriptions are probably too similar. Make each description distinct by using specific trigger terms.503Run the visualization script from your project root:

506 504 

507For example, instead of two Skills with "data analysis" in both descriptions, differentiate them: one for "sales data in Excel files and CRM exports" and another for "log files and system metrics". The more specific your trigger terms, the easier it is for Claude to match the right Skill to your request.505```bash

506python ~/.claude/skills/codebase-visualizer/scripts/visualize.py .

507```

508 508 

509### Plugin Skills not appearing509This creates `codebase-map.html` in the current directory and opens it in your default browser.

510 510 

511**Symptom**: You installed a plugin from a marketplace, but its Skills don't appear when you ask Claude "What Skills are available?"511## What the visualization shows

512 512 

513**Solution**: Clear the plugin cache and reinstall:513- **Collapsible directories**: Click folders to expand/collapse

514- **File sizes**: Displayed next to each file

515- **Colors**: Different colors for different file types

516- **Directory totals**: Shows aggregate size of each folder

517````

514 518 

515```bash theme={null}519Create `~/.claude/skills/codebase-visualizer/scripts/visualize.py`. This script scans a directory tree and generates a self-contained HTML file with:

516rm -rf ~/.claude/plugins/cache520 

521* A **summary sidebar** showing file count, directory count, total size, and number of file types

522* A **bar chart** breaking down the codebase by file type (top 8 by size)

523* A **collapsible tree** where you can expand and collapse directories, with color-coded file type indicators

524 

525The script requires Python but uses only built-in libraries, so there are no packages to install:

526 

527```python expandable theme={null}

528#!/usr/bin/env python3

529"""Generate an interactive collapsible tree visualization of a codebase."""

530 

531import json

532import sys

533import webbrowser

534from pathlib import Path

535from collections import Counter

536 

537IGNORE = {'.git', 'node_modules', '__pycache__', '.venv', 'venv', 'dist', 'build'}

538 

539def scan(path: Path, stats: dict) -> dict:

540 result = {"name": path.name, "children": [], "size": 0}

541 try:

542 for item in sorted(path.iterdir()):

543 if item.name in IGNORE or item.name.startswith('.'):

544 continue

545 if item.is_file():

546 size = item.stat().st_size

547 ext = item.suffix.lower() or '(no ext)'

548 result["children"].append({"name": item.name, "size": size, "ext": ext})

549 result["size"] += size

550 stats["files"] += 1

551 stats["extensions"][ext] += 1

552 stats["ext_sizes"][ext] += size

553 elif item.is_dir():

554 stats["dirs"] += 1

555 child = scan(item, stats)

556 if child["children"]:

557 result["children"].append(child)

558 result["size"] += child["size"]

559 except PermissionError:

560 pass

561 return result

562 

563def generate_html(data: dict, stats: dict, output: Path) -> None:

564 ext_sizes = stats["ext_sizes"]

565 total_size = sum(ext_sizes.values()) or 1

566 sorted_exts = sorted(ext_sizes.items(), key=lambda x: -x[1])[:8]

567 colors = {

568 '.js': '#f7df1e', '.ts': '#3178c6', '.py': '#3776ab', '.go': '#00add8',

569 '.rs': '#dea584', '.rb': '#cc342d', '.css': '#264de4', '.html': '#e34c26',

570 '.json': '#6b7280', '.md': '#083fa1', '.yaml': '#cb171e', '.yml': '#cb171e',

571 '.mdx': '#083fa1', '.tsx': '#3178c6', '.jsx': '#61dafb', '.sh': '#4eaa25',

572 }

573 lang_bars = "".join(

574 f'<div class="bar-row"><span class="bar-label">{ext}</span>'

575 f'<div class="bar" style="width:{(size/total_size)*100}%;background:{colors.get(ext,"#6b7280")}"></div>'

576 f'<span class="bar-pct">{(size/total_size)*100:.1f}%</span></div>'

577 for ext, size in sorted_exts

578 )

579 def fmt(b):

580 if b < 1024: return f"{b} B"

581 if b < 1048576: return f"{b/1024:.1f} KB"

582 return f"{b/1048576:.1f} MB"

583 

584 html = f'''<!DOCTYPE html>

585<html><head>

586 <meta charset="utf-8"><title>Codebase Explorer</title>

587 <style>

588 body {{ font: 14px/1.5 system-ui, sans-serif; margin: 0; background: #1a1a2e; color: #eee; }}

589 .container {{ display: flex; height: 100vh; }}

590 .sidebar {{ width: 280px; background: #252542; padding: 20px; border-right: 1px solid #3d3d5c; overflow-y: auto; flex-shrink: 0; }}

591 .main {{ flex: 1; padding: 20px; overflow-y: auto; }}

592 h1 {{ margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 18px; }}

593 h2 {{ margin: 20px 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px; color: #888; text-transform: uppercase; }}

594 .stat {{ display: flex; justify-content: space-between; padding: 8px 0; border-bottom: 1px solid #3d3d5c; }}

595 .stat-value {{ font-weight: bold; }}

596 .bar-row {{ display: flex; align-items: center; margin: 6px 0; }}

597 .bar-label {{ width: 55px; font-size: 12px; color: #aaa; }}

598 .bar {{ height: 18px; border-radius: 3px; }}

599 .bar-pct {{ margin-left: 8px; font-size: 12px; color: #666; }}

600 .tree {{ list-style: none; padding-left: 20px; }}

601 details {{ cursor: pointer; }}

602 summary {{ padding: 4px 8px; border-radius: 4px; }}

603 summary:hover {{ background: #2d2d44; }}

604 .folder {{ color: #ffd700; }}

605 .file {{ display: flex; align-items: center; padding: 4px 8px; border-radius: 4px; }}

606 .file:hover {{ background: #2d2d44; }}

607 .size {{ color: #888; margin-left: auto; font-size: 12px; }}

608 .dot {{ width: 8px; height: 8px; border-radius: 50%; margin-right: 8px; }}

609 </style>

610</head><body>

611 <div class="container">

612 <div class="sidebar">

613 <h1>📊 Summary</h1>

614 <div class="stat"><span>Files</span><span class="stat-value">{stats["files"]:,}</span></div>

615 <div class="stat"><span>Directories</span><span class="stat-value">{stats["dirs"]:,}</span></div>

616 <div class="stat"><span>Total size</span><span class="stat-value">{fmt(data["size"])}</span></div>

617 <div class="stat"><span>File types</span><span class="stat-value">{len(stats["extensions"])}</span></div>

618 <h2>By file type</h2>

619 {lang_bars}

620 </div>

621 <div class="main">

622 <h1>📁 {data["name"]}</h1>

623 <ul class="tree" id="root"></ul>

624 </div>

625 </div>

626 <script>

627 const data = {json.dumps(data)};

628 const colors = {json.dumps(colors)};

629 function fmt(b) {{ if (b < 1024) return b + ' B'; if (b < 1048576) return (b/1024).toFixed(1) + ' KB'; return (b/1048576).toFixed(1) + ' MB'; }}

630 function render(node, parent) {{

631 if (node.children) {{

632 const det = document.createElement('details');

633 det.open = parent === document.getElementById('root');

634 det.innerHTML = `<summary><span class="folder">📁 ${{node.name}}</span><span class="size">${{fmt(node.size)}}</span></summary>`;

635 const ul = document.createElement('ul'); ul.className = 'tree';

636 node.children.sort((a,b) => (b.children?1:0)-(a.children?1:0) || a.name.localeCompare(b.name));

637 node.children.forEach(c => render(c, ul));

638 det.appendChild(ul);

639 const li = document.createElement('li'); li.appendChild(det); parent.appendChild(li);

640 }} else {{

641 const li = document.createElement('li'); li.className = 'file';

642 li.innerHTML = `<span class="dot" style="background:${{colors[node.ext]||'#6b7280'}}"></span>${{node.name}}<span class="size">${{fmt(node.size)}}</span>`;

643 parent.appendChild(li);

644 }}

645 }}

646 data.children.forEach(c => render(c, document.getElementById('root')));

647 </script>

648</body></html>'''

649 output.write_text(html)

650 

651if __name__ == '__main__':

652 target = Path(sys.argv[1] if len(sys.argv) > 1 else '.').resolve()

653 stats = {"files": 0, "dirs": 0, "extensions": Counter(), "ext_sizes": Counter()}

654 data = scan(target, stats)

655 out = Path('codebase-map.html')

656 generate_html(data, stats, out)

657 print(f'Generated {out.absolute()}')

658 webbrowser.open(f'file://{out.absolute()}')

517```659```

518 660 

519Then restart Claude Code and reinstall the plugin:661To test, open Claude Code in any project and ask "Visualize this codebase." Claude runs the script, generates `codebase-map.html`, and opens it in your browser.

520 662 

521```shell theme={null}663This pattern works for any visual output: dependency graphs, test coverage reports, API documentation, or database schema visualizations. The bundled script does the heavy lifting while Claude handles orchestration.

522/plugin install plugin-name@marketplace-name664 

523```665## Troubleshooting

524 666 

525This forces Claude Code to re-download and re-register the plugin's Skills.667### Skill not triggering

526 668 

527**If Skills still don't appear**, verify the plugin's directory structure is correct. Skills must be in a `skills/` directory at the plugin root:669If Claude doesn't use your skill when expected:

528 670 

529```6711. Check the description includes keywords users would naturally say

530my-plugin/6722. Verify the skill appears in `What skills are available?`

531├── .claude-plugin/6733. Try rephrasing your request to match the description more closely

532│ └── plugin.json6744. Invoke it directly with `/skill-name` if the skill is user-invocable

533└── skills/

534 └── my-skill/

535 └── SKILL.md

536```

537 675 

538## Next steps676### Skill triggers too often

539 677 

540<CardGroup cols={2}>678If Claude uses your skill when you don't want it:

541 <Card title="Authoring best practices" icon="lightbulb" href="https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agents-and-tools/agent-skills/best-practices">

542 Write Skills that Claude can use effectively

543 </Card>

544 679 

545 <Card title="Agent Skills overview" icon="book" href="https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agents-and-tools/agent-skills/overview">6801. Make the description more specific

546 Learn how Skills work across Claude products6812. Add `disable-model-invocation: true` if you only want manual invocation

547 </Card>

548 682 

549 <Card title="Use Skills in the Agent SDK" icon="cube" href="https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agent-sdk/skills">683### Claude doesn't see all my skills

550 Use Skills programmatically with TypeScript and Python

551 </Card>

552 684 

553 <Card title="Get started with Agent Skills" icon="rocket" href="https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/agents-and-tools/agent-skills/quickstart">685Skill descriptions are loaded into context so Claude knows what's available. If you have many skills, they may exceed the character budget. The budget scales dynamically at 2% of the context window, with a fallback of 16,000 characters. Run `/context` to check for a warning about excluded skills.

554 Create your first Skill

555 </Card>

556</CardGroup>

557 686 

687To override the limit, set the `SLASH_COMMAND_TOOL_CHAR_BUDGET` environment variable.

558 688 

689## Related resources

559 690 

560> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt691* **[Subagents](/en/sub-agents)**: delegate tasks to specialized agents

692* **[Plugins](/en/plugins)**: package and distribute skills with other extensions

693* **[Hooks](/en/hooks)**: automate workflows around tool events

694* **[Memory](/en/memory)**: manage CLAUDE.md files for persistent context

695* **[Built-in commands](/en/commands)**: reference for built-in `/` commands

696* **[Permissions](/en/permissions)**: control tool and skill access

slack.md +32 −7

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Claude Code in Slack5# Claude Code in Slack

2 6 

3> Delegate coding tasks directly from your Slack workspace7> Delegate coding tasks directly from your Slack workspace


19 23 

20| Requirement | Details |24| Requirement | Details |

21| :--------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |25| :--------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

22| Claude Plan | Pro, Max, Team, or Enterprise with Claude Code access (premium seats) |26| Claude Plan | Pro, Max, Teams, or Enterprise with Claude Code access (premium seats) |

23| Claude Code on the web | Access to [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) must be enabled |27| Claude Code on the web | Access to [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) must be enabled |

24| GitHub Account | Connected to Claude Code on the web with at least one repository authenticated |28| GitHub Account | Connected to Claude Code on the web with at least one repository authenticated |

25| Slack Authentication | Your Slack account linked to your Claude account via the Claude app |29| Slack Authentication | Your Slack account linked to your Claude account via the Claude app |


60 In Code + Chat mode, if Claude routes a message to Chat but you wanted a coding session, you can click "Retry as Code" to create a Claude Code session instead. Similarly, if it's routed to Code but you wanted a Chat session, you can choose that option in that thread.64 In Code + Chat mode, if Claude routes a message to Chat but you wanted a coding session, you can click "Retry as Code" to create a Claude Code session instead. Similarly, if it's routed to Code but you wanted a Chat session, you can choose that option in that thread.

61 </Note>65 </Note>

62 </Step>66 </Step>

67 

68 <Step title="Add Claude to channels">

69 Claude is not automatically added to any channels after installation. To use Claude in a channel, invite it by typing `/invite @Claude` in that channel. Claude can only respond to @mentions in channels where it has been added.

70 </Step>

63</Steps>71</Steps>

64 72 

65## How it works73## How it works


123| Repository Access | Users can only access repositories they've personally connected |131| Repository Access | Users can only access repositories they've personally connected |

124| Session History | Sessions appear in your Claude Code history on claude.ai/code |132| Session History | Sessions appear in your Claude Code history on claude.ai/code |

125 133 

126### Workspace admin permissions134### Workspace-level access

135 

136Slack workspace administrators control whether the Claude app is available in their workspace:

137 

138| Control | Description |

139| :--------------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

140| App installation | Workspace admins decide whether to install the Claude app from the Slack App Marketplace |

141| Enterprise Grid distribution | For Enterprise Grid organizations, organization admins can control which workspaces have access to the Claude app |

142| App removal | Removing the app from a workspace immediately revokes access for all users in that workspace |

143 

144### Channel-based access control

127 145 

128Slack workspace administrators control whether the Claude app can be installed in the workspace. Individual users then authenticate with their own Claude accounts to use the integration.146Claude is not automatically added to any channels after installation. Users must explicitly invite Claude to channels where they want to use it:

147 

148* **Invite required**: Type `/invite @Claude` in any channel to add Claude to that channel

149* **Channel membership controls access**: Claude can only respond to @mentions in channels where it has been added

150* **Access gating through channels**: Admins can control who uses Claude Code by managing which channels Claude is invited to and who has access to those channels

151* **Private channel support**: Claude works in both public and private channels, giving teams flexibility in controlling visibility

152 

153This channel-based model allows teams to restrict Claude Code usage to specific channels, providing an additional layer of access control beyond workspace-level permissions.

129 154 

130## What's accessible where155## What's accessible where

131 156 


133 158 

134**On the web**: The complete Claude Code session with full conversation history, all code changes, file operations, and the ability to continue the session or create pull requests.159**On the web**: The complete Claude Code session with full conversation history, all code changes, file operations, and the ability to continue the session or create pull requests.

135 160 

161For Enterprise and Teams accounts, sessions created from Claude in Slack are

162automatically visible to the organization. See [Claude Code on the Web sharing](/en/claude-code-on-the-web#sharing-sessions)

163for more details.

164 

136## Best practices165## Best practices

137 166 

138### Writing effective requests167### Writing effective requests


204 Get additional support233 Get additional support

205 </Card>234 </Card>

206</CardGroup>235</CardGroup>

207 

208 

209 

210> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

slash-commands.md +0 −544 deleted

File DeletedView Diff

1# Slash commands

2 

3> Control Claude's behavior during an interactive session with slash commands.

4 

5## Built-in slash commands

6 

7| Command | Purpose |

8| :------------------------ | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

9| `/add-dir` | Add additional working directories |

10| `/agents` | Manage custom AI subagents for specialized tasks |

11| `/bashes` | List and manage background tasks |

12| `/bug` | Report bugs (sends conversation to Anthropic) |

13| `/clear` | Clear conversation history |

14| `/compact [instructions]` | Compact conversation with optional focus instructions |

15| `/config` | Open the Settings interface (Config tab) |

16| `/context` | Visualize current context usage as a colored grid |

17| `/cost` | Show token usage statistics. See [cost tracking guide](/en/costs#using-the-cost-command) for subscription-specific details. |

18| `/doctor` | Checks the health of your Claude Code installation |

19| `/exit` | Exit the REPL |

20| `/export [filename]` | Export the current conversation to a file or clipboard |

21| `/help` | Get usage help |

22| `/hooks` | Manage hook configurations for tool events |

23| `/ide` | Manage IDE integrations and show status |

24| `/init` | Initialize project with `CLAUDE.md` guide |

25| `/install-github-app` | Set up Claude GitHub Actions for a repository |

26| `/login` | Switch Anthropic accounts |

27| `/logout` | Sign out from your Anthropic account |

28| `/mcp` | Manage MCP server connections and OAuth authentication |

29| `/memory` | Edit `CLAUDE.md` memory files |

30| `/model` | Select or change the AI model |

31| `/output-style [style]` | Set the output style directly or from a selection menu |

32| `/permissions` | View or update [permissions](/en/iam#configuring-permissions) |

33| `/plan` | Enter plan mode directly from the prompt |

34| `/plugin` | Manage Claude Code plugins |

35| `/pr-comments` | View pull request comments |

36| `/privacy-settings` | View and update your privacy settings |

37| `/release-notes` | View release notes |

38| `/rename <name>` | Rename the current session for easier identification |

39| `/remote-env` | Configure remote session environment (claude.ai subscribers) |

40| `/resume [session]` | Resume a conversation by ID or name, or open the session picker |

41| `/review` | Request code review |

42| `/rewind` | Rewind the conversation and/or code |

43| `/sandbox` | Enable sandboxed bash tool with filesystem and network isolation for safer, more autonomous execution |

44| `/security-review` | Complete a security review of pending changes on the current branch |

45| `/stats` | Visualize daily usage, session history, streaks, and model preferences |

46| `/status` | Open the Settings interface (Status tab) showing version, model, account, and connectivity |

47| `/statusline` | Set up Claude Code's status line UI |

48| `/teleport` | Resume a remote session from claude.ai by session ID, or open a picker (claude.ai subscribers) |

49| `/terminal-setup` | Install Shift+Enter key binding for newlines (VS Code, Alacritty, Zed, Warp) |

50| `/theme` | Change the color theme |

51| `/todos` | List current TODO items |

52| `/usage` | For subscription plans only: show plan usage limits and rate limit status |

53| `/vim` | Enter vim mode for alternating insert and command modes |

54 

55## Custom slash commands

56 

57Custom slash commands allow you to define frequently used prompts as Markdown files that Claude Code can execute. Commands are organized by scope (project-specific or personal) and support namespacing through directory structures.

58 

59<Tip>

60 Slash command autocomplete works anywhere in your input, not just at the beginning. Type `/` at any position to see available commands.

61</Tip>

62 

63### Syntax

64 

65```

66/<command-name> [arguments]

67```

68 

69#### Parameters

70 

71| Parameter | Description |

72| :--------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------- |

73| `<command-name>` | Name derived from the Markdown filename (without `.md` extension) |

74| `[arguments]` | Optional arguments passed to the command |

75 

76### Command types

77 

78#### Project commands

79 

80Commands stored in your repository and shared with your team. When listed in `/help`, these commands show "(project)" after their description.

81 

82**Location**: `.claude/commands/`

83 

84The following example creates the `/optimize` command:

85 

86```bash theme={null}

87# Create a project command

88mkdir -p .claude/commands

89echo "Analyze this code for performance issues and suggest optimizations:" > .claude/commands/optimize.md

90```

91 

92#### Personal commands

93 

94Commands available across all your projects. When listed in `/help`, these commands show "(user)" after their description.

95 

96**Location**: `~/.claude/commands/`

97 

98The following example creates the `/security-review` command:

99 

100```bash theme={null}

101# Create a personal command

102mkdir -p ~/.claude/commands

103echo "Review this code for security vulnerabilities:" > ~/.claude/commands/security-review.md

104```

105 

106### Features

107 

108#### Namespacing

109 

110Use subdirectories to group related commands. Subdirectories appear in the command description but don't affect the command name.

111 

112For example:

113 

114* `.claude/commands/frontend/component.md` creates `/component` with description "(project:frontend)"

115* `~/.claude/commands/component.md` creates `/component` with description "(user)"

116 

117If a project command and user command share the same name, the project command takes precedence and the user command is silently ignored. For example, if both `.claude/commands/deploy.md` and `~/.claude/commands/deploy.md` exist, `/deploy` runs the project version.

118 

119Commands in different subdirectories can share names since the subdirectory appears in the description to distinguish them. For example, `.claude/commands/frontend/test.md` and `.claude/commands/backend/test.md` both create `/test`, but show as "(project:frontend)" and "(project:backend)" respectively.

120 

121#### Arguments

122 

123Pass dynamic values to commands using argument placeholders:

124 

125##### All arguments with `$ARGUMENTS`

126 

127The `$ARGUMENTS` placeholder captures all arguments passed to the command:

128 

129```bash theme={null}

130# Command definition

131echo 'Fix issue #$ARGUMENTS following our coding standards' > .claude/commands/fix-issue.md

132 

133# Usage

134> /fix-issue 123 high-priority

135# $ARGUMENTS becomes: "123 high-priority"

136```

137 

138##### Individual arguments with `$1`, `$2`, etc.

139 

140Access specific arguments individually using positional parameters (similar to shell scripts):

141 

142```bash theme={null}

143# Command definition

144echo 'Review PR #$1 with priority $2 and assign to $3' > .claude/commands/review-pr.md

145 

146# Usage

147> /review-pr 456 high alice

148# $1 becomes "456", $2 becomes "high", $3 becomes "alice"

149```

150 

151Use positional arguments when you need to:

152 

153* Access arguments individually in different parts of your command

154* Provide defaults for missing arguments

155* Build more structured commands with specific parameter roles

156 

157#### Bash command execution

158 

159Execute bash commands before the slash command runs using the `!` prefix. The output is included in the command context. You *must* include `allowed-tools` with the `Bash` tool, but you can choose the specific bash commands to allow.

160 

161For example:

162 

163```markdown theme={null}

164allowed-tools: Bash(git add:*), Bash(git status:*), Bash(git commit:*)

165description: Create a git commit

166 

167## Context

168 

169- Current git status: !`git status`

170- Current git diff (staged and unstaged changes): !`git diff HEAD`

171- Current branch: !`git branch --show-current`

172- Recent commits: !`git log --oneline -10`

173 

174## Your task

175 

176Based on the above changes, create a single git commit.

177```

178 

179#### File references

180 

181Include file contents in commands using the `@` prefix to [reference files](/en/common-workflows#reference-files-and-directories).

182 

183For example:

184 

185```markdown theme={null}

186# Reference a specific file

187 

188Review the implementation in @src/utils/helpers.js

189 

190# Reference multiple files

191 

192Compare @src/old-version.js with @src/new-version.js

193```

194 

195#### Thinking mode

196 

197Slash commands can trigger extended thinking by including [extended thinking keywords](/en/common-workflows#use-extended-thinking).

198 

199### Frontmatter

200 

201Command files support frontmatter, useful for specifying metadata about the command:

202 

203| Frontmatter | Purpose | Default |

204| :------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | :---------------------------------- |

205| `allowed-tools` | List of tools the command can use | Inherits from the conversation |

206| `argument-hint` | The arguments expected for the slash command. Example: `argument-hint: add [tagId] \| remove [tagId] \| list`. This hint is shown to the user when auto-completing the slash command. | None |

207| `description` | Brief description of the command | Uses the first line from the prompt |

208| `model` | Specific model string (see [Models overview](https://docs.claude.com/en/docs/about-claude/models/overview)) | Inherits from the conversation |

209| `disable-model-invocation` | Whether to prevent the `Skill` tool from calling this command | false |

210| `hooks` | Define hooks scoped to this command's execution. See [Define hooks for commands](#define-hooks-for-commands). | None |

211 

212For example:

213 

214```markdown theme={null}

215allowed-tools: Bash(git add:*), Bash(git status:*), Bash(git commit:*)

216argument-hint: [message]

217description: Create a git commit

218model: claude-3-5-haiku-20241022

219 

220Create a git commit with message: $ARGUMENTS

221```

222 

223Example using positional arguments:

224 

225```markdown theme={null}

226argument-hint: [pr-number] [priority] [assignee]

227description: Review pull request

228 

229Review PR #$1 with priority $2 and assign to $3.

230Focus on security, performance, and code style.

231```

232 

233#### Define hooks for commands

234 

235Slash commands can define hooks that run during the command's execution. Use the `hooks` field to specify `PreToolUse`, `PostToolUse`, or `Stop` handlers:

236 

237```markdown theme={null}

238description: Deploy to staging with validation

239hooks:

240 PreToolUse:

241 - matcher: "Bash"

242 hooks:

243 - type: command

244 command: "./scripts/validate-deploy.sh"

245 once: true

246 

247Deploy the current branch to staging environment.

248```

249 

250The `once: true` option runs the hook only once per session. After the first successful execution, the hook is removed.

251 

252Hooks defined in a command are scoped to that command's execution and are automatically cleaned up when the command finishes.

253 

254See [Hooks](/en/hooks) for the complete hook configuration format.

255 

256## Plugin commands

257 

258[Plugins](/en/plugins) can provide custom slash commands that integrate seamlessly with Claude Code. Plugin commands work exactly like user-defined commands but are distributed through [plugin marketplaces](/en/plugin-marketplaces).

259 

260### How plugin commands work

261 

262Plugin commands are:

263 

264* **Namespaced**: Commands can use the format `/plugin-name:command-name` to avoid conflicts (plugin prefix is optional unless there are name collisions)

265* **Automatically available**: Once a plugin is installed and enabled, its commands appear in `/help`

266* **Fully integrated**: Support all command features (arguments, frontmatter, bash execution, file references)

267 

268### Plugin command structure

269 

270**Location**: `commands/` directory in plugin root

271 

272**File format**: Markdown files with frontmatter

273 

274**Basic command structure**:

275 

276```markdown theme={null}

277description: Brief description of what the command does

278 

279# Command Name

280 

281Detailed instructions for Claude on how to execute this command.

282Include specific guidance on parameters, expected outcomes, and any special considerations.

283```

284 

285**Advanced command features**:

286 

287* **Arguments**: Use placeholders like `{arg1}` in command descriptions

288* **Subdirectories**: Organize commands in subdirectories for namespacing

289* **Bash integration**: Commands can execute shell scripts and programs

290* **File references**: Commands can reference and modify project files

291 

292### Invocation patterns

293 

294```shell Direct command (when no conflicts) theme={null}

295/command-name

296```

297 

298```shell Plugin-prefixed (when needed for disambiguation) theme={null}

299/plugin-name:command-name

300```

301 

302```shell With arguments (if command supports them) theme={null}

303/command-name arg1 arg2

304```

305 

306## MCP slash commands

307 

308MCP servers can expose prompts as slash commands that become available in Claude Code. These commands are dynamically discovered from connected MCP servers.

309 

310### Command format

311 

312MCP commands follow the pattern:

313 

314```

315/mcp__<server-name>__<prompt-name> [arguments]

316```

317 

318### Features

319 

320#### Dynamic discovery

321 

322MCP commands are automatically available when:

323 

324* An MCP server is connected and active

325* The server exposes prompts through the MCP protocol

326* The prompts are successfully retrieved during connection

327 

328#### Arguments

329 

330MCP prompts can accept arguments defined by the server:

331 

332```

333# Without arguments

334> /mcp__github__list_prs

335 

336# With arguments

337> /mcp__github__pr_review 456

338> /mcp__jira__create_issue "Bug title" high

339```

340 

341#### Naming conventions

342 

343Server and prompt names are normalized:

344 

345* Spaces and special characters become underscores

346* Names are lowercase for consistency

347 

348### Managing MCP connections

349 

350Use the `/mcp` command to:

351 

352* View all configured MCP servers

353* Check connection status

354* Authenticate with OAuth-enabled servers

355* Clear authentication tokens

356* View available tools and prompts from each server

357 

358### MCP permissions and wildcards

359 

360To approve all tools from an MCP server, use either the server name alone or wildcard syntax:

361 

362* `mcp__github` (approves all GitHub tools)

363* `mcp__github__*` (wildcard syntax, also approves all GitHub tools)

364 

365To approve specific tools, list each one explicitly:

366 

367* `mcp__github__get_issue`

368* `mcp__github__list_issues`

369 

370See [MCP permission rules](/en/iam#tool-specific-permission-rules) for more details.

371 

372## `Skill` tool

373 

374<Note>

375 In earlier versions of Claude Code, slash command invocation was provided by a separate `SlashCommand` tool. This has been merged into the `Skill` tool. If you have existing permission rules using `SlashCommand`, update them to use `Skill`.

376</Note>

377 

378The `Skill` tool allows Claude to programmatically invoke both [custom slash commands](/en/slash-commands#custom-slash-commands) and [Agent Skills](/en/skills) during a conversation. This gives Claude the ability to use these capabilities on your behalf when appropriate.

379 

380### What the `Skill` tool can invoke

381 

382The `Skill` tool provides access to:

383 

384| Type | Location | Requirements |

385| :-------------------- | :------------------------------------------- | :--------------------------------------------- |

386| Custom slash commands | `.claude/commands/` or `~/.claude/commands/` | Must have `description` frontmatter |

387| Agent Skills | `.claude/skills/` or `~/.claude/skills/` | Must not have `disable-model-invocation: true` |

388 

389Built-in commands like `/compact` and `/init` are *not* available through this tool.

390 

391### Encourage Claude to use specific commands

392 

393To encourage Claude to use the `Skill` tool, reference the command by name, including the slash, in your prompts or `CLAUDE.md` file:

394 

395```

396> Run /write-unit-test when you are about to start writing tests.

397```

398 

399This tool puts each available command's metadata into context up to the character budget limit. Use `/context` to monitor token usage.

400 

401To see which commands and Skills are available to the `Skill` tool, run `claude --debug` and trigger a query.

402 

403### Disable the `Skill` tool

404 

405To prevent Claude from programmatically invoking any commands or Skills:

406 

407```bash theme={null}

408/permissions

409# Add to deny rules: Skill

410```

411 

412This removes the `Skill` tool and all command/Skill descriptions from context.

413 

414### Disable specific commands or Skills

415 

416To prevent a specific command or Skill from being invoked programmatically via the `Skill` tool, add `disable-model-invocation: true` to its frontmatter. This also removes the item's metadata from context.

417 

418<Note>

419 The `user-invocable` field in Skills only controls menu visibility, not `Skill` tool access. Use `disable-model-invocation: true` to block programmatic invocation. See [Control Skill visibility](/en/skills#control-skill-visibility) for details.

420</Note>

421 

422### `Skill` permission rules

423 

424The permission rules support:

425 

426* **Exact match**: `Skill(/commit)` (allows only `/commit` with no arguments)

427* **Prefix match**: `Skill(/review-pr:*)` (allows `/review-pr` with any arguments)

428 

429### Character budget limit

430 

431The `Skill` tool includes a character budget to limit context usage. This prevents token overflow when many commands and Skills are available.

432 

433The budget includes each item's name, arguments, and description.

434 

435* **Default limit**: 15,000 characters

436* **Custom limit**: Set via `SLASH_COMMAND_TOOL_CHAR_BUDGET` environment variable. The name is retained for backwards compatibility.

437 

438When the budget is exceeded, Claude sees only a subset of available items. In `/context`, a warning shows how many are included.

439 

440## Skills vs slash commands

441 

442**Slash commands** and **Agent Skills** serve different purposes in Claude Code:

443 

444### Use slash commands for

445 

446**Quick, frequently used prompts**:

447 

448* Simple prompt snippets you use often

449* Quick reminders or templates

450* Frequently used instructions that fit in one file

451 

452**Examples**:

453 

454* `/review` → "Review this code for bugs and suggest improvements"

455* `/explain` → "Explain this code in simple terms"

456* `/optimize` → "Analyze this code for performance issues"

457 

458### Use Skills for

459 

460**Comprehensive capabilities with structure**:

461 

462* Complex workflows with multiple steps

463* Capabilities requiring scripts or utilities

464* Knowledge organized across multiple files

465* Team workflows you want to standardize

466 

467**Examples**:

468 

469* PDF processing Skill with form-filling scripts and validation

470* Data analysis Skill with reference docs for different data types

471* Documentation Skill with style guides and templates

472 

473### Key differences

474 

475| Aspect | Slash Commands | Agent Skills |

476| -------------- | -------------------------------- | ----------------------------------- |

477| **Complexity** | Simple prompts | Complex capabilities |

478| **Structure** | Single .md file | Directory with SKILL.md + resources |

479| **Discovery** | Explicit invocation (`/command`) | Automatic (based on context) |

480| **Files** | One file only | Multiple files, scripts, templates |

481| **Scope** | Project or personal | Project or personal |

482| **Sharing** | Via git | Via git |

483 

484### Example comparison

485 

486**As a slash command**:

487 

488```markdown theme={null}

489# .claude/commands/review.md

490Review this code for:

491- Security vulnerabilities

492- Performance issues

493- Code style violations

494```

495 

496Usage: `/review` (manual invocation)

497 

498**As a Skill**:

499 

500```

501.claude/skills/code-review/

502├── SKILL.md (overview and workflows)

503├── SECURITY.md (security checklist)

504├── PERFORMANCE.md (performance patterns)

505├── STYLE.md (style guide reference)

506└── scripts/

507 └── run-linters.sh

508```

509 

510Usage: "Can you review this code?" (automatic discovery)

511 

512The Skill provides richer context, validation scripts, and organized reference material.

513 

514### When to use each

515 

516**Use slash commands**:

517 

518* You invoke the same prompt repeatedly

519* The prompt fits in a single file

520* You want explicit control over when it runs

521 

522**Use Skills**:

523 

524* Claude should discover the capability automatically

525* Multiple files or scripts are needed

526* Complex workflows with validation steps

527* Team needs standardized, detailed guidance

528 

529Both slash commands and Skills can coexist. Use the approach that fits your needs.

530 

531Learn more about [Agent Skills](/en/skills).

532 

533## See also

534 

535* [Plugins](/en/plugins) - Extend Claude Code with custom commands through plugins

536* [Identity and Access Management](/en/iam) - Complete guide to permissions, including MCP tool permissions

537* [Interactive mode](/en/interactive-mode) - Shortcuts, input modes, and interactive features

538* [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference) - Command-line flags and options

539* [Settings](/en/settings) - Configuration options

540* [Memory management](/en/memory) - Managing Claude's memory across sessions

541 

542 

543 

544> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

statusline.md +904 −153

Details

1# Status line configuration1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

2 4 

3> Create a custom status line for Claude Code to display contextual information5# Customize your status line

4 6 

5Make Claude Code your own with a custom status line that displays at the bottom of the Claude Code interface, similar to how terminal prompts (PS1) work in shells like Oh-my-zsh.7> Configure a custom status bar to monitor context window usage, costs, and git status in Claude Code

6 8 

7## Create a custom status line9The status line is a customizable bar at the bottom of Claude Code that runs any shell script you configure. It receives JSON session data on stdin and displays whatever your script prints, giving you a persistent, at-a-glance view of context usage, costs, git status, or anything else you want to track.

8 10 

9You can either:11Status lines are useful when you:

10 12 

11* Run `/statusline` to ask Claude Code to help you set up a custom status line. By default, it will try to reproduce your terminal's prompt, but you can provide additional instructions about the behavior you want to Claude Code, such as `/statusline show the model name in orange`13* Want to monitor context window usage as you work

14* Need to track session costs

15* Work across multiple sessions and need to distinguish them

16* Want git branch and status always visible

12 17 

13* Directly add a `statusLine` command to your `.claude/settings.json`:18Here's an example of a [multi-line status line](#display-multiple-lines) that displays git info on the first line and a color-coded context bar on the second.

19 

20<Frame>

21 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-multiline.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=60f11387658acc9ff75158ae85f2ac87" alt="A multi-line status line showing model name, directory, git branch on the first line, and a context usage progress bar with cost and duration on the second line" width="776" height="212" data-path="images/statusline-multiline.png" />

22</Frame>

23 

24This page walks through [setting up a basic status line](#set-up-a-status-line), explains [how the data flows](#how-status-lines-work) from Claude Code to your script, lists [all the fields you can display](#available-data), and provides [ready-to-use examples](#examples) for common patterns like git status, cost tracking, and progress bars.

25 

26## Set up a status line

27 

28Use the [`/statusline` command](#use-the-statusline-command) to have Claude Code generate a script for you, or [manually create a script](#manually-configure-a-status-line) and add it to your settings.

29 

30### Use the /statusline command

31 

32The `/statusline` command accepts natural language instructions describing what you want displayed. Claude Code generates a script file in `~/.claude/` and updates your settings automatically:

33 

34```text theme={null}

35/statusline show model name and context percentage with a progress bar

36```

37 

38### Manually configure a status line

39 

40Add a `statusLine` field to your user settings (`~/.claude/settings.json`, where `~` is your home directory) or [project settings](/en/settings#settings-files). Set `type` to `"command"` and point `command` to a script path or an inline shell command. For a full walkthrough of creating a script, see [Build a status line step by step](#build-a-status-line-step-by-step).

14 41 

15```json theme={null}42```json theme={null}

16{43{

17 "statusLine": {44 "statusLine": {

18 "type": "command",45 "type": "command",

19 "command": "~/.claude/statusline.sh",46 "command": "~/.claude/statusline.sh",

20 "padding": 0 // Optional: set to 0 to let status line go to edge47 "padding": 2

21 }48 }

22}49}

23```50```

24 51 

25## How it Works52The `command` field runs in a shell, so you can also use inline commands instead of a script file. This example uses `jq` to parse the JSON input and display the model name and context percentage:

26 53 

27* The status line is updated when the conversation messages update54```json theme={null}

28* Updates run at most every 300 ms55{

29* The first line of stdout from your command becomes the status line text56 "statusLine": {

30* ANSI color codes are supported for styling your status line57 "type": "command",

31* Claude Code passes contextual information about the current session (model, directories, etc.) as JSON to your script via stdin58 "command": "jq -r '\"[\\(.model.display_name)] \\(.context_window.used_percentage // 0)% context\"'"

59 }

60}

61```

32 62 

33## JSON Input Structure63The optional `padding` field adds extra horizontal spacing (in characters) to the status line content. Defaults to `0`. This padding is in addition to the interface's built-in spacing, so it controls relative indentation rather than absolute distance from the terminal edge.

34 64 

35Your status line command receives structured data via stdin in JSON format:65### Disable the status line

36 66 

37```json theme={null}67Run `/statusline` and ask it to remove or clear your status line (e.g., `/statusline delete`, `/statusline clear`, `/statusline remove it`). You can also manually delete the `statusLine` field from your settings.json.

38{68 

39 "hook_event_name": "Status",69## Build a status line step by step

40 "session_id": "abc123...",70 

41 "transcript_path": "/path/to/transcript.json",71This walkthrough shows what's happening under the hood by manually creating a status line that displays the current model, working directory, and context window usage percentage.

72 

73<Note>Running [`/statusline`](#use-the-statusline-command) with a description of what you want configures all of this for you automatically.</Note>

74 

75These examples use Bash scripts, which work on macOS and Linux. On Windows, see [Windows configuration](#windows-configuration) for PowerShell and Git Bash examples.

76 

77<Frame>

78 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-quickstart.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=696445e59ca0059213250651ad23db6b" alt="A status line showing model name, directory, and context percentage" width="726" height="164" data-path="images/statusline-quickstart.png" />

79</Frame>

80 

81<Steps>

82 <Step title="Create a script that reads JSON and prints output">

83 Claude Code sends JSON data to your script via stdin. This script uses [`jq`](https://jqlang.github.io/jq/), a command-line JSON parser you may need to install, to extract the model name, directory, and context percentage, then prints a formatted line.

84 

85 Save this to `~/.claude/statusline.sh` (where `~` is your home directory, such as `/Users/username` on macOS or `/home/username` on Linux):

86 

87 ```bash theme={null}

88 #!/bin/bash

89 # Read JSON data that Claude Code sends to stdin

90 input=$(cat)

91 

92 # Extract fields using jq

93 MODEL=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')

94 DIR=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.workspace.current_dir')

95 # The "// 0" provides a fallback if the field is null

96 PCT=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.context_window.used_percentage // 0' | cut -d. -f1)

97 

98 # Output the status line - ${DIR##*/} extracts just the folder name

99 echo "[$MODEL] 📁 ${DIR##*/} | ${PCT}% context"

100 ```

101 </Step>

102 

103 <Step title="Make it executable">

104 Mark the script as executable so your shell can run it:

105 

106 ```bash theme={null}

107 chmod +x ~/.claude/statusline.sh

108 ```

109 </Step>

110 

111 <Step title="Add to settings">

112 Tell Claude Code to run your script as the status line. Add this configuration to `~/.claude/settings.json`, which sets `type` to `"command"` (meaning "run this shell command") and points `command` to your script:

113 

114 ```json theme={null}

115 {

116 "statusLine": {

117 "type": "command",

118 "command": "~/.claude/statusline.sh"

119 }

120 }

121 ```

122 

123 Your status line appears at the bottom of the interface. Settings reload automatically, but changes won't appear until your next interaction with Claude Code.

124 </Step>

125</Steps>

126 

127## How status lines work

128 

129Claude Code runs your script and pipes [JSON session data](#available-data) to it via stdin. Your script reads the JSON, extracts what it needs, and prints text to stdout. Claude Code displays whatever your script prints.

130 

131**When it updates**

132 

133Your script runs after each new assistant message, when the permission mode changes, or when vim mode toggles. Updates are debounced at 300ms, meaning rapid changes batch together and your script runs once things settle. If a new update triggers while your script is still running, the in-flight execution is cancelled. If you edit your script, the changes won't appear until your next interaction with Claude Code triggers an update.

134 

135**What your script can output**

136 

137* **Multiple lines**: each `echo` or `print` statement displays as a separate row. See the [multi-line example](#display-multiple-lines).

138* **Colors**: use [ANSI escape codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ANSI_escape_code#Colors) like `\033[32m` for green (terminal must support them). See the [git status example](#git-status-with-colors).

139* **Links**: use [OSC 8 escape sequences](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ANSI_escape_code#OSC) to make text clickable (Cmd+click on macOS, Ctrl+click on Windows/Linux). Requires a terminal that supports hyperlinks like iTerm2, Kitty, or WezTerm. See the [clickable links example](#clickable-links).

140 

141<Note>The status line runs locally and does not consume API tokens. It temporarily hides during certain UI interactions, including autocomplete suggestions, the help menu, and permission prompts.</Note>

142 

143## Available data

144 

145Claude Code sends the following JSON fields to your script via stdin:

146 

147| Field | Description |

148| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

149| `model.id`, `model.display_name` | Current model identifier and display name |

150| `cwd`, `workspace.current_dir` | Current working directory. Both fields contain the same value; `workspace.current_dir` is preferred for consistency with `workspace.project_dir`. |

151| `workspace.project_dir` | Directory where Claude Code was launched, which may differ from `cwd` if the working directory changes during a session |

152| `cost.total_cost_usd` | Total session cost in USD |

153| `cost.total_duration_ms` | Total wall-clock time since the session started, in milliseconds |

154| `cost.total_api_duration_ms` | Total time spent waiting for API responses in milliseconds |

155| `cost.total_lines_added`, `cost.total_lines_removed` | Lines of code changed |

156| `context_window.total_input_tokens`, `context_window.total_output_tokens` | Cumulative token counts across the session |

157| `context_window.context_window_size` | Maximum context window size in tokens. 200000 by default, or 1000000 for models with extended context. |

158| `context_window.used_percentage` | Pre-calculated percentage of context window used |

159| `context_window.remaining_percentage` | Pre-calculated percentage of context window remaining |

160| `context_window.current_usage` | Token counts from the last API call, described in [context window fields](#context-window-fields) |

161| `exceeds_200k_tokens` | Whether the total token count (input, cache, and output tokens combined) from the most recent API response exceeds 200k. This is a fixed threshold regardless of actual context window size. |

162| `rate_limits.five_hour.used_percentage`, `rate_limits.seven_day.used_percentage` | Percentage of the 5-hour or 7-day rate limit consumed, from 0 to 100 |

163| `rate_limits.five_hour.resets_at`, `rate_limits.seven_day.resets_at` | Unix epoch seconds when the 5-hour or 7-day rate limit window resets |

164| `session_id` | Unique session identifier |

165| `transcript_path` | Path to conversation transcript file |

166| `version` | Claude Code version |

167| `output_style.name` | Name of the current output style |

168| `vim.mode` | Current vim mode (`NORMAL` or `INSERT`) when [vim mode](/en/interactive-mode#vim-editor-mode) is enabled |

169| `agent.name` | Agent name when running with the `--agent` flag or agent settings configured |

170| `worktree.name` | Name of the active worktree. Present only during `--worktree` sessions |

171| `worktree.path` | Absolute path to the worktree directory |

172| `worktree.branch` | Git branch name for the worktree (for example, `"worktree-my-feature"`). Absent for hook-based worktrees |

173| `worktree.original_cwd` | The directory Claude was in before entering the worktree |

174| `worktree.original_branch` | Git branch checked out before entering the worktree. Absent for hook-based worktrees |

175 

176<Accordion title="Full JSON schema">

177 Your status line command receives this JSON structure via stdin:

178 

179 ```json theme={null}

180 {

42 "cwd": "/current/working/directory",181 "cwd": "/current/working/directory",

182 "session_id": "abc123...",

183 "transcript_path": "/path/to/transcript.jsonl",

43 "model": {184 "model": {

44 "id": "claude-opus-4-1",185 "id": "claude-opus-4-6",

45 "display_name": "Opus"186 "display_name": "Opus"

46 },187 },

47 "workspace": {188 "workspace": {


63 "total_input_tokens": 15234,204 "total_input_tokens": 15234,

64 "total_output_tokens": 4521,205 "total_output_tokens": 4521,

65 "context_window_size": 200000,206 "context_window_size": 200000,

207 "used_percentage": 8,

208 "remaining_percentage": 92,

66 "current_usage": {209 "current_usage": {

67 "input_tokens": 8500,210 "input_tokens": 8500,

68 "output_tokens": 1200,211 "output_tokens": 1200,

69 "cache_creation_input_tokens": 5000,212 "cache_creation_input_tokens": 5000,

70 "cache_read_input_tokens": 2000213 "cache_read_input_tokens": 2000

71 }214 }

215 },

216 "exceeds_200k_tokens": false,

217 "rate_limits": {

218 "five_hour": {

219 "used_percentage": 23.5,

220 "resets_at": 1738425600

221 },

222 "seven_day": {

223 "used_percentage": 41.2,

224 "resets_at": 1738857600

72 }225 }

73}226 },

74```227 "vim": {

228 "mode": "NORMAL"

229 },

230 "agent": {

231 "name": "security-reviewer"

232 },

233 "worktree": {

234 "name": "my-feature",

235 "path": "/path/to/.claude/worktrees/my-feature",

236 "branch": "worktree-my-feature",

237 "original_cwd": "/path/to/project",

238 "original_branch": "main"

239 }

240 }

241 ```

75 242 

76## Example Scripts243 **Fields that may be absent** (not present in JSON):

77 244 

78### Simple Status Line245 * `vim`: appears only when vim mode is enabled

246 * `agent`: appears only when running with the `--agent` flag or agent settings configured

247 * `worktree`: appears only during `--worktree` sessions. When present, `branch` and `original_branch` may also be absent for hook-based worktrees

248 * `rate_limits`: appears only for Claude.ai subscribers (Pro/Max) after the first API response in the session. Each window (`five_hour`, `seven_day`) may be independently absent. Use `jq -r '.rate_limits.five_hour.used_percentage // empty'` to handle absence gracefully.

79 249 

80```bash theme={null}250 **Fields that may be `null`**:

81#!/bin/bash

82# Read JSON input from stdin

83input=$(cat)

84 251 

85# Extract values using jq252 * `context_window.current_usage`: `null` before the first API call in a session

86MODEL_DISPLAY=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')253 * `context_window.used_percentage`, `context_window.remaining_percentage`: may be `null` early in the session

87CURRENT_DIR=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.workspace.current_dir')

88 254 

89echo "[$MODEL_DISPLAY] 📁 ${CURRENT_DIR##*/}"255 Handle missing fields with conditional access and null values with fallback defaults in your scripts.

90```256</Accordion>

257 

258### Context window fields

259 

260The `context_window` object provides two ways to track context usage:

261 

262* **Cumulative totals** (`total_input_tokens`, `total_output_tokens`): sum of all tokens across the entire session, useful for tracking total consumption

263* **Current usage** (`current_usage`): token counts from the most recent API call, use this for accurate context percentage since it reflects the actual context state

264 

265The `current_usage` object contains:

266 

267* `input_tokens`: input tokens in current context

268* `output_tokens`: output tokens generated

269* `cache_creation_input_tokens`: tokens written to cache

270* `cache_read_input_tokens`: tokens read from cache

271 

272The `used_percentage` field is calculated from input tokens only: `input_tokens + cache_creation_input_tokens + cache_read_input_tokens`. It does not include `output_tokens`.

273 

274If you calculate context percentage manually from `current_usage`, use the same input-only formula to match `used_percentage`.

275 

276The `current_usage` object is `null` before the first API call in a session.

277 

278## Examples

91 279 

92### Git-Aware Status Line280These examples show common status line patterns. To use any example:

93 281 

94```bash theme={null}2821. Save the script to a file like `~/.claude/statusline.sh` (or `.py`/`.js`)

95#!/bin/bash2832. Make it executable: `chmod +x ~/.claude/statusline.sh`

96# Read JSON input from stdin2843. Add the path to your [settings](#manually-configure-a-status-line)

97input=$(cat)

98 285 

99# Extract values using jq286The Bash examples use [`jq`](https://jqlang.github.io/jq/) to parse JSON. Python and Node.js have built-in JSON parsing.

100MODEL_DISPLAY=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')

101CURRENT_DIR=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.workspace.current_dir')

102 287 

103# Show git branch if in a git repo288### Context window usage

104GIT_BRANCH=""289 

105if git rev-parse --git-dir > /dev/null 2>&1; then290Display the current model and context window usage with a visual progress bar. Each script reads JSON from stdin, extracts the `used_percentage` field, and builds a 10-character bar where filled blocks (▓) represent usage:

291 

292<Frame>

293 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-context-window-usage.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=15b58ab3602f036939145dde3165c6f7" alt="A status line showing model name and a progress bar with percentage" width="448" height="152" data-path="images/statusline-context-window-usage.png" />

294</Frame>

295 

296<CodeGroup>

297 ```bash Bash theme={null}

298 #!/bin/bash

299 # Read all of stdin into a variable

300 input=$(cat)

301 

302 # Extract fields with jq, "// 0" provides fallback for null

303 MODEL=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')

304 PCT=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.context_window.used_percentage // 0' | cut -d. -f1)

305 

306 # Build progress bar: printf -v creates a run of spaces, then

307 # ${var// /▓} replaces each space with a block character

308 BAR_WIDTH=10

309 FILLED=$((PCT * BAR_WIDTH / 100))

310 EMPTY=$((BAR_WIDTH - FILLED))

311 BAR=""

312 [ "$FILLED" -gt 0 ] && printf -v FILL "%${FILLED}s" && BAR="${FILL// /▓}"

313 [ "$EMPTY" -gt 0 ] && printf -v PAD "%${EMPTY}s" && BAR="${BAR}${PAD// /░}"

314 

315 echo "[$MODEL] $BAR $PCT%"

316 ```

317 

318 ```python Python theme={null}

319 #!/usr/bin/env python3

320 import json, sys

321 

322 # json.load reads and parses stdin in one step

323 data = json.load(sys.stdin)

324 model = data['model']['display_name']

325 # "or 0" handles null values

326 pct = int(data.get('context_window', {}).get('used_percentage', 0) or 0)

327 

328 # String multiplication builds the bar

329 filled = pct * 10 // 100

330 bar = '▓' * filled + '░' * (10 - filled)

331 

332 print(f"[{model}] {bar} {pct}%")

333 ```

334 

335 ```javascript Node.js theme={null}

336 #!/usr/bin/env node

337 // Node.js reads stdin asynchronously with events

338 let input = '';

339 process.stdin.on('data', chunk => input += chunk);

340 process.stdin.on('end', () => {

341 const data = JSON.parse(input);

342 const model = data.model.display_name;

343 // Optional chaining (?.) safely handles null fields

344 const pct = Math.floor(data.context_window?.used_percentage || 0);

345 

346 // String.repeat() builds the bar

347 const filled = Math.floor(pct * 10 / 100);

348 const bar = '▓'.repeat(filled) + '░'.repeat(10 - filled);

349 

350 console.log(`[${model}] ${bar} ${pct}%`);

351 });

352 ```

353</CodeGroup>

354 

355### Git status with colors

356 

357Show git branch with color-coded indicators for staged and modified files. This script uses [ANSI escape codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ANSI_escape_code#Colors) for terminal colors: `\033[32m` is green, `\033[33m` is yellow, and `\033[0m` resets to default.

358 

359<Frame>

360 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-git-context.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=e656f34f90d1d9a1d0e220988914345f" alt="A status line showing model, directory, git branch, and colored indicators for staged and modified files" width="742" height="178" data-path="images/statusline-git-context.png" />

361</Frame>

362 

363Each script checks if the current directory is a git repository, counts staged and modified files, and displays color-coded indicators:

364 

365<CodeGroup>

366 ```bash Bash theme={null}

367 #!/bin/bash

368 input=$(cat)

369 

370 MODEL=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')

371 DIR=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.workspace.current_dir')

372 

373 GREEN='\033[32m'

374 YELLOW='\033[33m'

375 RESET='\033[0m'

376 

377 if git rev-parse --git-dir > /dev/null 2>&1; then

106 BRANCH=$(git branch --show-current 2>/dev/null)378 BRANCH=$(git branch --show-current 2>/dev/null)

107 if [ -n "$BRANCH" ]; then379 STAGED=$(git diff --cached --numstat 2>/dev/null | wc -l | tr -d ' ')

108 GIT_BRANCH=" | 🌿 $BRANCH"380 MODIFIED=$(git diff --numstat 2>/dev/null | wc -l | tr -d ' ')

109 fi

110fi

111 381 

112echo "[$MODEL_DISPLAY] 📁 ${CURRENT_DIR##*/}$GIT_BRANCH"382 GIT_STATUS=""

113```383 [ "$STAGED" -gt 0 ] && GIT_STATUS="${GREEN}+${STAGED}${RESET}"

384 [ "$MODIFIED" -gt 0 ] && GIT_STATUS="${GIT_STATUS}${YELLOW}~${MODIFIED}${RESET}"

114 385 

115### Python Example386 echo -e "[$MODEL] 📁 ${DIR##*/} | 🌿 $BRANCH $GIT_STATUS"

387 else

388 echo "[$MODEL] 📁 ${DIR##*/}"

389 fi

390 ```

116 391 

117```python theme={null}392 ```python Python theme={null}

118#!/usr/bin/env python3393 #!/usr/bin/env python3

119import json394 import json, sys, subprocess, os

120import sys

121import os

122 395 

123# Read JSON from stdin396 data = json.load(sys.stdin)

124data = json.load(sys.stdin)397 model = data['model']['display_name']

398 directory = os.path.basename(data['workspace']['current_dir'])

125 399 

126# Extract values400 GREEN, YELLOW, RESET = '\033[32m', '\033[33m', '\033[0m'

127model = data['model']['display_name']

128current_dir = os.path.basename(data['workspace']['current_dir'])

129 401 

130# Check for git branch

131git_branch = ""

132if os.path.exists('.git'):

133 try:402 try:

134 with open('.git/HEAD', 'r') as f:403 subprocess.check_output(['git', 'rev-parse', '--git-dir'], stderr=subprocess.DEVNULL)

135 ref = f.read().strip()404 branch = subprocess.check_output(['git', 'branch', '--show-current'], text=True).strip()

136 if ref.startswith('ref: refs/heads/'):405 staged_output = subprocess.check_output(['git', 'diff', '--cached', '--numstat'], text=True).strip()

137 git_branch = f" | 🌿 {ref.replace('ref: refs/heads/', '')}"406 modified_output = subprocess.check_output(['git', 'diff', '--numstat'], text=True).strip()

407 staged = len(staged_output.split('\n')) if staged_output else 0

408 modified = len(modified_output.split('\n')) if modified_output else 0

409 

410 git_status = f"{GREEN}+{staged}{RESET}" if staged else ""

411 git_status += f"{YELLOW}~{modified}{RESET}" if modified else ""

412 

413 print(f"[{model}] 📁 {directory} | 🌿 {branch} {git_status}")

138 except:414 except:

139 pass415 print(f"[{model}] 📁 {directory}")

416 ```

140 417 

141print(f"[{model}] 📁 {current_dir}{git_branch}")418 ```javascript Node.js theme={null}

142```419 #!/usr/bin/env node

420 const { execSync } = require('child_process');

421 const path = require('path');

422 

423 let input = '';

424 process.stdin.on('data', chunk => input += chunk);

425 process.stdin.on('end', () => {

426 const data = JSON.parse(input);

427 const model = data.model.display_name;

428 const dir = path.basename(data.workspace.current_dir);

429 

430 const GREEN = '\x1b[32m', YELLOW = '\x1b[33m', RESET = '\x1b[0m';

431 

432 try {

433 execSync('git rev-parse --git-dir', { stdio: 'ignore' });

434 const branch = execSync('git branch --show-current', { encoding: 'utf8' }).trim();

435 const staged = execSync('git diff --cached --numstat', { encoding: 'utf8' }).trim().split('\n').filter(Boolean).length;

436 const modified = execSync('git diff --numstat', { encoding: 'utf8' }).trim().split('\n').filter(Boolean).length;

437 

438 let gitStatus = staged ? `${GREEN}+${staged}${RESET}` : '';

439 gitStatus += modified ? `${YELLOW}~${modified}${RESET}` : '';

440 

441 console.log(`[${model}] 📁 ${dir} | 🌿 ${branch} ${gitStatus}`);

442 } catch {

443 console.log(`[${model}] 📁 ${dir}`);

444 }

445 });

446 ```

447</CodeGroup>

448 

449### Cost and duration tracking

450 

451Track your session's API costs and elapsed time. The `cost.total_cost_usd` field accumulates the cost of all API calls in the current session. The `cost.total_duration_ms` field measures total elapsed time since the session started, while `cost.total_api_duration_ms` tracks only the time spent waiting for API responses.

452 

453Each script formats cost as currency and converts milliseconds to minutes and seconds:

454 

455<Frame>

456 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-cost-tracking.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=e3444a51fe6f3440c134bd5f1f08ad29" alt="A status line showing model name, session cost, and duration" width="588" height="180" data-path="images/statusline-cost-tracking.png" />

457</Frame>

143 458 

144### Node.js Example459<CodeGroup>

460 ```bash Bash theme={null}

461 #!/bin/bash

462 input=$(cat)

145 463 

146```javascript theme={null}464 MODEL=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')

147#!/usr/bin/env node465 COST=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.cost.total_cost_usd // 0')

466 DURATION_MS=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.cost.total_duration_ms // 0')

148 467 

149const fs = require('fs');468 COST_FMT=$(printf '$%.2f' "$COST")

150const path = require('path');469 DURATION_SEC=$((DURATION_MS / 1000))

470 MINS=$((DURATION_SEC / 60))

471 SECS=$((DURATION_SEC % 60))

151 472 

152// Read JSON from stdin473 echo "[$MODEL] 💰 $COST_FMT | ⏱️ ${MINS}m ${SECS}s"

153let input = '';474 ```

154process.stdin.on('data', chunk => input += chunk);475 

155process.stdin.on('end', () => {476 ```python Python theme={null}

477 #!/usr/bin/env python3

478 import json, sys

479 

480 data = json.load(sys.stdin)

481 model = data['model']['display_name']

482 cost = data.get('cost', {}).get('total_cost_usd', 0) or 0

483 duration_ms = data.get('cost', {}).get('total_duration_ms', 0) or 0

484 

485 duration_sec = duration_ms // 1000

486 mins, secs = duration_sec // 60, duration_sec % 60

487 

488 print(f"[{model}] 💰 ${cost:.2f} | ⏱️ {mins}m {secs}s")

489 ```

490 

491 ```javascript Node.js theme={null}

492 #!/usr/bin/env node

493 let input = '';

494 process.stdin.on('data', chunk => input += chunk);

495 process.stdin.on('end', () => {

156 const data = JSON.parse(input);496 const data = JSON.parse(input);

497 const model = data.model.display_name;

498 const cost = data.cost?.total_cost_usd || 0;

499 const durationMs = data.cost?.total_duration_ms || 0;

500 

501 const durationSec = Math.floor(durationMs / 1000);

502 const mins = Math.floor(durationSec / 60);

503 const secs = durationSec % 60;

504 

505 console.log(`[${model}] 💰 $${cost.toFixed(2)} | ⏱️ ${mins}m ${secs}s`);

506 });

507 ```

508</CodeGroup>

509 

510### Display multiple lines

511 

512Your script can output multiple lines to create a richer display. Each `echo` statement produces a separate row in the status area.

513 

514<Frame>

515 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-multiline.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=60f11387658acc9ff75158ae85f2ac87" alt="A multi-line status line showing model name, directory, git branch on the first line, and a context usage progress bar with cost and duration on the second line" width="776" height="212" data-path="images/statusline-multiline.png" />

516</Frame>

517 

518This example combines several techniques: threshold-based colors (green under 70%, yellow 70-89%, red 90%+), a progress bar, and git branch info. Each `print` or `echo` statement creates a separate row:

519 

520<CodeGroup>

521 ```bash Bash theme={null}

522 #!/bin/bash

523 input=$(cat)

524 

525 MODEL=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')

526 DIR=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.workspace.current_dir')

527 COST=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.cost.total_cost_usd // 0')

528 PCT=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.context_window.used_percentage // 0' | cut -d. -f1)

529 DURATION_MS=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.cost.total_duration_ms // 0')

157 530 

158 // Extract values531 CYAN='\033[36m'; GREEN='\033[32m'; YELLOW='\033[33m'; RED='\033[31m'; RESET='\033[0m'

532 

533 # Pick bar color based on context usage

534 if [ "$PCT" -ge 90 ]; then BAR_COLOR="$RED"

535 elif [ "$PCT" -ge 70 ]; then BAR_COLOR="$YELLOW"

536 else BAR_COLOR="$GREEN"; fi

537 

538 FILLED=$((PCT / 10)); EMPTY=$((10 - FILLED))

539 printf -v FILL "%${FILLED}s"; printf -v PAD "%${EMPTY}s"

540 BAR="${FILL// /█}${PAD// /░}"

541 

542 MINS=$((DURATION_MS / 60000)); SECS=$(((DURATION_MS % 60000) / 1000))

543 

544 BRANCH=""

545 git rev-parse --git-dir > /dev/null 2>&1 && BRANCH=" | 🌿 $(git branch --show-current 2>/dev/null)"

546 

547 echo -e "${CYAN}[$MODEL]${RESET} 📁 ${DIR##*/}$BRANCH"

548 COST_FMT=$(printf '$%.2f' "$COST")

549 echo -e "${BAR_COLOR}${BAR}${RESET} ${PCT}% | ${YELLOW}${COST_FMT}${RESET} | ⏱️ ${MINS}m ${SECS}s"

550 ```

551 

552 ```python Python theme={null}

553 #!/usr/bin/env python3

554 import json, sys, subprocess, os

555 

556 data = json.load(sys.stdin)

557 model = data['model']['display_name']

558 directory = os.path.basename(data['workspace']['current_dir'])

559 cost = data.get('cost', {}).get('total_cost_usd', 0) or 0

560 pct = int(data.get('context_window', {}).get('used_percentage', 0) or 0)

561 duration_ms = data.get('cost', {}).get('total_duration_ms', 0) or 0

562 

563 CYAN, GREEN, YELLOW, RED, RESET = '\033[36m', '\033[32m', '\033[33m', '\033[31m', '\033[0m'

564 

565 bar_color = RED if pct >= 90 else YELLOW if pct >= 70 else GREEN

566 filled = pct // 10

567 bar = '█' * filled + '░' * (10 - filled)

568 

569 mins, secs = duration_ms // 60000, (duration_ms % 60000) // 1000

570 

571 try:

572 branch = subprocess.check_output(['git', 'branch', '--show-current'], text=True, stderr=subprocess.DEVNULL).strip()

573 branch = f" | 🌿 {branch}" if branch else ""

574 except:

575 branch = ""

576 

577 print(f"{CYAN}[{model}]{RESET} 📁 {directory}{branch}")

578 print(f"{bar_color}{bar}{RESET} {pct}% | {YELLOW}${cost:.2f}{RESET} | ⏱️ {mins}m {secs}s")

579 ```

580 

581 ```javascript Node.js theme={null}

582 #!/usr/bin/env node

583 const { execSync } = require('child_process');

584 const path = require('path');

585 

586 let input = '';

587 process.stdin.on('data', chunk => input += chunk);

588 process.stdin.on('end', () => {

589 const data = JSON.parse(input);

159 const model = data.model.display_name;590 const model = data.model.display_name;

160 const currentDir = path.basename(data.workspace.current_dir);591 const dir = path.basename(data.workspace.current_dir);

592 const cost = data.cost?.total_cost_usd || 0;

593 const pct = Math.floor(data.context_window?.used_percentage || 0);

594 const durationMs = data.cost?.total_duration_ms || 0;

595 

596 const CYAN = '\x1b[36m', GREEN = '\x1b[32m', YELLOW = '\x1b[33m', RED = '\x1b[31m', RESET = '\x1b[0m';

597 

598 const barColor = pct >= 90 ? RED : pct >= 70 ? YELLOW : GREEN;

599 const filled = Math.floor(pct / 10);

600 const bar = '█'.repeat(filled) + '░'.repeat(10 - filled);

161 601 

162 // Check for git branch602 const mins = Math.floor(durationMs / 60000);

163 let gitBranch = '';603 const secs = Math.floor((durationMs % 60000) / 1000);

604 

605 let branch = '';

164 try {606 try {

165 const headContent = fs.readFileSync('.git/HEAD', 'utf8').trim();607 branch = execSync('git branch --show-current', { encoding: 'utf8', stdio: ['pipe', 'pipe', 'ignore'] }).trim();

166 if (headContent.startsWith('ref: refs/heads/')) {608 branch = branch ? ` | 🌿 ${branch}` : '';

167 gitBranch = ` | 🌿 ${headContent.replace('ref: refs/heads/', '')}`;609 } catch {}

610 

611 console.log(`${CYAN}[${model}]${RESET} 📁 ${dir}${branch}`);

612 console.log(`${barColor}${bar}${RESET} ${pct}% | ${YELLOW}$${cost.toFixed(2)}${RESET} | ⏱️ ${mins}m ${secs}s`);

613 });

614 ```

615</CodeGroup>

616 

617### Clickable links

618 

619This example creates a clickable link to your GitHub repository. It reads the git remote URL, converts SSH format to HTTPS with `sed`, and wraps the repo name in OSC 8 escape codes. Hold Cmd (macOS) or Ctrl (Windows/Linux) and click to open the link in your browser.

620 

621<Frame>

622 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/nibzesLaJVh4ydOq/images/statusline-links.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=nibzesLaJVh4ydOq&q=85&s=4bcc6e7deb7cf52f41ab85a219b52661" alt="A status line showing a clickable link to a GitHub repository" width="726" height="198" data-path="images/statusline-links.png" />

623</Frame>

624 

625Each script gets the git remote URL, converts SSH format to HTTPS, and wraps the repo name in OSC 8 escape codes. The Bash version uses `printf '%b'` which interprets backslash escapes more reliably than `echo -e` across different shells:

626 

627<CodeGroup>

628 ```bash Bash theme={null}

629 #!/bin/bash

630 input=$(cat)

631 

632 MODEL=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')

633 

634 # Convert git SSH URL to HTTPS

635 REMOTE=$(git remote get-url origin 2>/dev/null | sed 's/git@github.com:/https:\/\/github.com\//' | sed 's/\.git$//')

636 

637 if [ -n "$REMOTE" ]; then

638 REPO_NAME=$(basename "$REMOTE")

639 # OSC 8 format: \e]8;;URL\a then TEXT then \e]8;;\a

640 # printf %b interprets escape sequences reliably across shells

641 printf '%b' "[$MODEL] 🔗 \e]8;;${REMOTE}\a${REPO_NAME}\e]8;;\a\n"

642 else

643 echo "[$MODEL]"

644 fi

645 ```

646 

647 ```python Python theme={null}

648 #!/usr/bin/env python3

649 import json, sys, subprocess, re, os

650 

651 data = json.load(sys.stdin)

652 model = data['model']['display_name']

653 

654 # Get git remote URL

655 try:

656 remote = subprocess.check_output(

657 ['git', 'remote', 'get-url', 'origin'],

658 stderr=subprocess.DEVNULL, text=True

659 ).strip()

660 # Convert SSH to HTTPS format

661 remote = re.sub(r'^git@github\.com:', 'https://github.com/', remote)

662 remote = re.sub(r'\.git$', '', remote)

663 repo_name = os.path.basename(remote)

664 # OSC 8 escape sequences

665 link = f"\033]8;;{remote}\a{repo_name}\033]8;;\a"

666 print(f"[{model}] 🔗 {link}")

667 except:

668 print(f"[{model}]")

669 ```

670 

671 ```javascript Node.js theme={null}

672 #!/usr/bin/env node

673 const { execSync } = require('child_process');

674 const path = require('path');

675 

676 let input = '';

677 process.stdin.on('data', chunk => input += chunk);

678 process.stdin.on('end', () => {

679 const data = JSON.parse(input);

680 const model = data.model.display_name;

681 

682 try {

683 let remote = execSync('git remote get-url origin', { encoding: 'utf8', stdio: ['pipe', 'pipe', 'ignore'] }).trim();

684 // Convert SSH to HTTPS format

685 remote = remote.replace(/^git@github\.com:/, 'https://github.com/').replace(/\.git$/, '');

686 const repoName = path.basename(remote);

687 // OSC 8 escape sequences

688 const link = `\x1b]8;;${remote}\x07${repoName}\x1b]8;;\x07`;

689 console.log(`[${model}] 🔗 ${link}`);

690 } catch {

691 console.log(`[${model}]`);

168 }692 }

169 } catch (e) {693 });

170 // Not a git repo or can't read HEAD694 ```

695</CodeGroup>

696 

697### Rate limit usage

698 

699Display Claude.ai subscription rate limit usage in the status line. The `rate_limits` object contains `five_hour` (5-hour rolling window) and `seven_day` (weekly) windows. Each window provides `used_percentage` (0-100) and `resets_at` (Unix epoch seconds when the window resets).

700 

701This field is only present for Claude.ai subscribers (Pro/Max) after the first API response. Each script handles the absent field gracefully:

702 

703<CodeGroup>

704 ```bash Bash theme={null}

705 #!/bin/bash

706 input=$(cat)

707 

708 MODEL=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')

709 # "// empty" produces no output when rate_limits is absent

710 FIVE_H=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.rate_limits.five_hour.used_percentage // empty')

711 WEEK=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.rate_limits.seven_day.used_percentage // empty')

712 

713 LIMITS=""

714 [ -n "$FIVE_H" ] && LIMITS="5h: $(printf '%.0f' "$FIVE_H")%"

715 [ -n "$WEEK" ] && LIMITS="${LIMITS:+$LIMITS }7d: $(printf '%.0f' "$WEEK")%"

716 

717 [ -n "$LIMITS" ] && echo "[$MODEL] | $LIMITS" || echo "[$MODEL]"

718 ```

719 

720 ```python Python theme={null}

721 #!/usr/bin/env python3

722 import json, sys

723 

724 data = json.load(sys.stdin)

725 model = data['model']['display_name']

726 

727 parts = []

728 rate = data.get('rate_limits', {})

729 five_h = rate.get('five_hour', {}).get('used_percentage')

730 week = rate.get('seven_day', {}).get('used_percentage')

731 

732 if five_h is not None:

733 parts.append(f"5h: {five_h:.0f}%")

734 if week is not None:

735 parts.append(f"7d: {week:.0f}%")

736 

737 if parts:

738 print(f"[{model}] | {' '.join(parts)}")

739 else:

740 print(f"[{model}]")

741 ```

742 

743 ```javascript Node.js theme={null}

744 #!/usr/bin/env node

745 let input = '';

746 process.stdin.on('data', chunk => input += chunk);

747 process.stdin.on('end', () => {

748 const data = JSON.parse(input);

749 const model = data.model.display_name;

750 

751 const parts = [];

752 const fiveH = data.rate_limits?.five_hour?.used_percentage;

753 const week = data.rate_limits?.seven_day?.used_percentage;

754 

755 if (fiveH != null) parts.push(`5h: ${Math.round(fiveH)}%`);

756 if (week != null) parts.push(`7d: ${Math.round(week)}%`);

757 

758 console.log(parts.length ? `[${model}] | ${parts.join(' ')}` : `[${model}]`);

759 });

760 ```

761</CodeGroup>

762 

763### Cache expensive operations

764 

765Your status line script runs frequently during active sessions. Commands like `git status` or `git diff` can be slow, especially in large repositories. This example caches git information to a temp file and only refreshes it every 5 seconds.

766 

767Use a stable, fixed filename for the cache file like `/tmp/statusline-git-cache`. Each status line invocation runs as a new process, so process-based identifiers like `$$`, `os.getpid()`, or `process.pid` produce a different value every time and the cache is never reused.

768 

769Each script checks if the cache file is missing or older than 5 seconds before running git commands:

770 

771<CodeGroup>

772 ```bash Bash theme={null}

773 #!/bin/bash

774 input=$(cat)

775 

776 MODEL=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')

777 DIR=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.workspace.current_dir')

778 

779 CACHE_FILE="/tmp/statusline-git-cache"

780 CACHE_MAX_AGE=5 # seconds

781 

782 cache_is_stale() {

783 [ ! -f "$CACHE_FILE" ] || \

784 # stat -f %m is macOS, stat -c %Y is Linux

785 [ $(($(date +%s) - $(stat -f %m "$CACHE_FILE" 2>/dev/null || stat -c %Y "$CACHE_FILE" 2>/dev/null || echo 0))) -gt $CACHE_MAX_AGE ]

171 }786 }

172 787 

173 console.log(`[${model}] 📁 ${currentDir}${gitBranch}`);788 if cache_is_stale; then

174});789 if git rev-parse --git-dir > /dev/null 2>&1; then

175```790 BRANCH=$(git branch --show-current 2>/dev/null)

791 STAGED=$(git diff --cached --numstat 2>/dev/null | wc -l | tr -d ' ')

792 MODIFIED=$(git diff --numstat 2>/dev/null | wc -l | tr -d ' ')

793 echo "$BRANCH|$STAGED|$MODIFIED" > "$CACHE_FILE"

794 else

795 echo "||" > "$CACHE_FILE"

796 fi

797 fi

176 798 

177### Helper Function Approach799 IFS='|' read -r BRANCH STAGED MODIFIED < "$CACHE_FILE"

178 

179For more complex bash scripts, you can create helper functions:

180 

181```bash theme={null}

182#!/bin/bash

183# Read JSON input once

184input=$(cat)

185 

186# Helper functions for common extractions

187get_model_name() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name'; }

188get_current_dir() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.workspace.current_dir'; }

189get_project_dir() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.workspace.project_dir'; }

190get_version() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.version'; }

191get_cost() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.cost.total_cost_usd'; }

192get_duration() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.cost.total_duration_ms'; }

193get_lines_added() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.cost.total_lines_added'; }

194get_lines_removed() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.cost.total_lines_removed'; }

195get_input_tokens() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.context_window.total_input_tokens'; }

196get_output_tokens() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.context_window.total_output_tokens'; }

197get_context_window_size() { echo "$input" | jq -r '.context_window.context_window_size'; }

198 

199# Use the helpers

200MODEL=$(get_model_name)

201DIR=$(get_current_dir)

202echo "[$MODEL] 📁 ${DIR##*/}"

203```

204 800 

205### Context Window Usage801 if [ -n "$BRANCH" ]; then

802 echo "[$MODEL] 📁 ${DIR##*/} | 🌿 $BRANCH +$STAGED ~$MODIFIED"

803 else

804 echo "[$MODEL] 📁 ${DIR##*/}"

805 fi

806 ```

206 807 

207Display the percentage of context window consumed. The `context_window` object contains:808 ```python Python theme={null}

809 #!/usr/bin/env python3

810 import json, sys, subprocess, os, time

208 811 

209* `total_input_tokens` / `total_output_tokens`: Cumulative totals across the entire session812 data = json.load(sys.stdin)

210* `current_usage`: Current context window usage from the last API call (may be `null` if no messages yet)813 model = data['model']['display_name']

211 * `input_tokens`: Input tokens in current context814 directory = os.path.basename(data['workspace']['current_dir'])

212 * `output_tokens`: Output tokens generated

213 * `cache_creation_input_tokens`: Tokens written to cache

214 * `cache_read_input_tokens`: Tokens read from cache

215 815 

216For accurate context percentage, use `current_usage` which reflects the actual context window state:816 CACHE_FILE = "/tmp/statusline-git-cache"

817 CACHE_MAX_AGE = 5 # seconds

217 818 

218```bash theme={null}819 def cache_is_stale():

219#!/bin/bash820 if not os.path.exists(CACHE_FILE):

220input=$(cat)821 return True

822 return time.time() - os.path.getmtime(CACHE_FILE) > CACHE_MAX_AGE

221 823 

222MODEL=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.model.display_name')824 if cache_is_stale():

223CONTEXT_SIZE=$(echo "$input" | jq -r '.context_window.context_window_size')825 try:

224USAGE=$(echo "$input" | jq '.context_window.current_usage')826 subprocess.check_output(['git', 'rev-parse', '--git-dir'], stderr=subprocess.DEVNULL)

827 branch = subprocess.check_output(['git', 'branch', '--show-current'], text=True).strip()

828 staged = subprocess.check_output(['git', 'diff', '--cached', '--numstat'], text=True).strip()

829 modified = subprocess.check_output(['git', 'diff', '--numstat'], text=True).strip()

830 staged_count = len(staged.split('\n')) if staged else 0

831 modified_count = len(modified.split('\n')) if modified else 0

832 with open(CACHE_FILE, 'w') as f:

833 f.write(f"{branch}|{staged_count}|{modified_count}")

834 except:

835 with open(CACHE_FILE, 'w') as f:

836 f.write("||")

837 

838 with open(CACHE_FILE) as f:

839 branch, staged, modified = f.read().strip().split('|')

840 

841 if branch:

842 print(f"[{model}] 📁 {directory} | 🌿 {branch} +{staged} ~{modified}")

843 else:

844 print(f"[{model}] 📁 {directory}")

845 ```

846 

847 ```javascript Node.js theme={null}

848 #!/usr/bin/env node

849 const { execSync } = require('child_process');

850 const fs = require('fs');

851 const path = require('path');

852 

853 let input = '';

854 process.stdin.on('data', chunk => input += chunk);

855 process.stdin.on('end', () => {

856 const data = JSON.parse(input);

857 const model = data.model.display_name;

858 const dir = path.basename(data.workspace.current_dir);

225 859 

226if [ "$USAGE" != "null" ]; then860 const CACHE_FILE = '/tmp/statusline-git-cache';

227 # Calculate current context from current_usage fields861 const CACHE_MAX_AGE = 5; // seconds

228 CURRENT_TOKENS=$(echo "$USAGE" | jq '.input_tokens + .cache_creation_input_tokens + .cache_read_input_tokens')862 

229 PERCENT_USED=$((CURRENT_TOKENS * 100 / CONTEXT_SIZE))863 const cacheIsStale = () => {

230 echo "[$MODEL] Context: ${PERCENT_USED}%"864 if (!fs.existsSync(CACHE_FILE)) return true;

231else865 return (Date.now() / 1000) - fs.statSync(CACHE_FILE).mtimeMs / 1000 > CACHE_MAX_AGE;

232 echo "[$MODEL] Context: 0%"866 };

233fi867 

234```868 if (cacheIsStale()) {

869 try {

870 execSync('git rev-parse --git-dir', { stdio: 'ignore' });

871 const branch = execSync('git branch --show-current', { encoding: 'utf8' }).trim();

872 const staged = execSync('git diff --cached --numstat', { encoding: 'utf8' }).trim().split('\n').filter(Boolean).length;

873 const modified = execSync('git diff --numstat', { encoding: 'utf8' }).trim().split('\n').filter(Boolean).length;

874 fs.writeFileSync(CACHE_FILE, `${branch}|${staged}|${modified}`);

875 } catch {

876 fs.writeFileSync(CACHE_FILE, '||');

877 }

878 }

879 

880 const [branch, staged, modified] = fs.readFileSync(CACHE_FILE, 'utf8').trim().split('|');

881 

882 if (branch) {

883 console.log(`[${model}] 📁 ${dir} | 🌿 ${branch} +${staged} ~${modified}`);

884 } else {

885 console.log(`[${model}] 📁 ${dir}`);

886 }

887 });

888 ```

889</CodeGroup>

890 

891### Windows configuration

892 

893On Windows, Claude Code runs status line commands through Git Bash. You can invoke PowerShell from that shell:

894 

895<CodeGroup>

896 ```json settings.json theme={null}

897 {

898 "statusLine": {

899 "type": "command",

900 "command": "powershell -NoProfile -File C:/Users/username/.claude/statusline.ps1"

901 }

902 }

903 ```

904 

905 ```powershell statusline.ps1 theme={null}

906 $input_json = $input | Out-String | ConvertFrom-Json

907 $cwd = $input_json.cwd

908 $model = $input_json.model.display_name

909 $used = $input_json.context_window.used_percentage

910 $dirname = Split-Path $cwd -Leaf

911 

912 if ($used) {

913 Write-Host "$dirname [$model] ctx: $used%"

914 } else {

915 Write-Host "$dirname [$model]"

916 }

917 ```

918</CodeGroup>

919 

920Or run a Bash script directly:

921 

922<CodeGroup>

923 ```json settings.json theme={null}

924 {

925 "statusLine": {

926 "type": "command",

927 "command": "~/.claude/statusline.sh"

928 }

929 }

930 ```

931 

932 ```bash statusline.sh theme={null}

933 #!/usr/bin/env bash

934 input=$(cat)

935 cwd=$(echo "$input" | grep -o '"cwd":"[^"]*"' | cut -d'"' -f4)

936 model=$(echo "$input" | grep -o '"display_name":"[^"]*"' | cut -d'"' -f4)

937 dirname="${cwd##*[/\\]}"

938 echo "$dirname [$model]"

939 ```

940</CodeGroup>

235 941 

236## Tips942## Tips

237 943 

238* Keep your status line concise - it should fit on one line944* **Test with mock input**: `echo '{"model":{"display_name":"Opus"},"context_window":{"used_percentage":25}}' | ./statusline.sh`

239* Use emojis (if your terminal supports them) and colors to make information scannable945* **Keep output short**: the status bar has limited width, so long output may get truncated or wrap awkwardly

240* Use `jq` for JSON parsing in Bash (see examples above)946* **Cache slow operations**: your script runs frequently during active sessions, so commands like `git status` can cause lag. See the [caching example](#cache-expensive-operations) for how to handle this.

241* Test your script by running it manually with mock JSON input: `echo '{"model":{"display_name":"Test"},"workspace":{"current_dir":"/test"}}' | ./statusline.sh`947 

242* Consider caching expensive operations (like git status) if needed948Community projects like [ccstatusline](https://github.com/sirmalloc/ccstatusline) and [starship-claude](https://github.com/martinemde/starship-claude) provide pre-built configurations with themes and additional features.

243 949 

244## Troubleshooting950## Troubleshooting

245 951 

246* If your status line doesn't appear, check that your script is executable (`chmod +x`)952**Status line not appearing**

247* Ensure your script outputs to stdout (not stderr)953 

954* Verify your script is executable: `chmod +x ~/.claude/statusline.sh`

955* Check that your script outputs to stdout, not stderr

956* Run your script manually to verify it produces output

957* If `disableAllHooks` is set to `true` in your settings, the status line is also disabled. Remove this setting or set it to `false` to re-enable.

958* Run `claude --debug` to log the exit code and stderr from the first status line invocation in a session

959* Ask Claude to read your settings file and execute the `statusLine` command directly to surface errors

960 

961**Status line shows `--` or empty values**

962 

963* Fields may be `null` before the first API response completes

964* Handle null values in your script with fallbacks such as `// 0` in jq

965* Restart Claude Code if values remain empty after multiple messages

966 

967**Context percentage shows unexpected values**

968 

969* Use `used_percentage` for accurate context state rather than cumulative totals

970* The `total_input_tokens` and `total_output_tokens` are cumulative across the session and may exceed the context window size

971* Context percentage may differ from `/context` output due to when each is calculated

972 

973**OSC 8 links not clickable**

974 

975* Verify your terminal supports OSC 8 hyperlinks (iTerm2, Kitty, WezTerm)

976* Terminal.app does not support clickable links

977* SSH and tmux sessions may strip OSC sequences depending on configuration

978* If escape sequences appear as literal text like `\e]8;;`, use `printf '%b'` instead of `echo -e` for more reliable escape handling

979 

980**Display glitches with escape sequences**

981 

982* Complex escape sequences (ANSI colors, OSC 8 links) can occasionally cause garbled output if they overlap with other UI updates

983* If you see corrupted text, try simplifying your script to plain text output

984* Multi-line status lines with escape codes are more prone to rendering issues than single-line plain text

985 

986**Workspace trust required**

987 

988* The status line command only runs if you've accepted the workspace trust dialog for the current directory. Because `statusLine` executes a shell command, it requires the same trust acceptance as hooks and other shell-executing settings.

989* If trust isn't accepted, you'll see the notification `statusline skipped · restart to fix` instead of your status line output. Restart Claude Code and accept the trust prompt to enable it.

990 

991**Script errors or hangs**

248 992 

993* Scripts that exit with non-zero codes or produce no output cause the status line to go blank

994* Slow scripts block the status line from updating until they complete. Keep scripts fast to avoid stale output.

995* If a new update triggers while a slow script is running, the in-flight script is cancelled

996* Test your script independently with mock input before configuring it

249 997 

998**Notifications share the status line row**

250 999 

251> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt1000* System notifications like MCP server errors, auto-updates, and token warnings display on the right side of the same row as your status line

1001* Enabling verbose mode adds a token counter to this area

1002* On narrow terminals, these notifications may truncate your status line output

sub-agents.md +259 −52

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Create custom subagents5# Create custom subagents

2 6 

3> Create and use specialized AI subagents in Claude Code for task-specific workflows and improved context management.7> Create and use specialized AI subagents in Claude Code for task-specific workflows and improved context management.

4 8 

5Subagents are specialized AI assistants that handle specific types of tasks. Each subagent runs in its own context window with a custom system prompt, specific tool access, and independent permissions. When Claude encounters a task that matches a subagent's description, it delegates to that subagent, which works independently and returns results.9Subagents are specialized AI assistants that handle specific types of tasks. Each subagent runs in its own context window with a custom system prompt, specific tool access, and independent permissions. When Claude encounters a task that matches a subagent's description, it delegates to that subagent, which works independently and returns results. To see the context savings in practice, the [context window visualization](/en/context-window) walks through a session where a subagent handles research in its own separate window.

10 

11<Note>

12 If you need multiple agents working in parallel and communicating with each other, see [agent teams](/en/agent-teams) instead. Subagents work within a single session; agent teams coordinate across separate sessions.

13</Note>

6 14 

7Subagents help you:15Subagents help you:

8 16 


68 76 

69## Quickstart: create your first subagent77## Quickstart: create your first subagent

70 78 

71Subagents are defined in Markdown files with YAML frontmatter. You can [create them manually](#write-subagent-files) or use the `/agents` slash command.79Subagents are defined in Markdown files with YAML frontmatter. You can [create them manually](#write-subagent-files) or use the `/agents` command.

72 80 

73This walkthrough guides you through creating a user-level subagent with the `/agent` command. The subagent reviews code and suggests improvements for the codebase.81This walkthrough guides you through creating a user-level subagent with the `/agents` command. The subagent reviews code and suggests improvements for the codebase.

74 82 

75<Steps>83<Steps>

76 <Step title="Open the subagents interface">84 <Step title="Open the subagents interface">

77 In Claude Code, run:85 In Claude Code, run:

78 86 

79 ```87 ```text theme={null}

80 /agents88 /agents

81 ```89 ```

82 </Step>90 </Step>

83 91 

84 <Step title="Create a new user-level agent">92 <Step title="Choose a location">

85 Select **Create new agent**, then choose **User-level**. This saves the subagent to `~/.claude/agents/` so it's available in all your projects.93 Select **Create new agent**, then choose **Personal**. This saves the subagent to `~/.claude/agents/` so it's available in all your projects.

86 </Step>94 </Step>

87 95 

88 <Step title="Generate with Claude">96 <Step title="Generate with Claude">

89 Select **Generate with Claude**. When prompted, describe the subagent:97 Select **Generate with Claude**. When prompted, describe the subagent:

90 98 

91 ```99 ```text theme={null}

92 A code improvement agent that scans files and suggests improvements100 A code improvement agent that scans files and suggests improvements

93 for readability, performance, and best practices. It should explain101 for readability, performance, and best practices. It should explain

94 each issue, show the current code, and provide an improved version.102 each issue, show the current code, and provide an improved version.

95 ```103 ```

96 104 

97 Claude generates the system prompt and configuration. Press `e` to open it in your editor if you want to customize it.105 Claude generates the identifier, description, and system prompt for you.

98 </Step>106 </Step>

99 107 

100 <Step title="Select tools">108 <Step title="Select tools">


109 Pick a background color for the subagent. This helps you identify which subagent is running in the UI.117 Pick a background color for the subagent. This helps you identify which subagent is running in the UI.

110 </Step>118 </Step>

111 119 

120 <Step title="Configure memory">

121 Select **User scope** to give the subagent a [persistent memory directory](#enable-persistent-memory) at `~/.claude/agent-memory/`. The subagent uses this to accumulate insights across conversations, such as codebase patterns and recurring issues. Select **None** if you don't want the subagent to persist learnings.

122 </Step>

123 

112 <Step title="Save and try it out">124 <Step title="Save and try it out">

113 Save the subagent. It's available immediately (no restart needed). Try it:125 Review the configuration summary. Press `s` or `Enter` to save, or press `e` to save and edit the file in your editor. The subagent is available immediately. Try it:

114 126 

115 ```127 ```text theme={null}

116 Use the code-improver agent to suggest improvements in this project128 Use the code-improver agent to suggest improvements in this project

117 ```129 ```

118 130 


138 150 

139This is the recommended way to create and manage subagents. For manual creation or automation, you can also add subagent files directly.151This is the recommended way to create and manage subagents. For manual creation or automation, you can also add subagent files directly.

140 152 

153To list all configured subagents from the command line without starting an interactive session, run `claude agents`. This shows agents grouped by source and indicates which are overridden by higher-priority definitions.

154 

141### Choose the subagent scope155### Choose the subagent scope

142 156 

143Subagents are Markdown files with YAML frontmatter. Store them in different locations depending on scope. When multiple subagents share the same name, the higher-priority location wins.157Subagents are Markdown files with YAML frontmatter. Store them in different locations depending on scope. When multiple subagents share the same name, the higher-priority location wins.


153 167 

154**User subagents** (`~/.claude/agents/`) are personal subagents available in all your projects.168**User subagents** (`~/.claude/agents/`) are personal subagents available in all your projects.

155 169 

156**CLI-defined subagents** are passed as JSON when launching Claude Code. They exist only for that session and aren't saved to disk, making them useful for quick testing or automation scripts:170**CLI-defined subagents** are passed as JSON when launching Claude Code. They exist only for that session and aren't saved to disk, making them useful for quick testing or automation scripts. You can define multiple subagents in a single `--agents` call:

157 171 

158```bash theme={null}172```bash theme={null}

159claude --agents '{173claude --agents '{


162 "prompt": "You are a senior code reviewer. Focus on code quality, security, and best practices.",176 "prompt": "You are a senior code reviewer. Focus on code quality, security, and best practices.",

163 "tools": ["Read", "Grep", "Glob", "Bash"],177 "tools": ["Read", "Grep", "Glob", "Bash"],

164 "model": "sonnet"178 "model": "sonnet"

179 },

180 "debugger": {

181 "description": "Debugging specialist for errors and test failures.",

182 "prompt": "You are an expert debugger. Analyze errors, identify root causes, and provide fixes."

165 }183 }

166}'184}'

167```185```

168 186 

169The `--agents` flag accepts JSON with the same fields as [frontmatter](#supported-frontmatter-fields). Use `prompt` for the system prompt (equivalent to the markdown body in file-based subagents). See the [CLI reference](/en/cli-reference#agents-flag-format) for the full JSON format.187The `--agents` flag accepts JSON with the same [frontmatter](#supported-frontmatter-fields) fields as file-based subagents: `description`, `prompt`, `tools`, `disallowedTools`, `model`, `permissionMode`, `mcpServers`, `hooks`, `maxTurns`, `skills`, `initialPrompt`, `memory`, `effort`, `background`, and `isolation`. Use `prompt` for the system prompt, equivalent to the markdown body in file-based subagents.

170 188 

171**Plugin subagents** come from [plugins](/en/plugins) you've installed. They appear in `/agents` alongside your custom subagents. See the [plugin components reference](/en/plugins-reference#agents) for details on creating plugin subagents.189**Plugin subagents** come from [plugins](/en/plugins) you've installed. They appear in `/agents` alongside your custom subagents. See the [plugin components reference](/en/plugins-reference#agents) for details on creating plugin subagents.

172 190 

191<Note>

192 For security reasons, plugin subagents do not support the `hooks`, `mcpServers`, or `permissionMode` frontmatter fields. These fields are ignored when loading agents from a plugin. If you need them, copy the agent file into `.claude/agents/` or `~/.claude/agents/`. You can also add rules to [`permissions.allow`](/en/settings#permission-settings) in `settings.json` or `settings.local.json`, but these rules apply to the entire session, not just the plugin subagent.

193</Note>

194 

173### Write subagent files195### Write subagent files

174 196 

175Subagent files use YAML frontmatter for configuration, followed by the system prompt in Markdown:197Subagent files use YAML frontmatter for configuration, followed by the system prompt in Markdown:


197The following fields can be used in the YAML frontmatter. Only `name` and `description` are required.219The following fields can be used in the YAML frontmatter. Only `name` and `description` are required.

198 220 

199| Field | Required | Description |221| Field | Required | Description |

200| :---------------- | :------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |222| :---------------- | :------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

201| `name` | Yes | Unique identifier using lowercase letters and hyphens |223| `name` | Yes | Unique identifier using lowercase letters and hyphens |

202| `description` | Yes | When Claude should delegate to this subagent |224| `description` | Yes | When Claude should delegate to this subagent |

203| `tools` | No | [Tools](#available-tools) the subagent can use. Inherits all tools if omitted |225| `tools` | No | [Tools](#available-tools) the subagent can use. Inherits all tools if omitted |

204| `disallowedTools` | No | Tools to deny, removed from inherited or specified list |226| `disallowedTools` | No | Tools to deny, removed from inherited or specified list |

205| `model` | No | [Model](#choose-a-model) to use: `sonnet`, `opus`, `haiku`, or `inherit`. Defaults to `sonnet` |227| `model` | No | [Model](#choose-a-model) to use: `sonnet`, `opus`, `haiku`, a full model ID (for example, `claude-opus-4-6`), or `inherit`. Defaults to `inherit` |

206| `permissionMode` | No | [Permission mode](#permission-modes): `default`, `acceptEdits`, `dontAsk`, `bypassPermissions`, or `plan` |228| `permissionMode` | No | [Permission mode](#permission-modes): `default`, `acceptEdits`, `dontAsk`, `bypassPermissions`, or `plan` |

229| `maxTurns` | No | Maximum number of agentic turns before the subagent stops |

207| `skills` | No | [Skills](/en/skills) to load into the subagent's context at startup. The full skill content is injected, not just made available for invocation. Subagents don't inherit skills from the parent conversation |230| `skills` | No | [Skills](/en/skills) to load into the subagent's context at startup. The full skill content is injected, not just made available for invocation. Subagents don't inherit skills from the parent conversation |

231| `mcpServers` | No | [MCP servers](/en/mcp) available to this subagent. Each entry is either a server name referencing an already-configured server (e.g., `"slack"`) or an inline definition with the server name as key and a full [MCP server config](/en/mcp#configure-mcp-servers) as value |

208| `hooks` | No | [Lifecycle hooks](#define-hooks-for-subagents) scoped to this subagent |232| `hooks` | No | [Lifecycle hooks](#define-hooks-for-subagents) scoped to this subagent |

233| `memory` | No | [Persistent memory scope](#enable-persistent-memory): `user`, `project`, or `local`. Enables cross-session learning |

234| `background` | No | Set to `true` to always run this subagent as a [background task](#run-subagents-in-foreground-or-background). Default: `false` |

235| `effort` | No | Effort level when this subagent is active. Overrides the session effort level. Default: inherits from session. Options: `low`, `medium`, `high`, `max` (Opus 4.6 only) |

236| `isolation` | No | Set to `worktree` to run the subagent in a temporary [git worktree](/en/common-workflows#run-parallel-claude-code-sessions-with-git-worktrees), giving it an isolated copy of the repository. The worktree is automatically cleaned up if the subagent makes no changes |

237| `initialPrompt` | No | Auto-submitted as the first user turn when this agent runs as the main session agent (via `--agent` or the `agent` setting). [Commands](/en/commands) and [skills](/en/skills) are processed. Prepended to any user-provided prompt |

209 238 

210### Choose a model239### Choose a model

211 240 

212The `model` field controls which [AI model](/en/model-config) the subagent uses:241The `model` field controls which [AI model](/en/model-config) the subagent uses:

213 242 

214* **Model alias**: Use one of the available aliases: `sonnet`, `opus`, or `haiku`243* **Model alias**: Use one of the available aliases: `sonnet`, `opus`, or `haiku`

215* **inherit**: Use the same model as the main conversation (useful for consistency)244* **Full model ID**: Use a full model ID such as `claude-opus-4-6` or `claude-sonnet-4-6`. Accepts the same values as the `--model` flag

216* **Omitted**: If not specified, uses the default model configured for subagents (`sonnet`)245* **inherit**: Use the same model as the main conversation

246* **Omitted**: If not specified, defaults to `inherit` (uses the same model as the main conversation)

247 

248When Claude invokes a subagent, it can also pass a `model` parameter for that specific invocation. Claude Code resolves the subagent's model in this order:

249 

2501. The [`CLAUDE_CODE_SUBAGENT_MODEL`](/en/model-config#environment-variables) environment variable, if set

2512. The per-invocation `model` parameter

2523. The subagent definition's `model` frontmatter

2534. The main conversation's model

217 254 

218### Control subagent capabilities255### Control subagent capabilities

219 256 


221 258 

222#### Available tools259#### Available tools

223 260 

224Subagents can use any of Claude Code's [internal tools](/en/settings#tools-available-to-claude). By default, subagents inherit all tools from the main conversation, including MCP tools.261Subagents can use any of Claude Code's [internal tools](/en/tools-reference). By default, subagents inherit all tools from the main conversation, including MCP tools.

225 262 

226To restrict tools, use the `tools` field (allowlist) or `disallowedTools` field (denylist):263To restrict tools, use either the `tools` field (allowlist) or the `disallowedTools` field (denylist). This example uses `tools` to exclusively allow Read, Grep, Glob, and Bash. The subagent can't edit files, write files, or use any MCP tools:

227 264 

228```yaml theme={null}265```yaml theme={null}

229---266---

230name: safe-researcher267name: safe-researcher

231description: Research agent with restricted capabilities268description: Research agent with restricted capabilities

232tools: Read, Grep, Glob, Bash269tools: Read, Grep, Glob, Bash

270---

271```

272 

273This example uses `disallowedTools` to inherit every tool from the main conversation except Write and Edit. The subagent keeps Bash, MCP tools, and everything else:

274 

275```yaml theme={null}

276---

277name: no-writes

278description: Inherits every tool except file writes

233disallowedTools: Write, Edit279disallowedTools: Write, Edit

234---280---

235```281```

236 282 

283If both are set, `disallowedTools` is applied first, then `tools` is resolved against the remaining pool. A tool listed in both is removed.

284 

285#### Restrict which subagents can be spawned

286 

287When an agent runs as the main thread with `claude --agent`, it can spawn subagents using the Agent tool. To restrict which subagent types it can spawn, use `Agent(agent_type)` syntax in the `tools` field.

288 

289<Note>In version 2.1.63, the Task tool was renamed to Agent. Existing `Task(...)` references in settings and agent definitions still work as aliases.</Note>

290 

291```yaml theme={null}

292---

293name: coordinator

294description: Coordinates work across specialized agents

295tools: Agent(worker, researcher), Read, Bash

296---

297```

298 

299This is an allowlist: only the `worker` and `researcher` subagents can be spawned. If the agent tries to spawn any other type, the request fails and the agent sees only the allowed types in its prompt. To block specific agents while allowing all others, use [`permissions.deny`](#disable-specific-subagents) instead.

300 

301To allow spawning any subagent without restrictions, use `Agent` without parentheses:

302 

303```yaml theme={null}

304tools: Agent, Read, Bash

305```

306 

307If `Agent` is omitted from the `tools` list entirely, the agent cannot spawn any subagents. This restriction only applies to agents running as the main thread with `claude --agent`. Subagents cannot spawn other subagents, so `Agent(agent_type)` has no effect in subagent definitions.

308 

309#### Scope MCP servers to a subagent

310 

311Use the `mcpServers` field to give a subagent access to [MCP](/en/mcp) servers that aren't available in the main conversation. Inline servers defined here are connected when the subagent starts and disconnected when it finishes. String references share the parent session's connection.

312 

313Each entry in the list is either an inline server definition or a string referencing an MCP server already configured in your session:

314 

315```yaml theme={null}

316---

317name: browser-tester

318description: Tests features in a real browser using Playwright

319mcpServers:

320 # Inline definition: scoped to this subagent only

321 - playwright:

322 type: stdio

323 command: npx

324 args: ["-y", "@playwright/mcp@latest"]

325 # Reference by name: reuses an already-configured server

326 - github

327---

328 

329Use the Playwright tools to navigate, screenshot, and interact with pages.

330```

331 

332Inline definitions use the same schema as `.mcp.json` server entries (`stdio`, `http`, `sse`, `ws`), keyed by the server name.

333 

334To keep an MCP server out of the main conversation entirely and avoid its tool descriptions consuming context there, define it inline here rather than in `.mcp.json`. The subagent gets the tools; the parent conversation does not.

335 

237#### Permission modes336#### Permission modes

238 337 

239The `permissionMode` field controls how the subagent handles permission prompts. Subagents inherit the permission context from the main conversation but can override the mode.338The `permissionMode` field controls how the subagent handles permission prompts. Subagents inherit the permission context from the main conversation and can override the mode, except when the parent mode takes precedence as described below.

240 339 

241| Mode | Behavior |340| Mode | Behavior |

242| :------------------ | :----------------------------------------------------------------- |341| :------------------ | :----------------------------------------------------------------- |

243| `default` | Standard permission checking with prompts |342| `default` | Standard permission checking with prompts |

244| `acceptEdits` | Auto-accept file edits |343| `acceptEdits` | Auto-accept file edits |

245| `dontAsk` | Auto-deny permission prompts (explicitly allowed tools still work) |344| `dontAsk` | Auto-deny permission prompts (explicitly allowed tools still work) |

246| `bypassPermissions` | Skip all permission checks |345| `bypassPermissions` | Skip permission prompts |

247| `plan` | Plan mode (read-only exploration) |346| `plan` | Plan mode (read-only exploration) |

248 347 

249<Warning>348<Warning>

250 Use `bypassPermissions` with caution. It skips all permission checks, allowing the subagent to execute any operation without approval.349 Use `bypassPermissions` with caution. It skips permission prompts, allowing the subagent to execute operations without approval. Writes to `.git`, `.claude`, `.vscode`, and `.idea` directories still prompt for confirmation, except for `.claude/commands`, `.claude/agents`, and `.claude/skills`. See [permission modes](/en/permission-modes#skip-all-checks-with-bypasspermissions-mode) for details.

251</Warning>350</Warning>

252 351 

253If the parent uses `bypassPermissions`, this takes precedence and cannot be overridden.352If the parent uses `bypassPermissions`, this takes precedence and cannot be overridden. If the parent uses [auto mode](/en/permission-modes#eliminate-prompts-with-auto-mode), the subagent inherits auto mode and any `permissionMode` in its frontmatter is ignored: the classifier evaluates the subagent's tool calls with the same block and allow rules as the parent session.

353 

354#### Preload skills into subagents

355 

356Use the `skills` field to inject skill content into a subagent's context at startup. This gives the subagent domain knowledge without requiring it to discover and load skills during execution.

357 

358```yaml theme={null}

359---

360name: api-developer

361description: Implement API endpoints following team conventions

362skills:

363 - api-conventions

364 - error-handling-patterns

365---

366 

367Implement API endpoints. Follow the conventions and patterns from the preloaded skills.

368```

369 

370The full content of each skill is injected into the subagent's context, not just made available for invocation. Subagents don't inherit skills from the parent conversation; you must list them explicitly.

371 

372<Note>

373 This is the inverse of [running a skill in a subagent](/en/skills#run-skills-in-a-subagent). With `skills` in a subagent, the subagent controls the system prompt and loads skill content. With `context: fork` in a skill, the skill content is injected into the agent you specify. Both use the same underlying system.

374</Note>

375 

376#### Enable persistent memory

377 

378The `memory` field gives the subagent a persistent directory that survives across conversations. The subagent uses this directory to build up knowledge over time, such as codebase patterns, debugging insights, and architectural decisions.

379 

380```yaml theme={null}

381---

382name: code-reviewer

383description: Reviews code for quality and best practices

384memory: user

385---

386 

387You are a code reviewer. As you review code, update your agent memory with

388patterns, conventions, and recurring issues you discover.

389```

390 

391Choose a scope based on how broadly the memory should apply:

392 

393| Scope | Location | Use when |

394| :-------- | :-------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

395| `user` | `~/.claude/agent-memory/<name-of-agent>/` | the subagent should remember learnings across all projects |

396| `project` | `.claude/agent-memory/<name-of-agent>/` | the subagent's knowledge is project-specific and shareable via version control |

397| `local` | `.claude/agent-memory-local/<name-of-agent>/` | the subagent's knowledge is project-specific but should not be checked into version control |

398 

399When memory is enabled:

400 

401* The subagent's system prompt includes instructions for reading and writing to the memory directory.

402* The subagent's system prompt also includes the first 200 lines or 25KB of `MEMORY.md` in the memory directory, whichever comes first, with instructions to curate `MEMORY.md` if it exceeds that limit.

403* Read, Write, and Edit tools are automatically enabled so the subagent can manage its memory files.

404 

405##### Persistent memory tips

406 

407* `project` is the recommended default scope. It makes subagent knowledge shareable via version control. Use `user` when the subagent's knowledge is broadly applicable across projects, or `local` when the knowledge should not be checked into version control.

408* Ask the subagent to consult its memory before starting work: "Review this PR, and check your memory for patterns you've seen before."

409* Ask the subagent to update its memory after completing a task: "Now that you're done, save what you learned to your memory." Over time, this builds a knowledge base that makes the subagent more effective.

410* Include memory instructions directly in the subagent's markdown file so it proactively maintains its own knowledge base:

411 

412 ```markdown theme={null}

413 Update your agent memory as you discover codepaths, patterns, library

414 locations, and key architectural decisions. This builds up institutional

415 knowledge across conversations. Write concise notes about what you found

416 and where.

417 ```

254 418 

255#### Conditional rules with hooks419#### Conditional rules with hooks

256 420 


272---436---

273```437```

274 438 

275Claude Code [passes hook input as JSON](/en/hooks#pretooluse-input) via stdin to hook commands. The validation script reads this JSON, extracts the Bash command, and [exits with code 2](/en/hooks#exit-code-2-behavior) to block write operations:439Claude Code [passes hook input as JSON](/en/hooks#pretooluse-input) via stdin to hook commands. The validation script reads this JSON, extracts the Bash command, and [exits with code 2](/en/hooks#exit-code-2-behavior-per-event) to block write operations:

276 440 

277```bash theme={null}441```bash theme={null}

278#!/bin/bash442#!/bin/bash


290exit 0454exit 0

291```455```

292 456 

293See [Hook input](/en/hooks#pretooluse-input) for the complete input schema and [exit codes](/en/hooks#exit-codes) for how exit codes affect behavior.457See [Hook input](/en/hooks#pretooluse-input) for the complete input schema and [exit codes](/en/hooks#exit-code-output) for how exit codes affect behavior.

294 458 

295#### Disable specific subagents459#### Disable specific subagents

296 460 

297You can prevent Claude from using specific subagents by adding them to the `deny` array in your [settings](/en/settings#permission-settings). Use the format `Task(subagent-name)` where `subagent-name` matches the subagent's name field.461You can prevent Claude from using specific subagents by adding them to the `deny` array in your [settings](/en/settings#permission-settings). Use the format `Agent(subagent-name)` where `subagent-name` matches the subagent's name field.

298 462 

299```json theme={null}463```json theme={null}

300{464{

301 "permissions": {465 "permissions": {

302 "deny": ["Task(Explore)", "Task(my-custom-agent)"]466 "deny": ["Agent(Explore)", "Agent(my-custom-agent)"]

303 }467 }

304}468}

305```469```


307This works for both built-in and custom subagents. You can also use the `--disallowedTools` CLI flag:471This works for both built-in and custom subagents. You can also use the `--disallowedTools` CLI flag:

308 472 

309```bash theme={null}473```bash theme={null}

310claude --disallowedTools "Task(Explore)"474claude --disallowedTools "Agent(Explore)"

311```475```

312 476 

313See [IAM documentation](/en/iam#tool-specific-permission-rules) for more details on permission rules.477See [Permissions documentation](/en/permissions#tool-specific-permission-rules) for more details on permission rules.

314 478 

315### Define hooks for subagents479### Define hooks for subagents

316 480 


323 487 

324Define hooks directly in the subagent's markdown file. These hooks only run while that specific subagent is active and are cleaned up when it finishes.488Define hooks directly in the subagent's markdown file. These hooks only run while that specific subagent is active and are cleaned up when it finishes.

325 489 

490All [hook events](/en/hooks#hook-events) are supported. The most common events for subagents are:

491 

326| Event | Matcher input | When it fires |492| Event | Matcher input | When it fires |

327| :------------ | :------------ | :------------------------------ |493| :------------ | :------------ | :------------------------------------------------------------------ |

328| `PreToolUse` | Tool name | Before the subagent uses a tool |494| `PreToolUse` | Tool name | Before the subagent uses a tool |

329| `PostToolUse` | Tool name | After the subagent uses a tool |495| `PostToolUse` | Tool name | After the subagent uses a tool |

330| `Stop` | (none) | When the subagent finishes |496| `Stop` | (none) | When the subagent finishes (converted to `SubagentStop` at runtime) |

331 497 

332This example validates Bash commands with the `PreToolUse` hook and runs a linter after file edits with `PostToolUse`:498This example validates Bash commands with the `PreToolUse` hook and runs a linter after file edits with `PostToolUse`:

333 499 


353 519 

354#### Project-level hooks for subagent events520#### Project-level hooks for subagent events

355 521 

356Configure hooks in `settings.json` that respond to subagent lifecycle events in the main session. Use the `matcher` field to target specific agent types by name.522Configure hooks in `settings.json` that respond to subagent lifecycle events in the main session.

357 523 

358| Event | Matcher input | When it fires |524| Event | Matcher input | When it fires |

359| :-------------- | :-------------- | :------------------------------- |525| :-------------- | :-------------- | :------------------------------- |

360| `SubagentStart` | Agent type name | When a subagent begins execution |526| `SubagentStart` | Agent type name | When a subagent begins execution |

361| `SubagentStop` | Agent type name | When a subagent completes |527| `SubagentStop` | Agent type name | When a subagent completes |

362 528 

363This example runs setup and cleanup scripts only when the `db-agent` subagent starts and stops:529Both events support matchers to target specific agent types by name. This example runs a setup script only when the `db-agent` subagent starts, and a cleanup script when any subagent stops:

364 530 

365```json theme={null}531```json theme={null}

366{532{


375 ],541 ],

376 "SubagentStop": [542 "SubagentStop": [

377 {543 {

378 "matcher": "db-agent",

379 "hooks": [544 "hooks": [

380 { "type": "command", "command": "./scripts/cleanup-db-connection.sh" }545 { "type": "command", "command": "./scripts/cleanup-db-connection.sh" }

381 ]546 ]


393 558 

394Claude automatically delegates tasks based on the task description in your request, the `description` field in subagent configurations, and current context. To encourage proactive delegation, include phrases like "use proactively" in your subagent's description field.559Claude automatically delegates tasks based on the task description in your request, the `description` field in subagent configurations, and current context. To encourage proactive delegation, include phrases like "use proactively" in your subagent's description field.

395 560 

396You can also request a specific subagent explicitly:561### Invoke subagents explicitly

397 562 

398```563When automatic delegation isn't enough, you can request a subagent yourself. Three patterns escalate from a one-off suggestion to a session-wide default:

564 

565* **Natural language**: name the subagent in your prompt; Claude decides whether to delegate

566* **@-mention**: guarantees the subagent runs for one task

567* **Session-wide**: the whole session uses that subagent's system prompt, tool restrictions, and model via the `--agent` flag or the `agent` setting

568 

569For natural language, there's no special syntax. Name the subagent and Claude typically delegates:

570 

571```text theme={null}

399Use the test-runner subagent to fix failing tests572Use the test-runner subagent to fix failing tests

400Have the code-reviewer subagent look at my recent changes573Have the code-reviewer subagent look at my recent changes

401```574```

402 575 

576**@-mention the subagent.** Type `@` and pick the subagent from the typeahead, the same way you @-mention files. This ensures that specific subagent runs rather than leaving the choice to Claude:

577 

578```text theme={null}

579@"code-reviewer (agent)" look at the auth changes

580```

581 

582Your full message still goes to Claude, which writes the subagent's task prompt based on what you asked. The @-mention controls which subagent Claude invokes, not what prompt it receives.

583 

584Subagents provided by an enabled [plugin](/en/plugins) appear in the typeahead as `<plugin-name>:<agent-name>`. You can also type the mention manually without using the picker: `@agent-<name>` for local subagents, or `@agent-<plugin-name>:<agent-name>` for plugin subagents.

585 

586**Run the whole session as a subagent.** Pass [`--agent <name>`](/en/cli-reference) to start a session where the main thread itself takes on that subagent's system prompt, tool restrictions, and model:

587 

588```bash theme={null}

589claude --agent code-reviewer

590```

591 

592The subagent's system prompt replaces the default Claude Code system prompt entirely, the same way [`--system-prompt`](/en/cli-reference) does. `CLAUDE.md` files and project memory still load through the normal message flow. The agent name appears as `@<name>` in the startup header so you can confirm it's active.

593 

594This works with built-in and custom subagents, and the choice persists when you resume the session.

595 

596For a plugin-provided subagent, pass the scoped name: `claude --agent <plugin-name>:<agent-name>`.

597 

598To make it the default for every session in a project, set `agent` in `.claude/settings.json`:

599 

600```json theme={null}

601{

602 "agent": "code-reviewer"

603}

604```

605 

606The CLI flag overrides the setting if both are present.

607 

403### Run subagents in foreground or background608### Run subagents in foreground or background

404 609 

405Subagents can run in the foreground (blocking) or background (concurrent):610Subagents can run in the foreground (blocking) or background (concurrent):

406 611 

407* **Foreground subagents** block the main conversation until complete. Permission prompts and clarifying questions (like [`AskUserQuestion`](/en/settings#tools-available-to-claude)) are passed through to you.612* **Foreground subagents** block the main conversation until complete. Permission prompts and clarifying questions (like [`AskUserQuestion`](/en/tools-reference)) are passed through to you.

408* **Background subagents** run concurrently while you continue working. They inherit the parent's permissions and auto-deny anything not pre-approved. If a background subagent needs a permission it doesn't have or needs to ask clarifying questions, that tool call fails but the subagent continues. MCP tools are not available in background subagents.613* **Background subagents** run concurrently while you continue working. Before launching, Claude Code prompts for any tool permissions the subagent will need, ensuring it has the necessary approvals upfront. Once running, the subagent inherits these permissions and auto-denies anything not pre-approved. If a background subagent needs to ask clarifying questions, that tool call fails but the subagent continues.

409 614 

410If a background subagent fails due to missing permissions, you can [resume it](#resume-subagents) in the foreground to retry with interactive prompts.615If a background subagent fails due to missing permissions, you can start a new foreground subagent with the same task to retry with interactive prompts.

411 616 

412Claude decides whether to run subagents in the foreground or background based on the task. You can also:617Claude decides whether to run subagents in the foreground or background based on the task. You can also:

413 618 

414* Ask Claude to "run this in the background"619* Ask Claude to "run this in the background"

415* Press **Ctrl+B** to background a running task620* Press **Ctrl+B** to background a running task

416 621 

622To disable all background task functionality, set the `CLAUDE_CODE_DISABLE_BACKGROUND_TASKS` environment variable to `1`. See [Environment variables](/en/env-vars).

623 

417### Common patterns624### Common patterns

418 625 

419#### Isolate high-volume operations626#### Isolate high-volume operations

420 627 

421One of the most effective uses for subagents is isolating operations that produce large amounts of output. Running tests, fetching documentation, or processing log files can consume significant context. By delegating these to a subagent, the verbose output stays in the subagent's context while only the relevant summary returns to your main conversation.628One of the most effective uses for subagents is isolating operations that produce large amounts of output. Running tests, fetching documentation, or processing log files can consume significant context. By delegating these to a subagent, the verbose output stays in the subagent's context while only the relevant summary returns to your main conversation.

422 629 

423```630```text theme={null}

424Use a subagent to run the test suite and report only the failing tests with their error messages631Use a subagent to run the test suite and report only the failing tests with their error messages

425```632```

426 633 


428 635 

429For independent investigations, spawn multiple subagents to work simultaneously:636For independent investigations, spawn multiple subagents to work simultaneously:

430 637 

431```638```text theme={null}

432Research the authentication, database, and API modules in parallel using separate subagents639Research the authentication, database, and API modules in parallel using separate subagents

433```640```

434 641 


438 When subagents complete, their results return to your main conversation. Running many subagents that each return detailed results can consume significant context.645 When subagents complete, their results return to your main conversation. Running many subagents that each return detailed results can consume significant context.

439</Warning>646</Warning>

440 647 

648For tasks that need sustained parallelism or exceed your context window, [agent teams](/en/agent-teams) give each worker its own independent context.

649 

441#### Chain subagents650#### Chain subagents

442 651 

443For multi-step workflows, ask Claude to use subagents in sequence. Each subagent completes its task and returns results to Claude, which then passes relevant context to the next subagent.652For multi-step workflows, ask Claude to use subagents in sequence. Each subagent completes its task and returns results to Claude, which then passes relevant context to the next subagent.

444 653 

445```654```text theme={null}

446Use the code-reviewer subagent to find performance issues, then use the optimizer subagent to fix them655Use the code-reviewer subagent to find performance issues, then use the optimizer subagent to fix them

447```656```

448 657 


463 672 

464Consider [Skills](/en/skills) instead when you want reusable prompts or workflows that run in the main conversation context rather than isolated subagent context.673Consider [Skills](/en/skills) instead when you want reusable prompts or workflows that run in the main conversation context rather than isolated subagent context.

465 674 

675For a quick question about something already in your conversation, use [`/btw`](/en/interactive-mode#side-questions-with-btw) instead of a subagent. It sees your full context but has no tool access, and the answer is discarded rather than added to history.

676 

466<Note>677<Note>

467 Subagents cannot spawn other subagents. If your workflow requires nested delegation, use [Skills](/en/skills) or [chain subagents](#chain-subagents) from the main conversation.678 Subagents cannot spawn other subagents. If your workflow requires nested delegation, use [Skills](/en/skills) or [chain subagents](#chain-subagents) from the main conversation.

468</Note>679</Note>


475 686 

476Resumed subagents retain their full conversation history, including all previous tool calls, results, and reasoning. The subagent picks up exactly where it stopped rather than starting fresh.687Resumed subagents retain their full conversation history, including all previous tool calls, results, and reasoning. The subagent picks up exactly where it stopped rather than starting fresh.

477 688 

478When a subagent completes, Claude receives its agent ID. To resume a subagent, ask Claude to continue the previous work:689When a subagent completes, Claude receives its agent ID. Claude uses the `SendMessage` tool with the agent's ID as the `to` field to resume it. To resume a subagent, ask Claude to continue the previous work:

479 690 

480```691```text theme={null}

481Use the code-reviewer subagent to review the authentication module692Use the code-reviewer subagent to review the authentication module

482[Agent completes]693[Agent completes]

483 694 


485[Claude resumes the subagent with full context from previous conversation]696[Claude resumes the subagent with full context from previous conversation]

486```697```

487 698 

488You can also ask Claude for the agent ID if you want to reference it explicitly, or find IDs in the transcript files at `~/.claude/projects/{project}/{sessionId}/subagents/`. Each transcript is stored as `agent-{agentId}.jsonl`.699If a stopped subagent receives a `SendMessage`, it auto-resumes in the background without requiring a new `Agent` invocation.

489 700 

490For programmatic usage, see [Subagents in the Agent SDK](/en/agent-sdk/subagents).701You can also ask Claude for the agent ID if you want to reference it explicitly, or find IDs in the transcript files at `~/.claude/projects/{project}/{sessionId}/subagents/`. Each transcript is stored as `agent-{agentId}.jsonl`.

491 702 

492Subagent transcripts persist independently of the main conversation:703Subagent transcripts persist independently of the main conversation:

493 704 


497 708 

498#### Auto-compaction709#### Auto-compaction

499 710 

500Subagents support automatic compaction using the same logic as the main conversation. When a subagent's context approaches its limit, Claude Code summarizes older messages to free up space while preserving important context.711Subagents support automatic compaction using the same logic as the main conversation. By default, auto-compaction triggers at approximately 95% capacity. To trigger compaction earlier, set `CLAUDE_AUTOCOMPACT_PCT_OVERRIDE` to a lower percentage (for example, `50`). See [environment variables](/en/env-vars) for details.

501 712 

502Compaction events are logged in subagent transcript files:713Compaction events are logged in subagent transcript files:

503 714 


665You cannot modify data. If asked to INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, or modify schema, explain that you only have read access.876You cannot modify data. If asked to INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, or modify schema, explain that you only have read access.

666```877```

667 878 

668Claude Code [passes hook input as JSON](/en/hooks#pretooluse-input) via stdin to hook commands. The validation script reads this JSON, extracts the command being executed, and checks it against a list of SQL write operations. If a write operation is detected, the script [exits with code 2](/en/hooks#exit-code-2-behavior) to block execution and returns an error message to Claude via stderr.879Claude Code [passes hook input as JSON](/en/hooks#pretooluse-input) via stdin to hook commands. The validation script reads this JSON, extracts the command being executed, and checks it against a list of SQL write operations. If a write operation is detected, the script [exits with code 2](/en/hooks#exit-code-2-behavior-per-event) to block execution and returns an error message to Claude via stderr.

669 880 

670Create the validation script anywhere in your project. The path must match the `command` field in your hook configuration:881Create the validation script anywhere in your project. The path must match the `command` field in your hook configuration:

671 882 


698chmod +x ./scripts/validate-readonly-query.sh909chmod +x ./scripts/validate-readonly-query.sh

699```910```

700 911 

701The hook receives JSON via stdin with the Bash command in `tool_input.command`. Exit code 2 blocks the operation and feeds the error message back to Claude. See [Hooks](/en/hooks#exit-codes) for details on exit codes and [Hook input](/en/hooks#pretooluse-input) for the complete input schema.912The hook receives JSON via stdin with the Bash command in `tool_input.command`. Exit code 2 blocks the operation and feeds the error message back to Claude. See [Hooks](/en/hooks#exit-code-output) for details on exit codes and [Hook input](/en/hooks#pretooluse-input) for the complete input schema.

702 913 

703## Next steps914## Next steps

704 915 


707* [Distribute subagents with plugins](/en/plugins) to share subagents across teams or projects918* [Distribute subagents with plugins](/en/plugins) to share subagents across teams or projects

708* [Run Claude Code programmatically](/en/headless) with the Agent SDK for CI/CD and automation919* [Run Claude Code programmatically](/en/headless) with the Agent SDK for CI/CD and automation

709* [Use MCP servers](/en/mcp) to give subagents access to external tools and data920* [Use MCP servers](/en/mcp) to give subagents access to external tools and data

710 

711 

712 

713> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

terminal-config.md +29 −16

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Optimize your terminal setup5# Optimize your terminal setup

2 6 

3> Claude Code works best when your terminal is properly configured. Follow these guidelines to optimize your experience.7> Claude Code works best when your terminal is properly configured. Follow these guidelines to optimize your experience.


311. Open Settings → Profiles → Keyboard351. Open Settings → Profiles → Keyboard

322. Check "Use Option as Meta Key"362. Check "Use Option as Meta Key"

33 37 

34**For iTerm2 and VS Code terminal:**38**For iTerm2:**

35 39 

361. Open Settings → Profiles → Keys401. Open Settings → Profiles → Keys

372. Under General, set Left/Right Option key to "Esc+"412. Under General, set Left/Right Option key to "Esc+"

38 42 

43**For VS Code terminal:**

44 

45Set `"terminal.integrated.macOptionIsMeta": true` in VS Code settings.

46 

39### Notification setup47### Notification setup

40 48 

41Never miss when Claude completes a task with proper notification configuration:49When Claude finishes working and is waiting for your input, it fires a notification event. You can surface this event as a desktop notification through your terminal or run custom logic with [notification hooks](/en/hooks#notification).

50 

51#### Terminal notifications

52 

53Kitty and Ghostty support desktop notifications without additional configuration. iTerm 2 requires setup:

42 54 

43#### iTerm 2 system notifications551. Open iTerm 2 Settings → Profiles → Terminal

562. Enable "Notification Center Alerts"

573. Click "Filter Alerts" and check "Send escape sequence-generated alerts"

44 58 

45For iTerm 2 alerts when tasks complete:59If notifications aren't appearing, verify that your terminal app has notification permissions in your OS settings.

46 60 

471. Open iTerm 2 Preferences61When running Claude Code inside tmux, notifications and the [terminal progress bar](/en/settings#global-config-settings) only reach the outer terminal, such as iTerm2, Kitty, or Ghostty, if you enable passthrough in your tmux configuration:

482. Navigate to Profiles → Terminal

493. Enable "Silence bell" and Filter Alerts → "Send escape sequence-generated alerts"

504. Set your preferred notification delay

51 62 

52Note that these notifications are specific to iTerm 2 and not available in the default macOS Terminal.63```

64set -g allow-passthrough on

65```

53 66 

54#### Custom notification hooks67Without this setting, tmux intercepts the escape sequences and they do not reach the terminal application.

55 68 

56For advanced notification handling, you can create [notification hooks](/en/hooks#notification) to run your own logic.69Other terminals, including the default macOS Terminal, do not support native notifications. Use [notification hooks](/en/hooks#notification) instead.

70 

71#### Notification hooks

72 

73To add custom behavior when notifications fire, such as playing a sound or sending a message, configure a [notification hook](/en/hooks#notification). Hooks run alongside terminal notifications, not as a replacement.

57 74 

58### Handling large inputs75### Handling large inputs

59 76 


65 82 

66### Vim Mode83### Vim Mode

67 84 

68Claude Code supports a subset of Vim keybindings that can be enabled with `/vim` or configured via `/config`.85Claude Code supports a subset of Vim keybindings that can be enabled with `/vim` or configured via `/config`. To set the mode directly in your config file, set the [`editorMode`](/en/settings#global-config-settings) global config key to `"vim"` in `~/.claude.json`.

69 86 

70The supported subset includes:87The supported subset includes:

71 88 


78* Line operations: `J` (join lines)95* Line operations: `J` (join lines)

79 96 

80See [Interactive mode](/en/interactive-mode#vim-editor-mode) for the complete reference.97See [Interactive mode](/en/interactive-mode#vim-editor-mode) for the complete reference.

81 

82 

83 

84> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Enterprise deployment overview5# Enterprise deployment overview

2 6 

3> Learn how Claude Code can integrate with various third-party services and infrastructure to meet enterprise deployment requirements.7> Learn how Claude Code can integrate with various third-party services and infrastructure to meet enterprise deployment requirements.


40 44 

41 <tr>45 <tr>

42 <td>Billing</td>46 <td>Billing</td>

43 <td><strong>Teams:</strong> \$150/seat (Premium) with PAYG available<br /><strong>Enterprise:</strong> <a href="https://claude.com/contact-sales">Contact Sales</a></td>47 <td><strong>Teams:</strong> \$150/seat (Premium) with PAYG available<br /><strong>Enterprise:</strong> <a href="https://claude.com/contact-sales?utm_source=claude_code&utm_medium=docs&utm_content=third_party_enterprise">Contact Sales</a></td>

44 <td>PAYG</td>48 <td>PAYG</td>

45 <td>PAYG through AWS</td>49 <td>PAYG through AWS</td>

46 <td>PAYG through GCP</td>50 <td>PAYG through GCP</td>


105 109 

106Select a deployment option to view setup instructions:110Select a deployment option to view setup instructions:

107 111 

108* [Claude for Teams or Enterprise](/en/iam#claude-for-teams-or-enterprise-recommended)112* [Claude for Teams or Enterprise](/en/authentication#claude-for-teams-or-enterprise)

109* [Anthropic Console](/en/iam#claude-console-authentication)113* [Anthropic Console](/en/authentication#claude-console-authentication)

110* [Amazon Bedrock](/en/amazon-bedrock)114* [Amazon Bedrock](/en/amazon-bedrock)

111* [Google Vertex AI](/en/google-vertex-ai)115* [Google Vertex AI](/en/google-vertex-ai)

112* [Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry)116* [Microsoft Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry)


124 128 

125<Tabs>129<Tabs>

126 <Tab title="Corporate proxy">130 <Tab title="Corporate proxy">

127 Route Bedrock traffic through your corporate proxy by setting the following [environment variables](/en/settings#environment-variables):131 Route Bedrock traffic through your corporate proxy by setting the following [environment variables](/en/env-vars):

128 132 

129 ```bash theme={null}133 ```bash theme={null}

130 # Enable Bedrock134 # Enable Bedrock


137 </Tab>141 </Tab>

138 142 

139 <Tab title="LLM Gateway">143 <Tab title="LLM Gateway">

140 Route Bedrock traffic through your LLM gateway by setting the following [environment variables](/en/settings#environment-variables):144 Route Bedrock traffic through your LLM gateway by setting the following [environment variables](/en/env-vars):

141 145 

142 ```bash theme={null}146 ```bash theme={null}

143 # Enable Bedrock147 # Enable Bedrock


154 158 

155<Tabs>159<Tabs>

156 <Tab title="Corporate proxy">160 <Tab title="Corporate proxy">

157 Route Foundry traffic through your corporate proxy by setting the following [environment variables](/en/settings#environment-variables):161 Route Foundry traffic through your corporate proxy by setting the following [environment variables](/en/env-vars):

158 162 

159 ```bash theme={null}163 ```bash theme={null}

160 # Enable Microsoft Foundry164 # Enable Microsoft Foundry


168 </Tab>172 </Tab>

169 173 

170 <Tab title="LLM Gateway">174 <Tab title="LLM Gateway">

171 Route Foundry traffic through your LLM gateway by setting the following [environment variables](/en/settings#environment-variables):175 Route Foundry traffic through your LLM gateway by setting the following [environment variables](/en/env-vars):

172 176 

173 ```bash theme={null}177 ```bash theme={null}

174 # Enable Microsoft Foundry178 # Enable Microsoft Foundry


185 189 

186<Tabs>190<Tabs>

187 <Tab title="Corporate proxy">191 <Tab title="Corporate proxy">

188 Route Vertex AI traffic through your corporate proxy by setting the following [environment variables](/en/settings#environment-variables):192 Route Vertex AI traffic through your corporate proxy by setting the following [environment variables](/en/env-vars):

189 193 

190 ```bash theme={null}194 ```bash theme={null}

191 # Enable Vertex195 # Enable Vertex


199 </Tab>203 </Tab>

200 204 

201 <Tab title="LLM Gateway">205 <Tab title="LLM Gateway">

202 Route Vertex AI traffic through your LLM gateway by setting the following [environment variables](/en/settings#environment-variables):206 Route Vertex AI traffic through your LLM gateway by setting the following [environment variables](/en/env-vars):

203 207 

204 ```bash theme={null}208 ```bash theme={null}

205 # Enable Vertex209 # Enable Vertex


235 239 

236Encourage new users to try Claude Code for codebase Q\&A, or on smaller bug fixes or feature requests. Ask Claude Code to make a plan. Check Claude's suggestions and give feedback if it's off-track. Over time, as users understand this new paradigm better, then they'll be more effective at letting Claude Code run more agentically.240Encourage new users to try Claude Code for codebase Q\&A, or on smaller bug fixes or feature requests. Ask Claude Code to make a plan. Check Claude's suggestions and give feedback if it's off-track. Over time, as users understand this new paradigm better, then they'll be more effective at letting Claude Code run more agentically.

237 241 

242### Pin model versions for cloud providers

243 

244If you deploy through [Bedrock](/en/amazon-bedrock), [Vertex AI](/en/google-vertex-ai), or [Foundry](/en/microsoft-foundry), pin specific model versions using `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_OPUS_MODEL`, `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_SONNET_MODEL`, and `ANTHROPIC_DEFAULT_HAIKU_MODEL`. Without pinning, Claude Code aliases resolve to the latest version, which can break users when Anthropic releases a new model that isn't yet enabled in your account. See [Model configuration](/en/model-config#pin-models-for-third-party-deployments) for details.

245 

238### Configure security policies246### Configure security policies

239 247 

240Security teams can configure managed permissions for what Claude Code is and is not allowed to do, which cannot be overwritten by local configuration. [Learn more](/en/security).248Security teams can configure managed permissions for what Claude Code is and is not allowed to do, which cannot be overwritten by local configuration. [Learn more](/en/security).


2521. **Roll out to your team**: Share installation instructions and have team members [install Claude Code](/en/setup) and authenticate with their credentials.2601. **Roll out to your team**: Share installation instructions and have team members [install Claude Code](/en/setup) and authenticate with their credentials.

2532. **Set up shared configuration**: Create a [CLAUDE.md file](/en/memory) in your repositories to help Claude Code understand your codebase and coding standards.2612. **Set up shared configuration**: Create a [CLAUDE.md file](/en/memory) in your repositories to help Claude Code understand your codebase and coding standards.

2543. **Configure permissions**: Review [security settings](/en/security) to define what Claude Code can and cannot do in your environment.2623. **Configure permissions**: Review [security settings](/en/security) to define what Claude Code can and cannot do in your environment.

255 

256 

257 

258> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

tools-reference.md +96 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Tools reference

6 

7> Complete reference for the tools Claude Code can use, including permission requirements.

8 

9Claude Code has access to a set of tools that help it understand and modify your codebase. The tool names below are the exact strings you use in [permission rules](/en/permissions#tool-specific-permission-rules), [subagent tool lists](/en/sub-agents), and [hook matchers](/en/hooks).

10 

11| Tool | Description | Permission Required |

12| :--------------------- | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------ |

13| `Agent` | Spawns a [subagent](/en/sub-agents) with its own context window to handle a task | No |

14| `AskUserQuestion` | Asks multiple-choice questions to gather requirements or clarify ambiguity | No |

15| `Bash` | Executes shell commands in your environment. See [Bash tool behavior](#bash-tool-behavior) | Yes |

16| `CronCreate` | Schedules a recurring or one-shot prompt within the current session (gone when Claude exits). See [scheduled tasks](/en/scheduled-tasks) | No |

17| `CronDelete` | Cancels a scheduled task by ID | No |

18| `CronList` | Lists all scheduled tasks in the session | No |

19| `Edit` | Makes targeted edits to specific files | Yes |

20| `EnterPlanMode` | Switches to plan mode to design an approach before coding | No |

21| `EnterWorktree` | Creates an isolated [git worktree](/en/common-workflows#run-parallel-claude-code-sessions-with-git-worktrees) and switches into it | No |

22| `ExitPlanMode` | Presents a plan for approval and exits plan mode | Yes |

23| `ExitWorktree` | Exits a worktree session and returns to the original directory | No |

24| `Glob` | Finds files based on pattern matching | No |

25| `Grep` | Searches for patterns in file contents | No |

26| `ListMcpResourcesTool` | Lists resources exposed by connected [MCP servers](/en/mcp) | No |

27| `LSP` | Code intelligence via language servers. Reports type errors and warnings automatically after file edits. Also supports navigation operations: jump to definitions, find references, get type info, list symbols, find implementations, trace call hierarchies. Requires a [code intelligence plugin](/en/discover-plugins#code-intelligence) and its language server binary | No |

28| `NotebookEdit` | Modifies Jupyter notebook cells | Yes |

29| `PowerShell` | Executes PowerShell commands on Windows. Opt-in preview. See [PowerShell tool](#powershell-tool) | Yes |

30| `Read` | Reads the contents of files | No |

31| `ReadMcpResourceTool` | Reads a specific MCP resource by URI | No |

32| `Skill` | Executes a [skill](/en/skills#control-who-invokes-a-skill) within the main conversation | Yes |

33| `TaskCreate` | Creates a new task in the task list | No |

34| `TaskGet` | Retrieves full details for a specific task | No |

35| `TaskList` | Lists all tasks with their current status | No |

36| `TaskOutput` | (Deprecated) Retrieves output from a background task. Prefer `Read` on the task's output file path | No |

37| `TaskStop` | Kills a running background task by ID | No |

38| `TaskUpdate` | Updates task status, dependencies, details, or deletes tasks | No |

39| `TodoWrite` | Manages the session task checklist. Available in non-interactive mode and the [Agent SDK](/en/headless); interactive sessions use TaskCreate, TaskGet, TaskList, and TaskUpdate instead | No |

40| `ToolSearch` | Searches for and loads deferred tools when [tool search](/en/mcp#scale-with-mcp-tool-search) is enabled | No |

41| `WebFetch` | Fetches content from a specified URL | Yes |

42| `WebSearch` | Performs web searches | Yes |

43| `Write` | Creates or overwrites files | Yes |

44 

45Permission rules can be configured using `/permissions` or in [permission settings](/en/settings#available-settings). Also see [Tool-specific permission rules](/en/permissions#tool-specific-permission-rules).

46 

47## Bash tool behavior

48 

49The Bash tool runs each command in a separate process with the following persistence behavior:

50 

51* Working directory persists across commands. Set `CLAUDE_BASH_MAINTAIN_PROJECT_WORKING_DIR=1` to reset to the project directory after each command.

52* Environment variables do not persist. An `export` in one command will not be available in the next.

53 

54Activate your virtualenv or conda environment before launching Claude Code. To make environment variables persist across Bash commands, set [`CLAUDE_ENV_FILE`](/en/env-vars) to a shell script before launching Claude Code, or use a [SessionStart hook](/en/hooks#persist-environment-variables) to populate it dynamically.

55 

56## PowerShell tool

57 

58On Windows, Claude Code can run PowerShell commands natively instead of routing through Git Bash. This is an opt-in preview.

59 

60### Enable the PowerShell tool

61 

62Set `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_POWERSHELL_TOOL=1` in your environment or in `settings.json`:

63 

64```json theme={null}

65{

66 "env": {

67 "CLAUDE_CODE_USE_POWERSHELL_TOOL": "1"

68 }

69}

70```

71 

72Claude Code auto-detects `pwsh.exe` (PowerShell 7+) with a fallback to `powershell.exe` (PowerShell 5.1). The Bash tool remains registered alongside the PowerShell tool, so you may need to ask Claude to use PowerShell.

73 

74### Shell selection in settings, hooks, and skills

75 

76Three additional settings control where PowerShell is used:

77 

78* `"defaultShell": "powershell"` in [`settings.json`](/en/settings#available-settings): routes interactive `!` commands through PowerShell. Requires the PowerShell tool to be enabled.

79* `"shell": "powershell"` on individual [command hooks](/en/hooks#command-hook-fields): runs that hook in PowerShell. Hooks spawn PowerShell directly, so this works regardless of `CLAUDE_CODE_USE_POWERSHELL_TOOL`.

80* `shell: powershell` in [skill frontmatter](/en/skills#frontmatter-reference): runs `` !`command` `` blocks in PowerShell. Requires the PowerShell tool to be enabled.

81 

82### Preview limitations

83 

84The PowerShell tool has the following known limitations during the preview:

85 

86* Auto mode does not work with the PowerShell tool yet

87* PowerShell profiles are not loaded

88* Sandboxing is not supported

89* Only supported on native Windows, not WSL

90* Git Bash is still required to start Claude Code

91 

92## See also

93 

94* [Permissions](/en/permissions): permission system, rule syntax, and tool-specific patterns

95* [Subagents](/en/sub-agents): configure tool access for subagents

96* [Hooks](/en/hooks-guide): run custom commands before or after tool execution

troubleshooting.md +626 −115

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Troubleshooting5# Troubleshooting

2 6 

3> Discover solutions to common issues with Claude Code installation and usage.7> Discover solutions to common issues with Claude Code installation and usage.

4 8 

9## Troubleshoot installation issues

10 

11<Tip>

12 If you'd rather skip the terminal entirely, the [Claude Code Desktop app](/en/desktop-quickstart) lets you install and use Claude Code through a graphical interface. Download it for [macOS](https://claude.ai/api/desktop/darwin/universal/dmg/latest/redirect?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs) or [Windows](https://claude.ai/api/desktop/win32/x64/exe/latest/redirect?utm_source=claude_code\&utm_medium=docs) and start coding without any command-line setup.

13</Tip>

14 

15Find the error message or symptom you're seeing:

16 

17| What you see | Solution |

18| :---------------------------------------------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

19| `command not found: claude` or `'claude' is not recognized` | [Fix your PATH](#command-not-found-claude-after-installation) |

20| `syntax error near unexpected token '<'` | [Install script returns HTML](#install-script-returns-html-instead-of-a-shell-script) |

21| `curl: (56) Failure writing output to destination` | [Download script first, then run it](#curl-56-failure-writing-output-to-destination) |

22| `Killed` during install on Linux | [Add swap space for low-memory servers](#install-killed-on-low-memory-linux-servers) |

23| `TLS connect error` or `SSL/TLS secure channel` | [Update CA certificates](#tls-or-ssl-connection-errors) |

24| `Failed to fetch version` or can't reach download server | [Check network and proxy settings](#check-network-connectivity) |

25| `irm is not recognized` or `&& is not valid` | [Use the right command for your shell](#windows-irm-or--not-recognized) |

26| `Claude Code on Windows requires git-bash` | [Install or configure Git Bash](#windows-claude-code-on-windows-requires-git-bash) |

27| `Error loading shared library` | [Wrong binary variant for your system](#linux-wrong-binary-variant-installed-muslglibc-mismatch) |

28| `Illegal instruction` on Linux | [Architecture mismatch](#illegal-instruction-on-linux) |

29| `dyld: cannot load` or `Abort trap` on macOS | [Binary incompatibility](#dyld-cannot-load-on-macos) |

30| `Invoke-Expression: Missing argument in parameter list` | [Install script returns HTML](#install-script-returns-html-instead-of-a-shell-script) |

31| `App unavailable in region` | Claude Code is not available in your country. See [supported countries](https://www.anthropic.com/supported-countries). |

32| `unable to get local issuer certificate` | [Configure corporate CA certificates](#tls-or-ssl-connection-errors) |

33| `OAuth error` or `403 Forbidden` | [Fix authentication](#authentication-issues) |

34 

35If your issue isn't listed, work through these diagnostic steps.

36 

37## Debug installation problems

38 

39### Check network connectivity

40 

41The installer downloads from `storage.googleapis.com`. Verify you can reach it:

42 

43```bash theme={null}

44curl -sI https://storage.googleapis.com

45```

46 

47If this fails, your network may be blocking the connection. Common causes:

48 

49* Corporate firewalls or proxies blocking Google Cloud Storage

50* Regional network restrictions: try a VPN or alternative network

51* TLS/SSL issues: update your system's CA certificates, or check if `HTTPS_PROXY` is configured

52 

53If you're behind a corporate proxy, set `HTTPS_PROXY` and `HTTP_PROXY` to your proxy's address before installing. Ask your IT team for the proxy URL if you don't know it, or check your browser's proxy settings.

54 

55This example sets both proxy variables, then runs the installer through your proxy:

56 

57```bash theme={null}

58export HTTP_PROXY=http://proxy.example.com:8080

59export HTTPS_PROXY=http://proxy.example.com:8080

60curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash

61```

62 

63### Verify your PATH

64 

65If installation succeeded but you get a `command not found` or `not recognized` error when running `claude`, the install directory isn't in your PATH. Your shell searches for programs in directories listed in PATH, and the installer places `claude` at `~/.local/bin/claude` on macOS/Linux or `%USERPROFILE%\.local\bin\claude.exe` on Windows.

66 

67Check if the install directory is in your PATH by listing your PATH entries and filtering for `local/bin`:

68 

69<Tabs>

70 <Tab title="macOS/Linux">

71 ```bash theme={null}

72 echo $PATH | tr ':' '\n' | grep local/bin

73 ```

74 

75 If there's no output, the directory is missing. Add it to your shell configuration:

76 

77 ```bash theme={null}

78 # Zsh (macOS default)

79 echo 'export PATH="$HOME/.local/bin:$PATH"' >> ~/.zshrc

80 source ~/.zshrc

81 

82 # Bash (Linux default)

83 echo 'export PATH="$HOME/.local/bin:$PATH"' >> ~/.bashrc

84 source ~/.bashrc

85 ```

86 

87 Alternatively, close and reopen your terminal.

88 

89 Verify the fix worked:

90 

91 ```bash theme={null}

92 claude --version

93 ```

94 </Tab>

95 

96 <Tab title="Windows PowerShell">

97 ```powershell theme={null}

98 $env:PATH -split ';' | Select-String 'local\\bin'

99 ```

100 

101 If there's no output, add the install directory to your User PATH:

102 

103 ```powershell theme={null}

104 $currentPath = [Environment]::GetEnvironmentVariable('PATH', 'User')

105 [Environment]::SetEnvironmentVariable('PATH', "$currentPath;$env:USERPROFILE\.local\bin", 'User')

106 ```

107 

108 Restart your terminal for the change to take effect.

109 

110 Verify the fix worked:

111 

112 ```powershell theme={null}

113 claude --version

114 ```

115 </Tab>

116 

117 <Tab title="Windows CMD">

118 ```batch theme={null}

119 echo %PATH% | findstr /i "local\bin"

120 ```

121 

122 If there's no output, open System Settings, go to Environment Variables, and add `%USERPROFILE%\.local\bin` to your User PATH variable. Restart your terminal.

123 

124 Verify the fix worked:

125 

126 ```batch theme={null}

127 claude --version

128 ```

129 </Tab>

130</Tabs>

131 

132### Check for conflicting installations

133 

134Multiple Claude Code installations can cause version mismatches or unexpected behavior. Check what's installed:

135 

136<Tabs>

137 <Tab title="macOS/Linux">

138 List all `claude` binaries found in your PATH:

139 

140 ```bash theme={null}

141 which -a claude

142 ```

143 

144 Check whether the native installer and npm versions are present:

145 

146 ```bash theme={null}

147 ls -la ~/.local/bin/claude

148 ```

149 

150 ```bash theme={null}

151 ls -la ~/.claude/local/

152 ```

153 

154 ```bash theme={null}

155 npm -g ls @anthropic-ai/claude-code 2>/dev/null

156 ```

157 </Tab>

158 

159 <Tab title="Windows PowerShell">

160 ```powershell theme={null}

161 where.exe claude

162 Test-Path "$env:LOCALAPPDATA\Claude Code\claude.exe"

163 ```

164 </Tab>

165</Tabs>

166 

167If you find multiple installations, keep only one. The native install at `~/.local/bin/claude` is recommended. Remove any extra installations:

168 

169Uninstall an npm global install:

170 

171```bash theme={null}

172npm uninstall -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code

173```

174 

175Remove a Homebrew install on macOS:

176 

177```bash theme={null}

178brew uninstall --cask claude-code

179```

180 

181### Check directory permissions

182 

183The installer needs write access to `~/.local/bin/` and `~/.claude/`. If installation fails with permission errors, check whether these directories are writable:

184 

185```bash theme={null}

186test -w ~/.local/bin && echo "writable" || echo "not writable"

187test -w ~/.claude && echo "writable" || echo "not writable"

188```

189 

190If either directory isn't writable, create the install directory and set your user as the owner:

191 

192```bash theme={null}

193sudo mkdir -p ~/.local/bin

194sudo chown -R $(whoami) ~/.local

195```

196 

197### Verify the binary works

198 

199If `claude` is installed but crashes or hangs on startup, run these checks to narrow down the cause.

200 

201Confirm the binary exists and is executable:

202 

203```bash theme={null}

204ls -la $(which claude)

205```

206 

207On Linux, check for missing shared libraries. If `ldd` shows missing libraries, you may need to install system packages. On Alpine Linux and other musl-based distributions, see [Alpine Linux setup](/en/setup#alpine-linux-and-musl-based-distributions).

208 

209```bash theme={null}

210ldd $(which claude) | grep "not found"

211```

212 

213Run a quick sanity check that the binary can execute:

214 

215```bash theme={null}

216claude --version

217```

218 

5## Common installation issues219## Common installation issues

6 220 

221These are the most frequently encountered installation problems and their solutions.

222 

223### Install script returns HTML instead of a shell script

224 

225When running the install command, you may see one of these errors:

226 

227```text theme={null}

228bash: line 1: syntax error near unexpected token `<'

229bash: line 1: `<!DOCTYPE html>'

230```

231 

232On PowerShell, the same problem appears as:

233 

234```text theme={null}

235Invoke-Expression: Missing argument in parameter list.

236```

237 

238This means the install URL returned an HTML page instead of the install script. If the HTML page says "App unavailable in region," Claude Code is not available in your country. See [supported countries](https://www.anthropic.com/supported-countries).

239 

240Otherwise, this can happen due to network issues, regional routing, or a temporary service disruption.

241 

242**Solutions:**

243 

2441. **Use an alternative install method**:

245 

246 On macOS or Linux, install via Homebrew:

247 

248 ```bash theme={null}

249 brew install --cask claude-code

250 ```

251 

252 On Windows, install via WinGet:

253 

254 ```powershell theme={null}

255 winget install Anthropic.ClaudeCode

256 ```

257 

2582. **Retry after a few minutes**: the issue is often temporary. Wait and try the original command again.

259 

260### `command not found: claude` after installation

261 

262The install finished but `claude` doesn't work. The exact error varies by platform:

263 

264| Platform | Error message |

265| :---------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------- |

266| macOS | `zsh: command not found: claude` |

267| Linux | `bash: claude: command not found` |

268| Windows CMD | `'claude' is not recognized as an internal or external command` |

269| PowerShell | `claude : The term 'claude' is not recognized as the name of a cmdlet` |

270 

271This means the install directory isn't in your shell's search path. See [Verify your PATH](#verify-your-path) for the fix on each platform.

272 

273### `curl: (56) Failure writing output to destination`

274 

275The `curl ... | bash` command downloads the script and passes it directly to Bash for execution using a pipe (`|`). This error means the connection broke before the script finished downloading. Common causes include network interruptions, the download being blocked mid-stream, or system resource limits.

276 

277**Solutions:**

278 

2791. **Check network stability**: Claude Code binaries are hosted on Google Cloud Storage. Test that you can reach it:

280 ```bash theme={null}

281 curl -fsSL https://storage.googleapis.com -o /dev/null

282 ```

283 If the command completes silently, your connection is fine and the issue is likely intermittent. Retry the install command. If you see an error, your network may be blocking the download.

284 

2852. **Try an alternative install method**:

286 

287 On macOS or Linux:

288 

289 ```bash theme={null}

290 brew install --cask claude-code

291 ```

292 

293 On Windows:

294 

295 ```powershell theme={null}

296 winget install Anthropic.ClaudeCode

297 ```

298 

299### TLS or SSL connection errors

300 

301Errors like `curl: (35) TLS connect error`, `schannel: next InitializeSecurityContext failed`, or PowerShell's `Could not establish trust relationship for the SSL/TLS secure channel` indicate TLS handshake failures.

302 

303**Solutions:**

304 

3051. **Update your system CA certificates**:

306 

307 On Ubuntu/Debian:

308 

309 ```bash theme={null}

310 sudo apt-get update && sudo apt-get install ca-certificates

311 ```

312 

313 On macOS via Homebrew:

314 

315 ```bash theme={null}

316 brew install ca-certificates

317 ```

318 

3192. **On Windows, enable TLS 1.2** in PowerShell before running the installer:

320 ```powershell theme={null}

321 [Net.ServicePointManager]::SecurityProtocol = [Net.SecurityProtocolType]::Tls12

322 irm https://claude.ai/install.ps1 | iex

323 ```

324 

3253. **Check for proxy or firewall interference**: corporate proxies that perform TLS inspection can cause these errors, including `unable to get local issuer certificate`. Set `NODE_EXTRA_CA_CERTS` to your corporate CA certificate bundle:

326 ```bash theme={null}

327 export NODE_EXTRA_CA_CERTS=/path/to/corporate-ca.pem

328 ```

329 Ask your IT team for the certificate file if you don't have it. You can also try on a direct connection to confirm the proxy is the cause.

330 

331### `Failed to fetch version from storage.googleapis.com`

332 

333The installer couldn't reach the download server. This typically means `storage.googleapis.com` is blocked on your network.

334 

335**Solutions:**

336 

3371. **Test connectivity directly**:

338 ```bash theme={null}

339 curl -sI https://storage.googleapis.com

340 ```

341 

3422. **If behind a proxy**, set `HTTPS_PROXY` so the installer can route through it. See [proxy configuration](/en/network-config#proxy-configuration) for details.

343 ```bash theme={null}

344 export HTTPS_PROXY=http://proxy.example.com:8080

345 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash

346 ```

347 

3483. **If on a restricted network**, try a different network or VPN, or use an alternative install method:

349 

350 On macOS or Linux:

351 

352 ```bash theme={null}

353 brew install --cask claude-code

354 ```

355 

356 On Windows:

357 

358 ```powershell theme={null}

359 winget install Anthropic.ClaudeCode

360 ```

361 

362### Windows: `irm` or `&&` not recognized

363 

364If you see `'irm' is not recognized` or `The token '&&' is not valid`, you're running the wrong command for your shell.

365 

366* **`irm` not recognized**: you're in CMD, not PowerShell. You have two options:

367 

368 Open PowerShell by searching for "PowerShell" in the Start menu, then run the original install command:

369 

370 ```powershell theme={null}

371 irm https://claude.ai/install.ps1 | iex

372 ```

373 

374 Or stay in CMD and use the CMD installer instead:

375 

376 ```batch theme={null}

377 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.cmd -o install.cmd && install.cmd && del install.cmd

378 ```

379 

380* **`&&` not valid**: you're in PowerShell but ran the CMD installer command. Use the PowerShell installer:

381 ```powershell theme={null}

382 irm https://claude.ai/install.ps1 | iex

383 ```

384 

385### Install killed on low-memory Linux servers

386 

387If you see `Killed` during installation on a VPS or cloud instance:

388 

389```text theme={null}

390Setting up Claude Code...

391Installing Claude Code native build latest...

392bash: line 142: 34803 Killed "$binary_path" install ${TARGET:+"$TARGET"}

393```

394 

395The Linux OOM killer terminated the process because the system ran out of memory. Claude Code requires at least 4 GB of available RAM.

396 

397**Solutions:**

398 

3991. **Add swap space** if your server has limited RAM. Swap uses disk space as overflow memory, letting the install complete even with low physical RAM.

400 

401 Create a 2 GB swap file and enable it:

402 

403 ```bash theme={null}

404 sudo fallocate -l 2G /swapfile

405 sudo chmod 600 /swapfile

406 sudo mkswap /swapfile

407 sudo swapon /swapfile

408 ```

409 

410 Then retry the installation:

411 

412 ```bash theme={null}

413 curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash

414 ```

415 

4162. **Close other processes** to free memory before installing.

417 

4183. **Use a larger instance** if possible. Claude Code requires at least 4 GB of RAM.

419 

420### Install hangs in Docker

421 

422When installing Claude Code in a Docker container, installing as root into `/` can cause hangs.

423 

424**Solutions:**

425 

4261. **Set a working directory** before running the installer. When run from `/`, the installer scans the entire filesystem, which causes excessive memory usage. Setting `WORKDIR` limits the scan to a small directory:

427 ```dockerfile theme={null}

428 WORKDIR /tmp

429 RUN curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash

430 ```

431 

4322. **Increase Docker memory limits** if using Docker Desktop:

433 ```bash theme={null}

434 docker build --memory=4g .

435 ```

436 

437### Windows: Claude Desktop overrides `claude` CLI command

438 

439If you installed an older version of Claude Desktop, it may register a `Claude.exe` in the `WindowsApps` directory that takes PATH priority over Claude Code CLI. Running `claude` opens the Desktop app instead of the CLI.

440 

441Update Claude Desktop to the latest version to fix this issue.

442 

443### Windows: "Claude Code on Windows requires git-bash"

444 

445Claude Code on native Windows needs [Git for Windows](https://git-scm.com/downloads/win), which includes Git Bash.

446 

447**If Git is not installed**, download and install it from [git-scm.com/downloads/win](https://git-scm.com/downloads/win). During setup, select "Add to PATH." Restart your terminal after installing.

448 

449**If Git is already installed** but Claude Code still can't find it, set the path in your [settings.json file](/en/settings):

450 

451```json theme={null}

452{

453 "env": {

454 "CLAUDE_CODE_GIT_BASH_PATH": "C:\\Program Files\\Git\\bin\\bash.exe"

455 }

456}

457```

458 

459If your Git is installed somewhere else, find the path by running `where.exe git` in PowerShell and use the `bin\bash.exe` path from that directory.

460 

461### Linux: wrong binary variant installed (musl/glibc mismatch)

462 

463If you see errors about missing shared libraries like `libstdc++.so.6` or `libgcc_s.so.1` after installation, the installer may have downloaded the wrong binary variant for your system.

464 

465```text theme={null}

466Error loading shared library libstdc++.so.6: No such file or directory

467```

468 

469This can happen on glibc-based systems that have musl cross-compilation packages installed, causing the installer to misdetect the system as musl.

470 

471**Solutions:**

472 

4731. **Check which libc your system uses**:

474 ```bash theme={null}

475 ldd /bin/ls | head -1

476 ```

477 If it shows `linux-vdso.so` or references to `/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/`, you're on glibc. If it shows `musl`, you're on musl.

478 

4792. **If you're on glibc but got the musl binary**, remove the installation and reinstall. You can also manually download the correct binary from the GCS bucket at `https://storage.googleapis.com/claude-code-dist-86c565f3-f756-42ad-8dfa-d59b1c096819/claude-code-releases/{VERSION}/manifest.json`. File a [GitHub issue](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/issues) with the output of `ldd /bin/ls` and `ls /lib/libc.musl*`.

480 

4813. **If you're actually on musl** (Alpine Linux), install the required packages:

482 ```bash theme={null}

483 apk add libgcc libstdc++ ripgrep

484 ```

485 

486### `Illegal instruction` on Linux

487 

488If the installer prints `Illegal instruction` instead of the OOM `Killed` message, the downloaded binary doesn't match your CPU architecture. This commonly happens on ARM servers that receive an x86 binary, or on older CPUs that lack required instruction sets.

489 

490```text theme={null}

491bash: line 142: 2238232 Illegal instruction "$binary_path" install ${TARGET:+"$TARGET"}

492```

493 

494**Solutions:**

495 

4961. **Verify your architecture**:

497 ```bash theme={null}

498 uname -m

499 ```

500 `x86_64` means 64-bit Intel/AMD, `aarch64` means ARM64. If the binary doesn't match, [file a GitHub issue](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/issues) with the output.

501 

5022. **Try an alternative install method** while the architecture issue is resolved:

503 ```bash theme={null}

504 brew install --cask claude-code

505 ```

506 

507### `dyld: cannot load` on macOS

508 

509If you see `dyld: cannot load` or `Abort trap: 6` during installation, the binary is incompatible with your macOS version or hardware.

510 

511```text theme={null}

512dyld: cannot load 'claude-2.1.42-darwin-x64' (load command 0x80000034 is unknown)

513Abort trap: 6

514```

515 

516**Solutions:**

517 

5181. **Check your macOS version**: Claude Code requires macOS 13.0 or later. Open the Apple menu and select About This Mac to check your version.

519 

5202. **Update macOS** if you're on an older version. The binary uses load commands that older macOS versions don't support.

521 

5223. **Try Homebrew** as an alternative install method:

523 ```bash theme={null}

524 brew install --cask claude-code

525 ```

526 

7### Windows installation issues: errors in WSL527### Windows installation issues: errors in WSL

8 528 

9You might encounter the following issues in WSL:529You might encounter the following issues in WSL:

10 530 

11**OS/platform detection issues**: If you receive an error during installation, WSL may be using Windows `npm`. Try:531**OS/platform detection issues**: if you receive an error during installation, WSL may be using Windows `npm`. Try:

12 532 

13* Run `npm config set os linux` before installation533* Run `npm config set os linux` before installation

14* Install with `npm install -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code --force --no-os-check` (Do NOT use `sudo`)534* Install with `npm install -g @anthropic-ai/claude-code --force --no-os-check`. Do not use `sudo`.

15 535 

16**Node not found errors**: If you see `exec: node: not found` when running `claude`, your WSL environment may be using a Windows installation of Node.js. You can confirm this with `which npm` and `which node`, which should point to Linux paths starting with `/usr/` rather than `/mnt/c/`. To fix this, try installing Node via your Linux distribution's package manager or via [`nvm`](https://github.com/nvm-sh/nvm).536**Node not found errors**: if you see `exec: node: not found` when running `claude`, your WSL environment may be using a Windows installation of Node.js. You can confirm this with `which npm` and `which node`, which should point to Linux paths starting with `/usr/` rather than `/mnt/c/`. To fix this, try installing Node via your Linux distribution's package manager or via [`nvm`](https://github.com/nvm-sh/nvm).

17 537 

18**nvm version conflicts**: If you have nvm installed in both WSL and Windows, you may experience version conflicts when switching Node versions in WSL. This happens because WSL imports the Windows PATH by default, causing Windows nvm/npm to take priority over the WSL installation.538**nvm version conflicts**: if you have nvm installed in both WSL and Windows, you may experience version conflicts when switching Node versions in WSL. This happens because WSL imports the Windows PATH by default, causing Windows nvm/npm to take priority over the WSL installation.

19 539 

20You can identify this issue by:540You can identify this issue by:

21 541 


50```570```

51 571 

52<Warning>572<Warning>

53 Avoid disabling Windows PATH importing (`appendWindowsPath = false`) as this breaks the ability to call Windows executables from WSL. Similarly, avoid uninstalling Node.js from Windows if you use it for Windows development.573 Avoid disabling Windows PATH importing via `appendWindowsPath = false` as this breaks the ability to call Windows executables from WSL. Similarly, avoid uninstalling Node.js from Windows if you use it for Windows development.

54</Warning>574</Warning>

55 575 

56### Linux and Mac installation issues: permission or command not found errors576### WSL2 sandbox setup

57 577 

58When installing Claude Code with npm, `PATH` problems may prevent access to `claude`.578[Sandboxing](/en/sandboxing) is supported on WSL2 but requires installing additional packages. If you see an error like "Sandbox requires socat and bubblewrap" when running `/sandbox`, install the dependencies:

59You may also encounter permission errors if your npm global prefix is not user writable (for example, `/usr`, or `/usr/local`).

60 579 

61#### Recommended solution: Native Claude Code installation580<Tabs>

581 <Tab title="Ubuntu/Debian">

582 ```bash theme={null}

583 sudo apt-get install bubblewrap socat

584 ```

585 </Tab>

62 586 

63Claude Code has a native installation that doesn't depend on npm or Node.js.587 <Tab title="Fedora">

588 ```bash theme={null}

589 sudo dnf install bubblewrap socat

590 ```

591 </Tab>

592</Tabs>

64 593 

65Use the following command to run the native installer.594WSL1 does not support sandboxing. If you see "Sandboxing requires WSL2", you need to upgrade to WSL2 or run Claude Code without sandboxing.

66 595 

67**macOS, Linux, WSL:**596### Permission errors during installation

68 597 

69```bash theme={null}598If the native installer fails with permission errors, the target directory may not be writable. See [Check directory permissions](#check-directory-permissions).

70# Install stable version (default)

71curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash

72 599 

73# Install latest version600If you previously installed with npm and are hitting npm-specific permission errors, switch to the native installer:

74curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash -s latest

75 601 

76# Install specific version number602```bash theme={null}

77curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash -s 1.0.58603curl -fsSL https://claude.ai/install.sh | bash

78```604```

79 605 

80**Windows PowerShell:**606## Permissions and authentication

81 607 

82```powershell theme={null}608These sections address login failures, token issues, and permission prompt behavior.

83# Install stable version (default)

84irm https://claude.ai/install.ps1 | iex

85 609 

86# Install latest version610### Repeated permission prompts

87& ([scriptblock]::Create((irm https://claude.ai/install.ps1))) latest

88 611 

89# Install specific version number612If you find yourself repeatedly approving the same commands, you can allow specific tools

90& ([scriptblock]::Create((irm https://claude.ai/install.ps1))) 1.0.58613to run without approval using the `/permissions` command. See [Permissions docs](/en/permissions#manage-permissions).

91 614 

92```615### Authentication issues

93 616 

94This command installs the appropriate build of Claude Code for your operating system and architecture and adds a symlink to the installation at `~/.local/bin/claude` (or `%USERPROFILE%\.local\bin\claude.exe` on Windows).617If you're experiencing authentication problems:

95 618 

96<Tip>6191. Run `/logout` to sign out completely

97 Make sure that you have the installation directory in your system PATH.6202. Close Claude Code

98</Tip>6213. Restart with `claude` and complete the authentication process again

99 622 

100### Windows: "Claude Code on Windows requires git-bash"623If the browser doesn't open automatically during login, press `c` to copy the OAuth URL to your clipboard, then paste it into your browser manually.

101 624 

102Claude Code on native Windows requires [Git for Windows](https://git-scm.com/downloads/win) which includes Git Bash. If Git is installed but not detected:625### OAuth error: Invalid code

103 626 

1041. Set the path explicitly in PowerShell before running Claude:627If you see `OAuth error: Invalid code. Please make sure the full code was copied`, the login code expired or was truncated during copy-paste.

105 ```powershell theme={null}

106 $env:CLAUDE_CODE_GIT_BASH_PATH="C:\Program Files\Git\bin\bash.exe"

107 ```

108 628 

1092. Or add it to your system environment variables permanently through System Properties → Environment Variables.629**Solutions:**

110 630 

111If Git is installed in a non-standard location, adjust the path accordingly.631* Press Enter to retry and complete the login quickly after the browser opens

632* Type `c` to copy the full URL if the browser doesn't open automatically

633* If using a remote/SSH session, the browser may open on the wrong machine. Copy the URL displayed in the terminal and open it in your local browser instead.

112 634 

113### Windows: "installMethod is native, but claude command not found"635### 403 Forbidden after login

114 636 

115If you see this error after installation, the `claude` command isn't in your PATH. Add it manually:637If you see `API Error: 403 {"error":{"type":"forbidden","message":"Request not allowed"}}` after logging in:

116 638 

117<Steps>639* **Claude Pro/Max users**: verify your subscription is active at [claude.ai/settings](https://claude.ai/settings)

118 <Step title="Open Environment Variables">640* **Console users**: confirm your account has the "Claude Code" or "Developer" role assigned by your admin

119 Press `Win + R`, type `sysdm.cpl`, and press Enter. Click **Advanced** **Environment Variables**.641* **Behind a proxy**: corporate proxies can interfere with API requests. See [network configuration](/en/network-config) for proxy setup.

120 </Step>

121 642 

122 <Step title="Edit User PATH">643### "This organization has been disabled" with an active subscription

123 Under "User variables", select **Path** and click **Edit**. Click **New** and add:

124 644 

125 ```645If you see `API Error: 400 ... "This organization has been disabled"` despite having an active Claude subscription, an `ANTHROPIC_API_KEY` environment variable is overriding your subscription. This commonly happens when an old API key from a previous employer or project is still set in your shell profile.

126 %USERPROFILE%\.local\bin

127 ```

128 </Step>

129 646 

130 <Step title="Restart your terminal">647When `ANTHROPIC_API_KEY` is present and you have approved it, Claude Code uses that key instead of your subscription's OAuth credentials. In non-interactive mode (`-p`), the key is always used when present. See [authentication precedence](/en/authentication#authentication-precedence) for the full resolution order.

131 Close and reopen PowerShell or CMD for changes to take effect.

132 </Step>

133</Steps>

134 648 

135Verify installation:649To use your subscription instead, unset the environment variable and remove it from your shell profile:

136 650 

137```bash theme={null}651```bash theme={null}

138claude doctor # Check installation health652unset ANTHROPIC_API_KEY

653claude

139```654```

140 655 

141## Permissions and authentication656Check `~/.zshrc`, `~/.bashrc`, or `~/.profile` for `export ANTHROPIC_API_KEY=...` lines and remove them to make the change permanent. Run `/status` inside Claude Code to confirm which authentication method is active.

142 

143### Repeated permission prompts

144 

145If you find yourself repeatedly approving the same commands, you can allow specific tools

146to run without approval using the `/permissions` command. See [Permissions docs](/en/iam#configuring-permissions).

147 

148### Authentication issues

149 

150If you're experiencing authentication problems:

151 657 

1521. Run `/logout` to sign out completely658### OAuth login fails in WSL2

1532. Close Claude Code

1543. Restart with `claude` and complete the authentication process again

155 659 

156If problems persist, try:660Browser-based login in WSL2 may fail if WSL can't open your Windows browser. Set the `BROWSER` environment variable:

157 661 

158```bash theme={null}662```bash theme={null}

159rm -rf ~/.config/claude-code/auth.json663export BROWSER="/mnt/c/Program Files/Google/Chrome/Application/chrome.exe"

160claude664claude

161```665```

162 666 

163This removes your stored authentication information and forces a clean login.667Or copy the URL manually: when the login prompt appears, press `c` to copy the OAuth URL, then paste it into your Windows browser.

668 

669### "Not logged in" or token expired

670 

671If Claude Code prompts you to log in again after a session, your OAuth token may have expired.

672 

673Run `/login` to re-authenticate. If this happens frequently, check that your system clock is accurate, as token validation depends on correct timestamps.

164 674 

165## Configuration file locations675## Configuration file locations

166 676 

167Claude Code stores configuration in several locations:677Claude Code stores configuration in several locations:

168 678 

169| File | Purpose |679| File | Purpose |

170| :---------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------- |680| :---------------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

171| `~/.claude/settings.json` | User settings (permissions, hooks, model overrides) |681| `~/.claude/settings.json` | User settings (permissions, hooks, model overrides) |

172| `.claude/settings.json` | Project settings (checked into source control) |682| `.claude/settings.json` | Project settings (checked into source control) |

173| `.claude/settings.local.json` | Local project settings (not committed) |683| `.claude/settings.local.json` | Local project settings (not committed) |

174| `~/.claude.json` | Global state (theme, OAuth, MCP servers, allowed tools) |684| `~/.claude.json` | Global state (theme, OAuth, MCP servers) |

175| `.mcp.json` | Project MCP servers (checked into source control) |685| `.mcp.json` | Project MCP servers (checked into source control) |

176| `managed-settings.json` | [Managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files) |

177| `managed-mcp.json` | [Managed MCP servers](/en/mcp#managed-mcp-configuration) |686| `managed-mcp.json` | [Managed MCP servers](/en/mcp#managed-mcp-configuration) |

687| Managed settings | [Managed settings](/en/settings#settings-files) (server-managed, MDM/OS-level policies, or file-based) |

178 688 

179On Windows, `~` refers to your user home directory, such as `C:\Users\YourName`.689On Windows, `~` refers to your user home directory, such as `C:\Users\YourName`.

180 690 

181**Managed file locations:**

182 

183* macOS: `/Library/Application Support/ClaudeCode/`

184* Linux/WSL: `/etc/claude-code/`

185* Windows: `C:\Program Files\ClaudeCode\`

186 

187For details on configuring these files, see [Settings](/en/settings) and [MCP](/en/mcp).691For details on configuring these files, see [Settings](/en/settings) and [MCP](/en/mcp).

188 692 

189### Resetting configuration693### Resetting configuration


201```705```

202 706 

203<Warning>707<Warning>

204 This will remove all your settings, allowed tools, MCP server configurations, and session history.708 This will remove all your settings, MCP server configurations, and session history.

205</Warning>709</Warning>

206 710 

207## Performance and stability711## Performance and stability

208 712 

713These sections cover issues related to resource usage, responsiveness, and search behavior.

714 

209### High CPU or memory usage715### High CPU or memory usage

210 716 

211Claude Code is designed to work with most development environments, but may consume significant resources when processing large codebases. If you're experiencing performance issues:717Claude Code is designed to work with most development environments, but may consume significant resources when processing large codebases. If you're experiencing performance issues:


223 729 

224### Search and discovery issues730### Search and discovery issues

225 731 

226If Search tool, `@file` mentions, custom agents, and custom slash commands aren't working, install system `ripgrep`:732If Search tool, `@file` mentions, custom agents, and custom skills aren't working, install system `ripgrep`:

227 733 

228```bash theme={null}734```bash theme={null}

229# macOS (Homebrew) 735# macOS (Homebrew)


242pacman -S ripgrep748pacman -S ripgrep

243```749```

244 750 

245Then set `USE_BUILTIN_RIPGREP=0` in your [environment](/en/settings#environment-variables).751Then set `USE_BUILTIN_RIPGREP=0` in your [environment](/en/env-vars).

246 752 

247### Slow or incomplete search results on WSL753### Slow or incomplete search results on WSL

248 754 

249Disk read performance penalties when [working across file systems on WSL](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/wsl/filesystems) may result in fewer-than-expected matches (but not a complete lack of search functionality) when using Claude Code on WSL.755Disk read performance penalties when [working across file systems on WSL](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/wsl/filesystems) may result in fewer-than-expected matches when using Claude Code on WSL. Search still functions, but returns fewer results than on a native filesystem.

250 756 

251<Note>757<Note>

252 `/doctor` will show Search as OK in this case.758 `/doctor` will show Search as OK in this case.


254 760 

255**Solutions:**761**Solutions:**

256 762 

2571. **Submit more specific searches**: Reduce the number of files searched by specifying directories or file types: "Search for JWT validation logic in the auth-service package" or "Find use of md5 hash in JS files".7631. **Submit more specific searches**: reduce the number of files searched by specifying directories or file types: "Search for JWT validation logic in the auth-service package" or "Find use of md5 hash in JS files".

258 764 

2592. **Move project to Linux filesystem**: If possible, ensure your project is located on the Linux filesystem (`/home/`) rather than the Windows filesystem (`/mnt/c/`).7652. **Move project to Linux filesystem**: if possible, ensure your project is located on the Linux filesystem (`/home/`) rather than the Windows filesystem (`/mnt/c/`).

260 766 

2613. **Use native Windows instead**: Consider running Claude Code natively on Windows instead of through WSL, for better file system performance.7673. **Use native Windows instead**: consider running Claude Code natively on Windows instead of through WSL, for better file system performance.

262 768 

263## IDE integration issues769## IDE integration issues

264 770 

771If Claude Code does not connect to your IDE or behaves unexpectedly within an IDE terminal, try the solutions below.

772 

265### JetBrains IDE not detected on WSL2773### JetBrains IDE not detected on WSL2

266 774 

267If you're using Claude Code on WSL2 with JetBrains IDEs and getting "No available IDEs detected" errors, this is likely due to WSL2's networking configuration or Windows Firewall blocking the connection.775If you're using Claude Code on WSL2 with JetBrains IDEs and getting "No available IDEs detected" errors, this is likely due to WSL2's networking configuration or Windows Firewall blocking the connection.


2751. Find your WSL2 IP address:7831. Find your WSL2 IP address:

276 ```bash theme={null}784 ```bash theme={null}

277 wsl hostname -I785 wsl hostname -I

278 # Example output: 172.21.123.456786 # Example output: 172.21.123.45

279 ```787 ```

280 788 

2812. Open PowerShell as Administrator and create a firewall rule:7892. Open PowerShell as Administrator and create a firewall rule:

282 ```powershell theme={null}790 ```powershell theme={null}

283 New-NetFirewallRule -DisplayName "Allow WSL2 Internal Traffic" -Direction Inbound -Protocol TCP -Action Allow -RemoteAddress 172.21.0.0/16 -LocalAddress 172.21.0.0/16791 New-NetFirewallRule -DisplayName "Allow WSL2 Internal Traffic" -Direction Inbound -Protocol TCP -Action Allow -RemoteAddress 172.21.0.0/16 -LocalAddress 172.21.0.0/16

284 ```792 ```

285 (Adjust the IP range based on your WSL2 subnet from step 1)793 Adjust the IP range based on your WSL2 subnet from step 1.

286 794 

2873. Restart both your IDE and Claude Code7953. Restart both your IDE and Claude Code

288 796 


301 These networking issues only affect WSL2. WSL1 uses the host's network directly and doesn't require these configurations.809 These networking issues only affect WSL2. WSL1 uses the host's network directly and doesn't require these configurations.

302</Note>810</Note>

303 811 

304For additional JetBrains configuration tips, see our [JetBrains IDE guide](/en/jetbrains#plugin-settings).812For additional JetBrains configuration tips, see the [JetBrains IDE guide](/en/jetbrains#plugin-settings).

305 813 

306### Reporting Windows IDE integration issues (both native and WSL)814### Report Windows IDE integration issues

307 815 

308If you're experiencing IDE integration problems on Windows, [create an issue](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/issues) with the following information:816If you're experiencing IDE integration problems on Windows, [create an issue](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/issues) with the following information:

309 817 

310* Environment type: native Windows (Git Bash) or WSL1/WSL2818* Environment type: native Windows (Git Bash) or WSL1/WSL2

311* WSL networking mode (if applicable): NAT or mirrored819* WSL networking mode, if applicable: NAT or mirrored

312* IDE name and version820* IDE name and version

313* Claude Code extension/plugin version821* Claude Code extension/plugin version

314* Shell type: Bash, Zsh, PowerShell, etc.822* Shell type: Bash, Zsh, PowerShell, etc.

315 823 

316### Escape key not working in JetBrains (IntelliJ, PyCharm, etc.) terminals824### Escape key not working in JetBrains IDE terminals

317 825 

318If you're using Claude Code in JetBrains terminals and the `Esc` key doesn't interrupt the agent as expected, this is likely due to a keybinding clash with JetBrains' default shortcuts.826If you're using Claude Code in JetBrains terminals and the `Esc` key doesn't interrupt the agent as expected, this is likely due to a keybinding clash with JetBrains' default shortcuts.

319 827 


340function example() {848function example() {

341 return "hello";849 return "hello";

342}850}

343```851```text

344````852````

345 853 

346Instead of properly tagged blocks like:854Instead of properly tagged blocks like:


350function example() {858function example() {

351 return "hello";859 return "hello";

352}860}

353```861```text

354````862````

355 863 

356**Solutions:**864**Solutions:**

357 865 

3581. **Ask Claude to add language tags**: Request "Add appropriate language tags to all code blocks in this markdown file."8661. **Ask Claude to add language tags**: request "Add appropriate language tags to all code blocks in this markdown file."

359 867 

3602. **Use post-processing hooks**: Set up automatic formatting hooks to detect and add missing language tags. See the [markdown formatting hook example](/en/hooks-guide#markdown-formatting-hook) for implementation details.8682. **Use post-processing hooks**: set up automatic formatting hooks to detect and add missing language tags. See [Auto-format code after edits](/en/hooks-guide#auto-format-code-after-edits) for an example of a PostToolUse formatting hook.

361 869 

3623. **Manual verification**: After generating markdown files, review them for proper code block formatting and request corrections if needed.8703. **Manual verification**: after generating markdown files, review them for proper code block formatting and request corrections if needed.

363 871 

364### Inconsistent spacing and formatting872### Inconsistent spacing and formatting

365 873 


367 875 

368**Solutions:**876**Solutions:**

369 877 

3701. **Request formatting corrections**: Ask Claude to "Fix spacing and formatting issues in this markdown file."8781. **Request formatting corrections**: ask Claude to "Fix spacing and formatting issues in this markdown file."

371 879 

3722. **Use formatting tools**: Set up hooks to run markdown formatters like `prettier` or custom formatting scripts on generated markdown files.8802. **Use formatting tools**: set up hooks to run markdown formatters like `prettier` or custom formatting scripts on generated markdown files.

373 881 

3743. **Specify formatting preferences**: Include formatting requirements in your prompts or project [memory](/en/memory) files.8823. **Specify formatting preferences**: include formatting requirements in your prompts or project [memory](/en/memory) files.

375 883 

376### Best practices for markdown generation884### Reduce markdown formatting issues

377 885 

378To minimize formatting issues:886To minimize formatting issues:

379 887 

380* **Be explicit in requests**: Ask for "properly formatted markdown with language-tagged code blocks"888* **Be explicit in requests**: ask for "properly formatted markdown with language-tagged code blocks"

381* **Use project conventions**: Document your preferred markdown style in [`CLAUDE.md`](/en/memory)889* **Use project conventions**: document your preferred markdown style in [`CLAUDE.md`](/en/memory)

382* **Set up validation hooks**: Use post-processing hooks to automatically verify and fix common formatting issues890* **Set up validation hooks**: use post-processing hooks to automatically verify and fix common formatting issues

383 891 

384## Getting more help892## Get more help

385 893 

386If you're experiencing issues not covered here:894If you're experiencing issues not covered here:

387 895 

3881. Use the `/bug` command within Claude Code to report problems directly to Anthropic8961. Use the `/feedback` command within Claude Code to report problems directly to Anthropic

3892. Check the [GitHub repository](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code) for known issues8972. Check the [GitHub repository](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code) for known issues

3903. Run `/doctor` to check the health of your Claude Code installation8983. Run `/doctor` to diagnose issues. It checks:

899 * Installation type, version, and search functionality

900 * Auto-update status and available versions

901 * Invalid settings files (malformed JSON, incorrect types)

902 * MCP server configuration errors

903 * Keybinding configuration problems

904 * Context usage warnings (large CLAUDE.md files, high MCP token usage, unreachable permission rules)

905 * Plugin and agent loading errors

3914. Ask Claude directly about its capabilities and features - Claude has built-in access to its documentation9064. Ask Claude directly about its capabilities and features - Claude has built-in access to its documentation

392 

393 

394 

395> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

voice-dictation.md +138 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Voice dictation

6 

7> Use push-to-talk voice dictation to speak your prompts instead of typing them in the Claude Code CLI.

8 

9Hold a key and speak to dictate your prompts. Your speech is transcribed live into the prompt input, so you can mix voice and typing in the same message. Enable dictation with `/voice`. The default push-to-talk key is `Space`; [rebind to a modifier combination](#rebind-the-push-to-talk-key) to activate on the first keypress rather than after a brief hold.

10 

11<Note>

12 Voice dictation requires Claude Code v2.1.69 or later. Check your version with `claude --version`.

13</Note>

14 

15## Requirements

16 

17Voice dictation uses a streaming speech-to-text service that is only available when you authenticate with a Claude.ai account. It is not available when Claude Code is configured to use an Anthropic API key directly, Amazon Bedrock, Google Vertex AI, or Microsoft Foundry.

18 

19Voice dictation also needs local microphone access, so it does not work in remote environments such as [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) or SSH sessions. In WSL, voice dictation requires WSLg for audio access, which is included with WSL2 on Windows 11. On Windows 10 or WSL1, run Claude Code in native Windows instead.

20 

21Audio recording uses a built-in native module on macOS, Linux, and Windows. On Linux, if the native module cannot load, Claude Code falls back to `arecord` from ALSA utils or `rec` from SoX. If neither is available, `/voice` prints an install command for your package manager.

22 

23## Enable voice dictation

24 

25Run `/voice` to toggle voice dictation on. The first time you enable it, Claude Code runs a microphone check. On macOS, this triggers the system microphone permission prompt for your terminal if it has never been granted.

26 

27```

28/voice

29Voice mode enabled. Hold Space to record. Dictation language: en (/config to change).

30```

31 

32Voice dictation persists across sessions. Run `/voice` again to turn it off, or set it directly in your [user settings file](/en/settings):

33 

34```json theme={null}

35{

36 "voiceEnabled": true

37}

38```

39 

40While voice dictation is enabled, the input footer shows a `hold Space to speak` hint when the prompt is empty. The hint does not appear if you have a [custom status line](/en/statusline) configured.

41 

42## Record a prompt

43 

44Hold `Space` to start recording. Claude Code detects a held key by watching for rapid key-repeat events from your terminal, so there is a brief warmup before recording begins. The footer shows `keep holding…` during warmup, then switches to a live waveform once recording is active.

45 

46The first couple of key-repeat characters type into the input during warmup and are removed automatically when recording activates. A single `Space` tap still types a space, since hold detection only triggers on rapid repeat.

47 

48<Tip>

49 To skip the warmup, [rebind to a modifier combination](#rebind-the-push-to-talk-key) like `meta+k`. Modifier combos start recording on the first keypress.

50</Tip>

51 

52Your speech appears in the prompt as you speak, dimmed until the transcript is finalized. Release `Space` to stop recording and finalize the text. The transcript is inserted at your cursor position and the cursor stays at the end of the inserted text, so you can mix typing and dictation in any order. Hold `Space` again to append another recording, or move the cursor first to insert speech elsewhere in the prompt:

53 

54```

55> refactor the auth middleware to ▮

56 # hold Space, speak "use the new token validation helper"

57> refactor the auth middleware to use the new token validation helper▮

58```

59 

60Transcription is tuned for coding vocabulary. Common development terms like `regex`, `OAuth`, `JSON`, and `localhost` are recognized correctly, and your current project name and git branch name are added as recognition hints automatically.

61 

62## Change the dictation language

63 

64Voice dictation uses the same [`language` setting](/en/settings) that controls Claude's response language. If that setting is empty, dictation defaults to English.

65 

66<Accordion title="Supported dictation languages">

67 | Language | Code |

68 | :--------- | :--- |

69 | Czech | `cs` |

70 | Danish | `da` |

71 | Dutch | `nl` |

72 | English | `en` |

73 | French | `fr` |

74 | German | `de` |

75 | Greek | `el` |

76 | Hindi | `hi` |

77 | Indonesian | `id` |

78 | Italian | `it` |

79 | Japanese | `ja` |

80 | Korean | `ko` |

81 | Norwegian | `no` |

82 | Polish | `pl` |

83 | Portuguese | `pt` |

84 | Russian | `ru` |

85 | Spanish | `es` |

86 | Swedish | `sv` |

87 | Turkish | `tr` |

88 | Ukrainian | `uk` |

89</Accordion>

90 

91Set the language in `/config` or directly in settings. You can use either the [BCP 47 language code](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IETF_language_tag) or the language name:

92 

93```json theme={null}

94{

95 "language": "japanese"

96}

97```

98 

99If your `language` setting is not in the supported list, `/voice` warns you on enable and falls back to English for dictation. Claude's text responses are not affected by this fallback.

100 

101## Rebind the push-to-talk key

102 

103The push-to-talk key is bound to `voice:pushToTalk` in the `Chat` context and defaults to `Space`. Rebind it in [`~/.claude/keybindings.json`](/en/keybindings):

104 

105```json theme={null}

106{

107 "bindings": [

108 {

109 "context": "Chat",

110 "bindings": {

111 "meta+k": "voice:pushToTalk",

112 "space": null

113 }

114 }

115 ]

116}

117```

118 

119Setting `"space": null` removes the default binding. Omit it if you want both keys active.

120 

121Because hold detection relies on key-repeat, avoid binding a bare letter key like `v` since it types into the prompt during warmup. Use `Space`, or use a modifier combination like `meta+k` to start recording on the first keypress with no warmup. See [customize keyboard shortcuts](/en/keybindings) for the full keybinding syntax.

122 

123## Troubleshooting

124 

125Common issues when voice dictation does not activate or record:

126 

127* **`Voice mode requires a Claude.ai account`**: you are authenticated with an API key or a third-party provider. Run `/login` to sign in with a Claude.ai account.

128* **`Microphone access is denied`**: grant microphone permission to your terminal in system settings. On macOS, go to System Settings → Privacy & Security → Microphone. On Windows, go to Settings → Privacy → Microphone. Then run `/voice` again.

129* **`No audio recording tool found` on Linux**: the native audio module could not load and no fallback is installed. Install SoX with the command shown in the error message, for example `sudo apt-get install sox`.

130* **Nothing happens when holding `Space`**: watch the prompt input while you hold. If spaces keep accumulating, voice dictation is off; run `/voice` to enable it. If only one or two spaces appear and then nothing, voice dictation is on but hold detection is not triggering. Hold detection requires your terminal to send key-repeat events, so it cannot detect a held key if key-repeat is disabled at the OS level.

131* **Transcription is garbled or in the wrong language**: dictation defaults to English. If you are dictating in another language, set it in `/config` first. See [Change the dictation language](#change-the-dictation-language).

132 

133## See also

134 

135* [Customize keyboard shortcuts](/en/keybindings): rebind `voice:pushToTalk` and other CLI keyboard actions

136* [Configure settings](/en/settings): full reference for `voiceEnabled`, `language`, and other settings keys

137* [Interactive mode](/en/interactive-mode): keyboard shortcuts, input modes, and session controls

138* [Built-in commands](/en/commands): reference for `/voice`, `/config`, and all other commands

vs-code.md +307 −85

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

1# Use Claude Code in VS Code5# Use Claude Code in VS Code

2 6 

3> Install and configure the Claude Code extension for VS Code. Get AI coding assistance with inline diffs, @-mentions, plan review, and keyboard shortcuts.7> Install and configure the Claude Code extension for VS Code. Get AI coding assistance with inline diffs, @-mentions, plan review, and keyboard shortcuts.

4 8 

5<img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/-YhHHmtSxwr7W8gy/images/vs-code-extension-interface.jpg?fit=max&auto=format&n=-YhHHmtSxwr7W8gy&q=85&s=300652d5678c63905e6b0ea9e50835f8" alt="VS Code editor with the Claude Code extension panel open on the right side, showing a conversation with Claude" data-og-width="2500" width="2500" data-og-height="1155" height="1155" data-path="images/vs-code-extension-interface.jpg" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/-YhHHmtSxwr7W8gy/images/vs-code-extension-interface.jpg?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=-YhHHmtSxwr7W8gy&q=85&s=87630c671517a3d52e9aee627041696e 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/-YhHHmtSxwr7W8gy/images/vs-code-extension-interface.jpg?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=-YhHHmtSxwr7W8gy&q=85&s=716b093879204beec8d952649ef75292 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/-YhHHmtSxwr7W8gy/images/vs-code-extension-interface.jpg?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=-YhHHmtSxwr7W8gy&q=85&s=c1525d1a01513acd9d83d8b5a8fe2fc8 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/-YhHHmtSxwr7W8gy/images/vs-code-extension-interface.jpg?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=-YhHHmtSxwr7W8gy&q=85&s=1d90021d58bbb51f871efec13af955c3 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/-YhHHmtSxwr7W8gy/images/vs-code-extension-interface.jpg?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=-YhHHmtSxwr7W8gy&q=85&s=7babdd25440099886f193cfa99af88ae 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/-YhHHmtSxwr7W8gy/images/vs-code-extension-interface.jpg?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=-YhHHmtSxwr7W8gy&q=85&s=08c92eedfb56fe61a61e480fb63784b6 2500w" />9<img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/-YhHHmtSxwr7W8gy/images/vs-code-extension-interface.jpg?fit=max&auto=format&n=-YhHHmtSxwr7W8gy&q=85&s=300652d5678c63905e6b0ea9e50835f8" alt="VS Code editor with the Claude Code extension panel open on the right side, showing a conversation with Claude" width="2500" height="1155" data-path="images/vs-code-extension-interface.jpg" />

6 10 

7The VS Code extension provides a native graphical interface for Claude Code, integrated directly into your IDE. This is the recommended way to use Claude Code in VS Code.11The VS Code extension provides a native graphical interface for Claude Code, integrated directly into your IDE. This is the recommended way to use Claude Code in VS Code.

8 12 


10 14 

11## Prerequisites15## Prerequisites

12 16 

17Before installing, make sure you have:

18 

13* VS Code 1.98.0 or higher19* VS Code 1.98.0 or higher

14* An Anthropic account (you'll sign in when you first open the extension). If you're using a third-party provider like Amazon Bedrock or Google Vertex AI, see [Use third-party providers](#use-third-party-providers) instead.20* An Anthropic account (you'll sign in when you first open the extension). If you're using a third-party provider like Amazon Bedrock or Google Vertex AI, see [Use third-party providers](#use-third-party-providers) instead.

15 21 

16You don't need to install the Claude Code CLI first. However, some features like MCP server configuration require the CLI. See [VS Code extension vs. Claude Code CLI](#vs-code-extension-vs-claude-code-cli) for details.22<Tip>

23 The extension includes the CLI (command-line interface), which you can access from VS Code's integrated terminal for advanced features. See [VS Code extension vs. Claude Code CLI](#vs-code-extension-vs-claude-code-cli) for details.

24</Tip>

17 25 

18## Install the extension26## Install the extension

19 27 


24 32 

25Or in VS Code, press `Cmd+Shift+X` (Mac) or `Ctrl+Shift+X` (Windows/Linux) to open the Extensions view, search for "Claude Code", and click **Install**.33Or in VS Code, press `Cmd+Shift+X` (Mac) or `Ctrl+Shift+X` (Windows/Linux) to open the Extensions view, search for "Claude Code", and click **Install**.

26 34 

27<Note>You may need to restart VS Code or run "Developer: Reload Window" from the Command Palette after installation.</Note>35<Note>If the extension doesn't appear after installation, restart VS Code or run "Developer: Reload Window" from the Command Palette.</Note>

28 36 

29## Get started37## Get started

30 38 


32 40 

33<Steps>41<Steps>

34 <Step title="Open the Claude Code panel">42 <Step title="Open the Claude Code panel">

35 Throughout VS Code, the Spark icon indicates Claude Code: <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc/images/vs-code-spark-icon.svg?fit=max&auto=format&n=mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc&q=85&s=a734d84e785140016672f08e0abb236c" alt="Spark icon" style={{display: "inline", height: "0.85em", verticalAlign: "middle"}} data-og-width="16" width="16" data-og-height="16" height="16" data-path="images/vs-code-spark-icon.svg" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc/images/vs-code-spark-icon.svg?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc&q=85&s=9a45aad9a84b9fa1701ac99a1f9aa4e9 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc/images/vs-code-spark-icon.svg?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc&q=85&s=3f4cb9254c4d4e93989c4b6bf9292f4b 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc/images/vs-code-spark-icon.svg?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc&q=85&s=e75ccc9faa3e572db8f291ceb65bb264 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc/images/vs-code-spark-icon.svg?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc&q=85&s=f147bd81a381a62539a4ce361fac41c7 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc/images/vs-code-spark-icon.svg?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc&q=85&s=78fe68efaee5d6e844bbacab1b442ed5 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc/images/vs-code-spark-icon.svg?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc&q=85&s=efb8dbe1dfa722d094edc6ad2ad4bedb 2500w" />43 Throughout VS Code, the Spark icon indicates Claude Code: <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/c5r9_6tjPMzFdDDT/images/vs-code-spark-icon.svg?fit=max&auto=format&n=c5r9_6tjPMzFdDDT&q=85&s=3ca45e00deadec8c8f4b4f807da94505" alt="Spark icon" style={{display: "inline", height: "0.85em", verticalAlign: "middle"}} width="16" height="16" data-path="images/vs-code-spark-icon.svg" />

36 44 

37 The quickest way to open Claude is to click the Spark icon in the **Editor Toolbar** (top-right corner of the editor). The icon only appears when you have a file open.45 The quickest way to open Claude is to click the Spark icon in the **Editor Toolbar** (top-right corner of the editor). The icon only appears when you have a file open.

38 46 

39 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc/images/vs-code-editor-icon.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc&q=85&s=eb4540325d94664c51776dbbfec4cf02" alt="VS Code editor showing the Spark icon in the Editor Toolbar" data-og-width="2796" width="2796" data-og-height="734" height="734" data-path="images/vs-code-editor-icon.png" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc/images/vs-code-editor-icon.png?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc&q=85&s=56f218d5464359d6480cfe23f70a923e 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc/images/vs-code-editor-icon.png?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc&q=85&s=344a8db024b196c795a80dc85cacb8d1 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc/images/vs-code-editor-icon.png?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc&q=85&s=f30bf834ee0625b2a4a635d552d87163 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc/images/vs-code-editor-icon.png?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc&q=85&s=81fdf984840e43a9f08ae42729d1484d 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc/images/vs-code-editor-icon.png?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc&q=85&s=8b60fb32de54717093d512afaa99785c 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc/images/vs-code-editor-icon.png?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc&q=85&s=893e6bda8f2e9d42c8a294d394f0b736 2500w" />47 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc/images/vs-code-editor-icon.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=mfM-EyoZGnQv8JTc&q=85&s=eb4540325d94664c51776dbbfec4cf02" alt="VS Code editor showing the Spark icon in the Editor Toolbar" width="2796" height="734" data-path="images/vs-code-editor-icon.png" />

40 48 

41 Other ways to open Claude Code:49 Other ways to open Claude Code:

42 50 

51 * **Activity Bar**: click the Spark icon in the left sidebar to open the sessions list. Click any session to open it as a full editor tab, or start a new one. This icon is always visible in the Activity Bar.

43 * **Command Palette**: `Cmd+Shift+P` (Mac) or `Ctrl+Shift+P` (Windows/Linux), type "Claude Code", and select an option like "Open in New Tab"52 * **Command Palette**: `Cmd+Shift+P` (Mac) or `Ctrl+Shift+P` (Windows/Linux), type "Claude Code", and select an option like "Open in New Tab"

44 * **Status Bar**: Click **✱ Claude Code** in the bottom-right corner of the window. This works even when no file is open.53 * **Status Bar**: click **✱ Claude Code** in the bottom-right corner of the window. This works even when no file is open.

54 

55 When you first open the panel, a **Learn Claude Code** checklist appears. Work through each item by clicking **Show me**, or dismiss it with the X. To reopen it later, uncheck **Hide Onboarding** in VS Code settings under Extensions → Claude Code.

45 56 

46 You can drag the Claude panel to reposition it anywhere in VS Code. See [Customize your workflow](#customize-your-workflow) for details.57 You can drag the Claude panel to reposition it anywhere in VS Code. See [Customize your workflow](#customize-your-workflow) for details.

47 </Step>58 </Step>


49 <Step title="Send a prompt">60 <Step title="Send a prompt">

50 Ask Claude to help with your code or files, whether that's explaining how something works, debugging an issue, or making changes.61 Ask Claude to help with your code or files, whether that's explaining how something works, debugging an issue, or making changes.

51 62 

52 <Tip>Select text in the editor and press `Alt+K` to insert an @-mention with the file path and line numbers directly into your prompt.</Tip>63 <Tip>Claude automatically sees your selected text. Press `Option+K` (Mac) / `Alt+K` (Windows/Linux) to also insert an @-mention reference (like `@file.ts#5-10`) into your prompt.</Tip>

53 64 

54 Here's an example of asking about a particular line in a file:65 Here's an example of asking about a particular line in a file:

55 66 

56 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-send-prompt.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=ede3ed8d8d5f940e01c5de636d009cfd" alt="VS Code editor with lines 2-3 selected in a Python file, and the Claude Code panel showing a question about those lines with an @-mention reference" data-og-width="3288" width="3288" data-og-height="1876" height="1876" data-path="images/vs-code-send-prompt.png" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-send-prompt.png?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=f40bde7b2c245fe8f0f5b784e8106492 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-send-prompt.png?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=fad66a27a9a6faa23b05370aa4f398b2 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-send-prompt.png?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=4539c8a3823ca80a5c8771f6c088ce9e 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-send-prompt.png?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=fae8ebf300c7853409a562ffa46d9c71 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-send-prompt.png?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=22e4462bb8cf0c0ca20f8102bc4c971a 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-send-prompt.png?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=739bfd045f70fe7be1a109a53494590e 2500w" />67 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-send-prompt.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=ede3ed8d8d5f940e01c5de636d009cfd" alt="VS Code editor with lines 2-3 selected in a Python file, and the Claude Code panel showing a question about those lines with an @-mention reference" width="3288" height="1876" data-path="images/vs-code-send-prompt.png" />

57 </Step>68 </Step>

58 69 

59 <Step title="Review changes">70 <Step title="Review changes">

60 When Claude wants to edit a file, it shows you a diff and asks for permission. You can accept, reject, or tell Claude what to do instead.71 When Claude wants to edit a file, it shows a side-by-side comparison of the original and proposed changes, then asks for permission. You can accept, reject, or tell Claude what to do instead.

61 72 

62 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=e005f9b41c541c5c7c59c082f7c4841c" alt="VS Code showing a diff of Claude's proposed changes with a permission prompt asking whether to make the edit" data-og-width="3292" width="3292" data-og-height="1876" height="1876" data-path="images/vs-code-edits.png" data-optimize="true" data-opv="3" srcset="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?w=280&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=cb5d41b81087f79b842a56b5a3304660 280w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?w=560&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=90bb691960decdc06393c3c21cd62c75 560w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?w=840&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=9a11bf878ba619e850380904ff4f38e8 840w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?w=1100&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=6dddbf596b4f69ec6245bdc5eb6dd487 1100w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?w=1650&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=ef2713b8cbfd2cee97af817d813d64c7 1650w, https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?w=2500&fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=1f7e1c52919cdfddf295f32a2ec7ae59 2500w" />73 <img src="https://mintcdn.com/claude-code/FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA/images/vs-code-edits.png?fit=max&auto=format&n=FVYz38sRY-VuoGHA&q=85&s=e005f9b41c541c5c7c59c082f7c4841c" alt="VS Code showing a diff of Claude's proposed changes with a permission prompt asking whether to make the edit" width="3292" height="1876" data-path="images/vs-code-edits.png" />

63 </Step>74 </Step>

64</Steps>75</Steps>

65 76 

66For more ideas on what you can do with Claude Code, see [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows).77For more ideas on what you can do with Claude Code, see [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows).

67 78 

68## Customize your workflow79<Tip>

80 Run "Claude Code: Open Walkthrough" from the Command Palette for a guided tour of the basics.

81</Tip>

69 82 

70Once you're up and running, you can reposition the Claude panel or switch to terminal mode.83## Use the prompt box

71 84 

72### Change the layout85The prompt box supports several features:

73 86 

74You can drag the Claude panel to reposition it anywhere in VS Code. Grab the panel's tab or title bar and drag it to:87* **Permission modes**: click the mode indicator at the bottom of the prompt box to switch modes. In normal mode, Claude asks permission before each action. In Plan mode, Claude describes what it will do and waits for approval before making changes. VS Code automatically opens the plan as a full markdown document where you can add inline comments to give feedback before Claude begins. In auto-accept mode, Claude makes edits without asking. Set the default in VS Code settings under `claudeCode.initialPermissionMode`.

88* **Command menu**: click `/` or type `/` to open the command menu. Options include attaching files, switching models, toggling extended thinking, viewing plan usage (`/usage`), and starting a [Remote Control](/en/remote-control) session (`/remote-control`). The Customize section provides access to MCP servers, hooks, memory, permissions, and plugins. Items with a terminal icon open in the integrated terminal.

89* **Context indicator**: the prompt box shows how much of Claude's context window you're using. Claude automatically compacts when needed, or you can run `/compact` manually.

90* **Extended thinking**: lets Claude spend more time reasoning through complex problems. Toggle it on via the command menu (`/`). See [Extended thinking](/en/common-workflows#use-extended-thinking-thinking-mode) for details.

91* **Multi-line input**: press `Shift+Enter` to add a new line without sending. This also works in the "Other" free-text input of question dialogs.

92 

93### Reference files and folders

94 

95Use @-mentions to give Claude context about specific files or folders. When you type `@` followed by a file or folder name, Claude reads that content and can answer questions about it or make changes to it. Claude Code supports fuzzy matching, so you can type partial names to find what you need:

96 

97```text theme={null}

98> Explain the logic in @auth (fuzzy matches auth.js, AuthService.ts, etc.)

99> What's in @src/components/ (include a trailing slash for folders)

100```

75 101 

76* **Secondary sidebar** (default): The right side of the window102For large PDFs, you can ask Claude to read specific pages instead of the whole file: a single page, a range like pages 1-10, or an open-ended range like page 3 onward.

77* **Primary sidebar**: The left sidebar with icons for Explorer, Search, etc.103 

78* **Editor area**: Opens Claude as a tab alongside your files104When you select text in the editor, Claude can see your highlighted code automatically. The prompt box footer shows how many lines are selected. Press `Option+K` (Mac) / `Alt+K` (Windows/Linux) to insert an @-mention with the file path and line numbers (e.g., `@app.ts#5-10`). Click the selection indicator to toggle whether Claude can see your highlighted text - the eye-slash icon means the selection is hidden from Claude.

105 

106You can also hold `Shift` while dragging files into the prompt box to add them as attachments. Click the X on any attachment to remove it from context.

107 

108### Resume past conversations

109 

110Click the dropdown at the top of the Claude Code panel to access your conversation history. You can search by keyword or browse by time (Today, Yesterday, Last 7 days, etc.). Click any conversation to resume it with the full message history. New sessions receive AI-generated titles based on your first message. Hover over a session to reveal rename and remove actions: rename to give it a descriptive title, or remove to delete it from the list. For more on resuming sessions, see [Common workflows](/en/common-workflows#resume-previous-conversations).

111 

112### Resume remote sessions from Claude.ai

113 

114If you use [Claude Code on the web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web), you can resume those remote sessions directly in VS Code. This requires signing in with **Claude.ai Subscription**, not Anthropic Console.

115 

116<Steps>

117 <Step title="Open Past Conversations">

118 Click the **Past Conversations** dropdown at the top of the Claude Code panel.

119 </Step>

120 

121 <Step title="Select the Remote tab">

122 The dialog shows two tabs: Local and Remote. Click **Remote** to see sessions from claude.ai.

123 </Step>

124 

125 <Step title="Select a session to resume">

126 Browse or search your remote sessions. Click any session to download it and continue the conversation locally.

127 </Step>

128</Steps>

79 129 

80<Note>130<Note>

81 The Spark icon only appears in the Activity Bar (left sidebar icons) when the Claude panel is docked to the left. Since Claude defaults to the right side, use the Editor Toolbar icon to open Claude.131 Only web sessions started with a GitHub repository appear in the Remote tab. Resuming loads the conversation history locally; changes are not synced back to claude.ai.

82</Note>132</Note>

83 133 

134## Customize your workflow

135 

136Once you're up and running, you can reposition the Claude panel, run multiple sessions, or switch to terminal mode.

137 

138### Choose where Claude lives

139 

140You can drag the Claude panel to reposition it anywhere in VS Code. Grab the panel's tab or title bar and drag it to:

141 

142* **Secondary sidebar**: the right side of the window. Keeps Claude visible while you code.

143* **Primary sidebar**: the left sidebar with icons for Explorer, Search, etc.

144* **Editor area**: opens Claude as a tab alongside your files. Useful for side tasks.

145 

146<Tip>

147 Use the sidebar for your main Claude session and open additional tabs for side tasks. Claude remembers your preferred location. The Activity Bar sessions list icon is separate from the Claude panel: the sessions list is always visible in the Activity Bar, while the Claude panel icon only appears there when the panel is docked to the left sidebar.

148</Tip>

149 

150### Run multiple conversations

151 

152Use **Open in New Tab** or **Open in New Window** from the Command Palette to start additional conversations. Each conversation maintains its own history and context, allowing you to work on different tasks in parallel.

153 

154When using tabs, a small colored dot on the spark icon indicates status: blue means a permission request is pending, orange means Claude finished while the tab was hidden.

155 

84### Switch to terminal mode156### Switch to terminal mode

85 157 

86By default, the extension opens a graphical chat panel. If you prefer the CLI-style interface, open the [Use Terminal setting](vscode://settings/claudeCode.useTerminal) and check the box.158By default, the extension opens a graphical chat panel. If you prefer the CLI-style interface, open the [Use Terminal setting](vscode://settings/claudeCode.useTerminal) and check the box.

87 159 

88You can also open VS Code settings (`Cmd+,` on Mac or `Ctrl+,` on Windows/Linux), go to Extensions → Claude Code, and check **Use Terminal**.160You can also open VS Code settings (`Cmd+,` on Mac or `Ctrl+,` on Windows/Linux), go to Extensions → Claude Code, and check **Use Terminal**.

89 161 

162## Manage plugins

163 

164The VS Code extension includes a graphical interface for installing and managing [plugins](/en/plugins). Type `/plugins` in the prompt box to open the **Manage plugins** interface.

165 

166### Install plugins

167 

168The plugin dialog shows two tabs: **Plugins** and **Marketplaces**.

169 

170In the Plugins tab:

171 

172* **Installed plugins** appear at the top with toggle switches to enable or disable them

173* **Available plugins** from your configured marketplaces appear below

174* Search to filter plugins by name or description

175* Click **Install** on any available plugin

176 

177When you install a plugin, choose the installation scope:

178 

179* **Install for you**: available in all your projects (user scope)

180* **Install for this project**: shared with project collaborators (project scope)

181* **Install locally**: only for you, only in this repository (local scope)

182 

183### Manage marketplaces

184 

185Switch to the **Marketplaces** tab to add or remove plugin sources:

186 

187* Enter a GitHub repo, URL, or local path to add a new marketplace

188* Click the refresh icon to update a marketplace's plugin list

189* Click the trash icon to remove a marketplace

190 

191After making changes, a banner prompts you to restart Claude Code to apply the updates.

192 

193<Note>

194 Plugin management in VS Code uses the same CLI commands under the hood. Plugins and marketplaces you configure in the extension are also available in the CLI, and vice versa.

195</Note>

196 

197For more about the plugin system, see [Plugins](/en/plugins) and [Plugin marketplaces](/en/plugin-marketplaces).

198 

199## Automate browser tasks with Chrome

200 

201Connect Claude to your Chrome browser to test web apps, debug with console logs, and automate browser workflows without leaving VS Code. This requires the [Claude in Chrome extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/claude/fcoeoabgfenejglbffodgkkbkcdhcgfn) version 1.0.36 or higher.

202 

203Type `@browser` in the prompt box followed by what you want Claude to do:

204 

205```text theme={null}

206@browser go to localhost:3000 and check the console for errors

207```

208 

209You can also open the attachment menu to select specific browser tools like opening a new tab or reading page content.

210 

211Claude opens new tabs for browser tasks and shares your browser's login state, so it can access any site you're already signed into.

212 

213For setup instructions, the full list of capabilities, and troubleshooting, see [Use Claude Code with Chrome](/en/chrome).

214 

90## VS Code commands and shortcuts215## VS Code commands and shortcuts

91 216 

92Open the Command Palette (`Cmd+Shift+P` on Mac or `Ctrl+Shift+P` on Windows/Linux) and type "Claude Code" to see all available VS Code commands for the Claude Code extension:217Open the Command Palette (`Cmd+Shift+P` on Mac or `Ctrl+Shift+P` on Windows/Linux) and type "Claude Code" to see all available VS Code commands for the Claude Code extension.

218 

219Some shortcuts depend on which panel is "focused" (receiving keyboard input). When your cursor is in a code file, the editor is focused. When your cursor is in Claude's prompt box, Claude is focused. Use `Cmd+Esc` / `Ctrl+Esc` to toggle between them.

93 220 

94<Note>221<Note>

95 These are VS Code commands for controlling the extension. For Claude Code slash commands (like `/help` or `/compact`), not all CLI commands are available in the extension yet. See [VS Code extension vs. Claude Code CLI](#vs-code-extension-vs-claude-code-cli) for details.222 These are VS Code commands for controlling the extension. Not all built-in Claude Code commands are available in the extension. See [VS Code extension vs. Claude Code CLI](#vs-code-extension-vs-claude-code-cli) for details.

96</Note>223</Note>

97 224 

98| Command | Shortcut | Description |225| Command | Shortcut | Description |

99| -------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |226| -------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

100| Focus Input | `Cmd+Esc` (Mac) / `Ctrl+Esc` (Windows/Linux) | Toggle focus between editor and Claude |227| Focus Input | `Cmd+Esc` (Mac) / `Ctrl+Esc` (Windows/Linux) | Toggle focus between editor and Claude |

101| Open in Side Bar | | Open Claude in the left sidebar |228| Open in Side Bar | - | Open Claude in the left sidebar |

102| Open in Terminal | | Open Claude in terminal mode |229| Open in Terminal | - | Open Claude in terminal mode |

103| Open in New Tab | `Cmd+Shift+Esc` (Mac) / `Ctrl+Shift+Esc` (Windows/Linux) | Open a new conversation as an editor tab |230| Open in New Tab | `Cmd+Shift+Esc` (Mac) / `Ctrl+Shift+Esc` (Windows/Linux) | Open a new conversation as an editor tab |

104| Open in New Window | | Open a new conversation in a separate window |231| Open in New Window | - | Open a new conversation in a separate window |

105| New Conversation | `Cmd+N` (Mac) / `Ctrl+N` (Windows/Linux) | Start a new conversation (when Claude is focused) |232| New Conversation | `Cmd+N` (Mac) / `Ctrl+N` (Windows/Linux) | Start a new conversation (requires Claude to be focused) |

106| Insert @-Mention Reference | `Alt+K` | Insert a reference to the current file (includes line numbers if text is selected) |233| Insert @-Mention Reference | `Option+K` (Mac) / `Alt+K` (Windows/Linux) | Insert a reference to the current file and selection (requires editor to be focused) |

107| Show Logs | | View extension debug logs |234| Show Logs | - | View extension debug logs |

108| Logout | | Sign out of your Anthropic account |235| Logout | - | Sign out of your Anthropic account |

236 

237### Launch a VS Code tab from other tools

238 

239The extension registers a URI handler at `vscode://anthropic.claude-code/open`. Use it to open a new Claude Code tab from your own tooling: a shell alias, a browser bookmarklet, or any script that can open a URL. If VS Code isn't already running, opening the URL launches it first. If VS Code is already running, the URL opens in whichever window is currently focused.

109 240 

110Use **Open in New Tab** or **Open in New Window** to run multiple conversations simultaneously. Each tab or window maintains its own conversation history and context.241Invoke the handler with your operating system's URL opener. On macOS:

242 

243```bash theme={null}

244open "vscode://anthropic.claude-code/open"

245```

246 

247Use `xdg-open` on Linux or `start` on Windows.

248 

249The handler accepts two optional query parameters:

250 

251| Parameter | Description |

252| --------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

253| `prompt` | Text to pre-fill in the prompt box. Must be URL-encoded. The prompt is pre-filled but not submitted automatically. |

254| `session` | A session ID to resume instead of starting a new conversation. The session must belong to the workspace currently open in VS Code. If the session isn't found, a fresh conversation starts instead. If the session is already open in a tab, that tab is focused. To capture a session ID programmatically, see [Continue conversations](/en/headless#continue-conversations). |

255 

256For example, to open a tab pre-filled with "review my changes":

257 

258```text theme={null}

259vscode://anthropic.claude-code/open?prompt=review%20my%20changes

260```

111 261 

112## Configure settings262## Configure settings

113 263 

114The extension has two types of settings:264The extension has two types of settings:

115 265 

116* **Extension settings**: Open with `Cmd+,` (Mac) or `Ctrl+,` (Windows/Linux), then go to Extensions → Claude Code.266* **Extension settings** in VS Code: control the extension's behavior within VS Code. Open with `Cmd+,` (Mac) or `Ctrl+,` (Windows/Linux), then go to Extensions → Claude Code. You can also type `/` and select **General Config** to open settings.

117 267* **Claude Code settings** in `~/.claude/settings.json`: shared between the extension and CLI. Use for allowed commands, environment variables, hooks, and MCP servers. See [Settings](/en/settings) for details.

118 | Setting | Description |268 

119 | ---------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |269<Tip>

120 | Selected Model | Default model for new conversations. Change per-session with `/model`. |270 Add `"$schema": "https://json.schemastore.org/claude-code-settings.json"` to your `settings.json` to get autocomplete and inline validation for all available settings directly in VS Code.

121 | Use Terminal | Launch Claude in terminal mode instead of graphical panel |271</Tip>

122 | Initial Permission Mode | Controls approval prompts for file edits and commands. Defaults to `default` (ask before each action). |272 

123 | Preferred Location | Default location: sidebar (right) or panel (new tab) |273### Extension settings

124 | Autosave | Auto-save files before Claude reads or writes them |274 

125 | Use Ctrl+Enter to Send | Use Ctrl/Cmd+Enter instead of Enter to send prompts |275| Setting | Default | Description |

126 | Enable New Conversation Shortcut | Enable Cmd/Ctrl+N to start a new conversation |276| --------------------------------- | --------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

127 | Respect Git Ignore | Exclude .gitignore patterns from file searches |277| `selectedModel` | `default` | Model for new conversations. Change per-session with `/model`. |

128 | Environment Variables | Set environment variables for the Claude process. **Not recommended**—use [Claude Code settings](/en/settings) instead so configuration is shared between extension and CLI. |278| `useTerminal` | `false` | Launch Claude in terminal mode instead of graphical panel |

129 | Disable Login Prompt | Skip authentication prompts (for third-party provider setups) |279| `initialPermissionMode` | `default` | Controls approval prompts for new conversations: `default`, `plan`, `acceptEdits`, `auto`, or `bypassPermissions`. See [permission modes](/en/permission-modes). |

130 | Allow Dangerously Skip Permissions | Bypass all permission prompts. **Use with extreme caution**—recommended only for isolated sandboxes with no internet access. |280| `preferredLocation` | `panel` | Where Claude opens: `sidebar` (right) or `panel` (new tab) |

131 | Claude Process Wrapper | Executable path used to launch the Claude process |281| `autosave` | `true` | Auto-save files before Claude reads or writes them |

132 282| `useCtrlEnterToSend` | `false` | Use Ctrl/Cmd+Enter instead of Enter to send prompts |

133* **Claude Code settings** (`~/.claude/settings.json`): These settings are shared between the VS Code extension and the CLI. Use this file for allowed commands and directories, environment variables, hooks, and MCP servers. See the [settings documentation](/en/settings) for details.283| `enableNewConversationShortcut` | `true` | Enable Cmd/Ctrl+N to start a new conversation |

284| `hideOnboarding` | `false` | Hide the onboarding checklist (graduation cap icon) |

285| `respectGitIgnore` | `true` | Exclude .gitignore patterns from file searches |

286| `environmentVariables` | `[]` | Set environment variables for the Claude process. Use Claude Code settings instead for shared config. |

287| `disableLoginPrompt` | `false` | Skip authentication prompts (for third-party provider setups) |

288| `allowDangerouslySkipPermissions` | `false` | Adds [Auto](/en/permission-modes#eliminate-prompts-with-auto-mode) and Bypass permissions to the mode selector. Auto requires a Team plan and Claude Sonnet 4.6 or Opus 4.6, so the option may remain unavailable even with this toggle on. Use Bypass permissions only in sandboxes with no internet access. |

289| `claudeProcessWrapper` | - | Executable path used to launch the Claude process |

290 

291## VS Code extension vs. Claude Code CLI

292 

293Claude Code is available as both a VS Code extension (graphical panel) and a CLI (command-line interface in the terminal). Some features are only available in the CLI. If you need a CLI-only feature, run `claude` in VS Code's integrated terminal.

294 

295| Feature | CLI | VS Code Extension |

296| ------------------- | ------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |

297| Commands and skills | [All](/en/commands) | Subset (type `/` to see available) |

298| MCP server config | Yes | Partial (add servers via CLI; manage existing servers with `/mcp` in the chat panel) |

299| Checkpoints | Yes | Yes |

300| `!` bash shortcut | Yes | No |

301| Tab completion | Yes | No |

302 

303### Rewind with checkpoints

304 

305The VS Code extension supports checkpoints, which track Claude's file edits and let you rewind to a previous state. Hover over any message to reveal the rewind button, then choose from three options:

306 

307* **Fork conversation from here**: start a new conversation branch from this message while keeping all code changes intact

308* **Rewind code to here**: revert file changes back to this point in the conversation while keeping the full conversation history

309* **Fork conversation and rewind code**: start a new conversation branch and revert file changes to this point

310 

311For full details on how checkpoints work and their limitations, see [Checkpointing](/en/checkpointing).

312 

313### Run CLI in VS Code

314 

315To use the CLI while staying in VS Code, open the integrated terminal (`` Ctrl+` `` on Windows/Linux or `` Cmd+` `` on Mac) and run `claude`. The CLI automatically integrates with your IDE for features like diff viewing and diagnostic sharing.

316 

317If using an external terminal, run `/ide` inside Claude Code to connect it to VS Code.

318 

319### Switch between extension and CLI

320 

321The extension and CLI share the same conversation history. To continue an extension conversation in the CLI, run `claude --resume` in the terminal. This opens an interactive picker where you can search for and select your conversation.

322 

323### Include terminal output in prompts

324 

325Reference terminal output in your prompts using `@terminal:name` where `name` is the terminal's title. This lets Claude see command output, error messages, or logs without copy-pasting.

326 

327### Monitor background processes

328 

329When Claude runs long-running commands, the extension shows progress in the status bar. However, visibility for background tasks is limited compared to the CLI. For better visibility, have Claude output the command so you can run it in VS Code's integrated terminal.

330 

331### Connect to external tools with MCP

332 

333MCP (Model Context Protocol) servers give Claude access to external tools, databases, and APIs.

334 

335To add an MCP server, open the integrated terminal (`` Ctrl+` `` or `` Cmd+` ``) and run:

336 

337```bash theme={null}

338claude mcp add --transport http github https://api.githubcopilot.com/mcp/

339```

340 

341Once configured, ask Claude to use the tools (e.g., "Review PR #456").

342 

343To manage MCP servers without leaving VS Code, type `/mcp` in the chat panel. The MCP management dialog lets you enable or disable servers, reconnect to a server, and manage OAuth authentication. See the [MCP documentation](/en/mcp) for available servers.

344 

345## Work with git

346 

347Claude Code integrates with git to help with version control workflows directly in VS Code. Ask Claude to commit changes, create pull requests, or work across branches.

348 

349### Create commits and pull requests

350 

351Claude can stage changes, write commit messages, and create pull requests based on your work:

352 

353```text theme={null}

354> commit my changes with a descriptive message

355> create a pr for this feature

356> summarize the changes I've made to the auth module

357```

358 

359When creating pull requests, Claude generates descriptions based on the actual code changes and can add context about testing or implementation decisions.

360 

361### Use git worktrees for parallel tasks

362 

363Use the `--worktree` (`-w`) flag to start Claude in an isolated worktree with its own files and branch:

364 

365```bash theme={null}

366claude --worktree feature-auth

367```

368 

369Each worktree maintains independent file state while sharing git history. This prevents Claude instances from interfering with each other when working on different tasks. For more details, see [Run parallel sessions with Git worktrees](/en/common-workflows#run-parallel-claude-code-sessions-with-git-worktrees).

134 370 

135## Use third-party providers371## Use third-party providers

136 372 


154 </Step>390 </Step>

155</Steps>391</Steps>

156 392 

157## VS Code extension vs. Claude Code CLI393## Security and privacy

158 394 

159The extension doesn't yet have full feature parity with the CLI. If you need CLI-only features, you can run `claude` directly in VS Code's integrated terminal.395Your code stays private. Claude Code processes your code to provide assistance but does not use it to train models. For details on data handling and how to opt out of logging, see [Data and privacy](/en/data-usage).

160 396 

161| Feature | CLI | VS Code Extension |397With auto-edit permissions enabled, Claude Code can modify VS Code configuration files (like `settings.json` or `tasks.json`) that VS Code may execute automatically. To reduce risk when working with untrusted code:

162| ----------------- | ------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------- |

163| Slash commands | [Full set](/en/slash-commands) | Subset (type `/` to see available) |

164| MCP server config | Yes | No (configure via CLI, use in extension) |

165| Checkpoints | Yes | Coming soon |

166| `!` bash shortcut | Yes | No |

167| Tab completion | Yes | No |

168 398 

169### Run CLI in VS Code399* Enable [VS Code Restricted Mode](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspace-trust#_restricted-mode) for untrusted workspaces

400* Use manual approval mode instead of auto-accept for edits

401* Review changes carefully before accepting them

170 402 

171To use the CLI while staying in VS Code, open the integrated terminal (`` Ctrl+` `` on Windows/Linux or `` Cmd+` `` on Mac) and run `claude`. The CLI automatically integrates with your IDE for features like diff viewing and diagnostic sharing.403### The built-in IDE MCP server

172 404 

173If using an external terminal, run `/ide` inside Claude Code to connect it to VS Code.405When the extension is active, it runs a local MCP server that the CLI connects to automatically. This is how the CLI opens diffs in VS Code's native diff viewer, reads your current selection for `@`-mentions, and when you're working in a Jupyter notebook — asks VS Code to execute cells.

174 406 

175### Switch between extension and CLI407The server is named `ide` and is hidden from `/mcp` because there's nothing to configure. If your organization uses a `PreToolUse` hook to allowlist MCP tools, though, you'll need to know it exists.

176 408 

177The extension and CLI share the same conversation history. To continue an extension conversation in the CLI, run `claude --resume` in the terminal. This opens an interactive picker where you can search for and select your conversation.409**Transport and authentication.** The server binds to `127.0.0.1` on a random high port and is not reachable from other machines. Each extension activation generates a fresh random auth token that the CLI must present to connect. The token is written to a lock file under `~/.claude/ide/` with `0600` permissions in a `0700` directory, so only the user running VS Code can read it.

178 410 

179## Security considerations411**Tools exposed to the model.** The server hosts a dozen tools, but only two are visible to the model. The rest are internal RPC the CLI uses for its own UI — opening diffs, reading selections, saving files — and are filtered out before the tool list reaches Claude.

180 412 

181With auto-edit permissions enabled, Claude Code can modify VS Code configuration files (like `settings.json` or `tasks.json`) that VS Code may execute automatically. This could potentially bypass Claude Code's normal permission prompts.413| Tool name (as seen by hooks) | What it does | Writes? |

414| ---------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------- |

415| `mcp__ide__getDiagnostics` | Returns language-server diagnostics — the errors and warnings in VS Code's Problems panel. Optionally scoped to one file. | No |

416| `mcp__ide__executeCode` | Runs Python code in the active Jupyter notebook's kernel. See confirmation flow below. | Yes |

182 417 

183To reduce risk when working with untrusted code:418**Jupyter execution always asks first.** `mcp__ide__executeCode` can't run anything silently. On each call, the code is inserted as a new cell at the end of the active notebook, VS Code scrolls it into view, and a native Quick Pick asks you to **Execute** or **Cancel**. Cancelling — or dismissing the picker with `Esc` — returns an error to Claude and nothing runs. The tool also refuses outright when there's no active notebook, when the Jupyter extension (`ms-toolsai.jupyter`) isn't installed, or when the kernel isn't Python.

184 419 

185* Enable [VS Code Restricted Mode](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspace-trust#_restricted-mode) for untrusted workspaces420<Note>

186* Use manual approval mode instead of auto-accept for edits421 The Quick Pick confirmation is separate from `PreToolUse` hooks. An allowlist entry for `mcp__ide__executeCode` lets Claude *propose* running a cell; the Quick Pick inside VS Code is what lets it *actually* run.

187* Review changes carefully before accepting them422</Note>

188 423 

189## Fix common issues424## Fix common issues

190 425 


192 427 

193* Ensure you have a compatible version of VS Code (1.98.0 or later)428* Ensure you have a compatible version of VS Code (1.98.0 or later)

194* Check that VS Code has permission to install extensions429* Check that VS Code has permission to install extensions

195* Try installing directly from the Marketplace website430* Try installing directly from the [VS Code Marketplace](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=anthropic.claude-code)

196 431 

197### Spark icon not visible432### Spark icon not visible

198 433 

199The Spark icon appears in the **Editor Toolbar** (top-right of editor) when you have a file open. If you don't see it:434The Spark icon appears in the **Editor Toolbar** (top-right of editor) when you have a file open. If you don't see it:

200 435 

2011. **Open a file**: The icon requires a file to be open—having just a folder open isn't enough4361. **Open a file**: The icon requires a file to be open. Having just a folder open isn't enough.

2022. **Check VS Code version**: Requires 1.98.0 or higher (Help → About)4372. **Check VS Code version**: Requires 1.98.0 or higher (Help → About)

2033. **Restart VS Code**: Run "Developer: Reload Window" from the Command Palette4383. **Restart VS Code**: Run "Developer: Reload Window" from the Command Palette

2044. **Disable conflicting extensions**: Temporarily disable other AI extensions (Cline, Continue, etc.)4394. **Disable conflicting extensions**: Temporarily disable other AI extensions (Cline, Continue, etc.)

2055. **Check workspace trust**: The extension doesn't work in Restricted Mode4405. **Check workspace trust**: The extension doesn't work in Restricted Mode

206 441 

207Alternatively, click "✱ Claude Code" in the **Status Bar** (bottom-right corner)—this works even without a file open. You can also use the **Command Palette** (`Cmd+Shift+P` / `Ctrl+Shift+P`) and type "Claude Code".442Alternatively, click "✱ Claude Code" in the **Status Bar** (bottom-right corner). This works even without a file open. You can also use the **Command Palette** (`Cmd+Shift+P` / `Ctrl+Shift+P`) and type "Claude Code".

208 443 

209### Claude Code never responds444### Claude Code never responds

210 445 


2131. **Check your internet connection**: Ensure you have a stable internet connection4481. **Check your internet connection**: Ensure you have a stable internet connection

2142. **Start a new conversation**: Try starting a fresh conversation to see if the issue persists4492. **Start a new conversation**: Try starting a fresh conversation to see if the issue persists

2153. **Try the CLI**: Run `claude` from the terminal to see if you get more detailed error messages4503. **Try the CLI**: Run `claude` from the terminal to see if you get more detailed error messages

2164. **File a bug report**: If the problem continues, [file an issue on GitHub](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/issues) with details about the error

217 451 

218### Standalone CLI not connecting to IDE452If problems persist, [file an issue on GitHub](https://github.com/anthropics/claude-code/issues) with details about the error.

219 

220* Ensure you're running Claude Code from VS Code's integrated terminal (not an external terminal)

221* Ensure the CLI for your IDE variant is installed:

222 * VS Code: `code` command should be available

223 * Cursor: `cursor` command should be available

224 * Windsurf: `windsurf` command should be available

225 * VSCodium: `codium` command should be available

226* If the command isn't available, install it from the Command Palette → "Shell Command: Install 'code' command in PATH"

227 453 

228## Uninstall the extension454## Uninstall the extension

229 455 


246Now that you have Claude Code set up in VS Code:472Now that you have Claude Code set up in VS Code:

247 473 

248* [Explore common workflows](/en/common-workflows) to get the most out of Claude Code474* [Explore common workflows](/en/common-workflows) to get the most out of Claude Code

249* [Set up MCP servers](/en/mcp) to extend Claude's capabilities with external tools. Configure servers using the CLI, then use them in the extension.475* [Set up MCP servers](/en/mcp) to extend Claude's capabilities with external tools. Add servers using the CLI, then manage them with `/mcp` in the chat panel.

250* [Configure Claude Code settings](/en/settings) to customize allowed commands, hooks, and more. These settings are shared between the extension and CLI.476* [Configure Claude Code settings](/en/settings) to customize allowed commands, hooks, and more. These settings are shared between the extension and CLI.

251 

252 

253 

254> To find navigation and other pages in this documentation, fetch the llms.txt file at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

web-scheduled-tasks.md +154 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Schedule tasks on the web

6 

7> Automate recurring work with cloud scheduled tasks

8 

9A scheduled task runs a prompt on a recurring cadence using Anthropic-managed infrastructure. Tasks keep working even when your computer is off.

10 

11A few examples of recurring work you can automate:

12 

13* Reviewing open pull requests each morning

14* Analyzing CI failures overnight and surfacing summaries

15* Syncing documentation after PRs merge

16* Running dependency audits every week

17 

18Scheduled tasks are available to all Claude Code on the web users, including Pro, Max, Team, and Enterprise.

19 

20## Compare scheduling options

21 

22Claude Code offers three ways to schedule recurring work:

23 

24| | [Cloud](/en/web-scheduled-tasks) | [Desktop](/en/desktop#schedule-recurring-tasks) | [`/loop`](/en/scheduled-tasks) |

25| :------------------------- | :------------------------------- | :---------------------------------------------- | :----------------------------- |

26| Runs on | Anthropic cloud | Your machine | Your machine |

27| Requires machine on | No | Yes | Yes |

28| Requires open session | No | No | Yes |

29| Persistent across restarts | Yes | Yes | No (session-scoped) |

30| Access to local files | No (fresh clone) | Yes | Yes |

31| MCP servers | Connectors configured per task | [Config files](/en/mcp) and connectors | Inherits from session |

32| Permission prompts | No (runs autonomously) | Configurable per task | Inherits from session |

33| Customizable schedule | Via `/schedule` in the CLI | Yes | Yes |

34| Minimum interval | 1 hour | 1 minute | 1 minute |

35 

36<Tip>

37 Use **cloud tasks** for work that should run reliably without your machine. Use **Desktop tasks** when you need access to local files and tools. Use **`/loop`** for quick polling during a session.

38</Tip>

39 

40## Create a scheduled task

41 

42You can create a scheduled task from three places:

43 

44* **Web**: visit [claude.ai/code/scheduled](https://claude.ai/code/scheduled) and click **New scheduled task**

45* **Desktop app**: open the **Schedule** page, click **New task**, and choose **New remote task**. See [Desktop scheduled tasks](/en/desktop#schedule-recurring-tasks) for details.

46* **CLI**: run `/schedule` in any session. Claude walks you through the setup conversationally. You can also pass a description directly, like `/schedule daily PR review at 9am`.

47 

48The web and Desktop entry points open a form. The CLI collects the same information through a guided conversation.

49 

50The steps below walk through the web interface.

51 

52<Steps>

53 <Step title="Open the creation form">

54 Visit [claude.ai/code/scheduled](https://claude.ai/code/scheduled) and click **New scheduled task**.

55 </Step>

56 

57 <Step title="Name the task and write the prompt">

58 Give the task a descriptive name and write the prompt Claude runs each time. The prompt is the most important part: the task runs autonomously, so the prompt must be self-contained and explicit about what to do and what success looks like.

59 

60 The prompt input includes a model selector. Claude uses this model for each run of the task.

61 </Step>

62 

63 <Step title="Select repositories">

64 Add one or more GitHub repositories for Claude to work in. Each repository is cloned at the start of a run, starting from the default branch. Claude creates `claude/`-prefixed branches for its changes. To allow pushes to any branch, enable **Allow unrestricted branch pushes** for that repository.

65 </Step>

66 

67 <Step title="Select an environment">

68 Select a [cloud environment](/en/claude-code-on-the-web#cloud-environment) for the task. Environments control what the cloud session has access to:

69 

70 * **Network access**: set the level of internet access available during each run

71 * **Environment variables**: provide API keys, tokens, or other secrets Claude can use

72 * **Setup script**: run install commands before each session starts, like installing dependencies or configuring tools

73 

74 A **Default** environment is available out of the box. To use a custom environment, [create one](/en/claude-code-on-the-web#cloud-environment) before creating the task.

75 </Step>

76 

77 <Step title="Choose a schedule">

78 Pick how often the task runs from the [frequency options](#frequency-options). The default is daily at 9:00 AM in your local time zone. Tasks may run a few minutes after their scheduled time due to stagger.

79 

80 If the preset options don't fit your needs, pick the closest one and update the schedule from the CLI with `/schedule update` to set a specific schedule.

81 </Step>

82 

83 <Step title="Review connectors">

84 All of your connected [MCP connectors](/en/mcp) are included by default. Remove any that the task doesn't need. Connectors give Claude access to external services like Slack, Linear, or Google Drive during each run.

85 </Step>

86 

87 <Step title="Create the task">

88 Click **Create**. The task appears in the scheduled tasks list and runs automatically at the next scheduled time. Each run creates a new session alongside your other sessions, where you can see what Claude did, review changes, and create a pull request. To trigger a run immediately, click **Run now** from the task's detail page.

89 </Step>

90</Steps>

91 

92### Frequency options

93 

94The schedule picker offers preset frequencies that handle time zone conversion for you. Pick a time in your local zone and the task runs at that wall-clock time regardless of where the cloud infrastructure is located.

95 

96<Note>

97 Tasks may run a few minutes after their scheduled time. The offset is consistent for each task.

98</Note>

99 

100| Frequency | Description |

101| :-------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

102| Hourly | Runs every hour. |

103| Daily | Runs once per day at the time you specify. Defaults to 9:00 AM local time. |

104| Weekdays | Same as Daily but skips Saturday and Sunday. |

105| Weekly | Runs once per week on the day and time you specify. |

106 

107For custom intervals like every 2 hours or first of each month, pick the closest preset and update the schedule from the CLI with `/schedule update` to set a specific schedule.

108 

109### Repositories and branch permissions

110 

111Each repository you add is cloned on every run. Claude starts from the repository's default branch unless your prompt specifies otherwise.

112 

113By default, Claude can only push to branches prefixed with `claude/`. This prevents scheduled tasks from accidentally modifying protected or long-lived branches.

114 

115To remove this restriction for a specific repository, enable **Allow unrestricted branch pushes** for that repository when creating or editing the task.

116 

117### Connectors

118 

119Scheduled tasks can use your connected MCP connectors to read from and write to external services during each run. For example, a task that triages support requests might read from a Slack channel and create issues in Linear.

120 

121When you create a task, all of your currently connected connectors are included by default. Remove any that aren't needed to limit which tools Claude has access to during the run. You can also add connectors directly from the task form.

122 

123To manage or add connectors outside of the task form, visit **Settings > Connectors** on claude.ai or use `/schedule update` in the CLI.

124 

125### Environments

126 

127Each task runs in a [cloud environment](/en/claude-code-on-the-web#cloud-environment) that controls network access, environment variables, and setup scripts. Configure environments before creating a task to give Claude access to APIs, install dependencies, or restrict network scope. See [cloud environment](/en/claude-code-on-the-web#cloud-environment) for the full setup guide.

128 

129## Manage scheduled tasks

130 

131Click a task in the **Scheduled** list to open its detail page. The detail page shows the task's repositories, connectors, prompt, schedule, and a list of past runs.

132 

133### View and interact with runs

134 

135Click any run to open it as a full session. From there you can see what Claude did, review changes, create a pull request, or continue the conversation. Each run session works like any other session: use the dropdown menu next to the session title to rename, archive, or delete it.

136 

137### Edit and control tasks

138 

139From the task detail page you can:

140 

141* Click **Run now** to start a run immediately without waiting for the next scheduled time.

142* Use the toggle in the **Repeats** section to pause or resume the schedule. Paused tasks keep their configuration but don't run until you re-enable them.

143* Click the edit icon to change the name, prompt, schedule, repositories, environment, or connectors.

144* Click the delete icon to remove the task. Past sessions created by the task remain in your session list.

145 

146You can also manage tasks from the CLI with `/schedule`. Run `/schedule list` to see all tasks, `/schedule update` to change a task, or `/schedule run` to trigger one immediately.

147 

148## Related resources

149 

150* [Desktop scheduled tasks](/en/desktop#schedule-recurring-tasks): schedule tasks that run on your machine with access to local files. The Desktop app's **Schedule** page shows both local and remote tasks in the same grid.

151* [`/loop` and CLI scheduled tasks](/en/scheduled-tasks): lightweight scheduling within a CLI session

152* [Cloud environment](/en/claude-code-on-the-web#cloud-environment): configure the runtime environment for cloud tasks

153* [MCP connectors](/en/mcp): connect external services like Slack, Linear, and Google Drive

154* [GitHub Actions](/en/github-actions): run Claude in your CI pipeline on repo events

zero-data-retention.md +66 −0 added

Details

1> ## Documentation Index

2> Fetch the complete documentation index at: https://code.claude.com/docs/llms.txt

3> Use this file to discover all available pages before exploring further.

4 

5# Zero data retention

6 

7> Learn about Zero Data Retention (ZDR) for Claude Code on Claude for Enterprise, including scope, disabled features, and how to request enablement.

8 

9Zero Data Retention (ZDR) is available for Claude Code when used through Claude for Enterprise. When ZDR is enabled, prompts and model responses generated during Claude Code sessions are processed in real time and not stored by Anthropic after the response is returned, except where needed to comply with law or combat misuse.

10 

11ZDR on Claude for Enterprise gives enterprise customers the ability to use Claude Code with zero data retention and access administrative capabilities:

12 

13* Cost controls per user

14* [Analytics](/en/analytics) dashboard

15* [Server-managed settings](/en/server-managed-settings)

16* Audit logs

17 

18ZDR for Claude Code on Claude for Enterprise applies only to Anthropic's direct platform. For Claude deployments on AWS Bedrock, Google Vertex AI, or Microsoft Foundry, refer to those platforms' data retention policies.

19 

20## ZDR scope

21 

22ZDR covers Claude Code inference on Claude for Enterprise.

23 

24<Warning>

25 ZDR is enabled on a per-organization basis. Each new organization requires ZDR to be enabled separately by your Anthropic account team. ZDR does not automatically apply to new organizations created under the same account. Contact your account team to enable ZDR for any new organizations.

26</Warning>

27 

28### What ZDR covers

29 

30ZDR covers model inference calls made through Claude Code on Claude for Enterprise. When you use Claude Code in your terminal, the prompts you send and the responses Claude generates are not retained by Anthropic. This applies regardless of which Claude model is used.

31 

32### What ZDR does not cover

33 

34ZDR does not extend to the following, even for organizations with ZDR enabled. These features follow [standard data retention policies](/en/data-usage#data-retention):

35 

36| Feature | Details |

37| ------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

38| Chat on claude.ai | Chat conversations through the Claude for Enterprise web interface are not covered by ZDR. |

39| Cowork | Cowork sessions are not covered by ZDR. |

40| Claude Code Analytics | Does not store prompts or model responses, but collects productivity metadata such as account emails and usage statistics. Contribution metrics are not available for ZDR organizations; the [analytics dashboard](/en/analytics) shows usage metrics only. |

41| User and seat management | Administrative data such as account emails and seat assignments is retained under standard policies. |

42| Third-party integrations | Data processed by third-party tools, MCP servers, or other external integrations is not covered by ZDR. Review those services' data handling practices independently. |

43 

44## Features disabled under ZDR

45 

46When ZDR is enabled for a Claude Code organization on Claude for Enterprise, certain features that require storing prompts or completions are automatically disabled at the backend level:

47 

48| Feature | Reason |

49| ------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------- |

50| [Claude Code on the Web](/en/claude-code-on-the-web) | Requires server-side storage of conversation history. |

51| [Remote sessions](/en/desktop#remote-sessions) from the Desktop app | Requires persistent session data that includes prompts and completions. |

52| Feedback submission (`/feedback`) | Submitting feedback sends conversation data to Anthropic. |

53 

54These features are blocked in the backend regardless of client-side display. If you see a disabled feature in the Claude Code terminal during startup, attempting to use it returns an error indicating the organization's policies do not allow that action.

55 

56Future features may also be disabled if they require storing prompts or completions.

57 

58## Data retention for policy violations

59 

60Even with ZDR enabled, Anthropic may retain data where required by law or to address Usage Policy violations. If a session is flagged for a policy violation, Anthropic may retain the associated inputs and outputs for up to 2 years, consistent with Anthropic's standard ZDR policy.

61 

62## Request ZDR

63 

64To request ZDR for Claude Code on Claude for Enterprise, contact your Anthropic account team. Your account team will submit the request internally, and Anthropic will review and enable ZDR on your organization after confirming eligibility. All enablement actions are audit-logged.

65 

66If you are currently using ZDR for Claude Code via pay-as-you-go API keys, you can transition to Claude for Enterprise to gain access to administrative features while maintaining ZDR for Claude Code. Contact your account team to coordinate the migration.